language-pack-gnome-te-base/0000755000000000000000000000000012321560763013071 5ustar language-pack-gnome-te-base/COPYING0000644000000000000000000004310312321560763014125 0ustar GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2, June 1991 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software. Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations. Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. Copyright (C) This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. , 1 April 1989 Ty Coon, President of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License. language-pack-gnome-te-base/data/0000755000000000000000000000000012321560763014002 5ustar language-pack-gnome-te-base/data/static.tar0000644000000000000000001560000012321556542016003 0ustar usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/clock.page0000644000373100047300000000172012157071353023463 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set date and time, timezone, calendar and appointments… షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. తేదీ & సమయం usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/sharing-media.page0000644000373100047300000000506012157071353025101 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Share media on your local network using Rygel. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Share your music, photos and videos

You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a UPnP or DLNA enabled device such as a phone, TV or game console. Configure Media Sharing to allow these devices to access the folders containing your music, photos and videos.

You must have the Rygel package installed for Media Sharing to be visible.

Install Rygel

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Sharing.

If Sharing is OFF, switch it to ON.

Select Media Sharing.

Switch Share Media On This Network to ON.

Click + to open the Choose a folder window. Navigate into the desired folder, Music in your Home directory for example, and click Open. Repeat for the other folders you wish to share, for example Pictures and Videos.

Click Close. You will now be able to browse or play media in the folders you selected using the external device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/color-notifications.page0000644000373100047300000000406512157071353026362 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?

Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended.

Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product.

If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a red warning triangle will be shown in the SettingsColor dialog next to the profile. A warning notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer.

To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum age of the profile in days:

[rupert@gnome] gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180 [rupert@gnome] gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page0000644000373100047300000000614712157071353030062 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Move a window to a different workspace Using the mouse:

Open the Activities overview.

Open the Activities Overview from the Applications menu at the top left of the screen.

Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen.

The workspace selector will appear.

Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of the workspace selector.

Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped.

 Using the keyboard:

Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the SuperTab window switcher).

Press SuperShiftPage Up to move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the workspace selector.

Press SuperShiftPage Down to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on the workspace selector.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/user-add.page0000644000373100047300000001135112157071353024075 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. ఒక కొత్త వాడుకరి ఖాతాను జతచేయండి shaunm

We need a note in here about password hints. Share content with user-changepassword

 shaunm

Let's add a "Disable account" page. Click the account, click the dots next to "Password", select "Disable this account" from "Type".

 shaunm

Much of the password dialog simply does not work:

Choose a password at next login does nothing

Log in without a password does nothing

Enable this account does nothing (and it's not even clear to me what it should do): 665914

Hint does nothing: 647912, 643445

You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home folder, documents, and settings.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Users.

You need administrator privileges to add user accounts. Click Unlock in the top right corner and type your password or the administrator password, as prompted.

In the list of accounts on the left, click the + button to add a new user account.

If you want the new user to have administrative access to the computer, select Administrator for the account type. Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time.

Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if you like.

Click Add.

The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the user's password. Select the new account from the list. Under Login Options click Account disabled next to Password. Select Set a password now from the Action drop-down list, and have the user type their password in the New password and Confirm password fields. See .

You can also click the button next to the New password field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful.

Click Change.

In the User Accounts window you can click the image next to the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/color-notspecifiededid.page0000644000373100047300000000316612157071353027014 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?

The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not contain much other information for color correction.

As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date.

Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself would lead to more accurate color correction.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-slow.page0000644000373100047300000000706412157071353024147 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it could be a busy time of day. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. The internet seems slow

If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of things that could be causing the slow down.

Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)

Busy time of day

Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the evenings, for example).

Downloading lots of things at once

If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower.

Unreliable connection

Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable.

Low wireless connection signal

If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal.

Using a slower mobile internet connection

If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast "mobile broadband" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection like GPRS.

Web browser has a problem

Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/shell-windows.page0000644000373100047300000000556212157071353025177 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Move and organize your windows. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Windows and workspaces

Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running applications. Using both the Activities overview and the dash, you can launch new applications and control active windows.

You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these features.

Briefly explain the different window states that exist and how you can use and recognize those states. Discuss interesting ways of arranging windows (i.e. if there is a "Tile" option or something like that). Mention, in passing, how you can move and resize windows in multiple ways.

Very brief overview of what you can do with windows. Link to relevant topics.
Windows Working with windows
Workspaces Working with workspaces
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/nautilus-views.page0000644000373100047300000001335412157071354025376 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Views preferences in <app>Files</app>

You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select Files Preferences in the top bar while Files is open and select the Views tab.

Default view <gui>View new folders using</gui>

By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the View items as a list or View items as a grid of icons button in the toolbar.

 <gui>Arrange items</gui>

You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the Arrange items drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last accessed or when they were trashed.

You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and choosing By Name, By Size, By Type or By Modification Date, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu only affects the current folder.

 <gui>Sort folders before files</gui>

By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To see all folders listed before files, enable this option.

 <gui>Show hidden and backup files</gui>

The file manager does not display hidden files and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting this option.

You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting Show Hidden Files, from the View options menu in the toolbar.
Icon view defaults <gui>Default zoom level</gui>

You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, Zoom Out or Normal Size. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option.

In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level.
List view defaults <gui>Default zoom level</gui>

You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, Zoom Out or Normal Size.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-security.page0000644000373100047300000000154212157071354025026 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Antivirus software, basic firewalls… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Keeping safe on the internet usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/documents-previews.page0000644000373100047300000000341112157071354026233 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 You can only preview files stored locally. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Why don't some files have previews? Julita Inca

This topic is going to explain why there aren't thumbnails for documents stored remotely

When you open Documents, a preview thumbnail is displayed for documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like Google Docs or SkyDrive show as missing (or blank) preview thumbnails.

If you download a Google Docs or SkyDrive document to local storage, a thumbnail will be generated.

The local copy of a document downloaded from Google Docs or SkyDrive will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/user-admin-change.page0000644000373100047300000000501512157071354025661 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by giving them administrative privileges. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Change who has administrative privileges

Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes.

Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to open the Users window.

Click Unlock and enter your password to unlock the account settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges yourself.)

Select the user whose privileges you want to change.

Click the label Standard next to Account type and select Administrator.

Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when they next log in.

The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first installed the system.

It is unwise to have too many users with Administrator privileges on one system.

 GNOME Documentation Project

Explain how admin privileges can be given to other people, or removed. Warn the reader about how it's unwise to have too many admins on a system.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/documents.page0000644000373100047300000000357012157071354024377 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Documents Julita Inca

This assumes the reader knows how to use Google Docs. By the end of this page, the reader will be able to organize all your documents in one application. This document is about: - Overview of GNOME Documents, and what it does - Explain that it's not really the same as a file browser - Explain that it can connect to remote documents

Documents is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using Google Docs or SkyDrive.

View, Sort and Search
Select, Organize, Print
Questions
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/power-batteryslow.page0000644000373100047300000000233112157071354026101 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?

Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery should last longer.

This feature is called CPU frequency scaling.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/bluetooth-send-file.page0000644000373100047300000001216012157071354026242 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone. జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. బ్లూటూత్ పరికరానికి ఒక ఫైలును పంపండి

You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings window, or directly from the file manager.

You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window.

 mdhill

The functionality in the following line was temporarily removed in 3.8

To send files directly from the file manager, see .

Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See .

 బ్లూటూత్ ప్రతీకను ఉపయోగించి ఫైళ్ళను పంపండి

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Send Files to Device.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Send Files to Device.

Choose the file you want to send and click Select.

To send more than one file in a folder, hold down Ctrl as you select each file.

Select the device which you want to send the files to and click Send.

The list of devices will show both devices you are already connected to as well as visible devices within range. If you have not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair with the device after clicking Send. This will probably require confirmation on the other device.

If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device types using the Device type drop-down.

The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen.

 బ్లూటూత్ అమరికల నుండి ఫైళ్లను పంపండి

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only shows devices you've already connected to. See .

In the device information on the right, click Send Files.

Choose the file you want to send and click Select.

To send more than one file in a folder, hold down Ctrl as you select each file.

The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/shell-lockscreen.page0000644000373100047300000000341412157071354025630 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. The Lock Screen

The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an attractive image on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:

the name of the logged-in user

date and time, and certain notifications

battery and network status

the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or pause your music without having to enter a password

To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward with the cursor, or by pressing Esc or Enter. This will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. You can also switch users if your computer is configured for more than one.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/music-player-notrecognized.page0000644000373100047300000000473312157071354027662 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Add a .is_audio_player file to tell your computer that it's an audio player. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?

If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been properly recognized as an audio player.

Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under Devices in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the audio player. Now, click FileNew DocumentEmpty Document, type .is_audio_player and press Enter (the period and underscores are important, and it should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the device as an audio player.

Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-click and click Eject). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it.

These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They should work if your player is a USB Mass Storage device, though; it should say in its manual if it is.

When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the .is_audio_player file. This is because the period in the file's name tells the File Manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still there by clicking ViewShow Hidden Files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/files-browse.page0000644000373100047300000000742612157071354025003 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Manage and organize files with the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. ఫైళ్ళను మరియు సంచయాలను విహరించండి

This page is a feature overview. There should be a greater visual separation between features. Small illustrative figures should be used to display these features where appropriate, and video demonstrations of some of the features might be useful too. Explain how you can add things to the sidebar (link to a topic or explain it here).

Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares.

To start the file manager, open Files in the Activities overview. You can also search for files and folders through the overview in the same way you would search for applications.

Exploring the contents of folders

In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window.

When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly preview each file by pressing the space bar to be sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or deleting it.

The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, or access its properties.

If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches your search.

You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or simply drag a folder into the sidebar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/accounts-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000243212157071354025504 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Completely remove an online account. మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Remove an account

Open the Online Accounts settings from the Activities overview.

Select the account you wish to remove.

Click the - button in the lower-left portion of the window.

Click Remove.

Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to restrict the services accessed by your desktop.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/hardware-auth.page0000644000373100047300000000166512157071354025135 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Fingerprint readers, smart cards… Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Fingerprints & smart cards shaunm

Change the desc when we have a smart card page

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/contacts.page0000644000373100047300000000157012157071354024212 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Access your contacts. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Contacts

Use Contacts to store, access or edit information for your contacts, locally or in your Online Accounts.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-proxy.page0000644000373100047300000000551212157071354024341 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security purposes. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Define proxy settings
What is a proxy?

A web proxy filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or to do security checks on websites.

Change proxy method Baptiste Mille-Mathias

We should develop the proxy methods, and how they work.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods.

None

The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the web.

 Manual

For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, FTP and SOCKS.

 Automatic

An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration for your system.

The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network connection to use the chosen configuration.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/a11y-icon.page0000644000373100047300000000345212157071354024076 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a person. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. సార్వత్రిక సౌలభ్యత మెనును కనుగొనండి

The universal access menu is where you can turn on various accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar.

The universal access menu can be found on the top bar.

To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press CtrlAltTab to move the keyboard focus to the top bar. A white line will appear underneath the Activities button - this tells you which item on the top bar is selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the white line under the universal access menu icon and then press Enter to open it. You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu. Press Enter to toggle the selected item.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/user-autologin.page0000644000373100047300000000424212157071354025350 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Log in automatically

You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your account when you start up your computer:

Open Settings from the Activities overview.

Open the Users panel from Settings.

Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup.

Press Unlock and enter your password.

Toggle the Automatic Login switch to On.

When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data including your files and browser history.

If your account type is Standard, you cannot change this setting. Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/mouse-wakeup.page0000644000373100047300000000266612157071354025025 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working

Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "wake up" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse.

Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/sound-alert.page0000644000373100047300000000361512157071354024633 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable alert sounds. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Choose or disable the alert sound

Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Click Sound.

On the Sound Effects tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds.

Use the volume slider on the Sound Effects tab to set the volume of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or other sound files.

To disable alert sounds entirely, use the On/Off switch under Alert volume on the Sound Effects tab.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/printing-booklet-singlesided.page0000644000373100047300000000571712157071354030162 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Print a booklet on a single-sided printer

These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document.

If you want to print a booklet from a LibreOffice document, first export it to a PDF by choosing FileExport as PDF…. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages (4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, and a multiple of 4):

n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…

…until you have typed all of the pages.

Examples:

4 page booklet: Type 4,1,2,3

8 page booklet: Type 8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5

12 page booklet: Type 12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7

16 page booklet: Type 16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9

20 page booklet: Type 20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-sided menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/power-othercountry.page0000644000373100047300000000443712157071354026300 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a travel adapter. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?

Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch.

If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice.

If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "110V" or "230V" (for example). Switch it if you need to.

Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch everything off first if you can.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/power-lowpower.page0000644000373100047300000000415012157071354025401 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?

When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will automatically hibernate. It does this to make sure that the battery does not completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer would not have time to shut down properly either.

You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by opening Power from the Activities overview. Look at the When power is critically low setting. You can choose for the computer to hibernate or shut down. If you choose shut down, your applications and documents will not be saved before the computer turns off.

Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you did not save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to fix problems with hibernation though.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/wacom-left-handed.page0000644000373100047300000000260112157071354025647 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Switch the Wacom tablet to Left-Handed Orientation. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Use the tablet left-handed

Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated 180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the orientation to left-handed:

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Wacom Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Switch Left-Handed Orientation to ON.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/mouse-problem-notmoving.page0000644000373100047300000001266712157071354027211 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to check your mouse if it is not working. ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Mouse pointer is not moving
Check that the mouse is plugged in

If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your computer.

If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer if it was not plugged in.

Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer

Open the Terminal application from the Activities overview.

In the terminal window, type xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer, exactly as it appears here, and press Enter.

A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the items says [XExtensionPointer] next to it, and that one of the [XExtensionPointer] items has the name of the mouse to the left of it.

If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by [XExtensionPointer], then the mouse was not recognized by your computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. In this case you should check that the mouse is plugged in and in working condition.

 shaunm

If we decide to bless a device manager, investigate using that instead of xsetpointer in these steps.

If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse.

It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been detected properly.

Phil Bull

Should provide some useful advice rather than just saying "you might need to perform extra steps".
Check that the mouse actually works

Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works.

If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be broken.

Checking wireless mice

Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to place without it constantly waking up.

If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the mouse with your computer. See .

Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See .

Check that the battery of the mouse is charged.

Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer.

If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make sure that they are both set to the same channel.

You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if this is the case.

Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse.

Phil Bull

Should provide some useful advice rather than just saying "you might need to perform extra steps".
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/shell-windows-maximize.page0000644000373100047300000000416112157071354027013 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window. షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Maximize and unmaximize a window

You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can easily look at two windows at once. See for details.

To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the keyboard, hold down the Super key and press ↑, or press AltF10.

You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the titlebar.

To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard shortcuts you used to maximize the window.

Hold down the Alt key and drag anywhere in a window to move it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page0000644000373100047300000001013512157071354033150 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so you may need to find a better one. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Wireless network troubleshooter Make sure that working device drivers are installed

In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for your wireless adapter. A device driver is a piece of software which tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:

Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices

Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your distribution (for example, Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE) and see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers working.

Look for restricted (binary) drivers

Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are free and open source. This is because they cannot distribute drivers which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct driver for your wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or "binary-only" version, it may not be installed by default. If this is the case, look on the wireless adapter manufacturer's website to see if they have any Linux drivers.

Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find any wireless drivers for you.

Use the Windows drivers for your adapter

In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system (like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, however, you can install a compatibility layer called NDISwrapper which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more about how to use NDISwrapper here. Note that not all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper.

If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check that the adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000402612157071354024370 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to help translate these topics. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com

క్రియేటివ్ కామన్స్ షేర్ ఎలైక్ 3.0

 Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Participate to improve translations

GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/user-goodpassword.page0000644000373100047300000001022512157071354026060 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use longer, more complicated passwords. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. ఒక సురక్షితమైన సంకేతపదాన్నిన ఎన్నుకోండి

Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for others (including computer programs) to guess.

Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your personal information.

People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for choosing a good password:

Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords that someone would have to check when trying to guess yours.

A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, "Flatland: A Romance of Many Dimensions" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd.

Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it.

Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "password" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!

Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or any family member's name.

నామవాచకాలను వాడవద్దు.

Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be watching you.

Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!

Use different passwords for different things.

Use different passwords for different accounts.

If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it will be able to access all of your accounts immediately.

It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email).

మీ సంకేతపదాలను తరచుగా మారుస్తూవుండండి.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/color-calibrationtargets.page0000644000373100047300000000275512157071354027377 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Which target types are supported?

The following types of targets are supported:

CMP DigitalTarget

ColorChecker 24

ColorChecker DC

ColorChecker SG

i1 RGB Scan 14

LaserSoft DC Pro

QPcard 201

IT8.7/2

You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and LaserSoft in various online shops.

Alternatively you can buy targets from Wolf Faust at a very fair price.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/a11y-visualalert.page0000644000373100047300000000422512157071354025500 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is played. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Flash the screen for alert sounds

Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the alert sound is played.

This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your computer to be silent, such as in a library. See to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab.

Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window title to flash.

You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the accessibility icon on the top bar and selecting Visual Alerts.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/clock-timezone.page0000644000373100047300000000344412157071354025321 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. మీ సమయక్షేత్రాన్ని మార్చండి

Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar.

తేదీ మరియు సమయం అమరికలు ఎంచుకోండి.

You may need to click Unlock and type the admin password.

Click on your the location on the map, then select your current city from the drop-down list.

The time shown on the top bar will update automatically when you select a different location. The time in the window will be updated next time you access the Date and Time Settings window. You may also wish to set the clock manually.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/nautilus-list.page0000644000373100047300000000726112157071354025214 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control what information is displayed in columns in list view. ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. File manager list columns preferences

There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file manager's list view. Click Files in the top bar, pick Preferences and choose the List Columns tab to select which columns will be visible.

Use the Move Up and Move Down buttons to choose the order in which the selected columns will appear.

<gui>Name</gui>

The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed.

 <gui>Size</gui>

The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB.

 <gui>Type</gui>

Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 audio, and more.

 <gui>Modified</gui>

Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified.

 <gui>Owner</gui>

The name of the user the folder or file is owned by.

 <gui>Group</gui>

The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users might be in groups according to department or project.

 <gui>Permissions</gui>

Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--

The first character - is the file type. - means regular file and d means directory (folder).

The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user who owns the file.

The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the group that owns the file.

The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions for all other users on the system.

Each character has the following meanings:

r : Read permission.

w : Write permission.

x : Execute permission.

- : No permission.

<gui>MIME Type</gui>

Displays the MIME type of the item.

 <gui>Location</gui>

The path to the location of the file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/printing-booklet.page0000644000373100047300000000356712157071354025673 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Print a booklet

You can print a booklet from a PDF.

If you want to print a booklet from a LibreOffice document, first export it to a PDF by choosing FileExport as PDF…. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages (4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages.

If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a multiple of 4. To do so, you can:

Create a LibreOffice document with the number (1-3) of blank pages needed.

Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing File Export as PDF….

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler or PDF Mod, placing the blank pages at the end.

Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list below:

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/mouse-disabletouchpad.page0000644000373100047300000000322212157071354026651 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks. షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Disable touchpad while typing

Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time after your last key stroke.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/color-calibrate-printer.page0000644000373100047300000000353412157071354027121 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. How do I calibrate my printer?

There are two ways to profile a printer device:

Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki

Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company

Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile.

Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types.

If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/help-irc.page0000644000373100047300000000352112157071354024075 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Get live support on IRC. Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. IRC

IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME users and developers.

To connect to the GNOME IRC server using empathy or xchat, or by using a web interface like mibbit.

To create an IRC account in empathy, see the Empathy documentation.

The GNOME IRC server is irc.gnome.org. You may also see it referred to as the "GIMP network". If your computer is properly configured you can click on the link to access the gnome channel.

While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tend to not reply immediately, so be patient.

Please note the GNOME code of conduct applies when you chat on IRC.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/printing-order.page0000644000373100047300000000427412157071354025343 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Collate and reverse the print order. ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Make pages print in a different order
Reverse

Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can reverse this printing order.

To reverse the order:

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies, check Reverse. The last page will be printed first, and so on.
Collate

If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order instead.

To Collate:

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies check Collate.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/wacom-multi-monitor.page0000644000373100047300000000327412157071354026322 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Choose a monitor Michael Hill

In a multi-monitor setup, the user is able to select which monitor is mapped by the graphics tablet.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Wacom Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Click Map to Monitor…

Check Map to single monitor.

Next to Output, select the monitor you wish to receive input from your graphics tablet.

Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable.

Click Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/backup-where.page0000644000373100047300000000476712157071354024764 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use. c గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Where to store your backup

You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together.

It is important to choose an appropriate backup medium too. You need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for all of the backed-up files.

Local and remote storage options

USB memory key (low capacity)

Internal disk drive (high capacity)

External hard disk (typically high capacity)

Network-connected drive (high capacity)

File/backup server (high capacity)

Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)

Online backup service (Amazon S3 or Ubuntu One, for example; capacity depends on price)

Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of every file on your system, also known as a complete system backup.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/shell-workspaces-switch.page0000644000373100047300000000446212157071354027164 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Use the workspace selector. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Switch between workspaces Using the mouse:

Open the Activities overview.

At the top left of the screen, click the Applications menu and choose Activities Overview.

Click on a workspace in the workspace selector on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on that workspace.

Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace.

Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and selecting the workspace you want to use from the menu.

Using the keyboard:

Press SuperPage Up to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace in the workspace selector.

Press SuperPage Down to move to a workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-wireless-disconnecting.page0000644000373100047300000000712512157071355027645 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect properly. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?

You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the top bar will spin or pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time.

Weak wireless signal

A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you and the base station can also weaken the signal.

The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station.

Network connection not being established properly

Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so was disconnected.

A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because the network requires a username to log in, for example).

Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers

Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware.

Busy wireless networks

Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/color-whyimportant.page0000644000373100047300000000732612157071355026263 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Why is color management important?

Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact colors and the range of colors on each medium.

The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph of a bird on a frosty day in winter.

A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder

Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look cold.

This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen

Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a muddy brown.

This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer

The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it.

Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that you can't have white ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good as the paper color.

Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 kilometers or 7 meters.

In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "washed out".

In some cases we can correct the device output by altering the data we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look like.

For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that has to be the exact Red Hat Red.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page0000644000373100047300000000643412157071355032751 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Wireless network troubleshooter Perform an initial connection check

In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps.

Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a wired internet connection.

If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into the proper slot on your computer.

If your wireless card is inside your computer, make sure that the wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys.

Click the network icon and make sure that Wireless is set to ON. You should also check that Airplane Mode is not switched on.

Open the Terminal, type nm-tool and press Enter.

This will display information about your network hardware and connection status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line State: Connected in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it is working and connected to your wireless router.

If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or contact your ISP for support.

If the information from nm-tool did not indicate that you were connected to the network, click Next to proceed to the next portion of the troubleshooting guide.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/backup-how.page0000644000373100047300000000513212157071355024433 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your valuable files and settings to protect against loss. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. బ్యాక్అప్ తీయడం ఎలా

The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup applications are available, for example Déjà Dup.

The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data.

An alternative option is to copy your files to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the network, or a USB drive. Your personal files and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy them from there.

The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:

Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or other removable media.

Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files.

Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in ~/.local/share/Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/keyboard-repeat-keys.page0000644000373100047300000000430612157071355026424 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the delay and speed of repeat keys. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Turn off repeated key presses

By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change how long it takes before key presses start repeating.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Keyboard and select the Typing tab.

Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable repeated keys entirely.

Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the Speed slider to control how quickly key presses repeat.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/color-howtoimport.page0000644000373100047300000000262212157071355026103 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. How do I import color profiles?

The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the .ICC or .ICM file in the file browser.

Alternatively you can select Import profile… from SettingsColor when selecting a profile for a device.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/sound-crackle.page0000644000373100047300000000467212157071355025135 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check your audio cables and sound card drivers. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing

If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem with the drivers for the sound card.

Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly.

If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound.

Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged.

Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may need to replace the cable or headphones.

Check if the sound drivers aren't very good.

Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "Linux", to see if other people are having the same problem.

You can use the lspci command to get more information about your sound card.

 shaunm

Are we shipping any sort of device manager? If we do (or even if we recommend one, but people need to install it), and if you can get all the information you need about the sound card from that, we should link to that for getting info on your sound card.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/nautilus-prefs.page0000644000373100047300000000147412157071355025361 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. File manager preferences usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/sharing-bluetooth.page0000644000373100047300000000727312157071355026041 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Set which folders and devices are able to share over Bluetooth. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Control sharing over Bluetooth

You can allow access to your Public and Downloads folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only trusted devices. Configure Bluetooth Sharing to control access to the shared folders on your computer.

A Bluetooth device is trusted if you have paired, or connected your computer to it. See .

 Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Sharing.

If Sharing is OFF, switch it to ON.

Select Bluetooth Sharing.

Switch Share Public Folder to ON.

If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your Public folder, switch Only share with Trusted Devices to ON.

This option is disabled by default. You should enable it if you want to prevent access to your shared files by anyone with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone or similar device nearby.

Click Close. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now be able to access files in your Public folder.

 Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Sharing.

If Sharing is OFF, switch it to ON.

Select Bluetooth Sharing.

Switch Save Received Files to Downloads Folder to ON.

If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your Downloads folder, switch Only Receive From Trusted Devices to ON.

This option is disabled by default. You should enable it if you want to prevent access to your shared files by anyone with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone or similar device nearby.

Click Close. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now be able to send files to your Downloads folder.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/printing-paperjam.page0000644000373100047300000000273712157071355026032 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that you have. జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Clearing a paper jam

Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed.

The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism.

Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's Resume button to start printing again. With some printers, you may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the print job again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000221212157071355024206 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Create a new account, Add an existing account, Remove an account… ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Online accounts

You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and Facebook) into the Online Accounts window. This will let you easily access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar from those applications without having to enter your account details again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-wireless.page0000644000373100047300000000226612157071355025021 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Wireless Networking shaunm

Could use some organization

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/about-this-guide.page0000644000373100047300000000414412157071355025547 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A few tips on using the desktop help guide. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. ఈ మార్గదర్శకం గురించి

This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your computer more effectively. We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as possible:

The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the answer to your questions.

Related items are linked together. "See Also" links at the bottom of some pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar topics that might help you perform a certain task.

It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a search bar, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as you start typing.

The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things more helpful, though.

Thank you for taking the time to read the desktop help. We sincerely hope that you will never have to use it.

-- గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ జట్టు

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/files-removedrive.page0000644000373100047300000000634012157071355026024 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Safely remove an external drive

When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc from your computer.

To eject a removable device:

From the Activities overview, open Files.

Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device.

Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and select Eject.
Safely remove a device that is in use

If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a window telling you Volume is busy. To safely remove the device:

Click Cancel.

Close all the files on the device.

Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device.

Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and select Eject.

You can also choose Eject Anyway to remove the device without closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those files open.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/mouse-middleclick.page0000644000373100047300000000731712157071355025774 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and more. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Middle-click

Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click.

On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work.

Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts.

One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at the mouse position.

Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button.

On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked.

In the Activities overview, you can quickly open a new window for an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the applications overview. The applications overview is diplayed using the grid button in the dash.

Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter.

In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you had double-clicked.

Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or middle mouse button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-othersconnect.page0000644000373100047300000000521312157071355026035 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Other users can't connect to the internet shaunm

Language cleanup, admin -> administrative/administrator. We need some standard language. grep for similar.

If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they may not be entering the right wireless security password.

You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it without being asked any questions. To do this:

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Network and select Wired or Wireless from the list on the left (depending on which network connection you want to change).

From the Network Name drop-down list, select the connection you want everyone to be able to use and then click Configure.

Check Available to all users and click Save. You will have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only admin users can do this.

Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without entering any further details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/printing-streaks.page0000644000373100047300000000425012157071355025677 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels or clean the print head. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs? shaunm

This had a seealso and two inline links to printing-inklevel. I removed printing-inklevel for 3.0. If it gets written, add the links back.

If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with the printer or a low ink/toner supply.

Fading text or images

You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary.

Streaks and lines

If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for instructions).

Wrong colors

The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary.

Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight

If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for details on how to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/documents-viewgrid.page0000644000373100047300000000347512157071355026222 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Change the way documents are displayed. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. View files in a list or grid Julita Inca

This assumes the reader knows how to open Documents. By the end of this page, the reader will be able to change between list and grid format.

Documents and collections are presented in Grid format by default. To view in List format:

Go to the top bar and click Documents to display the app menu.

Click List from the View as section.

List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and whether it's stored locally, or in Google Docs or SkyDrive.

Click Grid in the app menu to return to the default format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/power-hibernate.page0000644000373100047300000000712712157071355025474 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. How do I hibernate my computer?

When the computer hibernates, all of your applications and documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when you switch on the computer again.

Unfortunately, hibernate doesn't work in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default.

Test if hibernate works Always save your work before hibernating

You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you switch on the computer again.

You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer.

Open the Terminal by pressing Ctrl Altt or by searching for terminal in the dash.

Open the Terminal by searching for terminal in the Activities overview.

As root, type pm-hibernate into the terminal and press Enter.

Enter your password when prompted.

After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications re-open?

If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large as your available RAM.
Enable hibernate

If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the pm-hibernate command when you want to hibernate.

You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your favorite text editor to create /etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla. Add the following to the file and save:

[Re-enable hibernate by default] Identity=unix-user:* Action=org.freedesktop.upower.hibernate ResultActive=yes
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/printing-envelopes.page0000644000373100047300000000461412157071355026227 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen the correct paper size. ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Print envelopes and labels

Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for example.

Printing onto envelopes

There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you click Print and the Print window appears, go to the Page Setup tab and choose the Paper type as "Envelope" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the Paper size to an envelope size (e.g. "C5"). The pack of envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes.

Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see which way is the right way up.

Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/printing-setup.page0000644000373100047300000000636712157071355025376 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set up a printer that is connected to your computer. ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Set up a local printer

Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to your computer.

You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local printer now. They are listed in one window.

 shaunm

Do we have anything on what to do when your printer isn't found? 3.0.1?

Make sure the printer is turned on.

Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to authenticate to install them.

A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or Options to make additional changes in the printer setup.

If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer settings.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Unlock button in the top-right corner and enter your password.

Click the + button.

In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click Add.

If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to install print drivers.

Add link to above when page is ready. xref="printing-setup-drivers" install print drivers.

After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/prefs-display.page0000644000373100047300000000173512157071355025162 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Background, size and rotation, brightness… Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Display & screen usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/user-changepicture.page0000644000373100047300000000414212157071355026170 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add your photo to the login and user screens. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Change your login screen photo

When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam.

Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to open the Users window.

Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for yourself.

If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click Browse for more pictures.

If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking Take a photo. Take your picture, then move and resize the square outline to crop out the parts you don't want. If you don't like the picture you took, click Discard photo to try again, or Cancel to give up.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/shell-apps-favorites.page0000644000373100047300000000462512157071355026451 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Pin your favorite apps to the dash

To add an application to the dash for easy access:

Open the Activities overview by clicking Activities at the top left of the screen

Click the Applications menu at the top left of the screen and choose the Activities Overview item from the menu.

Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add.

Right-click the application icon and select Add to Favorites.

Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash.

To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application icon and select Remove from Favorites.

Favorite applications also appear in the Favorites section of the Applications menu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/power-batterywindows.page0000644000373100047300000000420212157071355026607 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the cause of this problem. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?

Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including them in Linux is difficult.

Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some power-saving methods helps, though. If your computer has a variable-speed processor, you might find that changing its settings is also useful.

Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give different estimates.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/privacy-name-visibility.page0000644000373100047300000000330312157071355027151 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Display a symbol rather than your name in the top bar జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Hide your name in the top bar

Your name is displayed in the top bar by default, but you can hide your name to protect your privacy.

To hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>:

Click your name in the top bar.

Select SettingsPrivacy Name & Visibility.

Set Stealth Mode to On, or set Display Full Name in Top Bar to Off.

Setting Stealth Mode to On will also hide your full name when your screen is locked.

Many help topics in the GNOME Help instruct you to "Click your name in the top bar." If you hide your name in the top bar, you will need to click the small notification icon in the top bar instead.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/color-calibrationdevices.page0000644000373100047300000000456112157071355027346 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 We support a large number of calibration devices. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. What color measuring instruments are supported?

GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)

X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)

X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)

X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)

X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)

Pantone Huey (colorimeter)

MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)

ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)

Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)

The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in Linux.

Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your printers:

X-Rite DTP20 "Pulse" ("swipe" type reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/accounts-create.page0000644000373100047300000000502112157071355025450 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Create a new account using Online Accounts. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Create an online account

Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while adding it to Online Accounts. This allows you to manage all your online accounts from one application.

Open the Online Accounts settings from the Activities overview.

Click +.

Select an Account Type from the drop down menu. Some account types may not be available.

Click Add… to continue.

Find and click the Sign Up button or link on the page which appears.

Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at this stage. If this is true of the service you wish to register, you will need to use an alternative method to create an account.

Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal details such as username and password.

You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it with Online Accounts.

All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by default. Switch off individual services to disable them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/nautilus-display.page0000644000373100047300000000520312157071355025701 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control icon captions used in the file manager. షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. File manager display preferences

You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click Files in the top bar, pick Preferences and select the Display tab.

Icon captions

File manager icons with captions

When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last modified.

You can zoom in a folder by clicking the down button in the toolbar and choosing one of the Zoom options. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes.

The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you can use in list view. See for more information.

If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon caption changes to take effect. Click ViewReload or press CtrlR.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/a11y.page0000644000373100047300000000512212157071355023145 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Seeing, hearing, mobility, braille, screen magnifier… Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. సార్వత్రిక సౌలభ్యత

The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility menu in the top bar.

Visual impairments గుడ్డితనం Low vision Color-blindness ఇతర అంశాలు
Hearing impairments
Mobility impairments మౌస్ కదలిక నొక్కుట మరియు లాగివదులుట కీబోర్డు వాడుక ఇతర అంశాలు
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/contacts-setup.page0000644000373100047300000000334612157071355025354 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Starting Contacts for the first time Michael Hill

This assumes the reader knows how to…. By the end of this page, the reader will be able to….

When you run Contacts for the first time, the Contacts Setup window opens.

If you have online accounts configured, they are listed with Local Address Book. Select an item from the list and click Select.

Click the Online Account Settings to edit existing account settings.

If you have no online accounts configured, click Online Accounts to begin the setup. If you don't wish to set up online accounts at this time, click Local Address Book.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-install-moonlight.page0000644000373100047300000000406712157071355026631 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in lets you view these pages. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Install the Silverlight plug-in shaunm

Would be nice to (soft?) link to a page on the software installer

Silverlight is a plug-in for your web browser which allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Silverlight.

If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux.

If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the Moonlight plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of Silverlight which runs on Linux.

Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using their software installer; just open the installer and search for Silverlight or Moonlight.

If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the Moonlight website for more information and installation instructions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/music-player-newipod.page0000644000373100047300000000301112157071355026442 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can use them. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. My new iPod won't work

If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the iTunes software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS.

To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the Volume Format, choose MS-DOS (FAT), Windows or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux.

Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it into a Linux computer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/color-calibrate-scanner.page0000644000373100047300000000315212157071355027064 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. How do I calibrate my scanner?

You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click Calibrate… from SettingsColor to create a profile for the device.

Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not usually need to be recalibrated.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/shell-windows-states.page0000644000373100047300000000447512157071355026504 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently. షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Move and resize windows

You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly.

Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down Alt and drag anywhere in the window. Hold down Shift while moving to snap the window to the edges of the screen and other windows.

Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down Shift while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the screen and other windows.

You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in the titlebar.

Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press AltF7 to move a window or AltF8 to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or resize, then press Enter to finish, or press Esc to return to the original position and size.

Maximize a window by dragging it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to maximize it along the side, allowing you to tile windows side by side.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-firewall-ports.page0000644000373100047300000000522112157071355026130 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access for a program with your firewall. Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Commonly-used network ports

This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can change your system's firewall to block or allow access to these applications. There are thousands of ports in use, so this table isn't complete.

Port

Name

Description

5353/udp

mDNS, Avahi

Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, without you having to specify the details manually.

631/udp

Printing

Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network.

631/tcp

Printing

Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network.

5298/tcp

Presence

Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the network, such as "online" or "busy".

5900/tcp

Remote desktop

Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide remote assistance.

3689/tcp

Music sharing (DAAP)

Allows you to share your music library with others on your network.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/clock-set.page0000644000373100047300000000413512157071355024261 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click the clock on the top bar and go into the Date and Time Settings to alter the date/time. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Change the date and time

If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:

Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select Date and Time Settings.

You may need to click Unlock and type the admin password.

Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists.

If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching Network Time on.

When Network Time is switched on, the computer will periodically synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to the internet.

You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting 24-hour or AM/PM format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/video-dvd.page0000644000373100047300000000560112157071355024255 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong region. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Why won't DVDs play?

If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have the right DVD codecs installed, or the DVD might be from a different region.

Installing the right codecs for DVD playback

In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right codecs installed. A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or audio format. If your movie player software doesn't find the right codecs, it may offer to install them for you. If not, you'll have to install the codecs manually - ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux distribution's support forums. You'll probably need to install the packages gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly and libdvd0.

DVDs are also copy-protected using a system called CSS. This prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from Fluendo. It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries.

డీవీడీ ప్రాంతం పరిశీలించుట

DVDs have a region code, which tells you in which region of the world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America.

It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use regionset.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/files.page0000644000373100047300000000357212157071355023503 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Files Searching, delete files, backups, removable drives… Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Files, folders & search

Nautilus file manager

 Common tasks More topics
Documents
Removable drives and external disks
Backing up
Tips and questions
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/sound-broken.page0000644000373100047300000000233312157071355025001 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. శబ్ద సమస్యలు shaunm

Consider making this a section of sound.page

There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/power-batteryestimate.page0000644000373100047300000000524212157071355026735 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The battery life displayed when you click on the battery icon is an estimate. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. The estimated battery life is wrong

When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time.

In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict.

Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made.

As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They will never be completely accurate, though.

If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to make a sensible estimate.

If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the data it needs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/shell-notifications.page0000644000373100047300000001063612157071356026357 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events happen. Marina Zhurakhinskaya marinaz@redhat.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Notifications and the message tray
What is a notification?

If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen.

For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like a USB stick), new updates are available for your computer, or your computer’s battery is low, you will get a notification informing you.

To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. You can move your mouse over them to see their full content.

Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button.

Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the message tray.

The message tray

The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-right corner of the screen, or press SuperM. The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it.

The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-right corner of the screen, or press SuperM. You can also show the message tray by clicking the blue number icon at the right-hand side of the window list. The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it.

You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are given special treatment, and are represented by the individual contacts who sent you the chat messages.

You can close the message tray by pressing SuperM again or Esc.

If the screen keyboard is open, you'll need to click the tray button to show the message tray.
Hiding notifications

If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can switch off notifications. Just click your name on the top bar and change the Notifications toggle to OFF.

When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom right corner, or pressing SuperM), and they will redisplay when you switch the toggle to ON again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/shell-apps-open.page0000644000373100047300000001032112157071356025377 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Launch apps from the activities overview. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. అనువర్తనాలను ప్రారంభించండి shaunm

If an app is running, it's focused. You can create a new window by dragging to the windows overview or onto a workspace thumbnail. (Also mention dragging to overview in list item below, not just workspace thumbnail.) Right-click icon to choose a window to focus or get new window. Mention middle-click?

Move your mouse pointer to the Activities corner at the top left of the screen to show the activities overview. This is where you can find all of your applications. You can also open the overview by pressing the Super key.

You can start applications from the Applications menu at the top left of the screen, or you can use the activities overview by pressing the Super key.

There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the activities overview:

Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start typing.) Click the application's icon to start it.

Some applications have icons in the dash, the vertical strip of icons on the left-hand side of the activities overview. Click one of these to start the corresponding application.

If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can add them to the dash yourself.

Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently used applications if the Frequent view is enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the All button at the bottom to view all the applications. Press on the application to start it.

You can launch an application in a separate workspace by dragging its icon from the dash (or from the list of applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen workspace.

You can launch an application in a new workspace by middle-clicking its icon in the dash or in the application list.

 Quickly running a command

Another way of launching an application is to press AltF2, enter its command name, and then press the Enter key.

For example, to launch Rhythmbox, press AltF2 and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). The name of the app is the command to launch the program.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/nautilus-preview.page0000644000373100047300000000522712157071356025724 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control when thumbnails are used for files. షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. File manager preview preferences

The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. Click Files in the top bar, pick Preferences and select the Preview tab.

<gui>Files</gui>

By default, all previews are done for Local Files Only, those on your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to Always or Never. The file manager can browse files on other computers over a local area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview option to Always.

In addition, you can use the Only for files smaller than setting to limit the size of files previewed.

 <gui>Folders</gui>

If you show file sizes in list view columns or icon captions, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/power-suspend.page0000644000373100047300000000414712157071356025214 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. What happens when I suspend my computer? Ekaterina Gerasimova

Should be merged into shell-exit.page

When you suspend the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try pressing the power button.

Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they may not be able to suspend or hibernate properly. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see if it does work before relying on it.

Always save your work before suspending

You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you resume the computer again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/shell-exit.page0000644000373100047300000001170212157071356024452 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and so on. షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Alexandre Franke afranke@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Log out, power off, switch users shaunm

More links would be good, especially in #logout. Could go final as-is. Incomplete for now

When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it (to save power), or leave it powered on and log out.

Log out or switch users

To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it when you log back in.

To Log Out or Switch User, click your name on the top bar and select the appropriate option.

The Log Out and Switch User entries only appear in the menu if you have more than one user account on your system.

The Switch User entry only appears in the menu if you have more than one user account on your system.
తెరకు తాళంవేయండి

If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running applications. When you return, raise the lock screen curtain and enter your password to log back in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of time.

To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select Lock.

When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking Log in as another user on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished.

అర్ధాంతరంగా నిలిపివేయి

To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend.

To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and hold down the Alt key. The Power Off option will change to Suspend. Select Suspend.

విద్యుత్ ఆపు లేక పునఃప్రారంభించు

If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click your name on the top bar and select Power Off. A dialog will open offering you to either Restart or Power Off.

If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off.

You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A powered off computer also uses less energy than one which is suspended.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/disk-partitions.page0000644000373100047300000000663512157071356025531 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to manage them. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Manage volumes and partitions

The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as mounting. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read (and possibly write) files on it.

Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional “back rooms” of partitions and drives.

View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility

You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk utility.

Open the Activities overview and start the Disks application.

In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect.

In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes.

Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with these utilities.

Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security or convenience.

One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/backup-frequency.page0000644000373100047300000000427312157071356025645 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that they're safe. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Frequency of backups

How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough.

On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:

The amount of time you spend on the computer.

How often and by how much the data on the computer changes.

If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax audit, more frequent backups may be necessary.

As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, you should back up at least once per week.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/user-changepassword.page0000644000373100047300000001146612157071356026367 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account settings. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. మీ సంకేతపదం మార్చండి shaunm

We need a note in here about password hints. Share content with user-add

Turns out that you get a dialog to change the keyring password when you log in after changing your password. Mention that in a blurb above the steps above #changepass below. "When you next log in, you will be asked to…. If you prefer to change the keyring password immediately, do this:

 shaunm

We need pages on the keyring. Link to them from the section below on changing your keyring password. This page can still go final for 3.0.x without that, but leave this comment in for 3.2.

 mdhill

Not prompted to change keyring password on next login in 3.2, wording changed. Keyring pages still need adding. Bug 643445 indicates password hints not implemented yet in GDM.

It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if you think someone else knows what your password is.

Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to open the Users window.

Click the label next to Password.

The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a password set.

Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password again in the Confirm password field.

You can also click the button next to the New password field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful.

Click Change.

Make sure you choose a good password. This will help to keep your user account safe.

కీరింగు సంకేతపదాన్ని మార్చండి

If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the keyring password. The keyring keeps you from having to remember lots of different passwords by just requiring one master password to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the keyring password (to match your login password):

Open the Passwords and Keys application from the Activities overview.

In the View menu, ensure By keyring is checked, and select Show any.

In the sidebar under Passwords, right-click on Login keyring and select Change Password.

Enter your old password and click Continue. Enter your new password and Type again to confirm it.

Click Continue.

You must have the seahorse package installed to use Passwords and Keys.

Install seahorse
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/printing-differentsize.page0000644000373100047300000000366412157071356027075 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a document on a different paper size or orientation. ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Change the paper size when printing

If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the document.

Click FilePrint

Select the Page Setup tab.

Under the Paper column, choose your Paper size from the drop-down list.

Click Print and your document should print.

You can also use the Orientation menu to choose a different orientation:

Portrait

Landscape

Reverse portrait

Reverse landscape

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/color-canshareprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000361212157071356027041 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Can I share my color profile?

Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit for a thousand hours.

This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be getting them closer to calibration, but it's misleading at best to say that their display is calibrated.

Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense.

You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/hardware-cardreader.page0000644000373100047300000000540512157071356026266 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshoot media card readers గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Media card reader problems

Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage media cards. These should be automatically detected and mounted. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are not:

Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, require a small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come up against something solid, do not force it.)

Open Files by using the Activities menu. Does the inserted card appear in the Devices list in the left sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press F9 or click View Sidebar Show Sidebar.)

If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click GoComputer. If your card reader is correctly configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below).

If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if possible.

If no cards or drives are available in the Computer folder, it is possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by Linux.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/settings-sharing.page0000644000373100047300000000220312157071356025661 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Bluetooth sharing, Screen sharing, Media sharing… మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Sharing Settings

The Sharing Settings in GNOME help you control what is shared over the local network, or through other technologies such as Bluetooth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/a11y-mag.page0000644000373100047300000000604012157071356023710 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Magnify the screen area

Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the text size. This feature is like having a magnifying glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the screen.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab.

Switch Zoom on.

The Zoom section lists the current settings for the shortcut keys, which can be set in the Universal Access section of the Shortcuts tab on the Keyboard panel.

You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, allowing you to view your area of choice.

You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the accessibility icon on the top bar and selecting Zoom.

You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the position of the magnified view on the screen. To adjust these, click the Options button and pick the Magnifier tab.

You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. To switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness, click the Options button and pick the Crosshairs tab.

You can switch to inverse video or White on black, and adjust brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting conditions. Click the Options button and pick the Color Effects tab.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-email-virus.page0000644000373100047300000000400712157071356025415 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers of people you email. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?

Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is through email messages.

Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are unlikely to get a virus through email or otherwise. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need to scan your email for viruses.

You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus software of their own anyway.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-macaddress.page0000644000373100047300000000454112157071356025271 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com The unique identifier assigned to network hardware. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. What is a MAC address?

A MAC address is the unique identifier that is assigned by the manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an ethernet card). MAC stands for Media Access Control, and each identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device.

A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a colon. 00:1B:44:11:3A:B7 is an example of a MAC address.

To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Network and select Wired or Wireless from the list on the left (depending on which device you want to check).

Your MAC address will be displayed as the Hardware Address.

In practice, you may need to modify or "spoof" a MAC address. For example, some internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/shell-windows-tiled.page0000644000373100047300000000314212157071356026271 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Maximize two windows side-by-side. షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Tile windows

You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between them.

To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using the keyboard, hold down the Super key and press the Left or Right key.

To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize.

Hold down the Alt key and drag anywhere in a window to move it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/a11y-right-click.page0000644000373100047300000000560012157071356025345 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org 2012 ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Simulate a right mouse click

You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if your pointing device only has a single button.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Switch Simulated Secondary Click on.

You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, change the Acceptance delay under Simulated Secondary Click.

To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, release the mouse button to right-click.

Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get visual feedback from the pointer.

If you use Mouse Keys, this also allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your keypad.

In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-click.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-default-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000362612157071356026273 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Change the default web browser by going to Details in Settings. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Change which web browser websites are opened in

When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Details and choose Default Applications from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing the Web option.

When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default browser again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/power-willnotturnon.page0000644000373100047300000000652112157071356026467 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. My computer will not turn on

There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons.

GNOME Documentation Project

This is a complicated topic. Give troubleshooting steps/reasons for why the computer won't turn on. Some of the reasons may be down to hardware failure.

This was marked incomplete as of 2011-04-04. I marked it final for 3.0. If there is more to add, revisit for 3.2.
Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable

Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is removable.

Problem with the computer hardware

A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard.

The computer beeps and then switches off

If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off (or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. These beeps are sometimes referred to as beep codes, and the pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in for repairs.

The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen

The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on.

This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/printing-2sided.page0000644000373100047300000000352712157071356025404 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet. ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Print two-sided and multi-page layouts

To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:

Click FilePrint.

Go to the Page Setup tab of the Print window and choose an option from the Two-sided drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-sided printing is not available for your printer.

Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to experiment with your printer to see how it works.

You can print more than one page of the document per side of paper too. Use the Pages per side option to do this.

The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always be available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/power-closelid.page0000644000373100047300000000617012157071356025327 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?

When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will suspend in order to save power. This means that the computer is not actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button.

Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to fix the problem with suspend, or you can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid.

Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed

If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:

Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a confined place like a backpack.

Open the Terminal application from the Activities overview.

To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command and press Enter:

gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power lid-close-battery-action blank

To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and press Enter:

gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power lid-close-ac-action blank
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/files-preview.page0000644000373100047300000000324512157071356025160 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more. షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Preview files and folders

You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview.

The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or seek through your video and audio.

To view a preview full-screen, click the fullscreen button near the bottom, or press f. Click fullscreen or press f again to leave full-screen, or press the space bar to exit the preview completely.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/documents-view.page0000644000373100047300000000366112157071356025352 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 View documents full-screen. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Display documents stored locally or online Julita Inca

This assumes the reader knows how to work with Google Docs. By the end of this page, the reader will be able to: - View remote/Google documents in Documents - Add an account in Online Accounts (link to those topics)

When you open Documents, all of your documents, those stored locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails.

In order for your Google Docs or SkyDrive documents to appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, as an online account.

To view the contents of a document:

Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the Documents window (or full-screen if maximized).

To exit the document, click the back arrow button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/power-batteryoptimal.page0000644000373100047300000000450112157071356026565 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tips such as "Do not let the battery charge get too low" గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Get the most out of your laptop battery

As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference.

Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge before the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly discharged is worse for the battery.

Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do not let the battery get any warmer than it has to.

Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original battery - always buy replacements when you need them.

This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different treatment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000165012157071356024644 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the default browser, install Flash, Silverlight support… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Web Browsers usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/sharing.page0000644000373100047300000000160512157071356024030 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Desktop sharing, Share files by email, Media sharing… Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. భాగస్వామ్యం usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/shell-workspaces.page0000644000373100047300000000645112157071356025667 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. What is a workspace, and how will it help me?

Workspace selector

Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate.

Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate.

Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music manager could be on a third workspace.

కార్యక్షేత్రాలు వినియోగించి:

In the Activities overview, move your cursor to the right-most side of the screen.

Press the Super key to open the Activities overview and then move your cursor to the right-most side of the screen.

A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty workspace. This is the workspace selector.

A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the workspace selector.

To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto the empty workspace in the workspace selector. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace will appear below it.

To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other workspaces.

There is always at least one workspace.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/a11y-braille.page0000644000373100047300000000264212157071356024562 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Use the Orca screen reader with a refreshable Braille display. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. తెరను బ్రెయిలీలో చదువుము

GNOME provides the Orca screen reader to display the user interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. Install Orca, then refer to the Orca Help for more information.

shaunm

I'd like this page to have more on how to start Orca, then pass off to the Orca help for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page0000644000373100047300000000453312157071356027155 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Edit folder bookmarks

Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager.

Add a bookmark:

Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark.

Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick Bookmark this Location.

 Delete a bookmark:

Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from the app menu.

In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete and click the - button.

 Rename a bookmark:

Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from the app menu.

In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename.

In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark.

Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other than the name of the folder it points to.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/a11y-screen-reader.page0000644000373100047300000000242512157071356025666 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Use the Orca screen reader to speak the user interface. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Read screen aloud

GNOME provides the Orca screen reader to speak the user interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. Install Orca, then refer to the Orca Help for more information.

shaunm

I'd like this page to have more on how to start Orca, then pass off to the Orca help for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/backup-thinkabout.page0000644000373100047300000000723512157071356026015 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you may want to back up. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Where can I find the files I want to back up?

Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up.

వ్యక్తిగత ఫైళ్ళు (పత్రాలు, సంగీతం, ఫొటోలు మరియు వీడియోలు)

These are usually stored in your home folder (/home/your_name). They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and Videos.

If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the Disk Usage Analyzer.

దాగివున్న ఫైళ్ళు

Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. To view hidden files, click ViewShow Hidden Files or press CtrlH. You can copy these to a backup location like any other file.

వ్యక్తిగత అమరికలు (డెస్క్‍టాప్ ప్రాధాన్యతలు, అలంకారాలు, మరియు సాఫ్ట్‍వేర్ అమరికలు)

Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home folder (see above for information on hidden files).

Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders .config, .gconf, .gnome2, and .local in your Home folder.

వ్యవస్థ-మొత్తం అమరికలు

Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are stored in the /etc folder. In general, you won't need to back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-wireless-adhoc.page0000644000373100047300000000475712157071356026105 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and its network connections. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Create a wireless hotspot

You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired network or over the cellular network.

shaunm

Things I'm not sure about: Is this actually ad-hoc? It seems to use the same icon. What happens if you have multiple wireless adapters? Ought to be able to share wireless to wireless, I think, but I don't know what the UI looks like. Also, does any of this work? I couldn't successfully test.

Also, looks like there's no page to set the device name. Make one, then link below where it says the name of the network is your device name.

Click the network icon on the top bar and select Network Settings.

Select Wireless on the left.

Click the Use as Hotspot button.

If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot to confirm.

A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-vpn-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000711312157071356025413 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to set up a VPN connection. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Connect to a VPN

A VPN (or Virtual Private Network) is a way of connecting to a local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually encrypted to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to without logging in.

There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which VPN client you need to use. Then, go to the software installer application and search for the NetworkManager package which works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it.

If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will probably have to download and install some client software from the company that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some different instructions to get that working.

Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:

Click the network icon on the top bar and select Network Settings.

In the list on the left, click the + button to add a new connection.

Choose VPN in the interface list, and click Create….

Click Add and choose which kind of VPN connection you have.

Click Create and follow the instructions on the screen, entering details like your username and password as you go.

When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar, go to VPN Connections and click on the connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will change as it tries to connect.

Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the network icon, clicking Network Settings and going to the VPN tab.

To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click Disconnect under the name of your VPN connection.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/contacts-edit-details.page0000644000373100047300000000407412157071356026564 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Edit the information for each contact. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Edit contact details

Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book up to date and complete.

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press Edit in the top-rigth corner of Contacts.

Edit the contact details.

To add a detail such as a new phone number or email address, press Add Detail and select the field that you want to add.

Press Done to finish editing the contact.

In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the profile's avatar.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/keyboard-nav.page0000644000373100047300000002245312157071356024763 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Use applications and the desktop without a mouse. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Keyboard navigation Shaun McCance

Do NOT use ui:expanded on this page. I know it's tempting, but the target audience for this page is people who cannot use a mouse, and having to expand sections when you're just figuring out how to drive things with the keyboard is a burden.

This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see instead.

If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See for details.

 Navigate user interfaces

Tab and CtrlTab

Move keyboard focus between different controls. Ctrl Tab moves between groups of controls, such as from a sidebar to the main content. CtrlTab can also break out of a control that uses Tab itself, such as a text area.

Hold down Shift to move focus in reverse order.

Arrow keys

Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group.

In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand items with children.

CtrlArrow keys

In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without changing which item is selected.

ShiftArrow keys

In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to the newly focused item.

Space

Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item.

CtrlSpace

In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without deselecting other items.

Alt

Hold down the Alt key to reveal accelerators: underlined letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press Alt plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked on it.

Esc

Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window.

F10

Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to navigate the menus.

Super F10

Open the application menu on the top bar.

ShiftF10 or Menu

Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-clicked.

CtrlF10

In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item.

CtrlPageUp and CtrlPageDown

In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right.
Navigate the desktop

AltF6

Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the Alt key and press F6 until the window you want is highlighted, then release Alt. This is similar to the Alt` feature.

AltEsc

Cycle through all open windows on a workspace.

SuperM

Open the message tray. Press Esc to close.
Navigate windows

AltF4

Close the current window.

AltF5 or Super↓

Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use Alt F10 to maximize. AltF10 both maximizes and restores.

AltF7

Move the current window. Press AltF7, then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press Enter to finish moving the window, or Esc to return it to its original place.

AltF8

Resize the current window. Press AltF8, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press Enter to finish resizing the window, or Esc to return it to its original size.

AltF10 or Super↑

Maximize a window. Press AltF10 or Super↓ to restore a maximized window to its original size.

SuperH

Minimize a window.

Super←

Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again to restore the window to its previous size. Press Super→ to switch sides.

Super→

Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again to restore the window to its previous size. Press Super← to switch sides.

AltSpace

Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page0000644000373100047300000001220012157071356030420 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default applications. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. File properties

To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select Properties. You can also select the file and press AltEnter.

The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this information often, you can have it displayed in list view columns or icon captions.

The information given on the Basic tab is explained below. There are also Permissions and Open With tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the dimensions, duration, and codec.

Basic properties <gui>Name</gui>

You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file outside the properties window. See .

 <gui>Type</gui>

This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't open a picture with a music player. See for more information on this.

The MIME type of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a standard way that computers use to refer to the file type.

 Contents

This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If the folder is empty, the contents will display nothing.

 Size

This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email (big files take longer to send/receive).

Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is 1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on.

 Location

The location of each file on your computer is given by its absolute path. This is a unique "address" of the file on your computer, made up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. For example, if Jim had a file called Resume.pdf in his Home folder, its location would be /home/jim/Resume.pdf.

 Volume

The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a CD, or a network share or file server. Hard disks can be split up into several disk partitions; the partition will be displayed under Volume too.

 Free Space

This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking if the hard disk is full.

 Accessed

The date and time when the file was last opened.

 Modified

The date and time when the file was last changed and saved.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/shell-windows-switching.page0000644000373100047300000000624112157071356027172 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Press SuperTab. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Switch between windows shaunm

More prose, talk about Alt+`. Maybe a screenshot. 3.0.1

Including all applications in the window switcher makes switching between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which applications are running.

From a workspace:

Press SuperTab to bring up the window switcher.

Release Super to select the next (highlighted) window in the switcher.

Otherwise, still holding down the Super key, press Tab to cycle through the list of open windows, or ShiftTab to cycle backwards.

You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open windows and switch between them.

Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down Super and press ` (or the key above Tab) to step through the list.

In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided by vertical separators.

You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the mouse.

Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the ↓ key.

From the Activities overview:

Click on a window to switch to it and leave the overview. If you have multiple workspaces open, you can click on each workspace to view the open windows on each workspace.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/color-calibrationcharacterization.page0000644000373100047300000000550212157071356031253 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibration and characterization are different things entirely. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. What's the difference between calibration and characterization?

Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:

Changing controls or internal settings that it has

Applying curves to its color channels

The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel calibration curves.

Characterization (or profiling) is recording the way a device reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring color from one device representation to another be achieved.

Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized.

In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. By convention it is stored in a tag called the vcgt tag. Although it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/files-templates.page0000644000373100047300000000441312157071356025473 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Quickly create new documents from custom file templates. Anita Reitere nitalynx@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Templates for commonly-used document types

If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you could create a template document with your letterhead.

Make a new template

Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you could make your letterhead in a word processing application.

Save the file with the template content in the Templates folder in your Home folder. If the Templates folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first.

 Use a template to create a document

Open the folder where you want to place the new document.

Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose New Document. The names of available templates will be listed in the submenu.

Choose your desired template from the list.

Enter a filename for the newly-created document.

Double-click the file to open it and start editing.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/printing-cancel-job.page0000644000373100047300000000630512157071356026224 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue. ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Cancel, pause or release a print job

You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the printer settings.

Cancel a print job

If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so that you do not need to waste any ink or paper.

How to cancel a print job:

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the Printers dialog.

Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the pay-pause-stop symbols.

If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the Cancel button on your printer.

As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off and then on again.

Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though - if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should probably just leave it where it is.
Pause and release a print job

If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the Printers dialog and either pause or release the print job based on your needs.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/user-accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000357212157071356025175 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 వాడుకరులు Add user or guest user, change password, administrators… గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. వాడుకరి ఖాతాలు

Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user account if you know the password.

ఖాతాలు వాడుకరి ఖాతాలను నిర్వహించండి
సంకేతపదాలు
అధికారాలు User privileges
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-email.page0000644000373100047300000000147412157071357024255 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Default email apps The Ubuntu Documentation Team The GNOME Documentation Project Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Email & email software usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/session-screenlocks.page0000644000373100047300000000402312157071357026367 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the Privacy settings. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. The screen locks itself too quickly

If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself too quickly.

To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Click Privacy.

Click Screen Lock.

If Automatic Screen Lock is on, you can change the value in the Lock Screen After Blank For drop-down list.

If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch Automatic Screen Lock off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/files-disc-write.page0000644000373100047300000000645312157071357025556 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Write files to a CD or DVD

You can put files onto a blank disc by using CD/DVD Creator. The option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer files to other computers or perform backups by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:

Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive.

In the Blank CD/DVD-R Disc notification that pops up at the bottom of the screen, select Open with CD/DVD Creator. The CD/DVD Creator folder window will open.

(You can also click on Blank CD/DVD-R Disc under Devices in the file manager sidebar.)

In the Disc Name field, type a name for the disc.

Drag or copy the desired files into the window.

Click Write to Disc.

Under Select a disc to write to, choose the blank disc.

(You could choose Image file instead. This will put the files in a disc image, which will be saved on your computer. You can then burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)

Click Properties if you want to adjust burning speed, the location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should be fine.

Click the Burn button to begin recording.

If Burn Several Copies is selected, you will be prompted for additional discs.

When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose Make More Copies or Close to exit.
If the disc wasn't burned properly

Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a computer.

In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. 12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can choose the speed by clicking the Properties button in the CD/DVD Creator window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/documents-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000236712157071357026056 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhill@src.gnome.org 2012 Documents displays a number of popular document types. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Formats supported Michael Hill

This assumes the reader knows how to.... By the end of this page, the reader will be able to....

Documents displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats supported by Document Viewer (Evince), Microsoft Office, LibreOffice and Google Docs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page0000644000373100047300000000537512157071357033000 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in subsequent troubleshooting steps. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Wireless network troubleshooter Gather information about your network hardware

In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the following items, if you still have them:

The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the user guide for your router)

The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only contains Windows drivers)

The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of the device.

Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look carefully.

Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "firmware" version, or the components (chipset) it uses.

If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)

Once you have as many of these items as possible, click Next.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-wireless-edit-connection.page0000644000373100047300000002307212157071357030101 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Edit a wireless connection

This topic needs significant revision to be comprehensive. A number of settings remain undocumented.

This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the Network settings, then click Options.

Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks.
Available to all users / Connect automatically <gui>Connect automatically</gui>

Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this wireless network whenever it is in range.

If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range.

 <gui>Available to all users</gui>

Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the password themselves.

If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this network. You may be asked to enter your admin password.
Wireless <gui>SSID</gui>

This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the settings of your wireless router or base station).

 <gui>Mode</gui>

Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base station or router) or an Ad-hoc network (where there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to set-up your own ad-hoc network though.

If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, Band and Channel. These determine which wireless frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too.

 <gui>BSSID</gui>

This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it will have a BSSID.

 <gui>Device MAC address</gui>

A MAC address is a code which identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory.

This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card.

 <gui>Cloned MAC address</gui>

Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC address rather than its real one.

 <gui>MTU</gui>

This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting.
Wireless Security <gui>Security</gui>

This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being intercepted, so other people can't "listen in" and see what websites you're visiting and so on.

Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also require a username and a digital "certificate". See for more information on popular types of wireless encryption.
IPv4 Settings shaunm

There's also Shared to other computers

Then there's addresses and dns servers and ipv4 addressing routes.

All current info correct, but incomplete

Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see different ways of getting/setting that information.

The following methods are available:

<gui>Automatic (DHCP)</gui>

Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP.

 <gui>Automatic (DHCP) addresses only</gui>

If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS server to use).

 <gui>Manual</gui>

Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings yourself, including which IP address the computer should use.

 <gui>Link-Local Only</gui>

Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together so they communicate with each other.

 <gui>Disabled</gui>

This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled.
IPv6 Settings shaunm

The list of methods is a bit different

This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular at the moment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/disk.page0000644000373100047300000000172112157071357023327 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Disk space, performance, problems, volumes and partitions… Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Disks & storage usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/documents-collections.page0000644000373100047300000000532512157071357026716 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Group related documents in a collection. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Make collections of documents Julita Inca

This assumes the reader knows how to explore and find documents. By the end of this page, the reader will be able to make collections. This topic is about: - Overview of how collections work. - How are collections searched? How can you only search inside a collection? - Can you put collections inside collections?

Documents lets you put together documents of different types in one place called a collection. If you have documents that are related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF documents, can be grouped in one collection.

To create or add to a collection:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the documents to be collected.

Click the + button in the button bar.

In the collection list, click Add and type a new collection name, or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to the collection.

Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: you cannot put collections inside collections.

To delete a collection:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted.

Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, leaving the original documents.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/screen-shot-record.page0000644000373100047300000001035612157071357026107 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org 2012 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Screenshots and screencasts

You can take a picture of your screen (a screenshot) or record a video of what's happening on the screen (a screencast). This is useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video files, so you can email them and share them on the web.

Take a screenshot

Open Screenshot from the Activities overview.

In the Take Screenshot window, select whether to grab the whole screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. Then choose any effects you want.

Click Take Screenshot.

If you selected Select area to grab, the pointer changes into a crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot.

In the Save Screenshot window, enter a file name and choose a folder, then click Save.

Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing application without saving it first. Click Copy to Clipboard then paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot thumbnail to the application.

 Keyboard shortcuts

Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time using these global keyboard shortcuts:

Prt Scrn to take a screenshot of the desktop.

AltPrt Scrn to take a screenshot of a window.

ShiftPrt Scrn to take a screenshot of an area you select.

When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your Pictures folder with a file name that begins with "Screenshot" and includes the date and time it was taken.

You can also hold down Ctrl with any of the above shortcuts to copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it.
Make a screencast

You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:

Press CtrlAltShiftR to start recording what's on your screen.

A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the recording is in progress. This indicator does not show up in the video.

Once you've finished, press CtrlAltShiftR again to stop the recording.

The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name that starts with "Screencast" and includes the date and time it was taken.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/files-copy.page0000644000373100047300000001015112157071357024444 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Copy or move items to a new folder. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Copy or move files and folders

A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using keyboard shortcuts.

For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you don't like your changes).

These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files and folders in exactly the same way.

Copy and paste files

Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once.

Right-click and pick Copy, or press CtrlC.

Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file.

Click the gear icon and pick Paste to finish copying the file, or press CtrlV. There will now be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder.

 Cut and paste files to move them

Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once.

Right-click and pick Cut, or press CtrlX.

Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file.

Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick Paste to finish moving the file, or press CtrlV. The file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder.

 Drag files to copy or move

Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want to copy.

Click Files in the top bar, select New Window (or press CtrlN) to open a second window. In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the file.

Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will move it if the destination is on the same device, or copy it if the destination is on a different device.

For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another.

You can force the file to be copied by holding down the Ctrl key while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the Shift key while dragging.

You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is read-only. Some folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. You can change things from being read-only by changing file permissions .

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/bluetooth-remove-connection.page0000644000373100047300000000371312157071357030035 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices. జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices

If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or from a device.

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the - icon underneath the list.

Click Remove in the confirmation window.

You can reconnect a Bluetooth device later if desired.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/disk-format.page0000644000373100047300000000546312157071357024624 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash drive by formatting it. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Wipe everything off a removable disk

If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all of the files on the disk and leaves it empty.

Format a removable disk

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview.

Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list.

Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!

In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click Format Volume.

In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk.

If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file system type will be presented as a label.

Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk.

Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It should now be blank and ready to use again.

 Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files

Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such as shred.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-security-tips.page0000644000373100047300000000573012157071357026011 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 General tips to keep in mind when using the internet Steven Richards steven.richardspc@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Staying safe on the internet

A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included with each distribution.

Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you can still be susceptible to:

Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information through deception)

Forwarding malicious emails

Applications with malicious intent (viruses)

Unauthorised remote/local network access

To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:

Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do not know.

If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is compromised by identity thieves or other criminals.

Be careful in providing any application root level permissions, especially ones that you have not used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation.

Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a firewall to help protect your computer from intrusion.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/documents-select.page0000644000373100047300000000430112157071357025650 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Selecting documents Julita Inca

This assumes the reader knows how to sort their documents. By the end of this page, the reader will be able to explain how selection mode works

From Documents selection mode you can open, print, view or make collections of your documents. To use selection mode:

Click the ✓ button.

Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the actions that are valid for your selection.
Selection mode actions

After selecting one or more documents you can:

Open with Document Viewer (folder icon).

Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single document is selected).

Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents.

Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only available when a single document is selected).

Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001551612157071357027345 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Get around the desktop using the keyboard. షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org 2012 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Useful keyboard shortcuts

This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or pointing device at all, see for more information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard.

Getting around the desktop

AltF1 or the Super key

Switch between the Activities overview and desktop. In the overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and documents.

AltF2

Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)

SuperTab

Quickly switch between windows. Hold down Shift for reverse order.

Super`

Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected application after SuperTab.

This shortcut uses ` on US keyboards, where the ` key is above Tab. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is Super plus the key above Tab.

CtrlAltTab

Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the Activities overview, switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to navigate.

It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use SuperTab and Super`.

SuperA

Show the list of applications.

SuperPage Up and SuperPage Down

Switch between workspaces.

SuperShiftPage Up and SuperShiftPage Down

Move the current window to a different workspace.

CtrlAltDelete

Log out.

CtrlAltL

Lock the screen.

SuperM

Open the message tray. Press SuperM again or Esc to close.
Common editing shortcuts

CtrlA

Select all text or items in a list.

CtrlX

Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard.

CtrlC

Copy selected text or items to the clipboard.

CtrlV

Paste the contents of the clipboard.

CtrlZ

Undo the last action.
Capturing from the screen

Prnt Scrn

Take a screenshot.

AltPrnt Scrn

Take a screenshot of a window.

ShiftPrnt Scrn

Take a screenshot of an area of the screen. The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to select an area.

CtrlAltShiftR

Start and end screencast recording.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/accounts-add.page0000644000373100047300000000470512157071357024747 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Connect an online account. జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Add an account

Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program, and other related applications will be set up for you.

Click the + button in the lower-left portion of the window.

Click the Account Type menu and select one.

If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a later time.

Click Add…

A small website window will open where you can enter your online account credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your Google username and password.

If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow GNOME access to your online account. Select Grant Access to continue.

Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want to use an online account for your calendar, turn the calendar option off.

After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected will automatically use those credentials when you start them.

For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer. Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, remove it.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/privacy.page0000644000373100047300000000233012157071357024047 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Screen lock, Name & visibility, Usage history, Purge trash & temporary files… జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com 2013 Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Privacy Settings

The Privacy Settings in GNOME help you control whether or not certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these settings to clear your computer usage history and clean-out unecessary files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/printing.page0000644000373100047300000000323212157071357024226 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com Local setup, order and collate, two-sided and multi-page… Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Printing Jim C

Needs info about network printing - 2011-06-08
Setup Set up a printer
Sizes and layouts Different paper sizes and layouts
Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong… Printer problems
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/files-recover.page0000644000373100047300000000414612157071357025146 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Recover a file from the Trash

If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into the Trash, and should be able to be restored.

To restore a file from the Trash:

Open the Files application from the Activities overview.

Click Trash in the sidebar.

If your deleted file is there, click on it and select Restore. It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted.

If you deleted the file by pressing ShiftDelete , or by using the command line, the file has been permanently deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from the Trash.

There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can recover it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/files-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000731212157071357024741 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 అవసరం లేని ఫైళ్ళను మరియు సంచయాలను తీసివేయండి Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. ఫైళ్ళను మరియు సంచయాలను తొలగించండి

If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you delete an item it is moved to the Trash folder, where it is stored until you empty the trash. You can restore items in the Trash folder to their original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted.

To send a file to the trash:

Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once.

Press CtrlDelete on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to the Trash in the sidebar.

To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click Trash in the sidebar and select Empty Trash.

ఒక ఫైలును శాశ్వతంగా తొలగించండి

You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to the trash first.

To permanently delete a file:

మీరు తొలగించాలనుకుంటున్న అంశాన్ని ఎంచుకోండి.

Press and hold the Shift key, then press the Delete key on your keyboard.

Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the file or folder.

If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a Delete entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click Files in the top bar, pick Preferences and select the Behavior tab. Select Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash.

Deleted files on a removable device may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back into your computer.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/contacts-link-unlink.page0000644000373100047300000000545712157071357026456 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Combine information for a contact from multiple sources. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Link and unlink contacts usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/tips-specialchars.page0000644000373100047300000001403612157071357026016 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, mathematical symbols, and dingbats. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Enter special characters

You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some different ways you can enter special characters.

అక్షరాలను ప్రవేశపెట్టు పద్ధతులు
అక్షర పటం

GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it.

You can find Character Map in the Activities overview. For more information on the character map, see the Character Map Manual.

Compose key

A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter é, you can press compose then ' then e.

Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key.

Define a compose key

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Click Keyboard.

Select the Shortcuts tab and click Typing.

Click on Compose Key in the right pane.

Click on Disabled and select the key you would like to behave as a compose key from the drop-down menu. You can choose either of the Ctrl keys, the right Alt key, the right Win or Super key if you have one, the Menu key or Caps Lock. Any key you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work for its original purpose.

You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:

Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute accent over that letter, such as é.

Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to place a grave accent over that letter, such as è.

Press compose then " then a letter to place an umlaut over that letter, such as ë.

Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron over that letter, such as ē.

For more compose key sequences, see the compose key page on Wikipedia.

Code points

You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the Character Details tab. The code point is the four characters after U+.

To enter a character by its code point, hold down Ctrl and Shift, type u followed by the four-character code point, then release Ctrl and Shift. If you often use characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly.

కీబోర్డు నమూనాలు

You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn how, see .

Input methods

An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese characters using a Latin keyboard.

To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu Input Method, choose an input method you want to use. There is no default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation to see how to use them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/bluetooth.page0000644000373100047300000000434512157071357024407 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Connect, send files, turn on and off… Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. బ్లూటూత్

Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to send files between devices, such as from your computer to your cell phone.

shaunm

Things to improve: The BT settings has a "Browse Files" button for devices. We only cover push file transfers. Might also be worth mentioning something on receiving files when doing push from another device.

We don't have explicit pages for input devices. Might be worth a topic like "Connect a BT mouse or keyboard", linked under Mouse, Keyboard, and BT.

We have nothing for BT printers. Topic under both Printing and BT. Consider other device classes, topics linked under both BT and the appropriate device-specific guide (e.g. headset under Audio).

A topic on Bluetooth security would be good. Might want to also create a new top-level guide for security, and link the topic there too.
బ్లూటూత్ సమస్యలు
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/files-rename.page0000644000373100047300000001110112157071357024735 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change file or folder name. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Rename a file or folder

As with other file managers, you can use the GNOME file manager to change the name of a file or folder.

To rename a file or folder:

Right-click on the item and select Rename, or select the file and press F2.

Type the new name and press Enter.

You can also rename a file from the properties window.

When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is selected, not the file extension (the part after the "."). The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. file.pdf is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it.

If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the toolbar and select Undo to restore the former name.
Valid characters for file names

You can use any character except the / (slash) character in file names. Some devices, however, use a file system that has more restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the following characters in your file names: |, \, ?, *, <, ", :, >, /.

If you name a file with a . as the first character, the file will be hidden when you attempt to view it in the file manager.
Common problems The file name is already in use

You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you are working in, the file manager will not allow it.

File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name File.txt is not the same as FILE.txt. Using different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended.

 The file name is too long

On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the path to the file (e.g., /home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/… ), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible.

 The option to rename is grayed out

If Rename is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See for more information.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/power-hotcomputer.page0000644000373100047300000000604712157071357026106 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which can be damaging. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. My computer gets really hot

Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, which can potentially cause damage.

Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. It is generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient cooling.

If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool air fast enough.

Ekaterina Gerasimova

TODO: add that some laptops come with warnings to not use them on laps

Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap.

Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will probably need to get it repaired.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/color-calibrate-camera.page0000644000373100047300000000345212157071357026670 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. How do I calibrate my camera?

Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel.

You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount.

The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile several times for studio, bright sunlight and cloudy lighting conditions.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/mouse-sensitivity.page0000644000373100047300000000472612157071357026125 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad. ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad

If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is comfortable for you.

You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the Mouse and Touchpad sections.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/sharing-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000001127412157071357025503 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Share your desktop

You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer with a desktop viewing application. Configure Screen Sharing to allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences.

You must have the Vino package installed for Screen Sharing to be visible.

Install Vino

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Sharing.

If Sharing is OFF, switch it to ON.

Select Screen Sharing.

To let others view your desktop, switch Remote View to ON. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and view what's on your screen.

To let others interact with your desktop, switch Remote Control to ON. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security settings which you are currently using.

This option is enabled by default when Remote View is ON.
Security

It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security option means before changing it.

Approve All Connections

If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your desktop, switch Approve All Connections to ON. If you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone to connect to your computer.

This option is enabled by default.

 Require Password

To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, switch Require Password to ON. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop.

This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a secure password.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/accounts-which-application.page0000644000373100047300000000607412157071357027623 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2012-2013 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Applications can use the accounts created in Online Accounts and the services they exploit. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Which applications take advantage of online accounts?

Online Accounts can be used by external applications to automatically configure themselves.

With a Google account

Evolution, the email application. Your email account will be added to Evolution automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your Google agenda.

Empathy, the instant messaging application. Your online account will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends.

Contacts, which will allow to see and edit your contacts.

Documents can access your online documents and display them.
With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts

Empathy can use these accounts to connect you online and chat with your contacts, friends, and followers.

With a SkyDrive account

Documents can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive and display them.

With a Exchange account

Once you have created an Exchange account, Evolution will start retrieving mails from this account.

With a ownCloud account

When an ownCloud account is set up, Evolution is able to access and edit contacts and calendar appointments.

Files and other applications will be able to list and access your online files stored in the ownCloud installation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/files-share.page0000644000373100047300000000463312157071357024604 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager. షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Share files by email jim

If we get gnome-user-share integrated eventually, we should discuss or link that here.

 mdhill

All functionality except email removed for 3.8 per Bug 680983.

You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the file manager.

Before you begin, make sure Evolution is installed on your computer, and your email account is configured.

 To share a file by email:

Open the Files application from the Activities overview.

Locate the file you want to transfer.

Right-click the file and select Send To. The Compose Message window will appear with the file attached.

Click To to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you want to send the file. Fill in the Subject and the body of the message as required and click Send.

You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down Ctrl, then right-click any selected file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/backup-what.page0000644000373100047300000000560212157071357024605 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. ఏమి బ్యాక్అప్ చేయాలి

Your priority should be to back up your most important files as well as those that are difficult to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:

మీ వ్యక్తిగత ఫైళ్ళు

This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would consider irreplaceable.

 మీ వ్యక్తిగత అమరికలు

This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes application preferences, such as settings for LibreOffice, your music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a while to recreate.

 వ్యవస్థ అమరికలు

Most people never change the system settings that are created during installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these settings.

 స్థాపించబడిన సాఫ్ట్‍వేర్

The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious computer problem by reinstalling it.

In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk space by having backups of them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/power-constantfan.page0000644000373100047300000000416112157071357026046 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running hot. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. The laptop fan is always running

If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time.

If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, vaiofand can be installed to control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your computer.

It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your laptop which may help.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/user-admin-problems.page0000644000373100047300000000310612157071357026261 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin privileges. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Problems caused by administrative restrictions

You may experience a few problems if you don't have administrative privileges. Some tasks require admin privileges in order to work, such as:

Connecting to networks or wireless networks

Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)

కొత్త అనువర్తనాలను స్థాపించుట

You can change who has admin privileges.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/nautilus-connect.page0000644000373100047300000001617212157071357025676 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or WebDAV. షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Browse files on a server or network share

You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share files with other people on your local network.

To browse files over the network, open the Files application from the Activities overview, and click Browse Network in the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/network address.

Connect to a file server

In the file manager, click Files in the top bar and pick Connect to Server from the app menu.

Enter the address of the server, in the form of a URL. Details on supported URLs are listed below.

If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the Recent Servers list.

Click Connect. A new window will open showing you the files on the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in the future
Writing URLs

A URL, or uniform resource locator, is a form of address that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted like this:

scheme://servername.example.com/folder

The scheme specifies the protocol or type of server. The example.com portion of the address is called the domain name. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:

scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder

Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the domain name:

scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder

Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported.

Types of servers

You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a username and password.

You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete files.

The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its file shares.

SSH

If you have a secure shell account on a server, you can connect using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in.

A typical SSH URL looks like this:

ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder

 shaunm

We should have a topics on encryption keys, possibly rolling the seahorse help into gnome-help. Then link from here.

When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted so that other users on your network can't see it.

 FTP (with login)

FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and upload files.

A typical FTP URL looks like this:

ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/

 Public FTP

Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files.

A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:

ftp://ftp.example.com/path/

Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and password, or with a public username using your email address as the password. For these servers, use the FTP (with login) method, and use the credentials specified by the FTP site.

 Windows share

Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into domains for organization and to better control access. If you have the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows share from the file manager.

A typical Windows share URL looks like this:

smb://servername/Share

 WebDAV and Secure WebDAV

Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users can't see your password.

A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:

http://example.hostname.com/path

 shaunm

Also used by gnome-user-share, but we're not talking about that in gnome-help for 3.0. Hopefully it will be better integrated in 3.2, and we can discuss it better in the help. If that happens, link from here.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/files-sort.page0000644000373100047300000000750512157071357024472 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed. ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Sort files and folders

May benefit from figures illustrating the different views.

You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting them in order of date or file size. See below for a list of common ways to sort files. See for information on how to change the default sort order.

The way that you can sort files depends on the folder view that you are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in the toolbar.

Icon view

To sort files in a different order, click the down button in the toolbar and choose By Name, By Size, By Type or By Modification Date.

As an example, if you select By Name, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical order. See for other options.

You can sort in the reverse order by selecting Reversed Order from the pull-down menu.

List view

To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the file manager. For example, click Type to sort by file type. Click the column heading again to sort in the reverse order.

In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those columns. Click the down button in the toolbar, pick Visible Columns and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those columns. See for descriptions of available columns.

Ways of sorting files By Name

Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file.

 By Size

Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from smallest to largest by default.

 By Type

Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped together, then sorted by name.

 By Modification Date

Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest to newest by default.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-fixed-ip-address.page0000644000373100047300000000500412157071357026307 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network services from your computer. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Create a connection with a fixed IP address

Most networks will automatically assign an IP address and other details to your computer when you connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its address is (for example, if it is a file server).

To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:

Click the network icon on the top bar and select Network Settings.

Select the network connection from the list (Wired or Wireless) and click Configure.

Click on the IPv4 Settings tab and change the Method to Manual.

If no connection information is listed in the Addresses list, or if you want to set up a new connection, click Add.

Enter the IP Address, Netmask, and Gateway information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses and netmasks are valid for a given network.

If necessary, enter a Domain Name Server address into the DNS servers box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS servers.

Click Save. The network connection should now have a fixed IP address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-wired.page0000644000373100047300000000154312157071357024275 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Wired internet connections, Fixed IP addresses… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Wired Networking usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/index.page0000644000373100047300000000216312157071357023505 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 గ్నోమ్ 3 డెస్క్‍టాప్ వాడుకరుల మార్గదర్శకం GNOME Help GNOME Help <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/gnome.png">సహాయం</media> Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. <media type="image" src="figures/yelp-icon-big.png">Yelp logo</media> GNOME Help usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/printing-select.page0000644000373100047300000000267712157071357025517 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages. ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Print only certain pages

To only print certain pages from the document:

Click FilePrint

In the General tab in the Print window choose Pages from the Range section.

Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages.

For example, if you enter "1,3,5-7,9" in the Pages text box, pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/wacom-mode.page0000644000373100047300000000344012157071357024425 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode

Tracking Mode determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Wacom Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Next to Tracking Mode, select Tablet (absolute) or Touchpad (relative).

In absolute mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds to the same point on the tablet.

In relative mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with less hand movement.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/a11y-font-size.page0000644000373100047300000000361112157071357025064 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Use larger fonts to make text easier to read. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. తెరపై పాఠ్య పరిమాణాన్ని మార్చండి

If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the size of the font.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab.

Switch Large Text to ON.

Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the accessibility icon on the top bar and selecting Large Text.

In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press Ctrl-.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/documents-filter.page0000644000373100047300000000272412157071360025657 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Choose which documents to display. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Filter documents

Click the down button next to the search bar to limit the scope of the search in these categories:

Sources: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All.

Type: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text Documents, or All.

Title, Author, or All.

In order for Google or SkyDrive to appear in the filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an online account.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/tips.page0000644000373100047300000000157012157071360023350 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Special characters, middle click shortcuts… Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. చిట్కాలు & జిమ్మిక్కులు usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/printing-name-location.page0000644000373100047300000000426512157071360026753 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings. Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Change the name or location of a printer

You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings.

You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or location of a printer.
Change printer name

If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Unlock button in the top-right corner and enter your password.

By clicking on the name, start editing the name of the printer.

Press Enter to save the changes.
Change printer location

To change the location of your printer:

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Unlock button in the top-right corner and enter your password.

By clicking on the location, start editing the location.

Press Enter to save the changes.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000000444712157071360030306 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Connect an extra monitor

To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Displays.

Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it ON/OFF.

The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "main", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the "main" monitor.

To change the "position" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position.

If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the Mirror displays box.

When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click Keep This Configuration.

To close the Displays Settings click on the x in the top corner.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/hardware.page0000644000373100047300000000266212157071360024171 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Hardware Hardware problems, printers, power settings, color management, Bluetooth, disks… Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Hardware & drivers More topics
Problems Hardware problems Common problems
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-default-email.page0000644000373100047300000000340612157071360025666 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Change the default email client by going to Details in Settings. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Change which mail application is used to write emails

When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your word processing application), your default mail application will open up with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Details and choose Default Applications from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing the Mail option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page0000644000373100047300000001570512157071360033112 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been recognized properly by the computer. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Wireless connection troubleshooter Check that the wireless adapter was recognized

Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you will check whether the device was recognized properly.

Open a Terminal window, type lshw -C network and press Enter. If this gives an error message, you may need to install the lshw program on your computer.

Look through the information that appeared and find the Wireless interface section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you should see something similar (but not identical) to this:

If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the Device Drivers step.

If a wireless device is not listed, the next steps you take will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (internal PCI, USB, or PCMCIA).
PCI (internal) wireless adapter

Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was recognized:

Open a Terminal, type lspci and press Enter.

Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked Network controller or Ethernet controller. Several devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:

Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection

If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
USB wireless adapter

Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:

Open a Terminal, type lsusb and press Enter.

Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:

If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
Checking for a PCMCIA device

PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:

Start your computer without the wireless adapter plugged in.

Open a Terminal and type the following, then press Enter:

tail -f /var/log/messages

This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes.

Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it.

To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press CtrlC. After you have done that, you can close the Terminal if you like.

If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
Wireless adapter was not recognized

If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which Linux distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE).

To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask about your wireless adapter, for example.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/sound-usespeakers.page0000644000373100047300000000556212157071360026056 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Use different speakers or headphones

You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers usually either connect using a circular TRS (tip, ring, sleeve) plug or with USB.

If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the default device.

Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound settings. Click your name on the top bar and select Settings, then click Sound. On the Output tab, select your speakers in the list of devices, then click Test Speakers. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker.

If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default.

ఒక అప్రమేయ ఆడియో ఇన్‌పుట్ పరికరాన్ని ఎంచుకోండి

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Sound and select the Output tab.

Select the device in the list of devices.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/color-missingvcgt.page0000644000373100047300000000255512157071360026046 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Missing information for whole-screen color correction?

Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you will not see all the colors of your screen change.

In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/files-tilde.page0000644000373100047300000000347212157071360024575 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 These are backup files. They are hidden by default. ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. What is a file with a "~" at the end of its name?

Files with a "~" at the end of their names (for example, example.txt~) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in the gedit text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer.

These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because you either selected Show Hidden Files (in the down menu of the Files toolbar) or pressed CtrlH. You can hide them again by repeating either of these steps.

These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See for advice on dealing with hidden files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/documents-print.page0000644000373100047300000000321212157071360025517 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Print documents that are stored locally or online. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Print a document Julita Inca

This assumes the reader knows how to select the document or documents that is need it. By the end of this page, the reader will be able to print a document (can you even print them yet?).

To print a document:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the document to be printed.

Click the Print button in the button bar. The Print dialog opens.

Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a collection is selected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/hardware-problems-graphics.page0000644000373100047300000000166612157071360027613 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Screen problems

Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/sound-nosound.page0000644000373100047300000001311212157071360025177 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the sound card is detected. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. I can't hear any sounds on the computer

If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the problem.

Make sure that the sound is not muted

Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned right down.

Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that key to see if it unmutes the sound.

You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check that. Also, click the sound icon on the top bar and choose Sound Settings. When the Sound window appears, go to the Applications tab and check that your application is not muted.

Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly

If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is securely plugged into the "output" audio socket on the back of the computer. This socket is usually light green in color.

Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to see if that works.

A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too.

Check that the right sound device is selected

Some computers have multiple "sound devices" installed. Some of these are capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to choose the right one.

Click the sound icon on the top bar and select Sound Settings.

In the Sound window that appears, go to the Output tab. Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work).

For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list and try each profile.

If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other devices that are listed.

Try changing the Connector option in the Output tab.
Check that the sound card was detected properly

Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card are not installed.

Go to the Activities overview and open a Terminal.

Type aplay -l and press Enter.

A list of devices will be shown. If there are no playback hardware devices, your sound card has not been detected.

If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have.

You can see what sound card you have by using the lspci command in the Terminal. You may have to run lspci as superuser; either type sudo lspci and type your password, or type su, enter the root (administrative) password, then type lspci. See if an audio controller or audio device is listed—it should have the sound card's make and model number. lspci -v will show a list with more detailed information.

You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for instructions.

If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the computer and external USB sound cards.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/printing-to-file.page0000644000373100047300000000433412157071360025561 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it a printer. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Print to file

You can chose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print from a printer. Printing to file will create a PDF, a Postscript or a SVG file that contains the document. This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine or to share it with someone.

Print to file

Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through Print in the menu or using the CtrlP keyboard shortcut.

Select Print to File under Printer in the General tab.

To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the filename below the printer selection. Click Select once you have finished choosing.

PDF is the default file type for the document. If you want to use a different Output format, select either Postscript or SVG.

Chose your other page preferences.

Press Print to save the file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/power-whydim.page0000644000373100047300000000341212157071360025021 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Why does my screen go dim after a while? shaunm

We have a few disparate pages on this. We should consider consolidating or rethinking how we cross-link them.

When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the computer again, the screen will brighten.

You can stop the screen from dimming itself:

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save power.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-wireless-noconnection.page0000644000373100047300000000625512157071361027512 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, turn the wireless card off and on again… Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect

If you're sure that you entered the correct wireless password but you still can't successfully connect to a wireless network, try some of the following:

Double-check that you have the right password

Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters wrong.

Try the hex or ASCII pass key

The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key instead. Make sure you select the correct wireless security option when asked for your password (for example, select WEP 40/128-bit Key if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted connection).

Try turning your wireless card off and then on again

Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - see for more information.

Check that you're using the right type of wireless security

When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, use trial and error to go through the different options.

Check that your wireless card is properly supported

Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different firmware). See for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/look-display-fuzzy.page0000644000373100047300000000606212157071361026167 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The screen resolution may be set incorrectly. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?

This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not the right one for your screen.

To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to Settings. In the Hardware section, choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set the one that makes the screen look better.

shaunm

Would like a little more explanation on native resolution, which is generally only applicable on LCDs. There's a stub for using two monitors. Link from section below when it's added.
When multiple displays are connected

If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy.

You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same window on both screens at once.

To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:

Click your name on the top bar and click Settings. Open Displays.

Uncheck Mirror Displays.

Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the Displays window. Change the Resolution until that display looks right.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/a11y-dwellclick.page0000644000373100047300000000571312157071361025263 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the mouse still. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Simulate clicking by hovering

You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or Dwell Click.

When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Switch Hover Click on.

The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen when you hover. For example, if you select Secondary Click, you will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking.

When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be clicked.

Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the mouse pointer still before clicking.

You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen.

Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/color-calibrate-screen.page0000644000373100047300000000404412157071361026710 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. How do I calibrate my screen?

Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement if you're involved in computer design or artwork.

By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is able to display. By running SettingsColor you can easily create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust.

Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the color control panel.

LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/files-search.page0000644000373100047300000000746612157071361024751 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Search for files

You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as special folders in your home folder.

Other search applications Search

Open the Files application from the Activities overview.

If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that folder.

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press CtrlF.

Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if you name all your invoices with the word "Invoice", type invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless of case.

You can narrow your results by location and file type.

Click Home to restrict the search results to your Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere.

Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x button to remove this option and widen the search results.

You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager.

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder.

If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them quickly.

Save a search

Start a search as above.

When you're happy with the search parameters, click the gear button and select Save Search As.

Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it.

To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search matched.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/accounts-whyadd.page0000644000373100047300000000257312157071361025473 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Susanna Huhtanen ihmis.suski@gmail.com 2012 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop? Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Why should I add an account?

Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can easily keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all the accounts and services you've added are ready for you.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/files-select.page0000644000373100047300000000434512157071361024754 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Press CtrlS to select multiple files which have similar names. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Select files by pattern

You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press CtrlS to bring up the Select Items Matching window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters available:

* matches any number of any characters, even no characters at all.

? matches exactly one of any character.

For example:

If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all have the same base name Invoice, select all three with the pattern

Invoice.*

If you have some photos that are named like Vacation-001.jpg, Vacation-002.jpg, Vacation-003.jpg; select them all with the pattern

Vacation-???.jpg

If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added -edited to the end of the file name of the photos you've edited, select the edited photos with

Vacation-???-edited.jpg

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/user-admin-explain.page0000644000373100047300000000764712157071361026107 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. How do administrative privileges work?

As well as the files that you create, your computer has a number of files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these important system files are changed improperly they can cause various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are also protected.

The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with administrative privileges to change the files or use the applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges.

Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer (package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will be taken away again.

Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the "root" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for example).

In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally.

"సూపర్ యూజర్" అంటే అర్ధం ఏమిటి?

A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a super user. This is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might see people discussing things like su and sudo; these are programs for temporarily giving you "super user" (admin) privileges.
Why are admin privileges useful?

Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, intentionally or unintentionally.

If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change an important file, or run an application which changes something important by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening.

Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security standpoint.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/status-icons.page0000644000373100047300000002604612157071361025033 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Monica Kochofar monicakochofar@gmail.com 2012 Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. What do the icons in the top bar mean?

This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons provided by the GNOME interface are described.

GNOME Shell top bar

GNOME Shell top bar
Universal Access Menu Icons

Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings.
Volume Control Icons

The volume is set to high.

The volume is set to medium.

The volume is set to low.

The volume is muted.
Bluetooth Manager Icons

Bluetooth has been activated.

Bluetooth has been disabled.
Network Manager Icons

Cellular Connection

Connected to a 3G network.

Connected to a 4G network.

Connected to an EDGE network.

Connected to a GPRS network.

Connected to a UMTS network.

Connected to a cellular network.

Acquiring a cellular network connection.

Very high signal strength.

High signal strength.

Medium signal strength.

Low signal strength.

Extremely low signal strength.

Local Area Network (LAN) Connection

There has been an error in finding the network.

The network is inactive.

There is no route found for the network.

The network is offline.

The network is receiving data.

The network is transmitting and receiving data.

The network is transmitting data.

Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection

Acquiring a network connection.

Connected to a VPN network.

Wired Connection

Acquiring a network connection.

Disconnected from the network.

Connected to a wired network.

Wireless Connection

Acquiring a wireless connection.

The wireless network is encrypted.

Connected to a wireless network.

Very high signal strength.

High signal strength.

Medium signal strength.

Low signal strength.

Very low signal strength.
Power Manager Icons

The battery is full.

The battery is partially drained.

The battery is low.

Caution: The battery is very low.

The battery is extremely low.

The battery has been unplugged.

The battery is fully charged.

The battery is full and charging.

The battery is partially full and charging.

The battery is low and charging.

The battery is very low and charging.

The battery is empty and charging.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/sound-volume.page0000644000373100047300000000522512157071361025030 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each application. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. శబ్ద స్థాయిని మార్చండి

To change the sound volume, click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn off sound by dragging the slider all the way to the left.

Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near the "F" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "F" keys. Hold down the Fn key on your keyboard to use them.

Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a volume control too.

Changing the sound volume for individual applications

You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music.

Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, click the sound icon on the top bar and select Sound Settings. Go to the Applications tab and change the volume of the application there.

Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/color-virtualdevice.page0000644000373100047300000000335212157071361026354 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. What's a virtual color managed device?

A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer. Examples of this might be:

An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you

Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card

To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of the image files onto the Settings Color dialog. You can then assign profiles to it like any other device or even calibrate it.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/get-involved.page0000644000373100047300000000547512157071361025005 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to report problems with these help topics. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Participate to improve this guide
Report a bug or an improvement

This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can file a bug report. To file a bug, go to bugzilla.gnome.org.

You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail about its status. If you don't already have an account, click the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, click on File a BugCoregnome-user-docs. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if something similar already exists.

To file your bug, choose the component in the Component menu. If you are filing a bug against this documentation you should choose the gnome-help component. If you are not sure which component your bug pertains to, choose general.

If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!

Contact us

You can send an email to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with the documentation team.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/color-whatisspace.page0000644000373100047300000000757512157071361026034 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A color space is a defined range of colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. What is a color space?

A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB.

The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer using three values, which restricts up to encoding a triangle of colors.

Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as 3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the gcm-viewer application.

sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles

First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a least-common-denominator standard and is used in a large number of applications (including the Internet).

AdobeRGB is frequently used as an editing space. It can encode more colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks crushed.

ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!

Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The answer is to do with quantization. If you only have 8 bits (256 levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger steps between each value.

Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong.

Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel.

Color management is a process for converting from one color space to another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-wireless-airplane.page0000644000373100047300000000301012157071361026573 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Turn off wireless (airplane mode)

If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery power, for example). To do this:

Click the network icon on the top bar and select Network Settings.

Switch Airplane Mode on. This will turn off your wireless connection until you switch off airplane mode again.

Using Airplane Mode will completely turn off both wireless and Bluetooth connections.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/printing-inklevel.page0000644000373100047300000000346512157071361026040 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges. Anita Reitere nitalynx@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?

How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications installed on your computer.

Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other information.

The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply proprietary drivers with similar features.

Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels. Inkblot shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. See if your printer is on the list of supported models. Another ink levels application for Epson and some other printers is mktink.

Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not designed to report their ink levels.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/accounts-disable-service.page0000644000373100047300000000406512157071361027252 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar and email). You can control which of these services can be used by applications. ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Control which online services an account can be used to access

Some types of online account allow you to access several services with the same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, email, contacts and chat. You may want to use your account for some services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google account for email but not chat, since you have a different online account that you use for chat.

You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online account:

Open the Online Accounts settings from the Activities overview.

Select the account you want to change from the list on the left.

A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under Use this account for.

Switch off any of the services that you don't want to be used.

Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your computer won't be able to use the account to connect to that service any more.

To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the Online Accounts window and switch it on.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/privacy-purge.page0000644000373100047300000000462212157071361025170 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your computer. జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Purge trash & temporary files

Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary files, but you can also set your computer to automatically do this for you.

Automatically empty your trash and clear your temporary files after a set period of time:

Click your name on the top bar.

Select Settings and click the Privacy icon.

Select Purge Trash & Temporary Files.

Set the Automatically Purge Trash or Automatically Purge Temporary Files sliders to On.

Set how often you would like your Trash and Temporary Files to be purged by changing the Purge After value.

Click Close.

Use the Purge After: Immediately setting with caution. Setting your trash to be purged immediately will cause any files you delete to skip your trash and be permanently deleted. Files that are deleted are much more difficult to recover than files that are in your trash.

Unless you have a specific need to immediately delete files from your trash, it is probably safer to set a longer Purge After value.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/nautilus-behavior.page0000644000373100047300000001120612157071361026030 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify trash behavior. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. File manager behavior preferences

You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click Files in the top bar, pick Preferences and select the Behavior tab.

Behavior <gui>Single click to open items</gui> <gui>Double click to open items</gui>

By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the Ctrl key while clicking to select one or more files.
Executable text files

An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run (execute). The file permissions must also allow for the file to run as a program. The most common are Shell, Python and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, .py and .pl, respectively.

When you open an executable text file, you can select from:

Run executable text files when they are opened

View executable text files when they are opened

Ask each time

If Ask each time is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you wish to run or view the selected text file.

Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in ~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts folder will appear in the context menu for a file under the Scripts submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:

Navigate to the desired folder.

Select the desired file.

Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired script to execute from the Scripts menu.

A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote folder such as a folder showing web or ftp content.
File manager trash preferences Trash <gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>

This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete files.

 <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>

Selecting this option will add a Delete item to the menu that pops up when you right-click on an item in the Files application.

Deleting an item using the Delete menu option bypasses the Trash altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way to recover the deleted item.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/hardware-driver.page0000644000373100047300000000362212157071361025460 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are attached to it. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. What is a driver?

Devices are the physical "parts" of your computer. They may be external like printers and monitor or internal like graphics and audio cards.

In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a device driver.

When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any other model.

On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to be installed manually or may not be available at all.

In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/bluetooth-connect-device.page0000644000373100047300000001014012157071361027254 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 బ్లూటూత్ పరికరాలను జతచేయండి. జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. మీ కంప్యూటరును ఒక బ్లూటూత్ పరికరానికి అనుసంధానించండి

Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the Bluetooth devices.

Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See .

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Set Up New Device.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Set up a New Device.

Make the other Bluetooth device discoverable or visible and place it within 10 meters (about 33 feet) of your computer. Click Continue. Your computer will begin searching for devices.

If there are too many devices listed, use the Device type drop-down to display only a single type of device in the list.

Click PIN options to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other device.

The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the proper setting.

Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click Close.

Click Continue to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, the PIN will be displayed on the screen.

If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click Matches.

You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device list and start again.

A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click Close.

You can remove a Bluetooth connection later if desired.

To control access to your shared files, refer to the Bluetooth Sharing settings. See .

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page0000644000373100047300000000465712157071361030251 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Identify and fix problems with wireless connections Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Wireless network troubleshooter

This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some reason, try following the instructions here.

We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected to the internet:

Performing an initial check

Gathering information about your hardware

Checking your hardware

Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router

Performing a check of your modem and router

To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through each step in the guide.

Using the command line

Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in the Activities overview.

If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are case-sensitive (so you must type them exactly as they appear here), and to press Enter after typing each command to run it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/disk-benchmark.page0000644000373100047300000000543012157071361025253 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Test the performance of your hard disk

To test the speed of your hard disk:

Open the Disks application from the activities overview.

Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list.

Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive.

Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and Access Time parameters as desired.

Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from the disk. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take longer to complete.

When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis.

Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last benchmark test.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page0000644000373100047300000003455412157071361027027 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Juanjo Marín juanj.marin@juntadeandalucia.es Define or change keyboard shortcuts in Keyboard settings. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Set keyboard shortcuts Shaun McCance

Define shortcuts, using Shortcuts tab in Keyboard settings. Provide reference for what everything is (can group for conciseness). Explain custom shortcuts.

Important: the window says "To edit a shortcut, click the row and hold down the new keys or press Backspace to clear." This is actually wrong. You have to click the row, then click again on the shortcut within the row. File bug against control-center about the faulty message (or better, about the confusing interaction), but make sure to explain correctly in the help regardless.

To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab.

Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New accelerator...

Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to clear.
Pre-defined shortcuts

There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped into these categories:

Launchers

Launch help browser

Disabled

Launch calculator

Calculator

Launch email client

Mail

Launch web browser

WWW

Home folder

Explorer

Search

Search
Navigation

Move window to workspace 1

Disabled

Move window to workspace 2

Disabled

Move window to workspace 3

Disabled

Move window to workspace 4

Disabled

Move window one workspace to the left

ShiftCtrlAlt←

Move window one workspace to the right

ShiftCtrlAlt→

Move window one workspace up

ShiftSuper Page Up

Move window one workspace down

ShiftSuperPage Down

Switch applications

SuperTab

Switch windows

Disabled

Switch windows of an application

Disabled

Switch system controls

CtrlAltTab

Switch windows directly

AltEsc

Switch windows of an app directly

AltF6

Switch system controls directly

CtrlAltEsc

Hide all normal windows

Disabled

Switch to workspace 1

Disabled

Switch to workspace 2

Disabled

Switch to workspace 3

Disabled

Switch to workspace 4

Disabled

Move to workspace left

CtrlAlt←

Move to workspace right

CtrlAlt→

Move to workspace above

SuperPage Up

Move to workspace below

SuperPage Down
Screenshots

Take a screenshot

Print

Take a screenshot of a window

AltPrint

Take a screenshot of an area

ShiftPrint

Copy a screenshot to clipboard

CtrlPrint

Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard

CtrlAltPrint

Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard

ShiftCtrlPrint

Record a screencast

ShiftCtrlAltR

Sound and Media

Volume mute

Audio mute

Volume down

Audio lower volume

Volume up

Audio raise volume

Launch media player

Audio media

Play (or play/pause)

Audio play

Pause playback

Audio pause

Stop playback

Audio stop

Previous track

Audio previous

Next track

Audio next

Eject

Eject
System

Show the run command prompt

AltF2

Show the activities overview

AltF1

Log out

CtrlAltDelete

Lock screen

CtrlAltL

Show the message tray

SuperM

Focus the active notification

SuperN

Show all applications

SuperA

Open the application menu

SuperF10
Typing

Switch to next input source

SuperSpace

Switch to previous input source

Disabled

Modifiers-only switch to next source

Disabled

Compose Key

Disabled

Alternative Characters Key

Disabled
Universal Access

Turn zoom on or off

AltSuper8

Zoom in

AltSuper=

Zoom out

AltSuper-

Turn screen reader on or off

Disabled

Turn on-screen keyboard on or off

Disabled

Increase text size

Disabled

Decrease text size

Disabled

High contrast on or off

Disabled
Windows

Activate the window menu

AltSpace

Toggle fullscreen mode

Disabled

Toggle maximization state

AltF10

Maximize window

Super↑

Restore window

Super↓

Toggle shaded state

Disabled

Close window

AltF4

Hide window

SuperH

Move window

AltF7

Resize window

AltF8

Toggle window on all workspaces or one

Disabled

Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it

Disabled

Raise window above other windows

Disabled

Lower window below other windows

Disabled

Maximize window vertically

Disabled

Maximize window horizontally

Disabled

View split on left

Super←

View split on right

Super→
Change keyboard shortcuts

This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application.

Open the Terminal application.

Run the gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels true command.

Start the application for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut.

Find the menu item for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut.

Type the shortcut that you want on the keyboard.

Note that this setting is desktop-wide. You can disable it after you make changes by running the gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels false command. You can also use the dconf-editor utility to do this.
Custom shortcuts

To create your own keyboard shortcut:

Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the + button (or click the + button in any category). The Custom Shortcut window will appear.

Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it Music and use the rhythmbox command.

Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to New accelerator..., hold down the desired shortcut key combination.

The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the application itself.

If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom Shortcut window will appear, and you can edit the command.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/backup-restore.page0000644000373100047300000000314012157071361025313 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Retrieve your files from a backup. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Restore a backup

If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, you can restore them from the backup:

If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can copy them back to your computer.

If you created your backup using a backup application such as Déjà Dup, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide specific instructions on how to restore your files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/more-help.page0000644000373100047300000000213112157071361024254 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com Tips on using this guide, help improve this guide, mailing list, IRC Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Get more help

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/contacts-search.page0000644000373100047300000000355312157071361025456 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Search for a contact. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Search for a contact

You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:

In the Activities overview, start typing the name of the contact.

The contact will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of applications.

Press Enter to select the contact at the top of the list or click the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top.

To search from inside Contacts:

Click inside the search field.

Start typing the name of the contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/color-testing.page0000644000373100047300000000427012157071361025163 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. How do I test if color management is working correctly?

The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to see if anything much has changed.

In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when the profiles are being applied:

Bluish Test: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being sent to the display

ADOBEGAMMA-test: This will turn the screen pink and tests different features of a screen profile

FakeBRG: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but images will look very different in applications that support color management.

Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the SettingsColor preferences.

Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color management.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/power.page0000644000373100047300000000261312157071361023525 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Natalia Ruz nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Suspend, power off, screen dimming… Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Power & battery shaunm

Could use some organization work
Battery settings
Power problems Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries. సమస్యలు
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/keyboard-osk.page0000644000373100047300000000423512157071361024765 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Use a screen keyboard

If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use it, you can turn on the screen keyboard to enter text.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch on On Screen Keyboard to show the screen keyboard.

Click the 123 button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols are available if you then click the {#* button. To return to the alphabet keyboard, click the Abc button.

If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a keyboard (next to the tray button) to hide the keyboard. To make the keyboard show again, open the messaging tray (by moving your mouse to the bottom right of the screen), and click the keyboard tray item.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/display-dual-monitors.page0000644000373100047300000001024612157071361026632 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set up dual monitors on your laptop. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Connect an external monitor to your laptop
Video Demo

Demo

Type displays in the Activities overview to open the Displays settings. Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it ON/OFF. The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "main", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the "main" monitor. To change the "position" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position. If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the Mirror displays box. When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click Keep This Configuration. To close the Displays Settings click on the x in the top corner.
Set up an external monitor

To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Displays.

Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it ON/OFF.

The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "main", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the "main" monitor.

To change the "position" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position.

If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the Mirror displays box.

When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click Keep This Configuration.

To close the Displays Settings click on the x in the top corner.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/mouse-doubleclick.page0000644000373100047300000000461412157071361026002 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to double-click. ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Adjust the double-click speed

Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a value you find comfortable.

Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight the inside circle.

If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it still has the same problem.

This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-firewall-on-off.page0000644000373100047300000000460112157071361026143 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep your computer secure. Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Enable or block firewall access shaunm

Continue to revisit this page until we can provide real instructions. As it is, we're stuck in "whatever distros do" territory.

Your system should be equipped with a firewall that allows it to block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your network. This helps to keep your computer secure.

Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need to adjust the firewall to allow these services to work as intended.

Each program that provides network services uses a specific network port. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you may need to "open" its assigned port on the firewall:

Go to Activities in the top left corner of the screen and start your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager yourself if you can't find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW).

Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change will depend on the service.

Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by the firewall tool.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/color-gettingprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000335012157071361026711 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Where do I get color profiles?

The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this does require some initial outlay.

Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although sometimes they are wrapped up in driver bundles which you may need to download, extract and then search for the color profiles.

Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless.

See for information on why vendor-supplied profiles are often worse than useless.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/a11y-stickykeys.page0000644000373100047300000000741212157071361025346 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Turn on sticky keys

Sticky keys allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the SuperTab shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press Super and then Tab to do the same.

You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down several keys at once.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch Sticky Keys on.

 Quickly turn sticky keys on and off

Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press Shift five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys.

You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the accessibility icon on the top bar and selecting Sticky Keys. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have been enabled from the Universal Access panel.

If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way.

For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Super and Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press another key if you had this option turned on. It would wait if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close together), but not others.

Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this.

You can have the computer make a "beep" sound when you start typing a keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select Beep when a modifier key is pressed to enable this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/disk-capacity.page0000644000373100047300000000601512157071361025116 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check space and capacity. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Check how much disk space is left

You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor.

Check with Disk Usage Analyzer

To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage Analyzer:

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity and Total file system usage.

Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote folder.

The information is displayed according to Folder, Usage, Size and Contents. See more details in Disk Usage Analyzer.

Check with System Monitor

To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System Monitor:

Open the System Monitor application from the Activities overview.

Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and disk space usage. The information is displayed according to Total, Free, Available and Used.
What if the disk is too full?

If the disk is too full you should:

Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore.

Make backups of the important files that you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/keyboard-key-super.page0000644000373100047300000000443012157071361026112 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com The Super key opens the activities overview. You can usually find it next to the Alt key on your keyboard. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. What is the <key>Super</key> key?

When you press the Super key, the activities overview is displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the Alt key, and usually has a Windows logo on it. It is sometimes called the Windows key or system key.

If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a ⌘ (Command) key instead of the Windows key.

Need to add info on changing the keybinding using the new preferences windows.

To change which key is used to display the activities overview:

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Click Keyboard.

Click the Shortcuts tab.

Select System on the left side of the window, and Show the activities overview on the right.

Click the current shortcut definition on the far right.

Hold down the desired key combination.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/prefs.page0000644000373100047300000000320612157071361023507 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Settings షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Keyboard, mouse, display, languages, user accounts… Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. User & system settings shaunm

Add an "Applications" guide, with links to net-default-browser, net-default-email, files-autorun, and files-open#default. Add pages for "Calendar", "Music", "Video", and "Photos". Explain how these are different than options in files-autorun. Link between pages. Add notes to files-open-#default about how you can use these options to quick set for a group of content types.

Note Removable Media was moved into System Info for 3.4. This might have involved a reorg of the options. Double-check everything before writing for 3.4.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/shell-overview.page0000644000373100047300000000251212157071361025342 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Desktop Introduction, keyboard shortcuts, calendar, notifications… గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Desktop, apps & windows
The Desktop
Applications and windows
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net.page0000644000373100047300000000257512157071361023166 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Wireless, wired, connection problems, web browsing, email accounts… Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Networking, web, email & chat usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/shell-windows-lost.page0000644000373100047300000000471212157071361026151 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check the activities overview or other workspaces. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Find a lost window

A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is easily found using the activities overview:

Open the activities overview. If the missing window is on the current workspace, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to redisplay the window, or

Click different workspaces in the workspace selector at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your window, or

Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. Click the window in the list to switch to it.

Using the window switcher:

Press SuperTab to display the window switcher. Continue to hold down the Super key and press Tab to cycle through the open windows, or ShiftTab to cycle backwards.

If an application has multiple open windows, hold down Super and press ` (or the key above Tab) to step through them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/wacom.page0000644000373100047300000000157412157071361023504 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Map a monitor, Configure the stylus, Use the tablet left handed… మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Wacom Graphics Tablet usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/help-mailing-list.page0000644000373100047300000000311612157071362025710 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Request support by e-mail. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptiste.millemathias@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Mailing list

Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at .

You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an email to it.

The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user mailing lists for other languages. For example, gnome-de for German speakers or gnome-cl-list for all things related to Chile.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/media.page0000644000373100047300000000345612157071362023457 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Digital cameras, iPods, editing photos, playing videos… Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Sound, video & pictures
Sound Sound Sound Volume, speakers and headphones, microphones… Basic sound
Music and players Music and portable audio players
Photos Photos and digital cameras
Videos Videos and video cameras
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/disk-check.page0000644000373100047300000000603112157071362024375 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Check your hard disk for problems
Checking the hard disk

Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called SMART (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data.

Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by running the Disks application:

Check your disk's health using the Disks application

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview.

Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive.

SMART Status should say "Disk is healthy".

Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to run a self-test.
What if the disk isn't healthy?

Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be prepared with a backup to prevent data loss.

If the status says "Pre-fail", the disk is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse.

If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a professional for further diagnosis or repair.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/look-resolution.page0000644000373100047300000000672112157071362025543 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation). గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Change the size or rotation of the screen

You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by changing the screen resolution. You can change which way up things appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the rotation.

shaunm

Link display-2monitors in step 3 when non-stub.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Displays.

If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area.

Select your desired resolution and rotation.

Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy with the new settings, click Keep This Configuration.

When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual display. If this does not happen, just click Detect Displays.
Resolution

The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect ratio, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be letterboxed to avoid distortion.

You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may look fuzzy or pixelated.

Rotation

On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the rotation you want for your display from the Rotation drop-down list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/documents-info.page0000644000373100047300000000504712157071362025330 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 See a document's name, location, date modified, or type. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Find information about documents Julita Inca

This assumes the reader knows how to sort and search documents and collections. By the end of this page, the reader will be able to: - Explain how you can view metadata, and what metadata is typically stored. - Mention that this metadata is searched.

When a document is created, it comes with metadata. Documents displays the following metadata for each document:

Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;

Source: the path of the folder containing the document;

Date Modified;

Type: the file format of the document.

To see a document's properties:

Click the Check button to switch to selection mode.

Select a document.

Click the Properties button at the right end of the button bar.

Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, preventing access to their metadata or content.

Documents does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to create the document (e.g. LibreOffice or Adobe Acrobat).

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/color-assignprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000403012157071362026531 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Look in SettingsColor for the option to change this. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. How do I assign profiles to devices?

Open SettingsColor, and click the device that you wish to add a profile to.

By clicking Add profile you can select an existing profile or import a new file.

Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile can be the default profile. The default profile is used when there is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for glossy paper and another plain paper.

You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button.

If calibration hardware is connected the Calibrate… button will create a new profile.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/shell-terminology.page0000644000373100047300000001232212157071362026045 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Activities, dash, top bar… What are they? కార్యకలాపాల అవలోకనం

The activities overview is the screen that is displayed when you click Activities at the top left of the screen.

The activities overview is the screen that is displayed when you select Activities Overview in the Applications menu at the top left of the screen.

 Applications menu

You can find the Applications menu at the at the top left of the screen. It gives you access to applications organized into categories. The activities overview is available by selecting the Activities Overview item from the menu.

 Super-Tab window switcher

When you hold down the Super key and then press Tab, a window switcher appears. This shows the icons of the applications you have currently open.

 Dash

The dash is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes referred to as the dock.

 Hot corner

The hot corner is the corner at the top left of the screen. When you move the pointer to this corner, the activities overview opens.

 Lock screen

The lock screen displays an image on the screen while your computer is locked. It provides useful information about what has been happening while you have been away, and allows you to control media playback without having to unlock.

 Notifications

Notifications are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting with you sends a message, a notification will pop up to tell you. If you don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your message tray. Move your mouse to the bottom-right corner (or press SuperM) to see your message tray.

 Places menu

The places menu is opened when you click Places on the top bar. It gives you quick access to important folders, for example Downloads or Pictures.

 Settings

The settings are where you can change preferences and so on, similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select Settings to access them.

 Top bar

The top bar is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. The Activities link is on one end of the top bar and your username is on the other.

The top bar is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. The Applications menu is on one end of the top bar and your username is on the other.

 Workspace

You can put windows on different workspaces. They are a convenient way of grouping and separating windows.

 Workspace selector

The workspace selector is the list of workspaces that is shown on the right-hand side of the Windows view in the activities overview.

 Window list

The window list is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, which shows buttons for all your open windows.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-wireless-hidden.page0000644000373100047300000000444712157071362026253 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Open Network Settings and connect to an Other wireless network. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Connect to a hidden wireless network

It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is "hidden." Hidden networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of wireless networks on any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:

Click the network icon on the top bar and select Network Settings.

Select Wireless from the list on the left.

Select Other from the Network Name drop-down list.

In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of wireless security, and click Connect.

You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID (Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: 02:00:01:02:03:04.

You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look for terms like WEP and WPA.

You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still detectable.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-othersedit.page0000644000373100047300000000566712157071362025344 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com You need to uncheck the Available to all users option in the network connection settings. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Other users can't edit the network connections shaunm

I know there were polkit policy changes. Not sure if this is 100% on the money for 3.2. Double-check when possible

If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, you may have set the connection to be available to all users. This makes it so that everyone on the computer can connect using that connection, but only users with administrative rights are allowed to change its settings.

The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the connection.

If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, make it so the connection is not set to be available to everyone on the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for the connection.

Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Network and select Wired or Wireless from the list on the left, depending on which connection you want to change.

From the Network Name drop-down list, select the connection you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves and then click Options.

You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only admin users can do this.

Uncheck Available to all users and click Save. Other users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/clock-calendar.page0000644000373100047300000000605112157071362025234 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. క్యాలెండరు నియామకాలు

This requires Evolution to be installed on your computer.

Most distros come with Evolution installed by default. If yours does not, you may need to install it using your distro's package manager.

To view your appointments:

Click on the clock on the top bar.

Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the Calendar.

Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added in Evolution, they will appear in the clock's appointment list.

గడియారం, క్యాలెండరు, మరియు నియామకాలు

గడియారం, క్యాలెండరు, మరియు నియామకాలు

To quickly get to the full Evolution calendar, click on the clock and click Open Calendar.

This will work only if you have an existing Evolution account. Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your first account.

 Natalia Ruz

Should have some information or link to "how to add a mail account to Evolution", and possibly an image (but maybe a screenshot is too big).

 mdhill

Link to app-evolution-setup.page.stub.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/backup-why.page0000644000373100047300000000276512157071362024454 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Why, what, where and how of backups. బ్యాక్అప్లు గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Back up your important files

Backing up your files simply means making a copy of them for safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service.

The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies off-site and (possibly) encrypted.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/privacy-history-recent-off.page0000644000373100047300000000324412157071362027575 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Stop your computer from tracking your recently-used files. జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Turn off file history tracking

Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items that you have been working on, but you may wish to keep these items private. To turn off the file history tracking features of your desktop:

Click your name on the top bar.

Select SettingsPrivacy Usage & History.

Set the Recently Used slider to Off.

To re-enable this feature, set the Recently Used slider to On.

This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about the web sites you visit.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/keyboard-layouts.page0000644000373100047300000001172112157071362025670 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Juanjo Marín juanj.marin@juntadeandalucia.es Add keyboard layouts and switch between them. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Use alternative keyboard layouts

Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple languages.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Region & Language.

Click the + button, select a layout, and click Add.

You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and clicking preview

Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify those languages because they have an icon preview depicted. If you want to access these extra parameters, select the language from the Input Source list and a new preview button will give you access to the extra settings.

When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will be remembered for each window as you switch between windows. Press the Options button to select how you want to manage multiple layouts.

The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as en for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the selected language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference.

The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the Input Source Keyboard Shortcuts. These shortcuts open the Input Source chooser where you can move forward and backward. By default, you can switch to the next input source with SuperSpace and to the previous one with ShiftSuper Space. You can change these shortcuts in the Keyboard settings.

shaunm

We're totally copping out on the custom options. That dialog is a monster, and needs a reference. Note that the options in there are dynamic from the X server. We might not get a definitive reference of everything ever, but let's do our best. Make a separate page. Don't clutter this page with that crap.

Also, we should identify common uses of those options and create task pages for them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/a11y-bouncekeys.page0000644000373100047300000000500012157071362025303 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. బౌన్స్ మీటలను ప్రారంరంభించు

Turn on bounce keys to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on bounce keys.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch Bounce Keys on.

 Quickly turn bounce keys on and off

You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the accessibility icon on the top bar and selecting Bounce Keys. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have been enabled from the Universal Access panel.

Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for the first time. Select Beep when a key is rejected if you want the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it happened too soon after the previous key press.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/privacy-screen-lock.page0000644000373100047300000000476112157071362026260 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your computer. షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com 2013 Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Automatically lock your screen

When you leave your computer, you should lock the screen to prevent other people from using your desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your screen, you may wish to have your computer's screen lock automatically after a set period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren't using it.

When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using them again.

 To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Select PrivacyScreen Lock.

Make sure Automatic Screen Lock is switched on, then select a length of time from the drop-down list.

When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press Esc, or swipe up from the bottom of your screen with your mouse. Then enter your password, and press Enter or click Unlock.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/power-nowireless.page0000644000373100047300000000433012157071362025714 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended and does not resume properly. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer

If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. This happens when the driver for the wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed.

If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings

Open Network and select the Wireless tab

Switch the wireless off and then on again

If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and then switch it off again

If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/shell-introduction.page0000644000373100047300000002627012157071362026225 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities overview. షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. గ్నోమ్ పరిచయం

GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar.

GNOME shell top bar

GNOME shell top bar

The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar and appointments, and system properties like sound, networking, and power. Under your name in the top bar, you can set your availability, change your profile or settings, log out or switch users, or turn off your computer.

కార్యకలాపాల అవలోకనం

కార్యకలాపాల బొత్తం

కార్యకలాపాల బొత్తం

To access your windows and applications, click the Activities button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can also press the Super key on your keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can also just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders.

To access your windows and applications, click the Applications menu at the top left of the screen and select the Activities Overview item. You can also press the Super key to see your windows and applications in the Activities overview. Just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders.

The dash

On the left of the overview, you will find the dash. The dash shows you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to open that application; if the application is already running, it will be highlighted. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used window. You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace on the right.

Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the icon while holding down Ctrl to open a new window.

When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. Click any window to focus that window and exit the overview. You can also use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on any window thumbnail.

Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when they're not running, so you can access them quickly.

Learn more about starting applications.

Learn more about windows and workspaces.

Clock, calendar & appointments

గడియారం, క్యాలెండరు, మరియు నియామకాలు

గడియారం, క్యాలెండరు, మరియు నియామకాలు

Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the date and time settings and open your full Evolution calendar directly from the menu.

Learn more about the calendar and appointments.
You and your computer

User menu

User menu

Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your computer.

You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set your status for your contacts to see in instant messaging applications such as Empathy.

shaunm

These are separate now. Write another blurb about "Notifications". I'm also dropping shell-session-status UNTIL the docs for this get cleared up. It was orphaned and incorrect.

The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the system settings.

When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you can suspend or power off the computer from the menu.

Learn more about switching users, logging out, and turning off your computer.
Lock Screen

Lock Screen

When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you're away from your computer, the lock screen displays the date, time, and your name as the logged-in user. It also shows information about your battery and network status, and allows you to control media playback.

Learn more about the lock screen.

Message Tray

Message tray

The message tray can be brought into view by pushing your mouse pointer against the bottom of the screen or by pressing SuperM. This is where your notifications are stored until you are ready to view them.

Learn more about notifications and the message tray.
Window List

GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus on the task at hand without distractions.

Learn more about switching windows.

Window List

The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them.

At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier for the current worskpace, such as 1 for the first (top) workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu.

If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the blue icon shows the message tray.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/video-sending.page0000644000373100047300000000601112157071362025121 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check that they have the right video codecs installed. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Other people can't play the videos I made

If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video.

To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right codecs installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. You can check which format your video is by doing:

Open the Files application from the Activities overview.

Right-click on video file and select Properties.

Go to the Audio/Video tab and look at which codec is listed under Video.

Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if your video uses the Theora format and you have a friend using Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for "theora windows media player". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if it's not installed.

If you can't find the right codec, try the VLC media player. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Failing that, try converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check the software installer application to see what's available.

There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with their video playback application, or the video may not have been created properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video).

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/mouse-mousekeys.page0000644000373100047300000000674512157071362025556 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad. ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad

If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This feature is called mouse keys.

Press CtrlAltTab to give keyboard focus to the top bar.

Use the right and left arrow keys to select the universal access menu, then press Enter.

Use the up and down arrow keys to select Mouse Keys and press Enter.

Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to move the mouse pointer using the keypad.

These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more accessibility options.

The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads.

Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, or quickly press it twice to double-click.

Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes called the Menu key. Note, however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding down 5 or the left mouse button.

If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad when Num Lock is turned on, though.

The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/keyboard-cursor-blink.page0000644000373100047300000000350012157071362026576 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks. షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Make the keyboard cursor blink

If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can make it blink to make it easier to locate.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Keyboard and select the Typing tab.

Select Cursor blinks in text fields.

Use the Speed slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-wireless-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000634612157071362026451 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Get on the internet - wirelessly. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Connect to a wireless network

If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared files on the network, and so on.

Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network you want to connect to.

If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking More to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the network, you may be out of range or the network might be hidden.

If the network is protected by a password (encryption key), enter the password when prompted and click Connect.

If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have to ask the person who administers the wireless network.

The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect to the network.

If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very reliable.

If the connection is not successful, you may be asked for your password again or it might just tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's wireless card might have a problem, for example. See for more help.

A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the device which provides the internet connection (like a router or modem), but the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different speeds.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page0000644000373100047300000000627512157071362030172 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might be disabled or blocked. ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. నేను నా బ్లూటూత్ పరికరాన్ని అనుసంధానించలేకపోతున్నాను

There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset.

అనుసంధానం నిరోధించబడినది లేక నమ్మదగినదికాదు

Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device is set up to allow connections.

 Bluetooth hardware not recognized

Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. This could be because drivers for the adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter.

 ఎడాప్టరు స్విచ్చు వేయలేదు

Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and check that it's not disabled.

Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and check that it's not disabled.

 పరికరపు బ్లూటూత్ అనుసంధానం ఆపివేయబడింది

Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not in airplane mode.

 మీ కంప్యూటరులో బ్లూటూత్ ఎడాప్టరు లేదు

Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you want to use Bluetooth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/keyboard-key-menu.page0000644000373100047300000000524012157071362025721 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Juanjo Marin juanj.marin@juntadeandalucia.es Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com The Menu key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather than with a right-click.

క్రియేటివ్ కామన్స్ షేర్ ఎలైక్ 3.0

 Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. What is the <key>Menu</key> key?

The Menu key, also known as the Application key, is a key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the Ctrl key, but it can be placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: Menu key icon.

Juanjo Marin

Clipart under public domain downloaded from http://www.clker.com/clipart-15445.html

The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse button is not present.

The Menu key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards include a Menu function key that can be activated in combination with the Function (Fn) key.

The context menu is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the area that you right-clicked. When you use the Menu key, the context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at the point when the key is pressed.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/files-lost.page0000644000373100047300000000444712157071362024462 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Find a lost file

If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these tips.

If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See to learn how.

If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your home folder.

You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. See to learn how to recover a deleted file.

You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/mouse.page0000644000373100047300000000277312157071362023531 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Left-handed, speed and sensitivity, touchpad clicking and scrolling… Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Mouse shaunm

Maybe some topic grouping work.

Common mouse problems Common problems Common problems
Mouse tips Tips Tips
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-wireless-find.page0000644000373100047300000000451512157071362025734 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless networks nearby, or you might be out of range. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. I can't see my wireless network in the list

There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network icon on the top bar.

If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned off, or it may not be working properly. Make sure it is turned on.

If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks.

You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while.

The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so and then check if the network has appeared in the list.

The network could be hidden. You need to connect in a different way if it is a hidden network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/backup-check.page0000644000373100047300000000367512157071362024723 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Verify your backup was successful. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. మీ బ్యాకప్ సరిచూచుకోండి

After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data since some files could be missing from the backup.

When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly.

You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra confidence that the process was successful.

If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as Déjà Dup. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying and pasting files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/accounts-provider-not-available.page0000644000373100047300000000275112157071362030560 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com What if an online service provider is not listed? Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Why isn't my account type on the list?

Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop it. Currently, only a few types of online accounts are supported:

Google

Windows Live

Facebook

Twitter

Support for Yahoo should be added in the near future.

If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the developers on the bug tracker.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/files-open.page0000644000373100047300000000666312157071362024444 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of file. You can change the default too. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Open files with other applications

When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the default application for that file type. You can open it in a different application, search online for applications, or set the default application for all files of the same type.

To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you don't see the application you want, click Open With Other Application. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click Show other applications.

If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more applications by clicking Find applications online. The file manager will search online for packages containing applications that are known to handle files of that type.

Change the default application

You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player to open when you double-click an MP3 file.

Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a .mp3 file.

Right-click the file and select Properties.

Select the Open With tab.

Select the application you want and click Set as default. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click Show other applications.

If Other Applications contains an application you sometimes want to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and click Add. This will add it to Recommended Applications. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the file and selecting it from the list.

This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for all files with the same type.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/prefs-language.page0000644000373100047300000000212212157071362025265 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Language, region and formats, keyboard layouts… Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Region & Language usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/files-hidden.page0000644000373100047300000000671712157071362024736 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager. ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Hide a file

The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file manager, but it's still there in its folder.

To hide a file, rename it with a . at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named example.txt, you should rename it to .example.txt.

You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder by placing a . at the beginning of the folder's name.
Show all hidden files

If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH. You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden.

To hide these files again, either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH again.

Unhide a file

To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files. Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a . in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called .example.txt, you should rename it to example.txt.

Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH to hide any other hidden files again.

By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will always show hidden files, see .

Most hidden files will have a . at the beginning of their name, but others might have a ~ at the end of their name instead. These files are backup files. See for more information.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/documents-tracker.page0000644000373100047300000000336512157071362026031 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Local or remote documents do not appear. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. My documents cannot be seen Julita Inca

This assumes the reader knows how to packages. By the end of this page, the reader will be able to see local and remotely documents in case online account had been configured before.

 Michael Hill

Add links to Tracker docs, XDG paths.

If your documents fail to display in Documents, Tracker may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/printing-booklet-duplex.page0000644000373100047300000000501312157071362027155 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size paper. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Print folded booklets

You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing options.

These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document.

If you want to print a booklet from a LibreOffice document, first export it to a PDF by choosing FileExport as PDF…. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages (4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages.

To print a booklet:

Click FilePrint.

Go to the General tab. Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, and a multiple of 4):

n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…

Examples:

4 page booklet: Type 4,1,2,3

8 page booklet: Type 8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5

20 page booklet: Type 20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11

Now, go to the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-sided option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-findip.page0000644000373100047300000000441012157071362024424 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Find your IP address

Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have two IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network and an IP address for your computer on the internet.

Find your internal (network) IP address

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Network and select Wired or Wireless from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to find the IP address for.

Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information.

 Find your external (internet) IP address

Visit whatismyipaddress.com.

The site will display your external IP address for you.

Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may be the same.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/session-fingerprint.page0000644000373100047300000001010612157071362026376 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Log in with a fingerprint

If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to perform these steps.

First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you.

If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a clean, lint-free cloth, and retry.

Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to open the User Accounts window.

Unlock your account using the Unlock button in the top-right corner of the User Accounts tool.

Enter your password at the prompt.

Select the Disabled option next to Fingerprint Login.

Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then select Forward.

Swipe the finger you selected three times at a moderate speed over your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your fingerprint properly, the corresponding picture of a hand will transform into a picture of a fingerprint with a check mark. After the third swipe, you will see the message Done!

Select Forward. You will see a confirmation message that your fingerprint was saved successfully. Select Close to finish.

Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password.

Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-hand corner and then select Log Out.

A confirmation message will appear. Select Log Out to confirm. The login screen appears.

At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form will appear.

Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of your name.

The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in with a password. If you want to try again, select the Cancel button and return to the previous step.

Swipe the finger you registered at a moderate speed over your fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in.

If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. To unlock it, enter your password.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000050312157071362023336 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/documents-search.page0000644000373100047300000000335612157071362025643 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Find your documents by title or author. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Search for files Julita Inca

By the end of this page, the reader will be able to find their documents. This topic is about: - How search works - How you can manipulate search filters - Shortcut keys for searching

To start a search in Documents:

Press CtrlF.

Click the magnifying glass icon.

Start typing. Documents will match by title or author.

You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the down button and selecting various filters.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/look-background.page0000644000373100047300000000574212157071362025461 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Change the desktop background

You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a simple color or gradient.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Background.

Click the image of your current wallpaper in the center.

There are three choices displayed on top:

Select Wallpapers to use one of the many professional background images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner.

Select Pictures to use one of your own photos from your Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there. If you would like to use an image that is not in your Pictures folder, either use Files by right-clicking on the image file and selecting Set as Wallpaper, or Image Viewer by opening the image file and selecting ImageSet as Desktop Background.

Select Colors to just use a flat color or a linear gradient.

The settings are applied immediately.

Switch to an empty workspace to view your entire desktop.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/keyboard.page0000644000373100047300000000311512157071362024170 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Keyboard layouts, cursor blinking, keyboard accessibility… షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Keyboard Region & Language సార్వత్రిక సౌలభ్యత ఇతర అంశాలు usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/music-player-ipodtransfer.page0000644000373100047300000000441112157071362027500 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it

When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music player application and also in the file manager (the Files application in the Activities overview). You must copy songs onto the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player applications know how to get to but the file manager does not.

You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to safely remove it. This will make sure that all of the songs have been copied across properly.

A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the music player application you're using does not support converting the songs from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis (.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software (also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the software installer for an appropriate codec.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/color-whatisprofile.page0000644000373100047300000000303712157071362026367 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device response. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. What is a color profile?

A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as a projector or a color space such as sRGB.

Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file with a .ICC or .ICM file extension.

Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices.

Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and when this is achieved the system is said to have an end-to-end color-managed workflow. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that colors are not being lost or modified.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/mouse-touchpad-click.page0000644000373100047300000001026412157071362026413 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad. షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad

You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

To click, tap on the touchpad.

To double-click, tap twice.

To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop.

If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-click. See for a method of right-clicking without a second mouse button.

If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once.

When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may think they're a single finger.
Two finger scroll

You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll.

When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select Enable horizontal scrolling, you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your touchpad.

Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads.
Content sticks to fingers

You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the touchpad.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to fingers.

This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse Scrolling.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/user-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000447412157071363024620 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove users that no longer use your computer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. ఒక వాడుకరి ఖాతాను తొలగించుట

You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that user's account.

Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to open the Users window.

Click Unlock in the top right corner and type your password to make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts.

Select the user you want to delete and click the - button.

Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click Delete Files if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-wired-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000372312157071363025723 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network

To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. The network icon on the top bar should spin or pulse for a few seconds and then will change to a "socket" icon when you are connected.

If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar (depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active.

You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable (at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch.

If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup (DHCP). In this case you will have to configure it manually.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/contacts-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000334112157071363025637 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Email, chat with, or phone a contact. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Connect with your contact Michael Hill

This assumes the reader knows how to…. By the end of this page, the reader will be able to….

To email, chat with or phone someone in Contacts:

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press on the Detail that you want to use. For example, to email your contact, press the email address.

The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/power-suspendfail.page0000644000373100047300000001033012157071363026035 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?

If you suspend or hibernate your computer, then try to resume it or turn it back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be because suspend and hibernate are not supported properly by your hardware.

My computer is suspended and is not resuming

If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, just press it once).

If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again.

As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be able to turn on the computer again.

If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature may not work with your hardware.

If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply (such as a working battery), it will switch off.
None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again

If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen because you had installed a software update which required the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of hibernating.

It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because the hardware does not support it properly. This might be because of a problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it does not, it is probably a problem with drivers on your computer.

My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my computer

If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a problem with the driver and not the device itself.

If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it works.

If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may need to restart your computer for the device to start working again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/color.page0000644000373100047300000000230112157071363023503 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why is this important, Color profiles, How to calibrate a device… Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. వర్ణ నిర్వహణ
Color profiles
Calibration
సమస్యలు
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/privacy-hide-notifications.page0000644000373100047300000000304312157071363027624 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Don't show pop-up notifications when the screen is locked జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com 2013 Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Hide notifications

By default, your computer will display message notifications even when your screen is locked. For example, if someone sends you an instant message while you are away from your computer, a notification will pop-up on your screen. The text of that person's message will appear even though your screen is locked.

You may wish to turn this feature off to keep your messages more private.

To turn off notifications when your screen is locked:

Click your name in the top bar.

Select Settings PrivacyScreen Lock.

Set the Show Notifications slider to Off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page0000644000373100047300000001076612157071363031727 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control who can view and edit your files and folders. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Set file permissions

You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select Properties, then select the Permissions tab.

See and below for details on the types of permissions you can set.

Files

You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-only if you don't want to accidentally change it.

Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong to.

You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in the file's group.

If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select Allow executing file as program to run it. Even with this option selected, the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what to do. See for more information.

Folders

You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, groups, and other users.

The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can set for a file.

<gui>None</gui>

The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder.

 <gui>List files only</gui>

The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be able to open, create, or delete files.

 <gui>Access files</gui>

The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create new files or delete files.

 <gui>Create and delete files</gui>

The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, and deleting files.

You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the folder by clicking Change Permissions for Enclosed Files. Use the drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and click Change. Permissions are applied to files and folders in subfolders as well, to any depth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/sound-usemic.page0000644000373100047300000000454512157071363025014 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Use a different microphone

You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio quality.

If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a default input device.

If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which microphone to use by default.

ఒక అప్రమేయ ఆడియో ఇన్‌పుట్ పరికరాన్ని ఎంచుకోండి

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Sound and select the Input tab.

Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should respond when you speak.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-wireless-wepwpa.page0000644000373100047300000000313112157071363026311 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. What do WEP and WPA mean?

WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network connection so that no one can "listen in" to it and look at which web pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for Wired Equivalent Privacy, and WPA stands for Wireless Protected Access. WPA2 is the second version of the WPA standard.

Using some encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your wireless network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/printing-setup-default-printer.page0000644000373100047300000000466512157071363030477 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pick the printer that you use most often. జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Set the default printer

If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often.

You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Click Printers.

Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers.

Click the Unlock button in the top-right corner and enter your password.

Select the Default option.

When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for example, 1st floor or entrance).

The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of new printers.

When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, unless you choose a different printer for that specific output.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-manual.page0000644000373100047300000000517012157071363024435 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter them yourself. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Manually set network settings

If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your router or network switch.

To manually set your network settings:

Click the network icon on the top bar and select Network Settings.

Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click Configure. For example, if you plug in to the network with a cable, look at Wired.

Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged in. Otherwise, you won't be able to click Configure.

Go to the IPv4 Settings tab and change the Method to Manual.

Click Add and type the IP address, network mask and default gateway IP address into the corresponding columns of the Addresses list. Press Enter or Tab after typing each address.

These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78).

Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the corresponding field, separated by commas.

Click Save. If you are not connected to the network, click the network icon on the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-general.page0000644000373100047300000000206112157071363024571 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find your IP address, WEP & WPA security, MAC addresses, proxies… The Ubuntu Documentation Team The GNOME Documentation Project Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Networking terms & tips usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/color-why-calibrate.page0000644000373100047300000000307712157071363026247 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Why do I need to do calibration myself?

Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, they just take a few items from the production line and average them together:

Averaged profiles

Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization state and make the profile inaccurate.

The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a profile based on your exact characterization state.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/power-batterylife.page0000644000373100047300000001046712157071363026045 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Use less power and improve battery life

Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment.

General tips

Suspend your computer when you are not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it can be woken up very quickly.

Turn off the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the case.

Use the Power preferences in Settings to change your power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer automatically suspend if you have not used it for a certain period of time.

Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not using them.
Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries

Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop power consumption.

Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you can use to reduce the brightness.

If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, which takes quite a bit of power.

Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can turn it on again when you need it.
More advanced tips

Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use more power when they have more work to do.

Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-problem.page0000644000373100047300000000161212157071363024615 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshooting wireless connections, finding your wifi network… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Network problems usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/gnome-classic.page0000644000373100047300000001113412157071363025115 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop experience. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Petr Kovar pknbe@volny.cz Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. What is GNOME Classic?

GNOME Classic is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional desktop experience. While GNOME Classic is based on GNOME 3 technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, such as the Applications and Places menus on the top bar, and a window list at the bottom of the screen.

You can use the Applications menu on the top bar to launch applications. The activities overview is available by selecting the Activities Overview item from the menu.

To access the activities overview, you can also press the Super key.

Window list

The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them.

At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier for the current worskpace, such as 1 for the first (top) workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu.

If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the blue icon shows the message tray, which lets you access all your notifications.

Switch to and from GNOME Classic

GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions available or installed by default.

 To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:

Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-hand corner and then select Log Out.

A confirmation message will appear. Select Log Out to confirm. The login screen appears.

At the login screen, select your name from the list.

Enter your password in the password entry box.

Click Session below the password entry box and choose GNOME Classic.

Click Sign In.

 To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:

Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-hand corner and then select Log Out.

A confirmation message will appear. Select Log Out to confirm. The login screen appears.

At the login screen, select your name from the list.

Enter your password in the password entry box.

Click Session below the password entry box and choose GNOME.

Click Sign In.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/a11y-slowkeys.page0000644000373100047300000000567112157071363025033 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the screen. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. నెమ్మది మీటలను ప్రారంభించు

Turn on slow keys if you would like there to be a delay between pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on the keyboard first time.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch Slow Keys on.

 Quickly turn slow keys on and off

Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold Shift for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys.

You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the accessibility icon on the top bar and selecting Slow Keys. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have been enabled from the Universal Access panel.

Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to hold a key down for it to register.

You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold the key down long enough.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/files-autorun.page0000644000373100047300000001276012157071363025174 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and other devices and media. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Open applications for devices or discs

You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in.

To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Select DetailsRemovable Media.

Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or action for that media type. See below for a description of the different types of devices and media.

Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or nothing will happen automatically.

If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media from the Type drop-down and the application or action from the Action drop-down.

If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion at the bottom of the Removable Media window.
పరికరాలు మరియు మాధ్యమ రకాలు ఆడియో డిస్కులు

Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other Media. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application.

 వీడియో డిస్కులు

Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do not work correctly when you insert them, see .

ఖాళీ డిస్కులు

Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs.

 కెమేరాలు మరియు ఫొటోలు

Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse your photos using the file manager.

Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called PICTURES.

 సంగీత ప్రదర్శకాలు

Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager.

 E-book readers

Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file manager.

 సాఫ్ట్‍వేర్

Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run.

Never run software from media you don't trust.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-antivirus.page0000644000373100047300000000370112157071363025202 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Do I need anti-virus software?

If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their way onto your computer and cause problems.

Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly.

Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to worry about them at the moment.

If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer or search online; a number of applications are available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/user-addguest.page0000644000373100047300000000632112157071363025147 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a password. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. ఒక అతిధి వాడుకరి ఖాతాను జతచేయండి

You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the programs on your computer, but they won't be able to access your files, change your settings, or install software.

ఒక అతిధి వాడుకరి ఖాతాను సృష్టించండి:

Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to open the Users window.

Click Unlock in the top right corner and type your password to make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts.

In the list of accounts on the left, click the + button to add a new user account.

Select Standard for the account type. You don't want to give the guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like Guest, or any other name you like. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if you like. Click Add when you're done.

Select the new guest user account. Under Login Options, click the label Account disabled next to Password. You will be presented with a window with password options. From the Action drop-down list, select Log in without a password.

Back in the User Accounts window you can click the image next to the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/session-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000601312157071363025525 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Change date and measurement formats

You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Region & Language and click Formats.

Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the Language tab. Click the ... button to select from all available regions.

Respond to the prompt, Your session needs to be restarted for these changes to take effect by clicking Restart Now, or click X to restart later.

After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in calendars.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-install-flash.page0000644000373100047300000000667012157071363025727 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, which display videos and interactive web pages. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Install the Flash plug-in

Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Flash.

shaunm

Would be nice to (soft?) link to a page on the software installer

If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free (but not open-source) download for most web browsers. Most Linux distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their software installer (package manager) too.

If Flash is available from the software installer:

Open the software installer application and search for flash.

Look for the Adobe Flash plug-in, Adobe Flash Player or similar and click to install it.

If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash.

 If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:

Go to the Flash Player download website. Your browser and operating system should be automatically detected.

Click where it says Select version to download and choose the type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you don't know which to use, choose the .tar.gz option.

Look at the installation instructions for Flash to learn how to install it for your web browser.
Open-source alternatives to Flash

A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web).

You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible on your computer. Here are a few of the options:

LightSpark

Gnash
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/net-what-is-ip-address.page0000644000373100047300000000353512157071363026570 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. What is an IP address?

"IP address" stands for Internet Protocol address, and each device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one.

An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers.

Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated by a period. 192.168.1.42 is an example of an IP address.

An IP address can either be dynamic or static. Dynamic IP addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as administering a server.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page0000644000373100047300000000567712157071363026565 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer. జిమ్ క్యాంబెల్ jwcampbell@gmail.com షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. బ్లూటూత్ ప్రారంభించండి లేదా ఆపండి

The Bluetooth icon on the top bar

You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click Turn On Bluetooth.

You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch Bluetooth on.

Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the Fn key.

Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the Fn key.

To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click Turn Off Bluetooth.

To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch Bluetooth off.

You only need to switch Visibility on if you are connecting to this computer from another device. See for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/a11y-contrast.page0000644000373100047300000000357412157071363025010 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're easier to see. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. వ్యత్యాసాన్ని సవరించండి

You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; only parts of the user interface will change.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab.

Switch High Contrast to ON.

accessibility icon on the top bar and selecting High Contrast.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/mouse-lefthanded.page0000644000373100047300000000317212157071363025620 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings. ఫిల్ బుల్ philbull@gmail.com షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Use your mouse left-handed

You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the General section, switch Primary button to Right.

This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/contacts-add-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000374112157071363026235 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Lucie Hankey ldhankey@gmail.com మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Add or remove a contact in the local address book. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Add or remove a contact

To add a contact:

Press New.

In the New contact window, enter the contact name and the desired information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose Work, Home or Other.

Press Create Contact.

To remove a contact:

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press Edit in the top-rigth corner of Contacts.

Press Remove Contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/wacom-stylus.page0000644000373100047300000000472512157071363025050 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus. Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Configure the stylus Michael Hill

Describe the config options for the stylus and how to configure more than one stylus.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Wacom Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. These settings can be adjusted:

Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the "feel" (how physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft and Firm.

Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, Forward.

Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the "feel" between Soft and Firm.

If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use the pager to choose which stylus to configured.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/bluetooth-visibility.page0000644000373100047300000000316712157071363026572 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Whether or not other devices can discover your computer. షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. What is Bluetooth visibility?

Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you.

Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them.

After you have connected to a device, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to communicate with each other.

Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from another device, you should leave visibility off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/session-language.page0000644000373100047300000001033112157071363025633 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Switch to a different language for user interface and help text. గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org షాన్ మెక్‌కేన్స్ shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net మైకేల్ హిల్ mdhillca@gmail.com Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. Change which language you use shaunm

Explain how to install support for other languages. Requires us to document software installation.

You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Region & Language and select the Language tab.

Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click . Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language in which the software was originally developed, usually American English.

Respond to the prompt, Your session needs to be restarted for these changes to take effect by clicking Restart Now, or click X to restart later.

There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should update the folder names.

Change the system language

When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the system language, the language used in places like the login screen.

Click your name on the top bar and select Settings.

Open Region & Language and select the Language tab.

Select the Login Screen button.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click . Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language in which the software was originally developed, usually American English.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-help/music-cantplay-drm.page0000644000373100047300000000432212157071363026103 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 గ్నోమ్ పత్రీకరణ పరియోజన gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "copy protected". Praveen Illa mail2ipn@gmail.com 2011. I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store

If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS computer and then copied it over.

This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for that format so that you can play it.

If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't play it, the song might be copy protected (also known as being DRM restricted). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not supported on Linux.

You can learn more about DRM from the Electronic Frontier Foundation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/totem/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000017132512316541441023306 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
<application>Totem Movie Player</application> Manual 2003 Chee Bin HOH 2009 Philip Withnall Totem Movie Player is a media player for GNOME that runs on GStreamer by default, but can also be run on xine. It has support for most audio and video codecs including DVDs among many others. Features include TV-out, fullscreen, subtitles, and more. GNOME Documentation Project Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Chee Bin HOH GNOME Documentation Project cbhoh@gnome.org Baptiste Mille-Mathias GNOME Documentation project Update documentation baptiste.millemathias@gmail.org Philip Withnall Update documentation philip@tecnocode.co.uk Totem Movie Player Manual V2.0 August 2006 Chee Bin HOH cbhoh@gnome.org GNOME Documentation Project Totem Movie Player Manual V3.0 February 2009 Philip Withnall philip@tecnocode.co.uk GNOME Documentation Project This manual describes version 2.26 of Totem Movie Player. అభిప్రాయం To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Totem Movie Player application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. Totem Movie Player totem పరిచయము The Totem Movie Player application is a movie player for the GNOME desktop based on the GStreamer framework and xine library, and enables you to play movies or songs. Totem Movie Player provides the following features: Support for a variety of video and audio files. A variety of zoom levels and aspect ratios, and a fullscreen view. Seek and volume controls. A playlist. Subtitle support. Complete keyboard navigation. Comprehensive set of plugins, including a subtitle downloader, YouTube browser, and disc burner. Totem Movie Player also comes with additional functionality such as: Video thumbnailer for GNOME. Audio preview application for GNOME. Nautilus properties tab. Getting Started To Start <application>Totem Movie Player</application> You can start Totem Movie Player in the following ways: Applications menu Choose Sound & Video Movie Player . Command line To start Totem Movie Player from a command line, type the following command, then press Return: totem To view other command line options that are available, type totem --help, then press Return. When You Start <application>Totem Movie Player</application> When you start Totem Movie Player, the following window is displayed.
<application>Totem Movie Player</application> Start Up Window Shows Totem Movie Player main window with sidebar opened on playlist. Contains menubar, display area, sidebar, elapsed time slider, seek control buttons, volume slider and statusbar.
The Totem Movie Player window contains the following elements: జాబితా పట్టీ The menus on the menubar contain all of the commands you need to use in Totem Movie Player. Display area. The display area displays the movie or a visualization of the current song. Sidebar. The sidebar displays properties of the file played and acts as playlist. It can also be used by various plugins, such as the MythTV, YouTube and Video Search plugins. They can be selected by clicking on the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar. Elapsed time slider. The elapsed time slider displays the elapsed time of the movie or song that is playing. It also enables you to skip forward or backward in a movie or song by dragging the slider's handle along the bar, or by clicking on a point on the bar. Seek control buttons. The seek control buttons enable you to move to the next or previous track, and to pause or play a movie or song. Volume button. The volume button enables you to adjust the volume. Statusbar. The statusbar displays status information about the movie or song that is playing. వినిమయం To Open a File To open a video or an audio file, choose CtrlO Movie Open . The Select Movies or Playlists dialog is displayed. Select the file or files you want to open, then click OK. You can drag a file from another application such as a file manager to the Totem Movie Player window. If you drag the file to the display area, the file will replace the current playlist and will start playing immediately. If you drag the file to the playlist in the sidebar, the file will be appended to the current playlist. The Totem Movie Player application will open the file and play the movie or song. Totem Movie Player displays the title of the movie or song in the titlebar of the window and in the playlist in the sidebar. If you try to open a file format that Totem Movie Player does not recognize, the application displays an error message. This error is most often encountered if you do not have the correct codecs installed. Information on getting codecs working can be found on the Totem Movie Player website. You can double-click on a video or an audio file in the Nautilus file manager to open it in the Totem Movie Player window. To Open a Location To open a file by URI (location), choose CtrlL Movie Open Location . The Open Location dialog is displayed. Use the drop-down combination box to specify the URI you would like to open (it lists URIs which have previously been opened) – or type one in directly – then click on the Open button. If you have a URI in the clipboard already, it will automatically be pasted into the combination box. To Play a Movie (DVD or VCD) Insert the disc in the optical device of your computer, then choose MoviePlay Disc . To eject a DVD or VCD, choose CtrlE Movie Eject . To Pause a Movie or Song To pause a movie or song that is playing, click on the Shows pause button. button, or choose CtrlSpace Movie Play / Pause . You may also use the P key to pause or play a movie. To resume playing a movie or song, click on the Shows play button. button again, or choose CtrlSpace Movie Play / Pause . To View Properties of a Movie or Song To view the properties of a movie or song, choose View Sidebar to make the sidebar appear, and choose Properties in the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar. To Seek Through Movies or Songs To seek through movies or songs, you can use the following methods: To skip forward To skip forward through a movie or song, choose Right Go Skip Forward . To skip backward To skip backwards through a movie or song, choose Left Go Skip Backwards . To skip to a time To skip to a specific elapsed time in the movie or song, choose CtrlK Go Skip to . The Skip to dialog is displayed. Use the spin box to specify the elapsed time (in seconds) to skip to, then click OK. The spin box also allows more natural language to be used. You can enter a time in the formats "hh:mm:ss", "mm:ss" or "ss"; where "hh" is the hour, "mm" is the minute and "ss" is the second to skip to. To move to the next movie or song To move to the next movie or song, choose AltRight Go Next Chapter/Movie or click on the Shows a seek next button button. To move to the previous movie or song To move to the previous movie or song, choose AltLeft Go Previous Chapter/Movie or click on the Shows a seek previous button button. To Change the Zoom Factor To Change the Video Size To change the zoom factor of the display area, you can use the following methods: To zoom to fullscreen mode, choose F11 ViewFullscreen. You can also use the F key to toggle fullscreen mode. To exit fullscreen mode, click on the Leave Fullscreen button or press Esc, F11 or F. To change the size of the original movie or visualization, choose Ctrl0 ViewFit Window to Movie and choose a scale ratio. To Change the Video Aspect Ratio To switch between different aspect ratios, choose A View Aspect Ratio . To Adjust the Volume To increase the volume, choose Up Sound Volume Up . To decrease the volume, choose Down Sound Volume Down . You can also use the volume button: click on the volume button and choose the volume level with the slider. To Make the Window Always on Top To make the Totem Movie Player window always on top of other application windows, choose Edit Plugins . Select the Always on Top plugin to enable it. The Totem Movie Player window will now stay on top of all other windows while a movie is playing, but not while audio or visualizations are playing. To stop the window from always being on top, disable the Always on Top plugin again. See for more information. To Show or Hide Controls To show or hide the Totem Movie Player window controls, choose CtrlH View Show Controls , or press the H key. You can also right-click on the Totem Movie Player window, then choose CtrlH Show Controls from the popup menu. If the Show Controls option is selected, Totem Movie Player will show the menubar, elapsed time slider, seek control buttons, volume slider and statusbar on the window. If the Show Controls option is unselected, the application will hide these controls and show only the display area. To Manage the Playlist To Show or Hide the Playlist To show or hide the playlist, choose ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button, and choose Playlist on the top of the sidebar. Manage a Playlist You can use the Playlist dialog to do the following: To add a track or movie To add a track or movie to the playlist, click on the Add button. The Select Movies or Playlists dialog is displayed. Select the file that you want to add to the playlist, then click Add. To remove a track or movie To remove a track or movie from the playlist, select the item or items to remove from the playlist, then click on the Remove button. To save the playlist to a file To save the playlist to a file, click on the Save Playlist button. The Save Playlist dialog is displayed; specify the filename as which you want to save the playlist, and click Save. To move a track or movie up the playlist To move a track or movie up the playlist, select the item from the playlist, then click on the Move Up button. To move a track or movie down the playlist To move a track or movie down the playlist, select the item from the playlist, then click on the Move Down button. To Select or Unselect Repeat Mode To enable or disable repeat mode, choose EditRepeat Mode. To Select or Unselect Shuffle Mode To enable or disable shuffle mode, choose EditShuffle Mode. To Choose Subtitles To choose the language of the subtitles, select ViewSubtitles and choose the subtitle language you want to display. To disable the display of subtitles, select ViewSubtitlesNone. By default, Totem Movie Player will choose the same language for the subtitles as the one you normally use on your computer. Totem Movie Player will automatically load and display subtitles for a video if it finds a subtitle file with the same name as the video being played, and the extension asc, txt, sub, srt, smi, ssa or ass. If the file containing the subtitles has a different name from the video being played, you can right-click on the video in the playlist and choose Select Text Subtitles from the popup menu to load the correct subtitle file. You may also choose subtitles by choosing ViewSelect Text Subtitles. Using the Subtitle Downloader plugin, you can also download subtitles from the OpenSubtitles service. See for more information. To Take a Screenshot To take a screenshot of the movie or visualization that is playing, choose Edit Take Screenshot . The Save Screenshot dialog is displayed. Choose a location and insert the filename as which you want to save the screenshot, then click on the Save button to save the screenshot. Totem Movie Player will display a preview of the screenshot which is to be saved on the left-hand side of the Save Screenshot dialog. To Create a Screenshot Gallery To create a gallery of screenshots of the movie or visualization that is playing, choose Edit Create Screenshot Gallery . The Save Gallery dialog is displayed. Choose a location and insert the filename as which you want to save the gallery image, then click on the Save button to save the screenshot. You may specify the width of the individual screenshots in the gallery using the Screenshot width entry. The default width is 128 pixels. You may also specify the number of screenshots to be put in the gallery. By default, this is calculated based on the length of the movie; however, this may be overridden by deselecting the Calculate the number of screenshots checkbox and entering the new number in the Number of screenshots spin box. Plugins Totem Movie Player has many features which are present in the form of plugins — pieces of the software which are only loaded if necessary. To Enable a Plugin To view the list of installed plugins, choose EditPlugins. The Configure Plugins dialog is displayed. On the left is a list of all the plugins you have installed, while on the right is a description of the currently selected plugin. Plugins which have options which can be changed will have a sensitive Configure button on the right. To enable a plugin, simply select the checkbox to the left of its name in the plugin list, and the plugin will be loaded immediately. If there is any error loading the plugin, an error dialog will also be displayed immediately. To disable a plugin again, deselect its checkbox. Plugins will remain enabled or disabled as set even when Totem Movie Player is closed. Always on Top When enabled, the Always on Top plugin will force the main Totem Movie Player window to be on top of all other windows while a movie is playing, but not while audio or visualizations are playing. To stop the window being on top, disable the plugin again. Coherence DLNA/UPnP Client The Coherence DLNA/UPnP Client plugin allows Totem Movie Player to play multimedia content from UPnP media servers (such as Coherence servers) on the local network. With the Coherence DLNA/UPnP Client plugin enabled, choose F9ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button to show the sidebar. Select Coherence DLNA/UPnP Client from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar to display the Coherence DLNA/UPnP Client sidebar. The tree view in the sidebar will list the available media servers. Clicking on one will expand it to show the types of media it can serve, and clicking on a media folder will expand it to list the media files available. Double-clicking on a media file will add it to Totem Movie Player's playlist and play it. You may alternatively right-click on a file and choose Play or Enqueue to play the file immediately or add it to the playlist, respectively. If the media server allows it, choosing Delete from a file's context menu allows you to delete that file from the media server. Gromit Annotations The Gromit Annotations plugin allows you to draw on top of movies as they are played using Gromit. You must have Gromit installed before you can enable the plugin — consult your operating system documentation for information on how to do this. With the plugin enabled, press CtrlD to toggle Gromit on or off. When Gromit is enabled, your pointer will change to a crosshair. To draw on the screen, hold down your mouse button and drag your pointer around, before releasing your mouse button. Press CtrlD again to toggle Gromit off. To clear the screen of annotations, press CtrlE, or close Totem Movie Player. Jamendo The Jamendo plugin allows you to listen to the collection of Creative Commons-licensed music on the Jamendo service. To Configure the Plugin The Jamendo plugin can be configured. Click on the Configure button when enabling the plugin, and the Jamendo Plugin Configuration dialog will be displayed. Here, you can choose whether to download songs in Ogg or MP3 format (Ogg is preferred due to its open-source nature); and the number of albums to retrieve when doing a search (choose more albums if you have a faster Internet connection). Once you're done, click OK. To Display the Jamendo Sidebar With the Jamendo plugin enabled, choose F9ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button to show the sidebar. Select Jamendo from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar to display the Jamendo sidebar. To Search for Music Enter your search terms in the search entry at the top of the Jamendo sidebar. You can search by either artist or by tags. Click on the search button to start your search. Search results will be displayed in the tree view in the Search Results page of the sidebar, and can be browsed through using the arrow buttons at the bottom of the sidebar. Albums are listed, and if you click on an album, its tracks will be listed below it. Click again to hide the album's tracks. With an artist selected, you can click on the Jamendo Album Page button to open that album's page on the Jamendo website. Double-clicking an album, or choosing Add to Playlist from the album's context menu, will replace your playlist with all the tracks on that album and begin streaming the first track from Jamendo's website. Double-clicking an individual track will replace your playlist with just that track. Popular Albums and Latest Releases Viewing the Popular page in the Jamendo sidebar will load a list of the most popular albums on Jamendo at the moment, which can be played as with search results. Viewing the Latest Releases page will likewise load a list of the latest albums released on Jamendo. Local Search The Local Search plugin allows you to search for playable movies and audio files on your computer from within Totem Movie Player. With the plugin enabled, choose F9ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button to show the sidebar. Select Local Search from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar to display the Local Search sidebar. To perform a search, enter your search terms in the search entry at the top of the sidebar and click Find. Your search terms may include wildcards such as *, which will match any character. For example, the search *.mpg will find all movies with the .mpg file extension. Search results may be browsed using the Back and Forward buttons at the bottom of the sidebar, and you may jump to a specific results page by entering its number in the spin box. Publish Playlist The Publish Playlist plugin allows you to publish playlists on your local network to allow other computers to access and play them. To Configure the Plugin The Publish Playlist plugin can be configured. Click on the Configure button when enabling the plugin, and the configuration dialog will be displayed. Here, you can change the name which will appear for your playlist share. The following strings will be replaced when playlists are published: %a Replaced with the program's name: Totem Movie Player. %h Replaced with your computer's host name. %u Replaced with your username. %U Replaced with your real name. %% Replaced with a literal percent sign. You can also select the Use encrypted transport protocol checkbox if you wish to encrypt the shared playlists when they're transmitted over the network. Once you're done, click Close. To Publish Playlists With the plugin enabled, you do not need to explicitly publish playlists; they are automatically made available on the network as a Zeroconf website. To Browse your Neighborhood To view the shared playlists of others on your network, select Neighborhood from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar. If any playlists have been published on the network, they will be listed here. Double-click on a playlist to load and play it on your computer. Subtitle Downloader The Subtitle Downloader plugin allows you to find and download subtitle files from the OpenSubtitles service. Subtitles can only be downloaded for local movies; not audio files, DVDs, DVB streams, VCDs or HTTP streams. To search for subtitles for the currently playing movie, choose ViewDownload Movie Subtitles, which will display the Download Movie Subtitles dialog. Select the language in which you wish to have your subtitles from the drop-down list at the top of the dialog, then click on the Find button to search for subtitles for the current movie. Subtitles are found on the basis of the movie's content, rather than its filename or tags. Search results are listed in the tree view in the middle of the dialog. Currently, subtitles can only be used with a movie by reloading the movie with the subtitles, so after selecting the subtitle file you wish to download, click on the Play with Subtitle button to download the subtitles and reload the movie. Downloaded subtitle files are cached (in ~/.cache/totem/subtitles, by default) so that they do not need to be downloaded again when playing the movie again. When downloading new subtitles for a movie, any previously downloaded subtitles for that movie are deleted. Thumbnail The Thumbnail plugin sets Totem Movie Player's main window icon to a thumbnail of the current movie, and updates the icon when new movies are loaded. If a thumbnail doesn't exist for the current movie (or if you're playing an audio file), the main window icon will be reset to the Totem Movie Player logo. Video Disc Recorder The Video Disc Recorder plugin allows you to burn the current playlist to a DVD or VCD using Brasero. To burn the current playlist, choose MovieCreate Video Disc. A Brasero dialog will be displayed, giving options for converting the movies to the appropriate format and burning them to disc. For more information, see the Brasero documentation. YouTube Browser The YouTube Browser plugin allows you to search and browse YouTube, and play YouTube videos directly in Totem Movie Player. With the plugin enabled, choose F9ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button to show the sidebar. Select YouTube from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar to display the YouTube sidebar. To search for a YouTube video, enter your search terms in the entry at the top of the sidebar, then click Find. The search results will be listed in the tree view below. More results will be loaded automatically as you scroll down the list. To play a video, double-click it in the results list, or choose Add to Playlist from its context menu. When a video is played, a list of related videos will automatically be loaded in the Related Videos page of the YouTube sidebar. YouTube videos can be opened in a web browser by choosing Open in Web Browser from their context menu. This will open the video in its original location on the YouTube website. D-Bus Service The D-Bus Service plugin broadcasts notifications of which track is playing in Totem Movie Player on the D-Bus session bus. Applications such as Gajim can listen for such notifications and respond accordingly by, for example, updating your instant messaging status message to display the video currently being played in Totem Movie Player. Preferences To modify the preferences of Totem Movie Player, choose Edit Preferences . General Networking Select network connection speed from the Connection speed drop-down list. Text Subtitles Automatically load subtitle files: select this option to automatically load any subtitle files with the same filename as a movie when the movie is loaded. Font: select this option to change the font used to display subtitles. Encoding: select this option to change the encoding used to display subtitles. Display Display Select the resize option if you want Totem Movie Player to automatically resize the window to the size of the video when a new video is loaded. Select the screensaver option if you want to allow the screensaver to activate when playing audio files. Some monitors with integrated speakers may stop playing music when the screensaver is activated. Visual Effects Visual: select this option to show visual effects while an audio file is playing. Type of visualization: select type of visualization from the drop-down list. Visualization size: select visualization size from the drop-down list. Color balance Brightness: use the slider to specify the level of brightness. Contrast: use the slider to specify the level of contrast. Saturation: use the slider to specify the level of saturation. Hue: use the slider to specify the level of hue. You may use the Reset to Defaults button to reset the color balance controls to their default positions. Audio Audio Output Select audio output type from the Audio output type drop-down list. About <application>Totem Movie Player</application> Totem Movie Player is written by Bastien Nocera (hadess@hadess.net), Julien Moutte (julien@moutte.net) for the GStreamer backend, and Guenter Bartsch (guenter@users.sourceforge.net). To find more information about Totem Movie Player, please visit the Totem Movie Player website. To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Totem Movie Player application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this license can be found at this link, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/totem/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000717012316541441022437 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/duplex-4pages.page0000644000373100047300000000247512307647142024302 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 04-Page Booklet Print a 4 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 4-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 4, 1, 2, 3

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/reload.page0000644000373100047300000000173512307647142023064 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your document will be automatically reloaded if another program changes it while you're viewing it. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Why does the document keep reloading?

If the Document Viewer detects that the document you have open has changed (perhaps because another program has modified it), it will automatically reload the document and display the most recent version for you.

If the document is deleted while you are still viewing it, it will still remain open.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/annotations-save.page0000644000373100047300000000237012307647142025103 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to save your annotations. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Save a copy of an annotated PDF

To save a copy of your annotated PDF for future viewing using the document viewer or any other PDF viewer that supports annotations:

FileSave a copy

Choose a name and folder in which to save the file, then click Save. The PDF will be saved in the folder you chose.

Annotations are added according to the PDF specification. Therefore, most PDF readers should be able to read them. The Okular document viewer does not support them. Adobe Reader is known to work.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/singlesided-9-12pages.page0000644000373100047300000000452512307647143025517 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 09-Page or 12-Page Booklet Print a 9, 10, 11 or 12 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 9-page to 12-page booklet

If you have a 9, 10 or 11 page PDF document you should add the appropriate number of blank pages to make it 12-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 12, 1, 2, 11, 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/synctex-beamer.page0000644000373100047300000000371712307647143024547 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using SyncTeX with the LaTeX Beamer class. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Beamer with SyncTeX

Beamer is a LaTeX class for creating slides for presentations.

You can perform forward and backward search in a Beamer-LaTeX presentation in a similar fashion to searching through other TeX files compiled with SyncTeX. However the search brings you to the corresponding frame (slide), not necessarily the associated line of text. This difference is outlined in detail below.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/duplex-13pages.page0000644000373100047300000000660112307647143024356 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 13 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 13-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

Once the page has printed, take the paper and place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 2 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 2

Choose the Page Setup tab and in the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

To print page 3, click FilePrint again.

In the General tab, enter 3 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab, set the Page ordering to Right to left.

Click Print.

Once page 3 has printed, place the paper back in the printer taking care to orient it correctly (pages 4 and 13 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again.

In the General tab enter pages 4, 13 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab set Page ordering to Left to right.

Click Print.

Click FilePrint again.

Enter pages 8, 9, 10, 7, 6, 11, 12, 5 in the Pages selection menu and set Page ordering to Left to right.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 16-page booklet. You may wish to add 3 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 16-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 3-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 16-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000443612307647143023262 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Show, hide or edit the toolbar. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 పనిముట్ల పట్టా
Show or hide the toolbar

Click ViewToolbar.

The default toolbar contains only a basic set of tools:

Previous and Next for moving from page to page.

A tool to adjust the zoom level.

The 'page select' tool.

You can modify the toolbar if you prefer a different set.

Add, remove and rearrange the tools in the toolbar.

Show the toolbar.

Click EditToolbar.

The toolbar editor contains the items that are not in the toolbar and the separator item.

To add new items to the toolbar:

drag them from the toolbar editor to the toolbar.

 To remove items from the toolbar:

drag them from the toolbar to the toolbar editor.

 To rearrange items on the toolbar:

drag them to their new position on the toolbar.

When you have finish editing the toolbar, click Close in the toolbar editor window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/duplex-6pages.page0000644000373100047300000000473212307647143024303 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 06-Page Booklet Print a 6 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 6-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 6, 3, 4, 5, 2

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

Once the pages have printed, take the paper with page 2 on it, place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 1 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range select the Pages option and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 8-page booklet. You may wish to add 2 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 8-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 2-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 8-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/singlesided-13-16pages.page0000644000373100047300000000454012307647143025573 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 13, 14, 15 or 16 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 13-page to 16-page booklet

If you have a 13, 14 or 15 page PDF document you should add the appropriate number of blank pages to make it 16-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 16, 1, 2, 15, 14, 3, 4, 13, 12, 5, 6, 11, 10, 7, 8, 9

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/presentations.page0000644000373100047300000000355112307647143024513 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to play presentations. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Presentations
Starting a presentation

To start a presentation:

Open a file

Click ViewPresentation (or press F5).

The presentation will be displayed full screen.

Moving through a presentation

Use the spacebar, →, ↓, or left mouse click to go to the next slide.

Use the ←, ↑ or right mouse click to go to the previous slide.

You can also use the scroll wheel to move back and forth through the presentation.

Use Esc to exit the presentation.

Supported presentation file formats

The following file formats can be used for presentations:

Comic Book Archive (.cbr and .cbz)

Device Independent file format (.dvi)

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

OpenOffice Presentation (.odp)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/duplex-12pages.page0000644000373100047300000000243512307647143024356 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 12 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 12-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 12, 1, 2, 11, 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/print-select.page0000644000373100047300000000227512307647143024230 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Only printing certain pages

To only print certain pages from the document:

Click FilePrint

In the General tab in the Print window choose Pages from the Range section.

Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the textbox, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages.

For example, if you enter "1,3,5-7,9" in the Pages textbox, pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/synctex-support.page0000644000373100047300000000210312307647143025014 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to add support for SyncTeX. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Set-up SyncTeX

The following packages need to be installed in order to add support for SyncTeX:

texlive-extra-utils

gedit-plugins

In gedit, enable the SyncTeX Plugin:

Click EditPreferencesPlugins tab.

Check SyncTeX.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/singlesided-3-4pages.page0000644000373100047300000000441012307647143025423 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 03-Page or 4-Page Booklet Print a 3 or 4 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 3-page or 4-page booklet

If you have a 3-Page PDF document you should add a blank page to make it 4-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank page with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 4, 1, 2, 3

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/default-settings.page0000644000373100047300000000236312307647143025077 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Save current settings as default for new documents. Sindhu S sindhus@live.in

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Change default settings

When a document is opened for the first time, default settings, such as zoom and page view preferences, are applied. Any changes you make to these settings are saved for the document.

You can save the settings which you are currently using as default for all new documents by selecting Edit Save Current Settings as Default or press CtrlT.

The new default settings do not override settings of previously opened documents, they are applied only to documents opened for the first time.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/singlesided-17-20pages.page0000644000373100047300000000455412307647143025577 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 17, 18, 19 or 20 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 17-page to 20-page booklet

If you have a 17, 18 or 19 page PDF document you should add the appropriate number of blank pages to make it 20-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 20, 1, 2, 19, 18, 3, 4, 17, 16, 5, 6, 15, 14, 7, 8, 13, 12, 9, 10, 11

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/duplex-8pages.page0000644000373100047300000000247312307647143024305 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 08-Page Booklet Print an 8 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 8-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 8, 1, 2, 7, 6, 3, 4, 5

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/commandline.page0000644000373100047300000000437612307647143024111 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Command line The evince command can open any number of files, at specific pages and in various modes. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 The command line

To start the Document Viewer from the command line, type evince. You can open a specific file by typing the filename after the evince command:

evince file.pdf

You can open multiple files by typing the filenames after the evince command, separating the filenames by a space:

evince file1.pdf file2.pdf

The document viewer also supports the handling of files on the web. For example, after the evince command you can give the location of a file on the web:

evince http://www.claymath.org/millennium/P_vs_NP/pvsnp.pdf
Opening a document at a specific page

You can use the --page-label switch to open a document at a specific page. For example, to open a document to page 3, you would type:

evince --page-label=3 file.pdf

The page label should be in the same format as the page number displayed in the Document Viewer toolbar.

Opening a document in fullscreen mode evince --fullscreen file.pdf
Opening a document in presentation mode evince --presentation file.pdf
Opening a document in preview mode evince --preview file.pdf
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/openerror.page0000644000373100047300000000153112307647143023624 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Error When Opening A File. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Why can't I open a file?

If you try to open a document of a format that the document viewer does not recognize, you will get an "Unable to open document" error message. Click Close to return to the Document Viewer window.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/annotations-disabled.page0000644000373100047300000000144612307647143025720 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Annotations can only be added to PDF files. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Can't add annotations?

Annotations can only be added to PDF files. If your file is of a format other than PDF, the option to add annotations will be greyed out (disabled).

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/textselection.page0000644000373100047300000000275312307647143024512 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 When you copy text, the text that is pasted might be different from what you had selected. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Why didn't the text I selected copy properly?

If you highlight and copy text from a document using the document viewer and then paste it into another application, the formatting may alter. It may also contain different characters than the original selection. This often happens when copying text from a PDF document with multiple columns.

This problem happens because of how some document formats handle text. The actual text in the document is stored differently from the way it is displayed. This may result in a copy that does not appear as expected.

Unfortunately, there is no real way of fixing this problem. Copying less text at a time, or copying the text into a text editor may minimise the problem. You can locate a text editor by clicking ActivitiesApplicationsAccessoriesgedit.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/opening.page0000644000373100047300000000320712307647143023252 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to open a document. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Opening a document

You can open a document using any one of the following ways:

Double-click on the file icon in the File Manager.

Double clicking opens PDF, PostScript, .djvu, .dvi and Comic Book Archive files in the Document Viewer by default.

Right-click on a file icon in the File Manager and click Open WithDocument Viewer.

If a Document View window is already open you can:

drag a file icon into the window from the File Manager. The new file will open in a new window (provided the file is of a file type supported by Document Viewer).

choose FileOpen from the Menubar. In the Open Document dialog box, choose the file you wish to open, and click Open. The file will open in a new window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/singlesided-5-8pages.page0000644000373100047300000000447512307647143025444 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 05-Page or 4-Page Booklet Print a 5, 6, 7 or 8 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 5-page to 8-page booklet

If you have a 5, 6 or 7 page PDF document you should add the appropriate number of blank pages to make it 8-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 8, 1, 2, 7, 6, 3, 4, 5

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/license.page0000644000373100047300000000356112307647143023240 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. License

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000425212307647143023637 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to report problems. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 File a bug against the <app>document viewer</app>

The document viewer is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem you can file a bug report. To file a bug, go to .

This is a bug tracking system where users and developers can file details about bugs, crashes and request enhancements.

To participate you need an account which will give you the ability to gain access, file bugs, and make comments. Also, you need to register so you can receive updates by e-mail about the status of your bug. If you don't already have an account, just click on the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, click on File a BugCoreevince. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if it already exists.

To file your bug, choose the component in the Component menu. If you are not sure which component your bug pertains to, choose general.

If you are requesting a new feature, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/bookmarks.page0000644000373100047300000000134512307647143023604 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can use annotations like bookmarks. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Bookmarks

The document viewer does not have a bookmark system. However, you can use annotations like bookmarks.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/editing.page0000644000373100047300000000177612307647143023247 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can't use the document viewer to edit files. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Can I edit documents in the document viewer?

The document viewer can't be used to make changes to documents. You need to use the appropriate editing application for the type of file you want to change.

PDF and PostScript (.ps) files are not usually intended to be edited, but PDF editing software is available. Try pdfedit, for example.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/print-2sided.page0000644000373100047300000000212612307647143024116 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Printing two-sided and multi-page per sheet. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Two-sided and multiple pages per side layout for printing

You can print on both sides of each sheet of paper:

Click FilePrint.

Go to the Page Setup tab of the Print window and choose an option from the Two-sided drop-down list.

You can print more than one page of the document per side of paper too. Use the Pages per side option to do this.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/forms.page0000644000373100047300000000243312307647143022741 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Working with fillable forms. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Forms

When filling out an interactive form, you can navigate from field to field by clicking on a field with your mouse. When you are finished filling out a text field, press Enter.

You can make a selection in a scrollable list box by clicking on the list box and scrolling to your choice with your mouse.

There may be some parts of a form that you may need to fill out by hand after you print the form. For example, you might have to circle certain things, or sign the form in one or more places. If you wish to do this electronically, you may want to try Xournal.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/duplex-7pages.page0000644000373100047300000000442112307647143024277 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 07-Page Booklet Print a 7 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 7-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 7, 2, 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Type the numbers of the remaining pages in this order: 6, 3, 4, 5

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, change the selection to Left to right.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 8-page booklet. You may wish to add a blank page to your PDF document to make it 8-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 8-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/finding.page0000644000373100047300000000317112307647143023231 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find a word or phrase in a document. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Finding text in a document

Click EditFind or press CtrlF or / to display a search box.

Type the word or phrase you want to look for and a search will start automatically.

The Find Previous and Find Next buttons let you skip from one search result to another.

To hide the search bar, click anywhere in the document.

If the word or phrase you searched is not present in the entire document, the message will say Not found. However, if it appears in the document at least once, the message will inform you of how many times the word you searched occur on each page. This is apparent if you skip from one result to another as described above or scroll through the document.

Only PDF documents are searchable. Some PDF documents are not searchable because their text is encoded in the document as an image.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/singlesided-npages.page0000644000373100047300000000505512307647143025363 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a booklet over 20 pages. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 n-page booklet

n is a multiple of 4.

If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1, 2 or 3) to make it a multiple of 4. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11... ...until you have typed n-number of pages.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/print-order.page0000644000373100047300000000334012307647143024056 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the Collate and Reverse options to make pages print in order. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Getting copies to print in the correct order
Reverse

Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up.

To reverse the order:

FilePrint

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies, check Reverse. The last page will be printed first, and so on.
Collate

If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print outs will be grouped by page number by default. (e.g. The copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, etc.) Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together.

To collate:

Click FilePrint

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies check Collate.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/duplex-16pages.page0000644000373100047300000000255312307647143024363 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 16 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 16-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 16, 1, 2, 15, 14, 3, 4, 13, 12, 5, 6, 11, 10, 7, 8, 9

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/duplex-15pages.page0000644000373100047300000000213012307647143024351 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 15 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 15-page booklet

It is easier to print a 16-page booklet. You may wish to add a blank page to your PDF document to make it 16-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank page with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 16-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000130112307647143024325 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Introduction to the Evince Document Viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Introduction

Evince is a document viewer. See for a list of file types you can view.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/duplex-3pages.page0000644000373100047300000000350512307647143024275 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 03-Page Booklet Print a 3 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 3-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages. Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 3, 2, 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 4-page booklet. You may wish to add a blank page to your PDF document to make it 4-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank page with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 4-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/synctex.page0000644000373100047300000000213412307647143023306 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 SyncTeX support is available. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 What is SyncTeX?

SyncTeX is a method that enables synchronization between a TeX source file and the resulting PDF output.

Video Demonstration Press Ctrlclick to sync.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/movingaround.page0000644000373100047300000001331612307647143024325 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Navigating, scrolling and zooming. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Moving around a document

You can move around each page of a document by any of the following methods:

Scrolling up and down using the mouse wheel. To move around a page just by moving the mouse:

Right-click the page and select Autoscroll.

Move the mouse pointer towards the bottom of the window to scroll down; it will scroll faster depending on how far down the window you go.

To stop autoscrolling, click anywhere in the document.

Using the scroll bar on the document window.

Using the up and down arrow keys of your keyboard.

Dragging the page around with your mouse, as if you are grabbing it. To do this:

Move the mouse pointer over the page and hold down the middle mouse button to drag it around.

If you don't have a middle mouse button, hold down the left and right mouse buttons at the same time, then drag.

Flipping between pages

You can move between pages of a document using one of the following methods:

Click the Previous or Next buttons on the toolbar.

Use the Go Menu:

GoNext Page

GoPrevious Page

Press the CtrlPage Up or CtrlPage Down buttons on the keyboard.

To go to a specific page:

Type a page number in the 'page select' tool on the toolbar and press Enter.

If you want to go to the beginning or the end of the document:

Click GoFirst Page. You can also press CtrlHome on your keyboard.

Click GoLast Page or press CtrlEnd on your keyboard.

To move ten pages at a time, press ShiftPage Up or ShiftPage Down.

You can only move around one page at a time, by default. If you want to move between pages just by scrolling or dragging, click ViewContinuous.

Zooming in and out

Click ViewZoom In or use the keyboard shortcuts Ctrl+ to zoom in.

Click ViewZoom Out or use the keyboard shortcuts Ctrl- to zoom out.

Alternatively, you can do one of the following:

hold down Ctrl and use your mouse scroll wheel to zoom.

select desired zoom percentage from the drop down menu above the window.

The Best Fit option will make a document page fit the whole height of the window.

The Fit Page Width option will make a document page fill the whole width of the window.

If you want to see two pages at once, side by side, like in a book, click ViewDual.

You can use the whole of your screen to view the document:

Click ViewFullscreen or press F11.

To exit from the full screen mode:

Press F11 or Escape

or click the Leave Fullscreen button at the top of the screen.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000214512307647143023251 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Improve the Document Viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help develop

The Document Viewer is developed and maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you would like to help develop the Document Viewer, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/password.page0000644000373100047300000000212012307647143023446 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Handling password protected PDFs. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Password-protected documents

If you try to open a PDF document that is protected with a password, a window will appear asking you to enter the document password. Enter the password and click Open Document.

There are two types of passwords:

The user password is needed to view the document.

The master password is required to print the document as well as view it.

These passwords are set by the person who created the document.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000331212307647143023605 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Localize the Document Viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help translate

The Document Viewer user interface and documentation is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/duplex-14pages.page0000644000373100047300000000473112307647143024361 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 14 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 14-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 14, 3, 4, 13, 12, 5, 6, 11, 10, 7, 8, 9, 2

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

Once the pages have printed, take the paper with page 2 on it, place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 1 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range select the Pages option and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 16-page booklet. You may wish to add 2 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 16-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 2-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 16-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/noprint.page0000644000373100047300000000510512307647143023303 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The author may have put printing restrictions on the document. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 I can't print a document
Possible reasons for printing failure

A document might not print because of:

Printer problems or,

PDF printing restrictions.
Printer problems

There are many reasons why your printer might not be working. For example, it could be out of paper or ink, or unplugged or damaged.

To check if your printer is printing correctly:

Click your name on the topbar and select System Settings.

Click on your printer in the list.

Click on Print Test Page. A page should be sent to your printer.

If this fails, see Printing help. You may also need to see your printer's manual to see what else you can do.

PDF printing restrictions

Some PDF documents have a setting which prevents you from printing them. Authors can set this printing restriction when they write a document. The document viewer overrides this restriction by default, but you may want to check that it hasn't been disabled:

Press AltF2 to open the Run Application window.

Type dconf-editor into the text box and click Run. The Configuration Editor will open.

Browse to /org/gnome/evince using the side pane.

Make sure that the override_restrictions option is checked.

Go back to the Document Viewer and try to print the document again.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/convertpdf.page0000644000373100047300000000351512307647143023767 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can convert a document to PDF by "printing" it to a file. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Converting a document to PDF

You can convert documents of the following format types into PDF format:

Device Independent file format (.dvi)

PostScript (.ps)

This works by opening the file in Document Viewer and "printing" the document as a PDF file.

Click FilePrint and go to the General tab.

Select Print to File and choose PDF as the Output format.

Choose a name and folder in which to save the file, then click Print. The PDF will be saved in the folder you chose.

You can't select text in PostScript or .dvi files, but you usually can do this in PDF files. Converting .dvi or PostScript files to PDF will not make the text selectable. This is because the text itself isn't stored in the file (it's just an image of what the text looks like), so there is no way to recover it and put it in the PDF. You can use Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software to extract the text from files if you need to.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/formats.page0000644000373100047300000000311512307647143023264 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 PDF, PostScript and many others are. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Supported formats

The document viewer supports the following formats:

Comic Book Archive (.cbr and .cbz)

Device Independent file format (.dvi)

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

OpenOffice Presentation (.odp)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)

Scalable Vector Graphics (.svg)

Tagged Image File Format (.tiff, .tif)

Other Image Files (.gif, .jpeg, .png)

In some Linux distributions, not all formats are supported by default, so you might not be able to view all the formats listed above.

Support for a format is called a backend. If you get the error "Unable to Open Document", you may wish to check whether the backend package for the format is installed.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/synctex-compile.page0000644000373100047300000000174012307647143024736 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to compile your TeX document with SyncTeX Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Compile TeX with SyncTeX

Adding the line \synctex=1 in the preamble of your TeX file will trigger synchronization with SyncTeX.

\documentclass{article} \synctex=1 \usepackage{fullpage} \begin{document} ... \end{document}

Alternatively, you can run the pdflatex command with the -synctex=1 option:

pdflatex -synctex=1 yourFile.tex usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/convertPostScript.page0000644000373100047300000000270512307647143025330 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can convert a document to PostScript. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Converting a document to PostScript

You can convert documents of the following format types to PostScript files:

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

Tagged Image File Format (.tiff, .tif)

This works by opening the file in Document Viewer and "printing" the document as a PostScript file.

Click FilePrint and go to the General tab.

Select Print to File and choose PostScript as the Output format.

Choose a name and folder in which to save the file, then click Print. The PostScript file will be saved in the folder you chose.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/printing.page0000644000373100047300000000237512307647143023452 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to print, and common questions about printing. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Printing a document

To print a document:

Click FilePrint

Choose your printer from the list

Click Print.

Printing is enabled for the following file formats:

Device Independent file format (.dvi)

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)

Tagged Image File Format (.tiff, .tif)

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/duplex-11pages.page0000644000373100047300000000435312307647143024356 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 11 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 11-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 11, 2, 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

Click FilePrint again.

Choose the General tab.

Type the numbers of the remaining pages in this order: 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 12-page booklet. You may wish to add a blank page to your PDF document to make it 12-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 12-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/synctex-search.page0000644000373100047300000000476712307647143024567 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Flip between the document viewer and gedit. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Search with SyncTeX

After you compile your TeX file with SyncTeX, you will be able to search. SyncTeX even supports forward and backward search from an included file.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/print-differentsize.page0000644000373100047300000000262212307647143025606 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Printing a document on paper of a different size, shape or orientation. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Changing the paper size when printing

If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the document.

Click FilePrint

Select the Page Setup tab.

Under the Paper column, choose your Paper size from the dropdown list.

Click Print and your document should print.

You can also use the Orientation menu to choose a different orientation:

Portrait

Landscape

Reverse portrait

Reverse landscape

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001524112307647143023652 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 See a list of all shortcuts, and learn how to create your own custom shortcuts. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Keyboard shortcuts
Default shortcuts
Opening, closing, saving and printing

Open a document.

CtrlO

Open a copy of the current document.

CtrlN

Save a copy of the current document with a new file name.

CtrlS

Print the current document.

CtrlP

Close the current document window.

CtrlW

Reload the document (effectively closes and re-opens the document).

CtrlR
Moving around the document

Move up/down a page.

Arrow keys

Move up/down a page several lines at a time.

Page Up / Page Down

Go to the previous/next page.

CtrlPage Up / CtrlPage Down

Go to the beginning of a page (beginning of the document if View Continuous is selected).

Home

Go to the end of a page (end of the document if ViewContinuous is selected).

End

Go to the beginning of the document.

CtrlHome

Go to the end of the document.

CtrlEnd
Selecting and copying text

Copy highlighted text.

CtrlC

Select all the text in a document.

CtrlA
Finding text

Show the toolbar that lets you search for words in the document. The search box is automatically highlighted when you press this, and the search will start as soon as you type some text.

CtrlF

Go to the next search result.

CtrlG

Go to the previous search result.

CtrlShiftG
Rotating and zooming

Rotate the pages 90 degrees counter-clockwise.

CtrlLeft arrow

Rotate the pages 90 degrees clockwise.

CtrlRight arrow

Zoom in.

Ctrl+

Zoom out.

Ctrl-
Create your own custom shortcuts

Enable the /desktop/gnome/interface/can_change_accels flag in gconf:

Press AltF2. The Run Application dialogue opens.

In the textbox, type 'gconf-editor'.

In the Configuration Editor select desktopgnomeinterface.

Check the value box for can_change_accels in the right side of the window.

You can add/change the shortcut as follows:

Open the document viewer.

Hover the pointer over the menu item you want to change/create the shortcut for.

Enter the shortcut you want on the keyboard, e.g. CtrlShiftT.

Close the document viewer.

Repeat steps 1-3.

Uncheck the value box for can_change_accels in the right side of the window.

The next time the document viewer launches, your custom shortcut key will be preserved.

Note that this also works for many other Gnome applications as well.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/annotation-properties.page0000644000373100047300000000322312307647143026155 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to customize the author, color, style or icon of an annotation. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Customize annotations

Right click on the annotation icon in the document.

Select Annotation Properties.

In the Annotation Properties window, you can change the author, color, style and icon of your note.

The annotation properties will be applied to the note for which you made the changes only. Each note can have a different set of properties.

Can I permanently change the default annotation properties?

The default annotation properties (author, colour, style and icon) can only be changed on a particular note as stated above. So if you want all icons for your notes to be red instead of yellow, you will have to change the default from yellow to red individually on each note. There is no way to save different default settings for annotation properties, at this time.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/duplex-10pages.page0000644000373100047300000000471012307647143024352 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 10 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 10-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7, 2

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

Once the pages have printed, take the paper with page 2 on it, place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 1 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range select the Pages option and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 12-page booklet. You may wish to add 2 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 12-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 2-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 12-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/forms-saving.page0000644000373100047300000000354212307647143024230 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make sure you save the form, otherwise all of the information you entered will be lost. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Saving a form

After you have filled it out, you may wish to save your form in one of two ways:

To save a copy that can be edited in the future (form remains interactive):

FileSave a copy

Choose a name and folder to save the file in, then click Save. The PDF will be saved in the folder you chose.

To save a copy that can no longer be edited (for example, to e-mail the form or submit it on-line):

Click FilePrint and go to the General tab.

Select Print to File and choose PDF as the Output format.

Choose a name and folder to save the file in, then click Print. The PDF will be saved in the folder you chose.

Copies of encrypted files can't be saved or printed.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/duplex-npages.page0000644000373100047300000000376112307647143024374 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a booklet over 16 pages. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 n-page booklet

n is a multiple of 4.

If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a multiple of 4. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11... ...until you have typed n-number of pages.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/print-booklet.page0000644000373100047300000000203712307647143024404 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to print a booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Printing a booklet

If you are printing a booklet (which will perhaps be bound or stapled in the middle of each page), select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list below. Then select the number of printed pages your booklet will have.

Printer allows single-sided printing
Printer allows double-sided printing
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/annotations-navigate.page0000644000373100047300000000241612307647143025745 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to navigate to annotations. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Annotation navigation

If you have created annotations on your document, you can use the List tab to display the list of all the annotations in the document. The list indicates the type, page number, author and date of the annotation.

To quickly navigate to the location of a particular annotation, click on the arrow to the left of the page number. You will see a list of annotations on that page. Click on the annotation you are interested in, and the document viewer will navigate to the location of the annotation in the document.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/annotations-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000126112307647143025406 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can't remove annotations. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Removing annotations

You can't remove an annotation in the document viewer at this time.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/convertSVG.page0000644000373100047300000000251312307647143023652 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can convert a document to SVG by "printing" it to a file. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Converting a document to SVG

You can convert documents of the following format types to SVG files:

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

This works by opening the file in Document Viewer and "printing" the document as an SVG file.

Click FilePrint and go to the General tab.

Select Print to File and choose SVG as the Output format.

Choose a name and folder in which to save the file, then click Print. The SVG file will be saved in the folder you chose.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/index.page0000644000373100047300000000343312307647143022723 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 <media type="image" src="figures/evince-trail.png"/> Evince Document Viewer Evince Document Viewer Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 <media type="image" src="figures/evincelogo.png">Evince logo</media>Evince document viewer
Reading documents
Presentations and other supported formats
Printing
Annotations and bookmarks
Interactive forms
Frequently asked questions
Advanced
Tips and tricks
SyncTeX
Get involved
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000102712307647143022561 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 United States License.

As a special exception, the copyright holders give you permission to copy, modify, and distribute the example code contained in this document under the terms of your choosing, without restriction.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/invert-colors.page0000644000373100047300000000157212307647143024424 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Inverting the colors can make it easier to read some text. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Invert colors on a page

To swap black for white, white for black, and so on, click ViewInverted Colors.

Doing this can make it easier to read text, especially in the case of certain kinds of visual impairment.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/synctex-editors.page0000644000373100047300000000340412307647143024756 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Which editor can you use to edit your TEX file? Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Supported editors
<app>gedit</app>

Forward Search (from gedit to the document viewer) and Backward search (from the document viewer to gedit) are both supported.

Vim-latex

The gedit plugin contains a python script (evince_dbus.py) that can be used to get SyncTeX working with Vim. In order to use vim-latex together with the document viewer you need to follow the next steps:

Copy the evince_dbus.py to some directory in your path and give it +x permissions.

Modify your ~/.vimrc file and add the following lines.

let g:Tex_ViewRule_pdf = 'evince_dbus.py' let g:Tex_DefaultTargetFormat = 'pdf' let g:Tex_CompileRule_pdf = 'pdflatex --synctex=1 -interaction=nonstopmode $*'

Now you can use Forward search from vim-latex by typing \ls. Backward search is not yet supported.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/annotations.page0000644000373100047300000000432312307647143024150 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to create and customize annotations. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Adding annotations

An annotation is a note or comment added to a PDF document. You can add annotations using the document viewer.

When you open a file, you should have a side pane on the left side of the window. If you do not have a visible side pane, click ViewSide Pane or press F9.

At the top of this side pane, there is a drop-down menu with options like Thumbnails, Index and Annotations (some of which may be dimmed for some documents).

To create an annotation:

Select Annotations from the drop-down menu.

You should now see List and Add tabs under the drop-down menu.

Select the Add tab.

Click on the icon to add a text annotation.

Click on the spot in the document window you would like to add the annotion to. Your annotation window will open.

Type your text into the annotation window.

You can resize the note by clicking and holding the left mouse button on one of the bottom corners of the note, and moving it around.

Close the note by clicking on the x in the top corner of the note.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000223312307647143024462 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contact the Documentation Team. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help write documentation

The Document Viewer documentation is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, feel free to get in touch with us using irc, or via our mailing list.

Our wiki page contains useful information.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/duplex-9pages.page0000644000373100047300000000665512307647143024314 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 09-Page Booklet Print a 9 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 9-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

Once the page has printed, take the paper and place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 2 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again and choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 2

Choose the Page Setup tab and in the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

Click FilePrint again.

In the General tab enter 3 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab, set the Page ordering to Right to left.

Click Print.

Once page 3 has printed, place the paper back in the printer taking care to orient it correctly (pages 4 and 9 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab enter pages 4,9 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab set Page ordering to Left to right.

Click Print.

Click FilePrint.

Enter pages 8, 5, 6, 7 in the Pages selection menu and set Page ordering to Left to right.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 12-page booklet. You may wish to add 3 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 12-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 3-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 12-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evince/duplex-5pages.page0000644000373100047300000000635512307647143024305 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 05-Page Booklet Print a 5 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 5-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

Once the page has printed, take the paper and place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 2 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 2

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

To print page 3, click FilePrint again.

In the General tab enter the page number in the Pages selection .

In the Page Setup tab, set the Page ordering to Right to left.

Click Print.

Once page 3 has printed, place the paper back in the printer (taking care to orient it correctly (pages 4 and 9 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab enter pages 4, 9 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab set Page ordering to Left to right.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 8-page booklet. You may wish to add 3 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 8-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 3-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 8-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-bluetooth/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000752412303136004024411 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-bluetooth/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000005110312303136004025244 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 gnome-bluetooth"> ]>
గ్నోమ్-బ్లూటూత్ కరదీపిక 2009 Baptiste Mille-Mathias Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Baptiste Mille-Mathias GNOME Documentation Project
baptiste.millemathias@gmail.com
1.0 March 2009 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptiste.millemathias@gmail.com ఈ కరదీపిక గ్నోమ్-బ్లూటూత్ యొక్క రూపాంతరం 2.28 ను వివరిస్తుంది. ఫీడ్‌బ్యాక్ To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the gnome-bluetooth application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page . గ్నోమ్-బ్లూటూత్ అనేది గ్నోమ్ డెస్క్‍టాప్ నందు బ్లూటూత్ పరికరాలను నిర్వహించుటకు ఉపయోగపడే ఒక అనువర్తనం. gnome-bluetooth Bluetooth Communication పరిచయం gnome-bluetooth is an application that let you manage Bluetooth in the GNOME destkop. gnome-bluetooth permits to send files to your Bluetooth devices, or browse their content. Connect to your devices, like headset or audio gateway. You can add or delete Bluetooth devices, or manage their permissions. బ్లూటూత్ ఆప్లెట్ The applet is the resident application you can find in the notification applet, that let you quickly access to the features, like sending files, or managing your devices.
ప్రకటన పళ్ళెములో బ్లూటూత్ ఆప్లెట్ ప్రతీక
బ్లూటూత్ ఆప్లెట్‌ను ప్రారంభించుట The gnome-bluetooth applet is started automatically when you log into your session, and you can find its icon in the notification zone. To launch manually the applet, open menu ApplicationsAccessoriesTerminal and type bluetooth-applet. To prevent launching of the applet in your desktop, open menu SystemPreferencesSession and disable Bluetooth Manager. మీ బ్లూటూత్ ఎడాప్టరుని ఆపివేయడం Disabling your Bluetooth adapter will stop current and all future communications from and to your Bluetooth adapter. Disabling your Bluetooth adapter permits to save power of your laptop's battery, so it'll increase the autonomy, this is a good idea to disable your Bluetooth device when you don't use it. Click on the icon of the applet, and choose Turn Off Bluetooth, the notification icon will become grey. బ్లూటూత్ పరికరానికి ఫైళ్ళను పంపుట Choose this menu to send a file to a device; a file chooser will appear to pick up the file to send and you'll have to select the device to send the file to. బ్లూటూత్ పరికరాన్ని అన్వేషించుట Choose this menu to browse the device filesystem directly in your file manager. చివరిగా వాడబడిన పరికరాలు This section displays your paired devices you can connect to. To connect to the device, click on its name, which will become bolded to inform you're connect to it. ఒక కొత్త పరికరాన్ని జతచేయుట To add a new device (which consist of pairing your adapter with your device), click on the applet icon, and choose Setup new device.... An graphical assistant will help you in the process of setting up your device. Don't forget to set your remote device in discoverable mode before starting the process, else the wizard won't be able to find it. The wizard will present the discoverable devices it has found all around. You can filter out the list of devices by choosing the type of devices you're looking for.
పరికరాన్ని శోధించే విజార్డు
If your device has a harcoded passkey, choose Passkey Options..., in the new dialog, choose the passkey to use. Choose Forward for the pairing step; if you defined a fixed passkey in the previous step the pairing will occur automatically, else you'll be presented a passkey to enter in your device, type it on your device, once done the devices and your adapter will be paired. ప్రాధాన్యతలు Click on the icon of the applet, and choose Preferences , the preferences dialog will appear. ప్రాధాన్యతల గురించిన మరింత సమాచారం కోసం, విభాగాన్ని చూడండి ప్రాధాన్యతలు The gnome-bluetooth preference dialog allows you to manage your various Bluetooth devices or change properties of your Bluetooth adapter(s).
ప్రాధాన్యతల సంభాషణ
కనుగొనదగిన When your adapter is set to Discoverable any Bluetooth device around will be able to see it, and therefore will able to ask pairing. Bluetooth as other network types implies security risks, so setting your adapter undiscoverable to other devices is a good thing to do to limit the possibility of cracking. This is only useful to set your device discoverable if you plan to pair it with another device, once it is done, you can untick Discoverable. When your device is undiscoverable, communication with already paired Bluetooth devices is possible. ఎడాప్టర్ స్నేహపూరిత నామం The friendly name is an alias for the address used to identified each Bluetooth device much easier to remind. By default the adapter friendly name is HOSTNAME-0 (where HOSTNAME is the name of your computer), to change it, edit the text entry and set the name you want. the change will be immediatly effective. తెలిసిన పరికరాలు Known devices lists the Bluetooth devices you paired and let you manage them, like deleting them, connect to them or adding new one. Setup new device, as described in Connect / Disconnect to a device. Device Deletion. Deletion will suppress pairing between the adapter and the device, and no communication will be allowed. You need to pair them together again if you want transfer files for instance. బ్లూటూత్ ప్రతీకను చూపించు You can show or hide Bluetooth icon in the panel. See for the applet features. If you disable the icon in the panel, only limited set of actions will remain available. ఫైళ్ళను పొందడం Click on the Receive Files button and the Personal File Sharing Preferences dialog will appear. You can configure Bluetooth file reception and sharing there. This feature is not provided by gnome-bluetooth. gnome-user-share must be installed to use this feature. Read more in the Personal File Sharing Manual: receiving and sharing. ఇటీవలి అడిగిన ప్రశ్నలు I don't see how to receive files over Bluetooth on my computer in gnome-bluetooth, am I blind? File reception is not implemented in gnome-bluetooth, but in gnome-user-share, so you have to install this application to be able to receive files over Bluetooth. Button explained in the is just a launcher of its configuration dialog. I found a bug in gnome-bluetooth what I can do? మీరు వద్ద లోపాన్ని నివేదించండి.
usr/share/gnome/help-langpack/gparted/te/gparted.xml0000644000373100047300000027423612305603340024410 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
జిపార్టెడ్ కరదీపిక జిపార్టెడ్ ప్రోజెక్టు జిపార్టెడ్ అనేది డిస్క్ విభజనలను సృష్టించడానికి, పునర్వవ్యవస్థీకరించడానికి, మరియు తీసివేయుటకు వాడే Gnome విభజన కూర్పకము. జిపార్టెడ్ విభజనలను మార్చుటలో సహకరిస్తుంది. 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014 కర్టిస్ గెడక్ 2011.Praveen Illa (mail2ipn@gmail.com) Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or at or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. కర్టిస్ గెడాక్ జిపార్టెడ్ ప్రోజెక్టు
gedakc@users.sf.net
GParted Manual V1.7 February 2014 కర్టిస్ గెడక్ జిపార్టెడ్ ప్రోజెక్టు Describes version 0.18.0 of GParted GParted Manual V1.6 December 2013 కర్టిస్ గెడక్ జిపార్టెడ్ ప్రోజెక్టు Describes version 0.17.0 of GParted GParted Manual V1.5 September 2013 కర్టిస్ గెడక్ జిపార్టెడ్ ప్రోజెక్టు Describes version 0.16.2 of GParted GParted Manual V1.4 February 2012 కర్టిస్ గెడక్ జిపార్టెడ్ ప్రోజెక్టు Describes version 0.12.0 of GParted జిపార్టెడ్ కరదీపిక V1.3 జనవరి 2011 కర్టిస్ గెడక్ జిపార్టెడ్ ప్రోజెక్టు జిపార్టెడ్ యొక్క 0.8.0 రూపాంతరము గురించి వివరిస్తుంది జిపార్టెడ్ కరదీపిక V1.2 జూన్ 2010 కర్టిస్ గెడక్ జిపార్టెడ్ ప్రోజెక్టు జిపార్టెడ్ యొక్క 0.6.0 రూపాంతరము గురించి వివరిస్తుంది జిపార్టెడ్ కరదీపిక V1.1 జూలై 2009 కర్టిస్ గెడక్ జిపార్టెడ్ ప్రోజెక్టు జిపార్టెడ్ యొక్క 0.4.6 రూపాంతరము గురించి వివరిస్తుంది జిపార్టెడ్ కరదీపిక V1.0 జనవరి 2009 కర్టిస్ గెడక్ జిపార్టెడ్ ప్రోజెక్టు జిపార్టెడ్ యొక్క 0.4.2 రూపాంతరము గురించి వివరిస్తుంది జిపార్టెడ్ కరదీపిక V0.3.9 సెప్టెంబర్ 2008 కర్టిస్ గెడక్ జిపార్టెడ్ ప్రోజెక్టు జిపార్టెడ్ యొక్క 0.3.9 రూపాంతరము గురించి వివరిస్తుంది This manual describes version 0.18.0 of GParted ఫీడ్‌బ్యాక్ To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the gparted application or this manual, follow the directions at . పరిచయం The gparted application is the GNOME partition editor for creating, reorganizing, and deleting disk partitions. A disk device can be subdivided into one or more partitions. The gparted application enables you to change the partition organization on a disk device while preserving the contents of the partition. With gparted you can accomplish the following tasks: Create a partition table on a disk device. Enable and disable partition flags such as boot and hidden. Perform actions with partitions such as create, delete, resize, move, check, label, copy, and paste. Editing partitions has the potential to cause LOSS of DATA. The gparted application is designed to enable you to edit partitions while reducing the risk of data loss. The application is carefully tested and is used by the GParted project team. However, loss of data might occur due to software bugs, hardware problems, or power failure. You can help to reduce the risk of data loss by not mounting or unmounting partitions outside of the gparted application while gparted is running. You are advised to BACKUP your DATA before using the gparted application. Getting Started జిపార్డెడ్ ప్రారంభించుట You can start gparted in the following ways: అనువర్తనాలు మెను Choose System ToolsGParted Partition Editor. ఆదేశ వరుస కింద పేర్కొన్న ఆదేశమును అమలుపరుచు: gparted ప్రారంభములో, మీ కంప్యూటరును జిపార్టెడ్ డిస్కు పరికరాల కోసం తనిఖీచేస్తుంది. జిపార్టెడ్ విండో జిపార్టెడ్ను, ప్రారంభించినపుడు కింద చూపిన విండో ప్రత్యక్షమవుతుంది:
జిపార్టెడ్ విండో జిపార్టెడ్ ప్రధాన విండోను చూపిస్తుంది.
జిపార్టెడ్ విండో కింద పేర్కొన్న అంశాలనకు కలిగివుంటుంది: మెనుపట్టీ The menus on the menubar contain all of the commands you need to work with disk devices and partitions in gparted. సాధనపట్టీ The toolbar contains a subset of the commands that you can access from the menubar. బొమ్మలు చూపించే ప్రాంతము The graphic display area contains the visual representation of the partitions on the selected disk device. పాఠ్యము చూపించే ప్రాంతము The text display area contains the text list of the partitions on the selected disk device. Statusbar The statusbar displays information about current gparted activity or the number of operations pending. పరికరపు సమాచార ప్యాన్ The device information pane displays details about the selected disk device. By default the device information pane is not shown. To show the device information pane, choose ViewDevice Information. Pending Operations Pane The pending operations pane displays the current list of partition operations in the queue. By default the pending operations pane is not shown when there are 0 pending operations. To show the pending operations pane, choose ViewPending Operations. When you left-click in either display area, you select a partition to use for partition editing actions. When you right-click in either display area, the application displays a popup menu. The popup menu contains the most common partition editing actions. Like other GNOME applications, actions in gparted can be performed in several ways: with the menu, with the toolbar, or with shortcut keys. Running gparted from a Command Line You can run gparted from a command line and specify one or more disk devices. To work with multiple disk devices from a command line, type the following command, then press Enter: $gparted /path-to-your-device1 /path-to-your-device2 ఫైల్ వ్యవస్థ సహకారాన్ని చూడటం To view the actions supported on file systems, choose: ViewFile System Support. The application displays the File System Support dialog. If you have installed software while gparted is running, click Rescan For Supported Actions to refresh the chart. The application refreshes the display of the chart. To close the File System Support dialog, click Close. పరికరాలతో పనిచేయడం ఒక పరికరాన్ని ఎంచుకోవడం To select a disk device, choose: GPartedDevices and select a device from the list. The application displays the device partition layout in the gparted window. పరికరపు సమాచారాన్ని చూడటం To view information about a disk device: Select a disk device. See . Select: ViewDevice Information. The application opens a side pane in the gparted window and displays information about the device. To close the Device Information side pane, deselect: ViewDevice Information. అన్ని పరికరాలను తాజాపరచడం To refresh all disk devices, choose: GPartedRefresh Devices. The application rescans all the disk devices and refreshes the device partition layout in the gparted window. ఒక కొత్త విభజన పట్టికను సృష్టించడం To create a new partition table on a disk device: Select a disk device. See . Choose: DeviceCreate Partition Table. The application displays a Create partition table on /path-to-device dialog. Optionally select a different partition table type from the list. The default partition table type is msdos for disks smaller than 2 Tebibytes in size (assuming a 512 byte sector size) and gpt for disks 2 Tebibytes and larger. See for msdos partition table limitations. Click Apply to create the new partition table. The application writes the new partition table to the disk device. The application refreshes the device partition layout in the gparted window. WARNING: This will ERASE ALL DATA on the ENTIRE DISK DEVICE. If you accidentally overwrite your partition table, see . Attempting Data Rescue To attempt data rescue from a disk device: Select a disk device. See . Choose: DeviceAttempt Data Rescue. The application displays a Search for file systems on /path-to-device dialog. Click OK to start the full disk scan. Large disk devices can take a very long time to scan. If you do not have the time to wait for a full disk scan then click Cancel. A maximum of 4 partitions with file systems might be discovered. If you want to discover more than 4 partitions and restore the partition table, see . When the full disk scan completes one of two possible dialogs is displayed: No file systems found on /path-to-device If no file systems are found, you have other options to try to rescue your data. The photorec application is designed to help recover many different types of lost files. For more information about photorec, see . Click OK to close the dialog box, and end this attempt to rescue data. File systems found on /path-to-device If file systems are found, each file system is displayed in a list along with a View button. The dialog will indicate if there are data inconsistencies. Inconsistencies in the data might prevent you from viewing the data. To rescue data, use the following steps for each file system: Click View to mount and display the file system. Your default file manager is opened and displays a read-only view of the file system. If the dialog Unable to open the default file manager is displayed, then you will need to open a file manager and navigate to the mount point for the file system. The mount point is shown in the dialog, for example "/tmp/gparted-roview-XXXXXX". Click OK to close the Unable to open the default file manager dialog. Use the file manager to copy your data to other storage media. When you are finished copying your data, close the file manager. When you are finished rescuing data, click Close to end this attempt to rescue data. The application umounts any file systems that were mounted for viewing. Then the application rescans all the disk devices and refreshes the device partition layout in the gparted window. విభజనలతో పనిచేయడం ప్రాథమిక విభజన చర్యలు These actions will not alter partitions on your disk device. ఒక విభజనను ఎంచుకోవడం To select a partition, use one of the following: Click on a partition in the graphic display area. Click on a partition in the text display area. The application highlights the partition in both the graphic display area and the text display area in the gparted window. Partition operations such as delete, move, copy, format, check, label, and often resize require the partition to be unmounted. See . కేటాయించబడని స్థలాన్ని ఎంచుకోవడం To select unallocated space, use one of the following: Click on unallocated in the graphic display area. Click on unallocated in the text display area. The application highlights the unallocated space in both the graphic display area and the text display area in the gparted window. If you do not have any disk devices with unallocated space, you might try the following: Add a new disk device to your computer. Shrink a partition that contains unused space. See . విభజన సమాచారాన్ని చూడటం To view information about a partition: Select a partition. See . Choose: PartitionInformation. The application opens an Information about /path-to-partition dialog. To close the Information about /path-to-partition dialog, click Close. ఒక విభజనను అధిరోహించడం To mount a partition: Select an unmounted partition. See . Choose: PartitionMount and select a mount point from the list. The application mounts the partition on the mount point and refreshes the device partition layout in the gparted window. If PartitionMount is not visible, then gparted does not know where the partition should be mounted. ఒక విభజనని అనధిరోహించటం To unmount a partition: Select a mounted partition. See . Choose: PartitionUnmount. The application unmounts the partition from the mount point and refreshes the device partition layout in the gparted window. If PartitionUnmount does not succeed, then the partition is probably in use. To have all partitions unmounted and available for partition editing actions, boot from a Live CD and use gparted. See Intermediate Partition Actions These actions will alter partitions on your disk device. These actions will not modify the start or end boundaries of your existing partitions. ఒక కొత్త విభజనను సృష్టించడం ఒక కొత్త విభజనను సృష్టించుటకు: Select an unallocated space on the disk device. See . Choose: PartitionNew. The application displays the Create new Partition dialog. Specify the size and the location for the partition. See . Specify the alignment for the partition. See . Specify the type of partition. See . Specify the type of file system for the partition. See . Specify the label for the partition. See . Click Add to add the create partition operation to the operation queue. The application displays the create partition operation in the Pending Operations pane in the gparted window. ఒక విభజనను తీసివేయుట ఒక విభజనను తీసివేయుటకు: Select an unmounted partition. See . Choose: PartitionDelete. The application displays the delete partition operation in the Pending Operations pane. If you delete a logical partition, then all existing logical partitions after the deleted logical partition will experience changes in device names. For example, an extended partition contains four logical partitions A, B, C, and D. These logical partitions are accessed by the operating system as follows: Partition A as /dev/sda5. Partition B as /dev/sda6. Partition C as /dev/sda7. Partition D as /dev/sda8. If partition B is deleted, then the remaining logical partitions will be accessed by the operating system as follows: Partition A as /dev/sda5. Partition C as /dev/sda6. Note the change in device name. Partition D as /dev/sda7. Note the change in device name. Changes in a device name can cause problems if a partition is mounted using a device name. You can avoid the problem by using the label or the Universally Unique Identifier (UUID) of the partition when mounting the partition. Changes in a device name might adversely affect the following files: /etc/fstab - Contains a list of file systems to mount. /boot/grub/menu.lst - Contains operating system boot instructions for the grub boot loader. ఒక విభజనను ఫార్మేటు చేయడం To format a partition: Select an unmounted partition. See . Choose: PartitionFormat to, and select a type of file system from the list. The application displays the format partition operation in the Operations Pending pane. See for the meaning of the cleared file system type. Setting a Partition Label To set a label or a volume name for a partition: Select an unmounted partition. See . Choose: PartitionLabel. The application opens a Set partition label on /path-to-partition dialog. Type a label name in the Label text box. Click OK. The application displays the set partition label operation in the Operations Pending pane. Changing a Partition UUID To change the Universally Unique Identifier (UUID) of a partition: Select an unmounted partition. See . Choose: Partition New UUID. The application displays the set a new random UUID operation in the Operations Pending pane. Changing the UUID might invalidate the Windows Product Activation key (WPA). On FAT and NTFS file systems, the Volume Serial Number is used as UUID. Changing the Volume Serial Number on the Windows system partition, normally C:, might invalidate the WPA key. An invalid WPA key will prevent login until you reactivate Windows. In an attempt to avoid invalidating the WPA key, on NTFS file systems only half of the UUID is set to a new random value. On FAT file systems, such a precaution is not possible. The WPA key should not be affected by changing the UUID of data partitions or removable media partitions. In rare cases, a partition that is present at boot time might be an exception to this rule. Changing the UUID when there is no need to do so might cause a GNU/Linux system to fail to boot, or to fail to mount a file system. Changing the UUID is only required after copying a partition. The UUID change is needed to prevent duplicate UUIDs when both the source and the copy of the partition are used on the same computer. If boot or mount problems occur you might need to edit configuration files, such as /etc/fstab, and regenerate the grub menu to ensure that the correct UUID is specified. Specifying Partition Details Specifying partition details is useful when performing actions such as create, resize, and move. Specifying Partition Size and Location To specify the size and the location of the partition, use one or a combination of the following: Click-and-hold the arrow at either end of the graphic area. Drag the arrow left or right within the display range. Click-and-hold the middle of the partition in the graphic area. Drag the partition left or right within the display range. Click the spin button arrows, or type numeric values to adjust the following fields: గతంలో ఉన్న ఖాళీ స్థలము కొత్త పరిమాణం అనంతరం ఉండబోతున్న ఖాళీ స్థలము The application refreshes both the graphic area and the numbers beside the three field labels. Specifying Partition Alignment To specify the alignment of the partition, click the Align to arrow button, and select from the list. Use MiB alignment for modern operating systems. This setting aligns partitions to start and end on precise mebibyte (1,048,576 byte) boundaries. MiB alignment provides enhanced performance when used with RAID systems and with Solid State Drives, such as USB flash drives. Use Cylinder alignment to maintain compatibility with operating systems released before the year 2000, such as DOS. This setting aligns partitions to start and end on disk cylinder boundaries. The Cylinder/Head/Sector values reported by modern disk devices no longer have a direct physical relationship to the data stored on the disk device. Hence it is no longer valid to use this alignment setting to achieve enhanced performance. Use None only if you have an in-depth knowledge of disk structure, partition tables, and boot records. This setting places partition boundaries relative to the end of any immediately preceding partition on the disk device. This setting is not guaranteed to reserve or respect space required for boot records. Specifying Partition Type To specify the partition type, click the Create as arrow button, and select from the list. The msdos partition table limits partitions as follows: Maximum of 4 primary partitions. Maximum of 3 primary partitions, and 1 extended partition. The extended partition can contain multiple logical partitions. Some GNU/Linux distributions support accessing at most 15 partitions on a disk device. Maximum size of a partition is 2 Tebibytes using a sector size of 512 bytes. The partition must also start within the first 2 Tebibytes of the disk device. Primary partitions provide better data recoverability because the partition boundaries are stored at known locations on the disk device. Specifying Partition File System To specify the type of file system for the partition, click the File System arrow button, and select from the list. Examples of uses for some file systems are as follows: ext2, ext3 and ext4 file systems can be used for installing GNU/Linux, and for data. linux-swap can be used with GNU/Linux to increase the virtual memory of your computer. fat16 and fat32 file systems can be used to share data between free and commercial operating systems. cleared can be used to clear any existing file system signatures and ensure that the partition is recognised as empty. unformatted can be used to just create a partition without writing a file system. Specifying Partition Label To specify the partition label, also known as a volume label, type a label name in the Label text box. Labels can be used to help you remember what is stored in the partition. Unique labels can be used to mount file systems with the GNU/Linux operating system. Advanced Partition Actions These actions will alter partitions on your disk device. These actions might modify the start or end boundaries of your existing partitions. These actions might cause operating systems to fail to boot. ఒక విభజన Resizing and moving a partition can be performed by a single gparted operation. To resize a partition: Select a partition. See . Unmounted or inactive partitions enable the most resize options. Support is available for online resize of some mounted or otherwise active partitions. However this support is often limited to grow only. Choose: PartitionResize/Move. The application displays the Resize/Move /path-to-partition dialog. Adjust the size of the partition. See . If you do not want the start of an existing partition to move, then do not change the free space preceding value. If the partition is mounted or otherwise active, then you will not be able to change the free space preceding value. Specify the alignment of the partition. See . Click Resize/Move. The application displays the resize/move partition operation in the Pending Operations pane. Examine the operation that was added to the Pending Operations pane. If the operation involves a move step, then consider the following: A move step might take a long time to complete. If the partition is an operating system boot partition, then a move step might cause the operating system to fail to boot. If you are not prepared to wait or to fix potential operating system boot problems, then you might want to undo the operation. See . To grow or move a partition, unallocated space must be available adjacent to the partition. If you are growing a logical partition, then the unallocated space must be within the extended partition. If you are growing a primary partition, then the unallocated space must not be within the extended partition. You can move unallocated space to be inside or outside of the extended partition by resizing the extended partition boundaries. To improve the ability to shrink NTFS partitions, you might consider one or more of the following: Defragment the file system. Booting into Safe Mode with the commercial operating system that uses NTFS can improve the ability to defragment the file system. To enter Safe Mode press F8 while your computer is booting the operating system. Check the partition for errors with the following command: C:> chkdsk /f /r Remember to reboot back into the commercial operating system that uses NTFS to allow the chkdsk command to execute. Temporarily disable the paging file. The paging file occupies a fixed location in the partition that the defragmentation process is unable to move. Temporarily move large files to another partition or disk device. Large files are defined as greater than a few hundred Megabytes (MB). Ensure a proper shut down of the commercial operating system that uses NTFS before you resize the NTFS partition Leave at least 10 percent unused space in the NTFS partition. If you shrink the partition too much, then the commercial operating system might have difficulty functioning properly. Reboot twice into the commercial operating system that uses NTFS after shrinking the NTFS partition. ఒక విభజనను తరలించడం Moving and resizing a partition can be performed by a single gparted operation. To move a partition: Select an unmounted partition. See . Choose: PartitionResize/Move. The application displays the Resize/Move /path-to-partition dialog. Adjust the location of the partition. See . Specify the alignment of the partition. See . Click Resize/Move. The application displays the resize/move partition operation in the Pending Operations pane. If the partition is an operating system boot partition, then the operating system might not boot after the move operation is applied. If the operating system fails to boot, see . Copying and Pasting a Partition To copy a partition: Select an unmounted partition. See . Choose: PartitionCopy. The application marks the partition as the source partition. To Paste a partition: Select an unallocated space on a disk device. See . Choose: PartitionPaste. The application displays the Paste /path-to-partition dialog. If you want you can adjust the size and location of the partition. See . If you want you can specify the alignment of partition. See . Click Paste. The application displays the copy partition operation in the Pending Operations pane. The copy of the partition has the same label and the same Universally Unique Identifier (UUID) as the source partition. This can cause a problem when booting, or when mount actions use the partition label or the UUID to identify the partition. The problem is that the operating system will randomly select to mount either the source, or the copy of the partition. For example, on the first mount action the source partition might be mounted. On the next mount action the copy of the partition might be mounted. Over time this random nature of partition mounting might make files seem to mysteriously appear or disappear depending upon which partition is mounted. Random mounting of the source or the copy of the partition might also cause severe data corruption or loss. To avoid the problem you are advised to do one of the following: After you have applied the copy operation: Change the UUID of either the source, or the copy of the partition. See . If the partition label is not blank then change the label of either the source, or the copy of the partition. See . After you have applied the copy operation, delete or reformat the source partition. Use some other method to ensure that the source partition and the copy of the partition are not used on the same computer at the same time. For example, if the copy of the partition is on a separate drive then remove the drive from the computer. Managing Partition Flags To manage partition flags: Select a partition. See . Choose: PartitionManage Flags. The application opens a Manage flags on /path-to-partition dialog. To enable a flag, select the check box beside the flag. The application writes the enabled flag to the partition and refreshes the Manage flags on /path-to-partition dialog. To disable a flag, deselect the check box beside the flag. The application writes the disabled flag to the partition and refreshes the Manage flags on /path-to-partition dialog. To close the Manage flags on /path-to-partition dialog, click Close. A description of flags in an msdos partition table follows: Boot is used by some commercial operating system boot loaders. The boot flag indicates the partition is active or bootable. Only one partition on a disk device can be active. Diag is used to indicate the partition is used for diagnostics / recovery. Hidden is used by some commercial operating systems. The hidden flag makes the partition invisible to the operating system. LBA is used by some commercial operating system boot loaders. The LBA flag indicates the partition should be accessed using Logical Block Addressing (LBA), instead of Cylinder-Head-Sector (CHS) addressing. LVM is used to indicate the partition is used by a Logical Volume Manager (LVM). Palo is used by the Precision Architecture - Reduced Instruction Set Computing (PA-RISC) boot loader, palo. Prep is used to indicate the boot partition on Power Performance Computing (PowerPC) hardware. RAID is used to indicate the partition is used in a Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks (RAID). A description of flags in a gpt partition table follows: Atvrecv is used to indicate an Apple TV Recovery partition. BIOS_GRUB indicates a BIOS boot partition often used by the GRUB 2 boot loader. Boot is used by some commercial operating system boot loaders. The boot flag indicates the partition is active or bootable. Only one partition on a disk device can be active. Diag indicates the partition is used for diagnostics or recovery. Hidden is used by some commercial operating systems. The hidden flag makes the partition invisible to the operating system. HP-service is used to indicate a Hewlett Packard service partition. Legacy_boot is used by some special purpose software to indicate the partition might be bootable. LVM indicates the partition is used by a Logical Volume Manager (LVM). Msftres is used to indicate a Microsoft Reserved partition. RAID indicates the partition is used in a Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks (RAID). ఒక విభజనను పరిశీలించుట Checking a partition will attempt to find and fix problems in the file system. Checking a partition will attempt to grow the file system to fill the partition. To check a partition: Select an unmounted partition. See . Choose: PartitionCheck. The application displays the check partition operation in the Pending Operations pane. Working with the Operation Queue Undoing Last Operation To undo the last operation in the operation queue, choose: EditUndo Last Operation. The application removes the last operation from the queue displayed in the Pending Operations pane. If there are no operations remaining in the queue, the application closes the Pending Operations pane. Clearing All Operations To clear all operations in the operation queue, choose: EditClear All Operations. The application removes all operations from the queue and closes the Pending Operations pane. అన్ని కార్యములను అనువర్తించుట To apply all operations: Choose: EditApply All Operations. The application displays an Apply operations to device dialog. Editing partitions has the potential to cause LOSS of DATA. You are advised to backup your data before applying your partition editing operations. Click Apply. The application displays an Applying pending operations dialog. The application applies each pending operation in the order you created the operations. The application displays a status update when each operation is completed. To view more information, click Details. The application displays more details about operations. To view more information about the steps in each operation, click the arrow button beside each step. To stop the operations while they are executing, click Cancel. The application displays a disabled Force Cancel (5) button and counts down for 5 seconds. Cancel instructs the application to stop or roll back operations as necessary to ensure data integrity. If operations have not halted after 5 seconds the application enables the Force Cancel button. To force the operations to stop, click Force Cancel. The application displays a warning dialog. Click Continue Operation to allow the roll back operations to complete, or click Cancel Operation to cancel the roll back operations. Cancel Operation terminates the safe roll back of operations and might cause SEVERE file system damage and data loss. You are advised to click Continue Operation to allow the roll back to complete. When the application finishes performing operations, the application displays the Save Details button and the Close button. If you want to save the details from applying all operations, then click Save Details. The application displays a Save Details dialog. If you want to change the default file name, then type a file name in the Name text box. If you want to save the file in a folder different than /root, Click Browse for other folders. The application displays a file system navigator. Use the file system navigator to select a folder. Click Save to save the file. The application saves the details file. If you use gparted from a Live CD, then the root file system exists in RAM memory. All files saved to the Live CD root file system will be lost when you shut down the computer. If you saved the gparted details to the Live CD root file system, then you need to copy the file to more permanent storage. Examples of more permanent storage are a hard disk drive or a USB flash memory drive. Click Close. The application closes the Applying pending operations dialog. The application rescans all the disk devices and refreshes the device partition layout in the gparted window. Acquiring GParted on Live CD A Live CD is a Compact Disc that contains a bootable operating system. A Live CD enables you to boot your computer from the CD. Using gparted from a Live CD has the following advantages: You can edit all of your partitions because the partitions are not mounted. You can edit partitions on computers that do not have a bootable operating system. The gparted application is available on many Live CD distributions. You can download a Live CD image containing gparted from the following web sites: GParted Live CD System Rescue CD To avoid wasting a blank CD when burning a CD image file, use the following tips: Ensure the checksum of the downloaded file matches the checksum posted on the download page. Be sure to burn the .iso file as an image to the blank CD. If you burn the .iso file as data to a blank CD then the CD will not boot in your computer. Fixing Operating System Boot Problems Your computer might fail to boot an operating system when you perform one of the following actions: ఒక విభజనను తీసివేయి. ఒక విభజనను తరలించు. Install another operating system and overwrite the Master Boot Record (MBR). You are advised to consult documentation for your boot loader to learn how to fix the problem. You might consult the GParted FAQ, or the GParted forum. You might also use Internet search engines to learn how other people have solved similar problems. GRUB బూట్ సమస్యని పరిష్కరిస్తున్నది The Grand Unified Boot loader (GRUB) might fail to boot an operating system if you do one of the following: Move the partition containing the GRUB stage2 file. Install a new operating system that overwrites the Master Boot Record (MBR). To fix these problems, you will need to reinstall the GRUB boot record using the following steps: Start the grub application from the command line. $ grub Find where grub stage1 is located by using one of the following: If the /boot folder is stored in the / partition, use the command: grub> find /boot/grub/stage1 If the /boot folder is stored in a partition different than the / partition, use the command: grub> find /grub/stage1 The output from the find command might look like the following: (hd0,0) If more than one line is listed in the command output, you will need to decide which device you use for grub. Set the grub root device by specifying the device returned by the find command. grub> root (hd0,0) Reinstall grub by specifying the device returned by the find command. grub> setup (hd0,0) Exit grub. grub> quit మీ కంప్యూటర్‌ని పునఃప్రారంభించు. The grub application is included on each Live CD listed in Recovering Partition Tables If you accidentally overwrite your partition table, there is a chance that you might be able to recover it. The testdisk application is designed to help recover lost partitions. For more information about testdisk, see . The testdisk application is included on each Live CD listed in
usr/share/omf-langpack/gparted/gparted-te.omf0000644000373100047300000000251312305603341023077 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 (కర్టిస్ గెడాక్) (కర్టిస్ గెడాక్) జిపార్టెడ్ కరదీపిక సెప్టెంబర్ 2008 జిపార్టెడ్ అనేది డిస్క్ విభజనలను సృష్టించడానికి, పునర్వవ్యవస్థీకరించడానికి, మరియు తీసివేయుటకు వాడే Gnome విభజన కూర్పకము. జిపార్టెడ్ విభజనలను మార్చుటలో సహకరిస్తుంది. manual usr/share/help-langpack/te/file-roller/archive-create.page0000644000373100047300000000650012303664112025426 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మార్టా బొగ్డానోవిక్జ్ majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

క్రియేటివ్ కామన్స్ షేర్ ఎలైక్ 3.0

 Add files or folders to a new archive. ఒక కొత్త సంగ్రహాన్ని సృష్టించుట

Create a new archive with Archive Manager by following these steps:

Click the Create a new archive toolbar button, or click Archive New….

The file chooser will open: name your new archive file and choose the location for it to be saved to, then click Create to continue.

In this dialog, you may also choose the file format that you want to use: available extensions are listed at the bottom. If you do not choose a file format, the new archive will be a tar.gz.

By clicking Other Options you can set a password, or split your new archive into smaller, individual files by selecting the relevant option and specifying the volume for each part in MB.

Add the desired files to your archive by clicking the Add files to the archive toolbar button, or by clicking EditAdd files…. Archive Manager also allows you to add whole folders by clicking the Add a folder to the archive toolbar button, or selecting Edit Add a folder.

మీ సంగ్రహానికి ఒక సంచయాన్ని జతచేసినపుడు, మీకు కొన్ని ఐచ్ఛికాలు చూపించబడతాయి:

Whether to include subfolders or not.

Choose which files should be included.

Select which subfolders or files are to be excluded.

Not all archive file formats support folders — if the file format that you are using does not, you will not be warned. If the file format that you are using does not support folders, the files from the folders will be added, but not the folder itself.

Once you finish adding files, the archive is ready; you do not need to save it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/file-roller/archive-edit.page0000644000373100047300000000423712303664112025115 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మార్టా బొగ్డానోవిక్జ్ majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

క్రియేటివ్ కామన్స్ షేర్ ఎలైక్ 3.0

 Change the content of your archive. Edit an archive

With Archive Manager you can edit an existing archive by adding new files, removing unwanted ones or by renaming them. You can work with folders in the same way as with files.

Add files

Add files to an existing archive by following the instructions for creating an archive.

 Remove files

Select the file.

Click Edit Delete, or right-click on the selected file, and choose Delete.

 Rename files

Select the file.

Click Edit Rename…, or right-click on the selected file, and choose Rename….

Enter the new file name into the dialog which has opened.

Confirm the name by clicking Rename.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/file-roller/archive-extract.page0000644000373100047300000000514012303664112025634 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మార్టా బొగ్డానోవిక్జ్ majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

క్రియేటివ్ కామన్స్ షేర్ ఎలైక్ 3.0

 Extract files or folders from your archive. Extract an archive

Extract files from an archive using Archive Manager by following these steps:

Open an archive.

Click Archive Extract… or click Extract in the toolbar button.

Choose where you want the archive to be extracted to in the file chooser. This will be the destination folder.

See advanced options for extracting archives for more extraction options.

Click Extract.

If an archive is protected by a password, Archive Manager will request it. Type in the password and click OK.

The application will show you the progress bar in a new dialog. If the extraction completes successfully, you will be asked whether you want to:

Quit to close Archive Manager.

Show the files to view the destination folder with Files.

Close the dialog.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/file-roller/archive-extract-advanced-options.page0000644000373100047300000000563512303664112031101 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మార్టా బొగ్డానోవిక్జ్ majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

క్రియేటివ్ కామన్స్ షేర్ ఎలైక్ 3.0

 Specify your preferences for archive extraction. Advanced options for archive extracting

Archive Manager offers different options for extracting an archive. You can see these options in the file chooser dialog, that is used for choosing the location for the extracted files. At the bottom of this dialog, you can decide if you want to extract:

<gui>All files</gui>

All the files and folders in the archive will be extracted.

 <gui>Selected files</gui>

Archive Manager extracts only the selected files.

You need to select the files that you wish to extract before you click Archive Extract…. Do this by clicking on the file name. Use Ctrl and Shift keys, to select more than one file.

 <gui>Files</gui>

You can type in the names of the files that you want to extract. Separate individual files using a semicolon (;)

The file name needs to be followed by a file extension. You can use the asterisk (*) as a wild card. For example, to select all .txt files, type *.txt.

You can specify in the file chooser dialog whether you want to:

<gui>Keep directory structure</gui>

Tick this option if you want to keep the directory structure as it is in your archive.

 <gui>Do not overwrite newer files</gui>

This option will not overwrite existing files with the same name, which have a more recent modification date than those which are in the archive.

These Actions are listed at the bottom of the dialog.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/file-roller/archive-open.page0000644000373100047300000000372512303664112025132 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మార్టా బొగ్డానోవిక్జ్ majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

క్రియేటివ్ కామన్స్ షేర్ ఎలైక్ 3.0

 Open an existing archive. Open an archive

You can open an existing archive with Archive Manager by:

clicking the Open toolbar button

clicking Archive Open…

You may also use the Open Recent option by:

clicking the Open a recently used archive toolbar button and selecting a file

clicking Archive Open Recent to see the list of recently used archives

If Archive Manager cannot open your recently used archive and shows the error message The file doesn't exist, it may be that the location of the archive file has changed. You can try using the Open option to search for it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/file-roller/archive-view.page0000644000373100047300000000551212303664113025140 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మార్టా బొగ్డానోవిక్జ్ majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

క్రియేటివ్ కామన్స్ షేర్ ఎలైక్ 3.0

 View an existing archive and its content. View an archive

There are two ways to view an archive:

View all files

Click ViewView All Files. Archive Manager will list all files inside the archive. You will see their names, sizes, types, dates of the last modification and locations.

You may use the column headings mentioned above (name, size…) to sort the files in your archive. Do this by clicking on them; you can toggle to sort in reverse order.

 View as a folder

This view displays the classic directory structure. To use this, click View View as a Folder.

While viewing your archive in this way, you can press F9, or click View Folders option, to see a tree view of the folders in the side pane. It allows you to navigate easily between folders.
Open files in your archive

Open files which are in your archive by double-clicking on the file name, or by right-clicking on the file name and selecting Open. Archive Manager will open the file with the default application for that file type.

Open the file with a different application by following these steps:

Right click on the file.

Click Open With….

Select the application that you want to use and click Select.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/file-roller/index.page0000644000373100047300000000230412303664113023652 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Archive Manager Help Archive Manager Help మార్టా బొగ్డానోవిక్జ్ majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

క్రియేటివ్ కామన్స్ షేర్ ఎలైక్ 3.0

 <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/file-roller-icon.png"> </media> Archive Manager
సంగ్రహాలను నిర్వహించుట
Advanced options
Troubleshooting
usr/share/help-langpack/te/file-roller/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000413112303664113025264 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మార్టా బొగ్డానోవిక్జ్ majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

క్రియేటివ్ కామన్స్ షేర్ ఎలైక్ 3.0

 Introduction to the GNOME Archive Manager. పరిచయం

Archive Manager is an application for managing archive files, for example, .zip or .tar files; it is designed to be easy to use. Archive Manager provides all the tools that are necessary for creating, modifying and extracting archives.

An archive consists of one or more files and folders, along with metadata. It may be encrypted in part or as a whole. Archive files are useful for storing data and transferring it between computers as they allow you to collect multiple files into one.

With Archive Manager you can:

create a new archive

view the content of an existing archive

view a file contained in an archive

modify existing archives

extract files from an archive
Viewing an archive with <gui>Archive Manager</gui>

Screenshot of the Archive Manager main window.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/file-roller/keyboard-shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000000655112303664113026407 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మార్టా బొగ్డానోవిక్జ్ majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

క్రియేటివ్ కామన్స్ షేర్ ఎలైక్ 3.0

 The list of shortcuts in Archive Manager. Keyboard shortcuts

Using keyboard shortcuts can help speed up work-flow. In the table below is a list of shortcuts which can be used in Archive Manager.

Create new archive

CtrlN

Open an archive

CtrlO

Extract an archive

CtrlE

View archive properties

AltReturn

Close

CtrlW

Cut

CtrlX

Copy

CtrlC

Paste

CtrlV

Rename file or folder in an archive

F2

Select all

CtrlA

Deselect all

ShiftCtrlA

Find

CtrlF

Delete files or folders from an archive

Delete

Display the tree view of the folders in the side pane

F9

View the content of an archive as a list of files

Ctrl1

View the content of an archive as a folder structure

Ctrl2

Stop the operation

Esc

Refresh

CtrlR

View help

F1
usr/share/help-langpack/te/file-roller/password-protection.page0000644000373100047300000000574412303664113026604 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మార్టా బొగ్డానోవిక్జ్ majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

క్రియేటివ్ కామన్స్ షేర్ ఎలైక్ 3.0

 Set the password for your archive. Password protection

You can encrypt an archive with a password so that only you and those with whom you choose to share the password are able to access it. Note that the password can still be guessed, so for highest security, use a good password.

Archive Manager allows you to encrypt an archive with a password only in specific circumstances.

Set a password to encrypt data in a new archive by following these steps:

Start creating a new archive.

At the bottom of the file chooser dialog you can choose a File Format and enter a password into the Password field in Other Options.

You may not be able to type a password, because not all archive types support encryption, so choose an archive type that can be password protected before setting a password.

Continue with creating a new archive.

Protect an existing archive by setting a password:

Open an archive.

Click EditPassword….

Type a password into the Password field.

If you want to encrypt the list of files tick Encrypt the file list too.

Click OK to continue.

Archive Manager will encrypt only new files which will be added to the archive!

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/file-roller/supported-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000500012303664113026235 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మార్టా బొగ్డానోవిక్జ్ majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

క్రియేటివ్ కామన్స్ షేర్ ఎలైక్ 3.0

 Archive Manager works with a number of different file formats. Supported file formats

File formats that are supported by Archive Manager include:

Archive only

AIX Small Indexed Archive (.ar)

ISO-9660 CD Disc Image [Read-only mode] (.iso)

Tape Archive File (.tar)

Archive and compression

Java Archive (.jar)

WinRAR Compressed Archive (.rar)

Tape Archive File compressed with:

gzip (.tar.gz, .tgz)

bzip (.tar.bz, .tbz)

bzip2 (.tar.bz2, .tbz2)

lzop (.tar.lzo, .tzo)

7zip (.tar.7z)

xz (.tar.xz)

Cabinet File (.cab)

ZIP Archived Comic Book (.cbz)

ZIP Archive (.zip)

ZOO Compressed Archive File (.zoo)

For some file formats, Archive Manager may require additional plugins.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/file-roller/test-integrity.page0000644000373100047300000000262012303664113025537 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మార్టా బొగ్డానోవిక్జ్ majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

క్రియేటివ్ కామన్స్ షేర్ ఎలైక్ 3.0

 Check the archive for errors. Test integrity

Archive Manager allows you to check whether the compressed data in an archive contains any errors. Do this by clicking ArchiveTest Integrity.

The dialog with the Test Result will pop up. You will see the list of tested files and, at the bottom, there will also be the test summary.

The integrity test verifies that your data is not corrupt.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/file-roller/troubleshooting-archive-open.page0000644000373100047300000000302312303664113030347 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మార్టా బొగ్డానోవిక్జ్ majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

క్రియేటివ్ కామన్స్ షేర్ ఎలైక్ 3.0

 I cannot open an archive. Problem opening an archive

If you cannot open an existing archive with Archive Manager, check the format of your file. Some types of archive may require additional plugins; the installation process for these varies between different distributions.

If Archive Manager cannot open a recently used archive, it may be that the location of this archive file has changed. See the help page about opening an archive for further information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/file-roller/troubleshooting-password.page0000644000373100047300000000244612303664113027641 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 మార్టా బొగ్డానోవిక్జ్ majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

క్రియేటివ్ కామన్స్ షేర్ ఎలైక్ 3.0

 I have set a password, but it does not protect the whole archive. Problem setting a password

Archive Manager does not add password protection for an existing archive. While working with such an archive, you can only set a password for newly added files. To do this, follow instructions on Password protection page.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/base.page0000644000373100047300000000203312300453143024470 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Number Bases

To enter numbers in a particular number base use subscript numbers. The following numbers are equivalent.

1001011₂

113₈

75

4B₁₆

When in programming mode there are buttons for binary (CtrlB), octal (CtrlO) and hexadecimal (CtrlH).

To set the base that results are shown in change the result format.

To change the base of the current result use a base button or CtrlD to show in decimal form.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/functions.page0000644000373100047300000000432012300453143025567 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Functions

Functions can be used by inserting the name of the function followed by the function argument. If the argument is not a number or variable then use parenthesis around the argument.

sin 30

abs (5−9)

The following functions are defined.

abs

Absolute Value

cos

Cosine

cosh

Hyperbolic Cosine

frac

Fractional Component

int

Integer Component

ln

Natural Logarithm

log

Logarithm

కాదు

Boolean NOT

ఒకట్లు

Ones complement

sin

Sine

sinh

Hyperbolic Sine

sqrt

Square Root

tan

Tangent

tanh

Hyperbolic Tangent

రెండ్లు

Twos complement

Calculator does not support user-defined functions.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/modulus.page0000644000373100047300000000056212300453143025253 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Modulus Division

Modulus division is performed using the mod operator.

9 mod 5

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/trigonometry.page0000644000373100047300000000230612300453143026323 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 త్రికోణమితి

Trigonometry can be performed using the sin, cos, and tan function.

sin 45

The angle units used can be changed from the CalculatorPreferences menu. Trigonometry buttons are visible when in Advanced mode.

Hyperbolic functions are available by adding "h" to the end of a function.

sinh 0.34

Inverse functions are entered either using the inverse symbol ⁻¹ (CtrlI) or the "a" form of the function. The following two equations are equivalent.

sin⁻¹ 0.5

asin 0.5

To enter π with the keyboard use CtrlP.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/conv-character.page0000644000373100047300000000077012300453143026463 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Character Codes

When in programming mode the á button opens a dialog to convert characters to character codes.

Characters cannot be converted using the keyboard.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000101412300453143024524 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported License.

As a special exception, the copyright holders give you permission to copy, modify, and distribute the example code contained in this document under the terms of your choosing, without restriction.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/financial.page0000644000373100047300000000545212300453143025512 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Financial Functions

When in financial mode the following buttons are available.

Ctrm

Calculate the number of compounding periods necessary to increase an investment of present value to a future value, at a fixed interest rate per compounding period.

Ddb

Calculate the depreciation allowance on an asset for a specified period of time, using the double-declining balance method.

Fv

Calculate the future value of an investment based on a series of equal payments at a periodic interest rate over the number of payment periods in the term.

Gpm

Calculate the resale price of a product, based on the product cost and the wanted gross profit margin.

Pmt

Calculate the amount of the periodic payment of a loan, where payments are made at the end of each payment period.

Pv

Calculate the present value of an investment based on a series of equal payments discounted at a periodic interest rate over the number of payment periods in the term.

శాతం

Calculate the periodic interest necessary to increase an investment to a future value, over the number of compounding periods.

Sln

Calculate the straight-line depreciation of an asset for one period. The straight-line method of depreciation divides the depreciable cost evenly over the useful life of an asset. The useful life is the number of periods, typically years, over which an asset is depreciated.

Syd

Calculate the depreciation allowance on an asset for a specified period of time, using the Sum-of-the-Years'-Digits method. This method of depreciation accelerates the rate of depreciation, so that more depreciation expense occurs in earlier periods than in later ones. The useful life is the number of periods, typically years, over which an asset is depreciated.

కాల

Calculate the number of payment periods that are necessary during the term of an ordinary annuity, to accumulate a future value, at a periodic interest rate.

Financial functions cannot be performed using the keyboard.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/logarithm.page0000644000373100047300000000156612300453143025556 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 సంవర్గమానాలు

Logarithms can be calculated using the log function.

log 100

To calculate a logarithm in a different base use a subscript number after the function.

log₂ 32

To calculate a natural logarithm use the ln function.

ln 1.32

Euler's number can be entered by using the variable e.

e^1.32

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/absolute.page0000644000373100047300000000066112300453143025401 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Absolute Values

Absolute values are calculated using the | symbol or abs function.

|−1|

abs (−1)

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/number-display.page0000644000373100047300000000272112300453143026515 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Result Format

The format used to display results can be changed from the CalculatorPreferences menu.

దశాంశమైన

Results are displayed as decimal numbers

శాస్త్రీయ

Results are displayed in scientific notation

సాంకేతిక

Results are displayed in scientific notation except the exponent is always a multiple of three

ద్విసంఖ్యా

Results are displayed as binary numbers

అష్టాంశమానం

Results are displayed as octal numbers

షోడశాంశము

Results are displayed as hexadecimal numbers

The number of decimal places, if trailing zeroes and if thousands separators are shown can also be configured.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/variables.page0000644000373100047300000000244712300453143025537 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 చరరాశులు

To assign a value to a variable use the = symbol or choose the variable to assign to with the x button in advanced mode. A variable name must only contain upper or lower characters.

x=5

value=82

Variables can be used in any equation and are substituted for their assigned value. Variables can be inserted using the x button.

6x+3

xy−3x+7y−21

The following variables are always defined.

ans

Result of previous calculation

e

Euler's Number

π

Pi

rand

Random value in the range [0,1] (changes on each read)
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/factorial.page0000644000373100047300000000065612300453144025534 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 క్రమగుణితలు

Factorials are entered using the ! symbol. To calculate the factorial of 6 enter the following.

6!

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/power.page0000644000373100047300000000227212300453144024720 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Powers and Roots

Powers are entered by putting a superscript number after the value.

5²

The inverse of a number can be entered using the inverse symbol ⁻¹ (CtrlI).

3⁻¹

Powers can also be calculated using the ^ symbol. This allows the power to be an equation.

5^(6−2)

If your keyboard does not have a ^ key you can use * twice.

Square roots can be calculated using the symbol (CtrlR).

√2

n-th roots can be calculated by putting a subscript number before the root sign.

₃√2

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/conv-length.page0000644000373100047300000000113712300453144026007 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Length/Area/Volume

To convert between length, area and volume units use the in operator.

6 meters in inches

1 acre in cm²

1 pint in mL

Length/Area/Volume conversions must be performed using the keyboard.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/index.page0000644000373100047300000000167512300453144024701 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Robert Ancell robert.ancell@gmail.com <media type="image" src="figures/logo32.png"/> Calculator Help
వినియోగదారు సంవిధానం
సమీకరణ
సంఖ్యలు
Conversions
Financial Calculations
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/conv-currency.page0000644000373100047300000000125512300453144026361 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ద్రవ్యం

To convert currencies, enter the financial mode, and use the currency controls.

You can also convert currencies using the keyboard and the in operator.

13.65 USD లో GBP

Currency information is approximate and should not be used for making financial decisions.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/equation.page0000644000373100047300000000223712300453144025412 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 0 Basic Equations

Equations are entered in standard mathematical form. For example to add 7 and 2 enter the following:

7+2

To solve, press the = button with your mouse or the Enter key on your keyboard.

Calculations are performed in mathematical order - multiplication and division are performed before addition and subtraction. The following equation solves to 1 (3×2 = 6, 7−6 = 1).

7−3×2

To change the order of calculation use parenthesis. The following equation solves to 8 (7−3 = 4, 4×2 = 8).

(7−3)×2

To clear the display press the Clr button or Escape.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/scientific.page0000644000373100047300000000171712300453144025707 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Scientific Notation

To enter numbers in scientific format use the ×10x button (CtrlE). The number mode automatically changes to superscript. To enter 2×10¹⁰⁰, start by entering the mantissa (2):

2

Then press the scientific notation button (or press CtrlE):

2×10

Then enter the exponent (100):

2×10¹⁰⁰

To show results in scientific form change the result format.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/superscript.page0000644000373100047300000000210612300453144026143 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 - Superscript and Subscript

Some equations may require numbers to be entered in superscript or subscript form. e.g.

x³+2x²−5

To enter superscript numbers with the mouse select the number mode using the the ↑n and ↓n buttons. When one of these modes is active clicking the number buttons will enter numbers in superscript or subscript. To return to normal number mode click the active button.

To enter superscript numbers with the keyboard hold down Ctrl while entering the number. Hold Alt for subscript.

The number mode returns to normal when entering the next non-number character (e.g. +).

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/percentage.page0000644000373100047300000000147612300453144025706 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 శాతాలు

Percentages are calculated using the % symbol.

When added or subtracted the percentage symbol resolves to one percent of the value being added or subtracted from. The following equation calculates the price of a $140 item with 15% tax (140 + (15÷100)×140).

140+15%

In all other cases the percentage symbol resolves to a fraction out of 100. The following equation calculates one quarter of 80 apples ((25÷100)×80).

25%×80

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/mouse.page0000644000373100047300000000203412300453144024710 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using the Mouse

All equations can be entered using the mouse. To access all buttons there are a number of modes that can be selected from the Mode menu.

మూల

Provides buttons suitable for basic equations

అధునాతన

Provides buttons suitable for advanced mathematics such as

ఆర్థిక

Provides buttons suitable for financial equations

ప్రోగ్రామింగ్

Provides buttons suitable for computer programmers
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/keyboard.page0000644000373100047300000000214612300453144025364 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using the Keyboard

All mathematical equations can be entered using the keyboard.

The following key combinations can be used to enter keys that may not be available on your keyboard.

×

*

÷

/

^

* రెండుసార్లు

√

CtrlR

π

CtrlP

To enter superscript numbers use Ctrlnumber, for subscript use Altnumber.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/boolean.page0000644000373100047300000000141512300453144025201 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Boolean Algebra

Boolean algebra can be calculated using the AND, OR and XOR operators.

010011₂ AND 110101₂

Buttons for these symbols are available in programming mode.

The NOT function inverts the bits in a number. The word size is set from the CalculatorPreferences menu.

010011₂ కాదా

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/factorize.page0000644000373100047300000000071312300453144025550 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 కారణాంకీకరణంగా

You can factorize the number currently displayed by pressing the fact button. This button is visible in programming mode.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/complex.page0000644000373100047300000000050512300453144025230 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Complex Numbers

Complex numbers are not supported in Calculator.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/conv-time.page0000644000373100047300000000075012300453144025464 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 సమయం

To convert between time use the in operator.

3 years in hours

Time conversions must be performed using the keyboard.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/conv-base.page0000644000373100047300000000073612300453144025444 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Number Bases

To convert between number bases enter a number (or solve an equation) and change the result format from the CalculatorPreferences menu.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gnome-calculator/conv-weight.page0000644000373100047300000000074712300453144026023 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 రాశి

To convert between mass use the in operator.

1kg in pounds

Mass conversions must be performed using the keyboard.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-printing-select.page0000644000373100047300000000264312315065505025635 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Only Printing Certain Pages

You can selectively print only certain pages from the document. For example, if you enter the page numbers "1,3,5-7,9", then only pages 1, 3, 5, 6, 7 and 9 will be printed. To print pages of your choice:

Select File Print….

In the General tab in the Print dialog choose Pages from the Range section.

Type the numbers of the pages you want to print from the document, separated by commas. Use a dash to specify a range of pages.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-tabs.page0000644000373100047300000000311312315065505023450 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Add and remove tabs

Working with tabs in gedit allows you to keep an eye on several files in a single window. The tab that is larger than the other tabs indicates the file that is currently open. The smaller tabs indicate other files that are available to work on.

Adding tabs

To add a new tab, create a new file with Ctrl N. The tab will be added to the right side of any other tabs.

Removing tabs

To remove a tab, click the × on the tab's right side. To remove all open tabs, press Ctrl ShiftW.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-edit-as-root.page0000644000373100047300000000246612315065505025040 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Edit a file as the root user

Editing files as the root user is potentially dangerous, and may break your system in bad ways. Take great care when editing files as the root user.

To edit files as the root user, launch gedit from the terminal by entering:

sudo gedit

Using the sudo command, you will need to successfully enter your password before gedit will open.

As an alternative to the sudo command, you may obtain administrative privileges by entering:

su -

You would then launch gedit using the gedit command.

Once you have opened gedit with administrative privileges, gedit will keep those privileges until you close it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-close-file.page0000644000373100047300000000163712315065505024552 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Close a file

To close a file in gedit, select File Close. Alternately, you can click the small "X" that appears on the right-side of the file's tab, or press Ctrl W.

Any one of these actions will close a file in gedit. If your file contains changes that have not been saved, gedit will prompt you to save those changes before closing the file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-plugins-pyconsole.page0000644000373100047300000000227112315065505026215 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Add an interactive Python console to the bottom pane Python console

You can add a Python console to the bottom pane, allowing you to test Python scripts without leaving gedit. To enable the Python console, select gedit PreferencesPlugins Python Console.

Once the Python console is enabled, you can open it by selecting ViewBottom Pane, or just press ShiftF9.

If you have also enabled the Embeded Terminal plugin, the Python Console will appear as a separate tab in the bottom pane.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-change-default-font.page0000644000373100047300000000264312315065505026341 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com 2011 2012 2013 Change the default font

gedit will use the system fixed-width font by default, but you can change the default gedit font to suit your preferences.

To change the default font in <app>gedit</app>:

Select gedit Preferences Font & Colors.

Uncheck the box next to the phrase, "Use the system fixed-width font."

Click on the current font name. gedit will open a font-chooser window, allowing you to see available fonts and choose the one that you prefer.

After you have chosen a new font, use the slider under the list of fonts to set the default font size.

Click Select, and then click Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-open-files-from-sidepane.page0000644000373100047300000000462212315065505027315 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com View and open files from the side pane

The most common way to switch between files in gedit is by using the tabs at the top of the gedit window. In some cases, though, particularly when you are working with a large number of open files, you may find it easier to use the side pane.

To activate the side pane, select View Side Pane, or just press the F9 key.

You can toggle the side pane open or closed by pressing F9 at any time.

Opening files from the side pane

To open files from the side pane, first open the side pane by selecting View Side Pane, then click on the file-browser icon at the bottom of the pane.

This will activate the file-browser mode of the side pane. You can then use the navigation buttons at the top of the pane to locate and open your desired files.

Using the side pane to switch between open files

Once you have several files open, you can use the side pane to switch between open files. To activate the file browser portion of the side pane, click on the file icon at the bottom of the side pane.

Clicking on any file name in the side pane will open that file for editing.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/index.page0000644000373100047300000000342112315065505022536 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 gedit Text Editor gedit Text Editor Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/gedit-icon.png" its:translate="no"/> gedit Text Editor

Welcome to the gedit help guide. For a quick introduction into both gedit's most basic features, as well as some advanced keyboard shortcuts, visit the Get started with gedit and Shortcut keys pages.

Other help topics are grouped together into sections below. Enjoy using gedit!

Working With Files
Configure gedit
gedit Plugins
Printing with gedit
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-plugins-change-case.page0000644000373100047300000000370312315065505026341 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Change the case of selected text Change case

This plugin helps you to change the case of selected portions of text. You can use it to change text to be all lower case, all upper case, to invert the case, or apply title case. To enable this plugin, select geditPreferences PluginsChange Case.

Once the Change Case plugin is enabled, you can use it by completing the following steps:

Highlight the portion of text that you want to change.

Select geditChange Case

Choose your desired text-formatting option.

The updates to the text formatting will take place immediately.

The Invert Case option will convert all lower case letters to upper case, and will convert all upper case letters to lower case.

The Title Case option will convert the first letter of each word to upper case. All other letters will be converted to lower case.

If you have not highlighted any text, the Change Case feature will be grayed-out. You need to select a portion of text before you use the Change Case feature.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-plugins-doc-stats.page0000644000373100047300000000324412315065505026104 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com View document statistics Document statistics

The Document Statistics plugin shows you various statistics about your current document. To enable this plugin, select geditPreferences PluginsDocument Statistics.

Using Document Statistics

Once the plugin is enabled, use it by selecting Tools Document Statistics. A window will display the statistical information of your document, including the number of words, lines, characters, non-space characters, and the size of your file in bytes.

You can also use Document Statistics to show you information about just a portion of your document. To do this, use the mouse pointer to select the portion of text that you want to examine, and then select ToolsDocument Statistics. Gedit will display information for both your entire document, and for the portion of text that you highlighted.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-view-open-files-in-sidepane.page0000644000373100047300000000375512315065505027736 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in View a list of files in the side pane

Keeping track of a large number of files using tabs can be difficult. One way of managing large numbers of files is viewing them in a side pane. Side panes allow you to view more files at a time than is possible using tabs alone.

To view a list of open files in a side pane, click View Side Pane. A pane will appear to the left of the workspace with a listing of all currently open files. Clicking a file in the side pane will display that file in the workspace.

The side pane also contains a File Browser view. If the pane displays a file directory instead of currently open files, click documents icon at the bottom of the pane to switch to the Documents view.

The side pane only displays files that are open in the current window. When multiple windows are open, only the files in the current window will be displayed in the side pane.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-spellcheck.page0000644000373100047300000001150412315065506024640 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Enable and use spell-checking feature Spell-check your document
Enable the spell checker

The Spell-check feature is provided as a plugin in gedit which can be enabled as required. To enable the plugin:

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Spell Checker to enable the plugin.
Spell-check your document

To check for misspelt words in your document:

Select Tools Check Spelling.

To have gedit automatically highlight misspelt words in your document as you type, select ToolsHighlight Misspelled Words.
Using spell-check

You can choose the right substitution for misspelt words using the Check Spelling dialog. The misspelt word being checked by the spell-checker is displayed in bold style next to Misspelled word:. You can choose from the following corrective actions:

Change to: allows you to input a word and use Check Word to check the validity of the spelling.

Suggestions: lists the available substitutions for the word.

Ignore allows you to bypass spell check for a instance of current word.

Ignore All allows you to bypass spell check for all instances of the current word.

Change substitutes the misspelt or unrecognized word with a chosen substitute from the Suggestions: list.

Change all substitutes all misspelt or unrecognized words with the chosen substitute from the Suggestions: list.

Add word allows you to add the current word to the gedit User dictionary. Adding custom words to the User dictionary will allow gedit to recognize the word in documents and thus will not be highlighted as a misspelt word.
Define the language to use for spell checking

By default, gedit will use your current language to spell check your document. If you need to use another language, choose ToolsSet Language…, then choose the language you want to use.

Dictionaries

gedit uses Enchant, a small system utility, for spell checking. Enchant can use several different dictionaries to check your spelling. Two such dictionary back-ends are Hunspell and Aspell.

If the language you want to use is not available in gedit, use your computer's software installer or package manager to install the dictionary back-end that you want.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-shortcut-keys.page0000644000373100047300000002543612315065506025360 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paolo Borelli Jesse van den Kieboom Steve Frécinaux Ignacio Casal Quinteiro Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Shortcut keys

Use shortcut keys to perform common tasks more quickly than with the mouse and menus. The following tables list all of gedit's shortcut keys.

Tab-related Shortcut keys

To Do This

ఇది నొక్కండి

Switch to the next tab to the left

CtrlAlt PageUp

Switch to the next tab to the right

CtrlAlt PageDown

Close tab

CtrlW

Save all tabs

CtrlShift L

Close all tabs

CtrlShift W

Jump to nth tab

Alt n
Shortcut keys for working with files

To Do This

ఇది నొక్కండి

Create a new document

CtrlN

Open a document

CtrlO

Save the current document

CtrlS

Save the current document with a new filename

CtrlShift S

Print the current document

Ctrl P

Print preview

CtrlShift P

Close the current document

CtrlW

Quit gedit

CtrlQ
Shortcut keys for editing files

To Do This

ఇది నొక్కండి

Move to the beginning of the current line

Home

Move to the end of the current line

End

Move to the beginning of the document

CtrlHome

Move to the end of the document

CtrlEnd

Move the selected word right one word

AltRight Arrow

Move the selected word left one word

AltLeft Arrow

Undo the last action

CtrlZ

Redo the last undone action

CtrlShift Z

Cut the selected text or region and place it on the clipboard

CtrlX

Copy the selected text or region onto the clipboard

CtrlC

Paste the contents of the clipboard

CtrlV

Select all text in the file

CtrlA

Delete the current line

CtrlD

Move the selected line up one line

AltUp Arrow

Move the selected line down one line

AltDown Arrow

Add a tab stop

Tab

Remove a tab stop

ShiftTab
Shortcut keys for showing and hiding panes

To Do This

ఇది నొక్కండి

Show / hide the side pane

F9

Show / hide the bottom pane.

CtrlF9
Shortcut keys for searching

To Do This

ఇది నొక్కండి

Find a string

CtrlF

Find the next instance of the string

CtrlG

Find the previous instance of the string

CtrlShiftG

Search and Replace

CtrlH

Clear highlight

CtrlShift K

Goto line

CtrlI
Shortcut keys for tools

To Do This

ఇది నొక్కండి

Check spelling

ShiftF7

Remove trailing spaces (with plugin)

AltF12

Run "make" in the current directory (with plugin)

F8

Directory listing (with plugin)

CtrlShift D
Shortcut keys for user help

To Do This

ఇది నొక్కండి

Open the gedit user guide

F1
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-plugins-install.page0000644000373100047300000000510612315065506025651 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com How to install third-party plugins Additional gedit plugins

Installing third-party plugins gives you extra functionality that isn't available in default gedit plugins, or even the extra plugins that are part of the gedit-plugins package. An online list of third-party plugins is kept here.

Installing a third-party plugin involves downloading the plugin, placing the plugin files in the right directory, and activating the plugin.

You can usually download a plugin from the plugin's website, but may need to use a revision-control program like git, bazaar, or subversion to copy a plugin's software repository from the internet. Refer to the plugin's documentation for information on getting the plugin.

Place the plugin files into the /home/username/.local/share/gedit/plugins directory.

Of course, replace the word username with your own username.

After you have placed the plugin files into the correct directory, the plugin will appear in the Preferences menu. Select Edit PreferencesPlugins [Name of Plugin] to enable the plugin.

Click Close.

After you have enabled the plugin, it should be available for you to use.

The .local directory is hidden by default. To view it and other hidden files, select ViewShow Hidden Files, or press CtrlH.

If the directory .local/share/gedit/plugins/ is not present on your system, you will need to create it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-printing.page0000644000373100047300000000754612315065506024370 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Printing documents

Printing with gedit requires that you have connected and configured your printer. If you have not done this, please consult the printing help for GNOME.

gedit allows you to print both to a file and to paper.

Printing To Paper

You can print your documents to paper using a local or remote printer. To print a file:

Select File Print General.

Select the desired printer from the list of printers available.

You can preview the file using Print Preview and once you are satisfied with the settings, click Print to send the file to printer.

Additionally, from Page Setup tab: you can choose Layout and Paper options. As these settings are available throughout GNOME programs, please consult Layout and Paper options help.

Print Multiple Copies And Between Specified Ranges

You can set Range and Copies options to help you:

Printing To File

You can also use gedit to print to a file. To print your document to file of a different format:

Select File Print Print to File.

Printing is enabled for the following file formats, you may select from:

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)

Scalable Vector Graphic (.svg)

To print the document to file, click Print.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-plugins-file-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000343412315065506026605 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Use the side pane to browse and open files File browser pane

Depending on how you use gedit, you may find it helpful to use the File Browser pane plugin. This plugin embeds a file browser in the side pane, giving you easy access to your frequently-used files.

You can enable the Side Pane by selecting geditPreferences PluginsFile Browser Pane.

Opening files from the side pane

To activate and use the side pane, select ViewSide pane (or just press F9), and then click on the file-browser icon at the bottom of the pane.

This will activate the file-browser mode of the side pane. You can then use the navigation buttons at the top of the pane to locate and open your desired files.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-open-files.page0000644000373100047300000000321612315065506024565 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Open a file or set of files

To open a file in gedit, click the Open button, or press CtrlO.

This will cause the Open Files dialog to appear. Use your mouse or keyboard to select the file that you wish to open, and then click Open. The file that you've selected will open in a new tab.

To close the Open Files dialog without opening a file, click Cancel.

You can use the Ctrl and Shift keys to open more than one file at a time. If you hold down the Ctrl key while you select multiple files, clicking Open will open each of the files that you have selected.

Holding down the Shift while you select multiple files will open the first file that you select, the last file that you select, and all of the files in between.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-syntax-highlighting.page0000644000373100047300000000255212315065506026517 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Turn on syntax highlighting
Syntax Highlighting

gedit provides syntax highlighting for a wide range of markup, programming, and scientific languages. If gedit recognizes the syntax being used when you open a file, it will automatically highlight the text.

If your syntax or language is not highlighted upon startup, you can select the appropriate syntax or language by clicking View Highlight Mode, and then choosing the desired syntax. Alternately, you can select the syntax name from a list at the bottom of the gedit window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-plugins-insert-date-time.page0000644000373100047300000000267212315065506027363 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Insert the current date/time at the cursor position Insert date/time

As this name of this plugin suggests, the Insert Date/Time plugin allows you to insert the date and/or time at the current cursor position. To enable this plugin, select gedit PreferencesPlugins Insert Date/Time. To use the plugin, press EditInsert Date and Time.

By default, the Insert Date/Time plugin will prompt you to choose your preferred date/time format each time that you use the plugin. However, you can choose your own default date and time format by selecting geditPreferences PluginsInsert Date/TimeConfigure.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-tabs-moving.page0000644000373100047300000000646412315065506024762 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Move and re-order tabs

Tabs in gedit can be moved, making it easier to work with your files. Tabs can be can re-ordered within the same window, moved outside of gedit (creating a new gedit window), and moved from one window to another.

Change the order of tabs in the gedit window

To change the ordering of tabs in a window:

Click and hold the mouse button on the tab.

Move the tab to the desired position among the other tab.

Release the mouse button.

The tab will be placed in the position closest to where you release the tab, immediately beside other opened tabs.

Move a tab, creating a new gedit window

To create a new window from an existing tab:

Click and hold the mouse button on the tab.

Drag the tab out of the gedit window.

Release the mouse button.

or, while the tab to be moved is open, choose Documents Move to New Window

To move a tab into a new window when gedit is maximized, drag the tab onto the top bar at the top of the screen.
Move a tab to another gedit window

If you want to move a tab from one window to another:

Click and hold the mouse button on the tab.

Drag the tab to the new window.

Place it beside other tabs in the new window.

Release the mouse button.

You may find it easier to move a tab from one window to another by dragging the tab to the Activities hot-corner of GNOME Shell. This will reveal each of the open gedit windows. You can then release the tab on the desired gedit window.

See the tab-related shortcut keys table to make it easier to manage your tabs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-plugins-quick-open.page0000644000373100047300000000514112315065506026255 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Quickly open a file or set of files Quick open

As the name of this plugin would imply, the Quick Open plugin helps you to open files more quickly than using the usual ways of opening files. To enable this plugin, select gedit PreferencesPluginsQuick Open.

Once you have enabled the Quick Open plugin you can use it as follows:

Open the Quick Open dialog box by pressing CtrlAltO, or by selecting FileQuick Open.

The Quick Open file dialog will appear.

Use your mouse to select the file or files that you want to open.

To select several individual files, hold down your Ctrl key while you click on the files that you want to open.

To select a group of files, click on the first file that you want to open, hold down the Shift key, and then click on the last file in the list that you want to open.

Click Open.

Quick Open will look for files in:

The directory of the currently opened document

The root directory of the File Browser Pane plugin

Recent documents which are also shown in theRecent folder in Files

Directories which you have bookmarked in Files

Your Desktop directory

Your Home directory

Quick Open displays files in any of the above locations regardless of whether or not you have opened them previously.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-plugins-zeitgeist-dataprovider.page0000644000373100047300000000245512315065506030700 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Log user activity for documents which are opened in gedit Zeitgeist dataprovider

Zeitgeist is a service that logs user activities and events. Zeitgeist lets other applications access this information in the form of statistics and timelines.The Zeitgeist dataprovider plugin for gedit records user activity for documents used with gedit giving easy access to recently-used and frequently-used files.

Enable Zeitgeist dataprovider

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Zietgeist Dataprovider.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-open-recent.page0000644000373100047300000000270612315065506024746 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Reopen a recently-used file

By default, gedit provides easy access to five of your most recently-used files. Here is how you can open a recently-used file:

Click the downward-facing arrow to the right of the Open button.

gedit will display a list of the five most-recently used files.

Select the desired file, and it will open in a new tab.

To adjust the number of recently-used files that gedit displays, you will need to use the dconf-editor application.

Launch dconf-editor and select org gnomegeditpreferencesui max-recents.

Double-click on the number next to max-recents and change the number to your desired value.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-plugin-guide.page0000644000373100047300000000233612315065506025117 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Configure and use gedit Plugins

You can do more with gedit by using plugins. Several plugins are installed by default, but a large number of other plugins are available separately.

Many Linux distributions make a group of these plugins available as a gedit-plugins package. Install the gedit-plugins package to make these extra plugins available to gedit.
Default gedit Plugins
Additional gedit Plugins
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-change-color-scheme.page0000644000373100047300000000321312315065506026324 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Change the color scheme

gedit includes several different color schemes, allowing you to change the appearance of the main text window.

To change the color scheme, complete the following steps:

Select gedit Preferences Font & Colors.

Choose your desired color scheme.

The new color scheme will be applied immediately.

Use a Custom Color Scheme

You can also use color schemes that have been created by others, or create and use your own color schemes.

Instructions on how to install custom color schemes, as well as examples of color schemes that you can download and use, are available on the gedit wiki.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-undo-recent-action.page0000644000373100047300000000265312315065506026226 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Undo a recent action

If you make a mistake while using gedit, you can undo it by pressing CtrlZ, or by clicking gedit Undo. Doing so will cause gedit to undo one set of similar actions.

Undoing a "set of similar actions" means, for example, that gedit will remove an entire word rather than removing each character in the word one at a time. This makes gedit's undo feature more efficient.

You cannot undo a change after you have saved it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-plugins-snippets.page0000644000373100047300000001503412315065506026051 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Use snippets to quickly insert often-used pieces of text Snippets

Snippets provide a convenient way of inserting repetitive portions of code into your files. For example, an HTML snippet for the ]]> tag would insert the opening and closing portions of the tag, as well as fixed places where you can enter image attributes. This can make writing code easier and faster.

Enable Snippets Plugin

To enable the Snippets plugin:

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Snippets to enable the plugin.
Browse Snippets

To browse available snippets:

Select Tools Manage Snippets.

Make sure the syntax is set appropriately. The status bar at the bottom of the gedit window will show the current language setting. This language setting is what allows gedit to insert the proper snippets. Gedit will normally detect the language or syntax of the file that you're using, but sometimes you may need to set it.

In this example, the language is set to HTML.

Browse the snippets that are available for your language or syntax.
Using Snippets

To insert a snippet into your current document:

Type the desired snippet name anywhere in your current document.

Press Tab to insert the snippet associated with the input term.
Snippet Example Usage

For example, if you have set the syntax to HTML, type head , and press the Tab key. The text would have auto completed into a snippet as:

Page Title ]]>
Adding Snippets

You can add new Snippets that work either globally (that is, they are language agnostic) or only in a particular syntax.

Select Tools Manage Snippets.

From the Manage Snippets sidebar select the desired syntax and click on the "+" button to list existing snippets for the selected syntax.

To add a snippet that works globally (that is, when no particular syntax or language has been set for the document), select Global from the Manage Snippets sidebar.

To add a new snippet, click on the "plus" icon in the Manage Snippets sidebar.

Input a name for the new snippet. The name of the snippet can be different from the snippet you want to add.

Under the Activation section, you must input a term for the Tab trigger: textarea. You will be using this term to insert your snippet.

If you wish to insert a snippet with a keyboard shortcut, then click your mouse pointer on Shortcut key: textarea and press the desired combination of keys. Once you have pressed and released the keys, the keyboard shortcut will be set.

Under the textarea for Edit:, input the desired text for the snippet. You may use ${n} to indicate variables, where n is replaced with a number that represents the numerical order of variables included.
New Snippet Example

Consider you have created a snippet with the term greetings in Tab trigger:. The Edit: textarea contains:

Hello ${1:wonderful}${2:amazing} world! ]]>

You can insert this snippet by typing greetings in the document and pressing the Tab key. The following text snippet will be inserted:

Hello wonderfulamazing world!]]>

The words "wonderful" and "amazing" can be retained or deleted depending on your choice of usage. To do so, press Tab to choose between "wonderful" and "amazing" and press Del to delete the least preferred option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-quickstart.page0000644000373100047300000000254012315065506024715 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Get started with gedit

gedit is a full-featured text editor for the GNOME desktop environment. You can use it to prepare simple notes and documents, or you can use some of its advanced features, making it your own software development environment.

Once gedit launches, you can start writing right away. To save your text, just click Save.

To learn about additional gedit features and to get assistance with performing additional tasks, explore the other portions of the gedit help.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-plugins-sort.page0000644000373100047300000000564312315065506025200 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Sort lines of text into alphabetical order Sort

The Sort plugin arranges selected lines of text into alphabetical order.

You cannot use the Undo feature to correct a Sort operation, so we recommend that you save the file immediately before performing the sort. If you make a mistake with the sort, you can revert to the previously-saved version of the file by selecting FileRevert.
Enable Sort Plugin

To enable the Sort plugin:

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Sort to enable the plugin.
Using Sort Plugin

To use the Sort plugin:

Drag and highlight the desired lines of text.

Select gedit Sort.

The Sort dialog will open, allowing you to choose between several sorting options:

Reverse order will arrange the text in reverse alphabetical order.

Remove duplicates will remove duplicate values from the list.

Ignore case will ignore case sensitivity.

To have the sort ignore the characters at the start of the lines, set the first character that should be used for sorting in the Start at column spin box.

To perform the sort operation, click Sort.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-plugins-modelines.page0000644000373100047300000000655612315065506026174 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Emacs, Kate and Vim-style modelines support for gedit Modelines

The Modelines plugin allows gedit to analyze the lines of text at the start and end of a file, and then apply a set of document preferences to the file. The Modelines plugin supports a subset of the options used by the Emacs, Kate and Vim text editors.

To enable the Modelines plugin, select gedit PreferencesPluginsModelines.

General Modeline Options

The following options can be set using gedit modelines:

Tab width

Indent width

Inserting spaces instead of tabs

Text Wrapping

Right margin width

Preferences set using modelines take precedence over the ones specified in the preference dialog.
Emacs Modelines

The first two lines of a document are scanned for Emacs modelines, and gedit supports the following Emacs modeline options:

Tab-width

Indent-offset

Indent-tabs-mode

Text auto-wrap

For more information on Emacs modelines, visit the GNU Emacs Manual.

Kate Modelines

The first and last ten lines a document are scanned for Kate modelines, and gedit supports the following Kate modeline options:

tab-width

indent-width

space-indent

word-wrap

word-wrap-column

For more information about Kate modelines, visit the Kate website.

Vim Modelines

The first and last three lines a document are scanned for Vim modelines, and gedit supports the following Vim modeline options:

et (expandtab)

ts (tabstop)

sw (shiftwidth)

పొట్లం కట్టు

textwidth

For more information on Vim modelines, visit the Vim website.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-printing-order.page0000644000373100047300000000425512315065506025473 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Getting Copies To Print In The Correct Order
Reverse

Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. To reverse the order:

Select File Print.

In the General tab of the Print dialog under Copies, check Reverse.

The last page will be printed first, and so on.

Collate

If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print outs will be grouped by page number by default. (e.g. The copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, etc.) Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together.

To Collate:

Click File Print.

In the General tab of the Print dialog under Copies check Collate.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-replace.page0000644000373100047300000000714012315065506024137 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Replace text

Editing text can be time consuming. To save time, gedit includes a Replace function that helps you to find and replace portions of text.

Replace text in <app>gedit</app>

Open the Replace tool by clicking Search Replace or press CtrlH.

Enter the text that you wish to replace into the 'Search for:' field.

Enter the new, replacement text into the 'Replace with:' field.

Once you have entered the original and replacement text, select your desired replacement options:

To replace only the next matching portion of text, click Replace.

To replace all occurrences of the searched-for text, click Replace All.

Use the Replace All function with care. Replace All works on the entirety of your text file, and does not allow you to highlight portions of text where the replace function will be performed.
More options Match case

The Match case option allows you to specify whether you want your search to be case-sensitive. If this option is selected, searches will be case-sensitive. If not, searches will not be case-sensitive.

 Match entire word only

Use this option to search for a specific word without including fragments of other words. For example, if you searched for the word 'and' with this option selected, the word 'and' would be matched, but the words 'sand' and 'commander' would not be matched.

Search backwards

This command behaves identically to the Find Previous command. If you wish to step through search results from end to beginning, select this option.

 Wrap around

With the wrap around option enabled, gedit will re-start the search/replace action at the top of the file after it has reached the bottom of the file. This ensures that your search/replace action is made across your entire file.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-save-file.page0000644000373100047300000000214712315065506024401 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Save a file

To save a file in gedit, click on the disk-drive icon with the word Save next to it. You may also select File Save, or just press CtrlS.

If you are saving a new file, the Save File dialog will appear, and you can select a name for the file, as well as the directory where you would like the file to be saved.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000071412315065506022402 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License. To view a copy of this license, visit http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/ or send a letter to Creative Commons, 444 Castro Street, Suite 900, Mountain View, California, 94041, USA.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-create-new-file.page0000644000373100047300000000172112315065506025472 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Create a new file

The easiest way to create a new file in gedit, is to click the icon in the toolbar that looks like a blank piece of paper. If you prefer, you may also select FileNew, or press CtrlN.

Any one of these actions will create a new file in the gedit window. If you have other files open in gedit, the new file that you create will appear as a new tab to the right of those files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-full-screen.page0000644000373100047300000000376712315065506024756 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Use fullscreen mode

When working with a large document, you may find it helpful to work in gedit's fullscreen mode. Using fullscreen mode will hide the menu bar, tab bar and the tool bar, presenting you with more of your text and allowing you to better focus on your tasks.

Turn on fullscreen mode

To turn on fullscreen mode, select View Fullscreen, or press F11. gedit's menu, title, and tab-bars will hide, and you will only be presented with the text of your current file.

If you need to perform an action from the gedit menu while working in fullscreen mode, move your mouse pointer to the top of the screen. The gedit menu bar will reappear, and you can select your desired action.

To switch between open tabs while in fullscreen mode, press either CtrlAltPgUp or CtrlAltPgDn.
Turn off fullscreen mode

To turn off fullscreen mode and return to the standard gedit window, press F11.

You can also move your mouse cursor to the top of the screen, and wait for the menu bar to appear. When the menu bar appears, select Leave Fullscreen.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-plugins-external-tools.page0000644000373100047300000000343712315065506027170 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Run scripts on your current files, and interact with other applications External tools

The External Tools plugin can help simplify repetitive tasks. Specifically, it extends gedit by helping you to run scripts on your working files, and by allowing gedit to interact with other programs on your computer. To enable the External Tools plugin, select gedit PreferencesPlugins External Tools.

Configure the external tools plugin

Once you have enabled the plugin, you will need to configure it to suit your needs. The configuration options are available by selecting ToolsManage External Tools.

This plugin is for advanced users, and requires knowledge of scripting to be used effectively. Use this plugin with care, as mistakes with your scripts can affect your work in unintended ways.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-files-basic.page0000644000373100047300000000131512315065506024703 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com File basics: Open, close, and save files

If you are new to gedit, these topics will help you with creating, saving, and opening and closing files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-open-on-server.page0000644000373100047300000000417712315065506025412 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Open a file that is located on a server

Prior to opening a file on a server from within gedit, you need to know some technical information about the server. For example, you will need to know the IP Address or URL of the server, and may need to know what kind of server it is (e.g., HTTP, FTP, etc.).

Also, some types of servers impose restrictions on what you can do with files stored on the server. For example, you may be able to open a file from a server, but may need to save any changes to the file locally, on your own computer.

With these caveats in mind, perform the following steps to open a file from a server using gedit:

Choose FileOpen to display the Open Files dialog.

Select the Pencil icon near the top of the Open Files dialog.

Enter the IP Address or URL of the appropriate server.

Find and select the file that you wish to open.

Use the Character coding drop-down list to select the appropriate character coding.

Click Open.

Valid types of URI include http:, ftp:, file:, and all of the methods supported by gvfs.

Files from some types of URI are opened as read-only, and any changes you make must be saved to a different location. For example, HTTP only allows files to be read. Files opened from FTP are read-only because not all FTP servers may correctly work with saving remote files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gedit/gedit-search.page0000644000373100047300000000764712315065506024005 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Search for text

The Find tool can help you find specific sequences of text within in your file.

Finding text

Open the search window by clicking Search Find or pressing CtrlF. This will move your cursor to the start of the search window.

Type the text you wish to search for in the search window.

As you type, gedit will begin highlighting the portions of text that match what you have entered.

To scroll through the search results, do any of the following:

Click on the up or down facing arrows next to the search window.

Press the up arrow or down arrow keys on your keyboard.

Press CtrlG or CtrlShiftG.

Press the Ctrl and use your mouse or touchpad's scroll feature to move up or down through the text.

To close the search window, press either Esc or Enter. Pressing Esc will return the cursor to where it was before you began your search. Pressing Enter will return the cursor to the current position in the search results.

Search tips

If you highlight a portion of text with your mouse, and then press CtrlF, the text you've highlighted will appear in the search window.

For more search options, click on the Magnifying Glass icon in the search window, or right-click anywhere in the search window. You can select one or more of the following search options:

Select Match Case to make the search case sensitive.

Select Match Entire Word Only to search only complete words.

Select Wrap Around to search text from top to bottom and cycle back again.

The text that you've searched for will remain highlighted by gedit, even after you have completed your search. To remove the highlight, click SearchClear Highlight, or press CtrlShiftK.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/gtk-doc-manual/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000032726512301102114024747 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 included"> ]> GTK-Doc మాన్యుయల్ 1.20 GTK-Doc వినియోగపు సూచనలతో అభివృద్దికారుల కొరకు వినియోగదారి మాన్యుయల్. Chris Lyttle
chris@wilddev.net
Dan Mueth
d-mueth@uchicago.edu
Stefan Kost
ensonic@users.sf.net
GTK-Doc project
gtk-doc-list@gnome.org
 2000, 2005 Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle 2007-2014 Stefan Sauer (Kost) ఎటువంటి ఫ్రంట్-కవర్ పాఠ్యములు, మరియు బ్యాక్-కవర్ పాఠ్యములు లేకుండా, ఫ్రీ సాఫ్టువేరు ఫౌండేషన్ ద్వారా ప్రచురితమైన వర్షన్ 1.1 లేదా దాని తర్వాత వర్షన్‌ GNU Free Documentation License నియమాలకు లోబడి ఈ పత్రమును నకలు తీయుటకు, పంపిణీ చేయుటకు మరియు/లేదా సవరించుటకు అనుమతి యివ్వబడింది. లైసెన్సు యొక్క నకలు చేర్చబడింది.న్ ద్వారా ప్రచురితమై, కంపెనీలు వాటి వుత్పత్తులను మరియు సేవలను వర్గీకరించుటకు వుపయోగించు చాలా వరకు నామములు ట్రేడ్‌మార్కులుగా హక్కు కలిగివుంటాయి. అవి GNOME పత్రికీకరణనందు కనిపించునప్పుడు, మరియు GNOME Documentation Project సభ్యలు ఆ ట్రేడ్‌మార్కులను గుర్తించుటకు, ఆనామములు పెద్ద అక్షరములలో లేదా మొదటి అక్షరం పెద్ద అక్షరంగా ముద్రించబడతాయి. 1.20 16 Feb 2014 ss bug fixes, markdown support, style improvements 1.19 05 Jun 2013 ss bug fixes 1.18 14 Sep 2011 ss bug fixes, speedups, markdown support 1.17 26 Feb 2011 sk urgent bug fix update 1.16 14 Jan 2011 sk bugfixes, layout improvements 1.15 21 May 2010 sk bug and regression fixes 1.14 28 March 2010 sk bugfixes and performance improvements 1.13 18 December 2009 sk broken tarball update 1.12 18 December 2009 sk new tool features and bugfixes 1.11 16 November 2008 mal GNOME doc-utils migration పరిచయం ఈ అధ్యాయము GTK-Docను పరిచయం చేస్తుంది మరియు అది యేమిచేస్తుంది దానిని యెలా వుపయోగించాలి అనేదానిపై సంక్షిప్తంగా వివరిస్తుంది. GTK-Doc అంటే యేమిటి? GTK-Doc అనునది C కోడ్‌ను పత్రికీకరణ చేయుటకు వుపయోగించబడింది. ఇది ముఖ్యంగా GTK+ మరియు GNOME వంటి లైబ్రరీల పబ్లిక్ API పత్రికీకరణకు వుపయోగించబడింది. అయితే యిది అనువర్తనము కోడ్‌ను పత్రికీకరణ చేయుటకు కూడా వుపయోగించవచ్చును. GTK-Doc యెలా పనిచేయును? GTK-Doc అనునది మూలపు(సోర్స్) ఫైళ్ళ యొక్క ఫంక్షన్స్ నందు ప్రత్యేకించి-రూపొందించిన కామెంట్ బ్లాక్స్ నందలి పత్రికీకరణను వుపయోగించి పనిచేయును, లేదా GTK-Doc వుపయోగించే మాదిరి(టెంప్లేట్) ఫైళ్ళకు జతచేసిన పత్రికీకరణను వుపయోగించును (GTK-Doc హెడర్ ఫైళ్ళ నందు డిక్లేర్ చేసివున్న ఫంక్షన్లకు మాత్రమే పత్రికీకరణ యిచ్చును; అది స్టాటిక్ ఫంక్షన్ల కొరకు అవుట్పుట్ అందించదు). GTK-Doc చాలా పెర్ల్ స్క్రిప్టులను కలిగివుంది, ప్రతిది వేరువేరు స్టెప్పును కార్యక్రమమునందు జరుపును. అక్కడ కార్యక్రమమునందు 5 ముఖ్య స్టెప్పులు వున్నవి: పత్రికీకరణను వ్రాయుట. మూలకర్త(ఆథర్) సోర్స్ ఫైళ్ళనందు ప్రతి ఫంక్షన్‌కు, మాక్రోకు, యూనియన్‌కు పత్రకీకరణను యిస్తాడు. (గతంలో సమాచారమును మాదిరి ఫైళ్ళనందు ప్రవేశపెట్టేవారు, యిది యిప్పడు సమర్ధించబడదు). Gathering information about the code. gtkdoc-scan scans the header files of the code looking for declarations of functions, macros, enums, structs, and unions. It creates the file <module>-decl-list.txt containing a list of the declarations, placing them into sections according to which header file they are in. On the first run this file is copied to <module>-sections.txt. The author can rearrange the sections, and the order of the declarations within them, to produce the final desired order. The second file it generates is <module>-decl.txt. This file contains the full declarations found by the scanner. If for some reason one would like some symbols to show up in the docs, where the full declaration cannot be found by the scanner or the declaration should appear differently, one can place entities similar to the ones in <module>-decl.txt into <module>-overrides.txt. gtkdoc-scangobj can also be used to dynamically query a library about any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves information about each object's position in the class hierarchy and about any GObject properties and signals it provides. gtkdoc-scanobj should not be used anymore. It was needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+. Generating the "template" files. gtkdoc-mktmpl creates a number of files in the tmpl/ subdirectory, using the information gathered in the first step. (Note that this can be run repeatedly. It will try to ensure that no documentation is ever lost.) Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep documentation in the code. gtkdocize supports now a option that chooses a makefile that skips tmpl usage totally. If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand, please remove the directory (e.g. from version control system). Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF. gtkdoc-mkdb turns the template files into SGML or XML files in the sgml/ or xml/ subdirectory. If the source code contains documentation on functions, using the special comment blocks, it gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used it only reads docs from sources and introspection data. We recommend to use Docbook XML. gtkdoc-mkhtml turns the SGML/XML files into HTML files in the html/ subdirectory. Likewise gtkdoc-mkpdf turns the SGML/XML files into a PDF document called <package>.pdf. sgml/ లేదా xml/ మరియు html/ డైరెక్టరీల నందలి ఫైళ్ళు యెల్లప్పుడూ దిద్దివ్రాయబడును. ఎవరూ వాటిని యెప్పుడూ నేరుగా సరికూర్చకూడదు. పత్రముల మధ్య క్రాస్-రిఫరెన్సెస్‌ను పరిష్కరించుచున్నది. HTML ఫైళ్ళను సంస్థాపించిన తర్వాత, వేరు వేరు పత్రముల మధ్య క్రాస్-రిఫరెన్సెస్‌ను అమర్చుటకు gtkdoc-fixxref నడుపవచ్చును. ఉదాహరణకు, GTK+ పత్రికీకరణ అనునది GLib మాన్యుయల్ నందు వుంచిన పత్రికీకరణకు చాలా క్రాస్-రిఫరెన్సెస్ కలిగివుంది. పంపిణీ కొరకు మూలపు టార్బాల్‌ను సృష్టించునప్పుడు, gtkdoc-rebase అనునది అన్ని బహిర్గత లింకులను వెబ్-లింకులకు మార్చును. పంపిణీచేసిన (ముందుగాజనియింపచేసిన) పత్రములను సంస్థాపించునప్పుడు అదే అనువర్తనము లింకులను స్థానిక లింకులకు (ఆ పత్రములు యెక్కడ సంస్థాపించబడినవో అక్కడికి) తిరిగివుంచుటకు ప్రయత్నించును. GTK-Doc పొందుట అవసరములు Perl v5 - ముఖ్య స్క్రిప్టులు Perl1 నందు వున్నవి. DocBook DTD v3.0 - ఇది DocBook SGML DTD. http://www.ora.com/davenport Jade v1.1 - SGMLను వివిధ ఫార్మాట్ల లోనికి మార్చుటకు యిది DSSSL ప్రోసెసర్. http://www.jclark.com/jade Modular DocBook Stylesheets DocBookను HTMLకు (యింకా కొన్ని యితర ఫార్మాట్లకు) మార్చుటకు యిది DSSSL కోడ్. ఇది jadeతో కలిపి వుపయోగించబడును. నేను DSSSL కోడ్‌ను కొద్దిగా మలచుకొనినాను, gtk-doc.dsl నందు, ప్రోగ్రామ్ కోడ్ జాబితాలు/డిక్లరేషన్లను రంగులో వుంచుటకు, మరియు జనియింపచేసిన HTML నందు గ్లోబల్ క్రాస్-రిఫరెన్సెస్ యిండిసెస్‌ను మద్దతించుటకు. http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl docbook-to-man - DocBook నుండి man పేజీలను సృష్టించాలని అనుకొంటే. నేను 'translation spec' ను కొద్దిగా మలచుకొనినాను, విభగాపు హెడ్డింగులను పెద్దఅక్షరములలో వుంచుకొనుటకు మరియు పేజీల యొక్క పైభాగమున 'GTK Library' శీర్షికను జతచేయుటకు మరియు క్రిందన పునఃపరిశీలన తేదీను వుంచుటకు. దీనికి http://www.ora.com/davenport పైన వొక లింకు వుంది. గమనిక: ఇంది యింకా పనిచేయుటలేదు. సంస్థాపన DocBook మాడ్యులర్ స్టైల్‌షీట్లు యిక్కడ సంస్థాపించాలని వొక ప్రామాణిక స్థలము యేమీలేదు. GTK-Doc యొక్క ఆకృతీకరణ స్క్రిప్టు ఈ 3 డైరెక్టరీలను స్వయంచాలకంగా శోధిస్తుంది: /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular (RedHat ద్వారా వుపయోగించబడింది) /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook (Debian ద్వారా వుపయోగించబడింది) /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl (SuSE ద్వారా వుపయోగించబడింది) మీరు యెక్కడోవొకచోట స్టైల్‌షీట్లను సంస్థాపించివుంటే, మీరు GTK-Docను ఈ ఐచ్చికము వుపయోగించి ఆకృతీకరించవలసి వుంటుంది: --with-dsssl-dir=<PATH_TO_TOPLEVEL_STYLESHEETS_DIR> GTK-Doc గురించి (FIXME) (చరిత్ర, మూలకర్తలు, వెబ్ పుటలు, లైసెన్స్, భవిష్య ప్రణాళికలు, సమానమైన యితర సిస్టమ్సుతో పోలిక.) ఈ మాన్యుయల్ గురించి (FIXME) (ఇది యెవరి కొరకు, మీరు దీనిని యెచటనుండి పొందగలరు, లైసెన్స్) మీ ప్రోజెక్టును అమర్చుట The next sections describe what steps to perform to integrate GTK-Doc into your project. Theses sections assume we work on a project called 'meep'. This project contains a library called 'libmeep' and an end-user app called 'meeper'. We also assume you will be using autoconf and automake. In addition section plain makefiles or other build systems will describe the basics needed to work in a different build setup. స్కెల్టెన్ పత్రికీకరణను అమర్చుచున్నది మీ పై-స్థాయి ప్రోజెక్టు డైరెక్టరీ క్రింద docs/reference అను ఫోల్డర్లను సృష్టించుము (ఈ విధంగా మీరు docs/helpను అంత్య-వినియోగదారి పత్రికీకరణ కొరకు కలిగివుండవచ్చును). doc-package నామముతో వేరొక వుపసంచయంను సృష్టించుకొనుట సిఫార్సు చేయబడింది. కేవలం వొక లైబ్రరీ మాత్రమే వున్న ప్యాకేజీలకు యిది అవసరములేదు. This can then look as shown below: Example directory structure autoconf తో విలీనం చాలా సులువు! మీ configure.ac స్క్రిప్టునకు వొక లైను మాత్రమే జతచేయుము. autoconf తో విలీనం This will require all developers to have gtk-doc installed. If it is okay for your project to have optional api-doc build setup, you can solve this as below. Keep it as is, as gtkdocize is looking for GTK_DOC_CHECK at the start of a line. Keep gtk-doc optional ఆకృతీకరణ సమయము వద్ద gtkdocversion కొరకు పరిశీలించుటకు మొదటి ఆర్గుమెంటు వుపయోగించబడింది. 2వది, gtkdocize చేత వుపయోగించబడిన ఐచ్చిక ఆర్గుమెంట్. GTK_DOC_CHECK మాక్రో చాలా ఆకృతీకరణ స్విచ్‌లను జతచేస్తుంది: --with-html-dir=PATH : సంస్థాపించిన పత్రములకు పాత్ --enable-gtk-doc : పత్రికీకరణను నిర్మించుటకు gtk-doc వుపయోగించుము [default=no] --enable-gtk-doc-html : పత్రికీకరణను html ఫార్మాట్‌నందు నిర్మించుము [default=yes] --enable-gtk-doc-pdf : పత్రికీకరణను pdf ఫార్మాట్ నందు నిర్మించుము [default=no] GTK-Doc అప్రమేయంగా అచేతనము చేయబడింది! ఐచ్చికము ను తరువాతి configureకు నడుపుట మర్చిపోవద్దు. లేకపోతే ముందుగా జనియింపచేసిన పత్రికీకరణ సంస్థాపించబడుతుంది (ఇది వినియోగదారులకు వుపయోగకరం అయితే అభివృద్దికారులకు కాదు). మీ configure.ac స్క్రిప్టునందు ఈ క్రింది వరుసను కలిగివుండుట చాలామంచిది. ఇది మీ ప్రోజెక్టునందు GTK_DOC_CHECK కొరకు స్వయంచాలకంగా మాక్రో నిర్వచనాన్ని నకలు తీయుటకు gtkdocizeను అనుమతిస్తుంది. gtkdocize కొరకు సన్నాహం automake తో విలీనం First copy the Makefile.am from the examples sub directory of the gtkdoc-sources to your project's API documentation directory ( ./docs/reference/<package>). A local copy should be available under e.g. /usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am. If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one. The next step is to edit the settings inside the Makefile.am. All the settings have a comment above that describes their purpose. Most settings are extra flags passed to the respective tools. Every tool has a variable of the form . All the tools support to list the supported parameters. autogen తో విలీనం వర్షన్ కంట్రోల్ సిస్టమ్ (cvs/svn/git వంటి) నుండి చెక్అవుట్ తర్వాత బుల్డ్ నిర్మాణం అమర్చుటకు చాలా ప్రోజెక్టులు autogen.sh స్క్రిప్టును కలిగివుంటాయి. GTK-Doc అనునది gtkdocize అనబడు సాధనంతో వస్తుంది దీనిని అటువంటి స్క్రిప్టు నందు వుపయోగించవచ్చును. ఇది autoheader, automake లేదా autoconf ముందు నడుపవలెను. autogen.sh నుండి gtkdocize నడుపుతోంది When running gtkdocize it copies gtk-doc.make to your project root (or any directory specified by the option). It also checks you configure script for the GTK_DOC_CHECK invocation. This macro can be used to pass extra parameters to gtkdocize. Historically GTK-Doc was generating template files where developers entered the docs. This turned out to be not so good (e.g. the need for having generated files under version control). Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the tools can get all the information from source comments and thus the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep documentation in the code. gtkdocize supports now a option that chooses a makefile that skips tmpl usage totally. Besides adding the option directly to the command invocation, they can be added also to an environment variable called GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS or set as a 2nd parameter in GTK_DOC_CHECK macro in the configure script. If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand and migrating from older gtkdoc versions, please remove the directory (e.g. from version control system). doc బుల్డును నడుపుట గతంలో జరిపిన స్టెప్పుల తర్వాత యిప్పుడు బుల్డును నడుపవలెను. ముందుగా మనము autogen.shను తిరిగి నడుపవలెను. ఈ స్క్రిప్టు మీ కొరకు ఆకృతీకరణను నడిపితే, దానికి ఐచ్చికాన్ని యివ్వుము. లేదా తరువాత ఈ ఐచ్చికముతో మానవీయంగా configureను నడుపుము. The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-directories. The important ones are: <package>.types, <package>-docs.xml (in the past .sgml), <package>-sections.txt. doc బుల్డును నడుపుట ఇప్పుడు మీ బ్రౌజర్‌కు మీరు docs/reference/<package>/index.htmlను సూచించవచ్చును. అవును, యిప్పటికి యిది కొంత నిరుత్సాహపరుస్తోంది. అయితే ఆగండి, తరువాతి అధ్యాయమునందు పేజీలను యెలా నింపాలో చెబుతాము. వర్షన్ కంట్రోల్ సిస్టమ్‌తో విలీనం As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under version control. For typical projects it's these files: <package>.types, <package>-docs.xml (in the past .sgml), <package>-sections.txt, Makefile.am Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore gtk-doc.mak one will need to call the gtkdoc tools in the right order in own makefiles (or other build tools). Documentation build steps One will need to look at the Makefile.am and gtk-doc.mak to pick the extra options needed. కోడ్‌ను పత్రికీకరణ చేయుట GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure from other sources. During the next section you will find all information about the syntax of the comments. పత్రికీకరణ స్థానము గతంలో చాలా వరకు పత్రికీకరణ అనునది tmpl డైరెక్టరీ క్రిందని ఫైళ్ళలో నింపవలసివుండేది. సమాచారము సరిగా నవీకరించబడక పోవుట మరియు ఆ ఫైలు వర్షన్ కంట్రోల్ సిస్టమ్సుతో విభేదించుట వంటి లోపాలను యిది కలిగివుంది. ముందుగా తెలిపిన సమస్యలను తప్పించుటకు మేము పత్రికీకరణను మూలముల లోపలే వుంచమని సూచించుచున్నాము. ఈ మాన్యుయల్ ఈ విధంగా కోడ్ పత్రికీకరణను మాత్రమే వివరించును. The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can hint GTK-Doc to skip over them. GTK-Doc comment block పత్రికీకరణ వ్యాఖ్యలు A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. GTK-Doc comment block 'identifier' అనునది వ్యాఖ్యకు సంభందించిన అంశము యొక్క నామముతో వుండు వొక వరుస. అంశము పై ఆధారపడి సిన్టాక్సు అనునది కొద్దిగా విభేదించును. (చేయవలసినది identifies చూపు పట్టికను జతచేయి) The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter description first followed by a blank line (just a '*'). Afterwards follows the detailed description. All lines (outside program listings and CDATA sections) just containing a ' *' (blank-asterisk) are converted to paragraph breaks. If you don't want a paragraph break, change that into ' * ' (blank-asterisk-blank-blank). This is useful in preformatted text (code listings). When documenting code, describe two aspects: What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes be misleading for people coming from a different background. What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation with the other API. One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. GTK-Doc comes to help by providing several useful abbreviations. Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments. Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to parameters of other functions, related to the one being described. Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS. Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and macros which don't take arguments. Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal. Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property. Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and #GObjectClass.foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod. మీరు ప్రత్యేక ఆక్షరములు '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or '#'ను మీ పత్రికీకరణనందు GTK-Doc వాటిని మార్చకుండా వుపయోగించాలి అంటే మీరు XML మూలకములు "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" మరియు "&num;" వుపయోగించవచ్చు లేదా వాటిని '\' బాక్‌స్లాష్‌తో ఎస్కేప్ చేయుము. DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting syntax called Markdown. On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will appear as lines starting with a dash. In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by putting or in the variable MKDB_OPTIONS inside Makefile.am. GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!"); * ]| */ ]]> More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference. ముందుగా చెప్పినట్లుగా GTK-Doc అనునది పబ్లిక్ API పత్రికీకరణ కొరకు. స్థిర చిహ్నములకు వొక్కరే పత్రికీకరణ వ్రాయలేరు. ఆ చిహ్నములను కూడా వ్యాఖ్యానించుట మంచిది. ఇది యితరులు కూడా మీ కోడ్‌ను అర్ధము చేసుకొనుటకు సహాయపడును. అందుకని వీటిని సాదారణ వ్యాఖ్యలు (మొదటి వరుసనందు 2వ '*' లేకుండా) వుపయోగించి వ్యాఖ్యానించమని సూచించడమైంది. తరువాత ఆ ఫంక్షన్ పబ్లిక్‌గా మార్చవలసివుంటే, చేయవలసినదల్లా వేరొక '*'ను వ్యాఖ్య బ్లాక్ నందు చేర్చి మరియు చిహ్నపు నామాన్నివిభగాముల ఫైలునందు సరైన స్థానములో వుంచడమే. పత్రికీకరణ విభాగములు పత్రికీకరణ యొక్క ప్రతి విభాగము వొక క్లాస్ లేదా మాడ్యూల్ గురించిన సమాచారమును కలిగివుంటుంది. మూలకాన్ని పరిచయం చేయుటకు వొకరు విభాగపు బ్లాక్‌ను వ్రాయవచ్చును. పొట్టి వివరణ అనునది పట్టిక యొక్క సారముల లోపలకూడా వుపయోగించబడును. అన్ని @fields ఐచ్చికమైనవి. విభాగపు వ్యాఖ్య బ్లాక్ SECTION:<name> నామము అనునది విభాగపు పత్రికీకరణను <package>-sections.txt ఫైలునందలి సంభందిత భాగమునకు లింకుచేయును. ఇక్కడ యిచ్చిన నామము <package>-sections.txt ఫైలునందలి <FILE> టాగ్‌తో సరిపోలవలెను. @short_description విభాగము యొక్క వివరణ వొక్క వరుసలో, తరువాత అది TOC నందు లింక్సు తరువాత మరియు విభాగపు పేజీ పైన కనిపించును. @title విభాగపు శీర్షిక అనునది SECTION డిక్లరేషన్ నుండి <name> అప్రమేయం కాబడును. ఇది @title క్షేత్రము ద్వారా దిద్దివ్రాయబడును. @section_id Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects the <title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <MODULE>-<title>. @see_also A list of symbols that are related to this section. @stability An informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend the use of one of these terms: Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have confidence that they will run on all minor releases of the product (after the one in which the interface was introduced, and within the same major release). Even at a major release, incompatible changes are expected to be rare, and to have strong justifications. Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly changing technology, or to provide an interim solution to a problem where a more general solution is anticipated. No claims are made about either source or binary compatibility from one minor release to the next. Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in specified and documented ways. Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be Internal. @include విభాగపు సారాంశము నందు చూపుటకు #include ఫైళ్ళు (కామాతో వేరుచేయబడిన జాబితా), విభాగపు ఫైలు లేదా ఆదేశ వరుసనుండి గ్లోబల్ విలువను దిద్దివ్రాయుట. ఈ అంశము ఐచ్చికము. @image ఈ విభాగము కొరకు సూచనపేజీ పైన ప్రదర్శించుటకు ప్రతిబింబము. ఇది తరుచుగా వొక క్లాస్ యొక్క విజువల్ అప్పియరెన్స్ వివరించుటకు డయాగ్రమ్ వంటిది లేదా యితర క్లాసులతో దాని సంభందాన్ని తెలిపే డయాగ్రమ్. ఈ అంశము ఐచ్చికము. అనవసరపు రికంపైలేషన్‌ను విసర్జించుటకు doc-changes తర్వాత విభాగపు పత్రములను c-source నందు వీలైనచోట వుంచుము. చిహ్నముల పత్రికీకరణ Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the definition of the symbols so that it is easy to keep them in sync. Thus functions are usually documented in the c-source and macros, structs and enums in the header file. సాధారణ టాగ్లు You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated. వర్షనింగ్ టాగ్స్ అప్పటినుంచి: కోడ్ యొక్క యే వర్షన్ నుండి API అందుబాటులోవుందో వివరణ. తీసివేసిన: ఈ ఫంక్షన్ యికపై వుపయోగించుటలేదని పారాగ్రాఫ్ చెబుచున్నది. వివరణ చదువరిని కొత్త APIకు సూచించాలి. (FIXME : స్థిరత్వ సమాచారము) సాధారణ టాగ్లు ఫంక్షన్ వ్యాఖ్యానపు బ్లాక్ Please remember to: Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be freed/unrefed/released. Document whether parameters can be NULL, and what happens if they are. Mention interesting pre-conditions and post-conditions where appropriate. Gtk-doc అన్ని చిహ్నములు (macros, functions) '_'తో ప్రారంభమగునవి వ్యక్తిగతమైనవని పరిగణించును. అవి స్టాటిక్ ఫంక్షన్సు వలె పరిగణించబడును. Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags: http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations ఫంక్షన్ వ్యాఖ్యానపు బ్లాక్ ఫంక్షన్ టాగ్లు తిరిగివచ్చినవి: పారాగ్రాఫ్ తిరిగివచ్చిన ఫలితాన్ని వివరిస్తుంది. @...: ఒకవేళ ఫంక్షన్ వేరియాడిక్ ఆర్గుమెంట్లను కలిగివుంటే, మీరు ఈ టాగ్‌ను వుపయోగించాలి (@Varargs: చారిత్రక కారణాలకు కూడా పనిచేయును). లక్షణము వ్యాఖ్యాము బ్లాక్ లక్షణము వ్యాఖ్యాము బ్లాక్ సంకేతపు వ్యాఖ్యానము బ్లాక్ Please remember to: Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or after other signals. Document what an application might do in the signal handler. సంకేతపు వ్యాఖ్యానము బ్లాక్ Struct వ్యాఖ్యానము బ్లాక్ Struct వ్యాఖ్యానము బ్లాక్ */ GtkWidget parent; /*< public >*/ gboolean bar; } FooWidget; ]]> Use /*< private >*/ before the private struct fields you want to hide. Use /*< public >*/ for the reverse behaviour. Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has vmethods (as this is how they can be documented). For the GObject itself one can use the related section docs, having a separate block for the instance struct would be useful if the instance has public fields. One disadvantage here is that this creates two index entries of the same name (the structure and the section). Enum వ్యాఖ్యానము బ్లాక్ Enum వ్యాఖ్యానము బ్లాక్ */ SOMETHING_COUNT } Something; ]]> Use /*< private >*/ before the private enum values you want to hide. Use /*< public >*/ for the reverse behaviour. ఉపయోగకర DocBook టాగ్స్ కోడ్‌ను పత్రికీకరణ చేయునప్పుడు యెక్కువ వుపయోగకరంగా వుండే మరికొన్ని DocBook టాగ్స్ యిక్కడ వున్నాయి. To link to another section in the GTK docs: Hash Tables ]]> The linkend is the SGML/XML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. For most pages this is currently the part ("gtk", "gdk", "glib") and then the page title ("Hash Tables"). For widgets it is just the class name. Spaces and underscores are converted to '-' to conform to SGML/XML. To refer to an external function, e.g. a standard C function: ... ]]> To include example code: Using a GHashTable. ... ]]> or possibly this, for very short code fragments which don't need a title: ... ]]> For the latter GTK-Doc also supports an abbreviation: To include bulleted lists: ... ... ]]> To include a note which stands out from the text: Make sure you free the data after use. ]]> To refer to a type: unsigned char ]]> To refer to an external structure (not one described in the GTK docs): XFontStruct ]]> To refer to a field of a structure: len ]]> To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: GtkWidget ]]> but you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link to the GtkWidget page - see the abbreviations). To emphasize text: This is important ]]> For filenames use: /home/user/documents ]]> To refer to keys use: ControlL ]]> Filling the extra files There are a couple of extra files, that need to be maintained along with the inline source code comments: <package>.types, <package>-docs.xml (in the past .sgml), <package>-sections.txt. Editing the types file If your library or application includes GObjects, you want their signals, arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the documentation. All you need to do, is to list the xxx_get_type functions together with their include inside the <package>.types file. Example types file snippet gtk_accel_label_get_type gtk_adjustment_get_type gtk_alignment_get_type gtk_arrow_get_type ]]> Since GTK-Doc 1.8 gtkdoc-scan can generate this list for you. Just add "--rebuild-types" to SCAN_OPTIONS in Makefile.am. If you use this approach you should not dist the types file nor have it under version control. Editing the master document GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page per class or module as a separate file. The master document includes them and place them in an order. While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. GTK-Doc has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch. Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies introduced there. Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API documentation is that it is easy to link for the tutorial to symbol documentation. Apart chances are higher that the tutorial gets updates along with the library. So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there which you should take care of. Master document header MODULENAME Reference Manual for MODULENAME [VERSION] The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/. [Insert title here] ]]> Editing the section file The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control the visibility (public or private). The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags). Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment lines. The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>' will result in the section declarations being output in the template file tmpl/gnome-config.sgml, which will be converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file sgml/gnome-config.sgml or the DocBook XML file xml/gnome-config.xml. (The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted to lower case). The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of the section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are initially created, since the title set in the template file overrides this. Also if one uses SECTION comment in the sources, this is obsolete. You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis section. You can also use <SUBSECTION Standard> for standard GObject declarations (e.g. the functions like g_object_get_type and macros like G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.). Currently these are left out of the documentation. You can also use <SUBSECTION Private> for private declarations which will not be output (it is a handy way to avoid warning messages about unused declarations). If your library contains private types which you don't want to appear in the object hierarchy and the list of implemented or required interfaces, add them to a Private subsection. Whether you would place GObject and GObjectClass like structs in public or Standard section depends if they have public entries (variables, vmethods). You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the #include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-separate list of #include files, without the angle brackets. If you set it outside of any sections, it acts for all sections until the end of the file. If you set it within a section, it only applies to that section. Controlling the result A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The generated files are named: <package>-undocumented.txt, <package>-undeclared.txt and <package>-unused.txt. All those are plain text files that can be viewed and postprocessed easily. The <package>-undocumented.txt file starts with the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank lines. The first section lists undocumented or incomplete symbols. The second section does the same for section docs. Incomplete entries are those, which have documentation, but where e.g. a new parameter has been added. The <package>-undeclared.txt file lists symbols given in the <package>-sections.txt but not found in the sources. Check if they have been removed or if they are misspelled. The <package>-unused.txt file lists symbol names, where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where to put it. This means that the symbol has not yet been added to the <package>-sections.txt file. Enable or add the line in Makefile.am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during make check run. One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: <package>-decl-list.txt and <package>-decl.txt. The first one can be compared with the section file if that is manually maintained. The second lists all declarations from the headers. If a symbol is missing one could check if this file contains it. If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced by the object scanner: <package>.args.txt, <package>.hierarchy.txt, <package>.interfaces.txt, <package>.prerequisites.txt and <package>.signals.txt. If there are missing symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate scanner file for further analysis, by running it as GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make. Modernizing the documentation GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new features together with the version since when it is available. GTK-Doc 1.9 When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master document <package>-docs.xml. This version supports in Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the <package>-sections.txt is autogenerated and can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually maintained section file can be as simple as running meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt. Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in the sources instead of the separate files under tmpl. This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the extra tmpl build step at all, by using in configure.ac. GTK-Doc 1.10 This version supports in Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the <package>.types is autogenerated and can be removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also setup the IGNORE_HFILES in Makefile.am for code that is build conditionally. GTK-Doc 1.16 This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding these lines to the end of Makefile.am. Enable gtkdoc-check GTK-Doc 1.20 Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that explains the comment syntax has all the details. Documenting other interfaces So far we have been using GTK-Doc to document the API of code. The next sections contain suggestions how the tools can be used to document other interfaces too. Command line options and man pages As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds like a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is part of the reference and one gets the man-page for free. Document the tool Create one refentry file per tool. Following our example we would call it meep/docs/reference/meeper/meep.xml. For the xml tags that should be used and can look at generated file in the xml subdirectory as well as examples e.g. in glib. Adding the extra configure check Extra configure checks Adding the extra makefile rules Extra configure checks DBus interfaces (FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus) Frequently asked questions Question Answer No class hierarchy. The objects xxx_get_type() function has not been entered into the <package>.types file. Still no class hierarchy. Missing or wrong naming in <package>-sections.txt file (see explanation). Damn, I have still no class hierarchy. Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. GtkWidget) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private subsections). No symbol index. Does the <package>-docs.{xml,sgml} contain a index that xi:includes the generated index? Symbols are not linked to their doc-section. Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())? Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs. A new class does not appear in the docs. Is the new page xi:included from <package>-docs.{xml,sgml}. A new symbol does not appear in the docs. Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in the begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs. Check if the symbol is correctly listed in the <package>-sections.txt in a public subsection. A type is missing from the class hierarchy. If the type is listed in <package>.hierarchy but not in xml/tree_index.sgml then double check that the type is correctly placed in the <package>-sections.txt. If the type instance (e.g. GtkWidget) is not listed or incidentialy makred private it will not be shown. I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations. Check that xml/annotation-glossary.xml is xi:included from <package>-docs.{xml,sgml}. Parameter described in source code comment block but does not exist Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the source. multiple "IDs" for constraint linkend: XYZ Symbol XYZ appears twice in <package>-sections.txt file. Element typename in namespace '' encountered in para, but no template matches. Tools related to gtk-doc GtkDocPlugin - a Trac GTK-Doc integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and integrates with the trac search. Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since tags in the API to determine the minimum required version. Version 1.1, March 2000 2000Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. GNU Free Documentation License 0. PREAMBLE The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written document free in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others. This License is a kind of copyleft, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software. We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. The Document, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as you. A Modified Version of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language. A Secondary Section is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them. The Invariant Sections are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. The Cover Texts are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Transparent copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not Transparent is called Opaque. Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output purposes only. The Title Page means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, Title Page means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. 2. VERBATIM COPYING You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages. If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. 4. MODIFICATIONS You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: A Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission. B List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). C State on the Title Page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. D Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. E Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices. F Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. G Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. H Include an unaltered copy of this License. I Preserve the section entitled History, and its title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section entitled History in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence. J Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the History section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. K In any section entitled Acknowledgements or Dedications, preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein. L Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. M Delete any section entitled Endorsements. Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version. N Do not retitle any existing section as Endorsements or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. You may add a section entitled Endorsements, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard. You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version . 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice. The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled History in the various original documents, forming one section entitled History; likewise combine any sections entitled Acknowledgements, and any sections entitled Dedications. You must delete all sections entitled Endorsements. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. You may extract a single document from such a collection, and dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an aggregate, and this License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. 8. TRANSLATION Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License provided that you also include the original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original English version of this License, the original English version will prevail. 9. TERMINATION You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License or any later version applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. Addendum To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:
Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled GNU Free Documentation License.
If you have no Invariant Sections, write with no Invariant Sections instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no Front-Cover Texts, write no Front-Cover Texts instead of Front-Cover Texts being LIST; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software. usr/share/help-langpack/te/gtk-doc-manual/fdl-appendix.xml0000644000373100047300000006472712301102114025374 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Version 1.1, March 2000 2000Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. GNU Free Documentation License 0. PREAMBLE The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written document free in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others. This License is a kind of copyleft, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software. We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. The Document, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as you. A Modified Version of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language. A Secondary Section is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them. The Invariant Sections are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. The Cover Texts are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Transparent copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not Transparent is called Opaque. Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output purposes only. The Title Page means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, Title Page means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. 2. VERBATIM COPYING You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages. If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. 4. MODIFICATIONS You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: A Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission. B List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). C State on the Title Page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. D Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. E Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices. F Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. G Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. H Include an unaltered copy of this License. I Preserve the section entitled History, and its title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section entitled History in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence. J Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the History section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. K In any section entitled Acknowledgements or Dedications, preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein. L Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. M Delete any section entitled Endorsements. Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version. N Do not retitle any existing section as Endorsements or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. You may add a section entitled Endorsements, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard. You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version . 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice. The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled History in the various original documents, forming one section entitled History; likewise combine any sections entitled Acknowledgements, and any sections entitled Dedications. You must delete all sections entitled Endorsements. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. You may extract a single document from such a collection, and dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an aggregate, and this License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. 8. TRANSLATION Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License provided that you also include the original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original English version of this License, the original English version will prevail. 9. TERMINATION You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License or any later version applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. Addendum To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:
Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled GNU Free Documentation License.
If you have no Invariant Sections, write with no Invariant Sections instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no Front-Cover Texts, write no Front-Cover Texts instead of Front-Cover Texts being LIST; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software. usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-labels.page0000644000373100047300000000334512306123617024545 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use labels to categorize your mail while keeping it in their folders. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using Labels

You can add colored labels to emails in order to categorize them. This is similar to Categories in the other Evolution windows.

You can search for messages with specific labels by using the quick search dropdown. Also, search folders can be created based on labels.

Adding a label to a message

To assign a label to a message, right-click the message, click Label, and choose the label to apply.

You can also quickly add a new label by choosing New Label.

Managing labels

You can add, edit and delete all labels under EditPreferencesMail PreferencesLabels. Note that you cannot remove the default labels.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/import-data.page0000644000373100047300000000142512306123617024601 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Importing data from another application. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Importing data from another application
Applications
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-received-notification.page0000644000373100047300000000344212306123617027553 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Options on notifications of newly received mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Getting notified of new mail

Evolution always notifies you of new messages by adding a yellow star to the mailer icon in the window switcher.

Switcher layout when a new message has arrived

In order to also be notified of new messages in the GNOME Notification area at the bottom of the screen, make sure that EditPluginsMail Notification is enabled and that you have set your preferred options in the Configuration tab.

Switcher layout when a new message has arrived

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-webdav.page0000644000373100047300000000277312306123617025406 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using an online Webcal/WebDAV calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using a WebDAV calendar

Calendars of this type are read-only.

To add such a calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewCalendar.

Select the type On the Web.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also when being offline.

Enter the address of the calendar in the URL field.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

Enter your username.

Click Apply.

The calendar will be added to the list of calendars in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page0000644000373100047300000000415412306123617030136 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Setting up reminder notifications for appointments. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Reminders for appointments
General Settings

Under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksReminders you can select those calendars for which you want to receive reminder notifications. If you do not select a calendar, you will not receive reminders for any events in this calendar. You can also define whether to show a reminder for every appointment and for every birthday and anniversary.

Manual Reminders

Apart from the general settings you can also set up reminders in the appointment editor for certain appointments only:

Click OptionsReminders or press the Reminder button in the toolbar.

From the dropdown menu, choose either one of the available default options when to show a notification reminder, or choose Customize.

In case of Customize, the reminder can be a popup, a sound played, or a program ran. You can also define whether the reminder should be repeated.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/contacts-local.page0000644000373100047300000000217212306123617025266 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding another local address book. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Adding another local address book

To add another local address book to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewAddress Book.

Select the type On This Computer.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Click Apply.

The address book will be added to the list of address books in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml0000644000373100047300000001031512306123617031146 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

Sender:

The sender's email address or the name of the sender.

Recipients:

The recipients of the message.

CC:

Only the CC recipients of the message.

BCC:

Only the BCC recipients of the message. Obviously this can only be applied to outgoing filters.

Sender or Recipients:

The sender's email address or the name of the sender or the recipients of the message.

Subject:

The subject line of the message.

Specific Header:

Any header including custom ones.

If a message uses a header more than once, Evolution pays attention only to the first instance, even if the message defines the header differently the second time. For example, if a message declares the Resent-From: header as "engineering@example.com" and then restates it as "marketing@example.com", Evolution filters as though the second declaration did not occur. To filter on messages that use headers multiple times, use a regular expression.

Message Body:

Searches in the actual text of the message.

Expression:

(For programmers only) Match a message according to an expression you write in the Scheme language used to define filters in Evolution.

Date sent:

Filters messages according to the date on which they were sent. First, choose the conditions you want a message to meet, such as before a given time or after a given time. Then choose the time. The filter compares the message's time stamp to the system clock when the filter is run, or to a specific time and date you choose from a calendar. You can also have it look for a message within a range of time relative to the filter, such as two to four days ago.

Date received:

This works the same way as the Date Sent option, except that it compares the time you received the message with the dates you specify.

Label:

Messages can have labels of Important, Work, Personal, To Do, or Later. You can set labels with other filters or manually.

Score:

Sets the message score to any whole number greater than 0. You can have one filter set or change a message score, and then set up another filter to move the messages you have scored. A message score is not based on anything in particular: it is simply a number you can assign to messages so other filters can process them.

Size (kB):

Sorts based on the size of the message in kilobytes.

Status:

Filters according to the status of a message. The status can be Replied To, Draft, Important, Read, or Junk.

Follow Up:

Checks whether the message is flagged for follow-up.

Completed On:

Attachments:

Checks whether there is an attachment for the email.

Mailing List:

Filters based on the mailing list the message came from. This filter might miss messages from some list servers, because it checks for the X-BeenThere header, which is used to identify mailing lists or other redistributors of mail. Mail from list servers that do not set X-BeenThere properly are not be caught by these filters.

Regex Match:

(For programmers only) If you know your way around a regex, or regular expression, this option allows you to search for complex patterns of letters, so that you can find, for example, all words that start with a and end with m, and are between six and fifteen letters long, or all messages that declare a particular header twice. For information about how to use regular expressions, check the man page for the grep command.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page0000644000373100047300000000371012306123617033145 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for MH-format mail directories accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net MH-format mail directories receiving options
Receiving Email

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Choose the directory by clicking on the button next to Path in the Configuration section. Some default folders are available in the list. If the directory is not among those folders, choose the last option Other.... This will open a directory chooser window.
Receiving Options

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-composer-write-new-message.page0000644000373100047300000000274412306123617030475 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Writing a new email to send to a recipient. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Composing a new message

You can start writing a new email message by clicking FileNewMail Message, by pressing ShiftCtrlM, or by clicking New in the toolbar.

Enter an email address in the To: field. If you want to enter multiple addresses, separate them by commas. See for more information on sending messages to more than one person.

After you have written your message, click Send or press CtrlReturn.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page0000644000373100047300000000306112306123617030601 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable HTML format in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Enabling HTML format

You can change the format of an email message from plain text to HTML in the email composer by choosing FormatHTML from the menu bar.

Alternately, you also can change the first dropdown list below the Subject line from Plain Text to HTML.

If you choose HTML format, a second tool bar will be displayed below the Subject line with HTML-only options.

To send all your mail as HTML by default, enable EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesDefault BehaviorFormat messages in HTML.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-account-manage-pop.page0000644000373100047300000000536312306123617026763 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a POP mail account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net POP mail account settings
Account Editor

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (POP accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (POP accounts) Sending Email
Defaults (POP accounts) Defaults
Security (POP accounts) Security
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-vertical-view.page0000644000373100047300000000330712306123617026062 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Changing the mail view for widescreen displays. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Vertical view

Evolution provides a vertical view in addition to the classical view. In the vertical view, the message preview pane is located at the right side of the message list when compared to the classical view where the message preview pane is placed below the message list. Vertical view enables you to use the extra width of wide screen monitors.

To switch to vertical view, click ViewPreviewVertical View.

In vertical view, the message list contains double lines of compressed headers, which enables you to consume the extra width in the preview column. The compressed columns have Sender Name and Email, Attachment Icon, Date and Subject in the second line.

To switch back to classical view, click ViewPreviewClassical View.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page0000644000373100047300000000566612306123617030267 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On embedded pictures in received HTML messages. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Novell, Inc Images in HTML messages

When someone sends you HTML mail that includes an image in the body of the message (for example, the welcome message in your Inbox), Evolution displays the image inside the message.

Loading images

Some images are links in a message, rather than being part of the message. Evolution can download those images from the Internet, but does not do so unless you request it. This is because remotely hosted images can be slow to load and display, and can even be used by spammers to track who reads the email. Not automatically loading images helps protect your privacy.

To load the images for one message, click ViewLoad Images or press CtrlI.

To set the default action for loading images, go to EditPreferencesMail PreferencesHTML MessagesLoading Images.

Automatically download images in emails from people you know

You can download images from emails sent by your contacts. To do this, go to EditPreferencesMail PreferencesHTML MessagesLoading Images. Enable the Load images only in messages from contacts option.

Next, go to EditPreferencesContactsAutocompletion. Enable autocompletion by ticking the Always show address of the autocompleted contact checkbox.

Saving images

To save an image that is embedded in an HTML email, right-click on the image and click Save Image....

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/minimize-to-system-tray.page0000644000373100047300000000301612306123617027116 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On minimizing Evolution to the notification area. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Minimizing Evolution to the system tray

GNOME, by default, has a notification area which includes an applet that informs users of any system updates, changes, or events. This includes the arrival of email messages on Evolution. You can refer to this built-in feature of GNOME for any email notifications.

In GNOME version 2 you may modify the notification area and set it up to become a system tray by using external applications which might be available for installation in the software management tool of your distribution. Available options are for example Tint2. This is no longer possible in GNOME 3.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/memos-usage-delete-memo.page0000644000373100047300000000161212306123617026773 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting a memo from your memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Deleting a Memo

If you want to delete a memo in your memo lists, right-click on the memo and select Delete, or click on the memo and click Delete in the tool bar, or click EditDelete Memo.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/using-categories.page0000644000373100047300000000634512306123617025636 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using and managing categories for appointments, contacts, memos and tasks. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using Categories

Another way to group contacts, appointments, tasks and memos (summarized by the term "objects" in the following text) is to mark them as belonging to different categories. You can mark an object as being in several categories or no category at all. For example in your address book, you put a friend in the "Business" category because he works with you and the "Friends" category because he is a friend.

To display only the objects in a particular category, select the corresponding category in the quick search bar.
Setting categories for an object

To mark an object as belonging to a category,

Double-click the object to bring up the corresponding editor.

Click Categories.... (If this button is not available, select ViewCategories.)

Select the category from the list. You can select as many or as few categories as you like.
Adding and managing categories

If the default list of categories does not suit your needs, you can add your own categories either directly via EditAvailable Categories, or indirectly when editing an object:

Double-click any object to bring up the corresponding editor.

Click Categories.... (If this button is not available, select ViewCategories.)

Enter the new category in the entry box at the top.

Click OK.

You can now see the category in the Categories text field in the editor.

Click OK.

In the Categories Editor you can edit or set the color and icon for each category available by clicking Edit at the bottom of the Categories window. Press Delete to delete categories from the list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/tasks-usage-delete-task.page0000644000373100047300000000170012306123617027003 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting a task from your task list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Deleting a Task

If you want to delete a task in your task lists, right-click on the task and select Delete, or click on the task and click Delete in the tool bar or press CtrlD, or click EditDelete Task.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/credits.page0000644000373100047300000000514512306123617024020 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Credits and Acknowledgment. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Credits and Acknowledgment
Authors of the <app>Evolution</app> User Documentation

André Klapper

April Gonzalez

Barbara M. Tobias

Phil Bull

Translators of the <app>Evolution</app> User Documentation

(Not applicable to the English version)

Authors of the previous version

Aaron Weber

Akhil Laddha

André Klapper

Duncan Mak

Ettore Perazzoli

Francisco Javier F. Serrador

Jessica Prabhakar

Kevin Breit

Mark Moulder

Novell, Inc.

Radhika Nair

Srinivasa Ragavan

Contact information

The GNOME Documentation Project:

Website

Mailing list

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000050712306123617023330 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/sync-with-other-devices.page0000644000373100047300000001332712306123617027050 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Synchronize Evolution data with handheld devices and mobile phones. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Synchronize <app>Evolution</app> with other devices

There are currently no "recommended instructions" for users.

Many distributions provide the application SyncEvolution that can be used in combination with devices that support SyncML.

In general it is recommended to use applications and devices that both support the ActiveSync protocol (such as SyncEvolution). A list of collaborative software is available on Wikipedia.

If you can provide good practices or more information on this topic feel free to file a bug report in GNOME's bug tracking system.

Palm

To synchronize with a Palm OS device like the PalmPilot(TM) and the Handspring Visor several steps are needed: First, you need to enable synchronization. Second, your computer needs to recognize and access your handheld. Third, you should decide what sort of synchronization behavior you want.

Enabling Synchronization

If you have not used a handheld device with your computer before, you need to configure it via EditGNOME Pilot Synchronization.... Make sure that you have read and write permissions on the device, which is normally in /dev/pilot. If that does not work, check in /dev/ttyS0 if you have a serial connection, or in /dev/ttyUSB1 for a USB connection. You can do this by becoming root user and adding your username to the group that owns this device node. For a USB device on sync, two device nodes are created, ttyUSB0 and ttyUSB1. The second node is the one to be used in configuring the device.

Selecting Conduits

After your computer and your Palm OS device are communicating, select the conduits you want under the Pilot Conduits section. You can use conduits to synchronize data with several applications; the Evolution conduits are labeled EAddress for the contacts in your address book; ECalendar for your calendar; and ETodo for your task list.

Click Enable, then click Settings to change what the conduit does when activated. Your options can vary depending on the conduit, but typically they are as follows:

Disabled: Do nothing.

Synchronize: Copy new data from the computer to the handheld, and from the handheld to the computer. Remove items that were on both systems but have been deleted on one.

Copy From Pilot: If there is any new data on the handheld device, copy it to the computer.

Copy To Pilot: Copy new data from the computer to the handheld.

Select the behavior you want for each conduit you choose to use. If you're not sure, use Synchronize.

Synchronizing Information

Use the following procedure to synchronize the data on your Palm OS device with the data you store in Evolution.

If you want to back up your information before synchronizing, make a copy of the .local/share/evolution directory inside your home directory.

Put your handheld device in its cradle and press the HotSync button.

If you use Palm OS version 4.0 and have password protection turned on for your handheld device, you might encounter trouble synchronizing. If this happens, try turning off password protection on your handheld, synchronize it with your desktop computer, and then re-enable password protection on your handheld.

Now your Palm OS device will synchronize data with Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/tasks-local.page0000644000373100047300000000236412306123617024600 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding another local task or memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Adding another local task or memo list

To add another local task list to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewTask List or FileNewMemo List.

Select the type On This Computer.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Click Apply.

The task list will be added to the list of task lists in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-timezones.page0000644000373100047300000000413212306123617026142 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using time zones in the calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using time zones

Evolution supports using multiple time zones.

Setting your global timezone(s)

By default Evolution uses the system-wide time zone. This can be changed under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksGeneralTimeTime zone.

If you deal a lot with people in another specific time zone you can display that second time zone in the day view of the calendar. You can set a second time zone under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksGeneralTimeSecond zone.

Setting a timezone for an appointment

You can also configure time zone information specific to each appointment. To do that, add a new or edit an existing appointment and click the globe button to customize the time zone that the time exists in. For example, if you live in New York but have a telephone meeting set for noon with someone in California, you need to make sure that your schedules are coordinated. Setting time zones on a per-appointment basis helps avoid that potential confusion.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page0000644000373100047300000000374712306123617034035 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for standard Unix mbox spool directory accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Standard Unix mbox spool directory receiving options
Receiving Email

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Choose the directory by clicking on the button next to Path in the Configuration section. Some default folders are available in the list. If the directory is not among those folders, choose the last option Other.... This will open a directory chooser window.
Receiving Options

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Filters to be automatically used for new messages in your inbox, enable Apply filters to new messages in INBOX.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-moving-emails.page0000644000373100047300000000262612306123617026053 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Moving emails from one folder to another. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Moved emails are still shown in the original folder

If your IMAP mail server does not yet support IMAP's "move" feature which was introduced in January 2013, Evolution "moves" messages by copying and deleting emails. Deleting means "marking messages for deletion" so all the original messages are retained until you expunge the emails marked for deletion.

See the topic on deleting emails for instructions on how to expunge email messages. Note that this applies to other types of accounts as well.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/organizing.page0000644000373100047300000000115612306123617024530 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On organizing and finding your data in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Sorting and organizing usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-meetings-delegating.page0000644000373100047300000000244412306123617030045 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ask somebody else to run the meeting. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Delegating Meetings

Only attendees of a meeting can delegate a meeting, but not the organizer of a meeting.

Right-click on the meeting that you want to delegate.

Click Delegate Meeting.

Select the contacts you want to delegate the meeting to.

Click OK.

Each contact receives a copy of the meeting invitation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/xinclude-searching.xml0000644000373100047300000000366612306123617026031 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000
Saved Searches

If you search for something rather often, you will prefer not to type it many times. In this case you can use saved searches.

To save your search results, either click Save instead of OK in the Search dialog, or in case the search results are already displayed, select SearchSave Search. From now on this search will be directly available from the Search menu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page0000644000373100047300000000254312306123617031700 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use one of your templates for replying to a message Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using a Template as a Reply

Right-click the message you are replying to, then click Templates.

This option lists all the message templates in the Templates folder.

Select the message template of your choice. Make changes if required in the email composer window that will open.

Click Send.

When you select a message template for replying, the subject of the reply is preserved.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-search-folders-enable.page0000644000373100047300000000215712306123617027430 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Activate search folders. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Enable the Search Folders Functionality

In the unlikely case that there is no Search folders top-level node displayed at the bottom of the mail folder list you have to enable EditPreferencesMail AccountsSearch Folders.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page0000644000373100047300000000427112306123617032375 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Accepting and replying to a meeting invitation. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Replying to a Meeting Request

Meeting requests are sent as attachments and displayed as the body of an email. All the details about the event are shown, including time and dates.

You can choose whether and how to reply to the invitation and add a personal comment to your reply. Available options are to Decline, Tentatively Accept (Tentative), or Accept. You can also decide whether the time of the meeting will still be shown as free in your calendar.

If the meeting request already includes a reminder you can import the reminder to your calendar by enabling Inherit reminder.

If you click Accept the event is added automatically to the calendar that you have chosen.

After you have added the meeting to your calendar, you can make changes to the meeting, but if the original organizer sends out an update, your changes might be overwritten.

Under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksMeeting InvitationsConflict Search you can define which calendars are used for warning you of meeting conflicts.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-searching-attachment-type.page0000644000373100047300000000163712306123617030355 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Unfortunately this is not possible. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Searching for emails with a specific attachment type

There currently is no way to do search for emails with a specific type of attachment (for example searching for all emails that have a PDF attachment).

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/tasks-display-settings.page0000644000373100047300000000342012306123617027003 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Options for displaying task completion and due dates. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Displaying of tasks

The following task-related options are available under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksTasks.

Tasks due today:

Select the color for tasks due today.

Overdue tasks:

Select the color for overdue tasks.

Hide completed tasks after:

Select this option to have completed tasks hidden after a period of time measured in days, hours, or minutes. If you do not select this option, completed tasks remain in your task list, marked as complete.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-several-pop-accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000321012306123620027336 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to split and sort mail when using more than one local account. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Separating POP mail for more than one account

It is not possible to have separate accounts in the accounts and folder list pane. Evolution only has one unique inbox for incoming email.

You can either use IMAP instead of POP, or move incoming emails into different folders by creating folders and creating filters: Create a new folder and create two subfolders (for incoming and for sent mail of that account). Now set up an incoming filter via EditMessage Filters...Add to move incoming mail to the incoming folder by filtering on the recipient's address and set up an outgoing filter to move outgoing mail to the sent folder by filtering on the sender's address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page0000644000373100047300000000404212306123620031033 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sending invitations for appointments to contacts via email. Novell, Inc Sending invitations by email

If you create an event in the calendar component, you can then send invitations to the attendee list through the Evolution email tool. The invitation card is sent as an attachment in iCal format.

To send an invitation, right-click on the entry in the calendar and choose Forward as iCalendar.

When you receive an invitation, you have several options:

Accept:

Indicates you will attend the meeting. When you click the OK button, the meeting is entered into your calendar.

Tentatively Accept:

Indicates you will probably attend the meeting. When you click the OK button, the meeting is entered into your calendar, but is marked as tentative.

Decline:

Indicates you are unable to attend the meeting. The meeting is not entered into your calendar when you click OK, although your response is sent to the meeting host if you have selected the Send reply to sender option.

Send reply to sender:

Select this option if you want your response sent to the meeting organizers.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-caldav.page0000644000373100047300000000323112306123620025350 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using an online CalDAV calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using a CalDAV calendar

To add such a calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewCalendar.

Select the type CalDAV.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also when being offline.

Enter the address of the calendar in the URL field.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

Enter your username and your email address.

Click Apply.

The calendar will be added to the list of calendars in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page0000644000373100047300000000603212306123620030060 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit an IMAP+ mail account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net IMAP+ mail account settings
Account Editor

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit or by right-clicking on the respective top-level node in the folder list and choosing Properties.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (IMAP+ accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (IMAP+ accounts) Sending Email
Defaults (IMAP+ accounts) Defaults
Security (IMAP+ accounts) Security
Other settings (IMAP+ accounts) Other settings

Other account related settings that are not located in the Account Editor:

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/memos-usage-edit-memo.page0000644000373100047300000000205412306123620026451 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Editing a memo in your memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Editing a Memo

If you want to change a memo that already exists in your memo lists,

Double-click on the memo that you want to edit in the list of memos, or right-click on the memo and click Open Memo.

Edit the memo information.

Click the Save button, or FileSave.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/exchange-placeholder.page0000644000373100047300000000153112306123620026412 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Connecting to Exchange Servers Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Connecting to Exchange Servers

For topics not covered here please refer to the old Evolution manual.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000000667112306123620030545 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Keyboard shortcuts that can save you some time when reading mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using shortcut keys to read mail
Viewing an email

In the Mail window you read a message by selecting it in the message list. If you would like to see the message in its own window, either double-click it, press Enter, or press CtrlO.

Navigating in a message

To read mail with the keyboard, you can press the Spacebar to page down and press Backspace to page up while reading an email. Ensure that you use the keys when the message list is focused.

Navigating in a folder in the message list

Navigate in the message list by using the arrow keys on the keyboard.

Navigating in a folder's unread mail in the message list

To go to the next or previous unread messages, press the period (.) or comma (,) keys. On some keyboards, these keys are also marked with the > and < symbols, which is a convenient way to remember that they move you forward and backward in your message list. You can also use the right square bracket (]) for the next unread message, and the left square bracket ([) for the previous unread message.

Navigating in unread mail across folders

You can easily read the unread messages in all the mail folders by using the Spacebar.

When you are in the Mail window, the Spacebar has the following behavior:

When you press the Spacebar for the first time, it takes you to the next unread message.

If the message is more than one screen long, the Spacebar works as Page Down.

If you press the Spacebar after you reach the bottom of the page, it takes you to the next unread message.

If there are no more unread messages in the mailbox, pressing the Spacebar takes you to the next unread message in the next folder.

If new messages arrive in a number of folders, the Spacebar toggles between those folders. This feature allows you to switch to the next unread message in a different folder without clicking the folder.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/backup-restore.page0000644000373100047300000000430712306123620025302 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Back up and restore your Evolution data and settings. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Back up and restore

You can back up your Evolution data. The backup saves your settings, mail, contacts, tasks, memos and calendars. It will be stored in a gzip-compressed tar archive file.

Backing up

Select FileBack up Evolution Data....

Choose a filename and the folder where you want to save the backup file, and click Save.

You will be asked to close Evolution. Answer with Yes.

Note that your spam filtering settings are not included in the backup file, as these settings are not controlled by Evolution and as developers of spam filtering tools might change implementation details. If you use Bogofilter you will need to back up ~/.bogofilter/. If you use SpamAssassin you will need to back up ~/.spamassassin/.
Restoring

Select FileRestore Evolution Data....

Choose the file, and click Open.

You will be asked to close Evolution. Answer with Yes.

In the first-run assistant, you can restore Evolution data from a backup file.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page0000644000373100047300000000374712306123620031347 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 When letters in an email are not shown correctly or missing. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Character Encodings
Received mail

If the email application of the sender is broken or misconfigured, plain text emails might not include information about the character encoding used. If you receive such messages, choose ViewCharacter Encoding from the main menu and change the currently chosen character encoding to an appropriate one that might be the encoding used by the sender. You have to make this change every time you view the message.

To make this the default setting, go to EditPreferencesMail PreferencesGeneralMessage DisplayDefault character encoding.

Sending mail

In the unlikely event that you would like to change the default character encoding for messages that you send, go to EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesDefault BehaviorCharacter encoding.

This setting only refers to Plain Text messages as HTML messages always use UTF-8 encoding.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-not-sent.page0000644000373100047300000000271712306123620025046 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Possible reasons why emails are not sent. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Mail is not sent

There can be several reasons why emails are not sent:

Invalid email address. Check if all the addresses listed as mail recipients are correct. If the message contains a wrong or invalid email address, the message will not be sent.

Incorrect SMTP settings. Verify if the settings used for outgoing messages is correct. Using the incorrect server address or authentication method may prevent emails from being sent

Offline status. Evolution may be offline. Check on the Send and Receive button; if it is greyed out, then you are offline. To go online, go to FileWork online. You should now be able to use the Send and Receive button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/problems-reporting-bugs.page0000644000373100047300000000401412306123620027137 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to report mistakes in the application. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net How to report bugs

If you do not need help for configuration but you are sure that you have found a mistake or wrong behavior in the Evolution software, or if you want to request a feature, you can file a report in the GNOME bug tracking system. Note that this requires registration first. Please try to avoid filing duplicates and check the bug writing guidelines first.

Also note that GNOME distributions sometimes introduce their own changes in Evolution that are not included in GNOME Evolution. This is hard to recognize for users but if you are aware of it please file a bug report in the bug tracker of your GNOME distribution instead.

When reporting bugs exact information is welcome as it makes it easier for others to reproduce and fix the issue. If possible please include information such as the Evolution version (under HelpAbout), your distribution, and exact steps to reproduce the problem, click by click. See the Bug Writing Guidelines for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page0000644000373100047300000000400512306123620031061 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Display a picture of the sender in the message header area. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Photograph Message Headers

Evolution automatically displays photographs of the sender of an email at the right side of the message header if the sender already embedded a photograph in the message.

You can also manually enable displaying the photograph of the sender of an email if the sender is in one of your address books and has a photograph stored.

To enable this functionality, select EditPreferencesMail PreferencesHeadersShow the photograph of sender in the message preview.

If there are multiple matches for a contact, the first one is always used.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page0000644000373100047300000000175112306123620031741 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Microsoft Exchange account settings

Please first read Choosing the right connector to find out about the right Exchange account type for you.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/tasks-usage-edit-task.page0000644000373100047300000000205512306123620026464 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Editing a task in your task list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Editing a Task

If you want to change a task that already exists in your task lists,

Double-click on the task that you want to edit in the list of tasks, or right-click on the task and click Open Task.

Edit the task information.

Click the Save button, or FileSave.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-using-several-calendars.page0000644000373100047300000000352112306123620030636 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding and using more than one calendar and different types. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using several calendars

You can have multiple calendars and overlay them one over the other. For example, you might have a schedule of events for work, one for home, and one for your favorite sports team. The side bar lists those calendars, and you can select or deselect the boxes next to them to show and hide the appointments in your calendar view. By hiding and showing different sets of appointments, you can be sure to avoid conflicts, while keeping a minimum of clutter in your view.

Appointments for each calendar appear in different color.

You can also use calendars that are not on your computer, such as on the internet or in a local network.

For example, the icalshare.com website has an extensive list of shared online calendars, including national and religious holidays, phases of the moon, sports, and local and regional events.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page0000644000373100047300000000413712306123620031224 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 General formatting options for the calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc General formatting options

The following options are available under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksGeneral.

Time

Time format:

Choose between twelve-hour (AM/PM) and twenty-four-hour time formats.

Time zone and Second zone:

The city you are located in, and optionally a second city.
Work Week

Week starts on:

Select the day to display as the first in each week.

Work days:

Define which week days are work days.

Day begins:

Define at which time your work day begins.

Day ends:

Define at which time your work day ends.
Alerts

If you want to be warned before you delete any appointment, select this option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/exporting-data-calendar.page0000644000373100047300000000221712306123620027047 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to export calendar data from Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Exporting calendar data

To export a complete calendar, right-click on the calendar in the list of calendars and click Save as. Available formats are iCalendar format (ICS, recommended), comma separated values (CSV), and RDF format.

If you want to export only one appointment (or task or memo), either select the appointment and select FileSave as iCalendar..., or right-click on the appointment and click Save as iCalendar....

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/index.page0000644000373100047300000000575212306123620023470 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Evolution <media type="image" its:translate="no" src="figures/evolutionlogo.png"/> Evolution Mail and Calendar Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net <media type="image" its:translate="no" src="figures/evolutionlogo.png"> <span its:translate="yes">Evolution logo</span> </media> Evolution Mail and Calendar
Getting Started
Mail Management
Advanced Mail Management
Advanced Mail Management (IMAP+ accounts) IMAP+
Mail Composing
Advanced Mail Composing
Calendar Management
Advanced Calendar Management
Contacts Management
Memos and Tasks Management
Data Migration and Synchronization
Corporate Environments
Microsoft Exchange
Tracking down Problems
Common Mail Questions and Problems
Common Other Questions and Problems
Further reading
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page0000644000373100047300000000620212306123620031207 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for Usenet news accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Usenet news receiving options
Receiving Email

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Enter the address of the email server in the Server field and enter your username for that server.

Select if you want to use a secure connection (SSL or TLS).

You should enable this option if your server supports it.

Free webmail providers often supply information about which of these options can be used. If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

Select your authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check for supported authentication mechanisms. Some servers do not announce the authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work.

Select if you want Evolution to remember your password.
Receiving Options

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

Select if you want to show folders in short notation.

For example, comp.os.linux would appear as c.o.linux.

Select if you want to show relative folder names in the subscriptions window.

If you select to show relative folder names, only the name of the folder is displayed. For example the folder evolution.mail would appear as evolution.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page0000644000373100047300000000424712306123620030774 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using custom fields in the header of composed messages Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Custom Header Lines

You can add arbitrary header lines to outgoing emails.

Enabling and managing custom headers

To set up the Custom Header plugin:

Select EditPlugins.

Enable Custom Header.

Click the Configuration tab.

You can add, edit, or remove the header fields. For every header field you add, you can specify the keys and values. The key is used as the title of the Custom Header. You can enter multiple values for the keys. You must use a semicolon to separate every value you enter.
Inserting custom headers in a message

Click NewMail Message or press ShiftCtrlM to open the message composer window.

Select InsertCustom Header.

In the Email Custom Header window, you can view all the defined header fields and values.

Set the values for the header fields by using the dropdown list.

Click OK.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/exporting-data.page0000644000373100047300000000127512306123620025303 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to export data from Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Exporting data from <em>Evolution</em> usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/data-storage.page0000644000373100047300000000277412306123620024735 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Where does Evolution store my data on the harddisk? Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Data storage locations

This is only interesting for advanced users who want to debug problems.

Evolution 3.6 and later stores its data according to the XDG Base Directory Specification. By default this means:

The user's data files

$HOME/.local/share/evolution

 Various configuration and state files

$HOME/.config/evolution

 Account settings

$HOME/.config/evolution/sources

 Disposable data caches

$HOME/.cache/evolution

 Configuration settings in GSettings

$HOME/.config/dconf

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-spam-marking.page0000644000373100047300000000452612306123620025665 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to mark unwanted junk and spam mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Pete Biggs Barbara Tobias barbtobias09@gmail.com Novell, Inc Marking Mail as Junk

While SpamAssassin comes with a set of predefined rules, Bogofilter needs to be taught first before it will automatically filter junk mail. If you only train Bogofilter on bad messages, it will assume all mail is bad (because it does not know any difference) hence it will not make any decisions until the database is sufficiently large to determine what is and is not spam. In any case, when you first start using junk mail blocking, check the Junk mail folder frequently to be sure that legitimate mail doesn't get flagged as junk mail.

Manually Marking Junk Mail

If Evolution misses junk mail, right-click the message, then click Mark as Junk, or mark the message and press CtrlJ or click the Junk button in the tool bar. When you correct it, the filter can recognize similar messages in the future, and becomes more accurate as time goes on.

If legitimate mail is incorrectly flagged, remove it from the Junk folder by right-clicking it and selecting Mark as Not Junk or pressing ShiftCtrlJ, or mark the message and click the Not Junk button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page0000644000373100047300000001005112306123620031536 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sending a Meeting Invitation. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Sending a Meeting Invitation

When you create a meeting (group appointment), you can specify the attendees in several categories, such as "chair" or "required". When you save the meeting listing, each attendee is sent an email with the meeting information, which also gives them the option to respond.

If you do not need to collect attendance information when you're scheduling an event, and would rather just announce the event, right-click the meeting and select Forward as iCalendar. This opens a new email message with the event notification attached as an announcement. Recipients can add the event to their calendars with one click, but it will not automatically send you email about whether they plan to attend.

To schedule a meeting:

Click FileNewMeeting.

If you have multiple email accounts, select the one to use by selecting an item in the Organizer field.

Select a calendar in the Calendar drop-down list.

Click Add to add the email addresses of people you want to invite.

Click View in the menu bar to show or hide the Type, Role, Status, and RSVP fields.

Enter a brief summary in the Summary field.

(Optional) Type a location in the Location field.

To select this event as an all day event, click OptionsAll Day Event, or click the All Day Event button on the toolbar.

Select the date and time.

If the event is not an all day event, select either For to specify the duration, or select Until to specify the ending time of the event.

(Optional) Enter a description in the Description field.

To query free/busy information for the attendees, click the Free/Busy button on the toolbar, or click OptionsFree/Busy.

Click Save to save the meeting.

An email is sent out to all the recipients, inviting them to your event.

You can also define a time zone, a category, a reminder, a recurrence, or a classification for the event, or add an attachment.

In Evolution, a meeting can have only one organizer, and only the organizer can add participants to that meeting. Though it is possible to change the organizer of a meeting, this is not recommended as a means to invite additional participants to meetings. If you want to invite additional people to a meeting and are not that meeting's organizer, it is recommended that you forward the invitation message you received from the original meeting organiser to additional participants.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-composer-html.page0000644000373100047300000000367312306123620026072 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Changing fonts, using colors, and inserting images, tables and links. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Formatting emails (in Plain Text and HTML)

Text formatting tools for basic alignment and paragraph formatting are located in the tool bar below the Subject line. They also appear in the Insert and Format menus.

The icons in the tool bar are explained in tooltips which appear when you hold your mouse pointer over the buttons.

Normally, you cannot set text color or size or embed pictures in messages. However, most newer email applications can do this by using HTML format, which is the format that also web pages use.

Some people do not have HTML-capable mail clients, or prefer not to receive HTML-enhanced mail because it is slower to download and display. Because of this, Evolution sends plain text unless you explicitly ask for HTML.

Plain Text Formatting Options
HTML-only Formatting Options
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page0000644000373100047300000000234212306123620030277 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding and using more than one task list or memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using several task lists or memo lists

You can have multiple task or memo lists and choose which of your lists get displayed. For example, you might have tasks for work, tasks for home, and tasks for the singing club of which you are a member. The side bar shows these lists, and you can select or deselect any of the boxes next to them to show and hide the corresponding tasks or memos in your view.

Tasks and memos from each task or memo list appear as different colors.

You can also use lists that are not on your computer, such as on the internet.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page0000644000373100047300000000251412306123620027656 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Force sending and receiving emails. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Manually send and receive messages

To receive new messages from the mail server and to send messages you have written that are in the local Outbox, click the Send / Receive button in the toolbar, or press F12, or choose FileSend / Receive from the main menu.

To send and receive only for one of your mail accounts, or to only send or only receive, click the small down-arrow next to the Send / Receive button and choose the corresponding option.

If you just want to send messages which are in your Outbox, you can right-click on the Outbox and click Flush Outbox.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page0000644000373100047300000000561412306123620030433 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Usenet news account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Usenet news account settings
Account Editor

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit or by right-clicking on the respective top-level node in the folder list and choosing Properties.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Usenet News accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (Usenet News accounts) Sending Email
Defaults (Usenet News accounts) Defaults
Security (Usenet News accounts) Security
Other settings (Usenet News accounts) Other settings

Other account related settings that are not located in the Account Editor:

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/default-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000761312306123620025464 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Opening links from an email in a browser and opening the mail composer from an email link on a website. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Opening links in and from the web browser
Change which web browser websites are opened in

In case you use Evolution under a different environment from GNOME,

Open a terminal application.

Find out the name of the .desktop file for your preferred browser. Depending on your browser and distribution, the file might be called for example epiphany.desktop, firefox.desktop, google-chrome.desktop, konqbrowser.desktop, or opera-browser.desktop. If you are unsure you can look up most .desktop files in the folder /usr/share/applications/.

Type this command, replace browser.desktop by the actual filename, and press Enter:

xdg-settings set default-url-scheme-handler https browser.desktop

Type this command, replace browser.desktop by the actual filename, and press Enter:

xdg-settings set default-url-scheme-handler http browser.desktop

Evolution may need to be restarted for the settings to take effect.

If the error message "xdg-settings: command not found" is shown, you need to install the package xdg-utils.

Install xdg-utils

Please see the GNOME Desktop Help.

If the preferred browser is set as default application but still does not work correctly please contact your distribution via their forum or bug tracker.

If the error message "Could not open the link: Operation not supported" is shown, you need to install the package gvfs.

Install gvfs
Change which mail application is used to write emails

Please see the GNOME Desktop Help.

Advanced options

If you have a technical background you can also tweak these settings by defining scheme-handlers in $HOME/.local/share/applications/mimeapps.list.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page0000644000373100047300000000201212306123620031442 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, change, edit or delete email signatures. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Managing signatures

You can add, edit and delete all your signatures under EditPreferencesComposer preferencesSignatures.

Assigning a default signature to an email account has to be done in the account settings.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-composer-spellcheck.page0000644000373100047300000000516412306123620027240 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On spell checking your mail in the composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Spell checking
Prerequirements

To use spell checking for the emails that you write you first need to make sure that the hunspell package for your specific language and the enchant package are installed via the software management tool of your distribution.

You might need to install hunspell and/or enchant to perform these steps.

Install hunspell

Install enchant
Global Preferences

Under EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesSpell CheckingOptions you can define whether your spelling is checked while you type and which color is used for underlining words that are misspelled.

You can also define which installed languages are used for spell checking in the list available under EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesSpell CheckingLanguages.

Manual spell checking in the composer

If you do not have Checking spelling while I type enabled in the Composer Preferences you can run a spell check in the email composer by clicking EditSpell Checking or by pressing F7.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page0000644000373100047300000000334112306123620031173 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Editing the columns displayed in the list of messages. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Changing the message list columns

If you want to change the columns in the mail message list, right-click on the column headers and choose either Add a Column... or Remove This Column.

If you have a small display, you can replace the Subject column by the Subject - Trimmed which will remove prefixes such as "Re:", or you can replace the From column which displays the sender's name and email address by the Sender column which will only display the sender's name.

If you would like to have the same column layout in all mail folders except for the Sent folder, you can enable EditPreferencesMail PreferencesGeneralApply the same view settings to all folders. Note that this setting also influences Group by Threads and the Message Preview visibility in all folders.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-composer-message-templates.page0000644000373100047300000000221512306123620030535 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Message templates to reuse in the composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Message Templates

A message template is a standard message that you can use at any time to send mail with the same pattern.

To enable the Message Template Plugin, click EditPlugins and enable Templates.

Message Templates
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/contacts-organizing.page0000644000373100047300000000166612306123620026344 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On address books, searching, contact lists, and categories. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Sorting, organizing and grouping contacts

There are several ways how to organize your contacts. You can use several addressbooks and categories, and for conveniently sending messages to a group of people contact lists are available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/import-apps-mozilla.page0000644000373100047300000000512312306123621026272 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Importing data from Mozilla Thunderbird. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Mozilla

Click FileImport.

In the Importer Type tab, click Import a single file.

Go to the folder in which Thunderbird stores its data. On a Linux system, Thunderbird's files are located in the hidden folder $HOME/.thunderbird/12345678. 12345678 will be a random string. If you cannot see the .thunderbird folder, make sure to show hidden files in the file selector dialog.

If you would like to import Thunderbird mail, go to Mail/Local Folders (for local mail accounts) or ImapMail/servername (for remote mail accounts). servername will be the address of your remote mail server. Files without a file ending include your messages (not the .msf files).

If you would like to import Thunderbird/Lightning calendar data, you may be able to export your Thunderbird events as an .ical/.ics file first, and import these files into Evolution. This is required as Thunderbird stores its calendar data in a non-standard database format.

The file type will be automatically determined.

Choose the destination (e.g. the folder or calendar in Evolution) for the imported data.

Repeat the import steps until you have imported all your data.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-delete-and-undelete.page0000644000373100047300000000465112306123621027104 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting, expunging, and undeleting mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Deleting and undeleting messages
Deleting Messages

To delete a message, select it and press the Delete key, or click the Delete button in the toolbar, or press CtrlD, or right-click the message and click Delete.

When you press Delete or click the Trash folder, your mail is not actually deleted, but is marked for deletion. You can see all message marked for deletion in the Trash folder. To show deleted messages, click ViewShow Deleted Messages. You can view the messages striken off for later deletion.

To permanently erase all the deleted messages in a folder, click FolderExpunge or press CtrlE.

Undeleting Messages

You can undelete a message that has been deleted but not expunged yet. To undelete a message, select the message, click EditUndelete message. Note that ViewShow Deleted Messages must be enabled for this.

If you have marked a message for deletion, undeleting it unmarks it, and the message is not shown anymore in the Trash folder.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-duplicates.page0000644000373100047300000000337012306123621025431 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to handle duplicated email messages April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Duplicate emails get downloaded
Removing duplicate emails

To remove duplicate emails in a folder, select multiple messages (or select all messages in a folder by clicking EditSelect All or pressing CtrlA) and click MessageRemove Duplicate Messages.

Reasons

Downloading duplicate emails may be due to one of the following reasons:

There are several copies of the same message in the mailbox

Evolution is having a problem with the UIDL extension.

The cache files located at $HOME/.local/share/evolution/mail/local/ are not writable.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/problems-getting-help.page0000644000373100047300000000216412306123621026564 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to get help for problems. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net How to get help

To receive help on problems you can send an email to the Evolution mailing list or talk to developers and other users in the IRC chat channel #evolution on the server irc.gimp.net. To connect to an IRC server you can for example use the internet messenger application Empathy.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/deleting-emails.page0000644000373100047300000000324012306123621025413 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting emails or attachments to reduce the size of the mailbox. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Deleting emails or attachments permanently
Emails

Evolution deletes emails on IMAP servers by marking the messages for deletion; space is not freed until you expunge the marked emails.

To Expunge a specific folder, go to FolderExpunge or press CtrlE. To Expunge all folders, go to FileEmpty Trash. This applies to other types of accounts as well.

Attachments

To delete the attachments of an email, select the message and click MessageRemove Attachments.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page0000644000373100047300000000315612306123621030411 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Decrypting and checking the signature of received GPG messages. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Receiving messages encrypted or signed via GPG
Decrypting a received message

If you receive an encrypted message, you need to decrypt it before you can read it.

When you view the message, Evolution prompts you for your PGP password. Enter it, and the unencrypted message is displayed.

Senders must have your GPG public key before they can send you an encrypted message.
Checking the signature of a received message

To check the sender's signature of a received message, scroll down to the bottom of the message and click the logo. Evolution will display Security Information for the message.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-sharing-information.page0000644000373100047300000000134112306123621030075 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make your information (appointments and free/busy times) available to others. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Sharing your calendar information usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/import-supported-file-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000607712306123621030306 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Supported file formats for importing data. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Supported file formats

Evolution can import the following types of files:

Mail

Berkeley Mailbox (.mbox or no extension):

The email format used by Mozilla, Netscape, Evolution (for local folders until version 2.32), Eudora, and many other email clients.

Maildir (no extension):

The format used by Evolution (for local folders since version 3.0). There is no need to import Maildir files as you can configure a Maildir account in Evolution and point to the folder where the Maildir files are stored.

Outlook Express 5/6 Personal Folders (.dbx):

The email file format used by Microsoft Outlook Express 5/6. For newer versions PST import is recommended.

Calendar

vCalendar (.vcs):

A format for storing calendar files, which is generally used by Evolution, Microsoft Outlook, Sunbird, and Korganizer.

iCalendar or iCal (.ics):

A format for storing calendar files. iCalendar is used by Evolution, Microsoft Outlook, Palm OS handhelds, and others.

Contacts

LDAP Data Interchange Format (.ldif):

A standard data format for contact cards.

vCard (.vcf, .gcrd):

The address book format used by the GNOME, KDE, and many other contact management applications. You should be able to export to vCard format from any address book application.

Miscellaneous

Evolution/Mozilla/Outlook CSV/Tab (.csv, .tab):

CSV (Comma-separated values) or Tabulator files saved by using Evolution, Microsoft Outlook and Mozilla.

Outlook Personal Folders (.pst):

A file format used to store local copies of messages, calendar events, and other items within Microsoft software such as Microsoft Exchange Client, Windows Messaging, and Microsoft Outlook. It is also called "Personal Storage Table".

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page0000644000373100047300000000564412306123621031322 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for Exchange Web Services accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Exchange Web Services receiving options
Receiving Email

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Enter your username for that server.

Either manually enter the Host URL and OAB URL, or click Fetch URL which will ask you for your password and then try to automatically fill in the values.

If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

Select your authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check for supported authentication mechanisms. Some servers do not announce the authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work.
Receiving Options

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

You can also define if Evolution checks for new messages in all folders.

If you would like to have a copy of the address book on the server for offline access to it, enable Cache offline address book and click Fetch list. Afterwards, select the address book from the available options.

If you want Filters to be automatically used for new messages in your inbox, enable Apply filters to new messages in Inbox on this server.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-search-folders-conditions.page0000644000373100047300000000355112306123621030345 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Available conditions for setting up search folders. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Available Search folder conditions

Message Location:

Checks whether the message is located in a specific folder.

Note that by default, Evolution's Trash and Junk folders are Search folders so they cannot be selected here.

Match All:

Applies an action always to any message, without further conditions. This could be useful at the end of the list of search folders to cover those emails that did not match any conditions for the preceding search folders in the list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/tasks-webdav.page0000644000373100047300000000306012306123621024743 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using an online WebDAV task list or memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using a WebDAV task or memo list

Lists of this type are read-only.

To add such a task list or memo list to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewTask List or FileNewMemo List.

Select the type On the Web.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also while offline.

Enter the address of the list in the URL field.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

Enter your username.

Click Apply.

The list will be added in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-classifications.page0000644000373100047300000000307412306123621027302 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Classifying appointments and tasks on groupware servers. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using Classifications

If you are using a calendar on a Novell GroupWise or Microsoft Exchange server, you can select a classification to determine who can view it.

To set a classification for an appointment or a task, click OptionsClassifications and select a classification in the editor. Public is the default category, and a public appointment can be viewed by anyone on the calendar-sharing network. Private denotes one level of security, and Confidential an even higher level.

The different levels vary depending on your server settings; check with your system administrator or adjust your delegation settings.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-display-message-source.page0000644000373100047300000000212312306123621027654 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Displaying the raw source of a message or all header lines. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Message Source

To view the message data, click on ViewMessage Source or press CtrlU. This will display the message data in a new window.

To only view the complete headers for a message, click ViewAll Message Headers. This will display the complete header data on the viewing pane.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page0000644000373100047300000000572712306123621033246 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory account settings
Account Editor

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts) Sending Email
Defaults (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts) Defaults
Security (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts) Security
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-publishing.page0000644000373100047300000000346612306123621026275 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Post your calendar content in public. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Calendar Publishing

In order to make one of your calendars available to the public, you can define calendars to be uploaded to a web server under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksPublishing InformationLocationsAdd.

You can specify the online location, the frequency of publishing, which calendar(s) to publish, and authentication information for uploading.

You can publish Calendar and Free/Busy information to a WebDAV server, FTP server, a remote machine through SSH or to any other web server with HTTP PUT support.

To immediately publish calendar information, click ActionsPublish Calendar Information in the calendar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/contacts-ldap.page0000644000373100047300000001102012306123621025077 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use shared address books on a local network. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Adding LDAP access

The LDAP protocol was created to let users share contact information over a network by sharing access to a central directory. LDAP allows a company to maintain a shared set of contact information. Many companies keep a common LDAP address book for all their employees or for client contacts.

Adding an LDAP address book

Click FileNewAddress Book.

In the General tab, select the type On LDAP Servers.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Enter the address of the server, the port number (the default number is 389) and whether you want to connect securely.

Define the login method and your user name.

Click Apply.

In the Details tab you can define the following settings:

Search Base: The search base is the starting point for a directory search. Contact your system administrator for information about the correct settings.

Search Scope: The search scope is the breadth of a given search. The following options are available:

One: Searches the Search Base and one entry below it.

Sub: Searches the Search Base and all entries below it.

Search Filter: The search filter can be set here for all the LDAP queries. For example:

ObjectClass=*: Lists all the objects from the server.

ObjectClass=User: Lists only the users.

Filter (|(ObjectClass=User)(ObjectClass=groupOfNames)): Retrieves the User and Contact List objects.

(&(mail=*)(ObjectClass=*)): Lists the objects associated with the email addresses.

Timeout (minutes): The maximum time Evolution attempts to download data from the server before giving up.

Download Limit: The maximum number of results for a given search. Most servers refuse to send more than 500 contacts, but you can set the number lower if you want to shorten downloads for very broad searches.

If you are unsure about some settings, ask your system administrator.
Differences to local address books

LDAP address books work like local address books on your computer, with the following exceptions:

Network folders are only available when you are connected to the network. If you use a laptop or have a modem connection, you might want to copy or cache some of the network directory. You do this by dragging and dropping your desired contacts into the local address books.

You can also mark the network folder for offline usage. To mark the folder, right-click the folder, click Properties and select Copy Folder Content Locally for Offline Operation.

To prevent excess network traffic, Evolution does not normally load data from the LDAP server upon opening.

Depending on your server settings, you might not be able to edit all the fields in a contact stored on an LDAP server. Some servers prohibit some or all changes, and others use a smaller set of fields than Evolution allows. Check with your system administrator if you need different settings.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-layout-views.page0000644000373100047300000000375712306123621026604 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using date ranges (day, week, month) to look at the calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Available views

Evolution offers five different views of your calendar data:

Day (CtrlY)

Work Week (CtrlJ)

Week (CtrlK)

Month (CtrlM)

List (CtrlL)

You can switch the view by either using the buttons in the toolbar, or by clicking ViewCurrent View.

You can also select an arbitrary range of days in the small calendar in the side bar. To do this, select the days that you want to view in your calendar.

The Previous and Next buttons move you forward and back in your calendar pages. If you are using a week or month view, you can move by week or month. To return to today's listing, click the Select today button between the two arrow buttons in the toolbar.

To visit calendar entries for a specific date, click the Select a specific date button in the toolbar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page0000644000373100047300000000355012306123621031475 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Store an existing or new message as a template Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Saving Messages as Templates
Saving an Existing Message as a Template

Select the message.

Right-click the message and choose Move to folder or Copy to folder.

Select the Templates folder under On This Computer.

You can also edit an existing message and save it as a template:

Open the message and click Reply.

Edit the message body or the addresses according to your requirements.

Select FileSave as Template.
Saving a New Message as a Template

Click New and enter in the composer window what you need for the template.

Select FileSave as Template.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page0000644000373100047300000000646212306123621030652 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for IMAP+ accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc IMAP+ receiving options
Receiving Email

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Enter the address of the email server in the Server field and enter your username for that server.

Select if you want to use a secure connection (SSL or TLS).

You should enable this option if your server supports it.

Free webmail providers often supply information about which of these options can be used. If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

Select your authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check for supported authentication mechanisms. Some servers do not announce the authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work.

Select if you want Evolution to remember your password.
Receiving Options

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

Select "Use Quick Resync" if the IMAP server supports IMAP4 Extensions for Quick Mailbox Resynchronization.

You can also define if Evolution checks for new messages in all folders, or only in subscribed folders.

Select if you want Evolution to use custom commands to connect to the IMAP server.

Select if you want Evolution to show only subscribed folders.

Select if you want Evolution to override server-supplied folder namespaces.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-sending-options-smtp.page0000644000373100047300000000431312306123621027373 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sending options for SMTP. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net SMTP sending options

Enter the address of your mail server for sending mail in the Server field and select if the server requires authentication (entering a username and a password).

Free webmail providers often supply information about which of these options can be used. If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

If the server requires authentication, you need to provide the following information:

Select the authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check. Some servers do not support this, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work.

Enter your username.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page0000644000373100047300000000213512306123621031433 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding different types of address books and using more than one address book. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Adding and creating address books

You can have multiple address books. For example, you might have one address book for work related contacts and one for private contacts. The side bar lists those address books, and you can select which address book is shown.

You can also use address books that are not on your computer, such as on the internet (e.g. Google) or in a local network (e.g. LDAP).

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-localized-re-subjects.page0000644000373100047300000000261712306123621027471 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Avoid long subject lines due to translated "Re:" prefixes. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Handling localized "Re:" in subjects

Traditionally a "Re:" prefix is added to a subject line when replying to an email. Some email applications use localized terms for this (like "SV:" in Danish or "AW: in German). Evolution can recognize these terms to avoid subject lines getting longer as the conversation continues.

Open the Terminal application.

Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail.composer-localized-re 'AW:,SV:' (in case that you want "AW:" and "SV:" to be recognized).

You can also use the dconf-editor application to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page0000644000373100047300000000563312306123621032364 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a MH Format Mail Directories account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net MH Format Mail Directories account settings
Account Editor

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (MH Format Mail Directories accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (MH Format Mail Directories accounts) Sending Email
Defaults (MH Format Mail Directories accounts) Defaults
Security (MH Format Mail Directories accounts) Security
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/contacts-add-automatically.page0000644000373100047300000000323312306123621027564 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Automatically add senders of mail that you have received to your contacts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Barbara Tobias barbtobias09@gmail.com Adding people automatically to my contacts

You can add people automatically to your contacts when you reply to received email. Enable the plugin Automatic Contacts by going to EditPlugins; click on Automatic Contacts so that it shows a check mark. Then go to EditPreferencesContactsAutomatic Contacts and enable the Create address book entries when sending emails option and select an address book in the drop-down field below that will receive the new contacts.

From now on, contacts will be automatically created for senders of received mail when you reply to that mail.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/import-apps-outlook.page0000644000373100047300000001007312306123621026317 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Importing data from Microsoft Outlook. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Outlook

These steps refer to locally stored data such as POP accounts. For remote data (like IMAP) this is not necessary, since the data is still on the server and does not need to be manually transfered. You can set up the corresponding account in Evolution and the data will be downloaded.

Prerequisites under Windows

First, while using Microsoft Windows, prepare your messages for import:

Find your Outlook files (they normally have the file ending .pst or .ost):

Windows 7, Windows Vista

Windows XP

Outlook 2010

C:\Users\username\My Documents\Outlook Files

C:\Documents and Settings\username\My Documents\Outlook Files

Outlook 2007 and earlier

C:\Users\username\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Outlook

C:\Documents and Settings\username\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Outlook

(Replace "username" by your username.)

Copy the Outlook files to the system or partition that Evolution is installed on.

As your Windows hard drive is probably in the NTFS format, some Linux systems cannot read it without additional software. You might find it simpler to copy the mail folders to a USB drive or to burn a CD.
Importing into Evolution

Depending on your last step, either plug in the disk or USB drive with the data and wait until the file manager window opens, or mount your Windows drive.

Copy all the mail files into your home directory or another convenient place.

Start Evolution.

Optionally select FileNewMail Folder to create the folders you want.

Click FileImport.

In the Importer Type tab, click Import a single file.

Choose the Outlook personal folders (.pst) file that you would like to import.

The file type will be automatically determined.

If the option to import Outlook personal folders (.pst files) is not available under FileImportImport single fileFile type, your distribution might have not enabled this functionality.

Choose the destination (e.g. the folder in Evolution) for the imported data.

Repeat the import steps until you have imported all your data.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/exchange-connectors-overview.page0000644000373100047300000000503312306123621030153 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Which additional package to install in order to connect to an Exchange server. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Choosing the right connector

Depending on the version of the Microsoft Exchange server that you would like to connect to it is required to make sure that an additional package is installed that provides this functionality.

For Microsoft Exchange 2007, 2010 and newer it is recommended to use the package evolution-ews.

Install evolution-ews

For older versions of Microsoft Exchange, or if evolution-ews does not work well for you, try evolution-mapi. It uses Microsoft's Messaging API which is also used by Microsoft Outlook. However, evolution-mapi requires installing OpenChange and Samba 4, and is not as performant as evolution-ews.

Install evolution-mapi

If you are unsure which Microsoft Exchange server version is used, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-searching.page0000644000373100047300000000522112306123621026063 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Searching appointments and meetings. Max Vorobuov vmax0770@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Searching for Calendar Items usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/contacts-usage.page0000644000373100047300000000127012306123621025271 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On adding, editing, and deleting contacts in address books. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Add, Edit, and Delete Contacts usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page0000644000373100047300000000340212306123621031645 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for Local delivery accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Local delivery receiving options
Receiving Email

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Choose the file by clicking on the button next to File in the Configuration section. This will open a file chooser window.
Receiving Options

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/contacts-usage-delete-contact.page0000644000373100047300000000174112306123621030165 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting a contact from your address book. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Deleting a Contact

If you want to delete a contact in your address books, right-click on the contact and select Delete, or click on the contact and click Delete in the tool bar or press CtrlD, or click EditDelete Contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page0000644000373100047300000000550012306123621031064 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Local Delivery account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Local Delivery account settings
Account Editor

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Local Delivery accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (Local Delivery accounts) Sending Email
Defaults (Local Delivery accounts) Defaults
Security (Local Delivery accounts) Security
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-receiving-options.page0000644000373100047300000000216712306123621026743 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Available mail receiving options for several server types. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Mail Receiving Options
Mail receiving options for common server types
Mail receiving options for corporate server types
Mail receiving options for local account server types
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-composer-several-recipients.page0000644000373100047300000000571112306123621030726 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sending to more than one person and using CC or BCC. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Sending a message to several recipients

To send a message to more than one person, enter the addresses in the composer by separating them with commas or semicolons.

If you frequently write email to the same groups of people, you can create contact lists to send them mail as though they have a single address.
Recipient types

Email messages can have three different types of recipients. The simplest way is to put the email address or addresses in the To: text field. The Cc: text field is used for recipients that are meant to receive a copy of your message but are not the primary recipients.

Addresses in the Bcc: text field are hidden from the other recipients of the message. It can be used to send mail to large groups of people, especially if they do not know each other or if privacy is a concern. If the Bcc: text field is not shown, click ViewBcc Field.

Autocompletion

It is recommended to use the Autocompletion feature of the Evolution address book for entering addresses. By using this you avoid typos and save time.

Using the buttons

Instead of typing the recipients' names you can also click the To:, Cc:, or Bcc: buttons to get a list of the email addresses in your address books. Select the addresses and click the arrow buttons to move them into the appropriate address columns (To:, Cc:, Bcc:).

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/google-services.page0000644000373100047300000000112712306123621025447 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using Google services. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using Google services usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-meetings.page0000644000373100047300000000121712306123622025735 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using meetings in the calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Meetings usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-encryption.page0000644000373100047300000000340312306123622025464 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sending and receiving encrypted mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Mail encryption and certificates

Evolution offers GPG Encryption and S/MIME Encryption for signing and encrypting email messages. S/MIME is used most often in corporate environments.

GPG
S/MIME
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/contacts-libreoffice.page0000644000373100047300000000371012306123622026440 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using data from Evolution address books in LibreOffice documents. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Contacts in LibreOffice

You can use your Evolution address books in LibreOffice as a data source. The following steps refer to LibreOffice version 3.3.3.

Click EditExchange Database... in the menu bar. This will bring up the Exchange databases dialog box.

In the right pane under Available Databases, EvolutionLocal is available as a source. Click on the small triangle to get the list of your Evolution address books.

Choose an addressbook and click Define.

In case it is not listed already, click Browse.... A file chooser dialog opens.

As Evolution stores its data in a hidden directory, press CtrlL to get the location bar displayed.

Go to /home/username/.local/share/evolution/addressbook/system/addressbook.db and click Open.

This makes the Evolution address book the default data source for LibreOffice. You can now select a field to insert into an LibreOffice document via InsertFieldsOther.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-composer-html-text.page0000644000373100047300000000556712306123622027062 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change font sizes, styles and colors in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Formatting Text in HTML

Text formatting tools that are available in HTML format only are located in the second tool bar below the Subject line after enabling HTML format. They also appear in the Insert and Format menus.

The icons in the tool bar are explained in tooltips which appear when you hold your mouse pointer over the buttons.

Text Styles:

Use these buttons in the lower tool bar to determine the way your email looks. If you have text selected, the style applies to the selected text. If you do not have text selected, the style applies to whatever you type next.

Button

Description

+0

Font size.

Color chooser for text. The box displays the current text color. To choose a new color, click the arrow button to the right. If you have text selected, the color applies to the selected text. If you do not have text selected, the color applies to whatever you type next. You can select a background color or image by right-clicking the message background, then selecting StylePage Style.

TT

Typewriter text, which is similar to a monospace font.

Bold A

Bolds the text.

Italic A

Italicizes the text.

Underlined A

Underlines the text.

Strike through A

Marks a line through the text.

The other buttons are explained under .

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-searching.page0000644000373100047300000000577712306123622025255 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Searching messages. Max Vorobuov vmax0770@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Searching Mail
Searching in a Single Message

To find text in the displayed message, select EditFind in Message... from the main menu.

Searching Across Messages
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page0000644000373100047300000000565712306123622032164 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Standard Unix mbox Spool File account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Standard Unix mbox Spool File account settings
Account Editor

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts) Sending Email
Defaults (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts) Defaults
Security (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts) Security
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page0000644000373100047300000000323312306123622030650 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Getting and Using GPG Public Keys. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Getting and using GPG public keys

To send an encrypted message, you need to use the recipient's public key in combination with your private key. Evolution handles the encryption, but you need to get the public key and add it to your keyring.

To get public keys from a public key server, enter the command gpg --recv-keys --keyserver wwwkeys.pgp.net keyid, substituting keyid by your recipient's ID. You need to enter your password, and the ID is automatically added to your keyring.

If someone sends you a public key directly, save it as a plain text file and enter the command gpg --import to add it to your keyring.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/tasks-organizing.page0000644000373100047300000000134712306123622025651 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On task and memo lists, searching, and categories. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Sorting and organizing tasks and memos usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-read-receipts.page0000644000373100047300000000415312306123622026024 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to enable requesting read receipts. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Read receipts for emails

Read receipts are a way for people to acknowledge that they have received your email. The recipient can normally choose whether to acknowledge the receipt or not, so they are not a completely reliable way of checking if your emails have been received by someone.

You can request read receipts by enabling this option in the email composer's menu. To do so, go to OptionsRequest Read Receipt.

For read receipts that you receive you can define Evolution's behavior by going to EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditDefaultsMessage Receipts.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/deleting-to-free-disk-space.page0000644000373100047300000000137112306123622027527 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting emails and calendar entries to reduce the size of the files used by Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Freeing disk space by deleting items usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/tasks-usage.page0000644000373100047300000000124512306123622024603 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On adding, editing, and deleting tasks. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Add, Edit, and Delete Tasks usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page0000644000373100047300000000570312306123622033400 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Maildir Format Mail Directories account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Maildir Format Mail Directories account settings
Account Editor

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts) Sending Email
Defaults (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts) Defaults
Security (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts) Security
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/exporting-data-contacts.page0000644000373100047300000000237112306123622027117 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to export contacts data from Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Exporting contacts data

Contacts files are stored in a database, but can be saved as a vCard file.

To export a complete address book, click FileSave Address Book As vCard.

If you want to export only one contact, click FileSave as vCard or right-click on the contact and click Save as vCard.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page0000644000373100047300000000415312306123622030102 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding, editing, viewing and deleting S/MIME certificates. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Managing S/MIME certificates

Certificates allow you to communicate with others securely over an encrypted connection, or sign a message confirming your identity to the contact. These settings only apply to S/MIME encryption.

You can import, view, edit (except for your own certificates), and delete your certificates under EditPreferencesCertificates.

If you get the error "Peer's certificate issuer has been marked as not trusted by the user. (-8172) - Cannot add SMIMEEncKeyPrefs attribute" after adding your mail certificate, go to Authorities and enable Trust this CA to identify email users for the certificate.

Your Certificates displays a list of certificates that you own. To add a signing certificate, click Import, select the file to import, then click Open and enter a password.

Contact Certificates displays a list of certificates that you have for contacts. These certificates allow you to decrypt messages as well verify signed messages.

Authorities displays a list of trusted certificate authorities that verify that your own certificate is valid.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page0000644000373100047300000000327112306123622031674 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 It is not possible to change the quotation introduction added when answering mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Changing the "On date, person wrote:" string when replying

Advanced users can change this string.

Open the dconf-editor application.

Navigate to org.gnome.evolution.mail.

Enter the prefered quotation string as the value for the key composer-message-attribution.

You might need to install the dconf-editor package to perform these steps.

Install dconf-editor

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-free-busy.page0000644000373100047300000001075512306123622026032 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using the Free/Busy view on a groupware server to set up meetings. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Free/Busy information

You can use the Free/Busy search for meetings to determine the availability of invitees.

In addition to the standard meeting scheduling tools, you can use the Free/Busy view to check whether people are available in advance. The Free/Busy feature is normally a function of dedicated groupware servers such as Microsoft Exchange and Novell GroupWise. However, you can also publish Free/Busy information online, and access Free/Busy information published elsewhere. If not everyone you collaborate with publishes Free/Busy data, you can still use meeting invitations to coordinate schedules with other people.

To access the free/busy view:

Click FileNewMeeting.

Click Add to add the email addresses of people you want to invite.

Click the Free/Busy button on the toolbar, or click OptionsFree/Busy.

Adjust the meeting time, either by dragging the meeting borders or by using the Autopick buttons to choose a time automatically, then click Close. Attendees on an Exchange server have the appointment updated automatically; others receive email notification of any change in plans.

Attendee List:

The Attendee List shows the people who have been invited to the appointment.

Schedule Grid:

The Schedule Grid shows the published Free/Busy information for the people you have invited. This is where you compare schedules to find free time to schedule the appointment. Individuals have visible scheduling information only if they use the same Novell GroupWise or Microsoft Exchange server you do (that is, if they are in the same organization as you), or if they publish free/busy information at a web address (URL) that you can reach and you have entered that web address for the specific contact in the Contact Editor under Personal informationWeb AddressesFree/Busy.

You can publish Calendar and Free/Busy information to a WebDAV server, FTP server, a remote machine through SSH or to any other web server with HTTP PUT support.

In corporate environments you can publish Calendar and Free/Busy information to an Exchange or Groupwise server. Note that you must use the top-level Exchange calendar if you want others to be able to access your Free / Busy information when inviting you to a meeting.

The default server can be defined under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksPublishing InformationDefault Free/Busy Server.

Accessing Free/Busy Data Without a Groupware Server

If individuals give you a URL for Free/Busy data or for their web calendar, you can add the URL under Personal InformationWeb Addresses in the Contact Editor. Then, when you schedule a meeting with them, Evolution looks up the schedule and displays it in the Free/Busy data.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-cannot-see.page0000644000373100047300000000402312306123622025325 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 If you received or sent an email, but you cannot find it anywhere. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com I cannot see some emails, where are they?

Check whether you are using filters on incoming (or outgoing) messages. These could be automatically moving your messages to another destination.

Check your search view in the search bar right above the message list. Perhaps the Show dropdown list is set to a filter like Read Messages, or the text input filed contains some value. Click the broom icon to clear the search field.

If you cannot see any emails at all in a folder, check that you have not maximized the message preview (so the message list pane is hidden). To do this, click ViewPreviewShow Message Preview.

Look in the Junk folder. Messages that are marked as Junk disappear from the original folder and are moved to the Junk folder.

Click EditShow Deleted Messages to make sure all messages are visible.

Check your default folder under EditPreferencesEmail AccountsEditDefaults. Perhaps it is set to some other folder than the folder you thought of.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-attachments.page0000644000373100047300000000117212306123622025606 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Handling of file attachments for writing and reading mail Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Managing attachments usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page0000644000373100047300000000414512306123622027456 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Setting up GPG for your mail account to sign and/or encrypt and decrypt messages. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Setting up GPG for your mail account

You need a GPG key to do this. If you do not have one yet, please refer to Creating a GPG key.

Select EditPreferencesMail Accounts.

Select the account you want to use securely, then click Edit.

Click the Security tab.

Specify your key ID in the PGP/GPG Key ID field.

Below the field you can choose whether to always sign outgoing messages when using this account, and other options.

Click OK.

Click Close.

Evolution requires that you know your key ID. If you do not remember it, you can find it by typing gpg --list-keys in the Terminal application. Your key ID is an eight-character string with random numbers and letters.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-follow-up-flag.page0000644000373100047300000000524712306123622026135 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using flags to remind you of actions. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Follow up flags for emails

To make sure you do not forget about a message, you can use the follow-up feature.

Select one or more messages.

Right-click one of the messages.

Click Mark for Follow Up....

You can also do this by selecting the message(s) and clicking MessageMark asFollow Up... or by pressing ShiftCtrlG.

A window opens to allow you to set the type of flag and the due date.

The flag itself is the action you want to remind yourself about, such as Call, Forward and Reply.

After you have added a flag, you can mark it as complete or remove it entirely by right-clicking the message and clicking either Flag Completed or Clear Flag.

When you read a flagged message, its flag status is displayed at the top, before the message headers. An overdue message might tell you "Overdue: Call by April 07, 2012, 5:00 PM."

Flags can help you organize your work in a number of ways. For example, you might add a Flag Status column to your message list and sort that way. Alternately, you could create a search folder that displays all your flagged messages, then clear the flags when you're done, so the search folder contains only messages with upcoming deadlines.

If you prefer a simpler way to remind yourself about messages, you can mark them as important by right-clicking the message, then click Mark as Important, or by selecting MessageMark asImportant from the menubar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-send-and-receive.page0000644000373100047300000000154512306123622026410 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On receiving mail and sending written emails. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Sending and receiving mail

This section refers to receiving mail and sending written emails. For writing a new message, please refer to the Composing mail section.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-usage-delete-appointment.page0000644000373100047300000000214112306123622031017 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting an appointment in your calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Deleting an Appointment

If you want to delete an appointment in your calendars, right-click on the appointment in the calendar and select Delete Appointment, or click on the appointment and click Delete in the tool bar or press CtrlD. If you are in the list view you can also use EditDelete Appointment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/memos-searching.page0000644000373100047300000000502712306123622025437 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Searching memos. Max Vorobuov vmax0770@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Searching Memos
Searching in a Single Memo

To find text in the displayed memo, select EditFind in Memo... from the main menu.

Searching Across Memos
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-imap-subscriptions.page0000644000373100047300000000365012306123622027131 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 IMAP folder subscriptions. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc IMAP Subscriptions

As opening many IMAP folders on the server takes time you can define which IMAP folders to check and display in Evolution, and which ones to ignore for the time being, via the IMAP Subscriptions Manager.

Select FolderSubscriptions, or right-click on the top level node of an email account in the folder list and click Manage subscriptions.

If you have accounts on multiple servers, select the server where you want to manage your subscriptions.

Evolution displays a list of files and folders available on the IMAP server.

Select a file or folder by clicking it.

You should select at least the Inbox folder. Depending upon the way your IMAP server is configured, the list of available files might include non-mail folders. If it does, you can ignore them.

Click a folder's checkbox to add a folder to your subscriptions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/deleting-appointments.page0000644000373100047300000000207212306123622026665 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting calendar entries to reduce the size of the mailbox. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Deleting old appointments permanently

To Purge old entries in a calendar, go to ActionsPurge in the Calendar view. You will be asked how many days old the events to remove from the calendar should be. The action will be applied to the currently opened calendar (selected in the list of calendars on the left); other calendars remain unchanged.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-local.page0000644000373100047300000000223612306123622025216 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding another local calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Adding another local calendar

To add another local calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewCalendar.

Select the type On This Computer.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Click Apply.

The calendar will be added to the list of calendars in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page0000644000373100047300000000220312306123622030501 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Editing in appointment in your calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Editing an Appointment

If you want to change an appointment that already exists in your calendars,

Double-click on the appointment that you want to edit in the calendar.

Edit the appointment (see Adding an Appointment for the list of available options).

Click the Save button, or FileSave.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/contacts-autocompletion.page0000644000373100047300000000376612306123622027244 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Autocompletion of names and email addresses entered in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Autocompletion of mail recipients

You can enter the first three letters of names and email addresses in the recipients text field and Evolution will present you with a list of matches from your address books.

To enable autocompletion, go to EditPreferencesContactsAutocompletion and choose the address books from the list that Evolution should look in for matches.

Select Always show address of the autocompleted contact to also show the email address along with the name. This can be helpful to distinguish if a contact has several email addresses.

Alternately, you can click the To:, Cc:, or Bcc: buttons to get a list of the email addresses in your contacts. Select addresses and click the arrow buttons to move them into the appropriate address columns.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-usage.page0000644000373100047300000000134312306123622025226 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On adding, editing, and deleting appointments. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Add, Edit, and Delete Appointments usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-sorting-message-list.page0000644000373100047300000001320012306123622027346 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sorting the message list of a mail folder. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Novell, Inc Sorting the message list

Evolution lets you organize your emails by letting you sort messages in the message list.

Sorting Mail in Email Threads

You can use a threaded message view to sort emails. To enable this feature, click on ViewGroup By Threads or press CtrlT.

This feature, when enabled, groups replies with the original email and allows you to follow the flow of the conversation from one message to the next.

When a new message arrives, it will be added below the parent message. Threads are sorted and displayed based on the date of the most recent message received.

For Advanced Users: There is a GSettings key that allows you to toggle between the collapsed and expanded state of the email threads. The collapsed state is enabled by default. It can be changed by starting the Terminal application and running the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail thread-expand true

Open the Terminal application.

Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels true
Sorting Mail with Column Headers

The message list displays columns that indicate whether a message has been read, whether it has attachments, how important the message is, the sender, date, and the subject. To change the columns used in the message list, you can do one of the following:

Drag and drop the column header bars

Right-click on the header.

Select the Remove This Column or Add a Column option.

Evolution allows you to sort your messages using these columns. Just click on the column label to sort the emails. The direction of the arrow next to the label indicates the direction of the sort.

Using Other Sorting Options

Evolution provides other ways for sorting email messages. You can use Sort By, Sort Ascending, Sort Descending, or Unsort.

ద్వారా చక్కదిద్దు

You can also sort email messages using the Sort By list.

Right-click on the message list column headers.

Select the Sort By option.

This brings up this list of criteria for sorting email messages:

Subject - Trimmed

లేబుల్

గ్రహీతలు

పంపినవారు

ప్రదేశం

వరకు గడువు

Follow Up Flag

Flag Status

పరిమాణము

కు

అందుకున్న

తేదీ

విషయం

నుండి

జోడింపు

గుర్తు పెట్టి

స్థితి

అనుకూల

Select the option you wish to use in sorting email messages.
Sort Ascending

Right-click on the message list column headers.

Select the Sort Ascending option.

The messages will be displayed with the most recent at the bottom.

Sort Descending

Right-click on the message list column headers.

Select the Sort Descending option.

The messages will be displayed with the most recent at the top.

చక్కదిద్దు తిసీవేయ్

Right-click on the message list column headers.

Select the Unsort option.

This removes sorting from the column, reverting to the order of messages as they were added to the folder.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-displaying-message.page0000644000373100047300000000135612306123622027064 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Rendering an email and handling its attachments. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Display of a message
Advanced
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-change-time-format.page0000644000373100047300000000244712306123622026750 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Changing the date and time format in the message list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Format of dates and time

You can change the format of the Date column by setting your preferred format under EditPreferencesMail PreferencesHeadersDate/Time format.

The placeholders in the format expression are strftime formats. For a complete list of available strftime formats, run date --help in the Terminal application.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-composer-html-rule.page0000644000373100047300000000271512306123622027035 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Insert a horizontal line in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Inserting a Rule in HTML

You can insert a horizontal line into the email (at the current position of the cursor) to help divide two sections:

Click InsertRule... in the menubar.

Select width, size, and alignment.

Select Shaded if wanted.

Click Close.

Alternately, you can also use the icon in the second bar below the Subject line.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-google.page0000644000373100047300000000317312306123622025401 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using the online calendar of your Google account. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using a Google calendar

To add such a calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewCalendar.

Select the type Google.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also when being offline.

Enter your Google username.

If you have more than one Google calendar, define which of them to use.

Click Apply.

The calendar will be added to the list of calendars in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/tasks-caldav.page0000644000373100047300000000307412306123622024733 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using an online CalDAV task list or memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using a CalDAV task or memo list

To add such a task list or memo list to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewTask List or FileNewMemo List.

Select the type On the Web.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also while offline.

Enter the address of the list in the URL field.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

Enter your username and your email address.

Click Apply.

The task list will be added to the list of task lists in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page0000644000373100047300000000453612306123623030320 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding an appointment. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Adding an Appointment

Click FileNewAppointment, or double-click in a blank space in the calendar to open the Appointment dialog. The particular time on the calendar view against which you have double clicked on will be suggested for the new appointment. You can also directly write in the calendar and then adjust the duration by dragging it with the mouse.

If you use the Appointment dialog:

Select a calendar in the Calendar drop-down list.

Enter a brief summary in the Summary field.

(Optional) Type a location in the Location field.

To select this event as an all day event, click OptionsAll Day Event, or click the All Day Event button on the toolbar.

Select the date and time.

If the event is not an all day event, select either For to specify the duration, or select Until to specify the ending time of the event.

(Optional) Enter a description in the Description field.

To show the time as busy to others, click OptionsShow Time as Busy.

You can also define a time zone, a category, a reminder, a recurrence, or a classification for the event, or add an attachment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-save-as-pdf.page0000644000373100047300000000270412306123623025404 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Converting emails into PDF files. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Save messages as PDF

In order to save emails in the PDF file format, select FilePrint and then choose Print to File. See the desktop help for general information on printing.

You can also export messages as PDF by dragging and dropping them to the file manager, instead of dropping them in mbox (text) format by default.

Open the Terminal application.

Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail drag-and-drop-save-file-format 'pdf'

You can also use the dconf-editor application to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/contacts-using-contact-lists.page0000644000373100047300000000567612306123623030117 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using contact lists for grouping contacts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using Contact Lists

A contact list is a set of contacts with a single nickname that you create. When you send mail to this nickname it is actually sent to every member of the list. This differs from a "real" mailing list in that it exists only on your computer as a convenience to you, rather than as an actual email address managed by a mailing list application on a server.

For example, you could create one contact for each family member, then add those contacts to a contact list called "Family". Then, instead of entering each person's email address individually, you can send emails to "Family" and the messages would go to all of them.

Creating a contact list

Click FileNewContact List.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Select the address book under Where: to which it will be added.

Specify the list members by either entering the names or email addresses of contacts (the text field supports autocompletion), or by dragging contacts from the Contacts window into the list, or by using the Select... button.

Choose whether you want to hide the email addresses when you send a message to the list.

Unless it is a very small list, it is recommended that you leave the addresses hidden. This is the same thing as using the “Bcc:” feature discussed in Sending a message to several recipients.

Click OK.

The contact list will be added to the chosen address book in Evolution.

Sending messages to a contact list

To send a message to the contact list, enter the name that you chose for the contact list as the recipient in the mail composer. You can also right-click the contact list in your address book and select Send Message to List.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page0000644000373100047300000000360312306123623030053 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to set up a Gmail POP Account. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Access a Gmail POP Account via Evolution

Follow these steps to set up your Gmail POP Account in Evolution:

Log in to your Gmail account.

Go to SettingsForwarding and POP/IMAP. Refer to the POP Download section.

Enable the POP download feature by ticking the radio button that corresponds to either of these options:

Enable POP for all mail (even mail that's already been downloaded)

Enable POP for mail that arrives from now on

Specify the other required settings for this Gmail feature.

To know the Gmail Account settings, click on Configuration instructionsOtherStandard Instructions.

On your Evolution client, go to EditPreferencesMail Accounts. Click Add.

Provide the required information. For the account settings, refer to Step 5

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-weather.page0000644000373100047300000000277412306123623025573 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Display the weather in the calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using a weather calendar

Calendars of this type are read-only.

To add such a calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewCalendar.

Select the type Weather.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also when being offline.

Choose a location by selecting continent, country and city.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

Choose the temperature unit.

Click Apply.

The calendar will be added to the list of calendars in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page0000644000373100047300000000231712306123623030204 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to set up a Gmail IMAP Account. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Access a Gmail IMAP Account via Evolution

Please refer to the IMAP+ mail account settings.

To access Gmail via IMAP you must turn on IMAP in your Google account. See the Gmail Help for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-two-trash-folders.page0000644000373100047300000000357412306123623026670 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to have only one trash or junk folder per account. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Two Trash or Junk folders shown for the same account

If you use a remote mail account that also has Junk and/or Trash folders on the server you might face duplicated folders in Evolution.

You can easily tell the two Trash folders apart by looking at their icons. The Evolution Trash folder has a special icon whereas the other physical Trash folder looks like any other folder.

By default, Evolution's Trash and Junk folders are Search folders. They do not really exist but simply display all the messages that are marked as junk or for deletion in any folders of that account.

In order to only use the folders for Junk and Trash on the mail server, select the corresponding Use a Real Folder option under EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditDefaults. In this case, Evolution's local virtual folders will not be used.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page0000644000373100047300000000422512306123623034161 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for Maildir-format mail directories accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Maildir-format mail directories receiving options
Receiving Email

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Choose the directory by clicking on the button next to Path in the Configuration section. Some default folders are available in the list. If the directory is not among those folders, choose the last option Other.... This will open a directory chooser window.
Receiving Options

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

If you want Filters to be automatically used for new messages in your inbox, enable Apply filters to new messages in INBOX.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-receiving-options-pop.page0000644000373100047300000000665212306123623027544 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for POP accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Barbara Tobias barbtobias09@gmail.com Novell, Inc POP receiving options
Receiving Email

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Enter the address of the email server in the Server field and enter your username for that server.

Select if you want to use a secure connection (SSL or TLS).

You should enable this option if your server supports it.

Free webmail providers often supply information about which of these options can be used. If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

Select your authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check for supported authentication mechanisms. Some servers do not announce the authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work.

Select if you want Evolution to remember your password.
Receiving Options

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

If you want the messages to remain on the server for a period of time, click the Leave messages on server option and the Delete after ... days option and select the number of days to allow messages to remain on the server.

The option Disable support for all POP3 extensions is only useful when accessing old or misconfigured mail servers. POP3 extensions provide enhanced functionality, however only some servers support them. In case of problems with receiving mail, enabling this setting might help.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page0000644000373100047300000000260112306123623027502 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Subscribing to Usenet newsgroups. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Newsgroups Subscriptions

When you create a newsgroup account, you are not subscribed to any groups. To subscribe to a newsgroup:

Select FolderSubscriptions.

If you have accounts on multiple servers, select the server where you want to manage your subscriptions.

Click a group's checkbox to add a folder to your subscriptions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/contacts-google.page0000644000373100047300000000262112306123623025444 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the online address book of your Google account. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using a Google addressbook

To add such an address book to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewAddress Book.

Select the type Google.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also when being offline.

Enter your Google username.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

Click Apply.

The address book will be added to the list of address books in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page0000644000373100047300000000552512306123623033332 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange 2007 or 2010 account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Exchange Web Services account settings
Account Editor

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit or by right-clicking on the respective top-level node in the folder list and choosing Properties.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Exchange Web Services accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Defaults (Exchange Web Services accounts) Defaults
Security (Exchange Web Services accounts) Security
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-marcus-bains-line.page0000644000373100047300000000145312306123623027436 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The red "Marcus Bains" line displays the current time. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Time display in the Day view

The red Marcus Bains Line in the Day view of the calendar is a marker to show the current date and time.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-search-folders.page0000644000373100047300000000425712306123623026204 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use search folders to see messages in one folder while still keeping them in their original folders. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using Search folders

If filters are not flexible enough, or you find yourself performing the same search again and again, consider a search folder.

A search folder looks like a folder, it acts like a search, and you set it up like a filter. While a conventional folder actually contains messages, a search folder is a view of messages that might be in several different folders. The messages it contains are determined on the fly using a set of criteria that you have chosen when setting up the search folder.

Evolution automatically updates the search folder contents when new messages are received or message are deleted.

The Unmatched search folder is the opposite of other search folders: it displays all messages that do not appear in other search folders.

If you use remote email storage like IMAP, and have created search folders to search through them, the Unmatched search folder also searches the remote folders. If you do not create any search folders that search remote mail stores, the Unmatched search folder does not search in them either.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/xinclude-mail-account-identity.xml0000644000373100047300000000101312306123623030246 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000
Identity

Here you define your name and your email address.

Optionally you can make this account your default account (e.g. when writing emails), set a Reply-To email address (if you want replies to messages sent to a different address), and set an organization (the company where you work, or the organization you represent when you send email from this account).

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/intro-first-run.page0000644000373100047300000002540412306123623025442 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Running Evolution for the very first time. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Starting <app>Evolution</app> for the first time

The first time you run Evolution, it opens the First-Run Assistant to help you set up email accounts and import data from other applications.

Restore from backup

You will be asked whether to restore from a backup of a previous version. If you do not have a backup, go to the next page.

Show how to restore from a backup Restoring
Receiving Email

First, choose the server type from the Server Type drop-down list.

If you are unsure about the type of server to choose, ask your system administrator or Internet Service Provider.

Later on, if you want to change an account, or if you want to create another one, go to EditPreferencesMail Accounts. Select the account you want to change, then click Edit. Alternately, add a new account by clicking Add.
IMAP+

Keeps the mail on the server so you can access your mail from multiple systems.

Show how to configure this account type IMAP+ receiving options
POP

Downloads your email to your hard disk.

Show how to configure this account type POP receiving options
USENET News

Connects to a news server and downloads a list of available news digests.

Show how to configure this account type Usenet news receiving options
Exchange EWS

For connecting to a Microsoft Exchange 2007/2010 or OpenChange server. Note that this is currently under development and will replace the Exchange MAPI account type in the future. It might not be available yet for your distribution.

This requires having the evolution-ews package installed.

Install evolution-ews
Show how to configure this account type Exchange Web Services receiving options
Exchange MAPI

For connecting to a Microsoft Exchange 2007/2010 or OpenChange server.

This requires having the evolution-mapi package installed.

Install evolution-mapi
Show how to configure this account type Exchange MAPI receiving options
Local delivery

Local delivery: If you want to move email from the spool (the location where mail waits for delivery) and store it in your home directory. You need to provide the path to the mail spool you want to use. If you want to leave email in your system's spool files, choose the Standard Unix Mbox Spool option instead.

Show how to configure this account type Local delivery receiving options
MH-Format Mail Directories

For downloading email using MH or another MH-style application.

Show how to configure this account type MH-format mail directories receiving options
Maildir-Format Mail Directories

Maildir-Format Mail Directories: For downloading your email using Qmail or another Maildir-style application.

Show how to configure this account type Maildir-format mail directories receiving options
Standard Unix mbox spool file

Standard Unix mbox spool file: For reading and storing email in the mail spool file on your local system.

Show how to configure this account type Standard Unix mbox spool file receiving options
Standard Unix mbox spool directory

Standard Unix mbox spool directory: For reading and storing email in the mail spool directory on your local system.

Show how to configure this account type Standard Unix mbox spool directory receiving options
None

If you do not plan to use Evolution for receiving email.

Sending mail

Available server types are:

SMTP

Sends mail using an outbound mail server. This is the most common choice for sending mail.

Show how to configure this account type SMTP sending options
Sendmail

Uses the Sendmail application to send mail from your system. It is not easy to configure, so you should select this option only if you know how to set up a Sendmail service.

Account Information

Give the account any name you prefer.

Importing Mail (Optional)

Continue with Importing data from another application.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page0000644000373100047300000000713312306123623030273 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Signing or encrypting messages via GPG/OpenPGP that you send. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Creating a GPG key

These steps are very technical. For average users we recommend using the Seahorse application for managing GPG/OpenPGP keys.

Before you can get or send GPG encrypted mail, you need to generate your public and private keys with GPG.

Open the Terminal application and enter gpg --gen-key.

Select an algorithm, then press Enter.

Select a key length, then press Enter.

Enter how long your key should be valid for.

Type your real name, then press Enter.

Type your email address, then press Enter.

(Optional) Type a comment, then press Enter.

Review your selected user ID. If it is correct, press O.

Type a passphrase, then press Enter.

Move your mouse randomly to generate the keys.

After the keys are generated, you can view your key information by entering gpg --list-keys. You should see something similar to this: /home/you/.gnupg/pubring.gpg ---------------------------- pub 1024D/32j38dk2 2001-06-20 you <you@example.com> sub 1024g/289sklj3 2011-06-20 [expires: 2012-11-14]

GPG creates one list, or keyring, for your public keys and one for your private keys. All the public keys you know are stored in the file ~/.gnupg/pubring.gpg. If you want to give other people your key, send them that file.

If you want, you can upload your keys to a key server:

Check your public key ID with gpg --list-keys. It is the string after 1024D on the line beginning with pub. In the example above, it is 32j38dk2.

Enter the command gpg --send-keys --keyserver wwwkeys.pgp.net 32j38dk2. Substitute your key ID for 32j38dk2. You need your password to do this.

Key servers store your public keys for you so that your friends can decrypt your messages. If you choose not to use a key server, you can manually send your public key, include it in your signature file, or put it on your own Web page. However, it is easier to publish a key once, and then let people download it from a central place when they want.

If you don't have a key to unlock or encrypt a message, you can set your encryption tool to look it up automatically. If it cannot find the key, an error message appears.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page0000644000373100047300000001000212306123623032477 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Configure variables in templates and reuse items from the message you reply to Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using Variables in Templates
Configuring Variables for Message Templates

Select EditPlugins.

Click Templates.

Click the Configuration tab.

You can add, edit or remove the key-value pairs. You can specify any number of key-value pairs.

In any template, the occurrence of every $key is replaced by the value it has in the configuration. For example, if you set the key to Manager and the value to Harry, any occurrence of $Manager is replaced by Harry in the message.

Assume that you have 1000 message templates with your current manager's name in them. When the current manager is replaced by a new one, it is not easy for you to manually replace the manager's name in all the 1000 messages. If the messages have a $Manager key value, you can reset the value in the Configuration tab of this plugin.

By default, the entire environment variables are used as a key-value pair. An occurrence of $env_variable is replaced by the value it carries. For example, an occurrence of $PATH in your template is replaced by its value when the template is used.

The replacement process uses the following order of precedence:

$key is replaced by the value set for it in the Configuration tab of the Templates plugin.

If the key is not found, it is then replaced with the value of its environment variable.

If key is neither a configuration option nor an environment variable, no changes are made.
Using Elements From a Message in a Template When Replying

Templates can contain more than just the predefined set of key-value pairs. You can also get any message header values from the email that you are applying the template on, plus the complete message body.

In order to do this, use the format $ORIG[header_name] and replace the variable header_name by the actual header. For example, if you would like to insert the subject line of the message that you reply to, use $ORIG[subject]. To insert the complete body, use $ORIG[body].

If no replacement for a variable is found, the variable is not removed (except for $ORIG[body]) but left in place so that you see that something went wrong. This could happen when trying to use headers that are not necessarily always available in the original message (for example $ORIG[reply-to]).

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page0000644000373100047300000000171412306123623031723 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Which thread-related headers are recognized by Evolution. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Thread related headers recognized by Evolution

Evolution supports the following headers:

References

In-Reply-To

Thread-* headers are Microsoft's proprietary headers and not supported.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page0000644000373100047300000000225712306123623031321 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to forward a message with its attachments. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Forwarding a message with its attachments

Click MessageForward as... and choose Attachment, so the forwarded email and also its attachments get attached to the email you want to send.

If you want to have this setting by default, set EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesForward Style to Attachment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page0000644000373100047300000000565512306123623033466 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange MAPI account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Exchange MAPI account settings
Account Editor

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit or by right-clicking on the respective top-level node in the folder list and choosing Properties.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Exchange MAPI accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Defaults (Exchange MAPI accounts) Defaults
Exchange Settings

In this section you can view the size of all Exchange folders.

Security (Exchange MAPI accounts) Security
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-working-offline.page0000644000373100047300000000607112306123623026377 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Work with your mail while not being connected to the network. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Working Offline

Forced offline mode helps you communicate with remote mail storage systems like GroupWise, IMAP or Exchange, in situations where you are not connected to the network at all times. Evolution keeps a local copy of one or more folders to allow you to compose messages, storing them in your Outbox to be sent the next time you connect.

Evolution's forced offline mode only refers to mail and does not apply to contacts and calendars.

POP mail downloads all messages to your local system, but other connections usually download just the headers, and get the rest only when you want to read the message. Before you force Evolution to be offline, Evolution downloads the unread messages from the folders you have chosen to store.

Marking folders for offline usage

To mark a mail folder for offline use,

Right-click the folder, then click Properties.

Click Copy folder content locally for offline operation.
Syncing messages for offline usage

Your connection status is shown by the small icon in the lower left corner of the Evolution main window. When you are online, it displays two connected cables. When you force offline mode via clicking the icon or via FileWork Offline, the cables separate. You will be asked whether you want to go offline immediately or synchronize folders locally before you go offline.

To download Messages for Offline Operations without immediately going offline, select FileDownload Messages for Offline Usage.

Automatic Network State Handling

Evolution automatically understands the network state and acts accordingly. For instance, Evolution switches to offline mode when the network goes down and automatically switches on when the network is up again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-composer-search.page0000644000373100047300000000307512306123623026372 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Searching for text in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Searching in the mail composer

Under the Edit menu in the message composer there are several text searching features available.

Find:

Enter a word or phrase, and Evolution finds it in your message.

Find Again:

Select this item to repeat the last search you performed.

Replace:

Find a word or phrase, and replace it with something else.

For all of these menu items you can choose whether to search backwards in the document from the point where your cursor is. You can also determine whether the search is to be case sensitive in determining a match

If you have a technical background you can also select the option to use Regular expressions for searching.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-layout.page0000644000373100047300000000124612306123623025442 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjusting the display and views of the calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Changing the calendar layout usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-default-folder-locations.page0000644000373100047300000000376612306123623030175 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Changing the location of Draft, Sent, Trash and Junk folders. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Mail folder locations

You can set a different place where to store messages in your Draft folder and Sent folder in the Defaults section of the mail account editor (EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditDefaults).

For remote account types (accounts such as IMAP) you can also use folders on the mail server for Junk and Trash by selecting the corresponding Use a Real Folder option. In this case, Evolution's local virtual folders will not be used.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-attachments-received.page0000644000373100047300000000372712306123623027403 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Saving and opening files that are attached to received emails. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Handling attachments in received mail

If you receive an email message with one or more file attachments, Evolution displays the number of attachments and a Save or Save All button between the email header and the content of the email.

Evolution does not support saving all attachments of all messages in one folder at once.

A list of attachments is also available at the bottom of the email.

To save an attachment to disk, click the down-arrow next to the attachment icon and click Save As.

To open an attachment in another application, click the down-arrow next to the attachment icon and choose one of the available applications.

The options available for an attachment vary depending on the type of attachment and the applications that are installed on your system. For example, image files can be opened in the Image Viewer application or in the GIMP graphics editor.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/searching-items.page0000644000373100047300000000116212306123623025435 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Searching content and data within Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Searching items usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-composer-plain-text.page0000644000373100047300000000472012306123623027210 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change font alignment and paragraph formatting in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Formatting Text in Plain Text Format

Text formatting tools are located in the tool bar below the Subject line. They also appear in the Insert and Format menus.

The icons in the tool bar are explained in tooltips which appear when you hold your mouse pointer over the buttons.

Headers and Lists:

At the left of the upper tool bar, you can choose Normal for a default text style or Header 1 through Header 6 for varying sizes of header from large (1) to tiny (6). Other styles include Preformat, to use the HTML tag for preformatted blocks of text, and three types of bullet points for lists.

For instance, instead of using asterisks to mark a bulleted list, you can use the Bulleted List style from the style dropdown list. Evolution uses different bullet styles, and handles word wrap and multiple levels of indentation.

Alignment:

Located next to the Headers and Lists dropdown, the three paragraph icons should be familiar to users of most word processing software. The left-most button aligns your text to the left, the center button centers text, and the right button aligns the text to the right.

Indentation Rules:

The button with the arrow pointing left decreases a paragraph's indentation, and the right arrow increases its indentation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-refresh-folders.page0000644000373100047300000000215112306123623026364 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ways to update your Evolution folders. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Updating/refreshing the folders on the mail server

To make sure that your local email folders are updated, go to FolderRefresh. This will ensure that all of your emails have been downloaded from the mail server onto your computer so that you can read them all, and that the read status is synced with the mail server.

You can also double-click on the folder name to refresh it, or press F5.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/offline.page0000644000373100047300000000371212306123624024001 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make Evolution mail be online again. Brian Grohe grohe43@gmail.com Patrick O'Callaghan Why is Evolution's mail offline when my net connection is working?

You may have started Evolution with the --offline commandline option to enforce offline mode.

If this is not the case and Evolution normally works but has suddenly stopped connecting to your mail accounts, you may have unintentionally clicked on the connection icon in the lower left corner. When connected, the icon resembles a pair of sockets joined together. If the sockets are open, there is no connection to your mail accounts (and the Send/Receive button is grayed out). Click on the icon to change its state.

If the problem persists and you are sure you have not clicked the icon, but you can still reach the network from other apps on your system (browsers, FTP, SSH, ping etc.) it may be that your network connection is not properly configured. For more information please take a look at the Desktop help or seek help from your distribution support forums, mailing lists etc.

Evolution's forced offline mode only refers to mail and does not apply to contacts and calendars.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-composer-html-image.page0000644000373100047300000000264412306123624027153 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Embed a picture in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Inserting an Image in HTML

You can insert an image into the email (at the current position of the cursor):

Click InsertImage... in the menubar.

Browse to and select the file.

Click Open.

Alternately, you can also use the icon in the second bar below the Subject line, or drag an image into the text area of the message composer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page0000644000373100047300000000200412306123624027644 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Editing a contact in your address book. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Editing a Contact

If you want to change a contact that already exists in your address books,

Double-click on the contact that you want to edit in the list of contacts, or select the contact and press Enter.

Edit the contact information.

Click OK.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-folders.page0000644000373100047300000000610312306123624024732 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use folders to organize your mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Novell, Inc Using Folders

Evolution, like most mail systems, uses folders to store email messages. You start out with a few mail folders such as the Inbox, Outbox, and Drafts. You can, however, create more folders if required.

Creating A Folder

To create a folder:

Click on Folder and select New. You can also right-click anywhere on the folder list and select the New Folder option.

Specify the name and the location of the folder.

Click on the Create button.

The new folder will be shown in the folder view. You can then move messages into the folder.

The Inbox folders on most IMAP servers cannot contain both messages and subfolders. When creating additional folders on your IMAP mail server, branch the folders from the root of the IMAP account and not from the Inbox. Creating subfolders in your Inbox may prevent you from reading messages that exist in the Inbox. If this happens, move the folders to the IMAP account.
Moving Messages to New Folders

You can move messages into folders by using one of the following methods:

Drag and drop the messages into the folder.

Right-click on the message and select the Move to Folder option.

Select a message and press ShiftCtrlV.

Select a message and click on MessageMove to Folder.

The steps for copying are similar.

Moving files can be done automatically by setting up filters.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-attachments-sending.page0000644000373100047300000000510112306123624027231 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Attaching files to emails you want to send. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Adding attachments to an email
Attaching files

To attach a file to your email in the composer:

Click Add Attachment..., or click InsertAttachment, or press CtrlM.

Select the file you want to attach.

Click OK.

You can also drag a file to the attachment bar of the composer window.

When you send the message, a copy of the attached file goes with it. Be aware that large attachments can take a long time to send and receive.

Attachment Reminder

Evolution has an Attachment Reminder plugin you can use to remind yourself to attach a file to an email. If it determines that you have not attached the file, it displays a reminder window before the email is sent.

To enable the Attachment Reminder:

Select EditPlugins.

Enable Attachment Reminder.

Click the Configuration tab.

Click Add, then enter keywords in your language such as "Attach" or "enclosed".

Based on the keywords you have added, Evolution searches the text of every mail you are going to send. If it finds any of the keywords in your email and there is no actual attached file, the reminder window is displayed.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-organizing.page0000644000373100047300000000134112306123624026271 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On using several calendars, searching, and categories. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Sorting and organizing calendars usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page0000644000373100047300000000376212306123624032065 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Signing or encrypting messages via GPG that you send. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Signing or encrypting messages

After you have set up your GPG key, you can sign or encrypt a message by clicking OptionsPGP Sign or PGP Encrypt from the message composer menu.

The Subject line of the message will not be encrypted and should not be used for sensitive information.

To have every message signed or encrypted:

Select EditPreferencesMail Accounts.

Select the mail account to encrypt the messages in.

Click Edit.

Click the Security tab.

Select Always sign outgoing messages when using this account.

Click OK.

Click Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-filters-conditions.page0000644000373100047300000000415012306123624027113 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Available conditions for setting up filtering. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Available Filter conditions

Source Account:

Filters messages according the server you got them from. This is most useful if you use multiple POP mail accounts.

Pipe to Program:

Evolution can use an external command to process a message, then process it based on the return value. Commands used in this way must return an integer. This is most commonly used to add an external junk mail filter.

Junk Test:

Filters based on the results of the junk mail test.

Match All:

Applies an action always to any message, without further conditions. This could be useful at the end of the list of message filters to cover those emails that did not match any conditions for the preceding filters in the list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/contacts-searching.page0000644000373100047300000000507612306123624026143 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Searching contacts. Max Vorobuov vmax0770@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Searching Contacts
Searching in a Single Contact

To find text in the displayed contact, select EditFind in Contact... from the main menu.

Searching Across Contacts
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-word-wrap.page0000644000373100047300000000177512306123624025230 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Words are wrapped in outgoing mails at 72 characters. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Words are wrapped in outgoing mails at 72 characters

For better readability lines are wrapped after 72 characters. This value is hardcoded and cannot be changed.

To avoid line breaks within a paragraph, mark the paragraph and choose FormatParagraph StylePreformatted in the mail composer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-spam.page0000644000373100047300000000123512306123624024235 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to automatically handle unwanted mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Junk and Spam Mail Handling usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-search-folders-refresh.page0000644000373100047300000000235112306123624027632 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ways of updating Search folders. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Updating/refreshing Search folders

It might happen that one of your Search folders has not updated since some new email arrived or since an email was deleted, for example. This will mean that the list of emails in the folder is not up-to-date.

You can get an updated view of the search folder either by switching to another folder and then back again, or by right-clicking on the search folder and choosing Refresh.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page0000644000373100047300000000306412306123624031342 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Display less email recipients of a specific message. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Collapsible Message Headers

Evolution compresses the To, Cc and Bcc headers of received mail and shows only five addresses in the message preview.

To see all recipients, click the icon next to the To: or Cc: line, or click the ellipsis (...) at the end of the five displayed addresses.

To collapse all of the message headers and just display the subject and sender in one line, click the icon next to the From: line. This is helpful on small screens.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-search-folders-add.page0000644000373100047300000000554212306123624026731 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Setting up a search folder. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Creating A Search Folder

Click EditSearch Folders, or click MessageCreate Rule and select the criterion the search folder will be based on, or if you have run a search, click SearchCreate Search Folder From Search....

Click Add.

Enter a name in the Rule name field.

Define the conditions for the rule. For each condition, you first select which part of the message will be checked and then define the comparison.

For more information on the available conditions see Available Search Folder conditions.

If you want to define multiple conditions, define under Find items if any or if all conditions have to apply, and click Add Condition and repeat the previous step.

Select which folders will be used for the search folder in the section Search Folder Sources. Options are:

All local folders:

Uses all local folders for the search folder source in addition to individual folders that are selected.

All active remote folders:

Remote folders are considered active if you are connected to the server; you must be connected to your mail server for the search folder to include any messages from that source in addition to individual folders that are selected.

All local and active remote folders:

Uses all local and active remote folders for the search folder source in addition to individual folders that are selected.

Specific folders only:

Uses individual folders for the search folder source. In this case, click the Add to select folders.

Click OK.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page0000644000373100047300000000366712306123624032457 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Setting a default signature for an email account. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Default account signature

You can define a default signature for each of your mail accounts. This can be edited under EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditIdentityOptional Information.

If you have a signature for your account defined but exceptionally do not want to use it for one message, or want to use a different signature, you can change it via the dropdown menu in the right upper corner in the email composer window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-composer-forward.page0000644000373100047300000000547512306123624026600 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Forwarding a received email to somebody. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Forwarding a message

When you receive an email, you can forward it to other individuals or groups that might be interested.

You can forward a message as an attachment to a new message (this is the default setting, see Default settings), inline (in your message without the > character before each line), or quoted (with > character before each line).

Attachment forwarding is best if you want to send the full, unaltered message to someone else. Inline or Quoted forwarding is best if you want to send portions of a message, or if you have a large number of comments on different sections of the message you are forwarding.

To forward a message that you are reading:

Click MessageForward, the Forward button in the toolbar, or press CtrlF to use the default forwarding method. In case you want to use a different forward method, click MessageForward as or the small dropdown arrow next to the Forward button in the toolbar to choose the method.

Select a recipient for the message. The subject is already entered, although you can alter it if you want.

Add your comments on the message in the text field.

Click Send or press CtrlReturn.

Attachments to a message you are forwarding are forwarded only when you send the original message as an attachment. Inline messages do not forward any attachments.

Default settings

The default settings for replying and forwarding can be changed under EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesGeneralReplies and ForwardsForward style.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/exporting-data-mail.page0000644000373100047300000000227712306123624026232 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to export mail data from Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Exporting mail data

To save an email to a file in mbox format, select an email and click FileSave as mbox... or right-click on the message and click Save as mbox....

The same steps apply to save a complete mail folder, but you have to mark all messages in it first.

You can select all messages in a folder by clicking EditSelect All or pressing CtrlA.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-default-CC-and-BCC.page0000644000373100047300000000341312306123624026331 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make somebody always receive copies of your sent mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Default CC and BCC

You can set email addresses that should always receive copies of your sent mail (either as CC visible for all recipients, or BCC not visible for other recipients) in the Defaults section of the mail account editor (EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditDefaults).

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-filters.page0000644000373100047300000001124412306123624024746 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use filter rules to sort your mail automatically into folders. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using Filters

Message filters apply actions on messages based on conditions that you have defined. You can define filters for both incoming and outgoing emails.

Filters will be automatically applied to incoming messages for local accounts (such as POP). Mail servers for remote accounts (such as IMAP) often already filter mail directly on the server as this is faster. If you want to apply your Evolution filters to remote accounts, you can enable this under EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving OptionsOptionsApply filters to new messages in Inbox on this server.

To manually apply filters on messages in a folder, select the messages and click MessageApply Filters or press CtrlY.

You can select all messages in a folder by clicking EditSelect All or pressing CtrlA.

Creating a Filter

Click EditMessage Filters, or click MessageCreate Rule and select the criterion the filter will be based on.

Click Add.

Enter a name in the Rule name field.

Define the conditions for the rule. For each condition, you first select which part of the message will be checked and then define the comparison.

For more information on the available conditions see Available Filter conditions.

If you want to define multiple conditions, define under Find items if any or if all conditions have to apply, and click Add Condition and repeat the previous step.

Select the Actions for the Filter in the Then section.

For more information on the available actions see Available Filter actions.

The order of filters is important. Filters are applied to the original message in sequence, like a recipe.

If your first filter has a Stop Processing rule, then all the email messages that match this filter will ignore all the succeeding filters.

When you move a message to another folder, "moving" actually means appending a copy of the message to the destination folder and marking the original message for deletion. So any subsequent filter rules will be applied to the original message that is now marked for deletion. Therefore moving a message should usually appear last in a sequence of filter rules.

If you want to define multiple actions, click Add Action and repeat the previous step. For example, if you want no other existing filters to be applied choose Stop Processing as the second action in the list.

Click OK.
Editing Filters

Click EditMessage Filters.

Select the filter.

Click Edit.

Make the desired corrections, then click OK twice.
Deleting Filters

Click EditMessage Filters.

Select the filter.

Click Remove.

Click OK.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-filters-actions.page0000644000373100047300000000505212306123624026404 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Available actions for setting up filtering. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Available Filter actions

Move to Folder:

Moves the message into a folder you specify.

Copy to Folder:

Puts a copy of the message into a folder you specify.

Delete:

Marks the message for deletion. The message can be undeleted until you expunge or empty the trash.

Stop Processing:

Select this if you want to all other filters ignore this message. Note that only filters listed after this particular rule will be ignored.

Set Label:

Adds a label to a message.

Assign Color:

Marks the message with a color of your choice.

Assign Score:

Assigns the message a numeric score.

Adjust Score:

Changes the numeric score by the amount you set.

Set Status:

Sets the status of the message. The status can be Replied To, Draft, Important, Read, or Junk.

Unset Status:

If the message has a status value, unsets it. If a status value is not set, it does nothing.

Beep:

Makes the system beep.

Play Sound:

Select a sound file for Evolution to play.

Run Program:

Evolution runs an application.

Pipe to Program:

Sends the message to an application of your choice. No return value is expected. This feature can be used to create automatic Web postings from email messages or to perform additional message post processing not supported by Evolution.

Forward to:

Forwards the message to another email address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-recurrence.page0000644000373100047300000000266712306123624026273 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Repeating appointments. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using Recurrence

If you have an appointment that takes place regularly, you can define its recurrence by clicking the Recurrence button in the Appointment Editor or by clicking OptionsRecurrence. You can then choose a time and date when the appointment stops recurring, and, under Exceptions, pick individual days when the appointment does not recur. Make your selections from left to right, and you form a sentence: "Every two weeks on Monday and Friday until January 3, 2015" or "Every month on the first Friday for 12 occurrences."

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/intro-application.page0000644000373100047300000000323212306123624026010 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 An introduction to Evolution. Brian Grohe grohe43@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Getting Started

Evolution is a stable and versatile personal information manager for the GNOME project. Evolution allows you to keep your calendars, mail, address books and tasks in one place.

By default Evolution opens the mail view. This is were you can view all your mail. You can change to other views of the application by going to the bottom of the left pane in the window (the so-called "switcher") and selecting the desired view. Learn more about the elements of the main window.

When Evolution starts, it remembers the last view that you used. However you can also explicitly start Evolution in a specific view. For the calendar view, use the command evolution --component=calendar in the Terminal application. Other available options are "mail", "contacts", "tasks", and "memos".

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/memos-usage-add-memo.page0000644000373100047300000000542712306123624026267 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding a memo to your memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Adding a Memo

Click FileNewMemo, or press ShiftCtrlO.

Select a memo list in the List dropdown list.

Enter the memo information.

Click the Save button, or FileSave.

If you just want to quickly add a memo by entering a summary you can directly enter it in the list of memos.

You can also define a category, or a classification for the memo, or add an attachment.

Shared Memos

Shared Memos are like mail messages except they are scheduled for a particular day and appear on the calendar for that date. You can use shared memos to show vacations, holidays, pay days, birthdays, and so on. Posted shared memos are placed in your Calendar on the date you specify. They are not placed in your Mailbox or in any other user's Mailbox.

To send a Shared Memo,

Click FileNewShared Memo, or press ShiftCtrlH.

Select the Organizer's account name from the drop-down list given next to the Organizer field.

In the To field, type a username, then press Enter. Repeat this for additional users.

Select the task list (under List) in which you would like to create the entry.

Enter a brief summary in the Summary field.

In the Start Date field, type the date this shared memo should appear in the recipients' calendars.

Click the Save button, or FileSave.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page0000644000373100047300000000214012306123624031250 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check automatically and regularly for new received mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Automatically check for new mail

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, enable the option Check for new messages every ... minutes in the Receiving Options page of the mail account settings (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options) and select the frequency in minutes.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/change-switcher-appearance.page0000644000373100047300000000250112306123624027522 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Changing the display of the window buttons in the lower left corner. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Changing the Switcher appearance

The display of the window buttons in the lower left corner (Mail, Contacts, Calendar, Tasks and Memos) can be changed via ViewSwitcher Appearance. This can be helpful if you have a small display. You can also completely hide them.

The available options are:

Icons and Text

Icons Only

Text Only

Toolbar Style

Show Buttons

usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page0000644000373100047300000000504412306123624031447 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for Exchange MAPI accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Exchange MAPI receiving options
Receiving Email

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Enter the address of the email server in the Server field and enter your username for that server.

Enter the Domain name for that server.

If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

Select your authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check for supported authentication mechanisms. Some servers do not announce the authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work.

Select if you want to use a secure connection (SSL or TLS).

Click Authenticate and enter your password.
Receiving Options

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

You can also define if Evolution checks for new messages in all folders.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-composer-reply.page0000644000373100047300000000645312306123624026264 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Answering a received email. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Replying to a message
Replying to Email Messages

To reply to a message, select the message to reply to in the message list and click the Reply button in the toolbar, or right-click within the message and select Reply to Sender. This opens the message composer. The To: and Subject: fields are already filled, although you can alter them if you prefer. In addition, the full text of the old message is inserted into the new message, either in grey with a blue line on one side (for HTML display) or with the > character before each line (in plain text mode), to indicate that it is part of the previous message.

If you are reading a message with several recipients, you can use Reply to All instead of Reply. If there are large numbers of people in the Cc: or To: fields, this can save substantial amounts of time.

Using the Reply To All Feature

Susan sends an email to a client and sends copies to Tim and to an internal company mailing list of co-workers. If Tim wants to make a comment for all of them to read, he uses Reply to All, but if he just wants to tell Susan that he agrees with her, he uses Reply. His reply does not reach anyone that Susan put on her Bcc list, because that list is not shared with anyone.

If you subscribe to a mailing list, and want your reply to go just to the list rather than to the sender, select Reply to List instead of Reply or Reply to All.

Keyboard shortcuts

Action

Shortcut keys

Reply to Sender

CtrlR

Reply to Mailing List

CtrlL

Reply to All

ShiftCtrlR
Default settings

The default settings for replying and forwarding can be changed under EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesGeneralReplies and ForwardsReply style.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page0000644000373100047300000000212712306123624030227 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using email signatures at the bottom of a message you send. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Working with email signatures

A signature consists of one or more lines of text (or even a picture) that will be added at the end of an email that you send. It can contain contact information or other things. A signature always begins with two dashes and a space (-- ).

The term "signature" is also differently used in terms of encryption.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-layout-changing.page0000644000373100047300000000131612306123624026366 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Changing the display of the mail window (message list columns and widescreen). Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Changing the mail window layout usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-account-management.page0000644000373100047300000000177212306123624027051 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding, editing and managing mail accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Account Management
Common Account Types
Local Account Types
Corporate Account Types
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-spam-settings.page0000644000373100047300000001060312306123624026072 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to set up handling unwanted junk/spam mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Patrick O'Callaghan Pete Biggs April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Novell, Inc Junk Mail Settings
పనిముట్టు

Evolution lets you check for unwanted junk or spam emails by using the Bogofilter or SpamAssassin tools. To use these tools, you need to make sure that they are installed via the software management tool of your distribution.

You might need to install Bogofilter or SpamAssassin to perform these steps.

Install bogofilter

Install spamassassin

SpamAssassin works through a set of predefined rules, hence it can determine spam straight away. Bogofilter does not come with a default set of spam criteria so it will not automatically filter anything after installing it. You must train it first to make it work. You can modify the actions of SpamAssassin by training it as well.

Junk Mail Folder

Messages that are marked as junk (either manually by the user or automatically via SpamAssassin or Bogofilter) will be moved to the Junk mail folder.

Junk Mail Preferences

The junk mail options discussed in this page refer only to POP and Local Delivery accounts. For handling junk mails on IMAP accounts, see the Evolution settings under EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options.

You can modify how Evolution handles junk mail by changing the Junk Mail Preferences:

Click EditPreferences or press ShiftCtrlS.

Select Mail Preferences.

Click on the Junk tab. Here, you can specify the following:

Checking incoming mail for junk messages.

Deleting junk messages upon exit, and how often junk messages are to be deleted.

Checking custom headers for junk.

Marking messages as not junk if the sender is in the address book.

The default junk filter.

Bogofilter and SpamAssassin options.

For more information and specific Bogofilter or SpamAssassin configuration questions it is recommended to check out the Frequently Asked Questions for Bogofilter resp. SpamAssassin.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-composer-priority.page0000644000373100047300000000250412306123624027003 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Setting a priority for messages to be sent. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Prioritizing outgoing messages

You can prioritize a message to be sent, so that the recipient sees its relative importance. To prioritize a message, click OptionsPrioritize Message in the composer window.

Evolution will ignore the message priority of incoming messages because the recipient should decide whether the message is important or not. You can set the "Important" flag for any messages.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-composer-html-link.page0000644000373100047300000000317212306123624027023 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Insert a link to a website in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Inserting a Link in HTML

You can insert links into the email:

Select the text that you want to turn into a link.

Either click InsertLink... in the menubar, or right-click on the selected text and click Insert Link.

Enter the address in the URL field.

Click Close.

Alternately, you can also use the icon in the second bar below the Subject line.

If you do not want a special link text you can just enter the address of the link directly. It will be automatically recognized as a link.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/problems-debug-how-to.page0000644000373100047300000000244612306123624026504 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to provide good information when tracking down a problem. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net How to track down a problem

As a first hint, error messages will be either displayed in the statusbar or between the tool bar and the search bar.

To further track down a problem, some debug options are listed on the Evolution project website.

To contact the Evolution community for help, please see How to get help.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-composer-html-table.page0000644000373100047300000000277412306123624027164 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Insert a table in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Inserting a Table in HTML

You can insert a table into the email (at the current position of the cursor):

Click InsertTable... in the menubar.

Select the number of rows and columns.

Define the type of layout for the table.

Optionally: Select a background color or image for the table.

Click Close.

Alternately, you can also use the icon in the second bar below the Subject line.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/contacts-usage-add-contact.page0000644000373100047300000000353012306123624027454 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding a contact to your address book. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Adding a Contact

Click FileNewContact, or right-click in a blank space in the list of contacts and click New Contact..., or press ShiftCtrlC.

Select the address book under Where: to which it will be added.

Enter the contact information. Note that there are several tabs.

You can add a photograph to the contact by clicking the large field (showing a stylized person) next to Full Name and Categories.

Click OK.
Contact Quick-Add from the Email Window

You can also add a contact directly from an email.

Right-click on the email address in the message header.

Select Add to Address Book....

Either press Edit Full to bring up the full Contact Editor, or click OK to directly add the contact to the chosen address book.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page0000644000373100047300000000376412306123625032746 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for standard Unix mbox spool file accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Standard Unix mbox spool file receiving options
Receiving Email

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Choose the file by clicking on the button next to File in the Configuration section. This will open a file chooser window.
Receiving Options

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

If you want Filters to be automatically used for new messages in your inbox, enable Apply filters to new messages in INBOX.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/memos-usage.page0000644000373100047300000000163312306123625024602 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On adding, editing, and deleting memos. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Add, Edit and Delete Memos

Currently there is no support for syncing memos with the Tomboy or Gnote applications.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/tasks-usage-add-task.page0000644000373100047300000000425512306123625026300 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding a task to your task list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Adding a Task

Click FileNewTask, or press ShiftCtrlT.

Select a task list in the List dropdown list.

Enter the task information.

Click the Save button, or FileSave.

If you just want to quickly add a task by entering a summary you can directly enter it in the list of tasks.

You can also define a time zone, a category, or a classification for the task, or add an attachment.

Assigned Tasks

Evolution can be used to assign a task to multiple people.

When you assign a task, you can specify the attendees in several categories, such as "chair" or "required". When you save the task, each attendee is sent an email with the task information, which also gives them the option to respond.

This is similar to meetings.

To create an Assigned Task, click FileNewAssigned Task.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-organizing.page0000644000373100047300000000163512306123625025451 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On folders, sorting, searching, filters, search folders, and labels. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Sorting and organizing mail

Evolution provides several options to organize your mail according to your needs.

Advanced Options
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page0000644000373100047300000000410412306123625032467 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Signing or encrypting messages via S/MIME that you send. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Signing or encrypting messages

After you have added your certificate, you can sign or encrypt a message by clicking OptionsS/MIME Sign or S/MIME Encrypt from the message composer menu.

To have every message signed or encrypted:

Select EditPreferencesMail Accounts.

Select the mail account to encrypt the messages in.

Click Edit.

Click the Security tab.

In the Secure MIME (S/MIME) section, click Select next to Signing Certificate and specify the path to your signing certificate, or click Select next to Encryption Certificate and specify the path to your encryption certificate.

Select the appropriate options.

Click OK.

The Subject line of the message will not be encrypted and should not be used for sensitive information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/tasks-searching.page0000644000373100047300000000502712306123625025447 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Searching tasks. Max Vorobuov vmax0770@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Searching Tasks
Searching in a Single Task

To find text in the displayed task, select EditFind in Task... from the main menu.

Searching Across Tasks
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/import-single-files.page0000644000373100047300000000233612306123625026252 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Importing single files. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Importing single files

To import single files (mail, calendar data or contacts):

Click FileImport.

In the Importer Type tab, click Import a single file.

Choose the file.

The file type will be automatically determined.

Choose the destination (e.g. the folder in Evolution) for the imported data.

You can also import contacts that you have received as a vCard attachment of an email from its attachment menu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/intro-main-window.page0000644000373100047300000001672412306123625025751 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 An explanation of the areas shown in the Evolution window. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Barbara M. Tobias barbtobias09@gmail.com Novell, Inc The <app>Evolution</app> main window

Evolution provides functionality for E-Mail, Calendar, Contacts, Tasks, and Memos. You can switch to another functionality by using the "Switcher" buttons in the lower left corner. Depending on the displayed functionality also the displayed elements in the window differ.

E-Mail

The Evolution mail main window

Corresponding elements in the mail main window:

Menu bar

Tool bar

Folder list

Search bar

Message list

Switcher

Preview pane

Status bar
Folder list

The folder list gives you a list of the available folders for each account. To see the contents of a folder, click the folder name and its contents are displayed in the message list.

For more information see Using Folders.

 Message List

The message list displays all the read and unread messages that you have in the chosen folder. To view an email in the preview pane, click the message in the message list.

 Switcher

The switcher at the bottom of the side bar lets you switch between the Evolution tools: Mail, Contacts, Calendars, Memos and Tasks.

For more information see Changing the Switcher appearance.

You can disable the folder list and the switcher side bar by toggling ViewLayoutShow Side Bar or pressing F9.

 Preview Pane

The preview pane displays the message that is currently chosen in the message list.

You can disable the preview pane by toggling ViewPreviewShow Message Preview.
Calendar

Elements in the calendar main window:

Menu bar

Tool bar

Calendar list

Search bar

Appointment list

Task list

Month pane

Memo list

Switcher

Status bar
Appointment List

The appointment list displays all your scheduled appointments in the time frame selected.

 Month Pane

The month pane is a small view of a calendar month. To display additional months, drag the column border to the right. You can also select a range of days in the month pane to display a custom range of days in the appointment list.

 Task list and Memo list

Tasks and memos are just displayed for your convience and are not associated to any appointments. Use the switcher to go to their main windows.
Contacts

Elements in the contacts main window:

Menu bar

Tool bar

Address book list

Search bar

Contacts list

Switcher

Contact preview

Status bar

You can disable the contact preview by toggling ViewPreviewContact Preview.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/mail-filters-not-working.page0000644000373100047300000000664312306123625027232 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Fix problems with mail filters that do not sort and organize mail as expected. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Mail filters are not working
Order of Filters

The order of filters is very important. They are applied to the original message in sequence, like a recipe.

If your first filter has a Stop Processing rule, then all messages that match this filter will ignore all succeeding filters.

When you move a message to another folder, "moving" actually means appending a copy of the message to the destination folder and marking the original message for deletion. So any subsequent filter rules will be applied to the original message that is now marked for deletion. Therefore moving a message should usually appear last in a sequence of filter rules.

To check the rules and their order of an existing filter, review its actions in the Then section by editing the filter.

Using Several Mail Clients

Another thing you have to keep in mind is that filters depend on the "new" flag that is set on the server when a particular email message is initially fetched from the server. If you use another email client aside from Evolution, your filters may not work automatically.

Logging Filter Actions

If it is still unclear why filters do not work as expected, you can enable logging filter actions.

Close Evolution.

Open the Terminal application.

Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-actions true

Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-file "/home/myusername/my-filter-log" and replace myusername by your username. This will create a text file named my-filter-log in your home directory. Note that the absolute path to the file name must be entered; a syntax like ~ or $HOME will not work.

Start Evolution.

Fetch mail to apply filters.

Open the file my-filter-log with a text editor to see which filter actions have been applied.

Note that you can disable filter logging again by using the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-actions false

You can also use the dconf-editor application to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/evolution/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page0000644000373100047300000000473512306123625031451 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Define the displaying of appointments in the calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Appearance of Appointments

The following calendar-related options are available under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksDisplay.

General

Time Divisions:

Sets the time increments shown as fine lines on the daily view in the calendar.

Show appointment end times in week and month views:

If there is space, Evolution shows the end times in the week and month views for each appointment.

Compress weekends in month view:

Select this option to display weekends in one box instead of two in the month view.

Show week numbers:

Shows the week numbers next to the respective weeks in the calendar.

Show recurring events in italic in bottom left calendar

Scroll Month View by a week
Date/Time Format

You can change the format of the Date column by setting your preferred format.

The placeholders in the format expression are strftime formats. For a complete list of available strftime formats, run date --help in the Terminal application.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/irc-manage.page0000644000373100047300000000404312317332027024004 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to use IRC with Empathy. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Internet Relay Chat (IRC)

You must have the telepathy-idle package installed to use IRC in Empathy.

Install telepathy-idle
IRC Chat Rooms and Conversations Chat Rooms and Conversations
Common IRC Problems Common Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/add-contact.page0000644000373100047300000000412212317332027024160 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add someone to the contact list. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Add someone to your list of contacts

Choose ChatAdd Contact.

From the Account drop-down list, select the account you wish to use to connect to your contact. Your contact will need to be using the same service as the account you select.

In the Identifier field, enter your contact’s login ID, username, screen name, or other appropriate identifier for the service type.

In the Alias field, type your contact’s name as you would like it to appear in your contact list.

Click Add to add the person to your list of contacts.

To add a new person to your list of contacts, you need to be connected to the Internet and to your account.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/send-file.page0000644000373100047300000000543112317332027023651 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Send a file from your computer to one of your contacts. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Send files

From the Contact List window, perform one of the following:

Right click on the contact you want to send a file to, and choose Send file.

Click on the contact you want to send a file, and choose Edit ContactSend file.

Select the file to send, and click on Send.

The File Transfers window will appear.

Wait for your contact to accept the file transfer, or click Stop to halt the transfer.

Once the transfer is finished, it is possible to close the File Transfers window.

If you have multiple finished transfers listed in the window, click on Clear to empty the list. This will only remove the files from the list and will not delete them from your computer.

It is possible to send files only using the following services: Jabber, Google Talk and People Nearby.

In order to send a file to someone, you need to be connected to the Internet, or to a local area network.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/irc-join-room.page0000644000373100047300000000371512317332027024472 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Join an IRC channel. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Join an IRC chat room

You can join IRC chat rooms (also known as IRC channels) on any IRC network you’re connected to. To connect to an IRC network, see and .

From the Contact List window, choose RoomJoin.

From the Account drop-down list, select the IRC account that corresponds to the network you want to use.

In the Room text box, type the name of the channel you want to join. IRC channel names start with the hash character (#).

Click Join to enter the room.

To join multiple rooms, you need to repeat the steps above for each room.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000310712317332027024522 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Introduction to the Empathy instant messenger. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Introduction

Empathy is an instant messaging application for the GNOME Desktop. It supports text messaging, voice & video calls, file transfers, and all the most used messaging systems such as MSN and Google Talk.

Empathy includes features that help you better collaborate while at work, and that let you easily keep in touch with your friends.

Using Empathy, you can group all the conversations in a single window, have multiple windows for different kind of conversations, easily search through your previous conversations, and share your desktop in just two clicks.

<gui>Contact List</gui> window Empathy main window

Empathy main window.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/geolocation.page0000644000373100047300000000216712317332027024311 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use and understand geolocation in Empathy. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Geographical position
Geolocation
Fix common problems
usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/prob-conn-acctdisabled.page0000644000373100047300000000404712317332027026302 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The instant messaging account that you want to use is not enabled in the list of accounts. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 My account is not enabled

If the instant messaging account that you want to use is not enabled in the drop-down account list when you try to start a new conversation or join a room, your account details may not be correct.

Make sure that you are connected to the Internet, or to a local area network.

Choose EditAccounts and select the account that is not working.

Type your username and password again to make sure that they are correct.

Check in the Advanced section that all the details are correct. You should be able to find these details from the website of the messaging service.

Check that the account is switched on.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/disable-account.page0000644000373100047300000000442312317332027025040 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Prevent Empathy from automatically logging in to an account. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Disable an account

You can disable an account to prevent Empathy from logging in to it without removing the account entirely. You may wish to disable and re-enable an account if you only want to be logged in to the account at certain times, but you still want to use Empathy for other accounts.

From the Contact List window, choose Edit Accounts, or press F4.

Select the account you wish to disable from the accounts list on the left side of the window.

On the right side of the window, switch it off.

To re-enable the account, switch it on.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/geolocation-privacy.page0000644000373100047300000000535212317332027025763 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 What information are sent and to who. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Geolocation Privacy
What information is sent

What is possible to send is: your country, region, locality, area, street, building, floor, room, and postal code, longitude, latitude and altitude, speed and bearing.

The accuracy and the quantity of information about your geographical position are based on the software or on the infrastructure used to discover your position.

Different kind of networks may have different accuracy settings, and may send different information. The use of external devices such as GPS or mobile phone will increase the accuracy of the information sent.

When the privacy mode is enabled, nothing more precise than your city will be sent, even if you are using an external device.

Who can see the information sent

Only your contacts can see your geographical position.

What is the privacy mode

The privacy mode, enabled by default, is a reduced accuracy mode that will decrease the accuracy of the geographical position sent to your contacts.

Privacy overview

Overview of the various geolocation privacy settings in Empathy.

Geolocation is not enabled by default.

Privacy mode is enabled by default.

Privacy mode prevails even when using external and more precise devices.

Only your contacts can see your position.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/geolocation-supported.page0000644000373100047300000000312512317332030026321 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Services that supports geolocation and compatibility. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Supported services

The geolocation feature at the moment is compatible only with the Jabber service. In order to use it, you and your contacts need to have a Jabber account.

It is necessary that also the server you are using supports the geolocation feature. Most of the Jabber servers support it. See your service website documentation for more information.

Compatibility

Empathy geolocation feature is not compatible with other geographical position services such as Google Latitude, Yahoo Fire Eagle or Brightkite.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/irc-start-conversation.page0000644000373100047300000000354612317332030026422 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Start a conversation with an IRC contact. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Chat with somebody on IRC

You can hold private conversations with other IRC users, outside of the public IRC chat rooms. To start a conversation with another IRC user:

In the contact list for an IRC chat room, double click the name of the user you want to chat with. Alternatively, right click the name of the user and choose Chat.

The IRC room contact list is not the same as Empathy contact list. It contains a list of users in the IRC chat room you joined. Different rooms can have different contacts listed.

The IRC room contact list is usually on the right side of the IRC room window. If you do not see it, choose ConversationShow Contact List.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/change-status.page0000644000373100047300000000404112317332030024537 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change your status to advertise your availability to your contacts. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Change your status

You can set your status to indicate your availability to your contacts. Empathy allows you to select from a list of defined statuses.

Click on the drop-down list at the top of the Contact List window.

Select a status from the list.

See for a list of the built-in statuses and what they mean. You can also add custom status messages to provide more information about your availability to your contacts.

If you do not use your computer for a while, or if the screensaver is on, the status will be automatically set to Away.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/prob-conn-name.page0000644000373100047300000000425512317332030024613 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 “Name in use” An error message which says “Name in use” appears in the main window. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 I get a message that says “Name in use”

This kind of error happens when you try to connect to your IRC account and you are using a nickname that is already being used by someone else on that particular network.

Click the edit icon in the error message.

In the Nickname text box, type a new nickname.

If you have registered that nickname within the network you are using, set the password for that nickname. For more information, see .

Switch the account off, and then switch it on to try to reconnect to the service.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/prob-conn-auth.page0000644000373100047300000000440112317332030024625 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 An error message which says “Authentication failed” appears in the main window. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 I get a message that says “Authentication failed”

This kind of error happens when your instant messaging service is not allowing you to connect because it does not recognize your username or password for some reason.

Make sure that you are connected to the Internet, or to a local area network.

Make sure that you have registered an account with the service you are trying to connect to. If you do not have an account, most services will not allow you to connect.

Click the edit icon in the error message.

Type your username and password again to make sure that they are correct.

Deselect the Enabled, and then select it again to try to reconnect to the service.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/share-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000000574212317332030024553 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Show your desktop to your contacts. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Share your desktop

It is possible to share your desktop with some of your contacts. You can use this functionality to show your desktop to your contacts to, for example, ask for help or help your contacts resolve a problem.

To be able to share your desktop, you need to have a VNC server, which has support for the feature, installed on your system. Vino, the GNOME VNC server, has the required support.

From the Contact List window, do one of the following:

Select the contact you want to share your desktop with and choose EditContact Share My Desktop.

Right-click on the name of the contact you want to share your desktop with and select Share My Desktop.

An invitation to view your desktop will be sent to the contact you have selected. To view your desktop, they will need to accept it.

You can disconnect the contact from your computer using your desktop sharing application.

For more information about how to use the remote desktop sharing application, refer to its help.

When you share your desktop with someone else, it is possible to experience system performance slowdown and low Internet speed.

Some of your contacts may not be able to use this feature. It is necessary for them to have version 2.28, or newer, of Empathy and a compatible remote desktop viewer application installed in their system.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/hide-contacts.page0000644000373100047300000000234112317332030024517 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Hide the offline contacts from your Contact List. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Hide offline contacts

Normally, Empathy shows all your contacts: those that are online, with which you can have a conversation, and also those that are offline.

To hide the contacts that are offline:

From the Contact List window, choose View Offline Contacts, or press Ctrl H.

To show the offline contacts again, repeat the same procedure above.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/favorite-rooms.page0000644000373100047300000000702212317332030024747 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set, join and manage favorite rooms. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Favorite rooms
Set a room as a favorite

Join a room.

See for more information on how to join an IRC room.

See for more information on how to start or join a group conversation.

From the conversation window, choose ConversationFavorite Chat Room.

Join favorite rooms

From the Contact List window, perform one of the following:

Press F5.

Choose RoomJoin Favorites, to join all your favorite rooms.

Choose Room, and select the favorite room you want to join.

To join a favorite room, you need to be connected to the Internet and to your account.

Manage favorite rooms

From the Contact List window, choose RoomManage Favorites.

From the Account drop-down list, select the account you want to manage the favorite rooms of.

Select All to see all you favorite rooms.

Select the favorite room you want to manage:

Select the Auto-Connect check-box in order to automatically join that room when you connect to your account.

Click on Remove to remove the room from your favorites.

When done, click Close.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/index.page0000644000373100047300000000335312317332030023105 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Empathy Internet Messenger Empathy Internet Messenger Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/empathy-logo.png"> Empathy Internet Messenger logo </media> Empathy Internet Messenger
Account Management
Contact Management
Text Conversations
Audio and Video Conversations
Advanced Actions
Common Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/import-account.page0000644000373100047300000000431312317332030024737 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Import an account from another instant messaging application. Peter Haslam peter.haslam@freenet.de Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Import an existing account

The first time you run Empathy, it will offer to import your accounts from other instant messaging applications. Currently, the only supported application is Pidgin.

Run Empathy for the first time. An assistant will offer you a number of options to create new accounts.

Select Yes, import my account details from and click Forward.

Select the check box next to each account you wish to import.

Click Apply.

It is not currently possible to import accounts after you have completed the first-run assistant.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/prob-conn.page0000644000373100047300000000173612317332030023676 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Diagnose common problems connecting to an instant messaging service. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Problems connecting to an instant messaging service usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/irc-commands.page0000644000373100047300000000145412317332030024352 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The supported IRC commands. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Supported IRC commands

To see the list of the supported IRC commands, in a chat room type /help and press Enter.

All commands available have a small description on their usage.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/geolocation-not-showing.page0000644000373100047300000000336612317332030026557 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Empathy does not publish my geographical position. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Geographical position not published

If your contacts cannot see your location, Empathy might not be able to discover with a good margin of precision your geographical position.

In this case, your position will not be published, but you are still able to see the location of your contacts.

If you want to publish your geographical position, you can try to use an external device such as a GPS.

In order to publish your geographical location, your Jabber server needs to support the Personal Eventing Protocal (PEP). A list of servers which support PEP is maintained online. Google Talk does not support this feature at this time.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/status-icons.page0000644000373100047300000000622112317332030024427 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Understanding the various statuses and status icons. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Status Types and Icons <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/available.png">Available icon</media> <gui>Available</gui>

Use the Available status when you are at your computer and able to chat with your contacts. You can set a custom message for this status.

 <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/busy.png">Busy icon</media> <gui>Busy</gui>

Use the Busy status to let your contacts know that you don’t want to chat right now. They can still contact you, for instance if they have something urgent they need to discuss. By default, Empathy will not use notification bubbles and sounds when you are busy. You can set a custom message for this status.

 <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/away.png">Away icon</media> <gui>Away</gui>

Use the Away status when you are going away from your computer. Empathy automatically sets your status to Away if you do not use your computer for a while, or if your screensaver is on. By default, Empathy will not use notification bubbles and sounds when you are away. You can set a custom message for this status.

 <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/offline.png">Offline icon</media> <gui>Invisible</gui>

When you set your status to Invisible, you will appear as offline to your contacts. You will still be connected to your accounts, and you still see your contacts’ statuses and start conversations with them.

 <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/offline.png">Offline icon</media> <gui>Offline</gui>

Setting your status to Offline disconnects you from all of your accounts.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/irc-send-file.page0000644000373100047300000000207112317332030024413 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Empathy does not currently support sending files using IRC. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Send files over IRC

It is not currently possible to send files using IRC.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/video-call.page0000644000373100047300000000571212317332030024016 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Start a video conversation with one of your contacts. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Start a video conversation

If you have a webcam, you can call your contacts and have a video conversation with them. This feature only works with certain types of accounts, and it requires the other person to have an application that supports video calls.

From the Contact List window, click the video call icon next to the name of the contact you wish to call and choose Video Call.

A new window will open. When the connection is established, you will see Connected at the bottom of the window, along with the total conversation time.

To end the conversation, click on Hang up.

To turn a video conversation into an audio conversation, choose VideoVideo Off.

Start a video conversation with a meta-contact

From the Contact List window, right-click on the meta-contact.

Select the contact you want to have the conversation, and from the menu select Video Call.

To recognize if a contact is a meta-contact, move your mouse on a contact in the Contact List window, and stop over it for a second: a small pop-up message will appear showing the number of the contacts that form the meta-contact.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/prob-conn-neterror.page0000644000373100047300000000474212317332030025534 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 An error message which says “Network error” appears in the main window. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 I get a message that says “Network error”

This kind of error happens when Empathy cannot communicate with the instant messaging service for some reason.

Also, this kind of error happens when you try to use an IRC account without setting a nickname.

Make sure that you are connected to the Internet, or to a local area network.

Click the edit icon in the error message.

Check in the Advanced section that all the details are correct. You should be able to find these details from the website of the messaging service.

Switch the account off, and then switch it on to try to reconnect to the service.

Proxy support

At the moment Empathy can not be configured to work with a proxy.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/prev-conv.page0000644000373100047300000000771412317332030023722 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Browse or search your previous conversations. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 View previous conversations

Empathy automatically saves all your text conversations you have with your contacts. You can search through all of your previous conversations or browse previous conversations by contact and date.

You do not need to be connected to the Internet to view and search your previous conversations.

Browse previous conversations

You can browse your previous conversations with your contacts or in chat rooms by date.

From the Contact List window, choose View Previous Conversations. Alternatively, press F3.

Select an account from the drop-down list in the top left. A list of contacts and chat room for that account will be shown below.

Select a contact or chat room to view your previous conversations from. By default the most recent conversation will be shown.

You can browse your conversations by date. Days on which you had a conversation with the selected contact will be shown in bold text. Click a date to select it. Click the arrows next to the month and year to browse earlier dates.

You can search for text in the conversations by typing into the search field at the top. The matching conversations will be showed.

You can quickly view the previous conversations with one of your contacts from the Contact List window. Simply right click the contact and choose Previous Conversations. The Previous Conversations window will open with that contact already selected.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/add-account.page0000644000373100047300000000622312317332030024157 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add a new account to Empathy. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 ఒక కొత్త ఖాతాను జోడించు

You can add instant messaging accounts from any supported service to communicate with all of your contacts in Empathy. For some account providers, these steps will also allow you to register for a new account. For more details, see .

From the Contact List window, choose Edit Accounts, or press F4.

Click +.

From the Protocol drop-down list, select the type of account you wish to add.

If you do not already have a registered account, select Create a new account on the server. This feature is not available for all account types, and may not work with some account providers. See for more information.

Enter the required information. For most accounts, you will only need a login ID and a password. Some accounts may require additional information. See for more information.

Click Apply.

To change the name that identifies the account in the Accounts window, select the account from the list on the left and either click on the name or press the space bar. Edit the account name and press Enter when you’re finished.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/overview.page0000644000373100047300000000441512317332030023644 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 What instant messaging is and how you can use it. Aruna S aruna.evam@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Overview of instant messaging

Instant messaging, sometimes abbreviated to IM, is a text-based means to communicate instantly over the internet and the local network. While some IM applications work with only one type of account, others, including Empathy, provide IM facilities by using accounts from different service providers. Some of these even support audio and video calling.

Video Conference

Group chats

Chat rooms

Some instant messaging applications can be used to connect to chat rooms, online places where like-minded people meet to talk. One popular means to connect to several chat rooms is the Internet Relay Chat, also known as IRC. IRC provides public chat rooms, which are open to anyone who creates an account on the IRC Server, and private chat rooms, which are password protected and open only to a select few.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/audio-video.page0000644000373100047300000001322412317332030024201 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Information on when it is possible to have an audio or video conversation. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Audio and video support

You can only have audio and video conversation with contacts who are using an application which also supports this feature. When your contacts support audio or video conversations, you will see the following icons next to their names in the contact list:

ప్రతిమ

వివరణ

Icon for audio conversation

The contact is able to have an audio conversation.

Icon for video conversation

The contact is able to have a video conversation.

In order to have an audio conversation, you need to have a sound card that is supported by your operating system, and a working microphone.

In order to have a video conversation, you need to have a webcam that is supported by your operating system, and a working microphone.

Supported Account Types

You can only have audio and video conversations using accounts on certain supported services. The following table lists whether audio and video is supported for each type of account.

Account types are provided by plugins. Your system may not have all of the following types available, or it may have types not listed here. Updated plugins may make audio or video conversations possible on account types that are listed as unsupported here.

సేవ

ధ్వని

దృశ్యం

AIM

లేదు

లేదు

Facebook చాట్

లేదు

లేదు

gadugadu

లేదు

లేదు

Google Talk

అవును

అవును

Groupwise

లేదు

లేదు

ICQ

లేదు

లేదు

IRC

లేదు

లేదు

Jabber

అవును

అవును

MSN

అవును

అవును

myspace

లేదు

లేదు

qq

లేదు

లేదు

సమీపంలో వ్యక్తులు

లేదు

లేదు

sametime

లేదు

లేదు

silc

లేదు

లేదు

SIP

అవును

అవును

Yahoo!

లేదు

లేదు

zephyr

లేదు

లేదు
usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/audio-call.page0000644000373100047300000000564312317332030024014 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Call your contacts over the Internet. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Start an audio conversation

You can call your contacts and have an audio conversation with them. This features only works with certain types of accounts, and it requires the other person to have an application that supports audio calls.

From the Contact List window, click the video call icon next to the name of the contact you wish to call and choose Audio Call.

A new window will open. When the connection is established, you will see Connected at the bottom of the window, along with the total conversation time.

To end the conversation, click on Hang up.

To turn an audio conversation into a video conversation, choose Video Video On.

Start an audio conversation with a meta-contact

From the Contact List window, right-click on the meta-contact.

Select the contact you want to have the conversation, and from the menu select Audio Call.

To recognize if a contact is a meta-contact, move your mouse on a contact in the Contact List window, and stop over it for a second: a small pop-up message will appear showing the number of the contacts that form the meta-contact.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/accounts-window.page0000644000373100047300000000276712317332030025132 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, modify, and delete accounts. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Accounts Window

The Accounts window allows you to add, modify, and delete accounts.

ఖాతా వివరాలు

For most types of accounts, you can simply enter a login ID and a password. Certain accounts or account types, however, may require additional information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/remove-account.page0000644000373100047300000000424312317332030024724 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Completely remove an account from Empathy. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Remove an account

You can completely remove an account from Empathy if you no longer wish to use the account. If you wish to use the account in Empathy again in the future, you will have to add your account details again.

From the Contact List window, choose Edit Accounts, or press F4.

Select the account you wish to remove from the accounts list on the left side of the window.

Click -.

A dialog will be shown asking for confirmation. Click the Remove button to permanently remove the account.

Even after removing an account, Empathy does not delete your conversation history for that account.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/account-irc.page0000644000373100047300000001464612317332030024214 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Additional information necessary for connecting to IRC networks. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 IRC account details

IRC accounts require different information than many other types of accounts. To create an IRC account, you must specify at least an IRC network and a nickname. This page details the information you can provide for an IRC account.

You must have the telepathy-idle package installed to use IRC in Empathy.

 <gui>అల్లిక</gui>

IRC is an open system that allows people to run separate IRC networks. Each network is distinct and has its own users and chat rooms. Empathy lists the most popular networks in the Network drop-down list. You can add additional networks. See below.

 <gui>మారుపేరు</gui>

Your nickname is your unique name on the IRC network. Only one person on a network may use a given nickname. If you get an error message that says you will need to change your nickname.

 <gui>రహస్యపదం</gui>

Some servers, particularly those on private networks, require a password to connect. If you are authorized to use the network, the network administrators should provide you with a password.

NickServ Passwords

On some networks, nicknames can be registered using a service known as NickServ. Empathy does not directly support nickname passwords. On some networks, including the popular freenode network, server passwords are automatically forwarded to NickServ, allowing you to set this field to identify yourself with NickServ. See for more details.

 <gui>అసలు పేరును</gui>

You can provide your real name in addition to your nickname. Other users will be able to see this when they view your information.

 <gui>Quit message</gui>

When you go offline, a quit message is sent to all the chat rooms you’re in and to all the users you’re having a private conversation with. Use this field to provide a custom quit message.
IRC Networks అల్లిక

Empathy includes a list of popular IRC networks. If you wish to another IRC network, you can add it to the list. You can also modify networks and remove them from the list.

To add a network to the list, click Add.

To modify a network in the list, select the network and click Edit.

To remove a network from the list, select the network and click Remove.

When adding or modifying a network, you can enter the following information:

<gui>అల్లిక</gui>

This is the name of the network as you want it to appear in the list of networks.

 <gui>అక్షర సమితి</gui>

This specifies the character encoding that is typically used on this network. A character encoding is a specific way of recording characters internally in a computer. There are many character encodings, and you need to use the same character encoding as other users to see their messages correctly.

By default, Empathy uses UTF-8, a modern character encoding that can handle text from most of the world's languages. Another common encoding for English and some other Western languages is ISO-8859-1.

 <gui>సేవికలు</gui>

An IRC network may have many servers you can connect to. When you are connected to a server on a particular network, you can communicate with all users on all other servers on that network. You can add and remove servers for this network using the Add and Remove buttons.

When a server is selected, click the field under Server or Port to edit it. Alternatively, use the left and right arrow keys to focus the field, and press the space bar to begin editing.

Select the check box in the SSL column to encrypt all communication with a server. Note that this does not prevent other users on the network from seeing what you write on public chat rooms.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/set-custom-status.page0000644000373100047300000000763012317332030025424 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, edit or delete personal messages for your status. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Set a custom message

Sometimes you may want to set a custom message for your status, for example to let people know that you will be unavailable for a certain period of time.

It is possible to set a custom message based on the different statuses available.

From the Contact List window, click on the drop-down list at the top.

Select the status you want to add a custom message to. You have to select the one identified with the label Custom Message.

Enter your custom message in the text box at the top of the window, and press Enter to set the message.

If you want to set the custom message as a favorite, saving it in order to use it again, click on the little heart on the right of the text box where you wrote your custom message.

If you do not do it, the custom message will not be available the next time you use Empathy. It will be saved only for the current session.

Edit and remove a custom message

From the Contact List window, click on the drop-down list at the top.

Select Edit Custom Message.

To edit a custom message:

From the Saved Presets box, select the status message you want to edit and double-click on it.

Type the new custom message and press Enter to modify it.

To remove a custom message:

From the Saved Presets box, select the status message you want to remove.

Click on the Remove button.

When finished, click on Close.

When you edit a custom message, it will not be set as the current status message. You will need to select it from the Contact List window.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/account-jabber.page0000644000373100047300000000623612317332030024660 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Advanced options for Jabber and Google Talk accounts. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Jabber account details

Most Jabber accounts will require only a login ID and a password to connect. For some accounts or on certain types of networks, you may need to enter additional information in the Advanced section. Normally, you will not need to use the advanced options below. For general instructions on adding an account, see .

Google Talk is a type of Jabber account. These instructions hold for Google Talk accounts as well.

 <gui>Encryption required (TLS/SSL)</gui> <gui>Ignore SSL certificate errors</gui>

Whenever possible, communication between Empathy and the Jabber server is encrypted. If encrypted communication is not possible, messages may be sent unencrypted. Select Encryption required to prevent Empathy from communicating with the Jabber server when encryption is not possible.

Some Jabber servers may encrypt data using invalid certificates, or using certificates from unknown authorities. If you trust the server you are connecting to, you can select Ignore SSL certificate errors to allow encrypted communication with invalid certificates.

 <gui>వనరు</gui> <gui>ప్రాధాన్యత</gui>

If you have multiple applications (for instance, on separate computers) connected to your account at the same time, you can set a resource to uniquely identify each one. By default, Empathy will use Telepathy as the resource.

You can set the priority to specify which application should receive incoming messages from your contacts. New messages will be sent to the application with the highest priority.

 <gui>Override server settings</gui>

Empathy will use default settings to connect to the Jabber server based on your login ID. For some Jabber servers, you will need to enter custom server settings manually. These settings should be provided for you by your Jabber provider.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/geolocation-what-is.page0000644000373100047300000000334112317332030025650 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Understanding geolocation. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 What is geolocation

Geolocation allows you to identify the real geographical location of a computer or a device connected to the Internet.

With geolocation in Empathy you can:

Publish your geographical location to your contacts.

See your contacts’ geographical location and quickly contact them.

Set the accuracy of your location and the device used to discover your location.

In order to see your contacts’ geographical locations, they need to use a service and an application that supports geolocation.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/license.page0000644000373100047300000000356212317332030023422 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. License

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/link-contacts.page0000644000373100047300000000541512317332030024550 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Merge and separate different contacts into a single one. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

Combine and separate contacts

If one, or more, of your contacts has multiple accounts with different messaging services, you can combine these contacts into a single one.

The resulting contact is called a meta-contact: a contact composed from different single contacts.

If you have a Jane Smith contact that is using three different messaging services like:

janes@facebook

jane.smith@gmail

jane_smith@hotmail

You can combine these contacts into a single Jane Smith one.

Combining contacts

From the Contact List window, right-click one of the contact that has different accounts, and select Link Contacts....

From the left pane in the Link Contacts window, select the contacts you want to combine.

Click Link.

When a meta-contact has been created, the default contact that will be used to have a conversation with when you double-click on it, is the contact with the highest presence on-line.

Separating contacts

From the Contact List, right-click the contact to separate, and select Link Contacts....

Click Unlink.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/irc-nick-password.page0000644000373100047300000000502512317332030025333 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Protect your nickname to prevent other IRC users from using it. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Use a nickname password on IRC

On some IRC networks, you can register your nickname with a service called NickServ. By sending special messages to NickServ, you can set your password and identify yourself. Some IRC chat rooms may not allow you to join without a registered nickname.

Empathy does not currently support nickname registration. Some IRC networks, however, will automatically forward a server password to NickServ. On these networks, you can use the IRC password in Empathy to identify yourself to NickServ. The popular freenode network is known to have this feature.

To set an IRC server password:

From the Contact List window, choose Edit Accounts, or press F4.

Select the IRC account from the list on the left of the dialog.

In the Password field, type the password you used to register your nikcname.

Click Apply.

These instructions only allow you to use a password-protected nickname on certain IRC networks. It is not currently possible to register an IRC nickname or change your nickname password using Empathy.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/geolocation-turn.page0000644000373100047300000000346412317332030025272 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to activate and deactivate geolocation in Empathy. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Activate/Deactivate geolocation

Choose EditPreferences.

Select the Location tab.

Select Publish location to my contacts to activate geolocation.

To deactivate geolocation, deselect it.

To increase the accuracy of your position, deselect Reduce location accuracy.

If you have an external device like a GPS or want to send a more accurate position, select the appropriate option in the Location sources section.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/send-message.page0000644000373100047300000000434712317332030024355 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Send a message to one of your contacts. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Send a message to someone

From the Contact List window, double-click the name of the contact that you want to have a conversation with.

A new window will open. Type a message into the box at the bottom of the window and press Enter to send it.

Send a message to a meta-contact

From the Contact List window, right-click on the meta-contact.

Select the contact you want to have the conversation, and from the menu select Chat.

To recognize if a contact is a meta-contact, move your mouse on a contact in the Contact List window, and stop over it for a second: a small pop-up message will appear showing the number of the contacts that form the meta-contact.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/create-account.page0000644000373100047300000001335012317332030024671 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Register for an account with one of the supported messaging services. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Register for a new account

Most account types require you to create an account with a account provider before you can connect using instant messaging applications like Empathy. With some account providers, you can use Empathy to register for a new account, using the same steps as you would to add an account.

This page provides information on creating a new account for various types of accounts. Your account provider should give you a login ID and a password, as well as any additional information you need to connect using Empathy.

Facebook

Facebook is one of the most-used social networks. It allows users to create their own profile and to communicate with their friends.

To use Facebook to communicate with your friends, you will need to create a new account from the website: www.facebook.com.

Jabber

Jabber is an open instant messaging system. Like email, Jabber allows you to choose your account provider and communicate with all other Jabber users, regardless of their account provider.

You will need to create a new account with a Jabber provider. There are many free providers; one popular provider is Jabber.org.

If you use Google Mail or Google Talk, you already have a Jabber account. Google Talk is a Jabber service. Simply use your Google Mail address and password in Empathy to connect.
సమీపంలో వ్యక్తులు

You do not need to create an account with a service provider to use this feature. This service works whenever you are connected to a local network, such as a wireless hotspot. It automatically finds all other users on the network who are also using this service.

For more information, see .

SIP

SIP is an open system which allows users to have audio and video conversations over the Internet. You need to create an account with a SIP provider. You can communicate with all other SIP users, regardless of which SIP provider they use.

Due to technical differences, the free Ekiga.net service does not currently work with Empathy.

Some SIP providers allow you to call normal phones from your computer. Generally, you will need to subscribe to a paid service for this feature.

IRC

You do not need to register for an account to use IRC. Although you specify a nickname when you add an IRC account to Empathy, this nickname is only established each time you connect. If another user is using the nickname, you will need to choose a new nickname.

Some IRC networks use a service called NickServ to allow users to protect their nicknames. See for more information.

Some IRC servers are password protected. You will need to know the password to connect to these servers. Generally, these are private IRC networks.

Proprietary Services

There are many proprietary instant messaging services that have been developed by different companies or organizations. Empathy allows you to connect to an existing account for most popular services. To create a new account with one of these services, you will need to visit the service’s web site and agree to its terms of use.

AIM

ICQ

MSN

Yahoo!

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/irc-join-pwd.page0000644000373100047300000000253012317332030024274 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enter password-protected IRC chat rooms. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Join a protected IRC chat room

On some IRC networks, private IRC rooms may be protected with a password. If you know the password, use the following steps to join:

Join the room as normal.

Empathy will prompt you for a password. Enter the password for the IRC chat room and click Join.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/salut-protocol.page0000644000373100047300000000316312317332030024764 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Understanding the People Nearby feature. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 What is People Nearby?

The People Nearby service is a serverless communication service: you do not need to connect and authenticate to a central server in order to use it.

This kind of serverless messaging system is restricted to a local area network and an active Internet connection is not necessary.

The people that use this service inside the same local area network will be auto-discovered, and it will be possible to send them messages and files as with other services.

All the modern local area networks should be able to support this kind of service.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/empathy/group-conversations.page0000644000373100047300000001004112317332030026015 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Start or join a group conversation with your contacts. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Group conversations

Group conversations permits you to have text conversations with more than one contact at the same time.

To have a group conversation you need to have a registered account with either Jabber or Google Talk, or a People Nearby account.

You can have a group conversation only with the contacts that are using the same service as yours.

Start a group conversation

From the Contact List window, choose RoomJoin.

From the Account drop-down list, select the account you want to use for the group conversation.

In the Server text box, type the name of server in which the conversation will be hosted.

Leave it empty if it will be on the current server.

In the Room text box, type the name you want to give to the conversation.

This will be the name of the room you are going to have a conversation. This name will be publicly available for other people to join. It is not possible to create a private room.

To invite other contacts to join the group conversation, from the Contact List window, select the contact you want to invite, and perform one of the following:

Right-click on the contact and choose Invite to chatroom.

Choose EditContactInvite to chatroom.

If you have more than one group conversation open, select the one you want to invite your contacts.

Join a group conversation

From the Contact List window, choose RoomJoin.

Expand the Room List section to see all the existing rooms.

Double-click on the name of a room to join it.

It is not possible to join all existing rooms. Some of the rooms might require a password, or might be invitation only. Empathy does not support these kind of rooms.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/commandline.page0000644000373100047300000000344412307574677023420 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Command Line The eog command can open any number of images in various modes. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 The command line

To start the Image Viewer from the Terminal, type eog.

You can open a specific file by typing the filename after the eog command:

eog image.jpeg

You can open a specific folder by typing the folder name after the eog command:

eog folder

To see all the images in a folder at once, you may wish to browse the image gallery.

Open an image in fullscreen mode eog --fullscreen image.jpeg
Open image in a new instance eog --new-instance image.jpeg
Open a folder in slideshow mode eog --slide-show Pictures/
usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/preferences.page0000644000373100047300000001061512307574677023431 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Image view, slideshow and plugins. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 అభీష్టాలు

This topic explains all of the settings that you can change in the image viewer. Click EditPreferences to start changing the preferences.

Image view preferences Image enhancements

Select Smooth images when zoomed out to enable image smoothing when you zoom in and out. This makes low-resolution (pixelated) pictures look better by smoothing out jagged edges.

If you enable Automatic orientation, pictures will be automatically rotated according to their Exif metadata. This is information about a picture that is automatically inserted by a digital camera, and can include details on which way up the camera was held when the picture was taken. For example, when automatic orientation is enabled, portrait photos are automatically rotated upright. The rotation is not saved until you save the rotated image.

Automatic orientation does not work with all pictures; only pictures taken using a camera that saves Exif orientation metadata will be rotated.

 Transparent parts

Select one of the following options to determine how the transparent parts of a picture are displayed, if it has any:

As check pattern:

Displays any transparent parts of the image in a check pattern.

As custom color:

Displays any transparent parts of the image in a solid color that you specify by clicking on the color selector button.

As background:

Displays any transparent parts of the image in the Background color, if As custom color under Background is checked. Otherwise, the default background color is used.
Slide show preferences

To customize slideshow settings:

Under Image Zoom you can select if you would like pictures that are smaller than the screen to be expanded so that they fit the screen.

Under Sequence you can select how many seconds each picture should be displayed for (between 1 and 100) before the next picture is shown.

Check Loop sequence if you want the slideshow to repeat continuously. If unchecked, the slideshow will start at the picture you selected, and finish at the last picture in the folder.
Plugin preferences

Here you can check/uncheck any additional features you would like to activate or deactivate. The picture on the left shows the plugins that are available by default.

You may also wish to install the eog-plugins package, which contains plugins providing a number of extra features. After installing it, you will be able to activate additional plugins, like the ones shown in the picture on the right.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/default.page0000644000373100047300000000306212307574677022552 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make image viewer the default application for viewing pictures. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Open pictures in the image viewer by default

If you want to make the image viewer the default program that opens certain image file types:

In the files app, right click the file and choose Properties.

Go to the Open With tab. A list of Recommended Applications will appear.

Select the Image Viewer and click Set as default.

If Image Viewer is not on the Recommended Applications list, click Show other applications. Select Image Viewer from the list that appears and click Set as default.

Click Close.

In future, when you double-click a file of the same type, it will open up in the image viewer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/plugin-python-console.page0000644000373100047300000000271212307574677025404 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Python console can be used to add extra functions and run scripts in the image viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Python console

The image viewer has a plugin system which uses the Python scripting language. If you activate the Python console, you can gain direct access to a Python interpreter from inside the image viewer, which you can then use to write scripts or programmatically manipulate images, for example.

Before you can activate the Python console, you will need to install eog-plugins.

Once eog-plugins is installed, click Edit Preferences and go to the Plugins tab.

Check Python Console and click Close.

Click ToolsPython Console to bring up the console.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/index.page0000644000373100047300000000307512307574677022241 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Help for the Eye of GNOME Image Viewer. <media type="image" src="figures/eog-trail.png"/> Eye of GNOME Image Viewer Eye of GNOME Image Viewer Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 <media type="image" src="figures/eog-logo.png">Eye of GNOME logo</media> Eye of GNOME Image Viewer
View pictures
Edit pictures
Print pictures
Add extra features
అధునాతన
Frequently asked questions
Tips and tricks
Get involved
usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/plugin-zoom-width.page0000644000373100047300000000206112307574677024521 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjusts the zoom to fit a picture's full width into the window. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Zoom to fit picture width

Activate the Zoom to fit image width plugin if you want pictures to be expanded to fill the full width of the window.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Zoom to fit image width and click Close.

In order to add this functionality, you will need to have installed eog-plugins.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/zoom.page0000644000373100047300000000354012307574677022113 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enlarge the picture on the screen by clicking ViewZoom In. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 జూమ్

You can zoom in and out to show more or less of a picture on the screen at once. This is useful if you want to see a big picture in its entirety, or if you want to inspect the fine details of a picture.

You can zoom using the mouse wheel. Scroll up to zoom in or scroll down to zoom out.

You can also zoom using the buttons on the toolbar. To zoom in, click the Enlarge the image icon, and to zoom out click the Shrink the image icon. These look like "plus" and "minus" signs.

Alternatively, click ViewZoom In or ViewZoom Out.

To view the picture in its original, unscaled size, click ViewNormal Size. This is the same as the "100%" zoom level.

Zoom to best-fit the window

You can choose to zoom in so that the picture fits fully in the window, even if you resize it. Click ViewBest Fit to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/view.page0000644000373100047300000000561412307574677022105 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Press Left and Right to flip between pictures, or use the image gallery to show them all. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 View all pictures in a folder

You can quickly browse through all of the pictures in a folder by opening one of the pictures and then clicking Next and Previous (for example). You can also view an image gallery, with small previews of all of the pictures in a folder shown at once.

Browse through all pictures in a folder

If you have a folder containing several pictures, you can conveniently browse through all of the pictures without having to open them individually.

Open any one of the pictures from the folder you want to browse through.

Click Next and Previous in the toolbar, or press the Right and Left keys, to flip between pictures.

Alternatively, you can use the Up and Down keys, or Space bar and Backspace keys. You can also click GoPrevious Image and GoNext Image.

You can browse through the pictures in fullscreen mode by clicking ViewFullscreen or by pressing F11. Use the keyboard keys to flip between pictures in fullscreen mode.

To return to normal viewing, press Esc or F11.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/format-change.page0000644000373100047300000000640212307574677023642 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can convert pictures from one image format to another. You can do this in a batch for multiple pictures. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Convert to a different file format

Pictures are saved in a specific file format, like JPEG or PNG. You can convert from one file format to another.

Convert a single picture to a different file format

Click ImageSave As. The Save Image window will pop up.

In the name field, change the file extension to the file format you want to convert your image to. The file extension is the part of the file name after the period.

For example, to convert a JPEG (.jpg) file into a Bitmap file (.bmp):

original file: image.jpg

new file: image.bmp

Click Save, and a new file will be saved in the new format. The old file (in the old format) will remain where it was, and will not be deleted.

The image viewer tries to guess which file format to save a picture in based on the file extension you choose. If it doesn't recognize the file extension you type, or if you don't know which one to use, click Supported image files in the Save Image window. This will allow you to choose the file format from the drop down box.

Convert multiple pictures to a different format

You can convert a number of pictures from one file format to another in one go. This is useful if you have a lot of pictures that need converting.

In the image gallery, press and hold down the Ctrl key and select the pictures you want to convert one by one. Alternatively, press CtrlA to select all of the pictures.

Click ImageSave as. A window will appear (shown below).

The converted pictures will be saved in the current folder by default. If you want to save them elsewhere, change the Destination folder.

Select the file format you want to convert the pictures to from the drop-down list to the right of the Filename format box.

Click Save.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000330212307574677023120 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Localize the Image Viewer Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help translate

The Image Viewer user interface and documentation is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/plugin-fullscreen-double-click.page0000644000373100047300000000220312307574677027113 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Activate fullscreen mode by double-clicking a picture. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Full-screen with double-click

If you like, you can make it so that pictures are shown full-screen when you double-click them in the image viewer.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Fullscreen with double-click and click Close.

Now, double-clicking on an image will toggle between the fullscreen and normal (window) modes.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/flip-rotate.page0000644000373100047300000000404712307574677023360 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Horizontal/vertical, clockwise/counter-clockwise Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Flip or rotate pictures

If your pictures are the wrong way up or back-to-front, you can flip or rotate them so that they look right.

Flip a picture

Click Edit.

Select either Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical.

If you want to keep the picture flipped in this way, click ImageSave.

Otherwise, don't save the picture and it will be returned to its original orientation the next time you open it.
Rotate a picture

Click Edit.

Select either Rotate Clockwise or Rotate Counter-clockwise.

If you want to keep the picture rotated in this way, click ImageSave.

Otherwise, don't save the picture and it will be returned to its original orientation the next time you open it.

You can use the tools in the toolbar to do this instead. You can also use the keyboard shortcuts:

Rotate Clockwise

CtrlR

Rotate Counter-clockwise

CtrlShiftR
usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000102712307574677022075 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 United States License.

As a special exception, the copyright holders give you permission to copy, modify, and distribute the example code contained in this document under the terms of your choosing, without restriction.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/plugin-fullscreen-background.page0000644000373100047300000000215612307574677026704 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enables changing background color in fullscreen mode. Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Change fullscreen background color

If you like, you can change the background color in fullscreen mode.

To do this, make sure that eog-plugins is installed. Then, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Fullscreen Background and click Preferences. Choose the color you want in fullscreen mode and click Close

Now, when in fullscreen mode, the background color is the one you selected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/open.page0000644000373100047300000000251612307574677022072 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pictures open in a new window. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Open a picture

Pictures should automatically open in the image viewer when you double-click them in the files file browser. If this is not the case, you may need to make the image viewer the default application for viewing pictures.

Each picture you double-click will open in a new image viewer window by default, but you can view multiple pictures in one window if you like.

You can also open pictures from within the image viewer itself:

Click ImageOpen (or press CtrlO). The Open Image window will appear.

Select the picture you want to open and click Open.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/plugin-send-by-mail.page0000644000373100047300000000241512307574677024704 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Easily send pictures by attaching them to a new email. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Send pictures by email

You can add a button that provides a convenient way of sending pictures to people by email.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Send By Mail and click Close. This will give you a ToolsSend by mail menu item.

In order to enable this feature, you need to have installed eog-plugins.

Evolution mail must be set up to connect to your email account for this to work.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/print.page0000644000373100047300000000360412307574677022264 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click ImagePrint and then use the tabs to change print settings. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Print a picture

To print the picture that you are currently viewing:

Click ImagePrint.

Under the General tab, choose the printer you want to use and the number of copies you want to print.

If you go to the Image Settings tab, you can adjust the Position and Size of the picture.

The position of the image on the page can also be adjusted by dragging it around in the preview.

If you are using high-quality photo paper, go to the Page Setup tab and select the correct Paper Type. You should also go to the Image Quality tab and choose a high quality setting, so that you get the best possible photo quality.

Click Print.

Note that some of the tabs mentioned above are not displayed for certain printer models. This is because the printer drivers for those printers don't allow some settings to be changed. So, for example, if you don't see an Image Quality tab, that probably means that the printer drivers that are being used don't support those settings.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/slideshow.page0000644000373100047300000000320612307574677023127 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click ViewSlideshow to show all of the pictures in a folder as a slideshow. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 స్లయిడ్ షో

To view all of the pictures in a folder as a slideshow:

Open one of the pictures from the folder.

Click ViewSlideshow or press F5.

A full-screen slideshow will start. Every few seconds a new picture will be displayed. If you would like to move through the slideshow more quickly, or return to an image which has already been displayed, you can use the Left and Right arrow keys to manually move backward and forward.

To quit the slideshow, press Esc or F5.

You can change slideshow settings like how long it should show each picture for. See the topic on slideshow preferences for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/plugin-picasa.page0000644000373100047300000000222512307574677023662 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Easily upload pictures to PicasaWeb directly from the Image Viewer. Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Upload photos to <app>PicasaWeb</app>

PicasaWeb is a photo album service that lets you share pictures with people online. You can add a shortcut button that provides a convenient way of uploading pictures to PicasaWeb.

To do this, make sure that eog-plugins is installed. Then, click EditPreferences, go to the Plugins tab and check PicasaWeb Uploader.

This will give you a convenient ToolsUpload to PicasaWeb menu item.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/formats-view.page0000644000373100047300000000312512307574677023551 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The image viewer can display pictures in a wide range of image formats, including PNG, JPEG, and TIFF. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Supported image formats

The image viewer is able to open pictures in the following formats:

ANI - Animation

BMP - Bitmap

GIF - Graphics Interchange Format

ICO - Windows Icon

JPEG/JPG - Joint Photographic Experts Group

PCX - PC Paintbrush

PNG - Portable Network Graphics

PNM - Portable Anymap from the PPM Toolkit

RAS - Sun Raster

SVG - Scalable Vector Graphics

TGA - Targa

TIFF - Tagged Image File Format

WBMP - Wireless Bitmap

XBM - X Bitmap

XPM - X Pixmap

If you try to open a picture in an unsupported format, you will get a Could not load image 'image_name'. error.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000462412307574677023156 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 File a bug against the image viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Report a problem with the image viewer

The image viewer is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you experience problems with the image viewer (for example, if it crashes or behaves unexpectedly), or if it is missing some feature that you think it should have, please file a bug report by clicking on the link . Bug reports are how software developers keep track of problems so that they can fix them.

To participate, you need an account which will give you the ability to file bugs and make comments. Also, you need to register so you can receive updates by email about the status of your bug. If you don't already have an account, just click on the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, and click File a BugCoreeog. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if it already exists.

To file your bug, choose the component in the Component menu. If you are not sure which component your bug pertains to, choose general.

If you are requesting a new feature, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Bugs can take a while to be fixed, and the software developers might ask you for further information to help them figure out what the problem is.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/plugin-slideshow-shuffle.page0000644000373100047300000000210712307574700026037 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Show photos in a random order when playing a slideshow. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Slideshow shuffle

You can make it so that pictures are shown in a random order when you start a slideshow.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Slideshow Shuffle and click Close.

In order to enable this feature, you need to have installed eog-plugins.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/desktop-background.page0000644000373100047300000000207412307574700024701 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set your favorite picture as your desktop background/wallpaper. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Make the current picture your desktop background

To set the picture that you are currently viewing as the background image on your desktop, click ImageSet as Wallpaper .

This will immediately change the background to the picture you're viewing. You will then be asked if you would like to modify the picture's appearance using the background preferences window. If you click Hide, the message will disappear.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/formats-save.page0000644000373100047300000000175012307574700023522 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 JPEG, PNG, BMP and others. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Formats supported for saving pictures

The image viewer can save pictures in the following file formats:

JPEG/JPG

PNG

BMP

TIFF

It may be possible to save other image formats depending on the system configuration.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000427012307574700022555 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Show, hide or edit the toolbar. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 పనిముట్ల పట్టా

The toolbar provides easy access to features like zooming and rotating. You can hide it if you find it distracting or it it takes up too much room, however.

Show or hide the toolbar

To toggle whether the toolbar is displayed or not, click ViewToolbar.

Add, remove and rearrange the tools in the toolbar.

By default, the toolbar contains only a basic set of tools. You can add useful extra ones by modifying the toolbar:

Make sure that the toolbar is not hidden.

Click EditToolbar.

The toolbar editor contains the items that are not in the toolbar (see the picture, below). There is also a separator that you can use to group toolbar items together.

To add new items to the toolbar, drag them from the toolbar editor to the toolbar.

To rearrange items on the toolbar, drag them to a new position.

You can remove items from the toolbar by dragging them from the toolbar to the toolbar editor.

When you have finish editing the toolbar, click Close in the toolbar editor window.

To reset the toolbar to its default settings, click Reset to Default in the editor window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/plugins.page0000644000373100047300000000565712307574700022606 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Install plugins to access extra features. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 ప్లగ్ఇన్ స్

You can install the eog-plugins package to get extra plugins for the image viewer. Plugins add additional features, like the ones listed below.

You can install the eog-plugins package using your Linux distribution's package manager.

install eog-plugins

The following features are included in eog-plugins:

Date in statusbar: Shows the image date in the window statusbar.

Exif display: Displays camera settings and histograms for digital photos.

Fullscreen Background: Enables changing background in fullscreen mode.

Fullscreen with double-click: Activate fullscreen mode with double-click.

Map: Display the geolocation of a digital photo on a map.

PicasaWeb Uploader: Upload your pictures to PicasaWeb.

Python Console: A Python scripting console for the image viewer.

Send By Mail: Send a picture to a friend by attaching it to a new email.

Slideshow Shuffle: Shuffles images in slideshow mode.

Zoom to fit image width: Adjusts the zoom to have the pictures's full width fit into the window.

You can manage plugins by using the the Plugins tab in the Preferences window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/edit.page0000644000373100047300000000332512307574700022040 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click ImageOpen with to edit a picture using an external image editor. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Edit or delete a picture
Edit a picture

The image viewer can only be used to view pictures; it can't edit them. For that, you must use a picture editing application, like the GIMP image editor. To open a picture for editing in a different application:

Click ImageOpen with, or right-click on the image.

Select the application you want to use to edit the picture.

When you are finished editing, save it and close the other application.

The image viewer will detect that the picture has been changed and will reload it.
Delete a picture

To delete a picture that you don't want any more, click EditMove to Trash, or right-click the picture and select Move to Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000205512307574700023633 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Welcome to the Eye of GNOME Image Viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 పరిచయం

Eye of GNOME is an image viewer. With it, you can view pictures of almost any type. It can handle large collections of pictures, and can display a slideshow. You can also make basic changes to pictures, like rotating or flipping them, or converting them to a different file format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001120712307574700023147 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A list of all keyboard shortcuts. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 కీబోర్డు సత్వరమార్గాలు

This is a list of all of the keyboard shortcuts that you can use in the image viewer.

Opening, closing, saving and printing

Open an image file

CtrlO

Save the image with the same filename

CtrlS

Save a copy of the current image with a new file name

ShiftCtrlS

Print the current image

CtrlP

Close the current window

CtrlW

Set the image as your desktop background

CtrlF8
Viewing images

Go to the previous image in the folder

Back space / Left

Go to the next image in the folder

Space bar / Right

Go to first image in the folder

AltHome

Go to the last image in the folder

AltEnd

Choose a random image in the folder

CtrlM

View the image gallery

F9

View fullscreen

F11

View slideshow

F5

Actual size

Ctrl0 (Zero)

Best fit

F

Scroll around a large image

Altarrow keys
Copy an image to paste into another application

నకలు

CtrlC
Zoom and rotate

Zoom in

+

Zoom out

-

Rotate clockwise

CtrlR

Rotate counter-clockwise

ShiftCtrlR
Other

View side pane

CtrlF9

View image properties

AltReturn

Undo

CtrlZ

సహాయం

F1
usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/license.page0000644000373100047300000000356112307574700022537 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. License

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000215112307574700022545 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Improve the Image Viewer Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help develop

The Image Viewer is developed and maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you would like to help develop the Image Viewer, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/rename-multiple.page0000644000373100047300000000661012307574700024213 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Automatically rename and number batches of pictures. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Rename many pictures at once

If you have lots of pictures that you want to rename, perhaps so that they have a standard, numbered name format:

Open the image gallery by pressing F9.

Select all of the pictures that you would like to rename from the image gallery by holding down Ctrl and clicking them one by one.

Alternatively, press CtrlA to select all of the pictures.

Click ImageSave as. A window with some filename options will appear (the picture, below, shows what this window looks like).

The renamed pictures will be saved in the current folder by default. To save them elsewhere, change the Destination folder.

Use the Filename format box to choose a naming format for the pictures. The File Name Preview shows you what the new filenames will look like. See the section, below, for advice on choosing how to rename the files.

Ensure that the Filename Format drop-down list says as is, unless you want to convert the pictures to a different file format.

Click Save As and the pictures will be renamed.
Choose a filename format

The filenames of the renamed files are determined by what you put in the Filename format box.

You can keep the original filename as part of the new filename by leaving the %f in the box.

For example, if you type paris_%f into the Filename format box, pictures called flower.jpg, house.jpg, and cat.jpg would be renamed to paris_flower.jpg, paris_house.jpg, and paris_cat.jpg.

Adding a %n will number the pictures consecutively, starting at the counter number you choose under Options.

For example, if you type sunshine_%n into the Filename format box, pictures called flower.jpg, house.jpg, and cat.jpg would be renamed to sunshine_2.jpg, sunshine_3.jpg, and sunshine_1.jpg. (They will be numbered by alphabetical order of the original filenames.)
usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/copy-paste.page0000644000373100047300000000223312307574700023174 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to copy/paste from the image viewer into another application. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Copy and paste a picture

To copy a picture from the image viewer into another application, click EditCopy or right-click on the picture and choose Copy.

The picture has been copied to the clipboard, and can now be pasted into a LibreOffice document, Gimp image, or other application.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000222612307574700023763 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Join the Documentation Team. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help write documentation

The Image Viewer documentation is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, feel free to get in touch with us using irc, or via our mailing list.

Our wiki page contains useful information.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/eog/plugin-exif-digital.page0000644000373100047300000000747012307574700024762 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View information such as camera settings and histogram, geolocation, and date. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 View detailed information about a picture

Pictures taken by digital cameras are stored with a host of extra information embedded in them, such as the date that they were taken, what exposure settings were used on the camera and, in some cases, even where the picture was taken.

This topic shows you how to access this information.

Show the date in the status bar

You can display the date that a picture was taken in the status bar at the bottom of the window.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Date in statusbar.

Detailed Exif data

The detailed information stored with digital photos is called Exif data. You can view it by installing a plugin for the image viewer.

To be able to see the Exif data embedded in your photos, you must first install the eog-plugins package.

If eog-plugins is installed, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Exif display and click Close.

Click ViewSide Pane to view the camera settings used to take the photo. To also view histograms showing the balance of colors and light/shade in the picture, select Exif display in the Plugins tab and click Preferences. Check the histograms you want to view, listed under Histogram.

You can also view the camera settings used to take the photo in the statusbar. Select Exif display in the Plugins tab and click Preferences. Check Display camera settings in statusbar.
Display a photo location map

Some cameras are able to attach geolocation information (geotags) to digital photos. Geotags are usually just the GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude) for the place where a photo was taken.

To be able to see a map of where your photos were taken, you must first install the eog-plugins package.

If eog-plugins is installed, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Map and click Close.

Click ViewSide Pane to show the map.

The map will show the location that a picture was taken in only if there is geolocation information attached to the photo. Many cameras do not attach geolocation information to pictures.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/a11y-stickykeys.page0000644000373100047300000000673612320732117025566 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. Turn on sticky keys

Sticky keys allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the AltTab shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press Alt and then Tab to do the same.

You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down several keys at once.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch Sticky Keys on.

Quickly turn sticky keys on and off

Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press Shift five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys.

If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way.

For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press another key if you had this option turned on. It would wait if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close together), but not others.

Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this.

You can have the computer make a "beep" sound when you start typing a keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select Beep when a modifier key is pressed to enable this.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page0000644000373100047300000000536612320732117026766 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Turn Bluetooth on or off

The Bluetooth icon in the menu bar

You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click Turn On Bluetooth.

You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch Bluetooth on.

Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the Fn key.

Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the Fn key.

To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click Turn Off Bluetooth.

To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch Bluetooth off.

You only need to switch Visibility on if you are connecting to this computer from another device. See for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/power.page0000644000373100047300000000226012320732117023733 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Natalia Ruz nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Suspend, energy savings, power off, screen dimming… Power & battery
Battery settings
Power problems Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries. Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/nautilus-connect.page0000644000373100047300000001467612320732117026110 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or WebDAV. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Browse files on a server or network share

You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share files with other people on your local network.

To browse files over the network, open the Files application from the Dash, and click Browse Network in the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/network address.

Connect to a file server

In the file manager, click Files in the menu bar and pick Connect to Server from the app menu.

Enter the address of the server, in the form of a URL. Details on supported URLs are listed below.

If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the Recent Servers list.

Click Connect. A new window will open showing you the files on the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in the future
Writing URLs

A URL, or uniform resource locator, is a form of address that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted like this:

scheme://servername.example.com/folder

The scheme specifies the protocol or type of server. The example.com portion of the address is called the domain name. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:

scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder

Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the domain name:

scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder

Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported.

Types of servers

You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a username and password.

You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete files.

The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its file shares.

SSH

If you have a secure shell account on a server, you can connect using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in.

A typical SSH URL looks like this:

ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder

When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted so that other users on your network can't see it.

 FTP (with login)

FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and upload files.

A typical FTP URL looks like this:

ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/

 Public FTP

Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files.

A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:

ftp://ftp.example.com/path/

Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and password, or with a public username using your email address as the password. For these servers, use the FTP (with login) method, and use the credentials specified by the FTP site.

 Windows share

Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into domains for organization and to better control access. If you have the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows share from the file manager.

A typical Windows share URL looks like this:

smb://servername/Share

 WebDAV and Secure WebDAV

Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users can't see your password.

A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:

http://example.hostname.com/path
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/unity-scrollbars-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000603612320732117027251 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com What are overlay scrollbars?

Ubuntu includes overlay scrollbars which take up less screen space than traditional scrollbars, giving you more room for your content. While inspired by mobile devices where traditional scrollbars aren't needed, Ubuntu's overlay scrollbars are designed to work just as well with a mouse.

Some apps like Firefox and LibreOffice don't support the new scrollbars yet.

Use the scrollbars

The overlay scrollbar appears as a thin orange strip at the edge of a scrollable area. The position of the scrollbar corresponds with your screen's position in the scrollable content. The strip length corresponds with the content length; the shorter the strip, the longer the content.

Move your mouse pointer over any point on the scrollable edge of the content to reveal the thumb slider.

Ways to use the scrollbars:

Click the top half of the thumb slider to scroll one page up. Click the bottom half to scroll one page down.

Drag the thumb slider up or down to move the screen's position exactly where you want it.

on the thumb slider to move the screen's position without needing to drag or scroll page by page. This is especially useful in long documents.

Disable the scrollbars

You can disable the new scrollbars if you prefer the traditional style:

Open the Terminal by pressing CtrlAltt or by searching for terminal in the Dash.

Type the following command and press Enter:

gsettings set com.canonical.desktop.interface scrollbar-mode normal

If you change your mind and want to re-enable the scrollbars, run this command:

gsettings reset com.canonical.desktop.interface scrollbar-mode

Setting your theme to High Contrast will also disable the overlay scrollbars.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/keyboard-nav.page0000644000373100047300000001520312320732117025162 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Use applications and the desktop without a mouse. Keyboard navigation

This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see instead.

If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See for details.

 Navigate user interfaces

Tab and CtrlTab

Move keyboard focus between different controls. Ctrl Tab moves between groups of controls, such as from a sidebar to the main content. CtrlTab can also break out of a control that uses Tab itself, such as a text area.

Hold down Shift to move focus in reverse order.

Arrow keys

Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group.

In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand items with children.

CtrlArrow keys

In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without changing which item is selected.

ShiftArrow keys

In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to the newly focused item.

Space

Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item.

CtrlSpace

In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without deselecting other items.

Alt

Hold down the Alt key to reveal accelerators: underlined letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press Alt plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked on it.

Esc

Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window.

F10

Open the first menu on the menu bar of a window. Use the arrow keys to navigate the menus.

ShiftF10 or the Menu key

Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-clicked.

CtrlF10

In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item.

CtrlPageUp and CtrlPageDown

In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right.
Navigate the desktop
Navigate windows

AltF4

Close the current window.

CtrlSuper↓

Restore a maximized window to its original size.

AltF7

Move the current window. Press AltF7, then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press Enter to finish moving the window, or Esc to return it to its original place.

AltF8

Resize the current window. Press AltF8, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press Enter to finish resizing the window, or Esc to return it to its original size.

CtrlSuper↑

Maximize a window.

CtrlSuper←

Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen.

CtrlSuper→

Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen.

AltSpace

Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/sound-alert.page0000644000373100047300000000277512320732117025047 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable alert sounds. Choose or disable the alert sound

Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely.

Click the sound menu in the menu bar and click Sound Settings.

On the Sound Effects tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds.

Use the volume slider on the Sound Effects tab to set the volume of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or other sound files.

To disable alert sounds entirely, just select Mute next to Alert volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-visibility.page0000644000373100047300000000266212320732117026777 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Whether or not other devices can discover your computer. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org What is Bluetooth visibility?

Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you.

Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them.

After you have connected to a device, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to communicate with each other.

Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from another device, you should leave visibility off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/wacom.page0000644000373100047300000000104012320732117023700 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjust the settings of your Wacom tablet. Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Wacom Graphics Tablet usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/keyboard-cursor-blink.page0000644000373100047300000000317012320732117027010 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make the keyboard cursor blink

If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can make it blink to make it easier to locate.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Keyboard.

Select Cursor blinks in text fields.

Use the Speed slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-email-virus.page0000644000373100047300000000352112320732117025621 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers of people you email. Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?

Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is through email messages.

Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are unlikely to get a virus through email or otherwise. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need to scan your email for viruses.

You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus software of their own anyway.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-chat.page0000644000373100047300000000141612320732120024276 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chat on any network using Empathy, make video calls, install skype, social networking apps The Ubuntu Documentation Team Chat & Social Networking usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/video-dvd-restricted.page0000644000373100047300000000460612320732120026626 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and will not play without decryption software. ఉబుంటు పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com How do I enable restricted codecs to play DVDs?

DVD support cannot be provided by default in Ubuntu due to legal and technical restrictions. Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and so require the use of decryption software in order to play them.

DVDలను చట్టబద్దముగా ప్లేచేయడానికి ఫ్లుయెండోను వాడండి

You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from Fluendo. It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries.

Use alternative decryption software

In some countries, the use of the below unlicensed decryption software is not permitted by law. Verify that you are within your rights to use it.

Install libdvdnav4, libdvdread4, gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad, and gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly.

If you would like to play encrypted DVDs (see the legal note above), open the Dash and launch a Terminal.

Type the following into the screen which appears, then press Enter:

sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh

స్థాపనను పూర్తిచేయుటకు మీ సంకేతపదమును ప్రవేశపెట్టండి.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/files-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000627212320732120025142 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove files or folders you no longer need. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Delete files and folders

If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you delete an item it is moved to the Trash folder, where it is stored until you empty the trash. You can restore items in the Trash folder to their original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted.

To send a file to the trash:

Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once.

Press Delete on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to the Trash in the sidebar.

To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click Trash in the sidebar and select Empty Trash.

Permanently delete a file

You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to the trash first.

To permanently delete a file:

Select the item you want to delete.

Press and hold the Shift key, then press the Delete key on your keyboard.

Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the file or folder.

If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a Delete entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Behavior tab. Select Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash.

Deleted files on a removable device may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back into your computer.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/nautilus-views.page0000644000373100047300000001302212320732120025566 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Views preferences in <app>Files</app>

You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select Files Preferences in the top bar while Files is open and select the Views tab.

Default view <gui>View new folders using</gui>

By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the View items as a list or View items as a grid of icons button in the toolbar.

 <gui>Arrange items</gui>

You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the Arrange items drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last accessed or when they were trashed.

You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and choosing By Name, By Size, By Type or By Modification Date, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu only affects the current folder.

 <gui>Sort folders before files</gui>

By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To see all folders listed before files, enable this option.

 <gui>Show hidden and backup files</gui>

The file manager does not display hidden files and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting this option.

You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting Show Hidden Files, from the View options menu in the toolbar.
Icon view defaults <gui>Default zoom level</gui>

You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, Zoom Out or Normal Size. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option.

In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level.
List view defaults <gui>Default zoom level</gui>

You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, Zoom Out or Normal Size.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-screen.page0000644000373100047300000000446412320732120027120 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I calibrate my screen?

Calibrating your screen should be a requirement if you're involved in computer design or artwork.

By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is able to display. By running System SettingsColor you can create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust.

By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is able to display. By running System SettingsColor you can create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust.

Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the color control panel.

LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/nautilus-display.page0000644000373100047300000000456012320732120026105 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control icon captions used in the file manager. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com File manager display preferences

You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click Edit in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Display tab.

Icon captions

File manager icons with captions

When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last modified.

You can zoom in a folder by clicking the View Zoom In or press Ctrl+. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes.

If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon caption changes to take effect. Click ViewReload or press CtrlR.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/documents-previews.page0000644000373100047300000000261212320732120026435 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 You can only preview files stored locally. Why don't some files have previews?

When you open Documents, a preview thumbnail is displayed for documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like Google Docs or SkyDrive show as missing (or blank) preview thumbnails.

If you download a Google Docs or SkyDrive document to local storage, a thumbnail will be generated.

The local copy of a document downloaded from Google Docs or SkyDrive will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-change-size.page0000644000373100047300000000235012320732120027733 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Make the icons in the Launcher larger or smaller. Change the size of icons in the Launcher

You can make the Launcher icons smaller to allow more items to fit in the Launcher. Or you might want to make the Launcher icons larger so they are easier to click.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Appearance.

Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the size of the Launcher icons.

The default Launcher icon size is 48.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/wacom-left-handed.page0000644000373100047300000000237312320732120026055 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Switch the Wacom tablet to Left-Handed Orientation. Use the tablet left-handed

Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated 180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the orientation to left-handed:

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Switch Left-Handed Orientation to ON.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/disk-capacity.page0000644000373100047300000000646112320732120025325 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check space and capacity. Check how much disk space is left

You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor.

Check with Disk Usage Analyzer

To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage Analyzer:

Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the Dash. The window will display the Total file system capacity and Total file system usage.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity and Total file system usage.

Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote folder.

The information is displayed according to Folder, Usage, Size and Contents. See more details in Disk Usage Analyzer.

Check with System Monitor

To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System Monitor:

Open the System Monitor application from the Dash.

Open the System Monitor application from the Activities overview.

Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and disk space usage. The information is displayed according to Total, Free, Available and Used.
What if the disk is too full?

If the disk is too full you should:

Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore.

Make backups of the important files that you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000050312320732120023537 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/user-admin-explain.page0000644000373100047300000000730612320732120026301 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org How do administrative privileges work?

As well as the files that you create, your computer has a number of files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these important system files are changed improperly they can cause various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are also protected.

The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with administrative privileges to change the files or use the applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges.

Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer (package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will be taken away again.

Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the "root" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for example).

In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally.

What does "super user" mean?

A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a super user. This is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might see people discussing things like su and sudo; these are programs for temporarily giving you "super user" (admin) privileges.
Why are admin privileges useful?

Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, intentionally or unintentionally.

If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change an important file, or run an application which changes something important by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening.

Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security standpoint.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/wacom-mode.page0000644000373100047300000000331112320732120024617 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode. Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode

Tracking Mode determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Next to Tracking Mode, select Tablet (absolute) or Touchpad (relative).

In absolute mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds to the same point on the tablet.

In relative mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with less hand movement.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/user-accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000307112320732120025365 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Users Add user or guest user, change password, administrators… GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org User accounts

Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user account if you know the password.

Accounts Manage user accounts
Passwords
Privileges User privileges
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page0000644000373100047300000000545612320732121027231 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Define or change keyboard shortcuts in Keyboard settings. Set keyboard shortcuts

To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab.

Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New accelerator…

Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to clear.
Custom shortcuts

To create your own keyboard shortcut:

Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the + button (or click the + button in any category). The Custom Shortcut window will appear.

Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it Music and use the rhythmbox command.

Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination.

The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. The command that opens an application may not have exactly the same name as the application itself.

If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom Shortcut window will appear, and you can edit the command.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/power-whydim.page0000644000373100047300000000270212320732121025226 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Why does my screen go dim after a while?

When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the computer again, the screen will brighten.

You can stop the screen from dimming itself:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save power.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/sound-nosound.page0000644000373100047300000001233112320732121025405 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the sound card is detected. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I can't hear any sounds on the computer

If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the problem.

Make sure that the sound is not muted

Click the sound menu on the menu bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down.

Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that key to see if it unmutes the sound.

You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check that. Also, click the sound menu on the menu bar and choose Sound Settings. When the Sound window appears, go to the Applications tab and check that your application is not muted.

Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly

If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is securely plugged into the "output" audio socket on the back of the computer. This socket is usually light green in color.

Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to see if that works.

A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too.

Check that the right sound device is selected

Some computers have multiple "sound devices" installed. Some of these are capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to choose the right one.

Click the sound menu in the menu bar and click Sound Settings.

In the Sound window that appears, try selecting a different output from the Play sound through list.

For the selected device, click Test Sound. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker.

If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other devices that are listed.
Check that the sound card was detected properly

Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card are not installed.

Go to the Dash and open the Terminal.

Type aplay -l and press Enter.

A list of devices will be shown. If there are no playback hardware devices, your sound card has not been detected.

If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have.

You can see what sound card you have by using the lspci command in the Terminal. You can get more complete results if you run lspci as superuser; enter sudo lspci and type your password. See if an audio controller or audio device is listed—it should have the sound card's make and model number. sudo lspci -v will show a list with more detailed information.

You may be able to find and install drivers for your card by searching the Internet. Otherwise, you can file a bug.

If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the computer and external USB sound cards.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/prefs-language.page0000644000373100047300000000225612320732121025477 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Install languages, change language, region and formats, input sources… Region & Language
Language Support
Text Entry
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/a11y-slowkeys.page0000644000373100047300000000511312320732121025223 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the screen. Turn on slow keys

Turn on slow keys if you would like there to be a delay between pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on the keyboard first time.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch Slow Keys on.

Quickly turn slow keys on and off

Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold Shift for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys.

Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to hold a key down for it to register.

You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold the key down long enough.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/clock-set.page0000644000373100047300000000560712320732121024466 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Update the time/date displayed at the top of the screen. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org ఉబుంటు పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the date and time

If the date and time displayed on the menu bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:

If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:

To adjust the time and date, click on the clock located in the menu bar and select Date & Time Settings.

Change the system time zone by clicking on the map or entering your city into the Location box.

By default, Ubuntu periodically synchronizes the clock with a very accurate clock on the Internet so you don't have to set your clock manually.

Click on the clock at the right side of the top bar and select Date and Time Settings.

You may need to click Unlock and type the admin password.

Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists.

If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching Network Time on.

When Network Time is switched on, the computer will periodically synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to the internet.

You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting 24-hour or AM/PM format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/clock-timezone.page0000644000373100047300000000362012320732121025516 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Show other timezones

If you want to know what time it is in different cities around the world, you can add additional timezones to the clock menu. These additional cities will show up below the calendar when you click on the clock.

Click on the clock and select Date & Time Settings.

Switch to the Clock tab and select Time in other locations.

Click Choose locations.

Click + to add a location.

Fill in the Location blank with the city name you want to add. Wait a moment for a list of possible cities to show up in the drop-down list.

Select the city you want and the current time in that location will fill in automatically.

Click - to delete a city from the list.

You can also drag and drop the cities in this Locations window to change the order in which they will show up in the clock menu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/a11y-dwellclick.page0000644000373100047300000000632612320732121025467 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the mouse still. Simulate clicking by hovering

You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or Dwell Click.

When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Switch Hover Click on.

The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen when you hover. For example, if you select Secondary Click, you will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking.

When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be clicked.

Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the mouse pointer still before clicking.

You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen.

Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/accounts-which-application.page0000644000373100047300000000643512320732121030022 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2012-2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Applications can use the accounts created in Online Accounts and the services they exploit. Which applications take advantage of online accounts?

Online Accounts can be used by external applications to automatically configure themselves.

With a Google account

Evolution, the email application. Your email account will be added to Evolution automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your Google agenda.

Empathy, the instant messaging application. Your online account will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends.

Contacts, which will allow to see and edit your contacts.

Documents can access your online documents and display them.

With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts

Empathy can use these accounts to connect you online and chat with your contacts, friends, and followers.

With a SkyDrive account

Documents can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive and display them.

With a Exchange account

Once you have created an Exchange account, Evolution will start retrieving mails from this account.

With a ownCloud account

When an ownCloud account is set up, Evolution is able to access and edit contacts and calendar appointments.

Files and other applications will be able to list and access your online files stored in the ownCloud installation.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/user-forgottenpassword.page0000644000373100047300000001707512320732121027352 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Advanced techniques for resetting your password GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I forgot my password!

It is important to choose not only a good and secure password, but also one that you can remember. If you have forgotten the password to log in to your computer account, you can follow the following steps to reset it.

If you have an encrypted home directory, you will not be able to reset a forgotten password.

If you simply want to change your password, see .

Reset password using Grub

Restart your computer, and hold down Shift during bootup to get into the Grub menu.

If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which operating system to boot into, the Grub menu should appear without the need to hold down Shift.

If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot choose to boot into recovery mode, you can use a live CD to reset your user password.

Press the down arrow on your keyboard to highlight the line that ends with the words 'recovery mode', then press Enter.

Your computer will now begin the boot process. After a few moments, a Recovery Menu will appear. Use your down arrow key to highlight root and press Enter.

At the # symbol, type:

passwd username, where username is the username of the account you're changing the password for.

You will be prompted to enter a new UNIX password, and to confirm the new password.

Then type:

# reboot

After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring (since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be accessible. You will need to delete the old keyring and start a new one.

Reset password using a Live CD or USB

Boot the Live CD or USB.

Mount your drive.

Press AltF2 to get the Run Application window.

Type gksu nautilus to launch the file manager with system-wide privileges.

Within the drive you just mounted, you can check that it is the right drive by clicking home and then your username.

Go to the top-level directory of the mounted drive. Then go into the etc directory.

Locate the 'shadow' file and make a backup copy:

Right-click on the shadow file and select copy.

Then right-click in the empty space and select paste.

Rename the backup "shadow.bak".

Edit the original "shadow" file with a text editor.

Find your username for which you have forgotten the password. It should look something like this (the characters after the colon will be different):

username:$1$2abCd0E or

username:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::

Delete the characters after the first colon and before the second colon. This will remove the password for the account.

Save the file, exit out of everything and reboot your computer without the live CD or USB.

When you boot back into your installation, click your name in the menu bar. Open My Account and reset your password.

For Current password do not enter anything, as your current password is blank. Just click Authenticate and enter a new password.

After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring (since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be accessible. You will need to delete the old keyring and start a new one.

Get rid of the keyring

This will delete all your saved passwords for wireless networks, instant messaging accounts, etc. Only do this if you can't remember the password you used for your keyring.

Go to your Home folder by typing 'home' in the Dash.

Press Ctrlh (or click ViewShow Hidden Files.)

Double click on the folder ~/.local/share.

Double click on the folder called keyrings.

Delete any files you find in the keyrings folder.

Restart the computer.

After you restart and log in you will be asked to enter your wireless networks password.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/a11y-right-click.page0000644000373100047300000000633712320732121025554 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click. Simulate a right mouse click

You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if your pointing device only has a single button.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Switch Simulated Secondary Click on.

You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, change the Acceptance delay under Simulated Secondary Click.

To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, release the mouse button to right-click.

Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get visual feedback from the pointer.

If you use Mouse Keys, this also allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your keypad.

In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-click.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/hardware-driver.page0000644000373100047300000000335112320732121025662 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are attached to it. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org What is a driver?

Devices are the physical "parts" of your computer. They may be external like printers and monitor or internal like graphics and audio cards.

In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a device driver.

When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any other model.

On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to be installed manually or may not be available at all.

In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-nonm.page0000644000373100047300000000310712320732121024326 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Press AltF2. Type nm-applet There's no network menu in the menu bar

If the network menu has disappeared from the menu bar, your Network Manager may not be running. To start it up again:

Press AltF2

Type nm-applet and press Enter.

The Wireless Network Authentication box may pop up. Enter your password in the appropriate box and click Connect.

If this doesn't work, there could be a problem with the Network Manager. To see if this is the case, go to the Dash and open the Terminal. Type nm-applet and press Enter and see if the network menu appears. If it doesn't, you should see some error messages appear in the Terminal. These should tell you what is going wrong, but they may be quite technical in nature. If so, ask for help on a support forum and quote these error messages.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/a11y-font-size.page0000644000373100047300000000315612320732121025266 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use larger fonts to make text easier to read. Change text size on the screen

If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the size of the font.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab.

Switch Large Text to ON.

In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press Ctrl-.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/files-preview.page0000644000373100047300000000245012320732122025355 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more. Preview files and folders

You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview.

The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or seek through your video and audio.

To view a preview full-screen press f. Press f again to leave full-screen, or press the space bar to exit the preview completely.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/files-hidden.page0000644000373100047300000000640612320732122025134 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Hide a file

The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file manager, but it's still there in its folder.

To hide a file, rename it with a . at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named example.txt, you should rename it to .example.txt.

You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder by placing a . at the beginning of the folder's name.
Show all hidden files

If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH. You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden.

To hide these files again, either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH again.

Unhide a file

To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files. Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a . in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called .example.txt, you should rename it to example.txt.

Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH to hide any other hidden files again.

By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will always show hidden files, see .

Most hidden files will have a . at the beginning of their name, but others might have a ~ at the end of their name instead. These files are backup files. See for more information.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/accounts-provider-not-available.page0000644000373100047300000000335012320732122030757 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Kevin M. Godby kevin@godby.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Why aren't service providers listed? Why is my account type not on the list?

Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop it. Currently, the following types of online accounts are supported:

Facebook

Flickr

Google

Twitter

AIM

Windows Live

Salut

Jabber

Yahoo

If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the developers on the bug tracker.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-tiled.page0000644000373100047300000000276512320732122026503 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Maximize two windows side-by-side. Tile windows

You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between them.

To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using the keyboard, hold down Ctrl and Super and press the Left or Right key.

Hold down the Alt key and drag anywhere in a window to move it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-firewall-ports.page0000644000373100047300000000475312320732122026342 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access for a program with your firewall. Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Commonly-used network ports

This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can change your system's firewall to block or allow access to these applications. There are thousands of ports in use, so this table isn't complete.

Port

Name

Description

5353/udp

mDNS, Avahi

Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, without you having to specify the details manually.

631/udp

Printing

Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network.

631/tcp

Printing

Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network.

5298/tcp

Presence

Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the network, such as "online" or "busy".

5900/tcp

Remote desktop

Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide remote assistance.

3689/tcp

Music sharing (DAAP)

Allows you to share your music library with others on your network.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net.page0000644000373100047300000000235512320732122023366 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Wireless, wired, connection problems, web browsing, email accounts, instant messaging… Networking, web, email & chat usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/nautilus-list.page0000644000373100047300000000675112320732122025421 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control what information is displayed in columns in list view. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com File manager list columns preferences

There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file manager's list view. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and choose the List Columns tab to select which columns will be visible.

Use the Move Up and Move Down buttons to choose the order in which the selected columns will appear.

<gui>Name</gui>

The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed.

 <gui>Size</gui>

The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB.

 <gui>Type</gui>

Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 audio, and more.

 <gui>Modified</gui>

Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified.

 <gui>Owner</gui>

The name of the user the folder or file is owned by.

 <gui>Group</gui>

The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users might be in groups according to department or project.

 <gui>Permissions</gui>

Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--

The first character - is the file type. - means regular file and d means directory (folder).

The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user who owns the file.

The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the group that owns the file.

The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions for all other users on the system.

Each character has the following meanings:

r : Read permission.

w : Write permission.

x : Execute permission.

- : No permission.

<gui>MIME Type</gui>

Displays the MIME type of the item.

 <gui>Location</gui>

The path to the location of the file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-wepwpa.page0000644000373100047300000000265712320732122026527 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks. What do WEP and WPA mean?

WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network connection so that no one can "listen in" to it and look at which web pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for Wired Equivalent Privacy, and WPA stands for Wireless Protected Access. WPA2 is the second version of the WPA standard.

Using some encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your wireless network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/contacts-setup.page0000644000373100047300000000253412320732123025554 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account. Starting Contacts for the first time

When you run Contacts for the first time, the Contacts Setup window opens.

If you have online accounts configured, they are listed with Local Address Book. Select an item from the list and click Select.

Click the Online Account Settings to edit existing account settings.

If you have no online accounts configured, click Online Accounts to begin the setup. If you don't wish to set up online accounts at this time, click Local Address Book.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/backup-restore.page0000644000373100047300000000266212320732123025530 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Retrieve your files from a backup. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Restore a backup

If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, you can restore them from the backup:

To restore your backup from a device such as an external hard drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can copy the files back to your computer.

If you created your backup using a backup application such as Déjà Dup, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide specific instructions on how to restore your files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/keyboard-repeat-keys.page0000644000373100047300000000377112320732123026633 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the delay and speed of repeat keys. Turn off repeated key presses

By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change how long it takes before key presses start repeating.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Keyboard.

Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable repeated keys entirely.

Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the Speed slider to control how quickly key presses repeat.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/a11y-contrast.page0000644000373100047300000000315612320732123025207 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're easier to see. Adjust the contrast

You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; only parts of the user interface will change.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab.

Switch High Contrast to ON.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/addremove-ppa.page0000644000373100047300000000451212320732123025322 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software. Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)

Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party repositories.

Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!

Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or reliability by Ubuntu members, and may contain software which is harmful to your computer.

Install a PPA

On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look similar to: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next.

Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or search for Software Center in the Dash.

When the Software Center launches, click Edit Software Sources

Switch to the Other Software tab.

Click Add and enter the ppa: location.

Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window.

Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check your software sources for new software.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationtargets.page0000644000373100047300000000250712320732123027575 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Which target types are supported?

The following types of targets are supported:

CMP DigitalTarget

ColorChecker 24

ColorChecker DC

ColorChecker SG

i1 RGB Scan 14

LaserSoft DC Pro

QPcard 201

IT8.7/2

You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and LaserSoft in various online shops.

Alternatively you can buy targets from Wolf Faust at a very fair price.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/hardware-cardreader.page0000644000373100047300000000523112320732123026464 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshoot media card readers GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Media card reader problems

Many computers contain readers for SD (Secure Digital), MMC (MultiMediaCard), SmartMedia, Memory Stick, CompactFlash, and other storage media cards. These should be automatically detected and mounted. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are not:

Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CompactFlash, require a small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come up against something solid, do not force it.)

Open Files by using the Dash. Does the inserted card appear in the Devices list in the left sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press F9 or click View Sidebar Show Sidebar.)

If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click GoComputer. If your card reader is correctly configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below).

If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if possible.

If no cards or drives are available in the Computer folder, it is possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by Linux.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-install-java-plugin.page0000644000373100047300000000146412320732123027246 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Help your browser work with websites that require Java. Install the Java browser plug-in

Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin to be installed in order to run.

Install the icedtea6-plugin package to view Java programs in your browser.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/user-changepicture.page0000644000373100047300000000305512320732123026374 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add your photo to the login and user screens. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Change your login screen photo

When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for yourself.

If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click Browse for more pictures.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-states.page0000644000373100047300000000767412320732123026712 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Restore, resize, arrange and hide. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Window operations

Windows can be resized or concealed to suit workflow.

Minimize, restore and close

To minimize or hide a window:

Click the - in the top left hand corner of the application's menu bar. If the application is maximized (taking up your whole screen), the menu bar will appear at the very top of the screen. Otherwise, the minimize button will appear at the top of the application window.

Or press AltSpace to bring up the window menu. Then press n. The window 'disappears' into the Launcher.

To restore the window:

Click on it in the Launcher or retrieve it from the window switcher by pressing AltTab.

To close the window:

Click the x in the top left hand corner of the window, or

Press AltF4, or

Press AltSpace to bring up the window menu. Then press c.
Resize

A window cannot be resized if it is maximized.

To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:

Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a 'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction.

To resize only in the horizontal direction:

Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a 'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally.

To resize only in the vertical direction:

Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to resize the window vertically.
Arranging windows in your workspace

To place two windows side by side:

Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the left half of the screen becomes highlighted. Release the mouse button and the window will fill the left half of the screen.

Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen.

Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title bar of an application.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/index.page0000644000373100047300000000353712320732123023713 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Desktop Guide Ubuntu Desktop Guide <media type="image" mime="image/png" width="16" height="16" src="figures/ubuntu-logo.png">Help</media> Ubuntu Desktop Guide <media type="image" src="figures/ubuntu-logo.png">Ubuntu Logo</media> Ubuntu Desktop Guide usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/documents-viewgrid.page0000644000373100047300000000305712320732123026420 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com 2014 Change the way documents are displayed. View files in a list or grid

Documents and collections are presented in Grid format by default. To view in List format:

Go to the top bar and click Documents to display the app menu.

Click List from the View as section.

List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and whether it's stored locally, or in Google Docs or SkyDrive.

Click Grid in the app menu to return to the default format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page0000644000373100047300000000606712320732123033155 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps. Wireless network troubleshooter Perform an initial connection check

In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps.

Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a wired internet connection.

If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into the proper slot on your computer.

If your wireless card is inside your computer, make sure that the wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys.

Click the network menu on the menu bar and make sure that the Enable Wireless setting is checked.

Open the Terminal, type nm-tool and press Enter.

This will display information about your network hardware and connection status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line State: connected in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it is working and connected to your wireless router.

If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or contact your ISP for support.

If the information from nm-tool did not indicate that you were connected to the network, click Next to proceed to the next portion of the troubleshooting guide.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-wired.page0000644000373100047300000000127512320732123024477 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Wired internet connections, Fixed IP addresses… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Wired Networking usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/session-language.page0000644000373100047300000000645312320732124026051 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Switch to a different language for user interface and help text. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Change which language you use

You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Language Support.

Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the language to the top of the list.

You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log out.

Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all.

There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should update the folder names.

Change the system language

When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the system language, the language used in places like the login screen.

Change your language, as described above.

Click Apply System-Wide.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in Language Support Help.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-files.page0000644000373100047300000000320312320732124025760 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find files, folders, and downloads. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Files lens

The files lens is the second lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a document. The files lens gives you access to recently used files, folders, or downloads.

You can use SuperF to open the Dash directly at the files lens.

If you use Google Drive, be sure to add your Google credentials to Online Accounts to see search results from Google Drive.
Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows the file format, file size, and when it was last saved.

You can open a file, email it, or open the folder that contains the file.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by file type, file size, or the last time the file was saved.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-airplane.page0000644000373100047300000000316212320732124027011 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless. Turn off wireless (airplane mode)

If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery power, for example). To do this:

To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection until you switch it back on again.

To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of it.

Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/documents-select.page0000644000373100047300000000341012320732124026051 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection. Selecting documents

From Documents selection mode you can open, print, view or make collections of your documents. To use selection mode:

Click the ✓ button.

Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the actions that are valid for your selection.
Selection mode actions

After selecting one or more documents you can:

Open with Document Viewer (folder icon).

Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single document is selected).

Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents.

Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only available when a single document is selected).

Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-friends.page0000644000373100047300000000272712320732124026322 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Browse messages from your online social media accounts. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Friends scope

The Friends scope is the sixth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a speaking bubble. The Friends scope gives you access to your social media accounts.

You can use SuperG to open the Dash directly at the Friends Scope icon.

The lens will be blank until you enter your credentials in Online Accounts.
Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview gives you more information and allows you to "like" or reshare posts.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by account.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/power-suspend.page0000644000373100047300000000343312320732124025413 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com What happens when I suspend my computer?

When you suspend the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try pressing the power button.

Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they may not be able to suspend or hibernate properly. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see if it does work before relying on it.

Always save your work before suspending

You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you resume the computer again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/contacts-link-unlink.page0000644000373100047300000000516712320732124026655 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Combine information for a contact from multiple sources. Link and unlink contacts usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/keyboard-layouts.page0000644000373100047300000001312612320732124026076 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Juanjo Marín juanj.marin@juntadeandalucia.es Ubuntu Documentation Team Add input sources and switch between them. Use alternative input sources

Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple languages.

Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the input sources you can choose between enable such a method.

Options with input methods are only available if respective input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean (Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice separately.
Add input sources

You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and clicking preview.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Text Entry.

Click the + button, select an input source, and click Add.

The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the ↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the list.

If you select a source with an input method, you can click preferences to access that method's preferences dialog if any.
Input source indicator

You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the current source, such as En for the standard English layout or a symbol in case of a source that uses a special input method, e.g. Chinese (Chewing). Click the input source indicator and select from the menu the source you want to use.

Keyboard shortcuts

You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is SuperSpace, but you can change it:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Text Entry.

Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next source using.

When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut.
Set input source for all windows or individually for each window

When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different source for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article in another language in a word processor window. Your input source selection will be remembered for each window as you switch between windows.

By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/tips.page0000644000373100047300000000117612320732124023561 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Special characters, middle click shortcuts… Tips & tricks usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/sound-crackle.page0000644000373100047300000000373612320732124025340 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check your audio cables and sound card drivers. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing

If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem with the drivers for the sound card.

Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly.

If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound.

Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged.

Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may need to replace the cable or headphones.

Check if the sound drivers aren't very good.

Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "Ubuntu", to see if other people are having the same problem.

You can run sudo lspci -v in the Terminal to get more information about your sound card.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/sound-usemic.page0000644000373100047300000000363112320732124025213 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device. Use a different microphone

You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio quality.

If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a default input device.

If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which microphone to use by default.

Select a default audio input device

Click the sound menu on the menu bar and select Sound Settings.

On the Input tab, select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should respond when you speak.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000151512320732124025046 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Web Browsers usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-default-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000337412320732124026475 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the default web browser by going to Details in the System Settings. Change which web browser websites are opened in

When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Details and choose Default Applications from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing the Web option.

When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default browser again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/look-resolution.page0000644000373100047300000000636612320732124025755 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation). GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the size or rotation of the screen

You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by changing the screen resolution. You can change which way up things appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the rotation.

Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Displays.

If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area.

Select your desired resolution and rotation.

Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy with the new settings, click Keep This Configuration.

When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual display. If this does not happen, just click Detect Displays.
Resolution

The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect ratio, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be letterboxed to avoid distortion.

You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may look fuzzy or pixelated.

Rotation

On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the rotation you want for your display from the Rotation drop-down list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/printing-differentsize.page0000644000373100047300000000334212320732125027271 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a document on a different paper size or orientation. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Change the paper size when printing

If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the document.

Click FilePrint

Select the Page Setup tab.

Under the Paper column, choose your Paper size from the drop-down list.

Click Print and your document should print.

You can also use the Orientation menu to choose a different orientation:

Portrait

Landscape

Reverse portrait

Reverse landscape

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-othersconnect.page0000644000373100047300000000415212320732125026242 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it. Other users can't connect to the internet

If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they may not be entering the right wireless security password.

You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it without being asked any questions. To do this:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Find the connection you want everyone to be able to use. You will probably need to switch to the Wireless tab. Select the network name and then click Edit.

Check Available to all users and click Save. You will have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only admin users can do this.

Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without entering any further details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-chat-skype.page0000644000373100047300000000373212320732125025437 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Skype is proprietary software and must be installed manually on Ubuntu How can I use Skype on Ubuntu?

Skype is proprietary software that allows you to make calls over the Internet using your computer.

Skype uses decentralized peer-to-peer technologies, so your calls do not go through a central server, but through distributed servers and other users.

The Skype software is free to use, but it is not free software; the source code is proprietary and not available for modification.

Skype is not installed by default on Ubuntu. Install the skype package to use it.

You need to activate the Canonical Partner Repository to install Skype

Additional resources for help with <app>Skype</app>

How to record Skype conversations

A list of webcams which are compatible with Skype

Troubleshooting Skype - for advanced users

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page0000644000373100047300000001043412320732125032124 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control who can view and edit your files and folders. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Set file permissions

You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select Properties, then select the Permissions tab.

See and below for details on the types of permissions you can set.

Files

You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-only if you don't want to accidentally change it.

Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong to.

You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in the file's group.

If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select Allow executing file as program to run it. Even with this option selected, the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what to do. See for more information.

Folders

You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, groups, and other users.

The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can set for a file.

<gui>None</gui>

The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder.

 <gui>List files only</gui>

The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be able to open, create, or delete files.

 <gui>Access files</gui>

The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create new files or delete files.

 <gui>Create and delete files</gui>

The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, and deleting files.

You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the folder by clicking Change Permissions for Enclosed Files. Use the drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and click Change. Permissions are applied to files and folders in subfolders as well, to any depth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/look-background.page0000644000373100047300000000562512320732125025667 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the desktop background

You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a simple color or gradient.

Right click on the desktop and select Change Desktop Background.

Select an image or color. The settings are applied immediately. Switch to an empty workspace to view your entire desktop.

There are three choices in the drop-down list on the top right.

Select Wallpapers to use one of the many professional background images that ship with Ubuntu. With the exception of the Ubuntu wallpaper, all of the default wallpaper choices were created by winners of a Community Wallpaper Contest.

Some wallpapers are partially transparent and allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner.

Select Pictures Folder to use one of your own photos from your Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there.

Select Colors & Gradients to just use a flat color or a linear gradient. Color selector buttons will appear in the bottom right corner.

You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the + button. Any picture you add this way will show up under Pictures Folder. You can remove it from the list by selecting it and clicking the - button. Removing a picture from the list will not delete the original file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/mouse-mousekeys.page0000644000373100047300000000662712320732125025763 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad

If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This feature is called mouse keys.

Tap the Super key to open the Dash.

Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the Universal Access settings.

Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab.

Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then press Enter to switch it on.

Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to move the mouse pointer using the keypad.

These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more accessibility options.

The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads.

Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, or quickly press it twice to double-click.

Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding down 5 or the left mouse button.

If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad when Num Lock is turned on, though.

The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000223512320732125024417 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Add accounts, Remove accounts, Disable services Online accounts

You can enter your login details for online services, such as Google and Facebook, into the Online Accounts application. This will let you access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar applications without having to enter your account details again.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/color-whatisspace.page0000644000373100047300000000740312320732125026231 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A color space is a defined range of colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What is a color space?

A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB.

The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer using three values, which restricts up to encoding a triangle of colors.

Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as 3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, install gnome-color-manager and then run gcm-viewer.

sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles

First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and so most modern monitors can display more colors than this. sRGB is a least-common-denominator standard and is used in a large number of applications (including the Internet).

AdobeRGB is frequently used as an editing space. It can encode more colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks crushed.

ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!

Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The answer is to do with quantization. If you only have 8 bits (256 levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger steps between each value.

Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong.

Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel.

Color management is a process for converting from one color space to another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page0000644000373100047300000001406112320732125033357 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so you may need to find a better one. Wireless network troubleshooter Make sure that working device drivers are installed

In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for your wireless adapter. A device driver is a piece of software which tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:

Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices

Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your distribution (for example, Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE) and see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers working.

Look for additional open or proprietary drivers

Although Ubuntu includes support for a large amount of devices, some drivers need to be installed separately. Use the Additional Drivers tool to check for these extra open or proprietary drivers.

Click the button at the far right side of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the System section, click Software Sources.

Switch to the Additional Drivers tab.

Use the Windows drivers for your adapter

In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system (like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, however, you can install a compatibility layer called NDISwrapper which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more about how to use NDISwrapper here. Note that not all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper.

Full information on ndiswrapper kept on this page including troubleshooting help specific to ndiswrapper.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/documents-filter.page0000644000373100047300000000244512320732125026067 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Choose which documents to display. Filter documents

Click the down button next to the search bar to limit the scope of the search in these categories:

Sources: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All.

Type: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text Documents, or All.

Title, Author, or All.

In order for Google or SkyDrive to appear in the filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an online account.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/display-dual-monitors.page0000644000373100047300000000564412320732125027047 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set up dual monitors on your laptop. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Connect an external monitor to your laptop
Set up an external monitor

To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Displays.

Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it ON/OFF.

By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which monitor is "primary", change the monitor in the Launcher Placement drop-down box. You could also drag the Launcher in the preview to the monitor you want to set as the "primary" monitor.

If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher Placement to All Displays.

To change the "position" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position.

If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the Mirror displays box.

When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click Keep This Configuration.

To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner.

Sticky Edges

A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer to "slip" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's Sticky Edges feature helps with that problem by requiring you to push a little bit harder to move the mouse pointer from one monitor to the other.

You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/power-batterylife.page0000644000373100047300000000773212320732125026253 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use less power and improve battery life

Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment. If you have a laptop, this will also help to increase the amount of time it can run on battery power.

General tips

Suspend your computer when you are not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it can be woken up very quickly.

Turn off the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the case.

Use the Power preferences in System Settings to change your power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer automatically suspend if you have not used it for a certain period of time.

Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not using them.
Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries

Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop's power consumption.

Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you can use to reduce the brightness.

If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, which takes quite a bit of power.

Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can turn it on again when you need it.
More advanced tips

Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use more power when they have more work to do.

Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/look-display-fuzzy.page0000644000373100047300000000522612320732125026377 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The screen resolution may be set incorrectly. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?

This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not the right one for your screen.

To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set the one that makes the screen look better.

When multiple displays are connected

If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy.

You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same window on both screens at once.

To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings. Open Displays.

Uncheck Mirror Displays.

Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the Displays window. Change the Resolution until that display looks right.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-wired-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000344012320732125026124 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network

To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. The network icon on the menu bar should pulse for a few seconds and then will change to a "socket" icon when you are connected.

If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar (depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active.

You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable (at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch.

If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup (DHCP). In this case you'll have to configure it manually.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/addremove-install-synaptic.page0000644000373100047300000000544312320732125030046 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com

Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0).

Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to Ubuntu Software Center. Use Synaptic for more advanced software management

Synaptic Package Manager is more powerful and can do some software management tasks which Ubuntu Software Center can't. Synaptic's interface is more complicated and doesn't support newer Software Center features like ratings and reviews and therefore isn't recommended for use by those new to Ubuntu.

Synaptic isn't installed by default, but you can install it with Software Center.

Install software with Synaptic

Open Synaptic from the Dash or the Launcher. You will need to enter your password in the Authenticate window.

Click Search to search for an application, or click Sections and look through the categories to find one.

Right-click the application that you want to install and select Mark for Installation.

If you are asked to mark additional changes, click Mark.

Select any other applications that you would like to install.

Click Apply, and then click Apply in the window that appears. The applications that you chose will be downloaded and installed.

For more information about using Synaptic, consult the Synaptic How To.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/report-ubuntu-bug.page0000644000373100047300000000575412320732126026220 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to report problems with Ubuntu. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Report a problem in Ubuntu

If you notice a problem in Ubuntu, you can file a bug report.

Type AltF2 and type ubuntu-bug nameofprogram

If you have a hardware issue or don't know the name of the program affected, just type ubuntu-bug

After running one of the above commands, Ubuntu will gather information about the bug. This may take a few minutes. Review the collected information if you wish. Click Send to continue.

A new web browser tab will open to continue processing the bug data. Ubuntu uses the website Launchpad to manage its bug reports. If you do not have a Launchpad account, you will need to register for one to file a bug and receive email updates about its status. You can do this by clicking Create a new account.

After logging in to Launchpad, enter a description of the problem in the summary field.

After clicking Next Launchpad will search for similar bugs in case the bug you are reporting has already been reported. If the bug has already been reported, you can mark that bug as also affecting you. You can also subscribe to the bug report to receive updates about progress with fixing it. If the bug has not already been reported, click No, I need to report a new bug.

Fill in the description field with as much information as you can. It's important that you specify three things:

What you expected to happen

What actually happened

If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where step 1 is "start the program"

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!

If you get the "This is not a genuine Ubuntu package" error, it means that the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official Ubuntu repositories. In this case, you cannot use Ubuntu's built-in bug reporting tool.

For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the extensive online documentation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-default-email.page0000644000373100047300000000315412320732126026077 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the default email client by going to Details in the System Settings. Change which mail application is used to write emails

When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your word processing application), your default mail application will open up with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Details and choose Default Applications from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing the Mail option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/power-batteryoptimal.page0000644000373100047300000000420712320732126026774 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tips such as "Do not let the battery charge get too low" GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Get the most out of your laptop battery

As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference.

Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge before the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly discharged is worse for the battery.

Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do not let the battery get any warmer than it has to.

Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original battery - always buy replacements when you need them.

This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different treatment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/prefs-language-install.page0000644000373100047300000000404212320732126027143 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Install more translations and related language support packages. Gunnar Hjalmarsson gunnarhj@ubuntu.com Install languages

When you install Ubuntu, the language you select at installation gets installed together with English, but you can add further languages.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Language Support.

Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently installed languages checked.

Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently installed languages you want to remove.

Click Apply Changes.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a new language may follow various language support components such as dictionaries for spell checking, fonts and input methods.

Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000604212320732126026017 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Dash is the top button in the Launcher. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Find apps, files, music, and more with the Dash

Unity Search

The Dash allows you to search for applications, files, music, and videos, and shows you items that you have used recently. If you have ever worked on a spreadsheet or edited an image and forgot where you saved it, you will surely find this feature of the Dash to be useful.

To start using the Dash, click the top icon in the Launcher. This icon has the Ubuntu logo on it. For faster access, you can just press the Super key.

To hide the Dash, click the top icon again or press Super or Esc.

Search everything from the Dash home

The first thing you'll see when opening the Dash is the Dash Home. Without typing or clicking anything, the Dash Home will show you apps and files you've used recently.

Only one row of results will show for each type. If there are more results, you can click See more results to view them.

To search, just start typing and related search results will automatically appear from the different installed lenses.

Click on a result to open it, or you can press Enter to open the first item in the list.

Lenses

Lenses allow you to focus the Dash results and exclude results from other lenses.

You can see the available lenses in the lens bar, the darker strip at the bottom of the Dash.

To switch to a different lens, click the appropriate icon or press CtrlTab.

Filters

Filters allow you to narrow down your search even further.

Click Filter results to choose filters. You may need to click a filter heading such as Sources to see the available choices.

Previews

If you right click on a search result, a preview will open with more information about the result.

To close the preview, click any empty space or press Esc.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/disk-format.page0000644000373100047300000000553112320732126025023 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash drive by formatting it. Wipe everything off a removable disk

If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all of the files on the disk and leaves it empty.

Format a removable disk

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview.

Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list.

Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!

In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click Format Volume.

In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk.

If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file system type will be presented as a label.

Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk.

Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It should now be blank and ready to use again.

 Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files

Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such as shred.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/sound-broken.page0000644000373100047300000000166012320732126025210 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Sound problems

There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-photos.page0000644000373100047300000000301312320732126026173 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View photos from your computer or your online social media accounts. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Photos lens

The photos lens is the fifth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a camera. The photos lens gives you access to photos on your computer or from Online Accounts such as Facebook or Google Picasa.

You can use SuperC to open the Dash directly at the photos lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview with more information about the photo and a larger thumbnail.

For photos stored on your computer, you can open, print, view, or email them.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by date the photo was taken or the source.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-what-is-ip-address.page0000644000373100047300000000323312320732126026771 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer. What is an IP address?

"IP address" stands for Internet Protocol address, and each device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one.

An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers.

Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated by a period. 192.168.1.42 is an example of an IP address.

An IP address can either be dynamic or static. Dynamic IP addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as administering a server.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/color-howtoimport.page0000644000373100047300000000302412320732126026305 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color profiles can be imported by opening them. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I import color profiles?

The profile can be imported by double clicking on the .ICC or .ICM file in the file browser.

Alternatively you can select Import profile… from System SettingsColor when selecting a profile for a device.

Alternatively you can select Import profile… from System SettingsColor when selecting a profile for a device.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/wacom-stylus.page0000644000373100047300000000427412320732126025255 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus. Configure the stylus

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. These settings can be adjusted:

Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the "feel" (how physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft and Firm.

Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, Forward.

Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the "feel" between Soft and Firm.

If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use the pager to choose which stylus to configured.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/mouse-problem-notmoving.page0000644000373100047300000001132112320732126027401 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to check your mouse if it is not working. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Mouse pointer is not moving
Check that the mouse is plugged in

If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your computer.

If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer if it was not plugged in.

Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer

Type CtrlAltT to open the Terminal.

In the terminal window, type xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer, exactly as it appears here, and press Enter.

A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the items says [XExtensionPointer] next to it, and that one of the [XExtensionPointer] items has the name of the mouse to the left of it.

If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by [XExtensionPointer], then the mouse was not recognized by your computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. In this case you should check that the mouse is plugged in and in working condition.

If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse.

It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been detected properly.

Check that the mouse actually works

Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works.

If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be broken.

Checking wireless mice

Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to place without it constantly waking up.

If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the mouse with your computer. See .

Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See .

Check that the battery of the mouse is charged.

Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer.

If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make sure that they are both set to the same channel.

You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if this is the case.

Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/documents-print.page0000644000373100047300000000223712320732126025736 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Print documents that are stored locally or online. Print a document

To print a document:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the document to be printed.

Click the Print button in the button bar. The Print dialog opens.

Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a collection is selected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationdevices.page0000644000373100047300000000431312320732126027546 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 We support a large number of calibration devices. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What color measuring instruments are supported?

GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)

X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)

X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)

X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)

X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)

Pantone Huey (colorimeter)

MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)

ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)

Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)

The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in Linux.

Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your printers:

X-Rite DTP20 "Pulse" ("swipe" type reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/a11y-visualalert.page0000644000373100047300000000360212320732127025705 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is played. Flash the screen for alert sounds

Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the alert sound is played.

This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your computer to be silent, such as in a library (see to learn how to mute the alert sound).

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab.

Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window title to flash.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/color-testing.page0000644000373100047300000000405212320732127025372 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles. How do I test if color management is working correctly?

The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to see if anything much has changed.

In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when the profiles are being applied:

Bluish Test: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being sent to the display

ADOBEGAMMA-test: This will turn the screen pink and tests different features of a screen profile

FakeBRG: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but images will look very different in applications that support color management.

Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the System SettingsColor preferences.

Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color management.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/disk-benchmark.page0000644000373100047300000000550412320732127025466 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is. Test the performance of your hard disk

To test the speed of your hard disk:

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the activities overview.

Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list.

Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive.

Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and Access Time parameters as desired.

Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from the disk. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take longer to complete.

When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis.

Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last benchmark test.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-printer.page0000644000373100047300000000326512320732127027331 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com How do I calibrate my printer?

There are two ways to profile a printer device:

Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki

Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company

Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile.

Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types.

If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/files-templates.page0000644000373100047300000000412212320732127025675 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Quickly create new documents from custom file templates. Anita Reitere nitalynx@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Templates for commonly-used document types

If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you could create a template document with your letterhead.

Make a new template

Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you could make your letterhead in a word processing application.

Save the file with the template content in the Templates folder in your Home folder. If the Templates folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first.

 Use a template to create a document

Open the folder where you want to place the new document.

Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose New Document. The names of available templates will be listed in the submenu.

Choose your desired template from the list.

Enter a filename for the newly-created document.

Double-click the file to open it and start editing.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/color-notifications.page0000644000373100047300000000364012320732127026570 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate. Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?

Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended.

Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product.

If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a red warning triangle will be shown in the System SettingsColor dialog next to the profile. A warning notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer.

To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum age of the profile in days:

[rupert@gnome] gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180 [rupert@gnome] gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/addremove-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000347112320732127026046 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Remove software that you no longer use. Remove an application

The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you no longer use.

Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher or search for Software Center in the Dash.

When the Software Center opens, click the Installed button at the top.

Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by looking through the list of installed applications.

Select the application and click Remove.

You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the application will be removed.

Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be removed. You will be asked to confirm whether you want this to happen before the applications are removed.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-othersedit.page0000644000373100047300000000457512320732127025551 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com You need to uncheck the Available to all users option in the network connection settings. Other users can't edit the network connections

If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, you may have set the connection to be available to all users. This makes it so that everyone on the computer can connect using that connection, but only users with administrative rights are allowed to change its settings.

The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the connection.

If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, make it so the connection is not set to be available to everyone on the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for the connection.

Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Find the connection you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves. Click to select it and then click Edit.

You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only admin users can do this.

Uncheck Available to all users and click Save. Other users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/hardware.page0000644000373100047300000000235412320732127024401 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Hardware Hardware problems, printers, power settings, color management, Bluetooth, disks… Hardware & drivers More topics
Problems Hardware problems Common problems
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-macaddress.page0000644000373100047300000000400612320732127025472 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The unique identifier assigned to network hardware. What is a MAC address?

A MAC address is the unique identifier that is assigned by the manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an Ethernet card). MAC stands for Media Access Control, and each identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device.

A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a colon. 00:1B:44:11:3A:B7 is an example of a MAC address.

To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:

Click the network menu on the menu bar.

Select Connection Information.

Your MAC address will be displayed as the Hardware Address.

In practice, you may need to modify or "spoof" a MAC address. For example, some internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/sharing-bluetooth.page0000644000373100047300000000262512320732127026243 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Control sharing over Bluetooth

You can allow access to your Public and Downloads folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only trusted devices. Configure Personal File Sharing Preferences to control access to the shared folders on your computer.

A Bluetooth device is trusted if you have paired, or connected your computer to it. See .

 Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth

In the Dash, open Personal File Sharing.

Select the desired Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options options from the list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/app-cheese.page0000644000373100047300000000325312320732127024615 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com It is like your own personal photo booth. Create fun photos and videos with your webcam

With the Cheese application and your webcam, you can take photos and videos, apply fun special effects and share the fun with others.

Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:

Click this link to launch the Software Center.

Read the information and reviews about Cheese to make sure you want to install it.

If you choose to install it, click Install from the Software Center window.

You may need to provide the administrative password to complete the installation.

For help with using Cheese, read the Cheese user guide.

You need to install Cheese before you can read the Cheese user guide.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/about-this-guide.page0000644000373100047300000000412312320732127025752 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team A few tips on using the Ubuntu Desktop Guide. About this guide

This guide gives you a tour of Ubuntu desktop features, answers your computer-related questions, and provides tips on using your computer effectively.

The guide is divided into small, task-oriented topics - not chapters. This means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find answers to your questions.

Related items are linked together. "See Also" links at the bottom of some pages direct you to related topics.

The text input box at the top of this guide acts as a search bar, and relevant results will appear beneath it as soon as you start typing. Left-click on any result to open its page.

The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you with a comprehensive collection of helpful information, we know we won't answer all of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things more helpful, though.

Thank you for taking the time to read the Ubuntu Desktop Guide.

-- The Ubuntu Documentation team

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces-switch.page0000644000373100047300000000362512320732127027373 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open the workspace switcher and double-click one of the workspaces. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Switch between workspaces Using the mouse:

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher button near the bottom. Double-click on any window or workspace to switch to it, or press the workspace switcher button again to return to your previous workspace.

 Using the keyboard:

Press CtrlAlt→ to move to a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt← to move to a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt↓ to move to a workspace which is below the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt↑ to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-menu.page0000644000373100047300000000317212320732130026506 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Stephen M. Webb stephen@ubuntu.com Right clicking a Launcher Icon reveals a menu of actions. The Launcher Icon Menus

Right clicking on a Launcher icon will reveal a menu of actions. The actions available depend on whether the icon is locked to the launcher or not, if the icons is for an application whether it's running or not, and on the specific icon itself. Available actions can include the following.

launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device

unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )

locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )

quitting the application if it's running

switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one instance or window

application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/bluetooth.page0000644000373100047300000000236312320732130024603 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Connect, send files, turn on and off… Bluetooth

Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to send files between devices, such as from your computer to your cell phone.

Bluetooth problems Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-install-moonlight.page0000644000373100047300000000301012320732130027014 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in lets you view these pages. Install the Silverlight plug-in

Silverlight is a plug-in for your web browser which allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Silverlight.

If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux.

If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the Moonlight plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of Silverlight which runs on Linux.

Please see the Moonlight website for more information and installation instructions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/documents-search.page0000644000373100047300000000236612320732130026045 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Find your documents by title or author. Search for files

To start a search in Documents:

Press CtrlF.

Click the magnifying glass icon.

Start typing. Documents will match by title or author.

You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the down button and selecting various filters.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/printing-2sided.page0000644000373100047300000000320512320732130025574 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Print two-sided and multi-page layouts

To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:

Click FilePrint.

Go to the Page Setup tab of the Print window and choose an option from the Two-sided drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-sided printing is not available for your printer.

Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to experiment with your printer to see how it works.

You can print more than one page of the document per side of paper too. Use the Pages per side option to do this.

The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always be available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/color-notspecifiededid.page0000644000373100047300000000273412320732130027216 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date. Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?

The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not contain much other information for color correction.

As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date.

Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself would lead to more accurate color correction.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/documents-view.page0000644000373100047300000000265012320732130025546 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 View documents full-screen. Display documents stored locally or online

When you open Documents, all of your documents, those stored locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails.

In order for your Google Docs or SkyDrive documents to appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, as an online account.

To view the contents of a document:

Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the Documents window (or full-screen if maximized).

To exit the document, click the back arrow button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page0000644000373100047300000001167012320732130030631 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default applications. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org File properties

To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select Properties. You can also select the file and press AltEnter.

The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this information often, you can have it displayed in list view columns or icon captions.

The information given on the Basic tab is explained below. There are also Permissions and Open With tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the dimensions, duration, and codec.

Basic properties <gui>Name</gui>

You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file outside the properties window. See .

 <gui>Type</gui>

This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't open a picture with a music player. See for more information on this.

The MIME type of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a standard way that computers use to refer to the file type.

 Contents

This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If the folder is empty, the contents will display nothing.

 Size

This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email (big files take longer to send/receive).

Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is 1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on.

 Location

The location of each file on your computer is given by its absolute path. This is a unique "address" of the file on your computer, made up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. For example, if Jim had a file called Resume.pdf in his Home folder, its location would be /home/jim/Resume.pdf.

 Volume

The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a CD, or a network share or file server. Hard disks can be split up into several disk partitions; the partition will be displayed under Volume too.

 Free Space

This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking if the hard disk is full.

 Accessed

The date and time when the file was last opened.

 Modified

The date and time when the file was last changed and saved.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/user-changepassword.page0000644000373100047300000000617312320732130026565 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account settings. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Change your password

It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if you think someone else knows what your password is.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click the label next to Password.

The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a password set.

Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password again in the Confirm password field.

You can also click the button next to the New password field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful.

Click Change.

Make sure you choose a good password. This will help to keep your user account safe.

Change the keyring password

If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the keyring password. The keyring keeps you from having to remember lots of different passwords by just requiring one master password to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the keyring password (to match your login password):

Open the Passwords and Keys application from the Dash.

In the View menu, ensure By keyring is checked.

In the sidebar under Passwords, right-click on Login keyring and select Change Password.

Enter your Old Password, followed by your new Password, and Confirm your new password by entering it again.

Click OK.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/power-batteryestimate.page0000644000373100047300000000475012320732130027140 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The battery life displayed when you click on the battery icon is an estimate. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com The estimated battery life is wrong

When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time.

In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict.

Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made.

As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They will never be completely accurate, though.

If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to make a sensible estimate.

If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the data it needs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/files-copy.page0000644000373100047300000000770112320732130024651 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Copy or move items to a new folder. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Copy or move files and folders

A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or using keyboard shortcuts.

For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you don't like your changes).

These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files and folders in exactly the same way.

Copy and paste files

Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once.

Right-click and pick Copy, or press CtrlC.

Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file.

Click the gear icon and pick Paste to finish copying the file, or press CtrlV. There will now be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder.

 Cut and paste files to move them

Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once.

Right-click and pick Cut, or press CtrlX.

Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file.

Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick Paste to finish moving the file, or press CtrlV. The file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder.

 Drag files to copy or move

Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want to copy.

Click Files in the top bar, select New Window (or press CtrlN) to open a second window. In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the file.

Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will move it if the destination is on the same device, or copy it if the destination is on a different device.

For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, it will be copied because you're dragging from one device to another.

You can force the file to be copied by holding down the Ctrl key while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the Shift key while dragging.

You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is read-only. Some folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. You can change things from being read-only by changing file permissions .

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/accounts-disable-service.page0000644000373100047300000000400712320732130027451 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Some online accounts allow you to use multiple services (like calendar and email). You can control which of these services can be used by local applications. Disable account services

Some types of online accounts allow access to several services from a single user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to email, calendar, code, contacts, among others. You can choose Google for email and Yahoo! for chat, or any combination the service provider allows.

To disable services:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Online Accounts.

Select the account you want to change from left windowpane.

Services available for this account are listed in the right windowpane.

Switch off the services you do not want used.

Once a service has been disabled, local applications no longer have access to it. To regain access, go back into Online Accounts and switch it on.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/documents-collections.page0000644000373100047300000000413712320732130027114 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Group related documents in a collection. Make collections of documents

Documents lets you put together documents of different types in one place called a collection. If you have documents that are related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF documents, can be grouped in one collection.

To create or add to a collection:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the documents to be collected.

Click the + button in the button bar.

In the collection list, click Add and type a new collection name, or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to the collection.

Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: you cannot put collections inside collections.

To delete a collection:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted.

Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, leaving the original documents.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/user-goodpassword.page0000644000373100047300000001044312320732130026263 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use longer, more complicated passwords. Choose a secure password

Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for others (including computer programs) to guess.

Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your personal information.

People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for choosing a good password:

Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols, and spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess. There are more symbols to choose from, so more possible passwords would have to be checked by someone when trying to guess yours.

A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a movie, a book, a song, or an album. For example, "Flatland: A Romance of Many Dimensions" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd.

Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it.

Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "password" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!

Do not use any personal information, such as a date, license plate number, or any family member's name.

Do not use any nouns.

Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to reduce the chance of someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be watching you.

Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be found!

Use different passwords for different things.

Use different passwords for different accounts.

If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it will be able to access all of your accounts immediately.

It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords. Though not as secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email).

Change your passwords regularly.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/media.page0000644000373100047300000000306112320732131023652 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Digital cameras, iPods, playing videos… Sound, video & pictures
Sound Sound Sound Volume, speakers and headphones, microphones… Basic sound
Music and players Music and portable audio players
Photos Photos and digital cameras
Videos Videos and video cameras
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/a11y-braille.page0000644000373100047300000000203012320732131024751 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use the Orca screen reader with a refreshable Braille display. Read screen in Braille

GNOME provides the Orca screen reader to display the user interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. Install Orca, then refer to the Orca Help for more information.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-connect-device.page0000644000373100047300000000745212320732131027474 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pair Bluetooth devices. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device

Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the Bluetooth devices.

Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See .

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Set Up New Device.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Set up a New Device.

Make the other Bluetooth device discoverable or visible and place it within 10 meters (about 33 feet) of your computer. Click Continue. Your computer will begin searching for devices.

If there are too many devices listed, use the Device type drop-down to display only a single type of device in the list.

Click PIN options to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other device.

The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the proper setting.

Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click Close.

Click Continue to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, the PIN will be displayed on the screen.

If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click Matches.

You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device list and start again.

A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click Close.

You can remove a Bluetooth connection later if desired.

To control access to your shared files, refer to the Bluetooth Sharing settings. See .

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/user-admin-change.page0000644000373100047300000000413012320732131026060 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by giving them administrative privileges. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Change who has administrative privileges

Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click Unlock and enter your password to unlock the account settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges yourself.)

Select the user whose privileges you want to change.

Click the label Standard next to Account type and select Administrator.

Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when they next log in.

The first user account on the system has admin privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first installed the system.

It is unwise to have too many users with Administrator privileges on one system.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page0000644000373100047300000000530212320732131030363 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might be disabled or blocked. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com I can't connect my Bluetooth device

There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset.

Connection blocked or untrusted

Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device is set up to allow connections.

 Bluetooth hardware not recognized

Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. This could be because drivers for the adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter.

 Adapter not switched on

Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and check that it's not disabled.

Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and check that it's not disabled.

 Device Bluetooth connection switched off

Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not in airplane mode.

 No Bluetooth adapter in your computer

Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you want to use Bluetooth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-disconnecting.page0000644000373100047300000000657712320732131030060 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect properly. Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?

You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the menu bar will pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time.

Weak wireless signal

A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you and the base station can also weaken the signal.

The network icon on the menu bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station.

Network connection not being established properly

Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so was disconnected.

A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because the network requires a username to log in, for example).

Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers

Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware.

Busy wireless networks

Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/power-willnotturnon.page0000644000373100047300000000540512320732131026667 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org My computer will not turn on

There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons.

Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable

Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it's removable.

Problem with the computer hardware

A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard.

The computer beeps and then switches off

If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off (or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. These beeps are sometimes referred to as beep codes, and the pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in for repairs.

The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen

The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on.

This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/color-assignprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000420212320732131026735 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Look in System SettingsColor for the option to change this. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I assign profiles to devices?

Open System SettingsColor, and click the device that you wish to add a profile to.

Open System SettingsColor, and click the device that you wish to add a profile to.

By clicking Add profile you can select an existing profile or import a new file.

Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile can be the default profile. The default profile is used when there is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for glossy paper and another plain paper.

You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button.

If calibration hardware is connected the Calibrate… button will create a new profile.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/sound-usespeakers.page0000644000373100047300000000502412320732131026254 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device. Use different speakers or headphones

You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers usually either connect using a circular TRS (tip, ring, sleeve) plug or with USB.

If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the default device.

Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound settings. Click the sound menu on the menu bar then click Sound Settings. Select your speakers in the list of devices, then click Test Sound. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker.

If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default.

Select a default audio input device

Click the sound menu on the menu bar and select Sound Settings.

On the Output tab, select the device in the list of devices.

If you don't see your device on the Output tab, check the Hardware tab. Select your device and try different profiles.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/sound-volume.page0000644000373100047300000000462212320732131025234 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each application. Change the sound volume

To change the sound volume, click the sound menu on the menu bar and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn off sound by checking Mute.

Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near the "F" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "F" keys. Hold down the Fn key on your keyboard to use them.

Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a volume control too.

Changing the sound volume for individual applications

You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music.

Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, click the sound menu on the menu bar and click Sound Settings. Go to the Applications tab and change the volume of the application there.

Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-apps.page0000644000373100047300000000360212320732131025622 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Run, install, or uninstall apps. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Applications lens

The applications lens is the first lens after the Dash home in the lens bar. The applications lens gives you access to your apps or apps available for install.

You can use SuperA to open the Dash directly at the applications lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows a short description of the app, a screenshot, its Software Center rating, and what version is available.

For installed apps, you can see when the app was installed and either launch the app or uninstall it. Certain essential apps cannot be uninstalled from the preview.

For apps that haven't been installed, you can install them right from the preview.

Filters

Click Filter results if you'd like to only see results for a certain type of application. You can also click SourcesLocal Apps to only view installed apps or SourcesSoftware Center to only show apps available for install.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page0000644000373100047300000000421512320732131030257 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open the workspace switcher and drag the window to a different workspace. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Move a window to a different workspace

Using the mouse:

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher button near the bottom.

Drag the window to the workspace you choose.

Using the keyboard:

Select the window you want to move.

Press CtrlAltShift→ to move the window to a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift← to move the window to a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift↓ to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift↑ to move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-chat-empathy.page0000644000373100047300000000312712320732131025746 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com With Empathy you can chat, call and video call with friends and colleagues on a variety of networks Instant messaging on Ubuntu

With the Empathy application, you can chat with people online and with friends and colleagues who use Google Talk, AIM, Windows Live and many other chat programs. With a microphone or a webcam you can also have audio or video calls.

Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant Messaging from the Dash, the Launcher or choose Chat from the Messaging menu.

You can change your instant messaging status (Available, Away, Busy, etc.) from the Messaging menu.

For help with using Empathy, read the Empathy manual.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page0000644000373100047300000000424212320732131027352 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Edit folder bookmarks

Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager.

Add a bookmark:

Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark.

Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick Bookmark this Location.

 Delete a bookmark:

Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from the app menu.

In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete and click the - button.

 Rename a bookmark:

Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from the app menu.

In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename.

In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark.

Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other than the name of the folder it points to.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/disk.page0000644000373100047300000000141012320732131023521 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Disk space, performance, problems, volumes and partitions… Disks & storage usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/keyboard.page0000644000373100047300000000231212320732132024372 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Input sources, cursor blinking, super key, keyboard accessibility… Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Keyboard Region & Language Universal access Other topics usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/mouse-sensitivity.page0000644000373100047300000000442012320732132026314 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad

If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is comfortable for you.

You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the Mouse and Touchpad sections.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-shapes.page0000644000373100047300000000400512320732132027023 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com The triangles show you your currently running apps. What do the different shapes and colors in Launcher icons mean?

When you start an app, the Launcher icon pulses to let you know that Ubuntu is starting your app. This is useful because while some apps start immediately, others may take a minute to load.

Once the app has finished starting, a small white triangle will show to the left of the Launcher square. Two triangles means that you have two windows of the same app open. If you have three or more windows of the same app open, three triangles will show.

Apps that aren't currently running have translucent Launcher icon squares. When an app is running, the Launcher icon square is full of color.
Notifications

If an app wants your attention to notify you of something (like a finished download), the Launcher icon will wiggle and glow and the white triangle will become blue. Click the Launcher icon to dismiss the notification.

Apps can also show a number on their Launcher icon. Messaging apps use the number to tell you how many unread messages you have. Software Updater uses it to tell you how many updates are available.

Finally, apps can use a progress bar to let you know how long a process is taking without you needing to keep the app window in view.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/addremove-install.page0000644000373100047300000000525512320732132026215 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Use the Ubuntu Software Center to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful. Install additional software

The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you.

To install additional software, complete the following steps:

Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired connection.

Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or search for Software Center in the Dash.

When the Software Center launches, search for an application, or select a category and find an application from the list.

Select the application that you are interested in and click Install.

You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the installation will begin.

The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection.

A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in Launcher.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/sharing.page0000644000373100047300000000141512320732132024230 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Desktop sharing, Share files… Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Sharing usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-mobile.page0000644000373100047300000000551612320732132024636 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Connect to the internet using mobile broadband Connect to mobile broadband

Mobile Broadband refers to any kind of high speed Internet connection which is provided by an external device such as a 3G USB stick or mobile phone with built-in HSPA/UMTS/GPRS data connection. Some laptops have recently been produced with mobile broadband devices already inside them.

Most mobile broadband devices should be recognized automatically when you connect them to your computer. Ubuntu will prompt you to configure the device.

The New Mobile Broadband Connection wizard will open automatically when you connect the device.

Click Forward and enter your details, including the country where your Mobile Broadband device was issued, the network provider and type of connection (for example, Contract or pre-pay).

Give your connection a name and click Apply.

Your connection is now ready to use. To connect, click the network menu in the menu bar and select your new connection.

To disconnect, click the network menu in the menu bar and click Disconnect.

If you are not prompted to configure the device when you connect it, it may still be recognized by Ubuntu. In such cases you can add the connection manually.

Click the network menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections...

Switch to the Mobile Broadband tab.

Click Add.

This should open the New Mobile Broadband Connection wizard. Enter your details as described above.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/contacts-add-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000345012320732132026435 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Lucie Hankey ldhankey@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Add or remove a contact in the local address book. Add or remove a contact

To add a contact:

Press New.

In the New contact window, enter the contact name and the desired information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose Work, Home or Other.

Press Create Contact.

To remove a contact:

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press Edit in the top-right corner of Contacts.

Press Remove Contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/mouse-touchpad-click.page0000644000373100047300000001010612320732132026612 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad

You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

To click, tap on the touchpad.

To double-click, tap twice.

To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop.

If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-click. See for a method of right-clicking without a second mouse button.

If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once.

When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may think they're a single finger.
Two finger scroll

You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll.

When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select Enable horizontal scrolling, you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your touchpad.

Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads.
Content sticks to fingers

You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the touchpad.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to fingers.

This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse Scrolling.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-maximize.page0000644000373100047300000000342512320732132027220 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Maximize and unmaximize a window

You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can look at two windows at once. See for details.

To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the screen, or double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the keyboard, hold down Ctrl and Super and press ↑.

To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the titlebar to restore it. You can also use the keyboard shortcut Ctrl Super ↓.

Hold down the Alt key and drag anywhere in a window to move it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/printing.page0000644000373100047300000000260512320732132024431 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Local setup, order and collate, two-sided and multi-page… Printing
Setup Set up a printer
Sizes and layouts Different paper sizes and layouts
Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong… Printer problems
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/a11y-bouncekeys.page0000644000373100047300000000404712320732132025521 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key. Turn on bounce keys

Turn on bounce keys to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on bounce keys.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch Bounce Keys on.

Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for the first time. Select Beep when a key is rejected if you want the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it happened too soon after the previous key press.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/nautilus-preview.page0000644000373100047300000000467612320732132026134 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control when thumbnails are used for files. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com File manager preview preferences

The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Preview tab.

<gui>Files</gui>

By default, all previews are done for Local Files Only, those on your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to Always or Never. The file manager can browse files on other computers over a local area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview option to Always.

In addition, you can use the Only for files smaller than setting to limit the size of files previewed.

 <gui>Folders</gui>

If you show file sizes in list view columns or icon captions, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/printing-envelopes.page0000644000373100047300000000427212320732132026431 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen the correct paper size. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Print envelopes and labels

Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for example.

Printing onto envelopes

There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you click Print and the Print window appears, go to the Page Setup tab and choose the Paper type as "Envelope" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the Paper size to an envelope size (e.g. "C5"). The pack of envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes.

Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see which way is the right way up.

Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page0000644000373100047300000000263312320732132030572 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Show the Launcher only when you need it. Auto-hide the Launcher

You can hide the Launcher if you only want to see it when you move your mouse or touchpad pointer to the left side of the screen.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Appearance.

Switch to the Behavior tab.

Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on.

To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make the Launcher show. You can adjust the force needed by setting the Reveal sensitivity lower or higher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-manual.page0000644000373100047300000000456312320732133024646 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter them yourself. Manually set network settings

If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your router or network switch.

To manually set your network settings:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Select the network connection that you want to set up manually. For example, if you plug in to the network with a cable, look at the Wired tab.

Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click Edit.

Go to the IPv4 Settings tab and change the Method to Manual.

Click Add and type the IP address, network mask and default gateway IP address into the corresponding columns of the Addresses list. Press Enter or Tab after typing each address.

These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four numbers separated by periods (e.g., 123.45.6.78).

Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use, separated by commas.

Click Save. If you are not connected to the network, click the network icon on the menu bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-music.page0000644000373100047300000000264512320732133026007 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find and play music from your computer or the internet. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Music lens

The music lens is the fourth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a music note. The music lens gives you access to your music or music available online.

You can use SuperM to open the Dash directly at the music lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows the cover art and the tracks.

Click the track number to play the song right from the preview. Click the track number again to pause the song.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by decade or genre.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/unity-introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000520712320732133026470 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A visual introduction to the Unity desktop. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Welcome to Ubuntu

Ubuntu features Unity, a reimagined way to use your computer. Unity is designed to minimize distractions, give you more room to work, and help you get things done.

This guide is designed to answer your questions about using Unity and your Ubuntu desktop. First we will take a moment to look at some of Unity's key features, and how you can use them.

Getting started with Unity

The Unity desktop
The Launcher

The Launcher

The Launcher appears automatically when you log in to your desktop, and gives you quick access to the applications you use most often.

Learn more about the Launcher.
The Dash

The Ubuntu Button sits near the top left corner of the screen and is always the top item in the Launcher. If you click the Ubuntu Button, Unity will present you with an additional feature of the desktop, the Dash.

The Unity Dash

The Dash is designed to make it easier to find, open, and use apps, files, music, and more. For example, if you type the word "document" into the Search Bar, the Dash will show you applications that help you write and edit documents. It will also show you relevant folders and documents that you have been working on recently.

Learn more about the Dash.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page0000644000373100047300000001527712320732133033325 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been recognized properly by the computer. Wireless connection troubleshooter Check that the wireless adapter was recognized

Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you will check whether the device was recognized properly.

Open a Terminal window, type sudo lshw -C network and press Enter. If this gives an error message, you can install the lshw program on your computer by typing sudo apt-get install lshw into the terminal.

Look through the information that appeared and find the Wireless interface section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you should see something similar (but not identical) to this:

If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the Device Drivers step.

If a wireless device is not listed, the next steps you take will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (internal PCI, USB, or PCMCIA).
PCI (internal) wireless adapter

Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was recognized:

Open a Terminal, type lspci and press Enter.

Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked Network controller or Ethernet controller. Several devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:

Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection

If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
USB wireless adapter

Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:

Open a Terminal, type lsusb and press Enter.

Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:

If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
Checking for a PCMCIA device

PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:

Start your computer without the wireless adapter plugged in.

Open a Terminal and type the following, then press Enter:

tail -f /var/log/dmesg

This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes.

Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it.

To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press CtrlC. After you have done that, you can close the Terminal if you like.

If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
Wireless adapter was not recognized

If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it.

To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask about your wireless adapter, for example.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/accounts-add.page0000644000373100047300000000555312320732133025152 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Connect to online accounts Add an account

Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set up for you.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Online Accounts.

Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane.

If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process afterwards.

A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your Google username, password and sign in.

If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password.

Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want the calendar, turn the calendar option off.

After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will automatically use those credentials when you log into your account.

For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, remove it.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/backup-check.page0000644000373100047300000000334312320732133025120 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Verify your backup was successful. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Check your backup

After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data since some files could be missing from the backup.

When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly.

You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra confidence that the process was successful.

If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as Déjà Dup. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying and pasting files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/session-screenlocks.page0000644000373100047300000000341612320732133026575 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the Brightness & Lock settings. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The screen locks itself too quickly

If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself too quickly.

To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Brightness & Lock.

Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list.

If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch Lock off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/contacts.page0000644000373100047300000000127712320732133024422 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Access your contacts. Contacts

Use Contacts to store, access or edit information for your contacts, locally or in your Online Accounts.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/contacts-search.page0000644000373100047300000000346412320732133025665 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Search for a contact. Search for a contact

You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:

In the Activities overview, start typing the name of the contact.

Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of applications.

Press Enter to select the contact at the top of the list or click the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top.

To search from inside Contacts:

Click inside the search field.

Start typing the name of the contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001235212320732133027541 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Get around the desktop using the keyboard. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Useful keyboard shortcuts

This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or pointing device at all, see for more information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard.

Getting around the desktop

AltF4

Close the current window.

AltF2

Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)

AltTab

Quickly switch between windows. Hold down Shift for reverse order.

Alt`

Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected application after AltTab.

This shortcut uses ` on US keyboards, where the ` key is above Tab. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is Alt plus whatever key is above Tab.

SuperS

Activate the workspace switcher. Zoom out on all workspaces.

SuperW

Activate "Expo" mode. Show all windows from current workspace.

CtrlAltArrow keys

Switch between workspaces.

CtrlAltShiftArrow keys

Move the current window to a different workspace.

CtrlAltDelete

Log out.

CtrlSuperD

Hide all windows and show the desktop. Press the keys again to restore your windows.

CtrlAltL

Lock the screen.
Common editing shortcuts

CtrlA

Select all text or items in a list.

CtrlX

Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard.

CtrlC

Copy selected text or items to the clipboard.

CtrlV

Paste the contents of the clipboard.

CtrlZ

Undo the last action.
Capturing from the screen

Print Screen

Take a screenshot.

AltPrint Screen

Take a screenshot of a window.

ShiftPrint Screen

Take a screenshot of an area of the screen. The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to select an area.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-remove-connection.page0000644000373100047300000000346012320732133030235 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices

If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or from a device.

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the - icon underneath the list.

Click Remove in the confirmation window.

You can reconnect a Bluetooth device later if desired.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/shell-guest-session.page0000644000373100047300000000514412320732133026516 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Let a friend or colleague borrow your computer in a secure manner. Gunnar Hjalmarsson gunnarhj@ubuntu.com Launch a restricted guest session
Temporary session with restricted privileges

Once in a while a friend, family member, or colleague may want to borrow your computer. The Ubuntu Guest Session feature provides a convenient way, with a high level of security, to lend your computer to someone else. A guest session can be launched either from the login screen or from within a regular session. If you are currently logged in, click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select Guest Session. This will lock the screen for your own session and start the guest session.

A guest cannot view the home folders of other users, and by default any saved data or changed settings will be removed/reset at logout. It means that each session starts with a fresh environment, unaffected by what previous guests did.

Customization

The Customize Guest Session online tutorial explains how to customize the appearance and behavior.

Disabling the feature

If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable the Guest Session feature. To do so, press CtrlAltT to open a terminal window, and then run this command (it's one long command, even if it may be shown wrapped on the screen - copy and paste to get it right):

sudo sh -c 'printf "[SeatDefaults]\nallow-guest=false\n" >/usr/share/lightdm/lightdm.conf.d/50-no-guest.conf'

The command creates a small configuration file. To re-enable Guest Session, simply remove that file:

sudo rm /usr/share/lightdm/lightdm.conf.d/50-no-guest.conf

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/files-share.page0000644000373100047300000000532412320732133025003 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Share and transfer files

You can share files with your contacts or transfer them to external devices or network shares directly from the file manager.

Open the file manager.

Locate the file you want to transfer.

Right-click the file and select Send To.

The Send To window will appear. Choose where you want to send the file and click Send. See the list of destinations below for more information.

You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down Ctrl, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files automatically compressed into a zip or tar archive.

 Destinations

To email the file, select Email and enter the recipient's email address.

To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select Instant Message, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant messaging application may need to be started for this to work.

To write the file to a CD or DVD, select CD/DVD Creator. See to learn more.

To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select Bluetooth (OBEX Push) and select the device to send the file to. You will only see devices you have already paired with. See for more information.

To copy a file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload it to a server you've connected to, select Removable disks and shares, then select the device or server you want to copy the file to.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-video.page0000644000373100047300000000252612320732134025774 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find and play videos from your computer or the internet. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Video lens

The video lens is the third lens after the Dash home on the lens bar and is represented by a film strip. The video lens gives you access to your videos or videos available online.

You can even buy or rent videos from the Dash.

You can use SuperV to open the Dash directly at the video lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview with more information about the video.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by video source.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/documents-tracker.page0000644000373100047300000000217212320732134026232 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Local or remote documents do not appear. My documents cannot be seen

If your documents fail to display in Documents, Tracker may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/wacom-multi-monitor.page0000644000373100047300000000252412320732134026524 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor. Choose a monitor

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Click Map to Monitor…

Check Map to single monitor.

Next to Output, select the monitor you wish to receive input from your graphics tablet.

Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable.

Click Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/display-dimscreen.page0000644000373100047300000000525012320732134026214 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more readable in bright light. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Set screen brightness

You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when not in use.

Set the brightness

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Brightness & Lock.

Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value.

Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at the top. Hold down the Fn key to use these keys.

Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your battery will last before it needs to be recharged.

The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the Turn screen off when inactive for option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-vpn-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000655212320732134025624 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to set up a VPN connection. Connect to a VPN

A VPN (or Virtual Private Network) is a way of connecting to a local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually encrypted to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to without logging in.

There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which VPN client you need to use. Then, open Ubuntu Software Center and search for the network-manager package which works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it. You will need to click the Show technical items link at the bottom of Ubuntu Software Center.

If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will probably have to download and install some client software from the company that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some different instructions to get that working.

Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and, under VPN Connections, select Configure VPN.

Click Add and choose which kind of VPN connection you have.

Click Create and follow the instructions on the screen, entering details like your username and password as you go.

When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network menu on the menu bar, go to VPN Connections and click on the connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will change as it tries to connect.

Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the network menu, selecting Edit Connections and going to the VPN tab.

To disconnect from the VPN, click the network menu and select Disconnect under the name of your VPN connection.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/mouse-doubleclick.page0000644000373100047300000000430612320732134026207 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to double-click. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Adjust the double-click speed

Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a value you find comfortable.

Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight the inside circle.

If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it still has the same problem.

This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/screen-shot-record.page0000644000373100047300000000374712320732134026317 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Take a picture of what's happening on your screen. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Screenshots

You can take a picture of your screen (a screenshot). This is useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for example. Screenshots are just normal picture files, so you can email them and share them on the web.

Take a screenshot

To take a picture of what's on your screen:

Go to the Dash and open the Screenshot tool.

In the Take Screenshot window, select whether to grab the entire desktop, a single window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. Then choose any effects you want.

Click Take Screenshot.

If you selected Select area to grab, the pointer changes into a crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot.

In the Save Screenshot window, enter a file name and choose a folder, then click Save.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/prefs-display.page0000644000373100047300000000127112320732134025361 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Background, size and rotation, brightness… Display & screen usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page0000644000373100047300000000436612320732134030455 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Identify and fix problems with wireless connections Wireless network troubleshooter

This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some reason, try following the instructions here.

We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected to the internet:

Performing an initial check

Gathering information about your hardware

Checking your hardware

Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router

Performing a check of your modem and router

To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through each step in the guide.

Using the command line

Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in the Dash.

If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are case-sensitive (so you must type them exactly as they appear here), and to press Enter after typing each command to run it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/user-add.page0000644000373100047300000000661412320732134024311 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Add a new user account

You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home folder, documents, and settings.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

You need administrator privileges to add user accounts. Click Unlock in the top right corner and type your password.

In the list of accounts on the left, click the + button to add a new user account.

If you want the new user to have administrative access to the computer, select Administrator for the account type. Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time.

Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if you like.

Click Create.

The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the user's password. Under Login Options click Account disabled next to Password. Select Set a password now from the Action drop-down list, and have the user type their password in the New password and Confirm password fields. See .

You can also click the button next to the New password field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful.

Click Change.

In the User Accounts window you can click the image next to the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/unity-shopping.page0000644000373100047300000000366712320732134025607 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Online results make the Dash more useful and help fund Ubuntu development. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Why are there shopping links in the Dash?

In addition to helping you find apps or files on your computer, the Dash also shows you related online results for your searches. Online sources include Amazon.com and dozens of other online sources.

When you purchase music or products from these sources, Canonical receives a small portion of the profits in exchange for directing more business to these stores. Canonical, the company that created and continues to support the Ubuntu project, then uses this money to make Ubuntu better.

Turn off online search results

If you don't want to receive online search suggestions, you can disable this feature.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab.

Switch off Include online search results.

Log out and log back in for the change to take effect.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page0000644000373100047300000000512312320732134033171 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in subsequent troubleshooting steps. Wireless network troubleshooter Gather information about your network hardware

In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the following items, if you still have them:

The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the user guide for your router)

The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only contains Windows drivers)

The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of the device.

Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look carefully.

Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "firmware" version, or the components (chipset) it uses.

If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)

Once you have as many of these items as possible, click Next.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/files.page0000644000373100047300000000346312320732134023706 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Files Searching, delete files, backups, removable drives, documents… Files, folders & search

Nautilus file manager

 Common tasks More topics
Removable drives and external disks
Backing up
Documents
Tips and questions
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/disk-check.page0000644000373100047300000000605312320732134024607 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy. Check your hard disk for problems
Checking the hard disk

Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called SMART (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data.

Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by running the Disks application:

Check your disk's health using the Disks application

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview.

Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive.

SMART Status should say "Disk is healthy".

Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to run a self-test.
What if the disk isn't healthy?

Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be prepared with a backup to prevent data loss.

If the status says "Pre-fail", the disk is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse.

If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a professional for further diagnosis or repair.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/get-involved.page0000644000373100047300000000252112320732135025202 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to report problems with these help topics. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Participate to improve this guide

This help system is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can file a bug report.

To file a bug, press AltF2 and type ubuntu-bug ubuntu-docs. Press Enter to begin the bug collection process.

See the Ubuntu bug reporting instructions for more information about how to file your bug.

Thanks for helping make the Ubuntu Help better!

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/contacts-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000251412320732135026046 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Email, chat with, or phone a contact. Connect with your contact

To email, chat with, or phone someone in Contacts:

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press on the Detail that you want to use. For example, to email your contact, press the email address.

The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/power-othercountry.page0000644000373100047300000000414412320732135026501 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a travel adapter. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?

Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch.

If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice.

If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many computers don't have a switch like this, and will happily work with either voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "110V" or "230V" (for example). Switch it if you need to.

Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch everything off first if you can.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/shell-exit.page0000644000373100047300000000704612320732135024664 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and so on. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Alexandre Franke afranke@gnome.org Log out, power off, switch users

When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it (to save power), or leave it powered on and log out.

Log out or switch users

To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it when you log back in.

To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the appropriate option.

Lock the screen

If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of time.

To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and select Lock Screen.

When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished.

Suspend

To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend.

To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the menu bar and select Suspend.

Power off or restart

If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click the system menu and select Shut Down.

If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-email.page0000644000373100047300000000122612320732135024453 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Default email apps The Ubuntu Documentation Team The GNOME Documentation Project Email & email software usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/power-constantfan.page0000644000373100047300000000370012320732135026247 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running hot. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The laptop fan is always running

If your laptop's cooling fan is always running, it could be that the hardware that controls the laptop's cooling system isn't very well supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time.

If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, vaiofand can be installed to control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your computer.

It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your laptop which may help.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/power-batteryslow.page0000644000373100047300000000205712320732135026314 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?

Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery should last longer.

This feature is called CPU frequency scaling.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-security-tips.page0000644000373100047300000000552712320732135026220 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 General tips to keep in mind when using the internet Steven Richards steven.richardspc@gmail.com Staying safe on the internet

A possible reason for why you are using Ubuntu is the robust security that Linux based systems are known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely large user base. Linux based systems are also very secure due to their open source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included with each distribution.

Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Ubuntu is secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you can still be susceptible to:

Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information through deception)

Forwarding malicious emails

Applications with malicious intent (viruses)

Unauthorized remote/local network access

To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:

Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do not know.

If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is compromised by identity thieves or other criminals.

Be careful in providing any application root level permissions, especially ones that you have not used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation.

Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a firewall to help protect your computer from intrusion.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/windows-key.page0000644000373100047300000000436612320732135025070 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Super key provides access to the Dash and the Launcher. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What is the "Super" key?

This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the Alt key, and usually has a window/squares icon on it. It is sometimes called the Windows key, logo key, or system key.

If you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a Windows key on your keyboard. The ⌘ (Command) key can be used instead.

The Super key serves a special function in Unity. If you press the Super key, the Dash is displayed. If you press and hold the Super key, an overlay showing many of Unity's keyboard shortcuts appears until you release the Super key.

The Super key can help you do even more than that, though. To learn about more uses for the Super key, see the keyboard shortcuts page.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/user-admin-problems.page0000644000373100047300000000254012320732135026465 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin privileges. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Problems caused by administrative restrictions

You may experience a few problems if you don't have administrative privileges. Some tasks require admin privileges in order to work, such as:

Connecting to networks or wireless networks

Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)

Installing new applications

You can change who has admin privileges.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-findip.page0000644000373100047300000000406612320732135024642 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems. Find your IP address

Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have two IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network and an IP address for your computer on the internet.

Find your internal (network) IP address

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Network and select Wired or Wireless from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to find the IP address for.

Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information.

 Find your external (internet) IP address

Visit whatismyipaddress.com.

The site will display your external IP address for you.

Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may be the same.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/session-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000561312320732135025740 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement. Change date and measurement formats

You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats tab.

Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the Language tab.

You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log out.

After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in calendars.

Change the system formats

When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the formats used in places like the login screen.

Change your formats, as described above.

Click Apply System-Wide.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in Language Support Help.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/backup-thinkabout.page0000644000373100047300000000606512320732135026221 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you may want to back up. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Where can I find the files I want to back up?

Listed below are the most common locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up.

Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)

These are usually stored in your home folder (/home/your_name). They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music, and Videos.

If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the Disk Usage Analyzer.

Hidden files

Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. To view hidden files, click ViewShow Hidden Files or press CtrlH. You can copy these to a backup location like any other file.

Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)

Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home folder (see above for information on hidden files).

Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders .config, .gconf, .gnome2, and .local in your Home folder.

System-wide settings

Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are stored in the /etc folder. In general, you won't need to back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-chat-social.page0000644000373100047300000000352112320732135025553 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Post to Twitter, Facebook and other social networking sites directly from your desktop Social networking from the desktop

With Ubuntu you can post to your favorite social networking sites from your desktop. Ubuntu uses the Friends scope to allow you to organize your social networking sites in one place, and to post updates from the Me Menu without opening any website.

To set up your social networking accounts:

Open the System menu on the right hand side of the menu bar and select "System Settings...".

Choose Online accounts

Choose the social networking site you want to set up and click Add Account...

Click Authorize and insert your account settings for that site, and follow the instructions

You can now view your social networking messages from the Messaging menu on the right hand side of the menu bar, in the Broadcast section. Click on any of the items in that section to open Friends scope and to read or post messages to your social network.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/color.page0000644000373100047300000000177412320732136023727 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why is this important, Color profiles, How to calibrate a device… Color management
Color profiles
Calibration
Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-wireless.page0000644000373100047300000000170212320732136025221 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Wireless Networking usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-hidden.page0000644000373100047300000000414712320732136026460 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wireless Network. Connect to a hidden wireless network

It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is "hidden." Hidden networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you click the network menu in the menu bar (or the list of wireless networks on any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wireless Network.

In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of wireless security, and click Connect.

You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID (Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: 02:00:01:02:03:04.

You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look for terms like WEP and WPA.

You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still detectable.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/power-batterybroken.page0000644000373100047300000000320012320732136026600 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your battery is probably not broken; it's more likely that it's just old. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org An error reports my battery has low capacity

When you first log in, you might see a message that says:

Battery may be broken. Your battery has a very low capacity which means that it may be old or broken.

This message is displayed when the computer detects that your battery is not capable of storing much charge. The most likely reason for this is that your battery is old; it's probably not broken, so there's no need to worry.

Over time, all laptop batteries lose their ability to store charge. After a while (normally a year or more), the battery will only be able to store a fraction of the charge that it could when it was new. The message above is shown when this happens.

If your computer or battery is relatively new, it should be capable of holding a high percentage of its design charge. If it can't, then your battery may be broken and you might need to seek a replacement.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-general.page0000644000373100047300000000161312320732136025002 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find your IP address, WEP & WPA security, MAC addresses, proxies… The Ubuntu Documentation Team The GNOME Documentation Project Networking terms & tips usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/more-help.page0000644000373100047300000000146712320732136024500 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Tips on using this guide, help improve this guide… Get more help

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-problem.page0000644000373100047300000000134412320732136025026 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshooting wireless connections, finding your wifi network… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Network problems usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/color-canshareprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000334312320732136027247 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Can I share my color profile?

Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit for a thousand hours.

This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be getting them closer to calibration, but it's misleading at best to say that their display is calibrated.

Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense.

You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/printing-order.page0000644000373100047300000000375212320732136025552 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Collate and reverse the print order. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Make pages print in a different order
Reverse

Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can reverse this printing order.

To reverse the order:

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies, check Reverse. The last page will be printed first, and so on.
Collate

If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order instead.

To Collate:

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies check Collate.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/video-sending.page0000644000373100047300000000550612320732136025341 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check that they have the right video codecs installed. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Other people can't play the videos I made

If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video.

To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right codecs installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. You can check which format your video is by doing:

Open the file manager.

Right-click on video file and select Properties.

Go to the Audio/Video tab and look at which codec is listed under Video.

Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if your video uses the Theora format and you have a friend using Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for "theora windows media player". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if it's not installed.

If you can't find the right codec, try the VLC media player. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Otherwise, try converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check the Ubuntu Software Center to see what's available.

There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with their video playback application, or the video may not have been created properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video).

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/printing-streaks.page0000644000373100047300000000345212320732136026110 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels or clean the print head. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?

If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with the printer or a low ink/toner supply.

Fading text or images

You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary.

Streaks and lines

If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for instructions).

Wrong colors

The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary.

Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight

If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for details on how to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/files-search.page0000644000373100047300000000715412320732136025154 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Search for files

You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as special folders in your home folder.

Other search applications Search

Open the file manager

If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that folder.

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press CtrlF.

Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if you name all your invoices with the word "Invoice", type invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless of case.

You can narrow your results by location and file type.

Click Home to restrict the search results to your Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere.

Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x button to remove this option and widen the search results.

You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager.

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder.

If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them quickly.

Save a search

Start a search as above.

When you're happy with the search parameters, click the ⚙ gear button and select Save Search As.

Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it.

To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search matched.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/power-hibernate.page0000644000373100047300000000717412320732136025704 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com How do I hibernate my computer?

When the computer hibernates, all of your applications and documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when you switch on the computer again.

Unfortunately, hibernate doesn't work in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default.

Test if hibernate works Always save your work before hibernating

You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you switch on the computer again.

You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer.

Open the Terminal by pressing Ctrl Altt or by searching for terminal in the Dash.

Open the Terminal by searching for terminal in the Activities overview.

Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press Enter.

Enter your password when prompted.

After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications re-open?

If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large as your available RAM.
Enable hibernate

If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-hibernate command when you want to hibernate.

You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your favorite text editor to create /etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/com.ubuntu.enable-hibernate.pkla. Add the following to the file and save:

[Re-enable hibernate by default in upower] Identity=unix-user:* Action=org.freedesktop.upower.hibernate ResultActive=yes [Re-enable hibernate by default in logind] Identity=unix-user:* Action=org.freedesktop.login1.hibernate ResultActive=yes
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-send-file.page0000644000373100047300000001133112320732136026450 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Send a file to a Bluetooth device

You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings window, or directly from the file manager.

You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window.

To send files directly from the file manager, see .

Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See .

 Send files using the Bluetooth icon

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Send Files to Device.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Send Files to Device.

Choose the file you want to send and click Select.

To send more than one file in a folder, hold down Ctrl as you select each file.

Select the device which you want to send the files to and click Send.

The list of devices will show both devices you are already connected to as well as visible devices within range. If you have not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair with the device after clicking Send. This will probably require confirmation on the other device.

If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device types using the Device type drop-down.

The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen.

 Send files from the Bluetooth settings

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only shows devices you've already connected to. See .

In the device information on the right, click Send Files.

Choose the file you want to send and click Select.

To send more than one file in a folder, hold down Ctrl as you select each file.

The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-scanner.page0000644000373100047300000000346212320732136027276 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I calibrate my scanner?

You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click Calibrate… from System SettingsColor to create a profile for the device.

You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click Calibrate… from System SettingsColor to create a profile for the device.

Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not usually need to be recalibrated.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/user-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000371112320732137025021 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove users that no longer use your computer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Delete a user account

You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that user's account.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click Unlock in the top right corner and type your password to make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts.

Select the user you want to delete and click the - button.

Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click Delete Files if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/printing-paperjam.page0000644000373100047300000000243512320732137026234 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that you have. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Clearing a paper jam

Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed.

The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism.

Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's Resume button to start printing again. With some printers, you may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the print job again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/accounts-whyadd.page0000644000373100047300000000245012320732137025677 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Susanna Huhtanen ihmis.suski@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop? Why should I add an account?

Adding your accounts brings a choice of services like calendar, chat, and e-mail straight to your desktop, making services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts, you can keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all the accounts and services you've added will be ready for you.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-camera.page0000644000373100047300000000320312320732137027067 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com How do I calibrate my camera?

Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel.

You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount.

The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile several times for studio, bright sunlight and cloudy lighting conditions.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000645012320732137026656 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The Ubuntu Documentation Team Get on the internet - wirelessly. Connect to a wireless network

If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared files on the network, and so on.

If you have a wireless hardware switch on your computer, make sure that it is turned on.

Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the network you want to connect to.

If the name of the network isn't in the list, select More Networks to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the network, you may be out of range or the network might be hidden.

If the network is protected by a password (encryption key), enter the password when prompted and click Connect.

If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have to ask the person who administers the wireless network.

The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect to the network.

If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very reliable.

If the connection is not successful, you may be asked for your password again or it might just tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's wireless card might have a problem, for example. See for more help.

A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the device which provides the internet connection (like a router or modem), but the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different speeds.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-fixed-ip-address.page0000644000373100047300000000452412320732137026522 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network services from your computer. Create a connection with a fixed IP address

Most networks will automatically assign an IP address and other details to your computer when you connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its address is (for example, if it is a file server).

To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Select the Wired connection on the Wired tab or your WiFi network on the Wireless tab and click Edit.

Click on the IPv4 Settings tab and change the Method to Manual.

If no connection information is listed in the Addresses list, or if you want to set up a new connection, click Add.

Enter the IP Address, Netmask, and Gateway information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses and netmasks are valid for a given network.

If necessary, enter a Domain Name Server address into the DNS servers box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS servers.

Click Save. The network connection should now have a fixed IP address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/sharing-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000000735112320732137025711 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC. Share your desktop

You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer with a desktop viewing application. Configure Desktop Sharing to allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences.

In the Dash, open Desktop Sharing.

To let others view your desktop, select Allow other users to view your desktop. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and view what's on your screen.

To let others interact with your desktop, select Allow other users to control your desktop. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security settings which you are currently using.
Security

It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security option means before changing it.

Confirm access to your machine

If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your desktop, select You must confirm each access to this machine. If you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone to connect to your computer.

This option is enabled by default.

 Enable password

To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, select Require the user to enter this password. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop.

This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a secure password.

 Allow access to your desktop over the Internet

If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is enabled, you can allow other people who are not on your local network to view your desktop. To allow this, select Automatically configure UPnP router to open and forward ports. Alternatively, you can configure your router manually.

This option is disabled by default.
Show notification area icon

To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to enable this option. If you select Always, this icon will be visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not.

If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/video-dvd.page0000644000373100047300000000450712320732137024470 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong region. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why won't DVDs play?

If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have the right DVD codecs installed, or the DVD might be from a different region.

Installing the right codecs for DVD playback

In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right codecs installed. A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or audio format. If you try to play a DVD and don't have the right codecs installed, the Movie Player should tell you about this and offer to install them for you.

DVDs are also copy-protected using a system called CSS. This prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection.

DVD ప్రాంతాన్ని పరిశీలిస్తున్నది

DVDs have a region code, which tells you in which region of the world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America.

It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use regionset.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/power-hotcomputer.page0000644000373100047300000000526412320732137026313 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which can be damaging. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org My computer gets really hot

Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is normal: it's simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, which can potentially cause damage.

Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. It's generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient cooling.

If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the computer's cooling system may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool air fast enough.

Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap.

Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will probably need to get it repaired.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/a11y.page0000644000373100047300000000560012320732137023355 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Seeing, hearing, mobility, braille… Universal access

The Unity desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the Universal Access section of System Settings.

The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility menu in the top bar.

Visual impairments Blindness Low vision Color-blindness Other topics
Hearing impairments
Mobility impairments Mouse movement Clicking and dragging Keyboard use Other topics
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/backup-what.page0000644000373100047300000000501512320732137025010 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What to back up

Your priority should be to back up your most important files as well as those that are difficult to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:

Your personal files

This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would consider irreplaceable.

 Your personal settings

This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes application preferences, such as settings for LibreOffice, your music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a while to recreate.

 System settings

Most people never change the system settings that are created during installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these settings.

 Installed software

The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious computer problem by reinstalling it.

In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk space by having backups of them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/accounts-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000330312320732137025712 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Remove online account services Remove an account

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Online Accounts.

From the left windowpane, select the account you wish to remove.

Click the Remove Account button in the lower-right portion of the window.

Removing the selection from Online Accounts in no way affects the account from your service provider.

Click Remove.

Instead of deleting the account completely, you can restrict the service from being accessed by your desktop.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/unity-hud-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000400512320732137025657 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the HUD to search menus of the apps you use. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com What is the HUD?

The HUD or Heads Up Display is a search-based alternative to traditional menus and was introduced in Ubuntu 12.04 LTS.

Some apps like Gimp or Inkscape have hundreds of menu items. If you're using apps like these, you may remember the name of a menu option, but you might not remember how to find it in the menus.

Using a search box can be quite a bit faster than navigating extended menu hierarchies. The HUD also can be more accessible than normal menus as some people are unable to precisely control a mouse pointer.

Use the HUD

To try the HUD:

Tap Alt to open the HUD.

Start typing.

When you see a result that you want to run, use the up and down keys to select the result, then press Enter, or click your desired search result.

If you change your mind and want to exit the HUD, tap the Alt again or the Esc. You can also click anywhere outside the HUD to close the HUD.

The HUD keeps track of your search history and adjusts the search results to be even more useful the more you use it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/color-whatisprofile.page0000644000373100047300000000257112320732137026602 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device response. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What is a color profile?

A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as a projector or a color space such as sRGB.

Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file with a .ICC or .ICM file extension.

Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices.

Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and when this is achieved the system is said to have an end-to-end color-managed workflow. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that colors are not being lost or modified.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/display-lock.page0000644000373100047300000000367612320732140025202 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your computer. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Automatically lock your screen

When you leave your computer, you should lock the screen to prevent other people from using your desktop and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also have the screen lock automatically.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Brightness & Lock.

Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/unity-menubar-intro.page0000644000373100047300000001304712320732140026530 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen. Ubuntu Documentation Team Manage apps & settings with the menu bar

The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen. It contains the window management buttons, the app menus, and the status menus.

Window management buttons

The window management buttons are on the top left corner of windows. When maximized, the buttons are in the top left of the screen. Click the buttons to close, minimize, maximize or restore windows.

App menus

The app menus are by default located to the right of the window management buttons. Unity hides the app menus and the window management buttons unless you move your mouse pointer to the top left of the screen or press AltF10. This feature enables you to see more of your content at once, which is especially valuable on small screens like netbooks.

If you want, you can change the default behavior, and have your menus attached to the window title bar of respective application instead of the menu bar.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the Behavior tab.

Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's title bar.
Status menus

Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status menus are a convenient place where you can check and modify the state of your computer and applications.

List of status menus and what they do

Network menu Offline network icon

Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, and VPN networks.

Input source menu Input source icon

Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources.

Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon

Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected.

Messaging menu Message icon

Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications including email, social networking, and Internet chat.

Battery menu Battery icon

Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a battery isn't detected.

Sound menu Volume icon

Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like Rhythmbox.

Clock

Access the current time and date. Appointments from your Evolution calendar can also display here.

System menu Power cog icon

Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, suspend, restart or shutdown your computer.

Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status of the application.

Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also add indicator menus to the panel.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-wrongnetwork.page0000644000373100047300000000326612320732140026134 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option. My computer connects to the wrong network

When you turn your computer on or move to a different location, your computer will automatically try to connect to wireless networks that you have connected to in the past. If it tries to connect to the wrong network each time (that is, not the one that you want it to connect to), do the following:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Go to the Wireless tab and find the network that you don't want it to keep connecting to.

Click that network once to select it and click Delete. Your computer won't try to connect to that network any more.

If you later want to connect to the network you just deleted, simply select it from the list of wireless networks that appears when you click the network menu on the menu bar - just as you would connect to any other wireless network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/clock-calendar.page0000644000373100047300000000472712320732140025447 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Calendar appointments

You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called Evolution.

If you have already set up Evolution, click the clock on the menu bar and then click the Add Event to start adding appointments. As appointments are added, they will appear below the calendar when you click on the clock.

To quickly get to the full Evolution calendar, click on the clock and click the first line where today's date is.

This will work only if you have an existing Evolution account. Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your first account.
Turn off Evolution calendar integration

You can also turn off this feature if you like.

Click on the clock and select Time & Date Settings.

Now, switch to the Clock tab.

Uncheck Coming events from Evolution Calendar.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/color-whyimportant.page0000644000373100047300000000706012320732140026457 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why is color management important?

Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact colors and the range of colors on each medium.

The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph of a bird on a frosty day in winter.

A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder

Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look cold.

This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen

Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a muddy brown.

This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer

The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it.

Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that you can't have white ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good as the paper color.

Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 kilometers or 7 meters.

In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "washed out".

In some cases we can correct the device output by altering the data we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look like.

For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that has to be the exact Red Hat Red.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/files-disc-write.page0000644000373100047300000000647512320732140025761 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner. Write files to a CD or DVD

You can put files onto a blank disc by using CD/DVD Creator. The option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer files to other computers or perform backups by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:

Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive.

In the Blank CD/DVD-R Disc window that appears, select CD/DVD Creator and click OK. The CD/DVD Creator folder window will open.

(You can also click on Blank CD/DVD-R Disc under Devices in the file manager sidebar.)

In the Disc Name field, type a name for the disc.

Drag or copy the desired files into the window.

Click Write to Disc.

Under Select a disc to write to, choose the blank disc.

(You could choose Image file instead. This will put the files in a disc image, which will be saved on your computer. You can then burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)

Click Properties if you want to adjust burning speed, the location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should be fine.

Click the Burn button to begin recording.

If Burn Several Copies is selected, you will be prompted for additional discs.

When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose Make More Copies or Close to exit.

For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero.

For help with using Brasero, read the user guide.
If the disc wasn't burned properly

Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a computer.

In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. 12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can choose the speed by clicking the Properties button in the CD/DVD Creator window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/files-select.page0000644000373100047300000000403612320732140025155 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Press CtrlS to select multiple files which have similar names. Select files by pattern

You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press CtrlS to bring up the Select Items Matching window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters available:

* matches any number of any characters, even no characters at all.

? matches exactly one of any character.

For example:

If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all have the same base name Invoice, select all three with the pattern

Invoice.*

If you have some photos that are named like Vacation-001.jpg, Vacation-002.jpg, Vacation-003.jpg; select them all with the pattern

Vacation-???.jpg

If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added -edited to the end of the file name of the photos you've edited, select the edited photos with

Vacation-???-edited.jpg

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/printing-cancel-job.page0000644000373100047300000000606612320732140026430 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Cancel, pause or release a print job

You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the printer settings.

Cancel a print job

If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so that you do not need to waste any ink or paper.

How to cancel a print job:

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the Printers dialog.

Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the play-pause-stop symbols.

If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the Cancel button on your printer.

As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off and then on again.

Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though - if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should probably just leave it where it is.
Pause and release a print job

If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the Printers dialog and either pause or release the print job based on your needs.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-firewall-on-off.page0000644000373100047300000000557412320732140026361 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep your computer secure. Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Enable or block firewall access

Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall (ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services (except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections.

For more information about how to use ufw, see the online documentation.

Turn the firewall on or off

To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable.

Allow or block specific network activity

Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter sudo ufw block ssh.

Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter sudo ufw block 53.

To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a terminal.

Use ufw without a terminal

You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall without using a terminal. To install, click this link.

You can launch this program by searching for Firewall Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be kept open for the firewall to work.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/whats-new.page0000644000373100047300000000645712320732140024524 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Improvements in the latest version of Ubuntu. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What's new in Ubuntu 14.04?

Ubuntu 14.04 LTS continues the evolution of the Unity interface. Below are a few highlights of changes since Ubuntu 12.04 LTS.

New and improved features

The menus of the currently focused application are by default available in Ubuntu's integrated menu bar. However, if you want you can switch to the conventional style and show the app menus in the window title bar of respective application instead (this latter option is new since Ubuntu 13.10).

Support added for scaling Unity on a per-monitor basis, which allows for a better experience on high-DPI displays. Similar scaling support is also available in LibreOffice and Chromium.

Improved look and style including rounded window decorations, a new interface for screen unlock, and other tweaks to the theme.

The integrated Text Entry interface and the related input source status menu are designed to set both keyboard layout and IBus input methods.

A number of improvements have been made to the Dash:

The Dash may now search dozens of different online sources simultaneously. The Internet-based searches may be disabled.

The Dash search results may be filtered by category and source..

Right-clicking on a search result in the Dash will display a full-screen preview with more information.

Use the photos lens to view photos from your computer or from your social networks.

Add or remove scopes from the Dash to customize your experience.

Browse messages from your social networks with the new Friends scope.

Enter your credentials in Online Accounts to easily set up online integration for the Dash, Empathy, and more.

Keep track of contact information for your friends and colleagues with Contacts, your personal address book.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/files-sort.page0000644000373100047300000000700712320732140024666 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Sort files and folders

You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting them in order of date or file size. See below for a list of common ways to sort files. See for information on how to change the default sort order.

The way that you can sort files depends on the folder view that you are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in the toolbar.

Icon view

To sort files in a different order, click the down button in the toolbar and choose By Name, By Size, By Type or By Modification Date.

As an example, if you select By Name, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical order. See for other options.

You can sort in the reverse order by selecting Reversed Order from the pull-down menu.

List view

To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the file manager. For example, click Type to sort by file type. Click the column heading again to sort in the reverse order.

In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those columns. Click the down button in the toolbar, pick Visible Columns and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those columns. See for descriptions of available columns.

Ways of sorting files By Name

Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file.

 By Size

Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from smallest to largest by default.

 By Type

Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped together, then sorted by name.

 By Modification Date

Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest to newest by default.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/clock-more-info.page0000644000373100047300000000371612320732140025566 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Choose to show additional information such as the date or day of the week. ఉబుంటు పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Change how much information is shown in the clock

By default, Ubuntu only shows the time in the clock. You can set the clock to show additional information if you choose.

Click on the clock and select Date & Time Settings. Switch to the Clock tab. Select the time and date options you want to display.

You can also turn the clock off entirely by unchecking Show a clock in the menu bar.

If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date.
Change the date format

You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard for your location.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Language Support.

Switch to the Regional Formats tab.

Select your preferred location in the dropdown list.

You will need to log out and log back in for this change to take effect.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/tips-specialchars.page0000644000373100047300000000573212320732140026220 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, mathematical symbols, and dingbats. Enter special characters

You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some different ways you can enter special characters.

Methods to enter characters
Character map

GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it.

You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more information on the character map, see the Character Map Manual.

Code points

You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the Character Details tab. The code point is the four characters after U+.

To enter a character by its code point, hold down Ctrl and Shift, type u followed by the four-character code point, then release Ctrl and Shift. If you often use characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly.

Input sources

You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between different input sources using an icon in the menu bar. To learn how, see .

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/power-suspendfail.page0000644000373100047300000001003012320732140026234 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Why won't my computer turn back on after I suspended it?

If you suspend or hibernate your computer, then try to resume it or turn it back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be because suspend and hibernate aren't supported properly by your hardware.

My computer is suspended and isn't resuming

If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this doesn't happen, try pressing the power button (don't hold it in, just press it once).

If this still doesn't help, make sure that your computer's monitor is switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again.

As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be able to turn on the computer again.

If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature may not work with your hardware.

If your computer loses power and doesn't have an alternative power supply (such as a working battery), it will switch off.
None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again

If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen because you had installed a software update which required the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of hibernating.

It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because the hardware doesn't support it properly. This might be because of a problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it doesn't, it is probably a problem with your computer's drivers.

My wireless connection (or other hardware) doesn't work when I wake up my computer

If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device doesn't work properly. This could be because the device's driver doesn't properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a problem with the driver and not the device itself.

If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it works.

If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may need to restart your computer for the device to start working again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/documents-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000155312320732141026252 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhill@src.gnome.org 2012 Documents displays a number of popular document types. Formats supported

Documents displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats supported by Document Viewer (Evince), Microsoft Office, LibreOffice and Google Docs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/music-cantplay-drm.page0000644000373100047300000000405212320732141026306 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "copy protected". I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store

If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS X computer and then copied it over.

This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for that format so that you can play it.

If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't play it, the song might be copy protected (also known as being DRM restricted). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not supported on Linux.

You can learn more about DRM from the Electronic Frontier Foundation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/files-open.page0000644000373100047300000000635412320732141024645 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of file. You can change the default too. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Open files with other applications

When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the default application for that file type. You can open it in a different application, search online for applications, or set the default application for all files of the same type.

To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you don't see the application you want, click Open With Other Application. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click Show other applications.

If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more applications by clicking Find applications online. The file manager will search online for packages containing applications that are known to handle files of that type.

Change the default application

You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player to open when you double-click an MP3 file.

Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a .mp3 file.

Right-click the file and select Properties.

Select the Open With tab.

Select the application you want and click Set as default. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click Show other applications.

If Other Applications contains an application you sometimes want to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and click Add. This will add it to Recommended Applications. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the file and selecting it from the list.

This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for all files with the same type.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/documents-info.page0000644000373100047300000000420412320732141025526 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com 2014 See a document's name, location, date modified, or type. Find information about documents

When a document is created, it comes with metadata. Documents displays the following metadata for each document:

Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;

Source: the path of the folder containing the document;

Date Modified;

Type: the file format of the document.

To see a document's properties:

Click the Check button to switch to selection mode.

Select a document.

Click the Properties button at the right end of the button bar.

Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, preventing access to their metadata or content.

Files does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to create the document (e.g. LibreOffice or Adobe Acrobat ).

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/backup-where.page0000644000373100047300000000444312320732141025156 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use. c GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Where to store your backup

You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together.

It is important to choose an appropriate backup medium, too. You need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for all of the backed-up files.

Local and remote storage options

USB memory key (low capacity)

Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)

External hard disk (typically high capacity)

Internal disk drive (high capacity)

Network-connected drive (high capacity)

File/backup server (high capacity)

Online backup service (Amazon S3, for example; capacity depends on price)

Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of every file on your system, which is also known as a complete system backup.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/files-rename.page0000644000373100047300000001044512320732141025147 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change file or folder name. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Rename a file or folder

You can use the file manager to change the name of a file or folder.

To rename a file or folder:

Right-click on the item and select Rename, or select the file and press F2.

Type the new name and press Enter.

You can also rename a file from the properties window.

When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is selected, not the file extension (the part after the "."). The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. file.pdf is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it.

If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the toolbar and select Undo to restore the former name.
Valid characters for file names

You can use any character except the / (slash) character in file names. Some devices, however, use a file system that has more restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the following characters in your file names: |, \, ?, *, <, ", :, >, /.

If you name a file with a . as the first character, the file will be hidden when you attempt to view it in the file manager.
Common problems The file name is already in use

You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you are working in, the file manager will not allow it.

File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name File.txt is not the same as FILE.txt. Using different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended.

 The file name is too long

On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the path to the file (e.g., /home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/… ), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible.

 The option to rename is grayed out

If Rename is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See for more information.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/addremove-sources.page0000644000373100047300000000707712320732141026236 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and upgrades. Add additional software repositories

Software is available from third-party sources, as well as from the default Ubuntu software repositories. If you want to install software from a third-party software repository, you must add it to Ubuntu's list of available repositories.

Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!

Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or reliability by Ubuntu members, and may contain software which is harmful to your computer.

Install other repositories

Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash.

When the Software Center launches, click Edit Software Sources

You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to the Other Software tab.

Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:

deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ trusty main

Click Add Source then close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check your software sources for new updates.

Activate the Canonical Partner repository

The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software like Skype, Adobe Reader and Adobe Flash Plugin. Software in this repository will appear in Ubuntu Software Center search results but won't be installable until this repository is enabled.

To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other Software tab in Software Sources. If you see the Canonical Partners repository in the list, make sure it is checked then close the Software Sources window. If you don't see it, click Add and enter:

deb http://archive.canonical.com/ubuntu trusty partner

Click Add Source then close the Software Sources window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software Center to download the repository information.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/music-player-ipodtransfer.page0000644000373100047300000000412312320732141027704 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward. Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it

When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music player application and also in the file manager (the Files application in the Launcher). You must copy songs onto the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods have a special location for storing songs that music player applications know how to get to but the file manager does not.

You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to safely remove it. This will make sure that all of the songs have been copied across properly.

A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the music player application you're using does not support converting the songs from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis (.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software (also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the software installer for an appropriate codec.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-antivirus.page0000644000373100047300000000356512320732141025415 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team Do I need anti-virus software?

If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their way onto your computer and cause problems.

Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly.

Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to worry about them at the moment.

If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software Center where a number of applications are available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-security.page0000644000373100047300000000127412320732141025233 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Antivirus software, basic firewalls… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Keeping safe on the internet usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/prefs.page0000644000373100047300000000154512320732141023720 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Settings Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Keyboard, mouse, display, languages, user accounts… User & system settings usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/files-browse.page0000644000373100047300000000615512320732141025204 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Manage and organize files with the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Browse files and folders

Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares.

To start the file manager, open Files in the Launcher. You can also search for files and folders with the Dash in the same way you would search for applications. They will appear under the heading Files and Folders.

Exploring the contents of folders

In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window.

The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, or access its properties.

If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches your search.

You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or simply drag a folder into the sidebar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/files-removedrive.page0000644000373100047300000000553112320732141026227 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device. Safely remove an external drive

When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc from your computer.

To eject a removable device:

Open the file manager.

Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device.

Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and select Eject.
Safely remove a device that is in use

If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a window telling you that "the volume is busy," and listing all the open files on the device. Once you close all the files on the device, the device will automatically be safe to remove. At that time you can unplug or eject it.

If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the Volume is busy window and select End Process. This will force the entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you have open with that application.

You can also choose Eject Anyway to remove the device without closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those files open.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-slow.page0000644000373100047300000000657712320732141024363 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it could be a busy time of day. The internet seems slow

If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of things that could be causing the slow down.

Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)

Busy time of day

Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the evenings, for example).

Downloading lots of things at once

If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower.

Unreliable connection

Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable.

Low wireless connection signal

If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network menu on the menu bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal.

Using a slower mobile internet connection

If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast "mobile broadband" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection like GPRS.

Web browser has a problem

Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/hardware-driver-proprietary.page0000644000373100047300000000330612320732142030243 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Proprietary device drivers are not freely available or open source. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What are proprietary drivers?

Most of the devices (hardware) attached to your computer should function properly in Ubuntu. These devices are likely to have open source drivers, which means that the drivers can be modified by the Ubuntu developers and problems with them can be fixed.

Some hardware does not have open source drivers, usually because the hardware manufacturer has not released details of their hardware which would make it possible to create such a driver. These devices may have limited functionality or may not work at all.

If a proprietary driver is available for a certain device, you can install it in order to allow your device to function properly, or to add new features. For example, installing a proprietary driver for certain graphics cards may allow you to use more advanced visual effects.

Many computers do not need proprietary drivers at all because the open source drivers fully support the hardware.

Most problems with proprietary drivers cannot be fixed by Ubuntu developers.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/power-lowpower.page0000644000373100047300000000377712320732142025623 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?

When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will automatically suspend. It does this to make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have time to shut down properly either.

You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, click the battery menu in the menu bar and select Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your applications and documents will not be saved when the computer turns off.

Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/backup-why.page0000644000373100047300000000246112320732142024652 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Why, what, where and how of backups. Backups GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Back up your important files

Backing up your files simply means making a copy of them for safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service.

The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies off-site and (possibly) encrypted.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/printing-inklevel.page0000644000373100047300000000321712320732142026241 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges. Anita Reitere nitalynx@gmail.com How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?

How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications installed on your computer.

Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other information.

The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply proprietary drivers with similar features.

Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels. Inkblot shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. See if your printer is on the list of supported models. Another ink levels application for Epson and some other printers is mktink.

Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not designed to report their ink levels.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000000417212320732142030510 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer. Connect an extra monitor

To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Displays.

Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it ON/OFF.

The monitor with the menu bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "main", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the "main" monitor.

To change the "position" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position.

If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the Mirror displays box.

When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click Keep This Configuration.

To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/files-autorun.page0000644000373100047300000001301112320732142025366 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and other devices and media. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Open applications for devices or discs

You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in.

To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select DetailsRemovable Media.

Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or action for that media type. See below for a description of the different types of devices and media.

Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or nothing will happen automatically.

The Software option is slightly different from the others - if the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it can try to automatically run the software if you like. This is good if you have an application installed on a CD and want it to start when the disc is inserted (for example, a slideshow).

If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media from the Type drop-down and the application or action from the Action drop-down.

If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion at the bottom of the Removable Media window.
Types of devices and media Audio discs

Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other Media. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application.

 Video discs

Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do not work correctly when you insert them, see .

Blank discs

Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs.

 Cameras and photos

Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse your photos using the file manager.

Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called PICTURES.

 Music players

Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager.

 E-book readers

Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file manager.

 Software

Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run.

Never run software from media you don't trust.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/mouse-middleclick.page0000644000373100047300000000703112320732142026170 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and more. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Middle-click

Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these instructions.

On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work.

Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts.

One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at the mouse position.

Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button.

On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked.

You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the Launcher on the left, or in the Dash.

Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter.

In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you had double-clicked.

Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or middle mouse button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/shell-apps-favorites.page0000644000373100047300000000344712320732142026655 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, move, or remove frequently-used program icons on the Launcher. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org ఉబుంటు పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు ubuntu-doc@list.ubuntu.com Change which applications show in the Launcher

To add an application to the Launcher for quick access:

Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher.

Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the application icon and select Lock to Launcher.

The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location.

To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the application icon and select Unlock from Launcher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/color-why-calibrate.page0000644000373100047300000000263112320732142026446 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why do I need to do calibration myself?

Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, they just take a few items from the production line and average them together:

Averaged profiles

Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization state and make the profile inaccurate.

The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a profile based on your exact characterization state.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/backup-frequency.page0000644000373100047300000000402112320732142026036 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that they're safe. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Frequency of backups

How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough.

On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:

The amount of time you spend on the computer.

How often and by how much the data on the computer changes.

If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax audit, more frequent backups may be necessary.

As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, you should back up at least once per week.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/power-closelid.page0000644000373100047300000000513712320732142025533 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power. Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?

When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will suspend in order to save power. This means that the computer isn't actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can resume it by opening the lid. If it doesn't resume, try clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still doesn't work, press the power button.

Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their hardware isn't completely supported by the operating system (for example, the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are unable to resume your computer after you've closed the lid. You can try to fix the problem with suspend, or you can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid.

Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed

If you don't want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can change the settings for that behavior:

Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a confined place like a backpack.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Power.

Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do nothing.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/keyboard-osk.page0000644000373100047300000000270212320732142025170 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse. Use a screen keyboard

If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use it, you can turn on the screen keyboard to enter text.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/addremove.page0000644000373100047300000000143112320732142024542 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add/remove software Ubuntu Documentation Team Install, remove, extra repositories… Add & remove software usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/music-player-notrecognized.page0000644000373100047300000000452212320732142030062 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Add a .is_audio_player file to tell your computer that it's an audio player. Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?

If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been properly recognized as an audio player.

Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't help, open the file manager. You should see the player listed under Devices in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the audio player. Now, click FileNew DocumentEmpty Document, type .is_audio_player and press Enter (the period and underscores are important, and it should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the device as an audio player.

Now, find the audio player in the file manager sidebar and eject it (right-click and click Eject). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it.

These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They should work if your player is a USB Mass Storage device, though; it should say in its manual if it is.

When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the .is_audio_player file. This is because the period in the file's name tells the file manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still there by clicking ViewShow Hidden Files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/nautilus-behavior.page0000644000373100047300000001065512320732143026246 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify trash behavior. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in File manager behavior preferences

You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Behavior tab.

Behavior <gui>Single click to open items</gui> <gui>Double click to open items</gui>

By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the Ctrl key while clicking to select one or more files.
Executable text files

An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run (execute). The file permissions must also allow for the file to run as a program. The most common are Shell, Python and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, .py and .pl, respectively.

When you open an executable text file, you can select from:

Run executable text files when they are opened

View executable text files when they are opened

Ask each time

If Ask each time is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you wish to run or view the selected text file.

Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in ~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts folder will appear in the context menu for a file under the Scripts submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:

Navigate to the desired folder.

Select the desired file.

Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired script to execute from the Scripts menu.

A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote folder such as a folder showing web or ftp content.
File manager trash preferences Trash <gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>

This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete files.

 <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>

Selecting this option will add a Delete item to the menu that pops up when you right-click on an item in the Files application.

Deleting an item using the Delete menu option bypasses the Trash altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way to recover the deleted item.
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/a11y-screen-reader.page0000644000373100047300000000167112320732143026073 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use the Orca screen reader to speak the user interface. Read screen aloud

GNOME provides the Orca screen reader to speak the user interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. Install Orca, and then refer to the Orca Help for more information.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/mouse-wakeup.page0000644000373100047300000000241412320732143025221 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working

Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "wake up" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse.

Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/mouse.page0000644000373100047300000000235312320732143023731 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Left-handed, speed and sensitivity, touchpad clicking and scrolling… Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Mouse
Common mouse problems Common problems Common problems
Mouse tips Tips Tips
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-install-flash.page0000644000373100047300000000474512320732143026135 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, which display videos and interactive web pages. Install the Flash plug-in

Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Flash.

If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free (but not open-source) download for most web browsers.

How to install Flash

Click this link to launch the Software Center.

Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash.

If you choose to install Flash, click Install from the Software Center window.

If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash.
Open-source alternatives to Flash

A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web).

You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible on your computer. Here are a few of the options:

Gnash

LightSpark
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/mouse-disabletouchpad.page0000644000373100047300000000273412320732143027065 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Disable touchpad while typing

Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time after your last key stroke.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-find.page0000644000373100047300000000424412320732143026141 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless networks nearby, or you might be out of range. I can't see my wireless network in the list

There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network icon on the menu bar.

If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned off, or it may not be working properly. Make sure it is turned on.

If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks.

You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while.

The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so and then check if the network has appeared in the list.

The network could be hidden. You need to connect in a different way if it is a hidden network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-noconnection.page0000644000373100047300000000577012320732143027722 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, turn the wireless card off and on again… I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect

If you're sure that you entered the correct wireless password but you still can't successfully connect to a wireless network, try some of the following:

Double-check that you have the right password

Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters wrong.

Try the hex or ASCII pass key

The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key instead. Make sure you select the correct wireless security option when asked for your password (for example, select WEP 40/128-bit Key if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted connection).

Try turning your wireless card off and then on again

Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - see for more information.

Check that you're using the right type of wireless security

When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, use trial and error to go through the different options.

Check that your wireless card is properly supported

Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different firmware). See for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/disk-partitions.page0000644000373100047300000000635212320732143025730 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to manage them. Manage volumes and partitions

The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as mounting. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read (and possibly write) files on it.

Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional “back rooms” of partitions and drives.

View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility

You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk utility.

Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application.

In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect.

In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes.

Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with these utilities.

Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security or convenience.

One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/files-tilde.page0000644000373100047300000000316112320732143025000 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 These are backup files. They are hidden by default. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What is a file with a "~" at the end of its name?

Files with a "~" at the end of their names (for example, example.txt~) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in the gedit text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer.

These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because you either selected Show Hidden Files (in the down menu of the Files toolbar) or pressed CtrlH. You can hide them again by repeating either of these steps.

These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See for advice on dealing with hidden files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationcharacterization.page0000644000373100047300000000523412320732143031460 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibration and characterization are different things entirely. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What's the difference between calibration and characterization?

Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:

Changing controls or internal settings that it has

Applying curves to its color channels

The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel calibration curves.

Characterization (or profiling) is recording the way a device reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring color from one device representation to another be achieved.

Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized.

In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. By convention it is stored in a tag called the vcgt tag. Although it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/shell-overview.page0000644000373100047300000000214212320732143025550 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Desktop Introduction, keyboard shortcuts, windows… GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Desktop, apps & windows
The Desktop
Applications and windows
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/mouse-lefthanded.page0000644000373100047300000000266412320732143026032 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use your mouse left-handed

You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the General section, switch Primary button to Right.

This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-edit-connection.page0000644000373100047300000002173612320732143030310 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean. Edit a wireless connection

This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks.
Available to all users / Connect automatically <gui>Connect automatically</gui>

Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this wireless network whenever it is in range.

If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range.

 <gui>Available to all users</gui>

Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the password themselves.

If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this network. You may be asked to enter your admin password.
Wireless <gui>SSID</gui>

This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the settings of your wireless router or base station).

 <gui>Mode</gui>

Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base station or router) or an Ad-hoc network (where there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to set-up your own ad-hoc network though.

If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, Band and Channel. These determine which wireless frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too.

 <gui>BSSID</gui>

This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it will have a BSSID.

 <gui>Device MAC address</gui>

A MAC address is a code which identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory.

This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card.

 <gui>Cloned MAC address</gui>

Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC address rather than its real one.

 <gui>MTU</gui>

This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting.
Wireless Security <gui>Security</gui>

This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being intercepted, so other people can't "listen in" and see what websites you're visiting and so on.

Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also require a username and a digital "certificate". See for more information on popular types of wireless encryption.
IPv4 Settings

Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see different ways of getting/setting that information.

The following methods are available:

<gui>Automatic (DHCP)</gui>

Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP.

 <gui>Automatic (DHCP) addresses only</gui>

If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS server to use).

 <gui>Manual</gui>

Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings yourself, including which IP address the computer should use.

 <gui>Link-Local Only</gui>

Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together so they communicate with each other.

 <gui>Disabled</gui>

This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled.
IPv6 Settings

This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular at the moment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/printing-setup-default-printer.page0000644000373100047300000000401512320732143030671 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pick the printer that you use most often. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Set the default printer

If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Printers.

Right click your desired default printer from the list of available printers, and click Set as Default.

When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for example, 1st floor or entrance).

The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of new printers.

When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, unless you choose a different printer for that specific print job.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/shell-windows.page0000644000373100047300000000452012320732144025377 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Move and organize your windows. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Windows and workspaces

Like other desktops, Unity uses windows to display your running applications. Using both the Dash and the Launcher, you can launch new applications and control which window is active.

In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these features.

Windows Working with windows
Workspaces Working with workspaces
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/backup-how.page0000644000373100047300000000462112320732144024642 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your valuable files and settings to protect against loss. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How to back up

The recommended way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup applications are available, like Déjà Dup.

The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data.

An alternative option is to copy your files to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the network, or a USB drive. Your personal files and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy them from there.

The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:

Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or other removable media.

Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files.

Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in ~/.local/share/Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-chat-video.page0000644000373100047300000000220012320732144025400 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team What applications can I use to make video calls? Video calls

You can make video calls from Ubuntu without installing any additional software using Empathy - via the Google Talk, MSN , Jabber , and SIP networks. See the Empathy manual for help on making video calls with Empathy.

Other applications which support video calls include

Skype

Ekiga

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/contacts-edit-details.page0000644000373100047300000000354512320732144026772 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Edit the information for each contact. Edit contact details

Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book up to date and complete.

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press Edit in the top-right corner of Contacts.

Edit the contact details.

To add a detail such as a new phone number or email address, press New Detail and select the field that you want to add.

Press Done to finish editing the contact.

In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the profile's avatar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/music-player-newipod.page0000644000373100047300000000254112320732144026656 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can use them. My new iPod won't work

If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the iTunes software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS X.

To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the Volume Format, choose MS-DOS (FAT), Windows or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux.

Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it into a Linux computer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/printing-select.page0000644000373100047300000000241112320732144025704 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Print only certain pages

To only print certain pages from the document:

Click FilePrint

In the General tab in the Print window choose Pages from the Range section.

Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages.

For example, if you enter "1,3,5-7,9" in the Pages text box, pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/power-nowireless.page0000644000373100047300000000413712320732144026130 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended and doesn't resume properly. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer

If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. This happens when the driver for the wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed.

If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings

Open Network and select the Wireless tab

Switch the wireless off and then on again

If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and then switch it off again

If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/clock.page0000644000373100047300000000136712320732144023701 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set time and date, timezone, calendar and appointments… Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Time & date usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/files-lost.page0000644000373100047300000000411112320732144024655 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Find a lost file

If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these tips.

If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See to learn how.

If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your home folder.

You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. See to learn how to recover a deleted file.

You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000325412320732144026703 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Launcher is at the left of your screen. Ubuntu Documentation Team Use the Launcher to start applications

Launcher icons

The Launcher is one of the key components of the Unity desktop. When you log in to your desktop, it will appear along the left-hand side of the screen. The Launcher provides you with quick access to applications, workspaces, removable devices and the trash.

If an application that you want to start using is present in the Launcher, you can click on that application's icon, and it will start up, ready for you to use.

To learn more about the Launcher, explore any of the Launcher help topics below.

Use the Launcher
Customize the Launcher
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-adhoc.page0000644000373100047300000000351412320732144026277 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and its network connections. Create a wireless hotspot

You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired network or over the cellular network.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Network and select Wireless on the left.

Click the Use as Hotspot button.

If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot to confirm.

A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/printing-setup.page0000644000373100047300000000621112320732144025567 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set up a printer that is connected to your computer. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Steven Richards steven.richardspc@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Set up a local printer

Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to your computer.

You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local printer now. They are listed in one window.

Make sure the printer is turned on.

Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to authenticate to install them.

A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or Options to make additional changes in the printer setup.

If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer settings.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Printers.

Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window.

Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers.

You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. When finished, click Apply.

You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step.

If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the make and model screens.

After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/power-batterywindows.page0000644000373100047300000000371012320732144027017 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the cause of this problem. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?

Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including them in Linux is difficult.

Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some power-saving methods helps, though. If your computer has a variable-speed processor, you might find that changing its settings is also useful.

Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give different estimates.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/files-recover.page0000644000373100047300000000371212320732144025347 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Recover a file from the Trash

If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into the Trash, and should be able to be restored.

To restore a file from the Trash:

Open the Launcher and then click the Trash shortcut which is located at the bottom of the Launcher.

If your deleted file is there, right-click on it and select Restore. It will be restored to the folder it was deleted from.

If you deleted the file by pressing ShiftDelete , or by using the command line, the file has been permanently deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from the Trash.

There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can recover it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/color-missingvcgt.page0000644000373100047300000000230712320732145026253 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Missing information for whole-screen color correction?

Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you will not see all the colors of your screen change.

In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/nautilus-prefs.page0000644000373100047300000000116612320732145025565 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org File manager preferences usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/color-virtualdevice.page0000644000373100047300000000405712320732145026570 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What's a virtual color managed device?

A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer. Examples of this might be:

An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you

Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card

To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of the image files onto the System Settings Color dialog. You can then assign profiles to it like any other device or even calibrate it.

To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of the image files onto the System Settings Color dialog. You can then assign profiles to it like any other device or even calibrate it.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/net-proxy.page0000644000373100047300000000502412320732145024546 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security purposes. Define proxy settings
What is a proxy?

A web proxy filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or to do security checks on websites.

Change proxy method

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods.

None

The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the web.

 Manual

For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, FTP and SOCKS.

 Automatic

An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration for your system.

The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network connection to use the chosen configuration.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces.page0000644000373100047300000000455512320732145026077 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org What is a workspace, and how will it help me?

Workspace switcher button

Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. These virtual desktops increase the size of your working area. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate.

Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music manager could be on a third workspace.

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, Ubuntu shows 4 workspaces, arranged in 2 rows and 2 columns. You can change the number of workspaces:

Change the number of workspaces

Go to the Dash and open the Terminal.

To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final number to the number you wish. Press Enter.

gsettings set org.compiz.core:/org/compiz/profiles/unity/plugins/core/ vsize 2

To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the final number to the number you wish. Press Enter.

gsettings set org.compiz.core:/org/compiz/profiles/unity/plugins/core/ hsize 3 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/documents.page0000644000373100047300000000234012320732145024600 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online. Documents

Documents is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using Google Docs or SkyDrive.

View, Sort and Search
Select, Organize, Print
Questions
usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-switching.page0000644000373100047300000000614512320732145027402 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Press AltTab. GNOME పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు gnome-doc-list@gnome.org ఉబుంటు పత్రీకరణ ప్రోజెక్టు ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Switch between windows
From the Launcher

Show the Launcher by moving your mouse to the top left corner of your screen.

Applications that are running have a small white triangle arrow on the left. Click on a running application icon to switch to it.

If a running application has multiple windows open, there will be multiple white arrows on the left. Click the application icon a second time to show all open windows zoomed out. Click the window you want to switch to.

From the keyboard

Press AltTab to bring up the window switcher.

Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the switcher.

Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle through the list of open windows, or ShiftTab to cycle backwards.

Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through.

You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the mouse.

Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the ↓ key.

Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all workspaces, hold down the Ctrl and Alt keys and press Tab or ShiftTab.

Press SuperW to show all open windows zoomed out.

Click the window you want to switch to.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/hardware-problems-graphics.page0000644000373100047300000000140112320732145030010 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems. Screen problems

Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/ubuntu-help/color-gettingprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000310212320732145027115 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Where do I get color profiles?

The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this does require some initial outlay.

Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although sometimes they are wrapped up in driver bundles which you may need to download, extract and then search for the color profiles.

Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless.

See for information on why vendor-supplied profiles are often worse than useless.

usr/share/help-langpack/te/brasero/tools-check-integrity.page0000644000373100047300000000310312253720472026216 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can test out a disc integrity after burning it. Paulina Gonzalez pau.gonzalezbr@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Check disc integrity

After burning a CD/DVD by using Brasero, you can check its integrity to make sure that the files in the disc are not corrupted.

Select ToolsCheck Integrity....

You can select the option Use an MD5 file to check the disk. if you prefer it.

An MD5 (Message-Digest Algorithm 5) is a cryptographic hash function widely used for checking data integrity.

If you choose this option, you will have to find the MD5 file by clicking in the folder icon placed below.

Press Check to continue or Close to cancel it.

When the checking is finished you can either choose to Check Again or just Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/brasero/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000246012253720472024515 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Introduction to the Brasero disc burning application. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 పరిచయం

Brasero is an application for burning CDs and DVDs, designed to be easy to use, while providing all the tools necessary for burning.

With Brasero you can:

Burn data to CDs and DVDs

Burn audio CDs from digital audio files (such as OGG, FLAC and MP3)

Copy CDs and DVDs

Create video DVDs or SVCDs

Create image files and burn existing image files

Erase CD-RWs and DVD-RWs

Check the integrity of discs and disc images
The <gui>Brasero</gui> main window
usr/share/help-langpack/te/brasero/prob-dvd.page0000644000373100047300000000253012253720472023507 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 I cannot write to a DVD-R or a DVD-RW. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Problem creating a DVD

Some types of DVD-Rs and DVD-RWs are not compatible with all burners. Check the following to find out if those can be used with your burner.

Check if your DVD drive accepts DVD+ or DVD- discs; if it is labelled with "multi", that usually indicates that it accepts both. Check your disc to see if it is the same as the DVD drive.

Check if your disc is dual layer or single layer: some DVD drives can not write to a dual layer disc.

If you are trying to use a DVD-R, check if it has already been written to before. If you are using a DVD-RW, try blanking it before you attempt to write to it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/brasero/create-cover.page0000644000373100047300000000453712253720472024362 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Create an inlay for a jewel case. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Create a cover

You can use Brasero to create inlays for your jewel cases. Access the creator by clicking Tools Cover Editor.

If you are creating an audio project and finish putting together the project before creating an inlay, then when you access the Cover Editor interface from the audio project window, the tracks will automatically be listed on the back cover.

If you close the Cover Editor, your changes will be lost.

Open the Cover Editor.

Choose the formatting you wish to use for the text and type the text, scrolling down to see the side and back inlay for the jewel case.

When you first see the Cover Editor dialog, you will not be able to click on any of the text formatting options. Click on the cover you want to work on to be able to use those.

Click the Background properties toolbar icon to add a background for the current cover, or right click on the cover you wish to edit and select Set Background Properties. You can choose to use a colored background or to select a background image.

If you select a centered background image, Brasero sometimes crashes when you click the Close button.

Click the Close button to apply the changes and close the Background Properties dialog.

Print the cover using the Print button, which is located in the top-right corner of the dialog.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/brasero/project-data.page0000644000373100047300000000467312253720472024361 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Write data to a CD or DVD. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Create a data project

A data project is used for writing data (for example, files, photos or music) to a disc, without changing those files in any way. This can be useful for transferring files between computers.

Click Data project on the start page, or select ProjectNew ProjectNew Data Project.

Add the desired files to the project by clicking Add in the toolbar and selecting the files. You can also add files by dragging and dropping them onto the project area or by clicking EditAdd Files.

You can create folders on the CD to store your data in a more structured manner. To create a folder, click New Folder in the toolbar or select EditNew Folder from the menu bar. You can also create folders inside other folders.

You can add a title for the disc in the text entry field below the project area.

Select the blank disc in the drop down list.

Click Burn... to continue.

Select the Burning speed from the drop down list, and any other options you may want.

Click Burn to burn a single CD of the project or Burn Several Copies to burn your project to multiple CDs

If you are using a rewritable disc, which already contains data, you will be asked if you want to blank it or insert a different disc.

If you are using a rewritable disc and the data is not burned correctly onto it, you may need to do a full (non-fast) blank of the disc before trying again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/brasero/index.page0000644000373100047300000000140412253720472023100 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 <media type="image" src="figures/logo32.png"/> Brasero Help
Create a new project
ట్రబుల్షూటింగ్
మరొక పనిముట్టూ
usr/share/help-langpack/te/brasero/project-save.page0000644000373100047300000000471712253720472024405 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Save a project for editing or burning later. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 ఒక ప్రాజెక్ట్ను దాచు

You can save an audio, a data or a video project in Brasero for editing or burning later.

Create the project and add the files you wish to use to the project.

Click ProjectSave to save the project.

Enter the name you wish to save the project under, then click Save to save the project.

There are a number of ways which can be used for opening a saved Brasero project by:

selecting it from the list on the start page, under Recent projects

clicking ProjectRecent Projects

clicking ProjectOpen and selecting the project

opening the project from a file browser

Only one instance of Brasero can be opened at any time. If you try to open a second instance, the currently open Brasero window will be focused.

If Brasero is already running and you try to open some files with it from Files, the files will be added to the project that you are currently working on.

If you open a saved project, Brasero will treat it as a new project: if you want to save an updated version of the project, it will ask you to enter a name for it, at this point you can overwrite the old version or save it as a new project by entering a different file name.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/brasero/project-audio.page0000644000373100047300000000375712253720472024553 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Create an audio project. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Write a music CD

Brasero can write audio files to a CD, which you can then use for playing in CD players and so on. It is usually best to use a non-rewritable CD because not all CD players will play rewritable CDs.

Click Audio project on the start page, or select ProjectNew ProjectNew Audio Project.

Add audio files to the project by clicking Add in the toolbar and selecting the desired files. You can also add files by dragging and dropping them onto the project area or by clicking EditAdd Files.

You can add a title for the CD in the text entry field below the project area.

Select the blank CD in the drop down list.

Click Burn... to continue.

Select the Burning speed from the drop down list, and any other options you may want.

Click Burn to burn a single disc of the project or Burn Several Copies to burn your project to multiple discs.

You can also split individual tracks into multiple tracks using the Split tool and add a two second break after a track using the Pause button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/brasero/split-track.page0000644000373100047300000000573412253720472024240 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Split an audio project track into multiple tracks. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Split an audio track

You can split a single audio track into multiple tracks when you put together an audio project.

Start an audio project and add the tracks you wish to use.

Select the track you wish to split by clicking on it, then click either EditSplit Track… or right click on the track and select Split Track… from the menu.

Select your preferred method of splitting the tracks:

Split track manually

This option allows you to select the exact length of each new section of the track manually.

 Split track in parts with a fixed length

Use this method to split the track into multiple sections of equal length.

 Split track in a fixed number of parts

This method allows you to split the track into a set number of sections, all of which will be of the same length.

 Split track for each silence

Select this method for Brasero to auto-detect silences in the recording and to split the track at those points.

Proceed to split the track by clicking Slice.

If you try to split a track into a section less than six seconds long, the new section will be padded to make it 6 seconds long.

Click OK to confirm your track splits and apply the changes.

You can split and merge the same track as many times as you like while you are viewing the split track dialog. Once you confirm your track splitting by clicking OK, you will no longer be able to merge the sections you have already split off. To revert the changes, remove the split sections of the track from your project and re-add the track.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/brasero/prob-cd.page0000644000373100047300000000235612253720472023326 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 My MP3s will not play in a DVD or CD player. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 CD will not play in a CD player

If your CD is not playing in your CD player or stereo, it is probably because the music was not correctly written to the disc or because you used a data project to write the music to the CD instead of an audio project.

Many new CD and DVD players will play music CDs which were created using a data project, but most older players will not.

Older CD players might not be able to play CD-RWs.

If you are using a CD-RW, blank the CD.

Rewrite the CD as an audio project.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/brasero/project-disc-copy.page0000644000373100047300000000321512253720472025331 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Create an identical copy of a disc. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 సూక్ష్మ ఖని నీ నకలు చెయి

Click Disc copy on the start page, or select ProjectNew ProjectCopy Disc... .

Select the disc you would like to copy from the drop down list below Select disc to copy. If you have more than one disc drive, all discs which are currently in them should be listed.

Choose whether you want to make a copy to another disc or create an image for later use.

Click the Properties button to select burning speed and other custom options.

Click Copy to start copying the disc, or Make Several Copies, if you plan to make more than one copy of the disc.

If you are copying the disc and have only one disc drive, you will be asked to replace the disc you are copying with a writable one after the contents are copied temporarily to your hard disk.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/brasero/tools-blank.page0000644000373100047300000000250512253720472024221 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Erase a rewritable CD or DVD by blanking it. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 ఒక డిస్క్ ఖాళీ

You can prepare a rewritable disc, with existing data on it, for writing by blanking it.

Select ToolsBlank....

If you have more than one disc drive with a rewritable disc in it, you can select which disc to rewrite under Select a disc.

You can select Fast blanking to blank the CD quicker.

If you have problems writing to a disc which you fast blanked, try disabling fast blanking and blank it again.

Click Blank to continue.

The disc may be ejected when the blanking is complete.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/brasero/project-video.page0000644000373100047300000000342212253720472024545 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 3 Write a video to a DVD or SVCD. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Create a video project

Brasero can be used to create video discs for playing in a DVD player or laptop.

Click Video project on the start page, or select ProjectNew ProjectNew Video Project.

Add the videos to the project by clicking Add in the toolbar and selecting the files. You can also add files by dragging and dropping them onto the project area or by clicking EditAdd Files.

You can add a title for the disc in the text entry field below the project area.

Select the blank disc in the drop down list.

Click Burn... to continue.

Select the Burning speed from the drop down list, and any other options you may want.

Click Burn to burn a single disc of the project or Burn Several Copies to burn your project to multiple discs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/te/brasero/project-image-burn.page0000644000373100047300000000573612253720472025477 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Burn an existing disc image to a CD or DVD. Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Burn image

Brasero allows you to burn disc images to a CD or DVD. It supports the following extensions of optical disc images: .iso, .toc and .cue.

Disc images are archive files which contain all the data that is on a CD or DVD. Only one disc image can be on a CD at a time, but each archive can contain as little or as much data as you want, as long as it fits on the disc.

To burn a disc image to a CD or DVD, follow these steps:

Click Burn image on the start page or select ProjectNew ProjectBurn image… .

Select a disc image to write by clicking Click here to select a disc image.

Select the disc that you want to use from drop down list below Select a disc to write to. If you have more than one disc drive, all discs which are currently in them should be listed.

After choosing the disc Brasero shows how much free space will remain on the disc after burning.

Click the Properties button to select burning speed and other custom options.

Click Burn to start burning the image. After this operation you can either finish burning or make the other copy of the image.

If you are using a re-writable disc, which already contains data, you will be asked if you want to blank it or insert a different disc.

 language-pack-gnome-te-base/data/te/0000755000000000000000000000000012321560763014412 5ustar language-pack-gnome-te-base/data/te/LC_MESSAGES/0000755000000000000000000000000012321561003016163 5ustar language-pack-gnome-te-base/data/te/LC_MESSAGES/devhelp.po0000644000000000000000000004063112321560763020172 0ustar # Telugu translation of devhelp. # Copyright (C) 2007 Swecha Telugu Localisation Team # This file is distributed under the same license as the devhelp package. # Matapathi Pramod , 2007. # Hari Krishna , 2011. # GVS.Giri ,2011. # Praveen Illa , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: devhelp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: " "http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=devhelp&keywords=I18N+L10N&co" "mponent=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 04:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Praveen Illa \n" "Language-Team: Telugu \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:32+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: \n" #. i18n: Please don't translate "Devhelp" (it's marked as translatable #. * for transliteration only) #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/dh-app.c:162 ../src/dh-app.c:347 #: ../src/dh-window.c:655 msgid "Devhelp" msgstr "డెవ్ సహాయం" #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Developer's Help program" msgstr "అభివృద్ధికారుల సహాయ కార్యక్రమం" #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "Documentation Browser" msgstr "పత్రీకరణ విహారకం" #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "documentation;information;manual;developer;api;" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:1 msgid "Main window maximized state" msgstr "మూల కిటికీ పెద్దదిచేయబడిన స్థితి" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:2 msgid "Whether the main window should start maximized." msgstr "మూల కిటికీ ప్రారంభించవలెను సూక్ష్మీకరించబడనదా లేదా." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:3 msgid "Width of the main window" msgstr "మూల కిటికీ యొక్క పొడవు" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:4 msgid "The width of the main window." msgstr "మూల కిటికీ యొక్క పొడవు." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:5 msgid "Height of main window" msgstr "మూల కిటికీ యొక్క ఎత్తు" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:6 msgid "The height of the main window." msgstr "మూల కిటికీ యొక్క ఎత్తు." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:7 msgid "X position of main window" msgstr "మూల కిటికీ యొక్క X స్థానము" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:8 msgid "The X position of the main window." msgstr "మూల కిటికీ యొక్క X స్థానం." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:9 msgid "Y position of main window" msgstr "మూల కిటికీ యొక్క Y స్థానము" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:10 msgid "The Y position of the main window." msgstr "మూల కిటికీ యొక్క Y స్థానం." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:11 msgid "Width of the index and search pane" msgstr "వెతుకు అస్థిత్వం మరియు సూచి యొక్క పొడవు" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:12 msgid "The width of the index and search pane." msgstr "వెతుకు అస్థిత్వం మరియు చూచి యొక్క పొడవు." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:13 msgid "Selected tab: \"content\" or \"search\"" msgstr "నెట్టులలో ఏది ఎంచుకొనబడినది: \"సారము\" లేదా \"వెతుకు\"." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:14 msgid "Which of the tabs is selected: \"content\" or \"search\"." msgstr "నెట్టులలో ఏది ఎంచుకొనబడినది, \"సారము\" లేదా \"వెతుకు\"." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:15 msgid "Books disabled" msgstr "పుస్తకాలు అచేతనపరచివున్నాయి" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:16 msgid "List of books disabled by the user." msgstr "వినియోగదారుడు నిరుపయోగపరచిన పుస్తకాల జాబితా" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:17 msgid "Group by language" msgstr "భాషతో వర్గము" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:18 msgid "Whether books should be grouped by language in the UI" msgstr "UI లో పుస్తకాలు భాషతో ఒక గుంపు తయారుచేయాలేమో" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:19 msgid "Width of the assistant window" msgstr "సహాయ కిటికీ యొక్క వెడల్పు" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:20 msgid "The width of the assistant window." msgstr "సహాయ కిటికీ యొక్క పొడవు." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:21 msgid "Height of assistant window" msgstr "సాహాయ కిటికీ యొక్క ఎత్తు" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:22 msgid "The height of the assistant window." msgstr "సహాయ కిటికీ యొక్క ఎత్తు." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:23 msgid "X position of assistant window" msgstr "సహాయ కిటికీ యొక్క X స్థానము" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:24 msgid "The X position of the assistant window." msgstr "సహాయ కిటికీ యొక్క X స్థానం." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:25 msgid "Y position of assistant window" msgstr "సహాయ కిటికీ యొక్క Y స్థానము" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:26 msgid "The Y position of the assistant window." msgstr "సహాయ కిటికీ యొక్క Y స్థానం." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:27 msgid "Use system fonts" msgstr "వ్యవస్థ ఫాంటుని వాడు" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:28 msgid "Use the system default fonts." msgstr "వ్యవస్థ అప్రమేయ ఫాంట్లను వాడు." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:29 msgid "Font for text" msgstr "పాఠం కొరకు ఫాంటు" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:30 msgid "Font for text with variable width." msgstr "చలరాశి పొడవుతో పాఠం కొరకు ఫాంటు." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:31 msgid "Font for fixed width text" msgstr "వెడల్పు స్థిరతత పాఠం కొరకు ఫాంటు" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:32 msgid "Font for text with fixed width, such as code examples." msgstr "స్థిర పాఠం కొరకు ఫాంటు,కోడ్ ఉదాహరణలు లాంటివి" #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Devhelp support" msgstr "డెవ్ సహాయ సహకారం" #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Makes F2 bring up Devhelp for the word at the cursor" msgstr "ములుకు వద్ద పదము కొరకు డెవ్ సహాయం F2 ను పైకి తెచ్చుటకు తయారవుతుంది" #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.py:69 msgid "Show API Documentation" msgstr "APIపత్రరచన కనబర్చుము" #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.py:71 msgid "Show API Documentation for the word at the cursor" msgstr "ములుకు వద్ద పదము కొరకు APIపత్రరచన కనబర్చుము" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:1 msgid "New window" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:2 msgid "Preferences" msgstr "ప్రాధాన్యతలు" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:3 msgid "About Devhelp" msgstr "డెవ్ సహాయంగురించి" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:4 msgid "Quit" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:5 msgid "New _Tab" msgstr "కొత్త నెట్టు (_T)" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:6 msgid "_Print" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:7 msgid "_Find" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:8 msgid "_Larger text" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:9 msgid "S_maller text" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:10 msgid "_Normal size" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:11 msgid "_Group by language" msgstr "భాషతో సమీకరించు (_G)" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:12 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "చేతనపరచివుంది" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:13 msgid "Title" msgstr "శీర్షిక" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:14 msgid "Book Shelf" msgstr "పుస్తకాల అర" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:15 msgid "_Use system fonts" msgstr "వ్యవస్థ అక్షరశైలి వాడు (_U)" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:16 msgid "_Variable width: " msgstr "చరరాశి పొడవు (_V): " #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:17 msgid "_Fixed width:" msgstr "స్థిర పొడవు (_F):" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:18 msgid "Fonts" msgstr "ఫాంట్లు" #: ../src/dh-app.c:157 msgid "translator_credits" msgstr "" "Pramod \n" "Praveen Illa , 2012.\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Pramod https://launchpad.net/~pramod-swecha\n" " Praveen Illa https://launchpad.net/~telugulinux" #: ../src/dh-app.c:164 msgid "A developers' help browser for GNOME" msgstr "గ్నోమ్ కొరకు అభివృద్ధికారుల సహాయ విహారకం" #: ../src/dh-app.c:172 msgid "DevHelp Website" msgstr "డెవ్ సహాయ వెబ్ సైట్" #. i18n: Please don't translate "Devhelp". #: ../src/dh-assistant.c:121 msgid "Devhelp — Assistant" msgstr "డెవ్ హెల్ప్ - సహాయకం" #: ../src/dh-assistant-view.c:403 msgid "Book:" msgstr "పుస్తకం:" #: ../src/dh-book.c:255 #, c-format msgid "Language: %s" msgstr "భాష: %s" #: ../src/dh-book.c:256 msgid "Language: Undefined" msgstr "భాష: గుర్తించలేని" #. i18n: a documentation book #: ../src/dh-link.c:267 msgid "Book" msgstr "పుస్తకం:" #. i18n: a "page" in a documentation book #: ../src/dh-link.c:270 msgid "Page" msgstr "పుట:" #. i18n: a search hit in the documentation, could be a #. * function, macro, struct, etc #: ../src/dh-link.c:274 msgid "Keyword" msgstr "ముఖ్యపదం" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:279 msgid "Function" msgstr "ప్రమేయం" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:284 msgid "Struct" msgstr "స్ట్రక్ట్" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:289 msgid "Macro" msgstr "మాక్రో" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:294 msgid "Enum" msgstr "ఈనం" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:299 msgid "Type" msgstr "రకం" #: ../src/dh-main.c:43 msgid "Opens a new Devhelp window" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-main.c:48 msgid "Search for a keyword" msgstr "ఒక మీట పలకం కొరకు వెతుకు" #: ../src/dh-main.c:49 ../src/dh-main.c:54 msgid "KEYWORD" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-main.c:53 msgid "Search and display any hit in the assistant window" msgstr "సహాయ కిటికీలో ఏదైనా హిట్ ను వెతుకు మరియు ప్రదర్శించు" #: ../src/dh-main.c:58 msgid "Display the version and exit" msgstr "బయటకు మరియు వివరణం ప్రదర్శించు" #: ../src/dh-main.c:63 msgid "Quit any running Devhelp" msgstr "నడుచుచున్న డెవ్ సహాయం నుండి నిష్క్రమించు" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:97 ../src/dh-parser.c:199 ../src/dh-parser.c:263 #: ../src/dh-parser.c:273 #, c-format msgid "Expected '%s', got '%s' at line %d, column %d" msgstr "నిరీక్షించబడిన '%s' పొందు '%s' గీత వద్ద %d, నిలువుపట్టీ %d" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:114 #, c-format msgid "Invalid namespace '%s' at line %d, column %d" msgstr "'%s' నిస్సారమైన నామముఖాళీ %d గీత, %d నిలువుపట్టీ వద్ద" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:143 #, c-format msgid "" "\"title\", \"name\" and \"link\" elements are required at line %d, column %d" msgstr "" "%d గీత, %d నిలువుపట్టీ వద్ద\" శీర్షిక\", \"పేరు\", మరియు \"జోడి\" " "మూలపదార్ధములు ఆపేక్షించుచున్నవి" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:218 #, c-format msgid "" "\"name\" and \"link\" elements are required inside on line %d, column " "%d" msgstr "" "%d గీత పై <ఉప> లోపల \"నామము\" మరియు\" జోడి \"మూలపదార్థములు " "ఆపేక్షించుచున్నవి, %d నిలువుపట్టీ" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:298 #, c-format msgid "" "\"name\" and \"link\" elements are required inside '%s' on line %d, column %d" msgstr "" "%s లోపల %d గీతలో, %d నిలువుపట్టీ పై \"పేరు\" మరియు \"జోడి\" మూలపదార్థములు " "అవసరము" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:311 #, c-format msgid "\"type\" element is required inside on line %d, column %d" msgstr "" "%d గీత పై <ఉప> లోపల \"రకం \" మూలపదార్థములు ఆపేక్షించుచున్నవి, %d నిలువుపట్టీ" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:514 #, c-format msgid "Cannot uncompress book '%s': %s" msgstr "'%s' పుస్తకం సంగ్రహము చేయుటకు వీలుకాదు: %s" #. Setup the Current/All Files selector #: ../src/dh-sidebar.c:478 msgid "Current" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-sidebar.c:481 msgid "All Books" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-window.c:86 msgid "50%" msgstr "50%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:87 msgid "75%" msgstr "75%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:88 msgid "100%" msgstr "100%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:89 msgid "125%" msgstr "125%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:90 msgid "150%" msgstr "150%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:91 msgid "175%" msgstr "175%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:92 msgid "200%" msgstr "200%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:93 msgid "300%" msgstr "300%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:94 msgid "400%" msgstr "400%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:688 msgid "Back" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-window.c:695 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-window.c:967 msgid "Error opening the requested link." msgstr "అడిగిన లింక్ తెరువుటలో దోషం" #: ../src/dh-window.c:1317 ../src/dh-window.c:1503 msgid "Empty Page" msgstr "ఖాళీ పుట" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:320 msgid "Find:" msgstr "వెతుకు:" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:329 msgid "Find Previous" msgstr "ముందుది వెతుకు" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:333 ../src/eggfindbar.c:336 msgid "Find previous occurrence of the search string" msgstr "వెతుకుమాట యొక్క సంభవించునది ముందుది వెతుకు" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:342 msgid "Find Next" msgstr "తరువాతది వెతుకు" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:346 ../src/eggfindbar.c:349 msgid "Find next occurrence of the search string" msgstr "వెతుకుమాట యొక్క సంభవించునది తరువాత వెతుకు" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:358 msgid "C_ase Sensitive" msgstr "సందర్భ స్పందన (_a)" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:362 ../src/eggfindbar.c:365 msgid "Toggle case sensitive search" msgstr "మార్పు సందర్భ స్పందన" language-pack-gnome-te-base/data/te/LC_MESSAGES/eog.po0000644000000000000000000017567512321560764017337 0ustar # translation of te.po to Telugu # Telugu translation of eog. # Copyright (C) 2011 Gnome Telugu Translation Team. # Copyright (C) 2007,2011 Swecha Telugu Localisation Team . # This file is distributed under the same license as the eog package. # # Bharat Kumar , 2007. # Krishna Babu K , 2009, 2010. # Praveen Illa , 2011. # Hari Krishna , 2011. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: te\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: " "http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=eog&keywords=I18N+L10N&compon" "ent=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-11 11:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-03-09 17:18+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Praveen Illa \n" "Language-Team: Telugu \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:39+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: te\n" #. Translaters: This string is for a toggle to display a toolbar. #. * The name of the toolbar is automatically computed from the widgets #. * on the toolbar, and is placed at the %s. Note the _ before the %s #. * which is used to add mnemonics. We know that this is likely to #. * produce duplicates, but don't worry about it. If your language #. * normally has a mnemonic at the start, please use the _. If not, #. * please remove. #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:992 #, c-format msgid "Show “_%s”" msgstr "“_%s” ని చూపించు" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1485 msgid "_Move on Toolbar" msgstr "సాధనపట్టీ మీదకి తరలించు (_M)" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1486 msgid "Move the selected item on the toolbar" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న అంశమును సాధనపట్టీ మీదకి తరలించు" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1487 msgid "_Remove from Toolbar" msgstr "సాధనపట్టీ నుండి తొలగించు (_R)" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1488 msgid "Remove the selected item from the toolbar" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న అంశమును సాధనపట్టీ నుండి తీసివేయి" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1489 msgid "_Delete Toolbar" msgstr "సాధనపట్టీని తొలగించు (_D)" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1490 msgid "Remove the selected toolbar" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న సాధనపట్టీని తీసివేయి" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-toolbar-editor.c:489 msgid "Separator" msgstr "విచ్ఛేదకం" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:1 ../src/eog-window.c:4038 msgid "_View" msgstr "వీక్షణం (_V)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:2 ../src/eog-window.c:4064 msgid "_Toolbar" msgstr "సాధనపట్టీ (_T)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:3 ../src/eog-window.c:4067 msgid "_Statusbar" msgstr "స్థితిపట్టీ (_S)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:4 ../src/eog-window.c:4070 msgid "_Image Gallery" msgstr "బొమ్మల సేకరణ (_I)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:5 ../src/eog-window.c:4073 msgid "Side _Pane" msgstr "పక్కపట్టీ (_P)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:6 ../src/eog-window.c:4052 msgid "Prefere_nces" msgstr "ప్రాధాన్యతలు (_n)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:7 ../src/eog-window.c:2565 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4041 msgid "_Help" msgstr "సహాయం (_H)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:8 msgid "_About Image Viewer" msgstr "బొమ్మ వీక్షకము గురించి (_A)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:9 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "నిష్క్రమించు (_Q)" #: ../data/eog.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/eog-application.c:269 #: ../src/eog-window.c:6163 msgid "Image Viewer" msgstr "బొమ్మ వీక్షకము" #: ../data/eog.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Browse and rotate images" msgstr "బొమ్మలను విహరించు మరియు తిప్పు" #. Extra keywords that can be used to search for eog in GNOME Shell and Unity #: ../data/eog.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Picture;Slideshow;Graphics;" msgstr "చిత్రం;పలకప్రదర్శన;చిత్రరూపాలు;" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:1 ../src/eog-window.c:5039 msgid "Image Properties" msgstr "బొమ్మ లక్షణాలు" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "_Previous" msgstr "మునుపటి (_P)" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "_Next" msgstr "తరువాత (_N)" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:4 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:495 msgid "Name:" msgstr "పేరు:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:5 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:497 msgid "Width:" msgstr "వెడల్పు:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:6 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:499 msgid "Height:" msgstr "ఎత్తు:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:7 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:501 msgid "Type:" msgstr "రకము:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Bytes:" msgstr "బైట్లు:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:9 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:505 msgid "Folder:" msgstr "సంచయము:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:10 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:493 msgid "General" msgstr "సాధారణం" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:11 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:530 msgid "Aperture Value:" msgstr "అపెర్ట్యుర్ విలువ:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:12 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:533 msgid "Exposure Time:" msgstr "ఎక్స్‍పోజర్ కాలం:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:13 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:536 msgid "Focal Length:" msgstr "నాభ్యంతర పొడవు:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:14 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:538 msgid "Flash:" msgstr "ఫ్లాష్:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:15 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:542 msgid "ISO Speed Rating:" msgstr "ISO వేగము రేటింగు:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:16 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:545 msgid "Metering Mode:" msgstr "కొలమాన విధము:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:17 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:548 msgid "Camera Model:" msgstr "కెమేరా మోడల్:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:18 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:550 msgid "Date/Time:" msgstr "తేదీ/సమయం:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:19 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:555 msgid "Description:" msgstr "వివరణ:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:20 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:558 msgid "Location:" msgstr "స్థానము:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:21 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:561 msgid "Keywords:" msgstr "కీలకపదాలు:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:22 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:563 msgid "Author:" msgstr "మూలకర్త:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:23 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:566 msgid "Copyright:" msgstr "నకలుహక్కు:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:24 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:569 #| msgid "Details" msgid "Details" msgstr "వివరాలు" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:25 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:526 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "మెటాడేటా" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Save As" msgstr "ఇలా భద్రపరుచు" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:5 #, no-c-format msgid "%f: original filename" msgstr "%f: అసలు దస్త్రము పేరు" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:7 #, no-c-format msgid "%n: counter" msgstr "%n: కౌంటర్" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Filename format:" msgstr "దస్త్రం పేరు ఆకృతి:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "Choose a folder" msgstr "ఒక సంచయమును ఎంచుకొను" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Destination folder:" msgstr "గమ్య సంచయం:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "File Path Specifications" msgstr "దస్త్ర బాట వివరములు" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "Start counter at:" msgstr "దీనివద్ద కౌంటరును ప్రారంభించు:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "Replace spaces with underscores" msgstr "ఖాళీలను కింద గీతలతో పునఃస్థాపించు" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Options" msgstr "ఐచ్చికములు" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Rename from:" msgstr "దీని నుండి పేరుమార్చు:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "To:" msgstr "ఇచటకు:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "File Name Preview" msgstr "దస్త్రం పేరు మునుజూపు" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Preferences" msgstr "ప్రాధాన్యతలు" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Image Enhancements" msgstr "బొమ్మను మెరుగుపరుచునవి" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Smooth images when zoomed _out" msgstr "" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Smooth images when zoomed _in" msgstr "" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Automatic orientation" msgstr "స్వయం చాలక పునశ్ఛరణ (_A)" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Background" msgstr "నేపథ్యం" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "As custom color:" msgstr "మలచుకున్న రంగు:" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:8 #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Background Color" msgstr "నేపథ్యము రంగు" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "Transparent Parts" msgstr "పారదర్శక భాగాలు" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "As check _pattern" msgstr "క్రమంపద్దతిగా తనిఖీ (_p)" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "As custom c_olor:" msgstr "మలచిన వర్ణమువలె (_o):" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "Color for Transparent Areas" msgstr "పారదర్శకప్రదేశాల కొరకు రంగు" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "As _background" msgstr "నేపథ్యం వలె (_b)" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Image View" msgstr "బొమ్మ వీక్షణం" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Image Zoom" msgstr "బొమ్మ జూమ్" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "E_xpand images to fit screen" msgstr "తెరకు అమరేటట్టు బొమ్మలను విస్తరించు (_x)" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "Sequence" msgstr "వరుస" #. I18N: This sentence will be displayed above a horizonzal scale to select a number of seconds in eog's preferences dialog. #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:19 msgid "_Time between images:" msgstr "బొమ్మల మధ్య సమయం (_T):" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:20 msgid "_Loop sequence" msgstr "ఆవృత క్రమము (_L)" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:21 msgid "Slideshow" msgstr "పలకప్రదర్శన" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:22 msgid "Plugins" msgstr "చొప్పింతలు" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Automatic orientation" msgstr "స్వయం చాలక పునశ్ఛరణ" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether the image should be rotated automatically based on EXIF orientation." msgstr "" "బొమ్మ స్వయంచాలకంగా భ్రమణం చెందాలా లేదా అన్నది EXIF సర్దుబాటుపై " "ఆధారపడివుంటుంది." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "The color that is used to fill the area behind the image. If the use-" "background-color key is not set, the color is determined by the active GTK+ " "theme instead." msgstr "" "బొమ్మ వెనుకనున్న ప్రదేశములో నింపుటకు వాడబడే రంగు. ఒకవేళ నేపథ్య-రంగు కీ " "అమర్చబడకపోతే, క్రియాశీల GTK+ థీముచే రంగు నిర్ణయించబడుతుంది." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Interpolate Image" msgstr "అంతరనిక్షేప్త బొమ్మ" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether the image should be interpolated on zoom-out. This leads to better " "quality but is somewhat slower than non-interpolated images." msgstr "" "జూమ్ తగ్గింపు నందు బొమ్మను అంతరనిక్షిప్తముగా ఉండవలెనా లేదా. ఇది నాణ్యతను " "సమకూర్చుతుంది కాని సాధారణ బొమ్మ కంటే ఎంతో కొంత నెమ్మదిగా ఉంటుంది." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Extrapolate Image" msgstr "బాహ్యనిక్షేప్త బొమ్మ" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Whether the image should be extrapolated on zoom-in. This leads to blurry " "quality and is somewhat slower than non-extrapolated images." msgstr "" "జూమ్‌నందు బొమ్మను బాహ్యనిక్షిప్తముగా ఉండవలెనా లేదా. ఇది నాణ్యతా లోపమునకు " "దారితీస్తుంది మరియు సాధారణ బొమ్మ కంటే నెమ్మదిగా ఉంటుంది." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Transparency indicator" msgstr "పారదర్శక సూచిక" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "Determines how transparency should be indicated. Valid values are " "CHECK_PATTERN, COLOR and NONE. If COLOR is chosen, then the trans-color key " "determines the color value used." msgstr "" "పారదర్శకత ఎలా సూచించబడాలో నిర్ణయిస్తుంది. చెల్లునటువంటి విలువలు " "CHECK_PATTERN, COLOR మరియు NONE. ఒకవేళ COLOR ఎంచుకోబడినట్లయితే, అప్పుడు " "trans-color కీ వాడబడిన రంగు విలువను నిర్ణయిస్తుంది." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Scroll wheel zoom" msgstr "చక్రపు జూమ్‌ను జరుపు" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Whether the scroll wheel should be used for zooming." msgstr "పెద్దదిగా చేయుట కొరకు స్క్రాల్ చక్రాన్ని ఉపయోగించాలా వద్దా." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Zoom multiplier" msgstr "జూమ్‌ను గుణించునది" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:15 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The multiplier to be applied when using the mouse scroll wheel for zooming. " "This value defines the zooming step used for each scroll event. For example, " "0.05 results in a 5% zoom increment for each scroll event and 1.00 result in " "a 100% zoom increment." msgstr "" "జూమ్‌చేయుటకు మౌస్ స్క్రాల్ చక్రాన్ని ఉపయోగిస్తున్నప్పుడు గుణిజము " "ఆనువర్తించబడుతుంది. ప్రతి స్క్రాల్ ఘటనకు ఉపయోగించబడు పెద్దదిగాచేయు మెట్టుకు " "వాడబడుటకు ఈ విలువ నిర్ణయిస్తుంది. ఉదాహరణకు, 0.05 అనునది ప్రతి స్క్రాల్ ఘటనకు " "5% జూమ్‌ను పెంచుతుంది మరియు 1.00 అనునది 100% జూమ్ పెంచుతుంది." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Transparency color" msgstr "పారదర్శక రంగు" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "" "If the transparency key has the value COLOR, then this key determines the " "color which is used for indicating transparency." msgstr "" "ఒకవేళ పారదర్శక కీ రంగు విలువను కలిగివుంటే, అప్పుడు పారదర్శకతను సూచించుటకు " "ఉపయోగించే రంగును ఈ కీ నిర్ణయిస్తుంది." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Use a custom background color" msgstr "మలచుకున్న నేపథ్యము రంగును వాడు" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "" "If this is active, the color set by the background-color key will be used to " "fill the area behind the image. If it is not set, the current GTK+ theme " "will determine the fill color." msgstr "" "ఒకవేళ ఇది క్రియాశీలమైతే, బొమ్మ వెనుక ఉన్న ప్రదేశమును నింపుటకు నేపథ్య రంగు కీ " "వాడబడుతుంది. ఒకవేళ అది అమర్చబడకపోతే, నింపు రంగుని ప్రస్తుత GTK+ థీము " "నిర్ణయిస్తుంది." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Loop through the image sequence" msgstr "బొమ్మల వరుస ద్వారా ఆవృతం అవ్వు" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Whether the sequence of images should be shown in an endless loop." msgstr "అంతములేని ఆవృతములో వరుస బొమ్మలు చూపించవలెనా లేదా." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:23 #, no-c-format msgid "Allow zoom greater than 100% initially" msgstr "ప్రారంభంలో 100% కంటే ఎక్కువ జూమ్‌ను అనుమతించు" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "" "If this is set to FALSE small images will not be stretched to fit into the " "screen initially." msgstr "" "ఒకవేళ ఇది అసత్యమునకు అమర్చితే ప్రారంభములోనే తెరకు సరిపోయేటట్లు అమర్చుటకు " "చిన్న బొమ్మలు సాగదీయబడవు." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Delay in seconds until showing the next image" msgstr "తరువాత బొమ్మను చూపించేవరకూ కొన్ని సెకనులలో జాప్యము చేయి" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "" "A value greater than 0 determines the seconds an image stays on screen until " "the next one is shown automatically. Zero disables the automatic browsing." msgstr "" "0 కన్నా పెద్ద విలువ అనునది తెర పైన బొమ్మ తరువాయి బొమ్మ వచ్చులోపల ఎన్ని " "సెకనులుపాటు ఉండాలి అనునది నిర్ణయిస్తుంది. సున్నా స్వయంచాలక అన్వేషణను " "అచేతనముచేస్తుంది." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Show/Hide the window toolbar." msgstr "కిటికీ సాధనపట్టీని చూపించు/దాయి." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "Show/Hide the window statusbar." msgstr "కిటికీ స్థితిపట్టీని చూపించు/దాయి." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Show/Hide the image gallery pane." msgstr "చిత్రశాల పట్టీని చూపించు/దాయి." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "" "Image gallery pane position. Set to 0 for bottom; 1 for left; 2 for top; 3 " "for right." msgstr "" "చిత్రశాల పట్టీ స్థానము. క్రిందకు అయితే 0; ఎడమకు అయితే 1; పైకి అయితే 2; " "కుడివైపు అయితే 3 అమర్చుము." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Whether the image gallery pane should be resizable." msgstr "చిత్రశాల ప్యాన్ పరిమాణం మార్చే విధముగా ఉండాలా లేదా." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Show/Hide the window side pane." msgstr "కిటికీ ప్రక్క పట్టీని చూపించు/దాయి." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Show/Hide the image gallery pane scroll buttons." msgstr "చిత్రశాలప్యాన్ స్క్రాల్ బటన్‌లను చూపించు/దాయి." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "Close main window without asking to save changes." msgstr "మార్పులను భద్రపరుచమని అడగకుండా ప్రధాన కిటికీని మూసివేయి." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Trash images without asking" msgstr "అడగకుండానే బొమ్మలను చెత్తకు పంపండి" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "" "If activated, Eye of GNOME won't ask for confirmation when moving images to " "the trash. It will still ask if any of the files cannot be moved to the " "trash and would be deleted instead." msgstr "" "ఒకవేళ క్రియాత్మకం చేసినట్టయితే, Eye of GNOME బొమ్మలను చెత్తబుట్టకు " "తరలించునప్పుడు నిర్ధారణ కోసం అడగదు, ఒకవేళ ఏదైనా ఫైళ్ళను చెత్తబుట్టకు " "తరలించలేకపోయినప్పుడు దానికి బదులుగా తొలగించవలసి వస్తే అప్పుడు అడుగుతుంది." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "" "Whether the file chooser should show the user's pictures folder if no images " "are loaded." msgstr "" "ఏ బొమ్మ లోడవకపోతే దస్త్ర ఎంపికరి ద్వారా వాడుకరి యొక్క చిత్రముల సంచయమును " "చూపించాలా వద్దా." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "" "If activated and no image is loaded in the active window, the file chooser " "will display the user's pictures folder using the XDG special user " "directories. If deactivated or the pictures folder has not been set up, it " "will show the current working directory." msgstr "" "ఒకవేళ క్రియాశీలపరచి వుండి కూడా క్రియాశీల విండోనందు ఏ బొమ్మ లోడుకాకపోతే, " "దస్త్ర ఎంపికరి వాడుకరి చిత్రముల సంచయమును XDG ప్రత్యేక వాడుకరి డైరెక్టరీలను " "ఉపయోగించి ప్రదర్శిస్తుంది. క్రియాహీనపరచినా లేక చిత్రముల సంచయమును ఇంకా " "అమర్చకపోయినా ఇది ప్రస్తుతం పనిచేస్తున్న డైరెక్టరీని చూపిస్తుంది." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "" "Whether the metadata list in the properties dialog should have its own page." msgstr "లక్షణముల డైలాగునందలి మెటాడాటా జాబితా దాని స్వంత పేజీను కలిగివుండాలా." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "" "If activated, the detailed metadata list in the properties dialog will be " "moved to its own page in the dialog. This should make the dialog more usable " "on smaller screens, e.g. as used by netbooks. If disabled, the widget will " "be embedded on the \"Metadata\" page." msgstr "" "ఒకవేళ క్రియాత్మకం చేసినట్టయితే, లక్షణముల డైలాగునందు విశదీకృత మెటాడేటా " "జాబితాను డైలాగునందు దాని స్వంత పేజీకు తరలించబడుతుంది. ఇది డైలాగును చిన్న " "తెరల పై మరింత ఉపయోగకరంగా ఉండేటట్లు చేస్తుంది, ఉదా. నెట్‌బుక్‌ల ద్వారా వాడటం. " "ఒకవేళ అచేతనపరిచినట్లయితే, విడ్జట్‌ను \"మెటాడాటా\" పేజీనందు చేర్చబడుతుంది." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "External program to use for editing images" msgstr "బొమ్మలను సవరించుటకు వాడే బాహ్య కార్యక్రమం" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "" "The desktop file name (including the \".desktop\") of the application to use " "for editing images (when the \"Edit Image\" toolbar button is clicked). Set " "to the empty string to disable this feature." msgstr "" "బొమ్మలను సవరించుటకు (ఎప్పుడైతే \"బొమ్మని సవరించు\" సాధనపట్టీని " "నొక్కినప్పుడు) అనువర్తనము యొక్క డెస్క్‍టాప్ దస్త్రం పేరు (\".desktop\" తో " "పాటుగా) వాడుకొను. ఈ విశిష్ట లక్షణాన్ని అచేతనపరుచుటకు ఖాళీ పదానికి అమర్చు." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Active plugins" msgstr "క్రియాశీలక చొప్పింతలు" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "" "List of active plugins. It doesn't contain the \"Location\" of the active " "plugins. See the .eog-plugin file for obtaining the \"Location\" of a given " "plugin." msgstr "" "క్రియాశీల ప్లగిన్‌ల జాబితా. ఇది క్రియాశీల చొప్పింతల \"Location\"ను " "కలిగివుండదు. ఇవ్వబడిన చొప్పింత యొక్క \"Location\"ను పొందుటకు .eog-plugin " "దస్త్రాన్ని చూడండి." #: ../plugins/fullscreen/fullscreen.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Fullscreen with double-click" msgstr "రెండు-క్లిక్కులతో పూర్తి తెర" #: ../plugins/fullscreen/fullscreen.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Activate fullscreen mode with double-click" msgstr "రెండు-క్లిక్కులతో పూర్తితెర విధమును క్రియాత్మకముచేయి" #: ../plugins/reload/eog-reload-plugin.c:74 #: ../plugins/reload/reload.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Reload Image" msgstr "బొమ్మని తిరిగిలోడుచేయి" #: ../plugins/reload/eog-reload-plugin.c:76 #: ../plugins/reload/reload.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Reload current image" msgstr "ప్రస్తుత బొమ్మను తిరిగి లోడుచేయి" #: ../plugins/statusbar-date/statusbar-date.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 #| msgid "Show/hide the window statusbar." msgid "Date in statusbar" msgstr "స్థితిపట్టీ నందు తేది" #: ../plugins/statusbar-date/statusbar-date.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Shows the image date in the window statusbar" msgstr "కిటికీ స్థితిపట్టీ నందు బొమ్మ తేదీని చూపిస్తుంది" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:166 msgid "Close _without Saving" msgstr "అడగకుండానే బొమ్మని మూసివేయి (_w)" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:212 msgid "Question" msgstr "ప్రశ్న" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:391 msgid "If you don't save, your changes will be lost." msgstr "ఒకవేళ మీరు భద్రపరచకపోతే, మీరు చేసిన మార్పులు పోతాయి." #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:428 #, c-format msgid "Save changes to image \"%s\" before closing?" msgstr "మూసివేయుటకు ముందుగా \"%s\" బొమ్మకు చేసిన మార్పులను భద్రపరచమంటారా?" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:635 #, c-format msgid "There is %d image with unsaved changes. Save changes before closing?" msgid_plural "" "There are %d images with unsaved changes. Save changes before closing?" msgstr[0] "" "%d బొమ్మ భద్రపరుచని మార్పులతో ఉన్నది. మూసివేయుటకు ముందుగా మార్పులను " "భద్రపరచమంటారా?" msgstr[1] "" "%d బొమ్మలు భద్రపరుచని మార్పులతో ఉన్నాయి. మూసివేయుటకు ముందుగా మార్పులను " "భద్రపరచమంటారా?" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:652 msgid "S_elect the images you want to save:" msgstr "మీరు భద్రపరచాలనుకుంటున్న బొమ్మలను ఎంచుకోండి (_e) :" #. Secondary label #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:671 msgid "If you don't save, all your changes will be lost." msgstr "ఒకవేళ మీరు భద్రపరచకపోతే, మీరు చేసిన అన్ని మార్పులు పోతాయి." #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:172 #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:119 ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:456 #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:464 ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:472 #: ../src/eog-window.c:3367 ../src/eog-window.c:3370 ../src/eog-window.c:3621 msgid "_Cancel" msgstr "రద్దుచేయి (_C)" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:124 ../src/eog-window.c:847 msgid "_Reload" msgstr "తిరిగిలోడుచేయి (_R)" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:129 ../src/eog-window.c:4085 msgid "Save _As…" msgstr "ఇలా భద్రపరుచు...(_A)" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:171 #, c-format msgid "Could not load image '%s'." msgstr "'%s' బొమ్మను లోడుచేయలేకపోయింది." #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:213 #, c-format msgid "Could not save image '%s'." msgstr "'%s' బొమ్మను దాచలేకపోయింది." #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:256 #, c-format msgid "No images found in '%s'." msgstr "'%s' నందు ఏ బొమ్మలు కనుబడలేదు." #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:263 msgid "The given locations contain no images." msgstr "ఇచ్చిన స్థానాలలో ఏ బొమ్మలను కలిగిలేవు" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:65 msgid "Camera" msgstr "కెమేరా" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:66 msgid "Image Data" msgstr "బొమ్మ డేటా" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:67 msgid "Image Taking Conditions" msgstr "బొమ్మను తీయు నిబంధనలు" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:68 msgid "GPS Data" msgstr "GPS దత్తాంశం" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:69 msgid "Maker Note" msgstr "రూపకర్త సూచన" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:70 msgid "Other" msgstr "ఇతర" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:72 msgid "XMP Exif" msgstr "XMP Exif" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:73 msgid "XMP IPTC" msgstr "XMP IPTC" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:74 msgid "XMP Rights Management" msgstr "XMP Rights Management" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:75 msgid "XMP Other" msgstr "XMP Other" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:251 msgid "Tag" msgstr "కొస" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:258 msgid "Value" msgstr "విలువ" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:436 msgid "North" msgstr "ఉత్తరం" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:439 msgid "East" msgstr "తూర్పు" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:442 msgid "West" msgstr "పడమర" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:445 msgid "South" msgstr "దక్షిణం" #. A strftime-formatted string, to display the date the image was taken. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:120 ../src/eog-exif-util.c:160 msgid "%a, %d %B %Y %X" msgstr "%a, %d %B %Y %X" #. A strftime-formatted string, to display the date the image was taken, for the case we don't have the time. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:154 msgid "%a, %d %B %Y" msgstr "%a, %d %B %Y" #. TRANSLATORS: This is the actual focal length used when #. the image was taken. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:251 #, c-format msgid "%.1f (lens)" msgstr "%.1f (lens)" #. Print as float to get a similar look as above. #. TRANSLATORS: This is the equivalent focal length assuming #. a 35mm film camera. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:262 #, c-format msgid "%.1f (35mm film)" msgstr "%.1f (35mm film)" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:119 msgid "File format is unknown or unsupported" msgstr "దస్త్ర ఆకృతి తెలియనిది లేదా సహకారములేనిది" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:124 msgid "" "Image Viewer could not determine a supported writable file format based on " "the filename." msgstr "" "దస్త్రం పేరు పై ఆధారపడి సహకారము ఉన్నటువంటి వ్రాయదగిన దస్త్ర ఆకృతిని Image " "Viewer నిర్ణయించలేకపోయింది." #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:125 msgid "Please try a different file extension like .png or .jpg." msgstr "దయచేసి .png లేదా .jpg వంటి ఇతర దస్త్ర పొడిగింతను ప్రయత్నించండి." #. Filter name: First description then file extension, eg. "The PNG-Format (*.png)". #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:160 #, c-format msgid "%s (*.%s)" msgstr "%s (*.%s)" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:212 msgid "All files" msgstr "అన్ని దస్త్రాలు" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:217 msgid "Supported image files" msgstr "సహకారం ఉన్న బొమ్మ దస్త్రాలు" #. Pixel size of image: width x height in pixel #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:289 ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:232 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:236 ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:134 #: ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:136 ../src/eog-thumb-view.c:515 msgid "pixel" msgid_plural "pixels" msgstr[0] "చిణువు" msgstr[1] "చిణువులు" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:459 msgid "Open Image" msgstr "బొమ్మని తెరువు" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:467 msgid "Save Image" msgstr "బొమ్మను భద్రపరుచు" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:475 msgid "Open Folder" msgstr "సంచయమును తెరువు" #: ../src/eog-image.c:613 #, c-format msgid "Transformation on unloaded image." msgstr "లోడవ్వని బొమ్మ పై రూపాంతరము." #: ../src/eog-image.c:641 #, c-format msgid "Transformation failed." msgstr "రూపాంతరం విఫలమైనది." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1116 #, c-format msgid "EXIF not supported for this file format." msgstr "ఈ దస్త్ర ఆకృతికి EXIF సహకారం లేదు." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1265 #, c-format msgid "Image loading failed." msgstr "బొమ్మను నింపుటలో విఫలమైనది." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1846 ../src/eog-image.c:1966 #, c-format msgid "No image loaded." msgstr "ఎటువంటి బొమ్మ లోడవ్వలేదు." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1854 ../src/eog-image.c:1975 #, c-format msgid "You do not have the permissions necessary to save the file." msgstr "మీకు దస్త్రమును దాచుటకు అవసరమైన అనుమతులు లేవు" #: ../src/eog-image.c:1864 ../src/eog-image.c:1986 #, c-format msgid "Temporary file creation failed." msgstr "తాత్కాలిక దస్త్రాన్ని సృష్టించుటలో విఫలమైనది." #: ../src/eog-image-jpeg.c:374 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't create temporary file for saving: %s" msgstr "" "దీనిని భద్రపరుచుటకు తాత్కాలిక దస్త్రాన్ని సృష్టించుట సాధ్యముకాలేదు:%s" #: ../src/eog-image-jpeg.c:393 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't allocate memory for loading JPEG file" msgstr "JPEG దస్త్రం లోడుచేయుటకు మెమొరీను కేటాయించలేకపోయింది" #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:245 ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:151 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "తెలియదు" #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:503 msgid "File size:" msgstr "దస్త్ర పరిమాణం:" #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:519 ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:666 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4089 msgid "Show the folder which contains this file in the file manager" msgstr "దస్త్ర నిర్వాహకంలో ఉన్న దస్త్రము కలిగిఉన్న సంచయమును చూపించు" #: ../src/eog-preferences-dialog.c:109 #, c-format msgid "%lu second" msgid_plural "%lu seconds" msgstr[0] "%lu క్షణం" msgstr[1] "%lu క్షణాలు" #: ../src/eog-print.c:371 msgid "Image Settings" msgstr "బొమ్మ అమరికలు" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:902 msgid "Image" msgstr "బొమ్మ" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:903 msgid "The image whose printing properties will be set up" msgstr "బొమ్మను ముద్రించే లక్షణాలు అమర్చబడతాయి" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:909 msgid "Page Setup" msgstr "పేజీ అమరిక" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:910 msgid "The information for the page where the image will be printed" msgstr "బొమ్మ ముద్రించబడే పేజీ కొరకు సమాచారం" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:936 msgid "Position" msgstr "స్థానము" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:940 msgid "_Left:" msgstr "ఎడమ (_L):" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:942 msgid "_Right:" msgstr "కుడి (_R):" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:943 msgid "_Top:" msgstr "పైన (_T):" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:944 msgid "_Bottom:" msgstr "కింద (_B):" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:947 msgid "C_enter:" msgstr "మధ్యన (_e):" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:952 msgid "None" msgstr "ఏదీకాదు" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:954 msgid "Horizontal" msgstr "అడ్డము" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:956 msgid "Vertical" msgstr "నిలువు" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:958 msgid "Both" msgstr "రెండియు" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:974 msgid "Size" msgstr "పరిమాణము" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:977 msgid "_Width:" msgstr "వెడల్పు (_W):" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:979 msgid "_Height:" msgstr "ఎత్తు (_H):" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:982 msgid "_Scaling:" msgstr "కొలమానము (_S):" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:993 msgid "_Unit:" msgstr "యూనిట్ (_U):" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:998 msgid "Millimeters" msgstr "మిల్లీమీటర్లు" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:1000 msgid "Inches" msgstr "అంగుళాలు" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:1029 msgid "Preview" msgstr "మునుజూపు" #: ../src/eog-save-as-dialog-helper.c:162 msgid "as is" msgstr "వలె ఉన్నది" #. Translators: This string is displayed in the statusbar. #. * The first token is the image number, the second is total image #. * count. #. * #. * Translate to "%Id" if you want to use localized digits, or #. * translate to "%d" otherwise. #. * #. * Note that translating this doesn't guarantee that you get localized #. * digits. That needs support from your system and locale definition #. * too. #: ../src/eog-statusbar.c:126 #, c-format msgid "%d / %d" msgstr "%d / %d" #: ../src/eog-thumb-view.c:543 msgid "Taken on" msgstr "తీసుకోబడినది" #: ../src/eog-uri-converter.c:980 #, c-format msgid "At least two file names are equal." msgstr "కనీసం రెండు దస్త్రాల పేర్లు సమంగా ఉండాలి." #: ../src/eog-util.c:68 msgid "Could not display help for Image Viewer" msgstr "Image Viewer సహాయమును ప్రదర్శించలేదు" #: ../src/eog-util.c:116 msgid " (invalid Unicode)" msgstr " (చెల్లని యూనికోడ్)" #. Translators: This is the string displayed in the statusbar #. * The tokens are from left to right: #. * - image width #. * - image height #. * - image size in bytes #. * - zoom in percent #: ../src/eog-window.c:541 #, c-format msgid "%i × %i pixel %s %i%%" msgid_plural "%i × %i pixels %s %i%%" msgstr[0] "%i × %i పిక్సెల్ %s %i%%" msgstr[1] "%i × %i పిక్సెళ్ళు %s %i%%" #: ../src/eog-window.c:849 ../src/eog-window.c:2784 msgctxt "MessageArea" msgid "Hi_de" msgstr "దాయి (_d)" #. The newline character is currently necessary due to a problem #. * with the automatic line break. #: ../src/eog-window.c:859 #, c-format msgid "" "The image \"%s\" has been modified by an external application.\n" "Would you like to reload it?" msgstr "" "\"%s\" బొమ్మ బాహ్య అనువర్తనముచే సవరించబడింది.\n" "మీరు దానిని తిరిగిలోడుచేయాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:1023 #, c-format msgid "Use \"%s\" to open the selected image" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న బొమ్మని తెరుచుటకు \"%s\"ని వినియోగించు" #. Translators: This string is displayed in the statusbar #. * while saving images. The tokens are from left to right: #. * - the original filename #. * - the current image's position in the queue #. * - the total number of images queued for saving #: ../src/eog-window.c:1179 #, c-format msgid "Saving image \"%s\" (%u/%u)" msgstr "\"%s\" బొమ్మను భద్రపరుస్తున్నది (%u/%u)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:1574 #, c-format msgid "Opening image \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\" బొమ్మని తెరుస్తున్నది" #. L10N: This the reason why the screensaver is inhibited. #: ../src/eog-window.c:2030 msgid "Viewing a slideshow" msgstr "పలకప్రదర్శనను వీక్షించుట" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2259 #, c-format msgid "" "Error printing file:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "దస్త్రం ముద్రించుటలో దోషం:\n" "%s" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2558 msgid "Toolbar Editor" msgstr "సాధనపట్టీ కూర్పకము" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2561 msgid "_Reset to Default" msgstr "అప్రమేయమునకు తిరిగి అమర్చు (_R)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2731 ../src/eog-window.c:2746 msgid "Error launching System Settings: " msgstr "వ్యవస్థ అమరికలను ప్రారంభించుటలో దోషము: " #. I18N: When setting mnemonics for these strings, watch out to not #. clash with mnemonics from eog's menubar #: ../src/eog-window.c:2782 msgid "_Open Background Preferences" msgstr "నేపథ్య ప్రాధాన్యతలను తెరువు (_O)" #. The newline character is currently necessary due to a problem #. * with the automatic line break. #: ../src/eog-window.c:2798 #, c-format msgid "" "The image \"%s\" has been set as Desktop Background.\n" "Would you like to modify its appearance?" msgstr "" "\"%s\" బొమ్మ డెస్క్‍టాప్ నేపథ్యము వలె అమర్చబడింది.\n" "అది కనిపించువిధమును సవరించాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3265 msgid "Saving image locally…" msgstr "బొమ్మను స్థానికంగా భద్రపరుస్తున్నది..." #: ../src/eog-window.c:3343 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "\"%s\" permanently?" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3346 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "the selected image permanently?" msgid_plural "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "the %d selected images permanently?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3368 ../src/eog-window.c:3632 msgid "_Delete" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3371 ../src/eog-window.c:3634 msgid "_Yes" msgstr "" #. add 'dont ask again' button #: ../src/eog-window.c:3375 ../src/eog-window.c:3626 msgid "Do _not ask again during this session" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3419 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't retrieve image file" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3435 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't retrieve image file information" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3451 ../src/eog-window.c:3693 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't delete file" msgstr "దస్త్రాన్ని తొలగించలేకపోతుంది" #. set dialog error message #: ../src/eog-window.c:3501 ../src/eog-window.c:3789 #, c-format msgid "Error on deleting image %s" msgstr "%s బొమ్మని తొలగించుటలో దోషం" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3594 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "\"%s\" to the trash?" msgstr "" "\"%s\" ని ఖచ్చితముగా చెత్తబుట్టకి\n" "తరలించాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3597 #, c-format msgid "" "A trash for \"%s\" couldn't be found. Do you want to remove this image " "permanently?" msgstr "" "\"%s\" కొరకు చెత్తబుట్ట కనుగొనబడలేదు. మీరు ఈ బొమ్మను శాశ్వతముగా " "తీసివేద్దామనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3602 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "the selected image to the trash?" msgid_plural "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "the %d selected images to the trash?" msgstr[0] "" "ఎంచుకున్న బొమ్మని చెత్తబుట్టకి \n" "తరలించాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" msgstr[1] "" "ఎంచుకున్న %d బొమ్మలను చెత్తబుట్టలోకి\n" "తరలించాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3607 msgid "" "Some of the selected images can't be moved to the trash and will be removed " "permanently. Are you sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" "ఎంచుకున్న వాటిలో కొన్ని బొమ్మలు చెత్తబుట్టకు తరలించబడవు మరియు శాశ్వతముగా " "తొలగించబడతాయి. మీరు ఖచ్చితముగా కొనసాగాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3624 ../src/eog-window.c:4115 ../src/eog-window.c:4142 msgid "Move to _Trash" msgstr "చెత్తబుట్టకు తరలించు (_T)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3671 ../src/eog-window.c:3685 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't access trash." msgstr "చెత్తబుట్టకు ప్రవేశ సౌలభ్యత కుదురుటలేదు." #: ../src/eog-window.c:4036 msgid "_Image" msgstr "బొమ్మ (_I)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4037 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "సవరణ (_E)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4039 msgid "_Go" msgstr "వెళ్ళు (_G)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4040 msgid "_Tools" msgstr "సాధనాలు (_T)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4043 msgid "_Open…" msgstr "తెరువు...(_O)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4044 msgid "Open a file" msgstr "ఒక దస్త్రం తెరువు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2563 ../src/eog-window.c:4046 msgid "_Close" msgstr "మూసివేయి (_C)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4047 msgid "Close window" msgstr "కిటికీని మూసివేయి" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4049 msgid "T_oolbar" msgstr "సాధనపట్టీ (_o)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4050 msgid "Edit the application toolbar" msgstr "అనువర్తనము సాధనపట్టీని సవరించు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4053 msgid "Preferences for Image Viewer" msgstr "బొమ్మ వీక్షకం కొరకు ప్రాధాన్యతలు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4055 msgid "_Contents" msgstr "విషయసూచిక (_C)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4056 #| msgid "Help On this application" msgid "Help on this application" msgstr "ఈ అనువర్తనమునకై సహాయం" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:8 ../src/eog-window.c:4058 msgid "_About" msgstr "గురించి (_A)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4059 msgid "About this application" msgstr "ఈ అనువర్తనము గురించి" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4065 msgid "Changes the visibility of the toolbar in the current window" msgstr "ప్రస్థుత కిటికీలో సాధనపట్టీ యొక్క కనిపించువిధమును మార్చుతుంది" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4068 msgid "Changes the visibility of the statusbar in the current window" msgstr "ప్రస్థుత కిటికీలో స్థితిపట్టీ యొక్క కనిపించువిధమును మార్చుతుంది" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4071 msgid "" "Changes the visibility of the image gallery pane in the current window" msgstr "ప్రస్థుత కిటికీలో చిత్రశాల పట్టీ కనిపించువిధమును మార్చుతుంది" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4074 msgid "Changes the visibility of the side pane in the current window" msgstr "ప్రస్థుత కిటికీలో పక్కపట్టీ యొక్క కనిపించువిధమును మార్చుతుంది" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:178 ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:465 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4079 msgid "_Save" msgstr "భద్రపరుచు (_S)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4080 msgid "Save changes in currently selected images" msgstr "ప్రస్తుతం ఎంచుకున్న బొమ్మలలో మార్పులను భద్రపరుచు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4082 msgid "Open _with" msgstr "దీనితో తెరువు (_w)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4083 msgid "Open the selected image with a different application" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న బొమ్మని వేరొక అనువర్తనముతో తెరువు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4086 msgid "Save the selected images with a different name" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న బొమ్మలను వేరొక పేరుతో భద్రపరుచు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4088 msgid "Show Containing _Folder" msgstr "కలిగి ఉన్న సంచయమును చూపుము (_F)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4091 msgid "_Print…" msgstr "ముద్రించు...(_P)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4092 msgid "Print the selected image" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న బొమ్మనుముద్రించు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4094 #| msgid "Properties" msgid "Prope_rties" msgstr "లక్షణాలు (_r)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4095 msgid "Show the properties and metadata of the selected image" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న బొమ్మ యొక్క లక్షణములను మరియు మెటాడేటాను చూపించు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4097 msgid "_Undo" msgstr "రద్దుచేయి (_U)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4098 msgid "Undo the last change in the image" msgstr "బొమ్మలో ఆఖరుగా చేసిన మార్పును రద్దుచేయి" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4100 msgid "Flip _Horizontal" msgstr "అడ్డముగా తిప్పు (_H)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4101 msgid "Mirror the image horizontally" msgstr "బొమ్మను అడ్డముగా అద్దములో చూపు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4103 msgid "Flip _Vertical" msgstr "నిలువుగా తిప్పు (_V)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4104 msgid "Mirror the image vertically" msgstr "బొమ్మను నిలువుగా అద్దములో చూపు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4106 msgid "_Rotate Clockwise" msgstr "సవ్యదిశలో తిప్పు (_R)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4107 msgid "Rotate the image 90 degrees to the right" msgstr "బొమ్మను 90 డిగ్రీలలో కుడివైపునకు తిప్పు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4109 msgid "Rotate Counterc_lockwise" msgstr "అపసవ్యదిశలో తిప్పు (_l)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4110 msgid "Rotate the image 90 degrees to the left" msgstr "బొమ్మను 90 డిగ్రీలలో ఎడమవైపునకు తిప్పు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4112 msgid "Set as Wa_llpaper" msgstr "నేపథ్యచిత్రం వలె అమర్చు (_l)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4113 msgid "Set the selected image as the wallpaper" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న బొమ్మని నేపథ్యచిత్రముగా అమర్చు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4116 msgid "Move the selected image to the trash folder" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న బొమ్మని చెత్తబుట్ట సంచయానికి తరలించు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4118 msgid "_Delete Image" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4119 msgid "Delete the selected image" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4121 msgid "_Copy" msgstr "నకలుతీయి (_C)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4122 msgid "Copy the selected image to the clipboard" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న బొమ్మని క్లిప్‌బోర్డునకు నకలుతీయి" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4124 ../src/eog-window.c:4133 ../src/eog-window.c:4136 msgid "_Zoom In" msgstr "పెద్దగాచేయి (_Z)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4125 ../src/eog-window.c:4134 msgid "Enlarge the image" msgstr "బొమ్మను పెద్దది చేయి" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4127 ../src/eog-window.c:4139 msgid "Zoom _Out" msgstr "చిన్నగాచేయి (_O)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4128 ../src/eog-window.c:4137 ../src/eog-window.c:4140 msgid "Shrink the image" msgstr "బొమ్మను కుదించు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4130 msgid "_Normal Size" msgstr "సాధారణ పరిమాణం (_N)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4131 msgid "Show the image at its normal size" msgstr "బొమ్మను దాని సాధారణ పరిమాణం వద్ద చూపించు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4148 msgid "_Fullscreen" msgstr "పూర్తితెర (_F)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4149 msgid "Show the current image in fullscreen mode" msgstr "ప్రస్తుతపు బొమ్మని పూర్తితెర విధములో చూపించు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4151 msgid "Pause Slideshow" msgstr "పలకప్రదర్శనను నిలిపివేయి" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4152 msgid "Pause or resume the slideshow" msgstr "పలకప్రదర్శనను నిలిపివేయి లేదా పునఃప్రారంభించు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4154 msgid "_Best Fit" msgstr "ఉత్తమ అమరిక (_B)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4155 msgid "Fit the image to the window" msgstr "బొమ్మను కిటికీకి సరిపోయేటట్లు అమర్చు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4160 ../src/eog-window.c:4175 msgid "_Previous Image" msgstr "మునుపటి బొమ్మ (_P)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4161 msgid "Go to the previous image of the gallery" msgstr "చిత్రశాల నందు మునుపటి బొమ్మకు వెళ్ళు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4163 msgid "_Next Image" msgstr "తరువాత బొమ్మ (_N)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4164 msgid "Go to the next image of the gallery" msgstr "చిత్రశాల నందు తదుపరి బొమ్మకు వెళ్ళు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4166 ../src/eog-window.c:4178 msgid "_First Image" msgstr "మొదటి బొమ్మ (_F)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4167 msgid "Go to the first image of the gallery" msgstr "చిత్రశాల నందు మొదటి బొమ్మకు వెళ్ళు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4169 ../src/eog-window.c:4181 msgid "_Last Image" msgstr "చివరి బొమ్మ (_L)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4170 msgid "Go to the last image of the gallery" msgstr "చిత్రశాల నందు చివరి బొమ్మకు వెళ్ళు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4172 msgid "_Random Image" msgstr "యాదృచ్ఛిక బొమ్మ (_R)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4173 msgid "Go to a random image of the gallery" msgstr "చిత్రశాల నందు యాదృచ్ఛిక బొమ్మకు వెళ్ళు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4331 msgid "S_lideshow" msgstr "పలకప్రదర్శన(_l)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4332 msgid "Start a slideshow view of the images" msgstr "బొమ్మల యొక్క పలకప్రదర్శన వీక్షణాన్ని ప్రారంభించు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4404 msgid "Previous" msgstr "మునుపటి" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4409 msgid "Next" msgstr "తరువాత" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4416 msgid "Right" msgstr "కుడి" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4419 msgid "Left" msgstr "ఎడమ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4422 msgid "Show Folder" msgstr "సంచయమును చూపించు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4425 msgid "In" msgstr "లోపలికి" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4428 msgid "Out" msgstr "బయటికి" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4431 msgid "Normal" msgstr "సాధారణ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4434 msgid "Fit" msgstr "తగిన" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4437 msgid "Gallery" msgstr "చిత్రశాల" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4454 msgctxt "action (to trash)" msgid "Trash" msgstr "చెత్తబుట్ట" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4820 #, c-format msgid "Edit the current image using %s" msgstr "%s వాడి ప్రస్తుత బొమ్మను సవరించు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4822 msgid "Edit Image" msgstr "బొమ్మను సవరించు" #: ../src/eog-window.c:6166 msgid "The GNOME image viewer." msgstr "గ్నోమ్ బొమ్మ వీక్షకము." #: ../src/eog-window.c:6169 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Bharat Kumar ,\n" "కృష్ణబాబు కె 2009, 2010,\n" "Praveen Illa , 2011-13.\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Hari Krishna https://launchpad.net/~hari\n" " Krishna Babu K https://launchpad.net/~kkrothap\n" " Praveen Illa https://launchpad.net/~telugulinux\n" " Sasi Bhushan Boddepalli https://launchpad.net/~sasi-v\n" " bharatkumar https://launchpad.net/~jonnalagaddabharat" #: ../src/main.c:56 msgid "GNOME Image Viewer" msgstr "గ్నోమ్ బొమ్మ వీక్షకం" #: ../src/main.c:63 msgid "Open in fullscreen mode" msgstr "పూర్తితెర విధములో తెరువు" #: ../src/main.c:64 msgid "Disable image gallery" msgstr "చిత్రశాలని అచేతనపరుచు" #: ../src/main.c:65 msgid "Open in slideshow mode" msgstr "పలకప్రదర్శన విధములో తెరువు" #: ../src/main.c:66 msgid "Start a new instance instead of reusing an existing one" msgstr "ఉన్నదానిని తిరిగి ఉపయోగించుటకు బదులుగా కొత్త ప్రక్రియను ప్రారంభించు" #: ../src/main.c:67 msgid "" "Open in a single window, if multiple windows are open the first one is used" msgstr "" "ఒక కిటికీ నందు తెరుచును, వొకవేళ బహుళ కిటికీలు తెరువబడితే మొదటిది " "ఉపయోగించబడును" #: ../src/main.c:69 msgid "Show the application's version" msgstr "అనువర్తనము యొక్క రూపాంతరాన్ని చూపించు" #: ../src/main.c:99 msgid "[FILE…]" msgstr "[FILE…]" #. I18N: The '%s' is replaced with eog's command name. #: ../src/main.c:112 #, c-format msgid "Run '%s --help' to see a full list of available command line options." msgstr "అందుబాటులో వున్న అదేశ వరుస ఐచ్చికముల కొరకు '%s --help' నడుపు." language-pack-gnome-te-base/data/te/LC_MESSAGES/evolution-3.10.po0000644000000000000000000267110712321560764021161 0ustar # translation of te.po to Telugu # Telugu translation of evolution # Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Andhra Pradesh. # This file is distributed under the same license as the evolution package. # # Prajasakti Localisation Team , 2005. # భరత్ కుమార్ , 2007. # Krishna Babu K , 2008, 2009, 2010. # Krishnababu Krothapalli , 2011. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: te\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: " "http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=evolution&keywords=I18N+L10N" "\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-06 17:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-19 10:35+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Krishna Babu K \n" "Language-Team: Telugu \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:44+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: te\n" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:1 msgid "This address book could not be opened." msgstr "ఈ చిరునామా పుస్తకాన్ని తెరువలేకపోయింది." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This address book server might be unreachable or the server name may be " "misspelled or your network connection could be down." msgstr "" "ఈ చిరునామా పుస్తక సేవిక అందుబాటులో లేదు లేక సేవిక పేరుఉచ్ఛారణలో లోపం " "జరిగింది లేక మీ అల్లిక బంధం డౌన్ అయినది." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Failed to authenticate with LDAP server." msgstr "LDAP సేవిక తో ప్రామాణీకరించడంలో విఫలమయినది." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Check to make sure your password is spelled correctly and that you are using " "a supported login method. Remember that many passwords are case sensitive; " "your caps lock might be on." msgstr "" "మీ సంకేతపదం సరిగా స్పెల్ చేయబడినదోలేదో మరియు మీరు మద్దతీయబడు లాగిన్ " "విధానాన్ని ఉపయోగిస్తున్నారో లేదో ఒక సారి సరిచూడండి. చాలా సంకేతపదాలు " "చిన్నపెద్దఅక్షర తేడాను కలిగిఉన్నవని గుర్తించండి; మీ కాప్స్‌లాక్ ఉపయోగంలో " "ఉండిఉండవచ్చు." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:5 msgid "This address book server does not have any suggested search bases." msgstr "ఈ చిరునామా పుస్తక సేవికకు తగ్గ వెతుకు మూలాలు లేవు" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "This LDAP server may use an older version of LDAP, which does not support " "this functionality or it may be misconfigured. Ask your administrator for " "supported search bases." msgstr "" "ఈ LDAP సేవిక పాత LDAP వర్షన్ ను ఉపయోగిస్తుండవచ్చు, ఏదైతే ఈ ఫంక్షనాలిటినికి " "మద్దతు నీయదో లేదా ఇది తప్పుగాఆకృతీకరించి ఉండవచ్చు. మద్దతునిచ్చు అన్వేషణ " "ఆధారాల కొరకు మీ నిర్వహణాధికారిని సంప్రదించండి." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:7 msgid "This server does not support LDAPv3 schema information." msgstr "ఈ సేవికకు LDAPv3 ముఖ్యాంశ సూచిక సమాచార సహకారం లేదు" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Could not get schema information for LDAP server." msgstr "LDAP సేవిక కు ముఖ్యాంశ సూచిక సమాచారం రాలేదు" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:9 msgid "LDAP server did not respond with valid schema information." msgstr "LDAP సేవిక ముఖ్యాంశ సూచిక సమాచారం తో స్పపందించలేదు" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Could not remove address book." msgstr "చిరునామా పుస్తకాన్ని తొలగించలేము" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Delete address book '{0}'?" msgstr "చిరునామా పుస్తకాన్ని తొలగించండి '{0}'?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:12 msgid "This address book will be removed permanently." msgstr "ఈ చిరునామా పుస్తకం శాశ్వతంగా తొలగించబడుతుంది." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:7 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:66 msgid "Do _Not Delete" msgstr "తొలగించవద్దు (_N)" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:14 msgid "Delete remote address book "{0}"?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the address book "{0}" from the " "server. Are you sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:16 #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:61 msgid "_Delete From Server" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:17 msgid "Category editor not available." msgstr "విభాగ సరిచేయుకర్త అందుబాటులో లేదు" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:18 msgid "Unable to open address book" msgstr "చిరునామ పుస్తకాన్ని తెరవలేకపోయింది" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:19 msgid "Unable to perform search." msgstr "వెతకలేకపోయింది" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:20 msgid "Would you like to save your changes?" msgstr "మీ మార్పులను దాయాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:21 msgid "" "You have made modifications to this contact. Do you want to save these " "changes?" msgstr "" "ఈ పరిచయానికి మీరు సవరింపులు చేసారు. మీరు ఈ మార్పులను దాయాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:22 msgid "_Discard" msgstr "తీసివేయు(_D)" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:23 msgid "Cannot move contact." msgstr "పరిచయాన్ని జరపలేము" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:24 msgid "" "You are attempting to move a contact from one address book to another but it " "cannot be removed from the source. Do you want to save a copy instead?" msgstr "" "మీరు పరిచయాన్ని ఒక చిరునామాపుస్తకం నుండి వేరొక దానికి కదుల్చుటకు " "ప్రయత్నిస్తున్నారు అయితే ఇది మూలం నుండి తొలగించబడదు. మీరు బదులుగా ఒక నకలు " "దాయాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:25 msgid "" "The image you have selected is large. Do you want to resize and store it?" msgstr "" "మీరు ఎంచుకున్న ప్రతిరూపం చాలా పెద్దది. మీరు దాన్ని మార్చి దాయాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:26 msgid "_Resize" msgstr "పున: పరిమాణము(_R)" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:27 msgid "_Use as it is" msgstr "ఎలా ఉందో అలా ఉపయోగించుము(_U)" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:28 msgid "_Do not save" msgstr "దాయవద్దు(_D)" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:29 msgid "Unable to save {0}." msgstr "{0} ను దాయలేము." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:30 msgid "Error saving {0} to {1}: {2}" msgstr "{0} ను {1} కు దాయుటలో దోషం: {2}" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:31 msgid "Address '{0}' already exists." msgstr "చిరునామా '{0}' ముందే ఉన్నది" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:32 msgid "" "A contact already exists with this address. Would you like to add a new card " "with the same address anyway?" msgstr "" "ఒక పైచయం ఈ చిరునామాతో ముందే ఉన్నది. మీరు ఈ చిరునామాతోనే కొత్త పలకానికి " "జతచేయాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:33 #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:997 ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:397 msgid "_Add" msgstr "జతచేయు(_A)" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Some addresses already exist in this contact list." msgstr "ఈ పరిచయ జాబితానందు కొన్ని చిరునామాలు యిప్పటికే వున్నాయి." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:35 msgid "" "You are trying to add addresses that are part of this list already. Would " "you like to add them anyway?" msgstr "" "ఈ జాబితానందు యిప్పటికే భాగమైన చిరునామాలను మీరు జతచేయుటకు ప్రయత్నిస్తున్నారు. " "మీరు వాటిని యేమైనా సరే సంస్థాపించాలని అనుకొనుచున్నారా?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:36 msgid "Skip duplicates" msgstr "నకిలీలను వదలివేయి" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:37 msgid "Add with duplicates" msgstr "నకిలీలతో జతచేయి" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:38 msgid "List '{0}' is already in this contact list." msgstr "ఈ పరిచయ జాబితానందు జాబితా '{0}' ఇప్పటికే వుంది." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:39 msgid "" "A contact list named '{0}' is already in this contact list. Would you like " "to add it anyway?" msgstr "" "ఒక పరిచయ జాబితా '{0}' పేరుతో వున్నది యిప్పటికే ఈ పరిచయ జాబితానందు వుంది. " "అయినా మీరుదీనిని జతచేద్దామని అనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:40 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1251 msgid "Failed to delete contact" msgstr "పరిచయాన్ని తొలగించడంలో విఫలమయినది" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:41 msgid "You do not have permission to delete contacts in this address book." msgstr "ఈచిరునామా పుస్తకంనుండి పరిచయాలను తొలగించుటకు మీరు అనుమతినికలిగిలేరు." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:42 msgid "Cannot add new contact" msgstr "కొత్త పరిచయాన్ని జతచేయలేము" #. For Translators: {0} is the name of the address book source #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:44 msgid "" "'{0}' is a read-only address book and cannot be modified. Please select a " "different address book from the side bar in the Contacts view." msgstr "" "'{0}' చదువుట-మాత్రమే చిరునామా పుస్తకం మరియు సవరించలేము. ప్రక్కపట్టీలోని " "పరిచయాల దర్శనంనుండి వేరొక చిరునామాపుస్తకంను యెంచుకోండి." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:1 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:650 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:672 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:2958 msgid "Contact Editor" msgstr "చిరునామా సరిచేయునది" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Image" msgstr "ప్రతిరూపం" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Nic_kname:" msgstr "నిక్ నేమ్ (_k):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "_File under:" msgstr "ఫైలు కింద(_F):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:5 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "_Where:" msgstr "ఎక్కడ(_W):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:16 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:27 msgid "Ca_tegories..." msgstr "విభాగాలు(_t)..." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:7 msgid "Full _Name..." msgstr "పూర్తి పేరు(_N)..." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:8 msgid "_Wants to receive HTML mail" msgstr "HTML మెయిల్ ను తీసుకోవాలనుకుంటుంది (_W)" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:9 #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:409 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:6 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:590 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:966 #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:395 msgid "Email" msgstr "ఈ-తపాలా" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:10 msgid "Telephone" msgstr "దూర సంవాదక యంత్రము" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:11 msgid "Instant Messaging" msgstr "తక్షణ సందేశీకరణ" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:12 #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:1003 msgid "Contact" msgstr "చిరునామా" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:13 msgid "_Home Page:" msgstr "నివాస పుట(_H):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:709 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:22 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1889 msgid "_Calendar:" msgstr "క్యాలెండర్(_C):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:15 msgid "_Free/Busy:" msgstr "ఖాళీ/తీరిక లేని(_F):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:16 msgid "_Video Chat:" msgstr "దృశ్య మాటామంతి(_V):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:17 msgid "Home Page:" msgstr "నివాస పేజీ:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:18 #: ../modules/cal-config-google/evolution-cal-config-google.c:97 msgid "Calendar:" msgstr "క్యాలెండర్:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:19 msgid "Free/Busy:" msgstr "ఖాళీ/తీరిక లేని:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:20 msgid "Video Chat:" msgstr "దృశ్య మాటామంతి:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:21 msgid "_Blog:" msgstr "బ్లాగ్ (_B):" #. Translators: an accessibility name #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:23 msgid "Blog:" msgstr "బ్లాగ్:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:24 msgid "Web Addresses" msgstr "వెబ్ చిరునామాలు" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:25 msgid "Web addresses" msgstr "వెబ్ చిరునామాలు" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:26 msgid "_Profession:" msgstr "వృత్తి(_P):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:27 msgctxt "Job" msgid "_Title:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:28 msgid "_Company:" msgstr "కంపెనీ(_C):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:29 msgid "_Department:" msgstr "శాఖ(_D):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:30 msgid "_Manager:" msgstr "అభికర్త(_M):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:31 msgid "_Assistant:" msgstr "సహాయుడు(_A):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:32 msgid "Job" msgstr "జాబ్" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:33 msgid "_Office:" msgstr "కార్యాలయం(_O):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:34 msgid "_Spouse:" msgstr "జీవిత భాగస్వామి(_S):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:35 msgid "_Birthday:" msgstr "పుట్టిన రోజు(_B):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:36 msgid "_Anniversary:" msgstr "వార్షికోత్సవం(_A):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:37 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:685 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2278 msgid "Anniversary" msgstr "వార్షీకోత్సవం" #. XXX Allow the category icons to be referenced as named #. * icons, since GtkAction does not support GdkPixbufs. #. Get the icon file for some default category. Doesn't matter #. * which, so long as it has an icon. We're just interested in #. * the directory components. #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:38 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:684 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2277 ../shell/main.c:128 msgid "Birthday" msgstr "పుట్టిన రోజు" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:39 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "నానావిధమైన" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:40 msgid "Personal Information" msgstr "వ్యక్తిగత సమాచారం" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:41 msgid "_City:" msgstr "నగరం(_C):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:42 msgid "_Zip/Postal Code:" msgstr "జిప్ కోడ్(_Z):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:43 msgid "_State/Province:" msgstr "రాష్త్రం/మండలము(_S):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:44 msgid "_Country:" msgstr "దేశం(_C):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:45 msgid "_PO Box:" msgstr "PO డబ్బా(_P):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:46 msgid "_Address:" msgstr "చిరునామా(_A):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:47 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:191 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-contact-map.c:372 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:357 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:81 msgid "Home" msgstr "నివాసం" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:48 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:190 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-contact-map.c:385 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:354 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:80 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:666 msgid "Work" msgstr "పని" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:49 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:192 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:82 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:368 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:719 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3963 msgid "Other" msgstr "ఇతరములు" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:50 msgid "Mailing Address" msgstr "మెయిల్ చేసే చిరునామా" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:51 msgid "Notes" msgstr "గమనికలు" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:170 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:593 msgid "AIM" msgstr "AIM" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:171 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:596 msgid "Jabber" msgstr "జాబర్" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:172 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:598 msgid "Yahoo" msgstr "యాహూ" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:173 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:599 msgid "Gadu-Gadu" msgstr "Gadu-Gadu" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:174 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:597 msgid "MSN" msgstr "MSN" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:175 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:595 msgid "ICQ" msgstr "ICQ" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:176 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:594 msgid "GroupWise" msgstr "గ్రూపుల వారీగా" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:177 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:600 #| msgid "Type" msgid "Skype" msgstr "Skype" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:178 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:601 msgid "Twitter" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:230 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:503 msgid "Error adding contact" msgstr "చిరునామాను జతపర్చుటలో దోషం" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:250 msgid "Error modifying contact" msgstr "చిరునామా మార్చుటలో దోషం" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:270 msgid "Error removing contact" msgstr "చిరునామా తీసివేయుటలో దోషం" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:666 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:2952 #, c-format msgid "Contact Editor - %s" msgstr "పరిచయాన్ని సరిచేయునది-%s" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3485 msgid "Please select an image for this contact" msgstr "ఈ పరిచయమునకు దయచేసి ఒక ప్రతిరూపమును ఎంపిక చేయండి" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3486 msgid "_No image" msgstr "ప్రతిరూపం లేదు(_N)" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3827 msgid "" "The contact data is invalid:\n" "\n" msgstr "" "పరిచయాల దత్తాంశం నిస్సారమైనది:\n" "\n" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3833 #, c-format msgid "'%s' has an invalid format" msgstr "'%s' యొక్క రూపలావణ్యం నిస్సారమైనది" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3841 #, c-format msgid "'%s' cannot be a future date" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3849 #, c-format msgid "%s'%s' has an invalid format" msgstr "%s'%s' యొక్క రూపలావణ్యం నిస్సారమైనది" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3862 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3876 #, c-format msgid "%s'%s' is empty" msgstr "%s'%s' ఖాళీ గా ఉంది" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3891 msgid "Invalid contact." msgstr "నిస్సారమైన పరిచయం" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:452 msgid "Contact Quick-Add" msgstr "పరిచయాన్ని త్వరితంగా-జతచేయునది" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:455 msgid "_Edit Full" msgstr "పూర్తిగా సరిచేయు(_E)" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:508 msgid "_Full name" msgstr "పూర్తి నామం(_F)" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:521 msgid "E_mail" msgstr "ఈ-తపాలా(_m)" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:534 msgid "_Select Address Book" msgstr "కొత చిరునామా పుస్తకాన్ని ఎంచుకొనుము(_S)" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:1 msgid "Mr." msgstr "శ్రీ" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:2 msgid "Mrs." msgstr "శ్రీమతి" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:3 msgid "Ms." msgstr "Ms." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:4 msgid "Miss" msgstr "కుమారి" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:5 msgid "Dr." msgstr "డా." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:6 msgid "Sr." msgstr "Sr." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:7 msgid "Jr." msgstr "జూ." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:8 msgid "I" msgstr "I" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:9 msgid "II" msgstr "II" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:10 msgid "III" msgstr "III" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:11 msgid "Esq." msgstr "Esq." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:12 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:2 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "పూర్తి పేరు" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:13 msgid "_First:" msgstr "మొదటి(_F):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:14 msgctxt "FullName" msgid "_Title:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:15 msgid "_Middle:" msgstr "నడుమ(_M):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:16 msgid "_Last:" msgstr "చివరి(_L):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:17 msgid "_Suffix:" msgstr "అంత్యసర్గ(_S):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:1 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:818 msgid "Contact List Editor" msgstr "జాబీతా సరిచేయువాన్ని సంప్రదించుము" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "_List name:" msgstr "జాబితా పేరు(_L):" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Members" msgstr "సభ్యులు" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "_Type an email address or drag a contact into the list below:" msgstr "" "ఈమెయిల్ చిరునామాను రాయుము లేదా దాన్ని పరిచయాన్ని క్రింది జాబితాలో కి " "జరపండి(_T)" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:6 msgid "_Hide addresses when sending mail to this list" msgstr "జాబితా కు మెయిల్ పంపిస్తున్నప్పుడు చిరునామాలను దాయుము(_H)" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:7 msgid "Add an email to the List" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:8 msgid "Remove an email address from the List" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:9 msgid "Insert email addresses from Address Book" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:10 msgid "_Select..." msgstr "ఎంపికచేయి (_S)..." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:941 msgid "Contact List Members" msgstr "పరిచయస్తుల జాబితా సభ్యులు" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1475 msgid "_Members" msgstr "సభ్యులు(_M)" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1597 msgid "Error adding list" msgstr "జాబితాను జతపర్చుటలో దోషం" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1617 msgid "Error modifying list" msgstr "జాబితాను మార్చుటలో దోషం" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1637 msgid "Error removing list" msgstr "జాబితాను తీసివేయుటలో దోషం" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:1 #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:1 msgid "Duplicate Contact Detected" msgstr "పరిచయం యొక్క నకలును కనిపెట్టింది" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:2 msgid "" "The name or email of this contact already exists in this folder. Would you " "like to save the changes anyway?" msgstr "" "ఈపరిచయంయొక్క పేరు లేదా ఈమెయిల్ యిప్పటికే ఈఫోల్డర్‌నందు వుంది. అయినా మీరు " "మార్పులను దాచాలని అనుకుంటున్నారా?" #. Translators: Heading of the contact which has same name or email address in this folder already. #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:4 msgid "Conflicting Contact:" msgstr "ఘర్షణపడుతున్న చిరునామా:" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:5 msgid "Changed Contact:" msgstr "మార్చిన చిరునామా:" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:2 #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:364 msgid "_Merge" msgstr "విలీనం (_M)" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:3 msgid "" "The name or email address of this contact already exists\n" "in this folder. Would you like to add it anyway?" msgstr "" "ఈ పరిచయం యొక్క పేరు లేదా ఈమెయిల్ చిరునామా ఈ సంచయం\n" "నందు ఇప్పటికే ఉంది. మీరు దీనిని ఏవిధంగానైనా జతచేయాలని అనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:5 msgid "Original Contact:" msgstr "అసలు చిరునామా:" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:6 msgid "New Contact:" msgstr "కొత్త చిరునామా:" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:244 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:14 msgid "Cancelled" msgstr "రద్దుచేయబడినది" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:346 msgid "Merge Contact" msgstr "పరిచయాన్ని విలీనంచేయి" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/addresstypes.xml.h:1 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1151 msgid "Name contains" msgstr "దీనిని కలిగివున్నపేరు" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/addresstypes.xml.h:2 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1144 msgid "Email begins with" msgstr "దీనితో ఈ-తపాలా మొదలౌతుంది" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/addresstypes.xml.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:26 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:19 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:30 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1137 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1771 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:791 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:990 msgid "Any field contains" msgstr "ఏ క్షేత్రమైన కలిగిఉన్నది" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:163 msgid "No contacts" msgstr "చిరునామాలు లేవు" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:167 #, c-format msgid "%d contact" msgid_plural "%d contacts" msgstr[0] "%d చిరునామా" msgstr[1] "%d చిరునామాలు" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:373 msgid "Error getting book view" msgstr "పుస్తక దర్శనం తీసుకువచ్చుటలో దోషము" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:820 msgid "Search Interrupted" msgstr "అన్వేషణ ఆటంకపరచబడెను" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-table-adapter.c:204 msgid "Error modifying card" msgstr "పలకం మార్చుట లో దోషం" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:649 msgid "Cut selected contacts to the clipboard" msgstr "ఎంపికచేసిన పరిచయాలను క్లిప్‌బోర్డుకు కత్తిరించుము" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:655 msgid "Copy selected contacts to the clipboard" msgstr "ఎంపికైన పరిచయాలను క్లిప్ పలకాన్ని నకలు తీయుము" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:661 msgid "Paste contacts from the clipboard" msgstr "క్లిప్ పలకం నుండి పరిచయాలను అతికించుము" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:667 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:951 msgid "Delete selected contacts" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న పరిచయాలను తొలగించుము" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:673 msgid "Select all visible contacts" msgstr "అన్ని కనిపించు పరిచయాలను ఎంచుకొనుము" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1299 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these contact lists?" msgstr "మీరు ఖచ్చితంగా ఈ పరిచయ జాబితాలను తొలగిద్దామనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1303 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact list?" msgstr "మీరు ఖచ్చితంగా ఈ పరిచయ జాబితాలను తొలగిద్దామనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1307 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact list (%s)?" msgstr "మీరు ఖచ్చితంగా పరిచయ జాబితాను తొలగిద్దామనుకుంటున్నారా (%s)?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1313 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these contacts?" msgstr "మీకు ఖచ్చితంగా పరిచయాలను తొలగిద్దామనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1317 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact?" msgstr "మీకు ఖచ్చితంగా పరిచయాలను తొలగిద్దామనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1321 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact (%s)?" msgstr "మీరు ఖచ్చితంగా పరిచయాన్నితొలగిద్దామునుకుంటున్నారా (%s)?" #. Translators: This is shown for > 5 contacts. #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1477 #, c-format msgid "" "Opening %d contacts will open %d new windows as well.\n" "Do you really want to display all of these contacts?" msgid_plural "" "Opening %d contacts will open %d new windows as well.\n" "Do you really want to display all of these contacts?" msgstr[0] "" "%dచిరునామాలను తెరచినప్పుడు %dకొత్త విండో కూడా తెరచుకుంటుంది.\n" "మీరు నిజంగా ఈ చిరునామాను ప్రదర్శించాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" msgstr[1] "" "%dచిరునామాను తెరచినప్పుడు %dకొత్త విండోలు కూడా తెరచుకుంటాయి.\n" "మీరు నిజంగా ఈ చిరునామాలన్నీ ప్రదర్శించాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1485 msgid "_Don't Display" msgstr "ప్రదర్శించ వద్దు(_D)" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1486 msgid "Display _All Contacts" msgstr "అన్ని పరిచయాలను ప్రదర్శించుము(_A)" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:1 msgid "File As" msgstr "ఫైలు లాగ" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:3 msgid "Given Name" msgstr "ఇచ్చిన పేరు" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:4 msgid "Family Name" msgstr "ఇంటి పేరు" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:5 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:592 msgid "Nickname" msgstr "ముద్దు పేరు" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:7 msgid "Email 2" msgstr "ఈతపాలా 2" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:8 msgid "Email 3" msgstr "ఈతపాలా 3" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:9 msgid "Assistant Phone" msgstr "ఫోన్ సహాయం" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:10 msgid "Business Phone" msgstr "వ్యాపార ఫోన్" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:11 msgid "Business Phone 2" msgstr "వ్యాపార ఫోన్ 2" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:12 msgid "Business Fax" msgstr "వ్యాపార ఫ్యాక్స్" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:13 msgid "Callback Phone" msgstr "వెనక్కి పిలిచే ఫోన్" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:14 msgid "Car Phone" msgstr "కార్ ఫోన్" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:15 msgid "Company Phone" msgstr "కంపెనీ ఫోన్" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:16 msgid "Home Phone" msgstr "నివాస ఫోన్" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:17 msgid "Home Phone 2" msgstr "నివాస ఫోన్ 2" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:18 msgid "Home Fax" msgstr "నివాస ఫ్యాక్స్" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:19 msgid "ISDN Phone" msgstr "ఐ స్ డి ఎన్ ఫోన్" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:20 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:682 msgid "Mobile Phone" msgstr "మొబైల్ ఫోన్" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:21 msgid "Other Phone" msgstr "ఇతర ఫోన్" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:22 msgid "Other Fax" msgstr "ఇతర ఫ్యాక్స్" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:23 msgid "Pager" msgstr "పేజర్" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:24 msgid "Primary Phone" msgstr "ప్రాధమిక ఫోన్" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:25 msgid "Radio" msgstr "రేడియో" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:26 msgid "Telex" msgstr "టెలెక్స్" #. Translators: This is a vcard standard and stands for the type of #. phone used by the hearing impaired. TTY stands for "teletype" #. (familiar from Unix device names), and TDD is "Telecommunications #. Device for Deaf". However, you probably want to leave this #. abbreviation unchanged unless you know that there is actually a #. different and established translation for this in your language. #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:33 msgid "TTYTDD" msgstr "TTYTDD" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:34 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:645 msgid "Company" msgstr "కంపెనీ" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:35 msgid "Unit" msgstr "భాగము" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:36 msgid "Office" msgstr "కార్యాలయం" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:37 msgid "Title" msgstr "శీర్షిక" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:38 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:666 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:5 msgid "Role" msgstr "పాత్ర" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:39 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:649 msgid "Manager" msgstr "అభికర్త" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:40 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:650 msgid "Assistant" msgstr "సహాయకుడు" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:41 msgid "Web Site" msgstr "మయాతల ప్రదేశం" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:42 msgid "Journal" msgstr "పత్రిక" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:43 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:20 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:12 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:4 ../e-util/e-categories-dialog.c:89 msgid "Categories" msgstr "విభాగాలు" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:44 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:686 msgid "Spouse" msgstr "జీవిత భాగస్వామి" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:45 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:741 msgid "Note" msgstr "చీటి" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-contact-map-window.c:374 msgid "Contacts Map" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:191 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "Searching for the Contacts..." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "పరిచయాలకొరకు శోధిస్తున్నది..." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:194 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "Search for the Contact\n" "\n" "or double-click here to create a new Contact." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "చిరునామాను వెతుకుము\n" "\n" "కొత్త చిరునామా సృష్టించుటకు ఇక్కడ రెండుసార్లు-నొక్కుము" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:197 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "There are no items to show in this view.\n" "\n" "Double-click here to create a new Contact." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "ఈ దర్శనిలో చూపుటకు అంశాలు లేవు.\n" "\n" "కొత్త చిరునామా సృష్టించుటకు ఇక్కడ రెండుసార్లు నొక్కుము" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:201 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "Search for the Contact." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "చిరునామా కొరకు వెతుకుము." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:203 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "There are no items to show in this view." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "ఈ దర్శనిలో చూపుటకు అంశాలు లేవు" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:93 msgid "Work Email" msgstr "పని ఈమెయిల్" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:94 msgid "Home Email" msgstr "నివాసం ఈమెయిల్" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:95 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:828 msgid "Other Email" msgstr "ఇతర ఈమెయిల్" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-addressbook-view.c:95 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-addressbook-view.c:104 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:194 msgid "evolution address book" msgstr "ఎవల్యూషన్ చిరునామా పుస్తకం" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:36 msgid "New Contact" msgstr "కొత్త పరిచయం" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:37 msgid "New Contact List" msgstr "కొత్త పరిచయ జాబితా" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:177 #, c-format msgid "current address book folder %s has %d card" msgid_plural "current address book folder %s has %d cards" msgstr[0] "ప్రస్తుత చిరునామా పుస్తకం సంచయం %s కలిగిఉంది %d కార్డును" msgstr[1] "ప్రస్తుత చిరునామా పుస్తకం సంచయం %s కలిగిఉంది %d కార్డులను" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:34 msgid "Open" msgstr "తెరువుము" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:160 msgid "Contact List: " msgstr "పరిచయ జాబితా: " #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:161 msgid "Contact: " msgstr "పరిచయం: " #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:188 msgid "evolution minicard" msgstr "ఎవల్యూషన్ యొక్క చిన్నపలకం" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:150 msgid "Copy _Email Address" msgstr "ఈమెయిల్ చిరునామాన్ని నకలు తీయుము(_E)" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:152 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:428 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:307 msgid "Copy the email address to the clipboard" msgstr "క్లిప్‌బోర్డునకు ఈమెయిల్ చిరునామాలు నకలుతీయి." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:157 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:433 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:312 msgid "_Send New Message To..." msgstr "కొత్త సందేశాన్ని ఇక్కడకి పంపించుము(_S)..." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:159 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:435 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:314 msgid "Send a mail message to this address" msgstr "చిరునామాకు మెయిల్ సందేశాన్ని పంపు." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:291 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:970 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:990 #, c-format msgid "Click to mail %s" msgstr "%s కు మెయిల్ చేయుటకు నొక్కుము" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:137 msgid "Open map" msgstr "మాప్ తెరువు" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:529 msgid "List Members:" msgstr "జాబితా సభ్యులు:" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:646 msgid "Department" msgstr "శాఖ" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:647 msgid "Profession" msgstr "వృత్త" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:648 msgid "Position" msgstr "'స్థానం" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:651 msgid "Video Chat" msgstr "దృశ్య మాటామంతి" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:652 #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:8 ../e-util/e-send-options.c:546 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:216 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:245 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view.c:591 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:21 msgid "Calendar" msgstr "క్యాలెండర్" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:653 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:116 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:343 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:2 msgid "Free/Busy" msgstr "ఖాళీ/తీరిక లేని" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:654 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:681 msgid "Phone" msgstr "ఫోన్" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:655 msgid "Fax" msgstr "ఫ్యాక్స్" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:656 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:683 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:709 msgid "Address" msgstr "చిరునామా" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:679 msgid "Home Page" msgstr "నివాస పుట" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:680 msgid "Web Log" msgstr "మహాతలంలో నమోదు" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:696 msgid "Personal" msgstr "వ్యక్తిగత" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:930 msgid "List Members" msgstr "సభ్యుల జాబితా" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:951 msgid "Job Title" msgstr "కార్య శీర్షిక" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:992 msgid "Home page" msgstr "నివాసపుట" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:1002 msgid "Blog" msgstr "బ్లాగ్" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:123 #| msgid "" #| "We were unable to open this address book. This either means this book is " #| "not marked for offline usage or not yet downloaded for offline usage. " #| "Please load the address book once in online mode to download its contents" msgid "" "This address book cannot be opened. This either means this book is not " "marked for offline usage or not yet downloaded for offline usage. Please " "load the address book once in online mode to download its contents." msgstr "" "మేము ఈ చిరునామా పుస్తకాన్ని తెరువలేము. దీనర్దం దానిని ఆఫ్‌లైన్ లో " "ఉంపయోగించుటకు ఉంచలేదు లేదా ఆఫ్‌లైన్ లో ఉపయోగించుటకు ఇంకా దిగుమతికాలేదు. దాని " "సారములను నకలుతీయుటకు దయచేసి చిరునామా పుస్తకాన్ని ఒకసారి ఆన్‌లైన్ రీతిలో " "తెరువుము" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:142 #, c-format #| msgid "" #| "We were unable to open this address book. Please check that the path %s " #| "exists and that you have permission to access it." msgid "" "This address book cannot be opened. Please check that the path %s exists " "and that permissions are set to access it." msgstr "" "ఈ చిరునామాపుస్తకాన్ని తెరువలేము. దయచేసి పాత్ %s ఉందేమో మరియు మీకు " "వాడుకొనుటకు అనుమతి ఉందేమో పరిశీలించుము." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:155 #| msgid "" #| "This version of Evolution does not have LDAP support compiled in to it. " #| "If you want to use LDAP in Evolution, you must install an LDAP-enabled " #| "Evolution package." msgid "" "This version of Evolution does not have LDAP support compiled in to it. To " "use LDAP in Evolution an LDAP-enabled Evolution package must be installed." msgstr "" "ఈ వర్షన్ ఎవాల్యూషన్ LDAP సేవిక కంపైలేషన్ ను కలిగిలేదు. మీరు ఎవాల్యూషన్ ను " "LDAP నందు ఉపయోగించాలి అనుకుంటే, మీరు LDAP-చేతనపరిచిన ఎవాల్యూషన్ ను " "సంస్థాపించాలి." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:164 #| msgid "" #| "We were unable to open this address book. This either means you have " #| "entered an incorrect URI, or the server is unreachable." msgid "" "This address book cannot be opened. This either means that an incorrect URI " "was entered, or the server is unreachable." msgstr "" "మేము ఈ చిరునామా పుస్తకాన్ని తెరువలేము. దీనర్ధం మీరు సరికాని URI ని " "ప్రవేశపెట్టి ఉండాలి, లేదా సేవిక అందుబాటు లో లేకపోయిఉండాలి." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:174 #| msgid "Detailed error:" msgid "Detailed error message:" msgstr "దోషముయొక్క విశదీకృత సందేశము:" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:211 msgid "" "More cards matched this query than either the server is \n" "configured to return or Evolution is configured to display.\n" "Please make your search more specific or raise the result limit in\n" "the directory server preferences for this address book." msgstr "" "ఈ క్వరీకి చాలా కార్డులు జతకుదిరినవి సేవిక తిరిగిపంపించుటకు ఆకృతీకరించి " "ఉండాలి\n" "లేదా ఎవాల్యూషన్ ప్రదర్శన కు ఆకృతీకరించబడిఉండాలి. దయచేసి మీ అన్వేషణను ఎక్కువ\n" "ప్రత్యేకం చేయాలి లేదా ఫలితాల పరిమితిని సంచయం సేవిక అభీష్టాలందు\n" "ఈ చిరునామాపుస్తకం కొరకు ఉచ్చము చేయండి." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:218 msgid "" "The time to execute this query exceeded the server limit or the limit\n" "configured for this address book. Please make your search\n" "more specific or raise the time limit in the directory server\n" "preferences for this address book." msgstr "" "ఈ క్వరీ ని నిర్వర్తించుటకు సేవిక పరిమిత సమయంను మించిపోయింది లేదా\n" "ఈ చిరునామా పుస్తకంకు మీరు ఆకృతీకరించిన పరిమితి మించిపోయింది. దయచేసి\n" "మీ అన్వేషణను ఎక్కువ ప్రత్యేకం చేయుము లేదా ఈ చిరునామా పుస్తకం కొరకు సంచయం " "సేవిక\n" "అభీష్టాల సమయ పరిమితిని ఉచ్చము చేయండి." #. Translators: %s is replaced with a detailed error message, or an empty string, if not provided #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:226 #, c-format msgid "The backend for this address book was unable to parse this query. %s" msgstr "చిరునామా పుస్తకం కొరకు పూర్వరంగం ఈ ప్రశ్నను నిర్వహించలేకపోయింది. %s" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a detailed error message, or an empty string, if not provided #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:231 #, c-format msgid "The backend for this address book refused to perform this query. %s" msgstr "చిరునామా పుస్తకం కొరకు పూర్వరంగం ఈ ప్రశ్నను నిర్వహించలేకపోయింది. %s" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a detailed error message, or an empty string, if not provided #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:237 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:243 #, c-format msgid "This query did not complete successfully. %s" msgstr "ఈ ప్రశ్న విజయవంతంగా పూర్తికాలేకపోయింది. %s" #. This is a filename. Translators take note. #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:265 msgid "card.vcf" msgstr "card.vcf" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:316 msgid "Select Address Book" msgstr "చిరునామా పుస్తకాన్ని ఎంచుకొనుము" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:398 msgid "list" msgstr "జాబితా" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:587 msgid "Move contact to" msgstr "చిరునామాను ఇక్కడికి జరుపుము" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:589 msgid "Copy contact to" msgstr "చిరునామాను ఇక్కడికి నకలుతీయుము" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:592 msgid "Move contacts to" msgstr "చిరునామాలను ఇక్కడికి జరుపుము" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:594 msgid "Copy contacts to" msgstr "చిరునామాలను ఇక్కడికి నకలు తీయుము" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:747 #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-ldif-importer.c:549 #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:281 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:440 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:935 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:974 ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Importing..." msgstr "ఎగుమతిచేస్తున్నది..." #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1082 msgid "Outlook Contacts CSV or Tab (.csv, .tab)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1083 msgid "Outlook Contacts CSV and Tab Importer" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1091 msgid "Mozilla Contacts CSV or Tab (.csv, .tab)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1092 msgid "Mozilla Contacts CSV and Tab Importer" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1100 msgid "Evolution Contacts CSV or Tab (.csv, .tab)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1101 msgid "Evolution Contacts CSV and Tab Importer" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-ldif-importer.c:807 msgid "LDAP Data Interchange Format (.ldif)" msgstr "LDAP దత్తాంశ పరస్పరమార్పిడి రూపలావణ్యం (.ldif)" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-ldif-importer.c:808 msgid "Evolution LDIF importer" msgstr "ఎవల్యూషన్ LDIF దిగుమతిచేయునది" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:666 msgid "vCard (.vcf, .gcrd)" msgstr "vకార్డ్‍ (.vcf, .gcrd)" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:667 msgid "Evolution vCard Importer" msgstr "ఎవల్యూషన్ Vకార్డ్‍ దిగుమతిచేయునది" #. Uncomment next if it is successful to get total number if pages in list view #. * g_object_get (operation, "n-pages", &n_pages, NULL) #: ../addressbook/printing/e-contact-print.c:764 #, c-format msgid "Page %d" msgstr "పేజీ %d" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:59 msgid "Specify the output file instead of standard output" msgstr "నిర్ధిష్టదిగుబడి బదులు దిగుబడి దస్త్రమును పేరుకొనుము" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:60 msgid "OUTPUTFILE" msgstr "దిగుబడి దస్త్రము" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:63 msgid "List local address book folders" msgstr "స్థానిక చిరునామా పుస్తక సంచయాల జాబితాపర్చుము" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:66 msgid "Show cards as vcard or csv file" msgstr "కార్డులను vకార్డు లేక csvదస్త్రము గా చూపు" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:67 msgid "[vcard|csv]" msgstr "[vకార్డు|csv]" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:136 msgid "" "Command line arguments error, please use --help option to see the usage." msgstr "" "ఆదేశవాక్య క్రమానుగత సంకేతాల దోషం, దయచేసి వాడకాన్ని చూడటానికి --సహాయ " "ఇచ్చాపూర్వకాన్ని వాడండి" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:150 msgid "Only support csv or vcard format." msgstr "కేవలం csv లేక vకార్డు రూపలావణ్యాన్ని సహకారించును." #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:181 msgid "Unhandled error" msgstr "సంభాలించని దోషం" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export-list-cards.c:625 #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export-list-folders.c:46 msgid "Can not open file" msgstr "దస్త్రమును తెరవలేము" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export-list-folders.c:76 #, c-format msgid "Failed to open client '%s': %s" msgstr "క్లైంట్ '%s'ను లోడుచేయలేకపోయింది: %s" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:106 msgid "minute" msgid_plural "minutes" msgstr[0] "నిమిషం" msgstr[1] "నిమిషాలు" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:119 msgid "hour" msgid_plural "hours" msgstr[0] "గంట" msgstr[1] "గంటలు" #. For Translator : 'day' is part of the sentence of the form 'appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [first] [day] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in[square brackets]). This means that after 'first', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:132 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1248 msgid "day" msgid_plural "days" msgstr[0] "రోజు" msgstr[1] "రోజు" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:329 msgid "Start time" msgstr "ప్రారంభ సమయం" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:1 msgid "Appointments" msgstr "నియామకాలు" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:2 msgid "Dismiss _All" msgstr "అన్నిటిని తృణీకరించుము (_A)" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:3 msgid "_Snooze" msgstr "వెళ్ళబుచ్చు(_S)" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:4 ../e-util/e-alert-dialog.c:166 msgid "_Dismiss" msgstr "తృణీకరించుము (_D)" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:5 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1835 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1845 #: ../modules/cal-config-weather/evolution-cal-config-weather.c:209 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1501 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1612 msgid "Location:" msgstr "స్థానం:" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:6 msgid "location of appointment" msgstr "నియామకం యొక్క స్థానము" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:7 msgid "Snooze _time:" msgstr "వెళ్ళబుచ్చు సమయం(_t):" #. Translators: This is the last part of the sentence: #. * "Purge events older than <> days" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:6 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:8 #: ../e-util/e-interval-chooser.c:143 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:352 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:6 msgid "days" msgstr "రోజులు" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:5 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:18 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:7 #: ../e-util/e-interval-chooser.c:141 msgid "hours" msgstr "గంటలు" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:10 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:19 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:6 #: ../e-util/e-interval-chooser.c:139 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:527 msgid "minutes" msgstr "నిమిషాలు" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1679 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1815 msgid "No summary available." msgstr "సంక్షిప్తము అందుబాటులో లేదు." #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1688 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1690 msgid "No description available." msgstr "వివరణ అందుబాటులో లేదు" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1698 msgid "No location information available." msgstr "స్థానము యొక్క సమాచారం అందుబాటు లో లేదు." #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1703 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1806 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:2145 msgid "Evolution Reminders" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1747 #, c-format msgid "You have %d reminder" msgid_plural "You have %d reminders" msgstr[0] "మీకు %d అలారంవుంది" msgstr[1] "మీకు %d అలారాలు వున్నాయి" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1965 msgid "Warning" msgstr "హెచ్చరిక" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1971 #, c-format msgid "" "An Evolution Calendar reminder is about to trigger. This reminder is " "configured to run the following program:\n" "\n" " %s\n" "\n" "Are you sure you want to run this program?" msgstr "" "ఎవాల్యూషన్ క్యాలెండర్ గుర్తింపుకారి ట్రిగ్గర్ గురించి. ఈ గుర్తింపుకారి ఈ " "క్రింది ప్రోగ్రామ్ ను నడుపుటకు ఆకృతీకరించబడింది:\n" "\n" " %s\n" "\n" "మీరు ఖచ్చితంగా ఈ ప్రోగ్రామ్ ను నడుపవలెనని అనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1986 msgid "Do not ask me about this program again." msgstr "ఈ కార్యక్రమం గురించి నన్ను మళ్ళీ అడగద్దు" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:44 msgid "invalid time" msgstr "నిస్సార కాలం" #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d hours before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:70 ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:370 #: ../calendar/gui/misc.c:96 #, c-format msgid "%d hour" msgid_plural "%d hours" msgstr[0] "%d గంట" msgstr[1] "%d గంటలు" #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d minutes before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:76 ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:376 #: ../calendar/gui/misc.c:102 #, c-format msgid "%d minute" msgid_plural "%d minutes" msgstr[0] "%d నిమిషం" msgstr[1] "%d నిమిషాలు" #. TRANSLATORS: here, "second" is the time division (like "minute"), not the ordinal number (like "third") #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d seconds before start of appointment" #. TRANSLATORS: here, "second" is the time division (like "minute"), not the ordinal number (like "third") #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:80 ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:382 #: ../calendar/gui/misc.c:106 #, c-format msgid "%d second" msgid_plural "%d seconds" msgstr[0] "%d క్షణం" msgstr[1] "%d క్షణాలు" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Would you like to send all the participants a cancelation notice?" msgstr "మీరు పాల్గొనువారందరికి రద్దు నోటీసును పంపుదామని అనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the meeting is canceled." msgstr "" "మీరు రద్దు నోటీసు ను పంపకపోతే, మీతో పాల్గొను మిగతావారికి సమావేశం రద్దయిన " "సంగతి తెలియదు." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Do _not Send" msgstr "పంపించ వద్దు(_n)" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:4 msgid "_Send Notice" msgstr "తాఖీదు ని పంపుము (_S)" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:5 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:193 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this meeting?" msgstr "మీరు నిజంగా ఈ సమావేశాన్ని రద్దు చేయాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "All information on this meeting will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" "ఈ సమావేశాలలోని సమాచారం అంతా తొలగించబడుతుంది మరియు తిరిగినిల్వచేయబడదు." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:8 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the task has been deleted." msgstr "" "మీరు రద్దు నోటీసు పంపకపోతే, పాల్గొంటున్న మిగతా వారికి కర్తవ్యం రద్దైన సంగతి " "తెలియదు." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:196 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this task?" msgstr "మీరు నిజంగా ఈ కర్తవ్యాన్ని రద్దు చేయాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:10 msgid "All information on this task will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" "ఈ కర్తవ్యాలలోని సమాచారం అంతా తొలగించబడుతుంది మరియు తిరిగినిల్వచేయబడదు." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Would you like to send a cancelation notice for this memo?" msgstr "మీరు రద్దు నోటీసును ఈమెమో కొరకు పంపుదామని అనుకుంటున్నరా?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the memo has been deleted." msgstr "" "మీరు రద్దు నోటీసు పంపకపోతే, పాల్గోంటున్న మిగతావారికి మెమో రద్దయిన సంగతి " "తెలియకపోవచ్చు." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:199 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this memo?" msgstr "మీరు ఖచ్చితంగా ఈ మెమోను తొలగించుదామని అనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:14 msgid "All information on this memo will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "ఈ మెమోలలోని సమాచారం అంతా తొలగించబడుతుంది మరియు తిరిగినిల్వచేయబడదు." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:15 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the meeting titled '{0}'?" msgstr "మీరు నియామకం శీర్షిక '{0}' ను తొలగించుదామని అనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:16 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the appointment titled '{0}'?" msgstr "మీరు నియామకం శీర్షిక '{0}' ను తొలగించుదామని అనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:17 msgid "" "All information on this appointment will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "ఈ నియామకము పైని సమాచారము అంతా తొలగించబడును మరియు తిరిగినిల్వచేయబడదు." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:18 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this appointment?" msgstr "మీరు ఖచ్చితంగా ఈ నియామకాన్ని తొలగించుదామని అనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:19 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the '{0}' task?" msgstr "మీరు ఖచ్చితంగా '{0}' కర్తవ్యాన్ని తొలగించుదామని అనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:20 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the memo '{0}'?" msgstr "మీరు నిజంగా మెమో '{0}' ను తొలగించాలని అకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:21 msgid "All information in this memo will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "ఈ మెమోలోని సమాచారం అంతా తొలగించబడుతుంది మరియు తిరిగినిల్వచేయబడదు." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:22 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these {0} appointments?" msgstr "మీరు ఖచ్చితంగా ఈ '{0}' నియామకాలను తొలగించుదామని అనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:23 msgid "" "All information on these appointments will be deleted and can not be " "restored." msgstr "ఈ మెమోలలోని సమాచారం అంతా తొలగించబడుతుంది మరియు తిరిగినిల్వచేయబడదు." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:24 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these {0} tasks?" msgstr "మీరు ఖచ్చితంగా ఈ '{0}' కర్తవ్యాలను తొలగించుదామని అనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:25 msgid "" "All information on these tasks will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" "ఈ కర్తవ్యాలలోని సమాచారం అంతా తొలగించబడుతుంది మరియు తిరిగినిల్వచేయబడదు." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:26 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these {0} memos?" msgstr "మీరు ఖచ్చితంగా ఈ '{0}' మెమోలను తొలగించుదామని అనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:27 msgid "" "All information in these memos will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "ఈ మెమోలలోని సమాచారం అంతా తొలగించబడుతుంది మరియు తిరిగినిల్వచేయబడదు." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:28 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this meeting?" msgstr "మీరు చేసిన మార్పులను యీ సమావేశంకు దాయాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:29 msgid "You have changed this meeting, but not yet saved it." msgstr "మీరు ఈ సమావేశాన్ని మార్చారు, కాని ఇంకా దాయలేదు." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:30 msgid "_Save Changes" msgstr "మార్పులను దాయుము(_S)" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:31 #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:16 msgid "_Discard Changes" msgstr "మార్పులను తీసివేయుము(_D)" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:32 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this appointment?" msgstr "ఈ నియామకానికి మీ మార్పులను దాయాలను కుంటున్నారా?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:33 msgid "You have changed this appointment, but not yet saved it." msgstr "మీరు ఈ నియామకాన్ని మార్చినారు, కాని ఇంతవరకు దాయలేదు." # #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this task?" msgstr "మీరు ఈ కర్తవ్యానికి మార్పులను దాయదల్చుకున్నారా?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:35 msgid "You have changed this task, but not yet saved it." msgstr "మీరు ఈ కర్తవ్యాన్ని మార్చారు కాని ఇంకా దాయలేదు." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:36 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this memo?" msgstr "ఈ మెమోకు మీరు చేసిన మార్పులను దాయాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:37 msgid "You have made changes to this memo, but not yet saved them." msgstr "మీరు ఈ మెమోకు మార్పులు చేసినారు, అయితే ఇంతవరకు దాయలేదు." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:38 msgid "Would you like to send meeting invitations to participants?" msgstr "పాల్గొన్నవారికి సమావేశానికి ఆహ్వానాలను పంపుతారా?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:39 msgid "" "Email invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to reply." msgstr "" "పాల్గొన్నవారందరికి ఈ మెయిల్ ద్వారా ఆహ్వానాలు పంపబడతాయి మరియు వారు " "స్పందించుటకు అనుమతి ఉంది." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:40 #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:13 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:8 #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:5 msgid "_Send" msgstr "పంపుము(_S)" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:41 msgid "Would you like to send updated meeting information to participants?" msgstr "పాల్గొన్నవారికి తాజా సమావేశ సమాచారాన్ని పంపుతారా?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:42 msgid "" "Sending updated information allows other participants to keep their " "calendars up to date." msgstr "" "తాజా సమాచారాన్ని పంపుట ద్వారా పాల్దొంటున్న మిగతా వారు వారి క్యాలెండర్లను " "ఎప్పటికప్పుడు నవీకరించుతారు." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:43 msgid "Would you like to send this task to participants?" msgstr "పాల్గొన్నవారికి మీరు ఈ కర్తవ్యాన్ని పంపుతారా?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:44 msgid "" "Email invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to accept " "this task." msgstr "" "ఈమెయిల్ ఆహ్వానములు పల్గోనేవారందరికి పంపుము మరియు వాటిని ఆమోదించుటకు వారిని " "ఆమోదింపుము." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:45 msgid "Download in progress. Do you want to save the task?" msgstr "దిగుమతి పురోగమనంలో ఉంది. మీరు ఈ కర్తవ్యాన్ని దాయాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:46 msgid "" "Some attachments are being downloaded. Saving the task would result in the " "loss of these attachments." msgstr "" "కొన్ని అనుభందాలు దిగుమతైనవి. కర్తవ్యాన్ని దాచుట ఈ అనుభందాల నష్టంలో " "ప్రతిఫలిస్తుంది." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:47 ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:297 msgid "_Save" msgstr "దాయు(_S)" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:48 msgid "Download in progress. Do you want to save the appointment?" msgstr "దిగుమతి జరుగుతోంది. మీరు నియామకాన్ని దాయాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:49 msgid "" "Some attachments are being downloaded. Saving the appointment would result " "in the loss of these attachments." msgstr "" "కొన్ని అనుభందాలు దిగుమతైనవి. నియామకాల ను దాచుట ఈ అనుభందాల నష్టంలో " "ప్రతిఫలిస్తుంది." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:50 msgid "Would you like to send updated task information to participants?" msgstr "పాల్గొన్నవారికి తాజా కర్తవ్య సమాచారాన్ని పంపుతారా?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:51 msgid "" "Sending updated information allows other participants to keep their task " "lists up to date." msgstr "" "తాజా సమాచారాన్ని పంపుట ద్వారా పాల్దొంటున్న మిగతా వారు వారి కర్తవ్య జాబితాలను " "ఎప్పటికప్పుడు నవీకరించుతారు." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:52 msgid "Editor could not be loaded." msgstr "సరికూర్పరి లోడుకాలేకపోయింది." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:53 msgid "Delete calendar '{0}'?" msgstr "క్యాలెండర్ ను తొలగించుము '{0}'" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:54 msgid "This calendar will be removed permanently." msgstr "ఈ క్యాలెండర్ శాశ్వతంగా తొలగించబడుతుంది." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:55 msgid "Delete task list '{0}'?" msgstr "కర్తవ్యాల జాబితాను తొలగించుము '{0}'" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:56 msgid "This task list will be removed permanently." msgstr "ఈ కర్తవ్య జాబితా శాశ్వతంగా తొలగించబడుతుంది." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:57 msgid "Delete memo list '{0}'?" msgstr "మెమో జాబితా '{0}' ను తొలగించుము?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:58 msgid "This memo list will be removed permanently." msgstr "మెమో జాబితా శాశ్వతంగా తొలగించబడుతోంది." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:59 msgid "Delete remote calendar '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:60 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the calendar '{0}' from the server. Are you " "sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:62 msgid "Delete remote task list '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:63 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the task list '{0}' from the server. Are you " "sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:64 msgid "Delete remote memo list '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:65 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the memo list '{0}' from the server. Are you " "sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:66 msgid "Are you sure you want to save the appointment without a summary?" msgstr "" "మీరు ఖచ్చితంగా సంక్షిప్తం లేకుండా నియామకాన్ని దాయాలని అనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:67 msgid "" "Adding a meaningful summary to your appointment will give you an idea of " "what your appointment is about." msgstr "" "మీ నియామకంఅర్జీ నందు అర్దవంతమైన సంక్షిప్తాన్ని జతచేసి నట్లైతే అది మీ నియామకం " "ఎందుకొరకో ఒక అభిప్రాయాన్ని ఇస్తుంది." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:68 msgid "Are you sure you want to save the task without a summary?" msgstr "మీరు నిజంగా ఈ కర్తవ్యాన్ని సంక్షిప్తము లేకుండా దాయాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:69 msgid "" "Adding a meaningful summary to your task will give you an idea of what your " "task is about." msgstr "" "మీ కర్తవ్యంకు అర్ధవంతమైన సంక్షిప్తాన్ని జతపరిచినట్లైతే అది మీ కర్తవ్యం " "గురించి ఒక అభిప్రాయం ఇస్తుంది." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:70 msgid "Are you sure you want to save the memo without a summary?" msgstr "మీరు ఖచ్చితంగా మెమోను సంక్షిప్తం లేకుండా దాయాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:72 msgid "Error loading calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:73 msgid "The calendar is not marked for offline usage." msgstr "లైను వెలుపలి ఉపయోగానికి క్యాలెండర్ గుర్తించబడలేదు" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:74 msgid "Cannot save event" msgstr "ఘటనను భద్రపరచలేము" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar source #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:76 msgid "" "'{0}' is a read-only calendar and cannot be modified. Please select a " "different calendar that can accept appointments." msgstr "" "'{0}' చదువుట-మాత్రమే క్యాలెండర్ మరియు సవరించలేము. అపాయింట్‌మెంట్స్‍‌ను " "ఆమోదించే వేరొక క్యాలెండర్‌ను యెంచుకొనుము." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:77 msgid "Cannot save task" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar source #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:79 msgid "" "'{0}' does not support assigned tasks, please select a different task list." msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:81 msgid "Error loading task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:82 msgid "The task list is not marked for offline usage." msgstr "లైను వెలుపలి ఉపయోగానికి కర్తవ్యాల జాబితా గుర్తించబడలేదు" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:84 msgid "Error loading memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:85 msgid "The memo list is not marked for offline usage." msgstr "మెమో జాబితా ఆఫ్‌లైన్ వుపయోగానికి గుర్తుంచబడిలేదు." #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:87 msgid "Failed to copy an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:89 msgid "Failed to copy a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:91 msgid "Failed to copy a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:93 msgid "Failed to move an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:95 msgid "Failed to move a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:97 msgid "Failed to move a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:99 msgid "Copying an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:101 msgid "Copying a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:103 msgid "Copying a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:105 msgid "Moving an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:107 msgid "Moving a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:109 msgid "Moving a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:2 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:1 ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:376 msgid "Summary" msgstr "తాత్పర్యం" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:2 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:2 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:11 msgid "contains" msgstr "కలిగిఉన్న" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:3 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:3 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:17 msgid "does not contain" msgstr "కలిగిలేదు" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:4 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:4 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:4 #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:4 ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:528 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:69 msgid "Description" msgstr "విశదీకరణ" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:5 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:5 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:7 msgid "Any Field" msgstr "ఏ క్షేత్రమైనా" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:6 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:7 msgid "Classification" msgstr "వర్గీకరణ" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:7 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:9 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:34 msgid "is" msgstr "ఇక" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:8 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:10 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:40 msgid "is not" msgstr "ఇది కాదు" #. To Translators: This is task classification #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:9 ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.c:250 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:454 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:461 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:547 #: ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:10 msgid "Public" msgstr "ప్రజా" #. To Translators: This is task classification #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:10 ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.c:251 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:463 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:548 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:11 msgid "Private" msgstr "స్వంత" #. To Translators: This is task classification #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:11 ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.c:252 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:465 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:549 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:12 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:7 msgid "Confidential" msgstr "గోప్యమైన" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:12 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:5 msgid "Organizer" msgstr "నిర్వాహకుడు" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:6 msgid "Attendee" msgstr "హాజరైనవ్యక్తి" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:5 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:14 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:897 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:22 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:390 msgid "Location" msgstr "స్థానము" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:15 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:23 ../e-util/e-categories-selector.c:328 msgid "Category" msgstr "వర్గము" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:16 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:15 ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print.c:54 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:204 #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:6 msgid "Attachments" msgstr "అనుభందములు" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:17 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:15 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:16 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:27 msgid "Exist" msgstr "ఉంది" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:18 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:16 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:17 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:24 msgid "Do Not Exist" msgstr "ఉండకూడదు" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:19 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:310 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:331 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:15 msgid "Recurrence" msgstr "పునరావృతి" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:20 msgid "Occurs" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:21 msgid "Less Than" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:22 msgid "Exactly" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:23 msgid "More Than" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:24 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:17 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:28 msgid "Summary Contains" msgstr "దీనినికలిగవున్న సంక్షిప్తం" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:25 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:18 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:29 msgid "Description Contains" msgstr "వివరణ కలిగివుంది" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:669 msgid "Edit Reminder" msgstr "గుర్తుచేయుదాన్ని సరికూర్చు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:897 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:412 msgid "Pop up an alert" msgstr "అప్రమత్తాన్ని ప్రత్యక్షపర్చు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:898 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:408 msgid "Play a sound" msgstr "ధ్వనిని ఆడించు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:899 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:420 msgid "Run a program" msgstr "కార్యక్రమాన్ని నడిపించు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:900 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:416 msgid "Send an email" msgstr "ఒక ఈతపాలా పంపు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:909 msgid "before" msgstr "ఇంతకుముందు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:910 msgid "after" msgstr "తర్వాత" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:919 msgid "start of appointment" msgstr "నియామకం యొక్క ప్రారంభం" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:920 msgid "end of appointment" msgstr "నియామకం ముగింపు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "minute(s)" msgstr "నిమిషా(లు)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "hour(s)" msgstr "గంట(లు)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "day(s)" msgstr "రోజు(లు)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Add Reminder" msgstr "గుర్తుచేయునది జతచేయి" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:353 msgid "Reminder" msgstr "గుర్తుచేయునది" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "Repeat" msgstr "తిరిగిచేయి" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Repeat the reminder" msgstr "అలారం తిరిగిచేయు(_R)" #. This is part of the sentence: 'Repeat the reminder %d extra times every %d minutes'. Where %d are numbers. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "extra times every" msgstr "అధిక సమయాలు ప్రతి" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:13 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:30 msgid "Options" msgstr "ఐచ్చికాలు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Custom _message" msgstr "మలచిన సందేశం(_m)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Mes_sage:" msgstr "సందేశం(_s):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "Custom reminder sound" msgstr "మలచిన అలారం ధ్వని" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "_Sound:" msgstr "ధ్వని(_S):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:18 msgid "Select A File" msgstr "ఫైలు ను ఎంచుకొనుము" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:19 msgid "_Program:" msgstr "కార్యక్రంమం(_P):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:20 msgid "_Arguments:" msgstr "ఆర్గుమెంట్‌లు(_A):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:21 msgid "Send To:" msgstr "పంపించు:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-list-dialog.c:240 msgid "Action/Trigger" msgstr "క్రియ/క్రియారంభంచేయు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-list-dialog.ui.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:25 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:62 msgid "Reminders" msgstr "గుర్తుచేయునవి" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-list-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "A_dd" msgstr "జతపర్చు(_d)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:60 msgid "This event has been deleted." msgstr "ఈ ఘటన తొలగించబడినది" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:64 msgid "This task has been deleted." msgstr "ఈ కర్తవ్యం తొలగించబడినది." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:68 msgid "This memo has been deleted." msgstr "ఈ మెమో తొలగించబడినది" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:78 #, c-format msgid "%s You have made changes. Forget those changes and close the editor?" msgstr "" "%s మీరు మార్పులు చేసినారు. ఆ మార్పులను మర్చి సరిచేయుదానిని మూసివేయు?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:80 #, c-format msgid "%s You have made no changes, close the editor?" msgstr "%s మీరు మార్పులు చేయలేదు, సరిచేయుదానిని మూసివేయు?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:85 msgid "This event has been changed." msgstr "ఈ ఘటన మార్చబడినది." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:89 msgid "This task has been changed." msgstr "ఈ కర్తవ్యం మార్చబడినది" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:93 msgid "This memo has been changed." msgstr "ఈ మెమో మార్చబడినది." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:103 #, c-format msgid "" "%s You have made changes. Forget those changes and update the editor?" msgstr "" "%s మీరు మార్పులు చేసినారు. ఆ మార్పులను మర్చి సరిచేయుదానిని తాజా పరుచవలెన?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:105 #, c-format msgid "%s You have made no changes, update the editor?" msgstr "%s మీరు మార్పులు చేసారు, సరిచేయుదానిని తాజా పరుచవలెన?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:266 #| msgid "Save attachments" msgid "Could not save attachments" msgstr "అనుభందములను దాయలేక పోయింది" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:620 msgid "Could not update object" msgstr "తాత్పర్యాన్ని తాజాపరుచలేకపోయింది" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:754 msgid "Edit Appointment" msgstr "నియామకాన్ని సరిచేయు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:761 #, c-format msgid "Meeting - %s" msgstr "సమావేశం - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:763 #, c-format msgid "Appointment - %s" msgstr "నియామకం- %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:769 #, c-format msgid "Assigned Task - %s" msgstr "అప్పగించబడిన కర్తవ్యం - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:771 #, c-format msgid "Task - %s" msgstr "కార్యం - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:776 #, c-format msgid "Memo - %s" msgstr "మెమో - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:792 msgid "No Summary" msgstr "సంక్షిప్తం లేదు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:913 msgid "Keep original item?" msgstr "వాస్తవ అంశమును కలిగివుండాలా?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1080 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1108 msgid "Unable to synchronize with the server" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1222 msgid "Close the current window" msgstr "ప్రస్తుత విండోను మూయి" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1229 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:121 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:558 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:455 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1296 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:341 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1305 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:136 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:888 msgid "Copy the selection" msgstr "ఎంపికను నకలు తీయుము" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1236 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:114 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:553 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1290 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1299 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:143 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:895 msgid "Cut the selection" msgstr "ఎంపికచేసినదాన్ని కత్తిరించుము" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1243 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:135 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:568 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:902 msgid "Delete the selection" msgstr "ఎంపికచేసినదాన్ని తొలగించు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1250 msgid "View help" msgstr "సహాయం దర్శించు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1257 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:128 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:563 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1302 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1311 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:150 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:923 msgid "Paste the clipboard" msgstr "క్లిప్ పలకాన్ని అతికించుము" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1278 msgid "Save current changes" msgstr "ప్రస్తుత మార్పులను దాయి" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1283 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:317 msgid "Save and Close" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1285 msgid "Save current changes and close editor" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1292 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:142 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:573 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:157 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1000 msgid "Select all text" msgstr "పాఠ్యమొత్తాన్ని ఎంచుకొనుము" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1299 msgid "_Classification" msgstr "వర్గీకరణ(_C)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1306 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:19 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:16 #: ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:171 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:32 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1028 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "సరిచేయు(_E)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1313 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:322 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:164 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1035 msgid "_File" msgstr "ఫైలు (_F)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1320 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1042 msgid "_Help" msgstr "సహాయం(_H)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1327 msgid "_Insert" msgstr "చేర్చుము (_I)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1334 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:320 msgid "_Options" msgstr "ఇచ్ఛాపూర్వకాలు(_O)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1341 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:178 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1077 ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:5 msgid "_View" msgstr "దర్శనం(_V)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1351 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:269 msgid "_Attachment..." msgstr "జతపర్చుము(_A)..." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1353 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:271 ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:413 msgid "Attach a file" msgstr "ఒక ఫైలును జతపర్చుము" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1361 msgid "_Categories" msgstr "విభాగాలు(_C)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1363 msgid "Toggles whether to display categories" msgstr "వర్గీకరణలు ప్రదర్శితమైతే మారుము" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1369 msgid "Time _Zone" msgstr "కాలక్షేత్రము(_Z)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1371 msgid "Toggles whether the time zone is displayed" msgstr "సమయ క్షేత్రం ప్రదర్శితమైతే మారుము" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1380 msgid "Pu_blic" msgstr "పబ్లిక్(_b)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1382 msgid "Classify as public" msgstr "ప్రజామైనది గా వర్గీకరించు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1387 msgid "_Private" msgstr "స్వంత(_P)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1389 msgid "Classify as private" msgstr "వ్యక్తిగతమైనదిగా వర్గీకరించు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1394 msgid "_Confidential" msgstr "గోప్యమైన(_C)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1396 msgid "Classify as confidential" msgstr "గోప్యమైనదిగా వర్గీకరించు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1404 msgid "R_ole Field" msgstr "పాత్ర క్షేత్రం(_o)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1406 msgid "Toggles whether the Role field is displayed" msgstr "పాత్ర క్షేత్రం ప్రదర్శితమైతే మారుము" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1412 msgid "_RSVP" msgstr "_RSVP" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1414 msgid "Toggles whether the RSVP field is displayed" msgstr "RSVP క్షేత్రం ప్రదర్శితమైతే మారుము" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1420 msgid "_Status Field" msgstr "సుస్థితి క్షేత్రం(_S)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1422 msgid "Toggles whether the Status field is displayed" msgstr "స్థితి క్షేత్రం ప్రదర్శితమైతే మారుము" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1428 msgid "_Type Field" msgstr "క్షేత్ర రకం(_T)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1430 msgid "Toggles whether the Attendee Type is displayed" msgstr "హాజరైనవాని రకం ప్రదర్శితమైతే మారుము" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:2211 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:488 msgid "Attach" msgstr "జతపర్చు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:2541 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:2751 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:3764 msgid "Changes made to this item may be discarded if an update arrives" msgstr "ఈ అంశాన్ని తాజాపరిస్తే మార్పులు రద్దు అవుతాయి" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:3726 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:121 msgid "attachment" msgstr "అనుబంధం" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:3796 msgid "Unable to use current version!" msgstr "వర్తమాన వివరణను వాడలేకపోతుంది!" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor-page.c:441 #, c-format msgid "Validation error: %s" msgstr "వర్తింపుచేయుట లో దోషం: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:121 msgid "Could not open destination" msgstr "గమ్యాన్ని తెరవలేకపోయింది" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:131 msgid "Destination is read only" msgstr "గమ్యం కేవలం చదవదగినది" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:173 msgid "Cannot create object" msgstr "కొత్త ఆబ్జక్టును సృష్టించలేము" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:204 msgid "Could not open source" msgstr "వనరును తెరవలేకపోయింది" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:216 msgid "_Delete this item from all other recipient's mailboxes?" msgstr "" "ఇతర స్వీకరణదారుల మెయిల్‌పెట్టెలన్నింటి నుండి ఈ అంశమును తొలగించాలా(_D)?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:219 msgid "_Retract comment" msgstr "రిట్రాక్ట్ వ్యాఖ్యానం (_R)" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:55 #, c-format msgid "The event could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "dbus దోషం కారణంగా ఘటన తొలగించబడలేదు: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:59 #, c-format msgid "The task could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "dbus దోషం కారణంగా కర్తవ్యం తొలగించబడలేదు: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:63 #, c-format msgid "The memo could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "dbus దోషం మూలంగా మెమోను తొలగించలేకపోయింది: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:67 #, c-format msgid "The item could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "dbusదోషం మూలంగా అంశాన్ని తొలగించలేకపోయింది: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:74 msgid "The event could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "అనుమతి తిరస్కరించబడినందున ఘటనను రద్దుచేయలేకపోయింది" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:77 msgid "The task could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "అనుమతి తిరస్కరించబడినందున కార్యాన్ని రద్దుచేయలేకపోయింది" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:80 msgid "The memo could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "అనుమతి తిరస్కరించబడినందున అంశాన్ని తొలగించలేకపోయింది" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:83 msgid "The item could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "అనుమతి తిరస్కరించబడినందున అంశాన్ని రద్దుచేయలేకపోయింది" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:91 #, c-format msgid "The event could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "ఒక దోషం మూలంగా ఘటనను తొలగించలేకపోయింది: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:95 #, c-format msgid "The task could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "ఒక దోషం మూలంగా కర్తవ్యాన్ని తొలగించలేకపోయింది: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:99 #, c-format msgid "The memo could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "ఒక దోషం మూలంగా మెమోను తొలగించలేకపోయింది: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:103 #, c-format msgid "The item could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "ఒక దోషం మూలంగా అంశాన్ని తొలగించలేకపోయింది: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/e-delegate-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Enter Delegate" msgstr "ప్రతినిధిని ప్రవేశపెట్టుము" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/e-delegate-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Delegate To:" msgstr "కు ప్రతినిధి:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/e-delegate-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Contacts..." msgstr "పరిచయాలు..." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:205 msgid "_Reminders" msgstr "గుర్తుచేయునవి (_R)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:207 msgid "Set or unset reminders for this event" msgstr "ఈ ఘటనకు అలారాలు అమర్చు లేదా తీసివేయి" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:215 msgid "Show Time as _Busy" msgstr "సమయంను తీరికలేనిదిగా చూపుము (_B)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:217 msgid "Toggles whether to show time as busy" msgstr "చూపించు సమంయ తీరికలేకుంటే మారుము" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:226 msgid "_Recurrence" msgstr "పునరావృతి(_R)" # #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:228 msgid "Make this a recurring event" msgstr "పునఃసంభవమిస్తున్న ఘటనగా దీన్ని చేయుము" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:233 ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:14 msgid "Send Options" msgstr "పంపించు ఐచ్చికాలు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:235 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:96 msgid "Insert advanced send options" msgstr "ఉన్నతస్థితిగల పంపించే ఇచ్చాపూర్వకాలను అమర్చుము" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:243 msgid "All _Day Event" msgstr "పూర్తిరోజు ఘటన(_D)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:245 msgid "Toggles whether to have All Day Event" msgstr "రోజుమెత్తం ఘటన ఉంటే మారుము" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:254 msgid "_Free/Busy" msgstr "ఖాళీ/తీరిక లేని(_F)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:256 msgid "Query free / busy information for the attendees" msgstr "హాజరైనవారి కొరకు ఖాళీ/తీరికలేని సమాచారం ను ప్రశ్నించుము" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:307 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3505 msgid "Appointment" msgstr "నియామకం" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:377 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:24 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:165 msgid "Attendees" msgstr "హాజరైనవారు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:574 msgid "Print this event" msgstr "ఈ ఘటనను ముద్రించు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:557 msgid "Event's start time is in the past" msgstr "ఘటన యొక్క ప్రారంభ సమయం భూతకాలంలో వుంది" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:634 msgid "Event cannot be edited, because the selected calendar is read only" msgstr "ఘటన సరికూర్చబడలేదు, యెంచేతంటే యెంపికైన క్యాలెండర్ చదువుటకు మాత్రమే" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:638 msgid "Event cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "ఘటన పూర్తిగా సరికూర్చబడలేదు, యెంచేతంటే మీరు నిర్వాహకులు కాదు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:650 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3165 msgid "This event has reminders" msgstr "ఈ ఘటన గర్తుచేయువాటిని కలిగిఉంది" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:717 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:13 msgid "Or_ganizer:" msgstr "నిర్వాహకుడు(_g):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1300 msgid "Event with no start date" msgstr "ప్రారంభ తారీఖు లేని ఘటన" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1303 msgid "Event with no end date" msgstr "అంతం తారీఖు లేని ఘటన" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1476 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:726 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1025 msgid "Start date is wrong" msgstr "ప్రారంభ తారీఖు తప్పు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1487 msgid "End date is wrong" msgstr "అంతం తారీఖు తప్పు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1511 msgid "Start time is wrong" msgstr "ప్రారంభ తారీఖు తప్పు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1519 msgid "End time is wrong" msgstr "అంతం తారీఖు తప్పు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1683 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:765 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1079 msgid "An organizer is required." msgstr "వ్యస్థీకరింపచేసెది అవసరం" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1718 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1114 msgid "At least one attendee is required." msgstr "కనీసం ఒక హాజరయ్యెవారు అవసరం." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1924 msgid "_Delegatees" msgstr "ప్రాతినిధ్యంవహించే(_D)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1926 msgid "Atte_ndees" msgstr "హాజరైనవారు(_n)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3445 #, c-format msgid "%d day before appointment" msgid_plural "%d days before appointment" msgstr[0] "%d రోజు ముందరి నియామకం" msgstr[1] "%d రోజుల ముందరి నియామకం" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3451 #, c-format msgid "%d hour before appointment" msgid_plural "%d hours before appointment" msgstr[0] "%d ఘంట ముందరి నియామకం" msgstr[1] "%d ఘంటల ముందరి నియామకం" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3457 #, c-format msgid "%d minute before appointment" msgid_plural "%d minutes before appointment" msgstr[0] "%d నిమిషం ముందరి నియామకం" msgstr[1] "%dనిమిషాల ముందరి నియామకం" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3478 msgid "Customize" msgstr "మలుచుకొను" #. Translators: "None" for "No reminder set" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3485 msgctxt "cal-reminders" msgid "None" msgstr "ఏదికాదు" #. TRANSLATORS: 'for' in a sense of 'duration'; example string: Time: [date] [time] for [ H ] hours [ M ] minutes #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:2 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "for" msgstr "కొరకు" #. TRANSLATORS: 'until' in a sense of 'duration'; example string: Time: [date] [time] until [ date ] [ time ] #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:4 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "until" msgstr "వరకు" #. TRANSLATORS: Predefined reminder's description #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:6 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "15 minutes before appointment" msgstr "15 నిమిషాల ముందరి నియామకం" #. TRANSLATORS: Predefined reminder's description #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:8 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "1 hour before appointment" msgstr "1 గంట ముందరి నియామకం" #. TRANSLATORS: Predefined reminder's description #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:10 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "1 day before appointment" msgstr "1 రోజు ముందరి నియామకం" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:11 msgid "_Location:" msgstr "స్థానము(_L):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:12 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:29 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:357 msgid "_Description:" msgstr "వివరణ(_D):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:14 msgid "_Time:" msgstr "సమయం(_T):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:15 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:13 msgid "Time _zone:" msgstr "కాల క్షేత్రం(_z):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:17 msgid "_Summary:" msgstr "సంక్షిప్తసమాచారం (_S):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:21 msgid "Event Description" msgstr "ఘటన విశదీకరణ" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:23 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:30 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:547 msgid "Atte_ndees..." msgstr "హాజరైనవారు(_n)..." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:26 msgid "_Reminder" msgstr "గుర్తుచేయునది (_R)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:27 msgid "Custom Reminder:" msgstr "మలుచిన అలారం:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "January" msgstr "జనవరి" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "February" msgstr "ఫిబ్రవరి" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "March" msgstr "మార్చ్" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "April" msgstr "ఏప్రిల్" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "May" msgstr "మే" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "June" msgstr "జూన్" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "July" msgstr "జులై" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "August" msgstr "ఆగస్ట్" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "September" msgstr "సెప్టెంబర్" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "October" msgstr "అక్టోబర్" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "November" msgstr "నంబర్" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "December" msgstr "డిసెంబర్" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "Select Date" msgstr "తారీఖు ఎంపికచేయి" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:14 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1379 msgid "Select _Today" msgstr "ఈ రోజును ఎంచుకొనుము(_T)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-editor.c:106 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3509 msgid "Memo" msgstr "మెమో" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-editor.c:156 msgid "Print this memo" msgstr "ఈ మెమో ముద్రించు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:421 msgid "Memo's start date is in the past" msgstr "మెమో యొక్క ప్రారంభ తేది భూతకాలంలోవుంది" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:457 msgid "Memo cannot be edited, because the selected memo list is read only" msgstr "" "మెమో సరికూర్చ బడలేదు, యెంచేతంటే యెంపికైన మెమో జాబితా చదువుటకు మాత్రమే" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:461 msgid "Memo cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "మెమో పూర్తిగా సరికూర్చబడలేదు, యెంచేతంటే మీరు నిర్వాహకులు కాదు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:1160 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:203 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:220 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:49 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:78 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:9 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:66 msgid "To" msgstr "కు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:426 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:31 msgid "_List:" msgstr "జాబితా (_L):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:434 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:24 msgid "Organi_zer:" msgstr "నిర్వాహకుడు(_z):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:5 msgid "T_o:" msgstr "కు(_o):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:26 msgid "Sta_rt date:" msgstr "ప్రారంభ తేది(_r):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:7 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:23 msgid "Su_mmary:" msgstr "సంక్షిప్తము(_m):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:53 #, c-format msgid "You are modifying a recurring event. What would you like to modify?" msgstr "" "మీరు పునరావృతిచెందిన ఘటనను మార్చుతున్నారు, మీరు మార్చాలని అనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:55 #, c-format msgid "" "You are delegating a recurring event. What would you like to delegate?" msgstr "" "మీరు పునరావృతిచెందిన ఘటనకు ప్రాతినిధ్యంవహిస్తున్నారు, మీరు " "ప్రాతినిధ్యంవహిస్తారా?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:59 #, c-format msgid "You are modifying a recurring task. What would you like to modify?" msgstr "" "మీరు పునరావృతిచెందిన కార్యాన్ని మార్చుతున్నారు, మార్చాలంనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:63 #, c-format msgid "You are modifying a recurring memo. What would you like to modify?" msgstr "మీరు పునరావృతిచెందిన మెమో మార్చుతున్నారు, మార్చాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:89 msgid "This Instance Only" msgstr "ఈ ప్రత్యేకస్థితి మాత్రమే" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:93 msgid "This and Prior Instances" msgstr "ఇది మరియు పూర్వపు ప్రత్యేకస్థితిలు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:99 msgid "This and Future Instances" msgstr "ఇది మరియు భవిష్యత్తు ప్రత్యేకస్థితిలు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:104 msgid "All Instances" msgstr "అన్ని ప్రత్యేకస్థితిలు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:575 msgid "This appointment contains recurrences that Evolution cannot edit." msgstr "ఎవల్యుషన్ సరుచేయలేని పునరావృత్తులు ఈ నియామకం కలదు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1000 msgid "Recurrence date is invalid" msgstr "పునరావృతి తారీఖు నిస్సారం" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1044 msgid "End time of the recurrence was before event's start" msgstr "పునరావృతము యొక్క ముగింపు సమయం ఘటన ప్రారంభమునకు ముందు" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] week(s) on [Wednesday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after the 'on', name of a week day always follows. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1073 msgid "on" msgstr "పైన" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [first] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'first', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1154 msgid "first" msgstr "మొదటి" #. TRANSLATORS: here, "second" is the ordinal number (like "third"), not the time division (like "minute") #. * Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [second] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'second', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1160 msgid "second" msgstr "రెండోది" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [third] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'third', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1165 msgid "third" msgstr "మూడవది" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [fourth] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'fourth', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1170 msgid "fourth" msgstr "నాలుగోది" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [fifth] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'fifth', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1175 #| msgid "Width" msgid "fifth" msgstr "ఐదవ" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [last] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'last', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1180 msgid "last" msgstr "చివరిది" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [Other date] [11th to 20th] [17th] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1204 msgid "Other Date" msgstr "ఇతర తారీఖు" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a submenu option string to split the date range into three submenus to choose the exact day of #. * the month to setup an appointment recurrence. The entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) #. * on the [Other date] [1st to 10th] [7th] [forever]' (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1210 msgid "1st to 10th" msgstr "1 నుండి 10 వరకు" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a submenu option string to split the date range into three submenus to choose the exact day of #. * the month to setup an appointment recurrence. The entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) #. * on the [Other date] [11th to 20th] [17th] [forever]' (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1216 msgid "11th to 20th" msgstr "11 నుండి 20 వరకు" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a submenu option string to split the date range into three submenus to choose the exact day of #. * the month to setup an appointment recurrence. The entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) #. * on the [Other date] [21th to 31th] [27th] [forever]' (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1222 msgid "21st to 31st" msgstr "21 నుండి 31 వరకు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1249 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:25 msgid "Monday" msgstr "సోమవారం" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1250 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:28 msgid "Tuesday" msgstr "మంగళవారం" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1251 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:31 msgid "Wednesday" msgstr "బుధవారం" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1252 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:34 msgid "Thursday" msgstr "గురువారం" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1253 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:37 msgid "Friday" msgstr "శుక్రవారం" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1254 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:40 msgid "Saturday" msgstr "శనివారం" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1255 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:43 msgid "Sunday" msgstr "ఆదివారం" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [second] [Tuesday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets])." #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1386 msgid "on the" msgstr "పైన" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1571 msgid "occurrences" msgstr "సంభవించనవి" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2341 msgid "Add exception" msgstr "అక్షేపణను కలుపుము" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2383 msgid "Could not get a selection to modify." msgstr "సవరించుటకు ఎంపికను పొందలేకపోయింది." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2389 msgid "Modify exception" msgstr "ఆక్షేపణను సవరించుము" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2435 msgid "Could not get a selection to delete." msgstr "తొలగించుటకు ఎంపికను పొందలేకపోయింది." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2576 msgid "Date/Time" msgstr "తారీఖు/సమయం" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:2 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "day(s)" msgstr "రోజు(లు)" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:4 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "week(s)" msgstr "వారము(లు)" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:6 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "month(s)" msgstr "నెల(లు)" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:8 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "year(s)" msgstr "సంవత్సరా(లు)" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:10 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "for" msgstr "కొరకు" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:12 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "until" msgstr "వరకు" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:14 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "forever" msgstr "ఎప్పటికీ" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:16 msgid "This appointment rec_urs" msgstr "ఈ నియామకం పునరావృతి(_u)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:17 msgid "Every" msgstr "ప్రతి" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:18 msgid "Exceptions" msgstr "ఆక్షేపణలు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:20 msgid "Preview" msgstr "ఉపదర్శనం" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:173 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:255 msgid "Send my reminders with this event" msgstr "ఈ ఘటనతో నా అలారాలను పంపు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:175 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:257 #| msgid "Notify new messages for _Inbox only" msgid "Notify new attendees _only" msgstr "కొత్తగా హాజరైనవారిని మాత్రమే ప్రకటించుము (_o)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:94 msgid "_Send Options" msgstr "పంపుటకు ఇచ్ఛాపూర్వకాలను(_S)" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:149 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3507 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.c:553 msgid "Task" msgstr "కార్యం" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:286 msgid "Print this task" msgstr "ఈ కర్తవ్యాన్ని ముద్రించు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:330 msgid "Task's start date is in the past" msgstr "కర్తవ్యం ప్రారంభ తేది భూతకాలంలో వుంది" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:331 msgid "Task's due date is in the past" msgstr "కర్తవ్యం గడువుతేది భూతకాలంలో వుంది" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:364 msgid "Task cannot be edited, because the selected task list is read only" msgstr "" "కర్తవ్యం సరికూర్చబడలేదు, యెంచేతంటే యెంపికైన కర్తవ్యపు జాబితా చదువుటకు మాత్రమే" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:368 #| msgid "" #| "This message cannot be sent because you have not specified any recipients" msgid "Task cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "కర్తవ్యము పూర్తిగా సరికూర్చబడలేదు, యెంచేతంటే మీరు నిర్వాహకులు కాదు" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:372 msgid "" "Task cannot be edited, because the selected task list does not support " "assigned tasks" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1006 msgid "Due date is wrong" msgstr "పూర్వనిర్ణిత రోజు తప్పూ" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1174 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1199 msgid "Completed date is wrong" msgstr "పూర్తి చేసిన తారీఖు తప్పు" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:337 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:573 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:19 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:2 ../mail/message-list.c:320 msgid "High" msgstr "ఎక్కువ" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:10 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:339 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1666 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:574 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:20 ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:5 #: ../mail/message-list.c:319 msgid "Normal" msgstr "మామూలు" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:12 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:341 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:575 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:21 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:4 ../mail/message-list.c:318 msgid "Low" msgstr "తక్కువ" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:576 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:22 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:1 msgid "Undefined" msgstr "నిర్వచించబడలేదు" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:16 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:322 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:311 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:553 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:214 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:229 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:656 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3591 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:11 msgid "Not Started" msgstr "ప్రారంభం కాలేదు" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:18 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:312 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:313 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:555 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:633 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:216 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:231 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:657 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3594 msgid "In Progress" msgstr "పురోగమనంలొ ఉన్న" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:20 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:315 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:315 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:557 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:205 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:228 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:218 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:233 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:658 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3597 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:13 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:380 msgid "Completed" msgstr "పూర్తిచేయబడిన" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:22 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:318 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:317 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:559 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:220 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:235 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:659 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3600 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:878 msgid "Canceled" msgstr "రద్దుచేయబడినది" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:25 msgid "D_ue date:" msgstr "నిర్దేశిత తేది (_D):" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:28 msgid "Time zone:" msgstr "సమయ క్షేత్రము:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:32 msgid "_Status:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:33 msgid "Date _completed:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:34 msgid "_Percent complete:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:35 msgid "Priorit_y:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:36 msgid "C_lassification:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:37 msgid "_Web Page:" msgstr "మహాతలం పుట(_W):" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:324 msgid "New Appointment" msgstr "కొత్త నియామకం" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:325 msgid "New All Day Event" msgstr "కొత్త పూర్ణదిన ఘటన" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:326 msgid "New Meeting" msgstr "కొత్త సమావేశం" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:327 msgid "Go to Today" msgstr "ఈ రోజు కు వెళ్ళు" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:328 msgid "Go to Date" msgstr "తారీఖుకు వెళ్ళు" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:298 msgid "It has reminders." msgstr "ఇది అలారములను కలిగివుంది." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:301 msgid "It has recurrences." msgstr "ఇందు పునరావృతులు కలవు." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:304 msgid "It is a meeting." msgstr "అది ఒక సమావేశం." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:311 #, c-format msgid "Calendar Event: Summary is %s." msgstr "క్యాలెండర్ ఘటన: సారాంశము - %s." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:314 msgid "Calendar Event: It has no summary." msgstr "క్యాలెండర్ ఘటన : దీనికి సారాంశము లేదు." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:337 msgid "calendar view event" msgstr "క్యాలెండర్ ఘటన దర్శించు." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:569 msgid "Grab Focus" msgstr "దృష్టి కేంద్రీకరించు" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:154 ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:154 #, c-format msgid "It has %d event." msgid_plural "It has %d events." msgstr[0] "%d ఘటన కలిగి ఉంది" msgstr[1] "%d ఘటనలను కలిగి ఉంది" #. To translators: Here, "It" is either like "Work Week View: July #. 10th - July 14th, 2006." or "Day View: Thursday July 13th, 2006." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:161 ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:157 msgid "It has no events." msgstr "దీనికి ఏ ఘటనలు లేవు" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:169 #, c-format msgid "Work Week View: %s. %s" msgstr "పనివారము దర్శనం: %s. %s" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:176 #, c-format msgid "Day View: %s. %s" msgstr "రోజు దర్శనం: %s. %s" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:210 msgid "calendar view for a work week" msgstr "వారపు(పనిరోజులు) క్యాలెండర్ దర్శనం" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:212 msgid "calendar view for one or more days" msgstr "ఒకటి లేదా కొన్ని రోజులకి క్యాలెండర్ దర్శనం" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view-main-item.c:327 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view-main-item.c:354 msgid "a table to view and select the current time range" msgstr "ప్రస్తుత సమయ విస్తృతిని దర్శించి ఎంచుకొనే పట్టిక" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:48 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:56 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1114 msgid "Gnome Calendar" msgstr "గ్నోమ్ క్యాలెండరు" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:204 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1191 msgid "%A %d %b %Y" msgstr "%A %d %b %Y" #. strftime format %a = abbreviated weekday name, %d = day of month, #. * %b = abbreviated month name. Don't use any other specifiers. #. strftime format %a = abbreviated weekday name, #. * %d = day of month, %b = abbreviated month name. #. * You can change the order but don't change the #. * specifiers or add anything. #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:208 ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:2793 #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-top-item.c:859 #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:219 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1195 msgid "%a %d %b" msgstr "%a %d %b" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:211 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:217 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:220 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1198 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1204 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1207 msgid "%a %d %b %Y" msgstr "%a %d %b %Y" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:239 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:247 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:254 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:257 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1224 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1235 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1242 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1245 msgid "%d %b %Y" msgstr "%d %b %Y" #. strftime format %d = day of month, %b = abbreviated month name. #. * Don't use any other specifiers. #. strftime format %d = day of month, %b = abbreviated #. * month name. You can change the order but don't #. * change the specifiers or add anything. #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:244 ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:2809 #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-top-item.c:863 #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:233 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1231 msgid "%d %b" msgstr "%d %b" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-jump-button.c:151 msgid "Jump button" msgstr "దూకు బటన్" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-jump-button.c:160 msgid "Click here, you can find more events." msgstr "ఇక్కడ నొక్కండి, మీకు మరిన్ని ఘటనలు కనబడతాయి" #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d days before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:358 #, c-format msgid "%d day" msgid_plural "%d days" msgstr[0] "%d రోజు" msgstr[1] "%d రోజులు" #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d weeks before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:364 #, c-format msgid "%d week" msgid_plural "%d weeks" msgstr[0] "%d వారం" msgstr[1] "%d వారాలు" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:426 msgid "Unknown action to be performed" msgstr "అపరిచిత కార్యాన్ని చెయ్యాలి" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:441 #, c-format msgid "%s %s before the start of the appointment" msgstr "%s %s నియామకాన్ని ప్రారింబించేముందు" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:447 #, c-format msgid "%s %s after the start of the appointment" msgstr "%s %s నియామకం ప్రారింబించిన తరువాత" #. Translator: The %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a sound" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:454 #, c-format msgid "%s at the start of the appointment" msgstr "%s నియామకం ప్రారింబించినప్పుడు" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:466 #, c-format msgid "%s %s before the end of the appointment" msgstr "%s %s నియామకం పూర్తి అవ్వడానికిముందు" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:472 #, c-format msgid "%s %s after the end of the appointment" msgstr "%s %s నియామకం పూర్తయినతరువాత" #. Translator: The %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a sound" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:479 #, c-format msgid "%s at the end of the appointment" msgstr "%s నియామకం పూర్తయినప్పుడు" #. Translator: The first %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a Sound". Second %s is an absolute time, e.g. "10:00AM" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:503 #, c-format msgid "%s at %s" msgstr "%s వద్ద %s" #. Translator: The %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a sound". "Trigger types" are absolute or relative dates #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:511 #, c-format msgid "%s for an unknown trigger type" msgstr "%s అపరిచిత క్రియారంభ రకం కొరకు" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:163 #, c-format msgid "Month View: %s. %s" msgstr "నెలసరి దర్శనం: %s. %s" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:168 #, c-format msgid "Week View: %s. %s" msgstr "వారపు దర్శనం: %s. %s" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:202 msgid "calendar view for a month" msgstr "ఒక నెలకు క్యాలెండర్ దర్శనం" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:204 msgid "calendar view for one or more weeks" msgstr "ఒకటి లేదా మరిన్ని వారాలకి క్యాలెండర్ దర్శనం" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:223 ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:750 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-page.c:126 msgid "Untitled" msgstr "శిర్షిక లేదు" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:231 msgid "Categories:" msgstr "వర్గాలు:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:263 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "తాత్పర్యం:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:272 msgid "Start Date:" msgstr "ప్రారంభ తారీఖు:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:284 msgid "End Date:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:296 msgid "Due Date:" msgstr "పుర్వనిర్ణిత తారీఖు:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:308 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1504 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1621 msgid "Status:" msgstr "సుస్థితి:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:335 msgid "Priority:" msgstr "ప్రాధాన్యం:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:360 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-service-page.c:672 msgid "Description:" msgstr "విశదీకరణ:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:391 msgid "Web Page:" msgstr "మహాతల పుట:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-selector.c:358 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1097 #, c-format msgid "Copying an event into the calendar %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-selector.c:359 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1096 #, c-format msgid "Moving an event into the calendar %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:1 msgid "Click to add a task" msgstr "కర్తవ్యాన్ని జతపర్చుటకు నొక్కండి" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:2 msgid "Start date" msgstr "ప్రారంభ తేది" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:652 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:3 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:586 #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:159 msgid "Type" msgstr "రకం" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:5 msgid "Completion date" msgstr "పూర్తయిన తేది" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:6 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:880 msgid "Complete" msgstr "పూర్తిగా" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:7 msgid "Due date" msgstr "పూర్వ నిర్ణీత తేది" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:9 #, no-c-format msgid "% Complete" msgstr "% పూర్తి" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:10 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:18 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:387 msgid "Priority" msgstr "ప్రాధాన్యత" #. To Translators: 'Status' here means the state of the attendees, the resulting string will be in a form: #. * Status: Accepted: X Declined: Y ... #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:11 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:4017 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:695 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:8 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:75 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:1 msgid "Status" msgstr "సుస్థితి" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:7 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:6 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:381 msgid "Created" msgstr "సృష్టించబడింది" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:7 #| msgid "Modified" msgid "Last modified" msgstr "చివరిగా సవరించిన" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:446 msgid "Cut selected events to the clipboard" msgstr "ఎంపికచేసిన ఘటనలను క్లిప్‌బోర్డుకు కత్తిరించుము" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:452 msgid "Copy selected events to the clipboard" msgstr "ఎంపికైన ఘటనలను క్లిప్ పలకాన్ని నకలు తీయుము" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:458 msgid "Paste events from the clipboard" msgstr "క్లిప్ పలకం నుండి ఘటనలను అతికించుము" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:464 msgid "Delete selected events" msgstr "ఎంపికచేసిన ఘటనలను తొలగించుము" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:484 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:183 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:270 msgid "Deleting selected objects" msgstr "ఎంపికచేసిన అంశాలను తొలగించుతున్నది" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:646 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:878 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1176 msgid "Updating objects" msgstr "అంశాలను తాజా పరుచుతున్నది" #. To Translators: It will display "Organiser: NameOfTheUser " #. To Translators: It will display #. * "Organizer: NameOfTheUser " #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2084 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:553 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:840 #, c-format msgid "Organizer: %s <%s>" msgstr "నిర్వాహకి: %s <%s>" #. With SunOne accouts, there may be no ':' in organiser.value #. With SunOne accounts, there may be no ':' in #. * organizer.value. #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2088 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:558 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:844 #, c-format msgid "Organizer: %s" msgstr "నిర్వాహకి: %s" #. To Translators: It will display "Location: PlaceOfTheMeeting" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2104 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:2664 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3545 #, c-format msgid "Location: %s" msgstr "స్థానం: %s" #. To Translators: It will display "Time: ActualStartDateAndTime (DurationOfTheMeeting)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2135 #, c-format msgid "Time: %s %s" msgstr "సమయం: %s %s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:5 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "తారీఖు మొదలు" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:2 msgid "End Date" msgstr "అంతం తారీఖు" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:467 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:185 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:199 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:135 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:170 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:233 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1251 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1268 ../e-util/e-charset.c:52 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3508 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6092 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:100 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "అపరిచిత" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1668 msgid "Recurring" msgstr "పునరావృతికరణ" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1670 msgid "Assigned" msgstr "స్థానం ఇవ్వబడినది" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1672 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:1163 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:209 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:177 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:187 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1024 msgid "Yes" msgstr "అవును" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1672 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:1163 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:210 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:189 msgid "No" msgstr "కాదు" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3958 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:221 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:197 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:220 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6080 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "ఆమొదించబడినది" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3959 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:222 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:199 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:222 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6086 msgid "Declined" msgstr "తగించబడినది" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3960 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:223 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:201 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:224 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:526 msgid "Tentative" msgstr "తాత్కాలిక" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3961 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:224 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:203 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:226 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6089 msgid "Delegated" msgstr "ప్రాతినిధ్యంవహించే" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3962 #| msgid "Needs Action" msgid "Needs action" msgstr "చర్య అవసరం" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-calendar.c:125 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:631 msgid "Free" msgstr "స్వతంత్ర" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-calendar.c:128 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:527 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:632 msgid "Busy" msgstr "తీరికలేదు" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:499 msgid "" "The geographical position must be entered in the format: \n" "\n" "45.436845,125.862501" msgstr "" "రూపలావణ్యం లో భౌగోళిక స్థితి ని ప్రవేశపెట్టాలి: \n" "\n" "45.436845,125.862501" #. Translators: "None" for task's status #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:551 msgctxt "cal-task-status" msgid "None" msgstr "ఏదికాదు" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a time, 24-hour. #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:159 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%a·%m/%d/%Y·%H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a time, 12-hour. #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:162 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%a·%m/%d/%Y·%I:%M:%S·%p" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:170 #, c-format msgid "" "The date must be entered in the format: \n" "%s" msgstr "" "రూపలావణ్యం లోకి తారీఖు ను ప్రవేశపెట్టవలెను: \n" "%s" #. String to use in 12-hour time format for times in the morning. #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:1983 ../calendar/gui/e-week-view.c:1554 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1074 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1093 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:2637 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2657 msgid "am" msgstr "am" #. String to use in 12-hour time format for times in the afternoon. #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:1986 ../calendar/gui/e-week-view.c:1557 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1079 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1095 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:2642 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2659 msgid "pm" msgstr "pm" #. strftime format %A = full weekday name, %d = day of month, #. * %B = full month name. Don't use any other specifiers. #. strftime format %A = full weekday name, %d = day of #. * month, %B = full month name. You can change the #. * order but don't change the specifiers or add #. * anything. #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:2776 ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-top-item.c:855 #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:210 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2093 msgid "%A %d %B" msgstr "%A·%d·%B" #. To Translators: the %d stands for a week number, it's value between 1 and 52/53 #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:3438 #, c-format #| msgid "Week" msgid "Week %d" msgstr "వారం %d" #. Translators: %02i is the number of minutes; #. * this is a context menu entry to change the #. * length of the time division in the calendar #. * day view, e.g. a day is displayed in #. * 24 "60 minute divisions" or #. * 48 "30 minute divisions". #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:801 #, c-format msgid "%02i minute divisions" msgstr "%02i నిమిష భాగాలు" #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:826 #| msgid "Show the \"Preview\" pane" msgid "Show the second time zone" msgstr "రెండవ సమయ క్షేత్రాన్ని చూపుము" #. Translators: "None" indicates no second time zone set for a day view #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:843 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:306 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:358 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:11 msgctxt "cal-second-zone" msgid "None" msgstr "ఏదికాదు" #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:877 #: ../calendar/gui/e-timezone-entry.c:324 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:389 msgid "Select..." msgstr "ఎంపికచేయు..." #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:64 msgid "Chair Persons" msgstr "అధ్యక్షవర్యులు" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:65 msgid "Required Participants" msgstr "కావల్సిన పాలుపంచుకొనువారు" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:66 msgid "Optional Participants" msgstr "ఇచ్ఛాపూర్వక పాల్గొనువారు" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:67 msgid "Resources" msgstr "వనరులు" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:181 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:110 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:127 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1018 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1247 msgid "Individual" msgstr "స్వతంత్రంగా" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:182 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:112 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:129 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1248 ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:5 msgid "Group" msgstr "గ్రూపు" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:183 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:114 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:131 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1249 msgid "Resource" msgstr "వనరు" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:184 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:116 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:133 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1250 msgid "Room" msgstr "గది" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:195 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:145 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:162 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1264 msgid "Chair" msgstr "అధ్యక్షులు" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:196 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:147 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:164 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1021 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1265 msgid "Required Participant" msgstr "పాల్గొనువారు కావాలి" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:197 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:149 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:166 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1266 msgid "Optional Participant" msgstr "ఇచ్ఛాపూర్వకంగా పాల్గొనువారు" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:198 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:151 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:168 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1267 msgid "Non-Participant" msgstr "పాల్గొనువారు-కాదు" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:220 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:195 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:218 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1031 msgid "Needs Action" msgstr "క్రియ అవసరం" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:626 msgid "Attendee " msgstr "హాజరైనవ్యక్తి " #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:681 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:6 msgid "RSVP" msgstr "RSVP" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:207 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:230 msgid "In Process" msgstr "క్రమంలొఉన్న" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1910 #, c-format msgid "" "Enter password to access free/busy information on server %s as user %s" msgstr "" "సేవిక %s పైన వాడుకరి %s వలె ఖాళీగా/వత్తిడిగా వున్న సమాచారం యాక్సెస్ చేయుటకు " "సంకేతపదం ప్రవేశపెట్టు" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1920 #, c-format msgid "Failure reason: %s" msgstr "వైఫల్య కారణం: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1925 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:351 #: ../smime/gui/component.c:64 msgid "Enter password" msgstr "రహస్య పదమును ప్రవేశపెట్టండి" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:528 msgid "Out of Office" msgstr "కార్యాలయం నుండి బయటకు" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:530 msgid "No Information" msgstr "సమాచారం లేదు" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:570 msgid "O_ptions" msgstr "ఇచ్ఛాపూర్వకాలు(_p)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:590 msgid "Show _only working hours" msgstr "పనికాలాన్ని మాత్రమే చూపించు(_o)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:603 msgid "Show _zoomed out" msgstr "జూమ్ తగ్గించుట చూపు(_z)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:621 msgid "_Update free/busy" msgstr "తీరిక/తీరికలేదు తాజాపరుచు(_U)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:638 msgid "_<<" msgstr "_<<" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:658 msgid "_Autopick" msgstr "స్వయంఎంపిక(_A)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:675 msgid ">_>" msgstr ">_>" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:696 msgid "_All people and resources" msgstr "అన్ని వనరులు మరియు ప్రజలు(_A)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:707 msgid "All _people and one resource" msgstr "ప్రజలందరు మరియు ఒక్క వనరు(_p)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:718 msgid "_Required people" msgstr "ప్రజలు కావాలి(_R)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:728 msgid "Required people and _one resource" msgstr "ప్రజలు మరియు ఒక్క వనరు కావాలి(_o)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:767 msgid "_Start time:" msgstr "ప్రారంభ సమయం(_S):" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:796 msgid "_End time:" msgstr "సమయాంతం(_E):" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:2660 #, c-format msgid "" "Summary: %s\n" "Location: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:2662 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3534 #, c-format msgid "Summary: %s" msgstr "తాత్పర్యం: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:1 msgid "Click here to add an attendee" msgstr "ఒక హాజరైనవ్యక్తిని జతచేయుటకు ఇక్కడ నొక్కుము" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:3 msgid "Member" msgstr "సభ్యుడు" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:7 msgid "Delegated To" msgstr "ఇక్కడకు ప్రాతినిధ్యంవహింబడుతుంది" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:8 msgid "Delegated From" msgstr "ఇక్కడనుండి ప్రాతినిధ్యంవహించబడింది" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:10 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "ఉమ్మడి నామం" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:11 msgid "Language" msgstr "భాష" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:434 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-content.c:482 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:212 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:227 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view.c:307 msgid "Memos" msgstr "మెమోస్" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:515 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:803 msgid "* No Summary *" msgstr "* సంక్షిప్తం లేదు *" #. Translators: This is followed by an event's start date/time #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:602 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:887 msgid "Start: " msgstr "ప్రారంభించు: " #. Translators: This is followed by an event's due date/time #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:621 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:905 msgid "Due: " msgstr "మిగిలివున్న: " #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:742 msgid "Cut selected memos to the clipboard" msgstr "ఎంపికచేసిన మెమోలను క్లిప్‌బోర్డుకు కత్తిరించుము" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:748 msgid "Copy selected memos to the clipboard" msgstr "క్లిప్ పలకానికి ఎంచుకున్న మెమోలను నకలు తీయుము" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:754 msgid "Paste memos from the clipboard" msgstr "క్లిప్‌బోర్డునుండి మెమోలను అతికించుము" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:760 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:589 msgid "Delete selected memos" msgstr "ఎంపికచేసిన మెమోను తొలగించుము" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:766 msgid "Select all visible memos" msgstr "కనపడే మెమోలన్నిటనీ ఎంచుకొనుము" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:1 msgid "Click to add a memo" msgstr "మెమోను జతచేయుటకు నొక్కుము" #. Translators: "%d%%" is the percentage of a task done. #. * %d is the actual value, %% is replaced with a percent sign. #. * Result values will be 0%, 10%, 20%, ... 100% #. #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:604 #, c-format msgid "%d%%" msgstr "%d%%" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:721 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2418 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:79 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1078 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:61 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-content.c:439 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:235 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:250 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view.c:462 msgid "Tasks" msgstr "కర్తవ్యాలు" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1040 msgid "Cut selected tasks to the clipboard" msgstr "ఎంపికచేసిన కర్తవ్యాలను క్లిప్‌బోర్డునకు కత్తిరించుము" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1046 msgid "Copy selected tasks to the clipboard" msgstr "ఎంపికైన కర్తవ్యాలను క్లిప్ పలకాన్ని నకలు తీయుము" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1052 msgid "Paste tasks from the clipboard" msgstr "క్లిప్ పలకం నుండి కర్తవ్యాలను అతికించుము" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1058 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:713 msgid "Delete selected tasks" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న కర్తవ్యాలను తొలగించుము" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1064 msgid "Select all visible tasks" msgstr "కనపడే కర్తవ్యాలన్నిటినీ ఎంచుకొనుము" #: ../calendar/gui/e-timezone-entry.c:335 msgid "Select Timezone" msgstr "సమయక్షేత్రం ను ఎంపికచేయుము" #. strftime format %d = day of month, %B = full #. * month name. You can change the order but don't #. * change the specifiers or add anything. #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:227 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2072 msgid "%d %B" msgstr "%d·%B" #: ../calendar/gui/gnome-cal.c:2369 msgid "Purging" msgstr "శాశ్వతంగా తొలగించుతుంది" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:648 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:706 #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:840 msgid "An organizer must be set." msgstr "వ్యవస్ధీకరణ చేసేదానిని అమరచాలి" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:697 msgid "At least one attendee is necessary" msgstr "కనీసం ఒక జవాబుదారుడు అవసరం" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:928 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1089 msgid "Event information" msgstr "ఘటన సమాచారం" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:931 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1092 msgid "Task information" msgstr "కార్తవ్య సమాచారం" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:934 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1095 msgid "Memo information" msgstr "మెమో సమాచారం" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:937 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1113 msgid "Free/Busy information" msgstr "తీరిక/తీరికలేదు సమాచారం" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:940 msgid "Calendar information" msgstr "క్యాలెండర్ సమాచారం" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Accepted: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:977 #| msgid "Accepted" msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Accepted" msgstr "ఆమొదించబడినది" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Tentatively Accepted: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:984 #| msgid "Tentatively Accepted" msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Tentatively Accepted" msgstr "ప్రయోగాత్మకంగా ఆమొదించబడినది" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Declined: Meeting Name". #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Declined: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:991 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1039 #| msgid "Declined" msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Declined" msgstr "తిరస్కరించబడినది" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Delegated: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:998 #| msgid "Delegated" msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Delegated" msgstr "ప్రాతినిధ్యంవహించే" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Updated: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1011 #| msgid "Updated" msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Updated" msgstr "నవీకరించబడిన" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Cancel: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1018 #| msgid "Cancel" msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Cancel" msgstr "రద్దుచేయి" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Refresh: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1025 #| msgid "Refresh" msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Refresh" msgstr "పునర్వికాసం" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Counter-proposal: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1032 #| msgid "Counter-proposal" msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Counter-proposal" msgstr "ప్రతీకూల-ప్రదిపాదన" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1110 #, c-format msgid "Free/Busy information (%s to %s)" msgstr "తీరిక/తీరికలేదు సమాచారం(%s to %s)" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1118 msgid "iCalendar information" msgstr "iక్యాలెండర్ సమాచారం" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1146 msgid "Unable to book a resource, the new event collides with some other." msgstr "వనరును బుక్ చేయలేక పోయింది, కొత్త ఘటన వేరే దానితో విభేదిస్తోంది." #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1154 #, c-format msgid "Unable to book a resource, error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1326 msgid "You must be an attendee of the event." msgstr "మీరు ఘటన హాజరవ్వాలి" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "1st" msgstr "1వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "2nd" msgstr "2వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "3rd" msgstr "౩వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "4th" msgstr "4వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "5th" msgstr "5వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "6th" msgstr "6వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "7th" msgstr "7వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "8th" msgstr "8వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "9th" msgstr "9వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "10th" msgstr "10వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "11th" msgstr "11వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "12th" msgstr "12వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "13th" msgstr "13వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "14th" msgstr "14వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "15th" msgstr "15వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "16th" msgstr "16వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "17th" msgstr "17వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "18th" msgstr "18వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "19th" msgstr "19వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "20th" msgstr "20వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "21st" msgstr "21వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "22nd" msgstr "22వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "23rd" msgstr "23వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "24th" msgstr "24వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "25th" msgstr "25వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "26th" msgstr "26వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "27th" msgstr "27వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "28th" msgstr "28వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "29th" msgstr "29వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "30th" msgstr "30వ" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:667 msgid "31st" msgstr "31వ" #. Translators: These are workday abbreviations, #. * e.g. Su=Sunday and Th=thursday #. G_DATE_BAD_WEEKDAY #. G_DATE_MONDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:727 msgid "Mo" msgstr "సోమ" #. G_DATE_TUESDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:728 msgid "Tu" msgstr "మం" #. G_DATE_WEDNESDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:729 msgid "We" msgstr "బుధ" #. G_DATE_THURSDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:730 msgid "Th" msgstr "గురు" #. G_DATE_FRIDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:731 msgid "Fr" msgstr "శుక్ర" #. G_DATE_SATURDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:732 msgid "Sa" msgstr "శని" #. G_DATE_SUNDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:733 msgid "Su" msgstr "ఆది" #. Translators: This is part of "START to END" text, #. * where START and END are date/times. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3328 msgid " to " msgstr " దానికి " #. Translators: This is part of "START to END #. * (Completed COMPLETED)", where COMPLETED is a #. * completed date/time. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3338 msgid " (Completed " msgstr " (పూర్తి చేయబడ్డ " #. Translators: This is part of "Completed COMPLETED", #. * where COMPLETED is a completed date/time. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3344 msgid "Completed " msgstr "పూర్తి చేయబడ్డ " #. Translators: This is part of "START (Due DUE)", #. * where START and DUE are dates/times. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3354 msgid " (Due " msgstr " (అర్హమైంది " #. Translators: This is part of "Due DUE", #. * where DUE is a date/time due the event #. * should be finished. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3361 msgid "Due " msgstr "అర్హమైంది " #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3564 msgid "Attendees: " msgstr "హాజరైనవారు: " #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3608 #, c-format msgid "Status: %s" msgstr "సుస్థితి: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3624 #, c-format msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "ప్రాధాన్యం: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3642 #, c-format msgid "Percent Complete: %i" msgstr "%i: శాతం పూర్తియింది" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3656 #, c-format msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "URL: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3670 #, c-format msgid "Categories: %s" msgstr "%s: వర్గములు" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3681 msgid "Contacts: " msgstr "చిరునామాలు: " #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:12 msgid "In progress" msgstr "పురోగమనంలొ వున్న" #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:25 #, no-c-format msgid "% Completed" msgstr "u% పూర్తైంది" #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:26 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:38 msgid "is greater than" msgstr "దీని కన్నా పెద్దది" #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:27 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:39 msgid "is less than" msgstr "దీని కన్నా చిన్నది" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:78 msgid "Appointments and Meetings" msgstr "నియామకాలు మరియు సమావేశాలు" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:462 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:901 msgid "Opening calendar" msgstr "క్యాలెండర్‌ను తెరుచుచున్నది" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:610 msgid "iCalendar files (.ics)" msgstr "ఐక్యాలెండర్ ఫైలులు (.ics)" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:611 msgid "Evolution iCalendar importer" msgstr "ఎవాల్యూషన్ iక్యాలెండర్ దిగుమతిదారి" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:703 msgid "Reminder!" msgstr "గుర్తుచేయునది!" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:787 msgid "vCalendar files (.vcs)" msgstr "vCalendar ఫైళ్ళు (.vcs)" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:788 msgid "Evolution vCalendar importer" msgstr "ఎవాల్యాషన్ vక్యాలెండర్ దిగుమతిదారి" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1071 msgid "Calendar Events" msgstr "క్యాలెండర్ ఘటనలు" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1115 msgid "Evolution Calendar intelligent importer" msgstr "ఎవాల్యూషన్ క్యాలెండర్ ఇంటినిజంట్ దిగుమతిదారి" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1186 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1500 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Meeting" msgstr "సమావేశం" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1186 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1500 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Event" msgstr "ఘటన" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1189 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1501 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Task" msgstr "కర్తవ్యం" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1192 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1502 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Memo" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1201 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "has recurrences" msgstr "పునరావృతి వున్నది" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1206 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "is an instance" msgstr "ఒక యిన్‌స్టాన్స్" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1211 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "has reminders" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1216 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "has attachments" msgstr "" #. Translators: Appointment's classification #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1229 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Public" msgstr "" #. Translators: Appointment's classification #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1232 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Private" msgstr "" #. Translators: Appointment's classification #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1235 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Confidential" msgstr "" #. Translators: Appointment's classification section name #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1239 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Classification" msgstr "" #. Translators: Appointment's summary #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1244 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1544 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Summary" msgstr "" #. Translators: Appointment's location #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1250 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Location" msgstr "" #. Translators: Appointment's start time #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1258 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1539 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Start" msgstr "" #. Translators: 'Due' like the time due a task should be finished #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1269 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Due" msgstr "" #. Translators: Appointment's end time #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1281 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "End" msgstr "" #. Translators: Appointment's categories #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1291 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Categories" msgstr "" #. Translators: Appointment's complete value (either percentage, or a date/time of a completion) #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1315 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Completed" msgstr "" #. Translators: Appointment's URL #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1323 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. Translators: Appointment's organizer #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1334 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1337 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Organizer" msgstr "" #. Translators: Appointment's attendees #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1357 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1360 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Attendees" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1374 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Description" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1534 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. #. * #. * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or #. * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public #. * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either #. * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) version 3. #. * #. * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, #. * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of #. * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU #. * Lesser General Public License for more details. #. * #. * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public #. * License along with the program; if not, see #. * #. * #. * Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Novell, Inc. (www.novell.com) #. * #. #. #. * These are the timezone names from the Olson timezone data. #. * We only place them here so gettext picks them up for translation. #. * Don't include in any C files. #. #: ../calendar/zones.h:26 msgid "Africa/Abidjan" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/అబిద్జన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:27 msgid "Africa/Accra" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/అక్రా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:28 msgid "Africa/Addis_Ababa" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/అడిస్‌అబబ(_A)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:29 msgid "Africa/Algiers" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/అల్జిర్స్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:30 msgid "Africa/Asmera" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/అస్మెరా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:31 msgid "Africa/Bamako" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/బమాకొ" #: ../calendar/zones.h:32 msgid "Africa/Bangui" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/బాంగుయ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:33 msgid "Africa/Banjul" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/బాంజుల్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:34 msgid "Africa/Bissau" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/బిస్సావ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:35 msgid "Africa/Blantyre" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/బ్లాంటైర్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:36 msgid "Africa/Brazzaville" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/బ్రజావిల్లి" #: ../calendar/zones.h:37 msgid "Africa/Bujumbura" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/బుజుంబుర" #: ../calendar/zones.h:38 msgid "Africa/Cairo" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/కైరో" #: ../calendar/zones.h:39 msgid "Africa/Casablanca" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/కసాబ్లాంకా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:40 msgid "Africa/Ceuta" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/సియ్టా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:41 msgid "Africa/Conakry" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/కొనక్రయ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:42 msgid "Africa/Dakar" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/డకర్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:43 msgid "Africa/Dar_es_Salaam" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/దార్_ఈ_ సలామ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:44 msgid "Africa/Djibouti" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/డిబౌటి" #: ../calendar/zones.h:45 msgid "Africa/Douala" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/దౌలా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:46 msgid "Africa/El_Aaiun" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/ఎల్అయున్(_A)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:47 msgid "Africa/Freetown" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/ఫ్రీటౌన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:48 msgid "Africa/Gaborone" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/గాబొరోన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:49 msgid "Africa/Harare" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/హరారే" #: ../calendar/zones.h:50 msgid "Africa/Johannesburg" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/జొహన్నెస్బర్గ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:51 msgid "Africa/Kampala" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/కంపాలా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:52 msgid "Africa/Khartoum" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/ఖార్టౌమ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:53 msgid "Africa/Kigali" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/కిగాలి" #: ../calendar/zones.h:54 msgid "Africa/Kinshasa" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/కిన్షస" #: ../calendar/zones.h:55 msgid "Africa/Lagos" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/లాగొస్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:56 msgid "Africa/Libreville" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/లిబ్రెవిల్లి" #: ../calendar/zones.h:57 msgid "Africa/Lome" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/లోమ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:58 msgid "Africa/Luanda" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/ల్యూండా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:59 msgid "Africa/Lubumbashi" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/లుబుంబషి" #: ../calendar/zones.h:60 msgid "Africa/Lusaka" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/లుసక" #: ../calendar/zones.h:61 msgid "Africa/Malabo" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/మలబొ" #: ../calendar/zones.h:62 msgid "Africa/Maputo" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/మపుటొ" #: ../calendar/zones.h:63 msgid "Africa/Maseru" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/మసేరు" #: ../calendar/zones.h:64 msgid "Africa/Mbabane" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/బబానె" #: ../calendar/zones.h:65 msgid "Africa/Mogadishu" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/మొగదిషు" #: ../calendar/zones.h:66 msgid "Africa/Monrovia" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/మొన్రోవియా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:67 msgid "Africa/Nairobi" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/నైరోభీ" #: ../calendar/zones.h:68 msgid "Africa/Ndjamena" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/జమెనా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:69 msgid "Africa/Niamey" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/నియమెయ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:70 msgid "Africa/Nouakchott" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/నౌక్చొట్ట్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:71 msgid "Africa/Ouagadougou" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/ఒగడౌగౌ" #: ../calendar/zones.h:72 msgid "Africa/Porto-Novo" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/పొర్టొ-నొవొ" #: ../calendar/zones.h:73 msgid "Africa/Sao_Tome" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/సౌటోమ్(_T)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:74 msgid "Africa/Timbuktu" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/టింబుక్టు" #: ../calendar/zones.h:75 msgid "Africa/Tripoli" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/త్రిపోలి" #: ../calendar/zones.h:76 msgid "Africa/Tunis" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/టునిస్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:77 msgid "Africa/Windhoek" msgstr "ఆఫ్రికా/విండ్ హోక్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:78 msgid "America/Adak" msgstr "అమెరికా/అడాక్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:79 msgid "America/Anchorage" msgstr "అమెరికా/అంచొరేజ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:80 msgid "America/Anguilla" msgstr "అమెరికా/ఆంగుల్లా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:81 msgid "America/Antigua" msgstr "అమెరికా/ఆంటిగ్వా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:82 msgid "America/Araguaina" msgstr "అమెరికా/అరాగైనా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:83 msgid "America/Aruba" msgstr "అమెరికా/అరుబా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:84 msgid "America/Asuncion" msgstr "అమెరికా/అసుంసియాన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:85 msgid "America/Barbados" msgstr "అమెరికా/బార్బాడోస్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:86 msgid "America/Belem" msgstr "అమెరికా/బెలెమ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:87 msgid "America/Belize" msgstr "అమెరికా/బెలిజ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:88 msgid "America/Boa_Vista" msgstr "అమెరికా/బొవావిస్తా(_V)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:89 msgid "America/Bogota" msgstr "అమెరికా/బగోటా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:90 msgid "America/Boise" msgstr "అమెరికా/బాయిస్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:91 msgid "America/Buenos_Aires" msgstr "అమెరికా/బ్యూనస్ఏరీస్(_A)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:92 msgid "America/Cambridge_Bay" msgstr "అమెరికా/కాంబ్రిడ్జిబే(_B)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:93 msgid "America/Cancun" msgstr "అమెరికా/కాన్కన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:94 msgid "America/Caracas" msgstr "అమెరికా/కారాకస్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:95 msgid "America/Catamarca" msgstr "అమెరికా/కటామార్కా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:96 msgid "America/Cayenne" msgstr "అమెరికా/కాయెన్ని" #: ../calendar/zones.h:97 msgid "America/Cayman" msgstr "అమెరికా/కేమాన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:98 msgid "America/Chicago" msgstr "అమెరికా/చికాగో" #: ../calendar/zones.h:99 msgid "America/Chihuahua" msgstr "అమెరికా/చిహువాహువా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:100 msgid "America/Cordoba" msgstr "అమెరికా/కార్డొబా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:101 msgid "America/Costa_Rica" msgstr "అమెరికా/కోస్తారికా(_R)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:102 msgid "America/Cuiaba" msgstr "అమెరికా/కుయిబా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:103 msgid "America/Curacao" msgstr "అమెరికా/కురాకావో" #: ../calendar/zones.h:104 msgid "America/Danmarkshavn" msgstr "అమెరికా/డాన్మార్క్ శావ్న్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:105 msgid "America/Dawson" msgstr "అమెరికా/డాసన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:106 msgid "America/Dawson_Creek" msgstr "అమెరికా/డాసన్‌క్రీక్(_C)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:107 msgid "America/Denver" msgstr "అమెరికా/డెన్వర్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:108 msgid "America/Detroit" msgstr "అమెరికా/డెట్రాయిట్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:109 msgid "America/Dominica" msgstr "అమెరికా/డొమినిక" #: ../calendar/zones.h:110 msgid "America/Edmonton" msgstr "అమెరికా/ఎడ్మాంటన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:111 msgid "America/Eirunepe" msgstr "అమెరికా/ఇరునిపి" #: ../calendar/zones.h:112 msgid "America/El_Salvador" msgstr "అమెరికా/ఎల్‌సాలవడార్(_S)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:113 msgid "America/Fortaleza" msgstr "అమెరికా/ఫార్టలెజా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:114 msgid "America/Glace_Bay" msgstr "అమెరికా/గ్లేస్‌బే(_B)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:115 msgid "America/Godthab" msgstr "అమెరికా/గోడ్థాబ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:116 msgid "America/Goose_Bay" msgstr "అమెరికా/గూస్‌బే(_B)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:117 msgid "America/Grand_Turk" msgstr "అమెరికా/గ్రాండ్‌టర్క్ (_T)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:118 msgid "America/Grenada" msgstr "అమెరికా/గ్రెనెడా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:119 msgid "America/Guadeloupe" msgstr "అమెరికా/గాడెలోప్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:120 msgid "America/Guatemala" msgstr "అమెరికా/గాటేమెలా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:121 msgid "America/Guayaquil" msgstr "అమెరికా/గ్వాకిల్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:122 msgid "America/Guyana" msgstr "అమెరికా/గుయానా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:123 msgid "America/Halifax" msgstr "అమెరికా/హలిఫాక్స్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:124 msgid "America/Havana" msgstr "అమెరికా/హవానా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:125 msgid "America/Hermosillo" msgstr "అమెరికా/హెర్మొసిల్లో" #: ../calendar/zones.h:126 msgid "America/Indiana/Indianapolis" msgstr "అమెరికా/ఇండియానా/ఇండియానాపోలిస్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:127 msgid "America/Indiana/Knox" msgstr "అమెరికా/ఇండియానా/క్నాక్స్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:128 msgid "America/Indiana/Marengo" msgstr "అమెరికా/ఇండియానా/మారెంగో" #: ../calendar/zones.h:129 msgid "America/Indiana/Vevay" msgstr "అమెరికా/ఇండియానా/వేవాయ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:130 msgid "America/Indianapolis" msgstr "అమెరికా/ఇండియానాపోలిస్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:131 msgid "America/Inuvik" msgstr "అమెరికా/ఇనువిక్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:132 msgid "America/Iqaluit" msgstr "అమెరికా/ఇకాలిట్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:133 msgid "America/Jamaica" msgstr "అమెరికా/జమైకా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:134 msgid "America/Jujuy" msgstr "అమెరికా/జుజుయ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:135 msgid "America/Juneau" msgstr "అమెరికా/జునియా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:136 msgid "America/Kentucky/Louisville" msgstr "అమెరికా/కెంటుక్కీ/లూయిస్ విల్లీ" #: ../calendar/zones.h:137 msgid "America/Kentucky/Monticello" msgstr "అమెరికా/కెంటుక్కీ/మొంటిసెల్లో" #: ../calendar/zones.h:138 msgid "America/La_Paz" msgstr "అమెరికా/లాపాజ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:139 msgid "America/Lima" msgstr "అమెరికా/లిమా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:140 msgid "America/Los_Angeles" msgstr "అమెరికా/లాస్‌ఏంజిల్స్ (_A)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:141 msgid "America/Louisville" msgstr "అమెరికా/లూయిస్ విల్లీ" #: ../calendar/zones.h:142 msgid "America/Maceio" msgstr "అమెరికా/మాసియో" #: ../calendar/zones.h:143 msgid "America/Managua" msgstr "అమెరికా/మనాగువా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:144 msgid "America/Manaus" msgstr "అమెరికా/మనౌస్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:145 msgid "America/Martinique" msgstr "అమెరికా/మార్టినిక్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:146 msgid "America/Mazatlan" msgstr "అమెరికా/మజాట్లన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:147 msgid "America/Mendoza" msgstr "అమెరికా/మెండొజ" #: ../calendar/zones.h:148 msgid "America/Menominee" msgstr "అమెరికా/మెనోమినీ" #: ../calendar/zones.h:149 msgid "America/Merida" msgstr "అమెరికా/మెరిడా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:150 msgid "America/Mexico_City" msgstr "అమెరికా/మెక్సికోసిటీ(_C)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:151 msgid "America/Miquelon" msgstr "అమెరికా/మిక్యులెన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:152 msgid "America/Monterrey" msgstr "అమెరికా/మాంటెర్రె" #: ../calendar/zones.h:153 msgid "America/Montevideo" msgstr "అమెరికా/మాంట్ వీడియో" #: ../calendar/zones.h:154 msgid "America/Montreal" msgstr "అమెరికా/మాంట్రియల్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:155 msgid "America/Montserrat" msgstr "అమెరికా/మాంట్సెర్రాట్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:156 msgid "America/Nassau" msgstr "అమెరికా/నస్సావ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:157 msgid "America/New_York" msgstr "అమెరికా/న్యూయార్క్ (_Y)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:158 msgid "America/Nipigon" msgstr "అమెరికా/నిపిగాన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:159 msgid "America/Nome" msgstr "అమెరికా/నోమ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:160 msgid "America/Noronha" msgstr "అమెరికా/నొరోన్హ" #: ../calendar/zones.h:161 msgid "America/North_Dakota/Center" msgstr "అమెరికా/ఉత్తరడకోటా/సెంటర్(_D)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:162 msgid "America/Panama" msgstr "అమెరికా/పనామా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:163 msgid "America/Pangnirtung" msgstr "అమెరికా/పాంగ్నిర్టంగ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:164 msgid "America/Paramaribo" msgstr "అమెరికా/పరామరిబొ" #: ../calendar/zones.h:165 msgid "America/Phoenix" msgstr "అమెరికా/ఫోనిక్స్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:166 msgid "America/Port-au-Prince" msgstr "అమెరికా/పోర్ట్-ఆఫ్-ప్రిన్స్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:167 msgid "America/Port_of_Spain" msgstr "అమెరికా/Port_of_Spain" #: ../calendar/zones.h:168 msgid "America/Porto_Velho" msgstr "అమెరికా/పోర్టొవెలొ(_V)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:169 msgid "America/Puerto_Rico" msgstr "అమెరికా/ప్యుర్టొరికొ(_R)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:170 msgid "America/Rainy_River" msgstr "అమెరికా/రైనీరివర్(_R)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:171 msgid "America/Rankin_Inlet" msgstr "అమెరికా/రాన్ కిన్ఇన్లెట్(_I)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:172 msgid "America/Recife" msgstr "అమెరికా/రెకిఫ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:173 msgid "America/Regina" msgstr "అమెరికా/రెజినా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:174 msgid "America/Rio_Branco" msgstr "అమెరికా/రియొబ్రాంకొ(_B)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:175 msgid "America/Rosario" msgstr "అమెరికా/రొసారియొ" #: ../calendar/zones.h:176 msgid "America/Santiago" msgstr "అమెరికా/సాంటియాగో" #: ../calendar/zones.h:177 msgid "America/Santo_Domingo" msgstr "అమెరికా/సాంటోడొమింగో(_D)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:178 msgid "America/Sao_Paulo" msgstr "అమెరికా/సాఒపాలో(_P)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:179 msgid "America/Scoresbysund" msgstr "అమెరికా/స్కోర్స్ బైసుండ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:180 msgid "America/Shiprock" msgstr "అమెరికా/షిప్రాక్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:181 msgid "America/St_Johns" msgstr "అమెరికా/సెంట్‌జాన్స్(_J)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:182 msgid "America/St_Kitts" msgstr "అమెరికా/సెంట్‌కిట్ట్స్ (_K)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:183 msgid "America/St_Lucia" msgstr "అమెరికా/సెంట్‌లుసియ(_L)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:184 msgid "America/St_Thomas" msgstr "అమెరికా/సెంట్‌తోమస్(_T)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:185 msgid "America/St_Vincent" msgstr "అమెరికా/సెంట్‌విన్ సెంట్(_V)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:186 msgid "America/Swift_Current" msgstr "అమెరికా/స్విఫ్ట్‌కరంట్(_C)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:187 msgid "America/Tegucigalpa" msgstr "అమెరికా/తెగుసిగల్ప" #: ../calendar/zones.h:188 msgid "America/Thule" msgstr "అమెరికా/తూలె" #: ../calendar/zones.h:189 msgid "America/Thunder_Bay" msgstr "అమెరికా/తండర్‌బే(_B)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:190 msgid "America/Tijuana" msgstr "అమెరికా/టిజువానా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:191 msgid "America/Tortola" msgstr "అమెరికా/టోర్టొల" #: ../calendar/zones.h:192 msgid "America/Vancouver" msgstr "అమెరికా/వాంకౌవర్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:193 msgid "America/Whitehorse" msgstr "అమెరికా/వైట్హార్స్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:194 msgid "America/Winnipeg" msgstr "అమెరికా/విన్నిపెగ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:195 msgid "America/Yakutat" msgstr "అమెరికా/యకుటట్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:196 msgid "America/Yellowknife" msgstr "అమెరికా/యెల్లోనైఫ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:197 msgid "Antarctica/Casey" msgstr "అంటార్క్టికా/కాసెయ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:198 msgid "Antarctica/Davis" msgstr "అంటార్క్టికా/డేవిస్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:199 msgid "Antarctica/DumontDUrville" msgstr "అంటార్క్టికా/డ్యూమౌంట్ డుర్విల్లీ" #: ../calendar/zones.h:200 msgid "Antarctica/Mawson" msgstr "అంటార్క్టికా/మౌసన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:201 msgid "Antarctica/McMurdo" msgstr "అంటార్క్టికా/మెక్ ముర్డొ" #: ../calendar/zones.h:202 msgid "Antarctica/Palmer" msgstr "అంటార్క్టికా/పాల్మెర్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:203 msgid "Antarctica/South_Pole" msgstr "అంటార్క్టికా/సౌత్‌పోల్(_P)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:204 msgid "Antarctica/Syowa" msgstr "అంటార్క్టికా/స్యోవా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:205 msgid "Antarctica/Vostok" msgstr "అంటార్క్టికా/వోస్టాక్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:206 msgid "Arctic/Longyearbyen" msgstr "ఆర్క్టిక్/లాంగ్ఇయర్బైన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:207 msgid "Asia/Aden" msgstr "ఆసియా/ఆడెన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:208 msgid "Asia/Almaty" msgstr "ఆసియా/ఆల్మటి" #: ../calendar/zones.h:209 msgid "Asia/Amman" msgstr "ఆసియా/అమ్మన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:210 msgid "Asia/Anadyr" msgstr "ఆసియా/అనాడిర్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:211 msgid "Asia/Aqtau" msgstr "ఆసియా/ఆక్వటు" #: ../calendar/zones.h:212 msgid "Asia/Aqtobe" msgstr "ఆసియా/ఆక్వటొబె" #: ../calendar/zones.h:213 msgid "Asia/Ashgabat" msgstr "ఆసియా/ఆష్‌గబాత్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:214 msgid "Asia/Baghdad" msgstr "ఆసియా/బాగ్దాద్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:215 msgid "Asia/Bahrain" msgstr "ఆసియా/బెహ్రైన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:216 msgid "Asia/Baku" msgstr "ఆసియా/బాకు" #: ../calendar/zones.h:217 msgid "Asia/Bangkok" msgstr "ఆసియా/బాంకాంగ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:218 msgid "Asia/Beirut" msgstr "ఆసియా/బీరట్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:219 msgid "Asia/Bishkek" msgstr "ఆసియా/బిష్‌కెక్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:220 msgid "Asia/Brunei" msgstr "ఆసియా/బ్రూనై" #: ../calendar/zones.h:221 msgid "Asia/Calcutta" msgstr "ఆసియా/కోల్కత్తా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:222 msgid "Asia/Choibalsan" msgstr "ఆసియా/కొయ్‌బల్సన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:223 msgid "Asia/Chongqing" msgstr "ఆసియా/కాంగ్‌క్వింగ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:224 msgid "Asia/Colombo" msgstr "ఆసియా/కొలొంబో" #: ../calendar/zones.h:225 msgid "Asia/Damascus" msgstr "ఆసియా/డమాస్కస్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:226 msgid "Asia/Dhaka" msgstr "ఆసియా/ఢాకా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:227 msgid "Asia/Dili" msgstr "ఆసియా/ఢిల్లి" #: ../calendar/zones.h:228 msgid "Asia/Dubai" msgstr "ఆసియా/ధుబాయ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:229 msgid "Asia/Dushanbe" msgstr "ఆసియా/దష్‌హాన్‌బె" #: ../calendar/zones.h:230 msgid "Asia/Gaza" msgstr "ఆసియా/గజా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:231 msgid "Asia/Harbin" msgstr "ఆసియా/హర్‌బిన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:232 msgid "Asia/Hong_Kong" msgstr "ఆసియా/హాంగ్‌కాంగ్(_K)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:233 msgid "Asia/Hovd" msgstr "ఆసియా/హోడ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:234 msgid "Asia/Irkutsk" msgstr "ఆసియా/ఇర్కుట్స్క్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:235 msgid "Asia/Istanbul" msgstr "ఆసియా/ఇస్తాంబుల్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:236 msgid "Asia/Jakarta" msgstr "ఆసియా/జకర్త" #: ../calendar/zones.h:237 msgid "Asia/Jayapura" msgstr "ఆసియా/జయపురా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:238 msgid "Asia/Jerusalem" msgstr "ఆసియా/జెరుసెలేమ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:239 msgid "Asia/Kabul" msgstr "ఆసియా/కాబుల్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:240 msgid "Asia/Kamchatka" msgstr "ఆసియా/కాంచట్క" #: ../calendar/zones.h:241 msgid "Asia/Karachi" msgstr "ఆసియా/కరాచి" #: ../calendar/zones.h:242 msgid "Asia/Kashgar" msgstr "ఆసియా/కష్గర్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:243 msgid "Asia/Katmandu" msgstr "ఆసియా/కాట్మండు" #: ../calendar/zones.h:244 msgid "Asia/Krasnoyarsk" msgstr "ఆసియా/క్రస్నోయార్స్క్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:245 msgid "Asia/Kuala_Lumpur" msgstr "ఆసియా/కౌలాలంపూర్(_L)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:246 msgid "Asia/Kuching" msgstr "ఆసియా/కుచింగ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:247 msgid "Asia/Kuwait" msgstr "ఆసియా/కువైట్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:248 msgid "Asia/Macao" msgstr "ఆసియా/మకావో" #: ../calendar/zones.h:249 msgid "Asia/Macau" msgstr "ఆసియా/మకావ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:250 msgid "Asia/Magadan" msgstr "ఆసియా/మగాడన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:251 msgid "Asia/Makassar" msgstr "ఆసియా/మక్కస్సర్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:252 msgid "Asia/Manila" msgstr "ఆసియా/మనీలా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:253 msgid "Asia/Muscat" msgstr "ఆసియా/ముస్కట్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:254 msgid "Asia/Nicosia" msgstr "ఆసియా/నికోసియా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:255 msgid "Asia/Novosibirsk" msgstr "ఆసియా/నొవోసిబిర్స్క్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:256 msgid "Asia/Omsk" msgstr "ఆసియా/ఓంస్క్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:257 msgid "Asia/Oral" msgstr "ఆసియా/ఓరల్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:258 msgid "Asia/Phnom_Penh" msgstr "ఆసియా/ఫ్నోమ్‌పెన్హ్ (_P)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:259 msgid "Asia/Pontianak" msgstr "ఆసియా/పోంటీయానాక్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:260 msgid "Asia/Pyongyang" msgstr "ఆసియా/యోంగ్ యాంగ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:261 msgid "Asia/Qatar" msgstr "ఆసియా/కాతర్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:262 msgid "Asia/Qyzylorda" msgstr "ఆసియా/జైలార్ద" #: ../calendar/zones.h:263 msgid "Asia/Rangoon" msgstr "ఆసియా/రంగూన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:264 msgid "Asia/Riyadh" msgstr "ఆసియా/రియాద్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:265 msgid "Asia/Saigon" msgstr "ఆసియా/సైగన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:266 msgid "Asia/Sakhalin" msgstr "ఆసియా/సఖలిన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:267 msgid "Asia/Samarkand" msgstr "ఆసియా/సమర్కాండ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:268 msgid "Asia/Seoul" msgstr "ఆసియా/సియోల్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:269 msgid "Asia/Shanghai" msgstr "ఆసియా/శాంఘై" #: ../calendar/zones.h:270 msgid "Asia/Singapore" msgstr "ఆసియా/సింగపూర్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:271 msgid "Asia/Taipei" msgstr "ఆసియా/తైపే" #: ../calendar/zones.h:272 msgid "Asia/Tashkent" msgstr "ఆసియా/టాషకెంట్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:273 msgid "Asia/Tbilisi" msgstr "ఆసియా/బిలిసి" #: ../calendar/zones.h:274 msgid "Asia/Tehran" msgstr "ఆసియా/టెహరాన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:275 msgid "Asia/Thimphu" msgstr "ఆసియా/తింఫు" #: ../calendar/zones.h:276 msgid "Asia/Tokyo" msgstr "ఆసియా/టోక్యో" #: ../calendar/zones.h:277 msgid "Asia/Ujung_Pandang" msgstr "ఆసియా/ఉజుంగ్‌పండంగ్(_P)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:278 msgid "Asia/Ulaanbaatar" msgstr "ఆసియా/ఉలాంబాతర్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:279 msgid "Asia/Urumqi" msgstr "ఆసియా/ఉరుంకి" #: ../calendar/zones.h:280 msgid "Asia/Vientiane" msgstr "ఆసియా/వీయంటైన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:281 msgid "Asia/Vladivostok" msgstr "ఆసియా/వ్లాడివోస్టాక్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:282 msgid "Asia/Yakutsk" msgstr "ఆసియా/యాకుట్స్క్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:283 msgid "Asia/Yekaterinburg" msgstr "ఆసియా/యెకాటెరింబర్గ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:284 msgid "Asia/Yerevan" msgstr "ఆసియా/యెరెవాన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:285 msgid "Atlantic/Azores" msgstr "అట్లాంటిక్/అజోరెస్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:286 msgid "Atlantic/Bermuda" msgstr "అట్లాంటిక్/బెర్ముడా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:287 msgid "Atlantic/Canary" msgstr "అట్లాంటిక్/కెనరి" #: ../calendar/zones.h:288 msgid "Atlantic/Cape_Verde" msgstr "అట్లాంటిక్/కేప్‌వర్డే(_V)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:289 msgid "Atlantic/Faeroe" msgstr "అట్లాంటిక్/ఫెయోరె" #: ../calendar/zones.h:290 msgid "Atlantic/Jan_Mayen" msgstr "అట్లాంటిక్/జాన్‌మయెన్(_M)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:291 msgid "Atlantic/Madeira" msgstr "అట్లాంటిక్/మెడైరా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:292 msgid "Atlantic/Reykjavik" msgstr "అట్లాంటిక్/రేక్‌జవిక్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:293 msgid "Atlantic/South_Georgia" msgstr "అట్లాంటిక్/దక్షిణజార్జియా(_G)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:294 msgid "Atlantic/St_Helena" msgstr "అట్లాంటిక్/Stహెలెనా(_H)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:295 msgid "Atlantic/Stanley" msgstr "అట్లాంటిక్/స్టాన్లీ" #: ../calendar/zones.h:296 msgid "Australia/Adelaide" msgstr "ఆస్ట్రేలియా/అడెలెడి" #: ../calendar/zones.h:297 msgid "Australia/Brisbane" msgstr "ఆస్ట్రేలియా/బ్రిస్బేన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:298 msgid "Australia/Broken_Hill" msgstr "ఆస్ట్రేలియా/బ్రోకెన్‌హిల్(_H)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:299 msgid "Australia/Darwin" msgstr "ఆస్ట్రేలియా/డార్విన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:300 msgid "Australia/Hobart" msgstr "ఆస్ట్రేలియా/హోబర్ట్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:301 msgid "Australia/Lindeman" msgstr "ఆస్ట్రేలియా/లిండెమన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:302 msgid "Australia/Lord_Howe" msgstr "ఆస్ట్రేలియా/లార్డ్‌హోవ్(_H)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:303 msgid "Australia/Melbourne" msgstr "ఆస్ట్రేలియా/మెల్‌బోర్న్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:304 msgid "Australia/Perth" msgstr "ఆస్ట్రేలియా/పెర్త్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:305 msgid "Australia/Sydney" msgstr "ఆస్ట్రేలియా/సిడ్ని" #: ../calendar/zones.h:306 msgid "Europe/Amsterdam" msgstr "యూరప్/ఆమ్‌స్టర్‌డామ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:307 msgid "Europe/Andorra" msgstr "యూరప్/అండోరా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:308 msgid "Europe/Athens" msgstr "యూరప్/ఏథెన్స్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:309 msgid "Europe/Belfast" msgstr "యూరప్/బెల్‌ఫాస్ట్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:310 msgid "Europe/Belgrade" msgstr "యూరప్/బెల్‌గ్రేడ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:311 msgid "Europe/Berlin" msgstr "యూరప్/బెర్లిన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:312 msgid "Europe/Bratislava" msgstr "యూరప్/బ్రెస్టిస్‌లావా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:313 msgid "Europe/Brussels" msgstr "యూరప్/బ్రస్సెల్స్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:314 msgid "Europe/Bucharest" msgstr "యూరప్/బుకారెస్ట్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:315 msgid "Europe/Budapest" msgstr "యూరప్/బుడాపెస్ట్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:316 msgid "Europe/Chisinau" msgstr "యూరప్/చిసినావ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:317 msgid "Europe/Copenhagen" msgstr "యూరప్/కొపెన్‌హాగన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:318 msgid "Europe/Dublin" msgstr "యూరప్/డబ్లిన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:319 msgid "Europe/Gibraltar" msgstr "యూరప్/గ్రిబ్రాల్టర్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:320 msgid "Europe/Helsinki" msgstr "యూరప్/హెసిన్‌కి" #: ../calendar/zones.h:321 msgid "Europe/Istanbul" msgstr "యూరప్/ఇస్తాంబుల్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:322 msgid "Europe/Kaliningrad" msgstr "యూరప్/కెలెనిన్‌గార్డ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:323 msgid "Europe/Kiev" msgstr "యూరప్/కైవ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:324 msgid "Europe/Lisbon" msgstr "యూరప్/లిస్బన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:325 msgid "Europe/Ljubljana" msgstr "యూరప్/Ljubljana" #: ../calendar/zones.h:326 msgid "Europe/London" msgstr "యూరప్/లండన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:327 msgid "Europe/Luxembourg" msgstr "యూరప్/లగ్జమ్‌బర్గ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:328 msgid "Europe/Madrid" msgstr "యూరప్/మాడ్రిడ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:329 msgid "Europe/Malta" msgstr "యూరప్/మాల్టా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:330 msgid "Europe/Minsk" msgstr "యూరప్/మిన్సక్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:331 msgid "Europe/Monaco" msgstr "యూరప్/మోనాకో" #: ../calendar/zones.h:332 msgid "Europe/Moscow" msgstr "యూరప్/మాస్కో" #: ../calendar/zones.h:333 msgid "Europe/Nicosia" msgstr "యూరప్/నికోసియా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:334 msgid "Europe/Oslo" msgstr "యూరప్/ఆస్లో" #: ../calendar/zones.h:335 msgid "Europe/Paris" msgstr "యూరప్/పారిస్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:336 msgid "Europe/Prague" msgstr "యూరప్/ప్రాగ్యూ" #: ../calendar/zones.h:337 msgid "Europe/Riga" msgstr "యూరప్/రిగా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:338 msgid "Europe/Rome" msgstr "యూరప్/రోమ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:339 msgid "Europe/Samara" msgstr "యూరప్/సమరా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:340 msgid "Europe/San_Marino" msgstr "యూరప్/సాన్‌మారినో(_M)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:341 msgid "Europe/Sarajevo" msgstr "యూరప్/సరజీవో" #: ../calendar/zones.h:342 msgid "Europe/Simferopol" msgstr "యూరప్/సిమ్‌ఫరోపోల్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:343 msgid "Europe/Skopje" msgstr "యూరప్/స్కోప్జీ" #: ../calendar/zones.h:344 msgid "Europe/Sofia" msgstr "యూరప్/సోఫియా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:345 msgid "Europe/Stockholm" msgstr "యూరప్/స్టాక్‌హోమ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:346 msgid "Europe/Tallinn" msgstr "యూరప్/టెల్లిన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:347 msgid "Europe/Tirane" msgstr "యూరప్/టిరేన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:348 msgid "Europe/Uzhgorod" msgstr "యూరప్/అజ్‌గొరాడ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:349 msgid "Europe/Vaduz" msgstr "యూరప్/వాదుజ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:350 msgid "Europe/Vatican" msgstr "యూరప్/వాటికన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:351 msgid "Europe/Vienna" msgstr "యూరప్/వియన్నా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:352 msgid "Europe/Vilnius" msgstr "యూరప్/విల్నియస్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:353 msgid "Europe/Warsaw" msgstr "యూరప్/వర్‌సా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:354 msgid "Europe/Zagreb" msgstr "యూరప్/జాగ్రెబ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:355 msgid "Europe/Zaporozhye" msgstr "యూరప్/జప్రోజియే" #: ../calendar/zones.h:356 msgid "Europe/Zurich" msgstr "యూరప్/జురిచ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:357 msgid "Indian/Antananarivo" msgstr "ఇండియా/అంటనానారివో" #: ../calendar/zones.h:358 msgid "Indian/Chagos" msgstr "ఇండియా/చాగోస్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:359 msgid "Indian/Christmas" msgstr "ఇండియా/క్రిస్టమస్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:360 msgid "Indian/Cocos" msgstr "ఇండియా/కోకోస్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:361 msgid "Indian/Comoro" msgstr "ఇండియా/కోమోరో" #: ../calendar/zones.h:362 msgid "Indian/Kerguelen" msgstr "ఇండియా/కెర్‌గ్వీలెన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:363 msgid "Indian/Mahe" msgstr "ఇండియా/మహె" #: ../calendar/zones.h:364 msgid "Indian/Maldives" msgstr "ఇండియా/మాల్దీవులు" #: ../calendar/zones.h:365 msgid "Indian/Mauritius" msgstr "ఇండియా/మారిషస్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:366 msgid "Indian/Mayotte" msgstr "ఇండియా/మయొట్టె" #: ../calendar/zones.h:367 msgid "Indian/Reunion" msgstr "ఇండియా/రెయూనియన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:368 msgid "Pacific/Apia" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/అపాయ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:369 msgid "Pacific/Auckland" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/ఆక్‌లాండ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:370 msgid "Pacific/Chatham" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/చాతమ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:371 msgid "Pacific/Easter" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/ఈస్టర్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:372 msgid "Pacific/Efate" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/ఇఫేట్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:373 msgid "Pacific/Enderbury" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/ఎండర్‌బ్యురి" #: ../calendar/zones.h:374 msgid "Pacific/Fakaofo" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/ఫకాఫో" #: ../calendar/zones.h:375 msgid "Pacific/Fiji" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/ఫిజి" #: ../calendar/zones.h:376 msgid "Pacific/Funafuti" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/ఫ్యునాఫ్యుటి" #: ../calendar/zones.h:377 msgid "Pacific/Galapagos" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/గలాపగోస్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:378 msgid "Pacific/Gambier" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/గాంబియర్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:379 msgid "Pacific/Guadalcanal" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/గ్వాడాల్‌కెనాల్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:380 msgid "Pacific/Guam" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/గ్వామ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:381 msgid "Pacific/Honolulu" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/హోనోలులు" #: ../calendar/zones.h:382 msgid "Pacific/Johnston" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/జాన్‌స్టన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:383 msgid "Pacific/Kiritimati" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/కిరిట్‌మటి" #: ../calendar/zones.h:384 msgid "Pacific/Kosrae" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/కొస్రే" #: ../calendar/zones.h:385 msgid "Pacific/Kwajalein" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/క్వాజాలియన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:386 msgid "Pacific/Majuro" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/మజురో" #: ../calendar/zones.h:387 msgid "Pacific/Marquesas" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/మార్క్వెసాస్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:388 msgid "Pacific/Midway" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/మిడ్‌వే" #: ../calendar/zones.h:389 msgid "Pacific/Nauru" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/నారు" #: ../calendar/zones.h:390 msgid "Pacific/Niue" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/నియుయే" #: ../calendar/zones.h:391 msgid "Pacific/Norfolk" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/నార్‌ఫోల్క్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:392 msgid "Pacific/Noumea" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/నౌమియా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:393 msgid "Pacific/Pago_Pago" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/పాగోపాగో(_P)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:394 msgid "Pacific/Palau" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/పలావ్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:395 msgid "Pacific/Pitcairn" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/పిట్‌కైర్న్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:396 msgid "Pacific/Ponape" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/పొనాపె" #: ../calendar/zones.h:397 msgid "Pacific/Port_Moresby" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/పోర్ట్‌మోరెస్బీ(_M)" #: ../calendar/zones.h:398 msgid "Pacific/Rarotonga" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/రరోటోంగా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:399 msgid "Pacific/Saipan" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/సైపాన్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:400 msgid "Pacific/Tahiti" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/తాహితి" #: ../calendar/zones.h:401 msgid "Pacific/Tarawa" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/తరవా" #: ../calendar/zones.h:402 msgid "Pacific/Tongatapu" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/టోంగాటపు" #: ../calendar/zones.h:403 msgid "Pacific/Truk" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/ట్రంక్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:404 msgid "Pacific/Wake" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/వేక్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:405 msgid "Pacific/Wallis" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/వాల్లిస్" #: ../calendar/zones.h:406 msgid "Pacific/Yap" msgstr "ఫసిఫిక్/యప్" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:203 msgid "Save as..." msgstr "ఇలా దాయు..." #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:276 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:308 msgid "_Close" msgstr "మూయుము(_C)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:278 msgid "Close the current file" msgstr "ప్రస్తుత ఫైలును మూయుము" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:283 msgid "New _Message" msgstr "కొత్త సందేశం (_M)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:285 msgid "Open New Message window" msgstr "కొత్త సందేశం విండోను తెరువుము" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:292 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:937 msgid "Configure Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:299 msgid "Save the current file" msgstr "ప్రస్తుత ఫైలును దాయుము" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:304 msgid "Save _As..." msgstr "ఇలా దాయుము(_A)..." #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:306 msgid "Save the current file with a different name" msgstr "ప్రస్తుత ఫైలును వేరే పేరుతో దాయుము" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:313 msgid "Character _Encoding" msgstr "అక్షర సంకేతరచన (_E)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:330 msgid "_Print..." msgstr "ముద్రించు(_P)..." #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:337 msgid "Print Pre_view" msgstr "ముద్రణ ఉపదర్శనం(_v)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:344 #| msgid "Save as draft" msgid "Save as _Draft" msgstr "డ్రాఫ్ట్ గా దాయుము (_D)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:346 msgid "Save as draft" msgstr "డ్రాఫ్ట్ గా దాయుము" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:351 msgid "S_end" msgstr "పంపించు(_e)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:353 msgid "Send this message" msgstr "ఈ సందేశాన్ని పంపుము" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:361 msgid "PGP _Encrypt" msgstr "PGP ని రహస్యపర్చు(_E)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:363 msgid "Encrypt this message with PGP" msgstr "PGP తో ఈ సందెశాన్ని రహస్యపర్చు" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:369 msgid "PGP _Sign" msgstr "PGP సంతకం(_S)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:371 msgid "Sign this message with your PGP key" msgstr "మీ PGP మీటతో ఈ సందేశాన్ని సంతకంచేయుము" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:377 msgid "_Picture Gallery" msgstr "చిత్రశాల (_P)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:379 msgid "Show a collection of pictures that you can drag to your message" msgstr "మీ సందేశంనకు లాగగల చిత్రాల సమూహం చూపుము" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:385 msgid "_Prioritize Message" msgstr "సందేశాన్ని ప్రాధాన్యపర్చు(_P)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:387 msgid "Set the message priority to high" msgstr "సందేశ ప్రాధాన్యతను ఎక్కువగా అమర్చుము" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:393 msgid "Re_quest Read Receipt" msgstr "చదివినదాని రశీదును అభ్యర్దించు (_q)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:395 msgid "Get delivery notification when your message is read" msgstr "మీ సందేశం చదవబడిన తరువాత చేరినట్టు తాఖీదు పొందుము" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:401 msgid "S/MIME En_crypt" msgstr "S/MIME ని రహస్యపర్చు(_c)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:403 msgid "Encrypt this message with your S/MIME Encryption Certificate" msgstr "మీ S/MIME ఎన్క్రిప్షన్ దృవీకరణపత్రం తో ఈ సందేశంను ఎన్క్రిప్టుచేయుము" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:409 msgid "S/MIME Sig_n" msgstr "S/MIME సంతకం(_n)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:411 msgid "Sign this message with your S/MIME Signature Certificate" msgstr "మీ S/MIME సంతకం దృవీకరణపత్రం తో ఈ సందేశంను సంతకంచేయుము" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:417 msgid "_Bcc Field" msgstr "_Bcc క్షేత్రము" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:419 msgid "Toggles whether the BCC field is displayed" msgstr "BCC క్షేత్రం ప్రదర్శించబడితే మారుస్తుంది" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:425 msgid "_Cc Field" msgstr "_Cc క్షేత్రము" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:427 msgid "Toggles whether the CC field is displayed" msgstr "CC క్షేత్రం ప్రదర్శించబడితే మారుస్తుంది" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:433 msgid "_Reply-To Field" msgstr "క్షేత్రానికి సమాధానం(_R)" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:435 msgid "Toggles whether the Reply-To field is displayed" msgstr "వీరికి-ప్రత్యుత్తరము క్షేత్రం ప్రదర్శితమైతే మారుము" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:494 #| msgid "Save _Draft" msgid "Save Draft" msgstr "డ్రాఫ్ట్ ను దాయుము" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:39 msgid "Enter the recipients of the message" msgstr "సందేశం యొక్క స్వీకరణదారులను ప్రవేశపెట్టండి" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:41 msgid "Enter the addresses that will receive a carbon copy of the message" msgstr "సందేశం యొక్క నకలును పొందు వారి చిరునామాలను ప్రవేశపెట్టండి" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:44 msgid "" "Enter the addresses that will receive a carbon copy of the message without " "appearing in the recipient list of the message" msgstr "" "సందేశం యొక్క నకలును స్వీకరణదారుల జాబితానందు కనబడకుండా తీసుకునే వారి " "చిరునామాలను ప్రవేశపెట్టండి" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:772 msgid "Fr_om:" msgstr "నుండి(_o):" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:779 msgid "_Reply-To:" msgstr "కు-ప్రత్యుత్తరము(_R):" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:784 msgid "_To:" msgstr "కు(_T):" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:790 msgid "_Cc:" msgstr "_Cc:" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:796 msgid "_Bcc:" msgstr "_Bcc:" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:801 msgid "_Post To:" msgstr "కు పోస్ట్ చేయుము(_P):" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:805 msgid "S_ubject:" msgstr "సంగతి(_u):" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:813 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:489 msgid "Si_gnature:" msgstr "సంతకం(_g):" #: ../composer/e-composer-name-header.c:235 msgid "Click here for the address book" msgstr "చిరునామా పుస్తకం కొరకు ఇక్కడ నొక్కుము" #: ../composer/e-composer-post-header.c:184 msgid "Click here to select folders to post to" msgstr "పోస్టుచేయుటకు సంచయాలను ఎంచుకొనుటకు ఇక్కడ నొక్కండి" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:879 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot sign outgoing message: No signing certificate set for this account" msgstr "" "బయటకు వెళ్ళు సందేశానికి సంతకాన్ని పెట్టలేదు: ఈ ఖాతా కు ఎటువంటి సంతక " "దృవీకరణపత్రం అమర్చలేదు" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:888 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot encrypt outgoing message: No encryption certificate set for this " "account" msgstr "" "బయటకు వెళ్ళు సందేశాన్ని ఎన్క్రిప్టు చేయలేదు: ఈ ఖాతా కు ఎటువంటి ఎన్క్రిప్షన్ " "దృవీకరణపత్రం అమర్చలేదు" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:1569 ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:1981 msgid "Compose Message" msgstr "సందేశాన్ని కూర్చుము" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:4249 msgid "" "The composer contains a non-text message body, which cannot be edited." msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:4949 msgid "Untitled Message" msgstr "శీర్షికలేని సందేశం" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:1 msgid "You cannot attach the file "{0}" to this message." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:2 msgid "The file '{0}' is not a regular file and cannot be sent in a message." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Could not retrieve messages to attach from {0}." msgstr "{0} నుండి అనుభందంకు సందేశాలను వెలికితీయలేకపోయింది." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Because "{1}"." msgstr "ఎంచేతంటే "{1}"." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Do you want to recover unfinished messages?" msgstr "పూర్తికానటువంచి సందేశాన్ని మీరు తిరిగిపొందాలనుకుటున్నారా?" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "Evolution quit unexpectedly while you were composing a new message. " "Recovering the message will allow you to continue where you left off." msgstr "" "మీరు సందేశాన్ని కూర్చుతున్నప్పుడు ఎవాల్యూషన్ అనుకోకుండా నిష్క్రమించింది. " "సందేశాన్ని తిరిగిపొందుట ద్వారా మీరు ఎక్కడ వదిలారో అక్కడినుండి కొనసాగించవచ్చు." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:7 msgid "_Do not Recover" msgstr "తిరిగిపొందవద్దు(_D)" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:8 msgid "_Recover" msgstr "తిరిగిపొందుము(_R)" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Could not save to autosave file "{0}"." msgstr "స్వయచాలకంగా దాయు ఫైలు "{0}" కు దాయలేకపోయింది." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Error saving to autosave because "{1}"." msgstr "స్వయంచాలకంగా దాయు ఫైలుకు దాయుటలో దోషం ఎంచేతంటే "{1}"." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Download in progress. Do you want to send the mail?" msgstr "దిగుమతి జరుగుతున్నది. మీరు మెయిల్ ను పంపాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" " There are few attachments getting downloaded. Sending the mail will cause " "the mail to be sent without those pending attachments " msgstr "" " అక్కడ కొన్ని అనుభందాలు దిగుమతికాబోతున్నాయి. మెయిల్ పంపుటవలన దిగుమతికావలిసిన " "అనుభందాలు లేకుండానే మెయిల్ పంపబడుతుంది " #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:14 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to discard the message, titled '{0}', you are " "composing?" msgstr "" "మీరు ఖచ్చితంగా సందేశాన్ని తీసివేద్దామనుకుంటున్నారా, శీర్షిక '{0}', మీరు " "కూర్చుతున్నారు?" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "Closing this composer window will discard the message permanently, unless " "you choose to save the message in your Drafts folder. This will allow you to " "continue the message at a later date." msgstr "" "ఈ కూర్పరి విండో ను ఎంచుకొనుట ఈ సందేశాన్ని శాశ్వతంగా నెట్టివేస్తుంది, మీరు " "సందేశాన్ని మీ డ్రాఫ్ట్స్ సంచయం నందు దాచుకొనకపోతే. ఇది మిమ్ముల్ని తరువాతి " "సమయంలో సందేశాన్ని కొనసాగించుటకు అనుమతినిస్తుంది." #. Response codes were chosen somewhat arbitrarily. #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:18 msgid "_Continue Editing" msgstr "సరికూర్చుట కొనసాగించు(_C)" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:19 msgid "_Save Draft" msgstr "డ్రాప్ట్‍‌ను దాయుము (_S)" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:20 msgid "Could not create message." msgstr "సందేశాన్ని సృష్టించలేకపోయింది." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:21 msgid "" "Because "{0}", you may need to select different mail options." msgstr "" "ఎంచేతంటే "{0}", మీరు వేరే మెయిల్ ఐచ్చికాలను ఎంచుకోవలిసి రావచ్చు." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:22 msgid "Could not read signature file "{0}"." msgstr "సంతకం ఫైలు "{0}" ను చదువలేకపోయింది." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:23 msgid "All accounts have been removed." msgstr "అన్ని ఖాతాలు తొలగించబడినవి." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:24 msgid "You need to configure an account before you can compose mail." msgstr "తపాలా ను రచించుటకు ముందు మీరు ఒక ఖాతా ను సరిచేయవలెను." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:25 msgid "An error occurred while saving to your Outbox folder." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:26 msgid "" "The reported error was "{0}". The message has not been sent." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:27 msgid "An error occurred while saving to your Drafts folder." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:28 msgid "" "The reported error was "{0}". The message has most likely not been " "saved." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:29 msgid "An error occurred while sending. How do you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:30 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:156 msgid "The reported error was "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:31 msgid "_Save to Outbox" msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:32 msgid "_Try Again" msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:33 msgid "Your message was sent, but an error occurred during post-processing." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Saving message to Outbox." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:35 msgid "" "The message will be saved to your local Outbox folder, because the " "destination service is currently unavailable. You can send the message by " "clicking the Send/Receive button in Evolution's toolbar." msgstr "" #: ../data/evolution-alarm-notify.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Evolution Alarm Notify" msgstr "" #: ../data/evolution-alarm-notify.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Calendar event notifications" msgstr "క్యాలెండర్ కార్యక్రమ గమనికలు" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:1033 #: ../modules/mailto-handler/evolution-mailto-handler.c:212 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-private.c:243 msgid "Evolution" msgstr "ఎవాల్యూషన్" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:2 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:83 msgid "Groupware Suite" msgstr "సమూహతరహా సమసమితి" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "Evolution Mail and Calendar" msgstr "ఎవల్యూషన్ క్యాలెండర్ మరియు మెయిల్" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Manage your email, contacts and schedule" msgstr "మీ ఈమెయిల్ ను నిర్వహించుము, పరిచయాలు మరియు ప్రణాళిక" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:5 msgid "mail;calendar;contact;addressbook;task;" msgstr "" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:6 msgid "Compose New Message" msgstr "కొత్త సందేశాన్ని రచించు" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:7 ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:453 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:304 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:372 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "పరిచయాలు" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Enable address formatting" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether addresses should be formatted according to standard in their " "destination country" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Autocomplete length" msgstr "పొడవును స్వయంపూర్తి గావించు" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "The number of characters that must be typed before Evolution will attempt to " "autocomplete." msgstr "" "ఎవాల్యూషన్ స్వయంచాలకముగింపు కు ప్రయత్నించుటకు మునుపు ప్రవెశపెట్టవలిసిన " "అక్షరముల సంఖ్య." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Show autocompleted name with an address" msgstr "స్వయంచాలకంగాముగియు పేరును వొక చిరునామాతో చూపుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether force showing the mail address with the name of the autocompleted " "contact in the entry." msgstr "" "స్వయంచాలకంగాముగియు పరిచయం పేరుతో మెయిల్ చిరునామాను ప్రవేశమునందు బలవంతంగా " "చూయించాలా" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "URI for the folder last used in the select names dialog" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న పేరుల డైలాగ్ నందు చివరిగా ఉపయోగించిన సంచయం కొరకు URI" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "URI for the folder last used in the select names dialog." msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న పేరుల డైలాగ్ నందు చివరిగా ఉపయోగించిన సంచయం కొరకు URI." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Contact layout style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the contact list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the " "contact list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the " "contact list." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Contact preview pane position (horizontal)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Position of the contact preview pane when oriented horizontally." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Contact preview pane position (vertical)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Position of the contact preview pane when oriented vertically." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Show maps" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Whether to show maps in preview pane" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Primary address book" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") address book in the sidebar of the " "\"Contacts\" view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Show preview pane" msgstr "ఉపదర్శన పలకాన్ని చూపించుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Whether to show the preview pane." msgstr "ఉపదర్శనం తలంను చూపించవలెనా." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.bogofilter.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Convert mail messages to Unicode" msgstr "మెయిల్ సందేశాలను యునికోడ్ కు మార్చుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.bogofilter.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Convert message text to Unicode UTF-8 to unify spam/ham tokens coming from " "different character sets." msgstr "" "వేర్వేరు అక్షర సమితుల నుండి వచ్చు spam/ham టోకెన్సు ను యూనిఫై చేయుటకు సందేశం " "పాఠ్యమును Unicode UTF-8 కు మార్చుము." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Save directory for reminder audio" msgstr "అలారం ఆడియో కొరకు డైరెక్టరీ దాయి" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Directory for saving reminder audio files" msgstr "అలారం ఆడియో ఫైళ్ళను దాయుటకు డైరెక్టరీ" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder value" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Number of units for determining a birthday or anniversary reminder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder units" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Units for a birthday or anniversary reminder, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or " "\"days\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Compress weekends in month view" msgstr "వారాంతం లను నెల దర్శనం లో కుచింపుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Whether to compress weekends in the month view, which puts Saturday and " "Sunday in the space of one weekday" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Ask for confirmation when deleting items" msgstr "అంశములను తొలగించుతున్నప్పుడు నిర్ధారణకొరకు అడుగుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Whether to ask for confirmation when deleting an appointment or task" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Confirm expunge" msgstr "కొట్టివేతను నిర్ధరించుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Whether to ask for confirmation when expunging appointments and tasks" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Month view vertical pane position" msgstr "నిలువ పలక స్థానములో నెల దర్శనాన్ని చూపుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "Position of the vertical pane, between the calendar lists and the date " "navigator calendar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Workday end hour" msgstr "పనిరోజులో చివరి గంట" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Hour the workday ends on, in twenty four hour format, 0 to 23" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Workday end minute" msgstr "పనిరోజు చివరి నిమిషం" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Minute the workday ends on, 0 to 59." msgstr "పనిరోజు ముగియు నిమషం, 0 నుండి 59." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Workday start hour" msgstr "పనిరోజు ప్రారంభ గంట" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Hour the workday starts on, in twenty four hour format, 0 to 23." msgstr "పనిరోజు ప్రారంభమగు గంట, ఇరవై నాలుగు గంటల రూపంలో, 0 నుండి 23" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Workday start minute" msgstr "పనిరోజు ప్రారంభ నిమిషం" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Minute the workday starts on, 0 to 59." msgstr "పనిరోజు ప్రారంభం మగు నిముషం, 0 నుండి 59." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "The second timezone for a Day View" msgstr "రోజు దర్శనంకు రెండవ సమయక్షేత్రము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "" "Shows the second time zone in a Day View, if set. Value is similar to one " "used in a 'timezone' key" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Recently used second time zones in a Day View" msgstr "రోజు దర్శనమునందు యిటీవలవుపయోగించిన రెండవ సమయ క్షేత్రములు" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "List of recently used second time zones in a Day View" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Maximum number of recently used timezones to remember" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "" "Maximum number of recently used timezones to remember in a 'day-second-" "zones' list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Default reminder value" msgstr "అప్రమేయంగా గుర్తుచేయుదాని విలువ" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "Number of units for determining a default reminder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Default reminder units" msgstr "అప్రమేయంగా గుర్తుచేయు భాగములు" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Units for a default reminder, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or \"days\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Show categories field in the event/meeting/task editor" msgstr "వర్గముల క్షేత్రమును ఘటన/కర్తవ్యం/సమావేశం కూర్పరి నందు చూపుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "Whether to show categories field in the event/meeting editor" msgstr "వర్గముల క్షేత్రాన్ని ఘటన/సమావేశం కూర్పరి నందు చూపాలా" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Show Role field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "పాత్ర క్షేత్రమును ఘటన/కర్తవ్యం/సమావేశం కూర్పరి నందు చూపుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "Whether to show role field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "పాత్ర క్షేత్రాన్ని ఘటన/కర్తవ్యం/సమావేశం కూర్పరి నందు చూపాలా" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "Show RSVP field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "RSVP క్షేత్రమును ఘటన/కర్తవ్యం/సమావేశం కూర్పరి లో చూపుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "Whether to show RSVP field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "RSVP క్షేత్రాన్ని ఘటన/కర్తవ్యం/సమావేశం కూర్పరి నందు చూపాలా" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "Show status field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "స్థితి క్షేత్రమును ఘటన/కర్తవ్యం/సమావేశం కూర్పరిని చూపుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "Whether to show status field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "స్థితి క్షేత్రాన్ని ఘటన/కర్తవ్యం/సమావేశం కూర్పరి నందు చూపాలా" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "Show timezone field in the event/meeting editor" msgstr "సమయక్షేత్ర క్షేత్రమును ఘటన/సమావేశం కూర్పరి నందు చూపుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "Whether to show timezone field in the event/meeting editor" msgstr "సమయక్షేత్ర క్షేత్రమును ఘటన/సమావేశం కూర్పరి నందు చూపాలా" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Show type field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "టైపు క్షేత్రమును ఘటన/కర్తవ్యం/సమావేశం కూర్పరినందు చూపుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "Whether to show type field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "టైపు క్షేత్రాన్ని ఘటన/కర్తవ్యం/సమావేశం కూర్పరి నందు చూపాలా" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:45 msgid "Hide completed tasks" msgstr "పూర్తయిన కర్తవ్యాలను దాయుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:46 msgid "Whether to hide completed tasks in the tasks view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:47 msgid "Hide task units" msgstr "కర్తవ్యం యూనిట్లను మరుగుపరుచుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:48 msgid "" "Units for determining when to hide tasks, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or \"days\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:49 msgid "Hide task value" msgstr "కర్తవ్య విలువను దాయుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:50 msgid "Number of units for determining when to hide tasks" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:51 msgid "Horizontal pane position" msgstr "సమతలంగా ఉన్న పలక స్థానము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:52 msgid "" "Position of the horizontal pane, between the date navigator calendar and the " "task list when not in the month view, in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:53 msgid "Last reminder time" msgstr "చివరి అలారం సమయం" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:54 msgid "Time the last reminder ran, in time_t" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:55 msgid "Marcus Bains Line Color - Day View" msgstr "మార్కస్ బైన్సు వరుస వర్ణము - రోజు దర్శనం" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:56 msgid "Color to draw the Marcus Bains line in the Day View" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:57 msgid "Marcus Bains Line Color - Time bar" msgstr "మార్కస్ బైన్సు వరుస వర్ణం - సమయ పట్టీ" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:58 msgid "" "Color to draw the Marcus Bains Line in the Time bar (empty for default)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:59 msgid "Marcus Bains Line" msgstr "మార్కస్ బైన్స్ వరుస" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:60 msgid "" "Whether to draw the Marcus Bains Line (line at current time) in the calendar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:61 msgid "Memo preview pane position (horizontal)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:62 msgid "Position of the task preview pane when oriented horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:63 msgid "Memo layout style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:64 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the memo list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the memo " "list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the memo list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:65 msgid "Memo preview pane position (vertical)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:66 msgid "Position of the memo preview pane when oriented vertically" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:67 msgid "Month view horizontal pane position" msgstr "క్యాలెండర్ లో నెల దర్శనాన్ని సమాతల పలక స్థానములో చూపుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:68 msgid "" "Position of the horizontal pane, between the view and the date navigator " "calendar and task list in the month view, in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:69 msgid "Scroll Month View by a week, not by a month" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:70 msgid "Whether to scroll a Month View by a week, not by a month" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:71 msgid "Reminder programs" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:72 msgid "Programs that are allowed to be run by reminders" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:73 msgid "Show display reminders in notification tray" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:74 msgid "Whether or not to use the notification tray for display reminders" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:75 msgid "Preferred New button item" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:76 msgid "Name of the preferred New toolbar button item" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:77 #| msgid "Print this calendar" msgid "Primary calendar" msgstr "ప్రాధమిక క్యాలెండర్" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:78 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") calendar in the sidebar of the " "\"Calendar\" view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:79 #| msgid "New memo list" msgid "Primary memo list" msgstr "ప్రాధమిక మెమో జాబితా" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:80 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") memo list in the sidebar of the " "\"Memos\" view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:81 #| msgid "New task list" msgid "Primary task list" msgstr "ప్రాధమిక కర్తవ్య జాబితా" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:82 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") task list in the sidebar of the " "\"Tasks\" view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:83 msgid "Free/busy template URL" msgstr "ఖాళీ/తీరికలేని మాదిరి URL" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:85 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The URL template to use as a free/busy data fallback, %u is replaced by the " "user part of the mail address and %d is replaced by the domain" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:86 msgid "Recurrent Events in Italic" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:87 msgid "" "Show days with recurrent events in italic font in bottom left calendar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:88 msgid "Search range for time-based searching in years" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:89 msgid "" "How many years can the time-based search go forward or backward from " "currently selected day when searching for another occurrence; default is ten " "years" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:90 msgid "Show appointment end times in week and month views" msgstr "వారము మరియు నెల దర్శనంలలో నియామకాల ముగియు సమయాన్ని చూపుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:91 msgid "Whether to display the end time of events in the week and month views" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:92 msgid "Show the memo preview pane" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:93 msgid "If \"true\", show the memo preview pane in the main window" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:94 msgid "Show the task preview pane" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:95 msgid "If \"true\", show the task preview pane in the main window" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:96 msgid "Show week numbers in Day View, Work Week View, and Date Navigator" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:97 msgid "Whether to show week numbers in various places in the Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:98 msgid "Vertical position for the tag pane" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:99 msgid "Highlight tasks due today" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:100 msgid "" "Whether highlight tasks due today with a special color (task-due-today-color)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:101 msgid "Tasks due today color" msgstr "ఈ రోజుతో అయిపోవు కర్తవ్యముల వర్ణము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:102 msgid "" "Background color of tasks that are due today, in \"#rrggbb\" format. Used " "together with task-due-today-highlight" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:103 msgid "Task preview pane position (horizontal)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:104 msgid "Task layout style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:105 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the task list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the task " "list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the task list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:106 msgid "Task preview pane position (vertical)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:107 msgid "Position of the task preview pane when oriented vertically" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:108 msgid "Highlight overdue tasks" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:109 msgid "" "Whether highlight overdue tasks with a special color (task-overdue-color)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:110 msgid "Overdue tasks color" msgstr "అతక్రమించు కర్తవ్యం వర్ణము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:111 msgid "" "Background color of tasks that are overdue, in \"#rrggbb\" format. Used " "together with task-overdue-highlight." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:112 msgid "Time divisions" msgstr "సమయ విభాగములు" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:113 msgid "Intervals shown in Day and Work Week views, in minutes" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:114 msgid "Timezone" msgstr "సమయక్షేత్రం" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:115 msgid "" "The default timezone to use for dates and times in the calendar, as an " "untranslated Olson timezone database location like \"America/New York\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:116 msgid "Twenty four hour time format" msgstr "ఇరవైనాలుగు గంటల సమయ రూపలావణ్యము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:117 msgid "" "Whether to show times in twenty four hour format instead of using am/pm" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:118 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:119 msgid "Whether to set a reminder for birthdays and anniversaries" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:120 msgid "Default appointment reminder" msgstr "అప్రమేయ నియామకాన్ని గుర్తించునది" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:121 msgid "Whether to set a default reminder for appointments" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:122 #| msgid "_Use system defaults" msgid "Use system timezone" msgstr "సిస్టమ్ సమయక్షేత్రమును వుపయోగించుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:123 msgid "Use the system timezone instead of the timezone selected in Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:124 msgid "First day of the week" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:125 msgid "Monday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:126 msgid "Tuesday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:127 msgid "Wednesday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:128 msgid "Thursday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:129 msgid "Friday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:130 msgid "Saturday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:131 msgid "Sunday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:132 msgid "(Deprecated) First day of the week, from Sunday (0) to Saturday (6)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:133 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"week-start-day-name\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:134 msgid "(Deprecated) Work days" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:135 msgid "" "Days on which the start and end of work hours should be indicated. (This key " "was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use the \"work-" "day-monday\", \"work-day-tuesday\", etc. keys instead.)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Previous Evolution version" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The most recently used version of Evolution, expressed as " "\"major.minor.micro\". This is used for data and settings migration from " "older to newer versions." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "List of disabled plugins" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "The list of disabled plugins in Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "The window's X coordinate" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "The window's Y coordinate" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "The window's width in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "The window's height in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Whether the window is maximized" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Gnome Calendar's calendar import done" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether calendar from Gnome Calendar has been imported or not" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Gnome Calendar's tasks import done" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Whether tasks from Gnome Calendar have been imported or not" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Check whether Evolution is the default mailer" msgstr "ఎవాల్యూషన్ అప్రమేయ మెయిలర్ ఏమో పరిశీలించుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Every time Evolution starts, check whether or not it is the default mailer." msgstr "" "ఎవాల్యూషన్ ప్రారంభమైనప్పుడు , అది అప్రమేయంగా మెయిల్ చూపించునదో కాదా " "పరిశీలించుము." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Default charset in which to compose messages" msgstr "సందేశాలను దేనితో కూర్చాలో ఆ అప్రమేయ అక్షరసమితి" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Default charset in which to compose messages." msgstr "సందేశాలను దేనితో కూర్చలో ఆ అప్రమేయ అక్షరసమితి." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Path where picture gallery should search for its content" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "This value can be an empty string, which means it'll use the system Picture " "folder, usually set to ~/Pictures. This folder will be also used when the " "set path is not pointing to the existent folder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Spell check inline" msgstr "ఇన్‌లైన్ లో స్పెల్‌ పరిశీలన" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Draw spelling error indicators on words as you type." msgstr "మీరు టైపుచేసిన విధంగా పదములపై స్పెల్లింగ్ దోషపు సూచికలను గీయుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Automatic link recognition" msgstr "స్వయంచాలక జోడి గుర్తింపు" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Recognize links in text and replace them." msgstr "పాఠ్యములోని లింకులను గుర్తించి మరియు వాటిని పునఃస్థాపించుము." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Automatic emoticon recognition" msgstr "emoticon ను స్వయంచాలకంగా గుర్తించుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Recognize emoticons in text and replace them with images." msgstr "" "పాఠ్యములోని emoticons ను గుర్తించి మరియు వాటిని చిత్రములతో పునఃస్థాపించుము." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Attribute message" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "The text that is inserted when replying to a message, attributing the " "message to the original author" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Forward message" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "The text that is inserted when forwarding a message, saying that the " "forwarded message follows" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Original message" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "" "The text that is inserted when replying to a message (top posting), saying " "that the original message follows" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Group Reply replies to list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "" "Instead of the normal \"Reply to All\" behaviour, this option will make the " "'Group Reply' toolbar button try to reply only to the mailing list through " "which you happened to receive the copy of the message to which you're " "replying." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:21 #| msgid "Start _typing at the bottom on replying" msgid "Put the cursor at the bottom of replies" msgstr "కర్సర్‌ను ప్రత్యుత్తరముల క్రిందన వుంచుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "" "Users get all up in arms over where the cursor should go when replying to a " "message. This determines whether the cursor is placed at the top of the " "message or the bottom." msgstr "" "సందేశమునకు ప్రత్యుత్తరము యిచ్చునప్పుడు కర్సర్ యెక్కడికి వెళ్ళాలి అనుదానికి " "వినియోగదారులు అన్ని పై ఆర్మ్సును పొందుతారు. కర్సర్ సందేశముపైన వుంచాలా లేక " "క్రిందవుంచాలా అనునది యిది నిర్ణయిస్తుంది." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "Always request read receipt" msgstr "చదివిన రిసిప్టును ఎల్లప్పుడు అభ్యర్దించుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "" "Whether a read receipt request gets added to every message by default." msgstr "ప్రతి సందేశాని కి అప్రమేయంగా రశీదు ను చదువు అభ్యర్దన జతచేయవలెనా." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Send HTML mail by default" msgstr "అప్రమేయంగా HTML మెయిల్ ను పంపుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "Send HTML mail by default." msgstr "అప్రమేయంగా HTML మెయిల్ ను పంపుము." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Spell checking color" msgstr "స్పెల్ పరిశీలన వర్ణము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "Underline color for misspelled words when using inline spelling." msgstr "" "ఇన్‌లైన్ స్పెల్లింగ్‌ను వుపయోగిస్తున్నప్పుడు తప్పుగాస్పెల్ చేయబడిన పదముల " "క్రిందిగీత వర్ణము." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Spell checking languages" msgstr "స్పెల్ పరిశీలన భాషలు" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "List of dictionary language codes used for spell checking." msgstr "స్పెల్ పరిశీలనకొరకు పదకోశపు భాషా కొడ్‌ల జాబితా వుపయోగించబడింది." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Show \"Bcc\" field when sending a mail message" msgstr "మెయిల్ సందేశమును పంపునప్పుడు \"Bcc\" క్షేత్రమును చూపుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "" "Show the \"Bcc\" field when sending a mail message. This is controlled from " "the View menu when a mail account is chosen." msgstr "" "మెయిల్ సందేశమును పంపునప్పుడు \"Bcc\" క్షేత్రమును చూపుము. మెయిల్ ఖాతా " "యెంచుకొనబడినప్పుడు దర్శన మెనూనుండి యిది నియంత్రించబడుతుంది." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Show \"Cc\" field when sending a mail message" msgstr "మెయిల్ సందేశమును పంపునప్పుడు \"Cc\" క్షేత్రమును చూపుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "" "Show the \"Cc\" field when sending a mail message. This is controlled from " "the View menu when a mail account is chosen." msgstr "" "మెయిల్ సందేశమును పంపునప్పుడు \"Cc\" క్షేత్రమును చూపుము. మెయిల్ ఖాతా " "యెంచుకొనబడినప్పుడు దర్శన మెనూనుండి యిది నియంత్రించబడుతుంది." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:35 #| msgid "Also encrypt to sel_f when sending encrypted messages" msgid "Show \"Reply To\" field when sending a mail message" msgstr "" "మెయిల్ సందేశమును పంపునప్పుడు \"దీనికి ప్రత్యుత్తరము\" క్షేత్రమును చూపుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "" "Show the \"Reply To\" field when sending a mail message. This is controlled " "from the View menu when a mail account is chosen." msgstr "" "మెయిల్ సందేశమును పంపునప్పుడు \"దీనికి ప్రత్యుత్తరము\" క్షేత్రమును చూపుము. " "మెయిల్ ఖాతా యెంచుకొనబడినప్పుడు దర్శన మెనూనుండి యిది నియంత్రించబడుతుంది." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "Show \"From\" field when posting to a newsgroup" msgstr "న్యూస్‌గ్రూప్‌నకు పోస్టు చేయునప్పుడు \"నుండి\" క్షేత్రమును చూపుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "" "Show the \"From\" field when posting to a newsgroup. This is controlled from " "the View menu when a news account is chosen." msgstr "" "మెయిల్ సందేశమును పంపునప్పుడు \"From\" క్షేత్రమును చూపుము. వార్తల ఖాతా " "యెంచుకొనబడినప్పుడు దర్శన మెనూనుండి యిది నియంత్రించబడుతుంది." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "Show \"Reply To\" field when posting to a newsgroup" msgstr "" "న్యూస్‌గ్రూప్‌నకు పోస్టుచేయునప్పుడు \"దీనికి ప్రత్యుత్తరము\" క్షేత్రమును " "చూపుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "" "Show the \"Reply To\" field when posting to a newsgroup. This is controlled " "from the View menu when a news account is chosen." msgstr "" "మెయిల్ సందేశమును పంపునప్పుడు \"దీనికి ప్రత్యుత్తరము\" క్షేత్రమును చూపుము. " "వార్తల ఖాతా యెంచుకొనబడినప్పుడు దర్శన మెనూనుండి యిది నియంత్రించబడుతుంది." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "Digitally sign replies when the original message is signed" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "" "Automatically enable PGP or S/MIME signatures when replying to a message " "which is also PGP or S/MIME signed." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Encode filenames in an Outlook/GMail way" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "" "Encode filenames in the mail headers same as Outlook or GMail do, to let " "them display correctly filenames with UTF-8 letters sent by Evolution, " "because they do not follow the RFC 2231, but use the incorrect RFC 2047 " "standard." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:45 msgid "Put personalized signatures at the top of replies" msgstr "ప్రత్యుత్తరముల పైన వక్తిగత సంతకాలను వుంచుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:46 msgid "" "Users get all up in arms over where their signature should go when replying " "to a message. This determines whether the signature is placed at the top of " "the message or the bottom." msgstr "" "సందేశమునకు ప్రత్యుత్తరము యిచ్చునప్పుడు వారి సంతకం యెక్కడికి వెళ్ళాలి " "అనుదానికి వినియోగదారులు అన్ని పై ఆర్మ్సును పొందుతారు. సంతకం సందేశముపైన " "వుంచాలా లేక క్రిందవుంచాలా అనునది యిది నిర్ణయిస్తుంది." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:47 msgid "Do not add signature delimiter" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:48 msgid "" "Set to TRUE in case you do not want to add signature delimiter before your " "signature when composing a mail." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:49 msgid "Ignore list Reply-To:" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:50 msgid "" "Some mailing lists set a Reply-To: header to trick users into sending " "replies to the list, even when they ask Evolution to make a private reply. " "Setting this option to TRUE will attempt to ignore such Reply-To: headers, " "so that Evolution will do as you ask it. If you use the private reply " "action, it will reply privately, while if you use the 'Reply to List' action " "it will do that. It works by comparing the Reply-To: header with a List-" "Post: header, if there is one." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:51 msgid "List of localized 'Re'" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:52 msgid "" "Comma-separated list of localized 'Re' abbreviations to skip in a subject " "text when replying to a message, as an addition to the standard \"Re\" " "prefix. An example is 'SV,AV'." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:53 msgid "Save file format for drag-and-drop operation" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:54 msgid "Can be either 'mbox' or 'pdf'." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:55 #| msgid "_Show image animations" msgid "Show image animations" msgstr "ప్రతిబింబపు యానిమేషన్లను చూపుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:56 msgid "" "Enable animated images in HTML mail. Many users find animated images " "annoying and prefer to see a static image instead." msgstr "" "ఏనిమేటెడ్ ప్రతిబింబములను HTML మెయిల్‌నందు చేతనముచేయి. చాలామందికి యానిమేటెడ్ " "ప్రతిబింబములు విసుగుకలిగస్తాయి మరియు వారు స్థిర ప్రతిబింబములను " "చూడాలనుకొంటారు." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:57 msgid "Ellipsize mode for folder names in side bar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:58 msgid "Enable or disable type ahead search feature" msgstr "టైపుచేయుదానికి ముంది అన్వేషణ సౌలబ్యాన్ని చేతనం లేదా అచేతనం చేయుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:59 msgid "" "Enable the side bar search feature to allow interactive searching of folder " "names." msgstr "" "ఫోల్డర్ పేరుల కొరకు యింటరాక్టివ్ అన్వేషణను అనుమతించుటకు ప్రక్క పట్టీ అన్వేషణ " "సౌలభ్యమును చేతనముచేయి." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:60 msgid "Enable or disable magic space bar" msgstr "మాయా స్పేస్ పట్టీని చేతనం లేదా అచేతనం చేయుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:61 msgid "" "Enable this to use Space bar key to scroll in message preview, message list " "and folders." msgstr "" "సందేశం ఉపదర్శనం నందు స్పేస్ బార్ కీని స్క్రాల్ చేయుటకు ఉపయోగించుటకు దీనిని " "చేతనంచేయుము, సందేశం జాబితా మరియు సంచయాలు." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:62 msgid "Enable to use a similar message list view settings for all folders" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:63 msgid "Enable to use a similar message list view settings for all folders." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:64 msgid "Mark citations in the message \"Preview\"" msgstr "సందేశం \"ఉపదర్శనం\" లో సిటేషన్లను గర్తుంచుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:65 msgid "Mark citations in the message \"Preview\"." msgstr "సందేశం \"ఉపదర్శనం\" లో సిటేషన్లను గర్తుంచుము." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:66 msgid "Citation highlight color" msgstr "సిటేషన్ ఉద్దీపన వర్ణము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:67 msgid "Citation highlight color." msgstr "సిటేషన్ ఉద్దీపన వర్ణము." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:68 msgid "Enable/disable caret mode" msgstr "అక్షరరీతిని చేతనం/అచేతనం చేయుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:69 msgid "Enable caret mode, so that you can see a cursor when reading mail." msgstr "" "అక్షరరీతిని చేతనపరుచుము, అలా మీరు మెయిల్ చదువుతున్నప్పుడు కర్సర్ ను చూడగలరు." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:70 msgid "Default charset in which to display messages" msgstr "సందేశాలను దేనితో ప్రదర్శించాలో ఆ అప్రమేయ అక్షరసమితి" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:71 msgid "Default charset in which to display messages." msgstr "సందేశాలను దేనితో ప్రదర్శించాలో ఆ అప్రమేయ అక్షరసమితి." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:72 msgid "Automatically load images for HTML messages over HTTP" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:73 msgid "Show Animations" msgstr "యానిమేషన్లను చూపుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:74 msgid "Show animated images as animations." msgstr "యానిమేషన్లలాగా యానిమేటెడ్ చిత్రాలను చూపుము." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:75 msgid "Show all message headers" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:76 msgid "Show all the headers when viewing a messages." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:77 msgid "List of headers to show when viewing a message." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:78 msgid "" "Each header is represented as a pair: the header name, and a boolean " "indicating whether the header is enabled. Disabled headers are not shown " "when viewing a message, but are still listed in Preferences." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:79 msgid "Show photo of the sender" msgstr "పంపకందారు యొక్క ఛాయాచిత్రమును చూపుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:80 msgid "Show the photo of the sender in the message reading pane." msgstr "సందేశాన్ని చదువు తలంలో పంపకందారు యొక్క ఛాయాచిత్రాన్ని చూపుము." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:81 msgid "Mark as Seen after specified timeout" msgstr "తెలుపబడిన సమయనియమితి తరువాత చూచినట్లు గుర్తుంచుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:82 msgid "Mark as Seen after specified timeout." msgstr "తెలుపబడిన సమయనియమితి తరువాత చూచినట్లు గుర్తుంచుము." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:83 msgid "Timeout for marking messages as seen" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:84 msgid "Timeout in milliseconds for marking messages as seen." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:85 msgid "Sender email-address column in the message list" msgstr "సందేశ జాబితాలో పంపినవాని ఈమెయిల్-చిరునామా కాలమ్" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:86 msgid "" "Show the email-address of the sender in a separate column in the message " "list." msgstr "" "సందేశ జాబితాలో ప్రత్యేక కాలమ్‌నందు పంపినవానియొక్క ఈమెయిల్-చిరునామాను చూపుము." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:87 msgid "" "Determines whether to use the same fonts for both \"From\" and \"Subject\" " "lines in the \"Messages\" column in vertical view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:88 msgid "" "Determines whether to use the same fonts for both \"From\" and \"Subject\" " "lines in the \"Messages\" column in vertical view." msgstr "" "వర్టికల్ దర్శనంలో \"సందేశాలు\" నిలువువరుసనందలి \"నుండి\" మరియు \"సంగతి\" " "రెండువరుసలకు వొకే ఫాంట్లను వాడవలెనేమో నిర్ణయిస్తుంది." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:89 msgid "Show deleted messages in the message-list" msgstr "తొలిగించిన సందేశాలను సందేశ-జాబితా నందు చూపుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:90 msgid "Show deleted messages (with a strike-through) in the message-list." msgstr "సందేశ-జాబితా నందు తొలగించిన సందేశాలను (కొట్టివేత తో) చూపుము." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:91 msgid "Enable Unmatched search folder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:92 msgid "" "Enable Unmatched search folder within Search Folders. It does nothing if " "Search Folders are disabled." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:93 msgid "Hides the per-folder preview and removes the selection" msgstr "ఒక్కో-సంచయంకు ఉపదర్శనంను మరుగుపరుచుము మరియు ఎంపికను తీసివేయుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:94 msgid "" "This key is read only once and reset to \"false\" after read. This unselects " "the mail in the list and removes the preview for that folder." msgstr "" "ఈ కీ ఒకసారికి మాత్రమే చదువుటకు మరియు చదివినతర్వాత \"అసత్యం\"కు " "అమర్చబడుతుంది. ఇది జాబితానందలి మెయిల్ ఎంపికను తీసివేయుచున్నది మరియు ఆసంచయంకు " "వుపదర్శనంను తొలగించుతుంది." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:95 msgid "Height of the message-list pane" msgstr "సందేశ-జాబితా తలం యొక్క ఎత్తు" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:96 msgid "Height of the message-list pane." msgstr "సందేశ-జాబితా తలం యొక్క ఎత్తు." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:97 msgid "Whether message headers are collapsed in the user interface" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:98 msgid "Width of the message-list pane" msgstr "సందేశ-జాబితా తలం యొక్క వెడల్పు" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:99 msgid "Width of the message-list pane." msgstr "సందేశ-జాబితా తలం యొక్క వెడల్పు." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:100 msgid "Layout style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:101 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the message list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the " "message list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the " "message list." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:102 msgid "Variable width font" msgstr "వేరియబుల్ వెడల్పు ఫాంటు" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:103 msgid "The variable width font for mail display." msgstr "మెయిల్ ప్రదర్శన కొరకు వేరియబుల్ వెడల్పు ఫాంటు." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:104 msgid "Terminal font" msgstr "టెర్మినల్ ఫాంటు" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:105 msgid "The terminal font for mail display." msgstr "మెయిల్ ప్రదర్శన కొరకు టెర్మినల్ ఫాంటు." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:106 msgid "Use custom fonts" msgstr "మలుచుకున్న ఫాంటులను ఉపయోగించు" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:107 msgid "Use custom fonts for displaying mail." msgstr "మెయిల్‌ను ప్రదర్శించుటకు మలుచుకున్న ఫాంటులను వుపయోగించు." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:108 msgid "Compress display of addresses in TO/CC/BCC" msgstr "TO/CC/BCC నందు చిరునామాల ప్రదర్శనను కుచింపుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:109 msgid "" "Compress display of addresses in TO/CC/BCC to the number specified in " "address_count." msgstr "" "TO/CC/BCC నందు చిరునామాల ప్రదర్శనను address_count నందు తెలిపినవిధంగా " "కుచింపుము." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:110 msgid "Number of addresses to display in TO/CC/BCC" msgstr "TO/CC/BCC లో ప్రదర్శితమగుటకు చిరునామాల సంఖ్య" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:111 msgid "" "This sets the number of addresses to show in default message list view, " "beyond which a '...' is shown." msgstr "" "అప్రమేయ సందేశ జాబితా దర్శనంలో చూపవలిసిన చిరునామాల సంఖ్యను ఇది అమర్చుతుంది, " "వెనుక ఏదైతే '...' చూపబడుతుందో." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:112 msgid "Thread the message-list based on Subject" msgstr "సంగతి పై ఆదారపడి సందేశ-జాబితాను తంతిచేయుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:113 msgid "" "Whether or not to fall back on threading by subjects when the messages do " "not contain In-Reply-To or References headers." msgstr "" "సందేశం దీనికి-ప్రత్యుత్తరంగా లేదా సంప్రదించుచూ పీఠికలను కలిగిలేనప్పుడు " "సంగతుల ద్వారా తంతీకరణ పై వెనుకకు వేళ్ళాలా వద్దా." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:114 msgid "Default value for thread expand state" msgstr "తంతి విస్తరింపు స్థితి కొరకు అప్రమేయ విలువ" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:115 msgid "" "This setting specifies whether the threads should be in expanded or " "collapsed state by default. Evolution requires a restart." msgstr "" "తంతులు అప్రమేయంగా విస్తరింపులో వుండాలో లేదా కూల్చిన స్థితినందు వుండాలో ఈ " "అమరిక తెలుపుతుంది. ఎవాల్యూషన్‌కు పునఃప్రారంభం అవసరం." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:116 msgid "Whether sort threads based on latest message in that thread" msgstr "తంతిలోని సరికొత్త సందేశం పై ఆధరపడి తంతులను క్రమపరచవలెనా" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:117 msgid "" "This setting specifies whether the threads should be sorted based on latest " "message in each thread, rather than by message's date. Evolution requires a " "restart." msgstr "" "ప్రతి తంతినందు సందేశముల తేదీలపై ఆధారపడుట కన్నా సరికొత్త సందేశం లపై ఆధారపడి " "తంతులు క్రమపరచాలేమో, ఈ అమర్పు తెలియజేస్తుంది. ఎవాల్యుషన్ కు పునఃప్రారంభం " "అవసరం." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:118 msgid "Sort accounts alphabetically in a folder tree" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:119 msgid "" "Tells how to sort accounts in a folder tree used in a Mail view. When set to " "true accounts are sorted alphabetically, with an exception of On This " "Computer and Search folders, otherwise accounts are sorted based on an order " "given by a user" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:120 msgid "Log filter actions" msgstr "వడపోత చర్యలను లాగిన్‌చేయుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:121 msgid "Log filter actions to the specified log file." msgstr "తెలుపబడినటువంటి లాగ్ దస్త్రములకు వడపోత చర్యలను లాగ్ చేయుము." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:122 msgid "Logfile to log filter actions" msgstr "లాగ్ వడపోత చర్యలకు లాగ్‌ఫైలు" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:123 msgid "Logfile to log filter actions." msgstr "లాగ్ వడపోత చర్యలకు లాగ్‌ఫైలు." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:124 msgid "Flush Outbox after filtering" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:125 msgid "" "Whether to flush Outbox after filtering is done. Outbox flush will happen " "only when there was used any 'Forward to' filter action and approximately " "one minute after the last action invocation." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:126 msgid "Default forward style" msgstr "ముందుకుపంపుటకు అప్రమేయ శైలి" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:127 msgid "Default reply style" msgstr "అప్రమేయ ప్రత్యుత్తరము శైలి" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:128 msgid "Prompt on empty subject" msgstr "ఖాళీ సంగతి పై అడుగుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:129 msgid "" "Prompt the user when he or she tries to send a message without a Subject." msgstr "" "వినియోగదారిని అడుగుము ఎప్పుడైతే అతడు లేక ఆమె సందేశాన్ని సంగతి లేకుండా " "పంపుటకు ప్రయత్నిస్తాడో." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:130 msgid "Prompt when emptying the trash" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:131 msgid "Prompt the user when he or she tries to empty the trash." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:132 msgid "Prompt when user expunges" msgstr "వినియోగదారి కొట్టివేయబడుతున్నప్పుడు అడుగుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:133 msgid "Prompt the user when he or she tries to expunge a folder." msgstr "" "వినియోగదారిని అడుగుము ఎప్పుడైతే అతడు లేక ఆమె సంచయంను కొట్టివేయుటకు " "ప్రయత్నిస్తారో." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:134 msgid "Prompt before sending to recipients not entered as mail addresses" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:135 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are trying to send " "a message to recipients not entered as mail addresses" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:136 msgid "Prompt when user only fills Bcc" msgstr "వినియోగదారి మాత్రమే Bcc ని నింపుతున్నప్పుడు అడుగుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:137 msgid "Prompt when user tries to send a message with no To or Cc recipients." msgstr "" "వినియోగదారి To లేదా Cc స్వీకరణదారులను లేకుండా సందేశంను పంపుటకు వినియోగదారి " "ప్రయత్నిస్తుంటే అడుగుము." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:138 msgid "Prompt when user tries to send unwanted HTML" msgstr "వినియోగదారి కొరనటువంటి HTML ను పంపుటకు ప్రయత్నిస్తుంటే అడుగుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:139 msgid "" "Prompt when user tries to send HTML mail to recipients that may not want to " "receive HTML mail." msgstr "" "HTML మెయిల్ ను స్వీకరించనబోనటువంటి స్వీకరణదారులకు వినియోగదారి HTML మెయిల్ ను " "పంపుటకు ప్రయత్నిస్తుంటే అడుగుము." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:140 msgid "Prompt when user tries to open 10 or more messages at once" msgstr "" "వినియోగదారి 10 లేక అంతకన్నా ఎక్కువ సందేశాలను ఒకేసారి తెరుచుటకు " "ప్రయత్నిస్తున్నప్పుడు అడుగుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:141 msgid "" "If a user tries to open 10 or more messages at one time, ask the user if " "they really want to do it." msgstr "" "వినియోగదారి 10 లేదా ఎక్కువ సందేశాలను ఒక సమయంనందు తెరువుటకు ప్రయత్నిస్తే, " "వినియోగదారిని నిజంగా చేయాలనుకుంటున్నారేమో అడుగు." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:142 msgid "Prompt while marking multiple messages" msgstr "బహుళ సందేశాలను గర్తిస్తున్నప్పుడు అడుగుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:143 #| msgid "It disables/enables the prompt while marking multiple messages." msgid "Enable or disable the prompt whilst marking multiple messages." msgstr "" "బహుళ సందేశములను గుర్తుంచునప్పుడు అడుగుటను చేతనము లేదా అచేతనము చేయును." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:144 msgid "Prompt when deleting messages in search folder" msgstr "అన్వేషణ సంచయంలో సందేశాలను తొలగించుతున్నప్పుడు అడుగుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:145 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that deleting messages from " "a search folder permanently deletes the message, not simply removing it from " "the search results." msgstr "" "అన్వేషణ సంచయంనుండి సందేశాలను శాశ్వతంగా తోలగించునప్పుడు పర్యాయ హెచ్చరికలను " "ఇది చేతనం/అచేతనం చేస్తుంది, అన్వేషణ ఫలితాలనుండి సాదారణంగా " "తొలగిస్తున్నప్పడుకాదు." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:146 msgid "Asks whether to copy a folder by drag & drop in the folder tree" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:147 msgid "" "Possible values are: 'never' - do not allow copy with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree, 'always' - allow copy with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree without asking, or 'ask' - (or any other value) will " "ask user." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:148 msgid "Asks whether to move a folder by drag & drop in the folder tree" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:149 msgid "" "Possible values are: 'never' - do not allow move with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree, 'always' - allow move with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree without asking, or 'ask' - (or any other value) will " "ask user." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:150 msgid "Prompt when replying privately to list messages" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:151 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are sending a " "private reply to a message which arrived via a mailing list." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:152 msgid "Prompt when mailing list hijacks private replies" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:153 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are trying sending " "a private reply to a message which arrived via a mailing list, but the list " "sets a Reply-To: header which redirects your reply back to the list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:154 msgid "Prompt when replying to many recipients" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:155 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are sending a " "reply to many people." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:156 msgid "" "Policy for automatically closing the message browser window when forwarding " "or replying to the displayed message." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:157 msgid "Empty Trash folders on exit" msgstr "బయటకు వచ్చునప్పుడు చెత్తకుండీ సంచయాలను ఖాళీ చేయుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:158 msgid "Empty all Trash folders when exiting Evolution." msgstr "ఎవాల్యూషన్ బయటకు వచ్చునప్పుడు అన్ని చెత్తకుండి సంచయాలను ఖాళీచేయుము." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:159 msgid "Minimum days between emptying the trash on exit" msgstr "బయటకువచ్చిన తర్వాత చెత్తకుండీను ఖాళీచేయుటకు మధ్యలో కనీస రోజులు" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:160 msgid "Minimum time between emptying the trash on exit, in days." msgstr "" "బయటకువచ్చిన తర్వాత చెత్తకుండీను ఖాళీచేయుటకు మధ్యలో కనీస సమయం, రోజులలో." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:161 msgid "Last time Empty Trash was run" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:162 msgid "" "The last time Empty Trash was run, in days since January 1st, 1970 (Epoch)." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:163 msgid "" "Amount of time in seconds the error should be shown on the status bar." msgstr "దోషంను స్థితిపట్టీపై చూపించవలిసిన సమయం సెకనులలో." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:164 msgid "Level beyond which the message should be logged." msgstr "ఏ స్థాయి కి క్రింద సందేశం లాగిన్ అవ్వాలో." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:165 msgid "" "This can have three possible values. \"0\" for errors. \"1\" for warnings. " "\"2\" for debug messages." msgstr "" "ఇది మూడు విలువులను కలిగివుండవచ్చు. దోషముల కొరకు \"0\". హెచ్చరికల కొరకు " "\"1\". డీబగ్ సందేశాల కొరకు \"2\"." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:166 msgid "Show original \"Date\" header value." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:167 msgid "" "Show the original \"Date\" header (with a local time only if the time zone " "differs). Otherwise always show \"Date\" header value in a user preferred " "format and local time zone." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:168 msgid "List of Labels and their associated colors" msgstr "లేబుళ్ళ యొక్క జాబితా మరియు సంభందిత వర్ణములు" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:169 msgid "" "List of labels known to the mail component of Evolution. The list contains " "strings containing name:color where color uses the HTML hex encoding." msgstr "" "ఎవాల్యూషన్ యొక్క మెయిల్ మూలకంకు తెలిసిన లేబుల్స్ యొక్క జాబితా. ఆ జాబితా ఈ " "నామాలను కలిగిఉన్న స్ట్రింగ్సును కలిగిఉంటుంది: వర్ణము లు HTML hex ఎన్కోడింగ్ " "ను వాడతాయో ఆవర్ణాల." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:170 msgid "Check incoming mail being junk" msgstr "లోనికవస్తున్న మెయిల్ నిరర్ధకం అగుటను పరిశీలించుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:171 msgid "Run junk test on incoming mail." msgstr "లోనికివస్తున్న మెయిల్ నిరర్ధకమైనదేమో పరిశీలనజరుపుము." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:172 msgid "Empty Junk folders on exit" msgstr "బయటకు వచ్చునప్పుడు నిరర్ధక సంచయాలను ఖాళీచేయుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:173 msgid "Empty all Junk folders when exiting Evolution." msgstr "ఎవాల్యుషన్ బయటకు వచ్చునప్పుడు అన్ని నిరర్ధక సంచయాలను ఖాళీ చేయుము." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:174 msgid "Minimum days between emptying the junk on exit" msgstr "బయటకువచ్చిన తర్వాత నిరర్ధకంను ఖాళీచేయుటకు మధ్యలో కనీస రోజులు" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:175 msgid "Minimum time between emptying the junk on exit, in days." msgstr "బయటకువచ్చిన తర్వాత నిరర్ధకంను ఖాళీచేయుటకు మధ్యలో కనీస సమయం, రోజులలో." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:176 msgid "Last time Empty Junk was run" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:177 msgid "" "The last time Empty Junk was run, in days since January 1st, 1970 (Epoch)." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:178 msgid "The default plugin for Junk hook" msgstr "నిరర్ధక హుక్ కొరకు అప్రమేయ ప్లగ్ఇన్" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:179 msgid "" "This is the default junk plugin, even though there are multiple plugins " "enabled. If the default listed plugin is disabled, then it won't fall back " "to the other available plugins." msgstr "" "ఇది అప్రమేయ నిరర్ధకం ప్లగ్ఇన్, అక్కడ బహుళ ప్లగ్ఇన్‌లు చేతనంచేయబడి " "వున్నాకూడా. అప్రమేయంగా జాబితా చేసిన ప్లగ్ఇన్ అచేతనం చేయబడివుంటే, అప్పుడు ఇది " "ఇతర అందుబాటులోవున్న ప్లగ్ఇన్‌ల కొరకు వెనుకకు వెళ్ళదు." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:180 msgid "Determines whether to lookup in address book for sender email" msgstr "" "పంపకందారు ఇమెయిల్ కొరకు చిరునామా పుస్తంకంనందు చూడాలేమో నిర్ధారిస్తుంది" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:181 msgid "" "Determines whether to lookup the sender email in address book. If found, it " "shouldn't be a spam. It looks up in the books marked for autocompletion. It " "can be slow, if remote address books (like LDAP) are marked for " "autocompletion." msgstr "" "చిరునామా పుస్తకంలో పంపకందారు ఈమెయిల్ ను చూడాలేమో నిర్ణయిస్తుంది. కనబడితే, " "ఇది స్పామ్ కాదు. ఇది స్వయంచాలకముగింపుకు గుర్తుంచిన పుస్తకంలందు కనిపిస్తుంది. " "ఇది నెమ్మది అవ్వచ్చు, ఒకవేళ దూరస్థ చిరునామాపుస్తకాలు (ldap వంటివి) " "స్వయంచాలకముగింపు కు గుర్తుంచబడితే." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:182 msgid "" "Determines whether to look up addresses for junk filtering in local address " "book only" msgstr "" "నిరర్ధకం వడపోతప్రక్రియలో స్థానిక చిరునామా పుస్తకంలో మాత్రమే చిరునామాలను " "చూడాలేమో నిర్ణయిస్తుంది" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:183 msgid "" "This option is related to the key lookup_addressbook and is used to " "determine whether to look up addresses in local address book only to exclude " "mail sent by known contacts from junk filtering." msgstr "" "This option is related to the key lookup_addressbook and is used to " "determine whether to look up addresses in local addressbook only to exclude " "mail sent by known contacts from junk filtering." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:184 msgid "Determines whether to use custom headers to check for junk" msgstr "" "నిరర్ధకం కొరకు పరిశీలించుటకు మలుచుకున్న పీఠికలను ఉపయోగించాలేమో " "నిర్ధారిస్తుంది" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:185 msgid "" "Determines whether to use custom headers to check for junk. If this option " "is enabled and the headers are mentioned, it will be improve the junk " "checking speed." msgstr "" "నిరర్ధకం ను పరిశీలించుట కొరకు మలుచుకున్న పీఠికలను ఉపయోగించాలేమో " "నిర్ధారిస్తుంది. ఈ ఐచ్చికం చేతనం అయ్యి పీఠికలను తెలుపబడితే, ఇది నిరర్ధకం ను " "పరిశీలించే వేగంను మెరుగుపరుస్తుంది." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:186 msgid "Custom headers to use while checking for junk." msgstr "నిరర్ధకం కొరకు పరిశీలిస్తున్నప్పుడు వుపయోగించుటకు కస్టమ్ హెడర్స్‍." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:187 msgid "" "Custom headers to use while checking for junk. The list elements are string " "in the format \"headername=value\"." msgstr "" "నిరర్ధకం కొరకు పరిశీలిస్తున్నప్పుడు వుపయోగించుటకు మలుచుకున్న పీఠికలు. " "\"headername=value\" రూపకంలో జాబితా మూలకంలు స్ట్రింగ్." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:188 msgid "UID string of the default account." msgstr "అప్రమేయ ఖాతా యొక్క UID స్ట్రింగ్." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:189 msgid "Save directory" msgstr "సంచయంను దాయుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:190 msgid "Directory for saving mail component files." msgstr "మెయిల్ మూలకం దస్త్రాలను దాయుటకు సంచయం." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:191 msgid "Composer load/attach directory" msgstr "కూర్పరి నింపు/అనుభందం సంచయం" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:192 msgid "Directory for loading/attaching files to composer." msgstr "కూర్పరికి దస్త్రాలను నింపుటకు/అనుభందించుటకు సంచయం." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:193 msgid "Check for new messages on start" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:194 msgid "" "Whether to check for new messages when Evolution is started. This includes " "also sending messages from Outbox." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:195 msgid "Check for new messages in all active accounts" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:196 msgid "" "Whether to check for new messages in all active accounts regardless of the " "account \"Check for new messages every X minutes\" option when Evolution is " "started. This option is used only together with 'send_recv_on_start' option." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:197 msgid "Server synchronization interval" msgstr "సేవిక సింక్రనైజేషన్ విరామం" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:198 msgid "" "Controls how frequently local changes are synchronized with the remote mail " "server. The interval must be at least 30 seconds." msgstr "" "రిమోట్ మెయిల్ సేవికతో స్థానిక మార్పులు ఎంతతరచుగా సింక్రనైజ్ చేయబడతాయో " "నియత్రిస్తుంది. విరామం తప్పక 30 సెకనులు వుండాలి." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:199 msgid "(Deprecated) Default forward style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:200 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"forward-style-name\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:201 msgid "(Deprecated) Default reply style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:202 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"reply-style-name\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:203 msgid "(Deprecated) List of custom headers and whether they are enabled." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:204 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"show-headers\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:205 msgid "(Deprecated) Load images for HTML messages over HTTP" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:206 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"image-loading-policy\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:207 msgid "" "(Deprecated) Asks whether to close the message window when the user forwards " "or replies to the message shown in the window" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:208 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"browser-close-on-reply-policy\" instead." msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the a list of words for the attach reminder plugin to look #. for in a message body. Please use any number of words here in your language that might #. indicate that an attachment should have been attached to the message. #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "['attachment','attaching','attached','enclosed']" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "" "List of clues for the attachment reminder plugin to look for in a message " "body" msgstr "" "ఆనుభందంను గుర్తుచేయు ప్లగ్ఇన్ సందేశం బాడీ నందు చూడుటకు అనవాళ్ళ జాబితా" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "List of clues for the attachment reminder plugin to look for in a message " "body." msgstr "" "ఆనుభందంను గుర్తుచేయు ప్లగ్ఇన్ సందేశం బాడీ నందు చూడుటకు అనవాళ్ళ జాబితా." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Address book source" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Address book to use for storing automatically synced contacts." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Auto sync Pidgin contacts" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Whether Pidgin contacts should be automatically synced." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Enable autocontacts" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether contacts should be automatically added to the user's address book." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Pidgin address book source" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Address book to use for storing automatically synced contacts from Pidgin." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Pidgin check interval" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Check interval for Pidgin syncing of contacts." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Pidgin last sync MD5" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Pidgin last sync MD5." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Pidgin last sync time" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Pidgin last sync time." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.email-custom-header.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "List of Custom Headers" msgstr "మలుచుకొనిన పీఠికల జాబితా" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.email-custom-header.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The key specifies the list of custom headers that you can add to an outgoing " "message. The format for specifying a Header and Header value is: Name of the " "custom header followed by \"=\" and the values separated by \";\"" msgstr "" "బయటకువెళ్ళు సందేశాలకు జతచేయగల మలుచుకొనిన పీఠికల జాబితాను కీ తెలుపుతుంది. " "పీఠికను మరియు పీఠిక విలువను తెలుపుటకు విధానం: ములచుకొనిన పీఠిక పేరు \"=\" " "ముందు వుండాలి మరియు విలువలు \";\" చేత వేరుచేయబడాలి" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Default External Editor" msgstr "అప్రమేయ బహిర్గత సరికూర్పరి" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "The default command that must be used as the editor." msgstr "తప్పక సరికూర్పరిలా వుపయోగించవలసిన అప్రమేయ ఆదేశం." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Automatically launch when a new mail is edited" msgstr "కొత్త మెయిల్ సరికూర్చినప్పుడు స్వయంచాలకంగా ఆరంభించుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Automatically launch editor when key is pressed in the mail composer." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.face-picture.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Insert Face picture by default" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.face-picture.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether insert Face picture to outgoing messages by default. The picture " "should be set before checking this, otherwise nothing happens." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.itip.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Delete processed" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.itip.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether to delete processed iTip objects" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Notify new messages for Inbox only." msgstr "ఇన్‌బాక్స్‍‌కు మాత్రమే కొత్త సందేశాల ప్రకటననుయివ్వు." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether to notify new messages in Inbox folder only." msgstr "ఇన్‌బాక్స్ సంచయం నందలి కొత్త సందేశాలను మాత్రమే తెలుపాలా." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Enable D-Bus messages." msgstr "D-Bus సందేశాలను చేతనంచేయుము." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Generates a D-Bus message when new mail messages arrive." msgstr "కొత్త మెయిల్ సందేశం వచ్చినప్పుడు D-Bus సందేశంను సంభవింపచేస్తుంది." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Enable icon in notification area." msgstr "ప్రకటన ప్రదేశంనందు ప్రతిమను చేతనంచేయుము." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Show new mail icon in notification area when new messages arrive." msgstr "ప్రకటన ప్రదేశంలో కొత్త సందేశం రాగానే కొత్త మెయిల్ ప్రతిమను చూపుము." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Popup message together with the icon." msgstr "సందేశంను ప్రతిమతో కలిపి పాప్అప్ చేయుము." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Whether show message over the icon when new messages arrive." msgstr "కొత్త సందేశం వచ్చినప్పుడు ప్రతిమ పై సందేశం చూపాలా." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Enable audible notifications when new messages arrive." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "Whether to make a sound of any kind when new messages arrive. If \"false\", " "the \"notify-sound-beep\", \"notify-sound-file\", \"notify-sound-play-file\" " "and \"notify-sound-use-theme\" keys are disregarded." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Whether to emit a beep." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Whether to emit a beep when new messages arrive." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Sound filename to be played." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "Sound file to be played when new messages arrive, if \"notify-sound-play-" "file\" is \"true\"." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Whether to play a sound file." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "Whether to play a sound file when new messages arrive. The name of the sound " "file is given by the 'notify-sound-file' key." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Use sound theme" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Play themed sound when new messages arrive, if not in beep mode." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.prefer-plain.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Mode to use when displaying mails" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.prefer-plain.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The mode to use for displaying mails. \"normal\" makes Evolution choose the " "best part to show, \"prefer_plain\" makes it use the text part, if present, " "and \"only_plain\" forces Evolution to only show plain text" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.prefer-plain.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Whether to show suppressed HTML output" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.publish-calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "List of Destinations for publishing" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.publish-calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The key specifies the list of destinations to where publish calendars. Each " "values specifies an XML with setup for publishing to one destination." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.templates.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "" "List of keyword/value pairs for the Templates plugin to substitute in a " "message body." msgstr "" "సందేశం బాడీనందు ప్రతిక్షేపించుటకు టెంప్లేట్స్‍ ప్లగ్ఇన్ కొరకు " "కీబోర్డ్‍/విలువ జో‍డీల జాబితా." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Skip development warning dialog" msgstr "అభివృద్ది హెచ్చరిక డైలాగ్ ను వదిలివేస్తుంది" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether the warning dialog in development versions of Evolution is skipped." msgstr "" "ఎవాల్యూషన్ యొక్క అభివృద్దీకరణ వర్షన్ లందు హెచ్చరిక డైలాగ్ వదిలేయాలా వద్దా." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:3 #| msgid "Insert Attachment" msgid "Initial attachment view" msgstr "ప్రాధమిక అనుభంద దర్శనం" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "Initial view for attachment bar widgets. \"0\" is Icon View, \"1\" is List " "View." msgstr "" "అనుభంద పట్టీ విడ్జట్ల కొరకు ప్రాధమిక దర్శనం. \"0\" ప్రతిమ దర్శనం, \"1\" " "జాబితా దర్శనం." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:5 #| msgid "Install the shared folder" msgid "Initial file chooser folder" msgstr "ప్రాధమిక దస్త్ర యెంపికదారి ఫోల్డర్" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Initial folder for GtkFileChooser dialogs." msgstr "GtkFileChooser డైలాగుల కొరకు ప్రాధమిక ఫోల్డర్." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:7 ../shell/main.c:308 msgid "Start in offline mode" msgstr "ఆఫ్‌లైన్ రీతినందు ప్రారంభించుము" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Whether Evolution will start up in offline mode instead of online mode." msgstr "" "ఆన్‌లైన్ రీతి కి బదులుగా ఎవాల్యూషన్ ఆఫ్‌లైన్ రీతినందు ప్రారంభించబడాలా." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Offline folder paths" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "List of paths for the folders to be synchronized to disk for offline usage." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Enable express mode" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Flag that enables a much simplified user interface." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Window buttons are visible" msgstr "గవాక్ష బొత్తములు కనబడుతున్నాయి" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Whether the window buttons should be visible." msgstr "విండోబటన్సు దర్శితమవ్వాలా వద్దా." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Window button style" msgstr "గవాక్ష బొత్తము శైలి" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "The style of the window buttons. Can be \"text\", \"icons\", \"both\", " "\"toolbar\". If \"toolbar\" is set, the style of the buttons is determined " "by the GNOME toolbar setting." msgstr "" "విండో బటన్సు యొక్క శైలి. అవి \"text\", \"icons\", \"both\", \"toolbar\" " "కావచ్చు. ఒకవేళ \"toolbar\" అమర్చితే, బటన్సు యొక్క శైలి GNOME సాధనములపట్టీ " "అమరికల ద్వారా నిర్ణయించబడుతుంది." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Toolbar is visible" msgstr "సాధనములపట్టీ దర్శితం అవుతోంది" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Whether the toolbar should be visible." msgstr "సాధనముల పట్టీ ప్రదర్శితమవ్వాలా వద్దా." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Sidebar is visible" msgstr "ప్రక్కపట్టి దర్శితం అవుతుంది" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Whether the sidebar should be visible." msgstr "ప్రక్కపట్టీ దర్శితం కావాలా వద్దా." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Statusbar is visible" msgstr "స్థితిపట్టీ దర్శితమౌతోంది" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Whether the status bar should be visible." msgstr "స్థితిపట్టీ తప్పక ప్రదర్శిత మవ్వాలా వద్దా." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "ID or alias of the component to be shown by default at start-up." msgstr "" "కాంపోనెంట్ యొక్క ID లేదా మరియొకపేరు ప్రారంభంనందు అప్రమేయంగా చూపించబడాలి." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Default sidebar width" msgstr "ప్రక్కపట్టీ యొక్క అప్రమేయ వెడల్పు" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "The default width for the sidebar, in pixels." msgstr "ప్రక్కపట్టీ కొరకు అప్రమేయ వెడల్పు, పిగ్జెల్సు నందు." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.spamassassin.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Use only local spam tests." msgstr "స్థానిక స్పామ్ పరిశీలనలను మాత్రమే ఉపయోగించుము." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.spamassassin.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Use only the local spam tests (no DNS)." msgstr "స్థానిక స్పామ్ పరిశీలనలను మాత్రమే పరిశీలించుము (DNS కాదు)." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-attachment.c:397 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:101 ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:106 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:176 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:181 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:4 msgid "Attachment" msgid_plural "Attachments" msgstr[0] "అనుభందము" msgstr[1] "అనుభందము" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-attachment.c:398 msgid "Display as attachment" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-headers.c:107 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:47 ../mail/e-mail-tag-editor.c:272 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:5 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:64 msgid "From" msgstr "నుండి" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-headers.c:133 msgid "(no subject)" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-headers.c:333 #, c-format msgid "This message was sent by %s on behalf of %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-image.c:152 msgid "Regular Image" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-image.c:153 msgid "Display part as an image" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-message-rfc822.c:246 msgid "RFC822 message" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-message-rfc822.c:247 msgid "Format part as an RFC822 message" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print.c:54 #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.c:95 #: ../mail/e-mail-label-tree-view.c:99 #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:1328 #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser.c:237 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:67 msgid "Name" msgstr "పేరు" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print.c:54 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:574 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:10 msgid "Size" msgstr "పరిమాణం" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:144 msgid "GPG signed" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:150 msgid "GPG encrpyted" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:156 msgid "S/MIME signed" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:162 msgid "S/MIME encrpyted" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:171 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:645 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:195 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:129 msgid "Security" msgstr "రక్షణ" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-headers.c:168 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:52 ../mail/e-mail-tag-editor.c:277 #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:77 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:6 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:69 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:712 msgid "Subject" msgstr "సంగతి" #. pseudo-header #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-headers.c:187 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:344 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1145 msgid "Mailer" msgstr "మెయిలర్" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-enriched.c:91 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-enriched.c:98 msgid "Richtext" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-enriched.c:92 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-enriched.c:99 msgid "Display part as enriched text" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-html.c:90 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-html.c:351 msgid "HTML" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-html.c:91 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-html.c:352 msgid "Format part as HTML" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-plain.c:115 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-plain.c:185 msgid "Plain Text" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-plain.c:116 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-plain.c:186 msgid "Format part as plain text" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:52 msgid "Unsigned" msgstr "సంతకంచేయని" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:52 msgid "" "This message is not signed. There is no guarantee that this message is " "authentic." msgstr "ఈ సందేశం సంతకంచేసినది కాదు. ఈ సందేశం దృవీకరించినదని ఏ హామీ లోదు." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:53 msgid "Valid signature" msgstr "విలువైన సంతకం" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:53 msgid "" "This message is signed and is valid meaning that it is very likely that this " "message is authentic." msgstr "" "ఈ సందేశం సంతకం చేసినది మరియు అర్ధవంతమైనది దానర్ధం సందేశం దృవీకరించబడినది." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:54 msgid "Invalid signature" msgstr "చెల్లని సంతకం" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:54 msgid "" "The signature of this message cannot be verified, it may have been altered " "in transit." msgstr "" "ఈ సందేశం యొక్క సంతకం నిర్ధారించబడిలేదు, బదిలీకరణలో మర్పుచేందబడి ఉండవచ్చు." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:55 msgid "Valid signature, but cannot verify sender" msgstr "విలువైన సంతకం, అయితే పంపకందారిని నిర్దారించలేము" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:55 msgid "" "This message is signed with a valid signature, but the sender of the message " "cannot be verified." msgstr "" "ఈ సందేశం విలువైన సంతంకం తో సంతకంచేయ బడిఉంది, అయితే సందేశం యొక్క పంపకందారు " "నిర్దారించబడలేదు." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:56 msgid "Signature exists, but need public key" msgstr "సంతకం ఉంది, అయితే పబ్లిక్ కీ అవసరం" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:56 msgid "" "This message is signed with a signature, but there is no corresponding " "public key." msgstr "ఈ సందేశం సంతకంత పెట్టబడిఉంది, అయితే సభందిత పబ్లిక్ కీ లేదు." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:63 msgid "Unencrypted" msgstr "అన్‌ఎన్క్రిప్టెడ్" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:63 msgid "" "This message is not encrypted. Its content may be viewed in transit across " "the Internet." msgstr "" "ఈ సందేశం ఎన్క్రిప్టెడ్ కాదు. ఇంటర్నెట్ నందు దీని సారం సందర్శించబడి ఉండవచ్చు." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:64 msgid "Encrypted, weak" msgstr "ఎన్క్రిప్టెడ్, బలహీనంగా" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:64 msgid "" "This message is encrypted, but with a weak encryption algorithm. It would be " "difficult, but not impossible for an outsider to view the content of this " "message in a practical amount of time." msgstr "" "ఈ సందేశం ఎన్క్రిప్టెడ్, అయితే బలహీన ఎన్క్రిప్షన్ అల్గార్ధెమ్ తో. అది కష్టం " "కావచ్చు, అయితే బయటివ్యక్తికి ఈ సందేశం సారాలను అనుభవసిద్ద సమయంలో దర్శించుట " "అసాధ్యం కాకపోవచ్చు." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:65 msgid "Encrypted" msgstr "ఎన్క్రిప్టెడ్" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:65 msgid "" "This message is encrypted. It would be difficult for an outsider to view " "the content of this message." msgstr "" "ఈ సందేశం ఎన్క్రిప్టు చేయబడింది. బయటి వారికి ఈ సందేశం నందలి సారమును చూడుటుక " "కష్టంగాఉంటుంది." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:66 msgid "Encrypted, strong" msgstr "ఎన్క్రిప్టెడ్, బలంగా" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:66 msgid "" "This message is encrypted, with a strong encryption algorithm. It would be " "very difficult for an outsider to view the content of this message in a " "practical amount of time." msgstr "" "ఈ సందేశం ఎన్క్రిప్టు చేయబడింది, గట్టి ఎన్క్రిప్షన్ అల్గార్ధెమ్ తో, బయటవారికి " "ఈ సందేశంను అవుభవసిద్ద సమయంలో దర్శించుట చాలా కష్టంగా ఉంటుంది." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:187 #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:20 msgid "_View Certificate" msgstr "దృవీకరణపత్రం ను దర్శించు(_V)" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:202 msgid "This certificate is not viewable" msgstr "ఈ దృవీకరణపత్రం దర్శించునట్లు లేదు" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-source.c:115 msgid "Source" msgstr "వనరు" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-source.c:116 msgid "Display source of a MIME part" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:204 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:221 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:50 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:67 msgid "Cc" msgstr "Cc" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:205 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:222 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:51 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:68 msgid "Bcc" msgstr "Bcc" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-application-mbox.c:88 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing MBOX part: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-application-smime.c:84 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse S/MIME message: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-inlinepgp-encrypted.c:80 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse PGP message: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-inlinepgp-signed.c:83 #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-signed.c:128 #, c-format msgid "Error verifying signature: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:69 msgid "Malformed external-body part" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:102 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to FTP site (%s)" msgstr "FTP సైటు (%s) కు సూచిక" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:113 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to local file (%s) valid at site \"%s\"" msgstr "స్థానిక ఫైలు(%s)కు సూచిక సైటు \"%s\" వద్ద నిర్ధారించబడింది" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:115 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to local file (%s)" msgstr "స్థానిక ఫైలు (%s) కు సూచిక" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:134 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to remote data (%s)" msgstr "దూరస్థ డాటా (%s)కు సూచిక" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:152 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to unknown external data (\"%s\" type)" msgstr "తెలియని బహిర్గత డాటా కు సూచిక (\"%s\" రకం)" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-encrypted.c:67 #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-signed.c:81 msgid "Could not parse MIME message. Displaying as source." msgstr "MIME సందేశంను పార్శ్ చేయలేకపోయింది. మూలంలాగా ప్రదర్శిస్తోంది." #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-encrypted.c:83 msgid "Unsupported encryption type for multipart/encrypted" msgstr "మల్టీపార్ట్/ఎన్క్రిప్టెడ్ కొరకు మద్దతీయని ఎన్క్రిప్షన్ రకం" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-encrypted.c:102 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse PGP/MIME message: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-signed.c:114 msgid "Unsupported signature format" msgstr "మద్దతీయని సంతకం రూపం" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:48 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:65 msgid "Reply-To" msgstr "కు-ప్రత్యుత్తరము" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:53 ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:550 #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:573 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:7 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:70 msgid "Date" msgstr "తారీఖు" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:54 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:71 msgid "Newsgroups" msgstr "వార్తాసమూహాలు" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:55 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:72 #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Face" msgstr "ముఖము" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-utils.c:500 #, c-format msgid "%s attachment" msgstr "%s అనుభందము" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:3 msgid "Standard" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:6 msgid "Proprietary" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:8 #| msgid "Score" msgid "Secret" msgstr "రహస్యం" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:9 msgid "Top Secret" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:10 msgid "For Your Eyes Only" msgstr "" #. Translators: Used in send options dialog #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:12 msgctxt "send-options" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:13 msgid "Mail Receipt" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:15 msgid "R_eply requested" msgstr "జవాబు కోరినది(_e)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:16 msgctxt "ESendOptionsWithin" msgid "Wi_thin" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:17 msgctxt "ESendOptionsWithin" msgid "days" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:18 msgid "_When convenient" msgstr "అనుకూలమైనప్పుడు(_W)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:19 ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:840 msgid "Replies" msgstr "ప్రత్యుత్తరములు" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:20 msgid "_Delay message delivery" msgstr "ఆలస్య సందేశం చేరినది(_D)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:21 msgctxt "ESendOptionsAfter" msgid "_After" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:22 msgctxt "ESendOptionsAfter" msgid "days" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:23 msgid "_Set expiration date" msgstr "కాలంచెల్లే తేదీని ఆమర్చు(_S)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:24 msgctxt "ESendOptions" msgid "_Until" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:25 msgid "Delivery Options" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:26 msgid "_Priority:" msgstr "ప్రాధాన్యత(_P):" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:27 #| msgid "_Classification" msgid "_Classification:" msgstr "వర్గీకరణ (_C):" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:28 msgid "Gene_ral Options" msgstr "సాధారణ ఇచ్చాపూర్వకాలు(_r)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:29 msgid "Creat_e a sent item to track information" msgstr "సమాచార గమనికకు పంపించిన అంశాన్ని సృష్టించుము(_e)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:30 msgid "_Delivered" msgstr "చేరినది(_D)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:31 msgid "Deli_vered and opened" msgstr "చేరినది మరియు తెరవబడినది(_v)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:32 msgid "_All information" msgstr "సమాచారం అంతా(_A)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:33 msgid "A_uto-delete sent item" msgstr "పంపించిన అంశాన్ని స్వయంచాలకంగా తొలగించుము(_u)" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:34 msgid "Status Tracking" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:35 msgid "_When opened:" msgstr "తెరచినప్పుడు(_W):" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:36 msgid "When decli_ned:" msgstr "క్షీణించబడినప్పుడు(_n):" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:37 msgid "When co_mpleted:" msgstr "పూర్తయినప్పుడు(_m):" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:38 msgid "When acce_pted:" msgstr "ఆమోదించినప్పుడు(_p):" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:39 msgid "Return Notification" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:40 msgid "Sta_tus Tracking" msgstr "సుస్థితిని గమనించుట(_t)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:1 msgid "_Sort..." msgstr "క్రమపద్దతి(_S)..." #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:2 msgid "_Group By..." msgstr "సమూహం దీని ద్వారా(_G)..." #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:3 msgid "_Fields Shown..." msgstr "చూపించబడిన క్షేత్రాలు(_F)..." #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:6 msgid "Clear _All" msgstr "అన్నిటిని శుబ్రం చేయు(_A)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:7 msgid "_Show field in View" msgstr "దర్శనం లో క్షేత్రాన్ని చూపించుము(_S)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:8 ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1753 msgid "Ascending" msgstr "ఆరోహణాక్రమం" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:9 ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1753 msgid "Descending" msgstr "అవరోహణాక్రమం" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:10 msgid "Group Items By" msgstr "అంశాలను దీని ద్వారా సమూహంచేయుము" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:11 msgid "Show _field in View" msgstr "దర్శనంలో క్షేత్రాన్ని చూపించుము (_f)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:12 msgid "Then By" msgstr "అప్పుడు దీని ద్వారా" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:13 msgid "Show field i_n View" msgstr "దర్శనం లో క్షేత్రాన్ని చూపించుము(_n)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:14 msgid "Show field in _View" msgstr "దర్శనం లో క్షేత్రాన్ని చూపించుము(_V)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:15 msgid "Sort" msgstr "క్రమపద్దతి" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:16 msgid "Clear All" msgstr "అన్నిటిని శుబ్రం చేయు" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:17 msgid "Sort Items By" msgstr "అంశాలను ఇలా క్రమపద్దతిలో పెట్టుము" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Select a Time Zone" msgstr "ఒక కాలక్షేత్రమును ఎంపిక చేయుము" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "" "Use the left mouse button to zoom in on an area of the map and select a time " "zone.\n" "Use the right mouse button to zoom out." msgstr "" "పఠము నందు ఒక ప్రదేశం పై జూమ్ చేయుటకు మౌస్ ఎడమ బటన్ ఉపయోగించుము మరియు " "సమయక్షేత్రంను ఎంచుకొనుము.\n" "జూమ్ తగ్గించుటకు మౌస్ కుడి బటన్ ను ఉపయోగించుము." #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Time Zones" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Selection" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Timezone drop-down combination box" msgstr "సమయక్షేత్రం డ్రాప్-డౌన్ యుగళ పెట్టె" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:1 ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:1239 #: ../mail/em-utils.c:240 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "లోపలికివచ్చు" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:2 msgid "the current time" msgstr "ప్రస్తుత సమయం" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:3 msgid "the time you specify" msgstr "మీరు తెలిపిన సమయం" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:4 msgid "a time relative to the current time" msgstr "ప్రస్తుత సమయానికి సారూప్యంగాఉన్న సమయం" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:5 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:78 msgid "seconds" msgstr "సెకనులు" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:9 ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:7 msgid "weeks" msgstr "వారములు" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:10 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:8 msgid "months" msgstr "నెలలు" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:11 msgid "years" msgstr "సంవత్సరములు" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:12 msgid "ago" msgstr "క్రితం" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:13 msgid "in the future" msgstr "ఇకముందు" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:14 msgid "Show filters for mail:" msgstr "మెయిల్ కు వడపోతలను చూపుము:" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:15 ../mail/em-filter-editor.c:166 msgid "_Filter Rules" msgstr "వడపోత నియమాలు(_F)" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:17 msgid "Compare against" msgstr "పోల్చుము" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:18 msgid "" "The message's date will be compared against\n" "the current time when filtering occurs." msgstr "" "సందేశం యొక్క తేది వడపోత ఎప్పుడు అవసరమౌతుందో\n" "ఆప్పటి సమయం తో పోల్చబడుతుంది." #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:20 msgid "" "The message's date will be compared against\n" "12:00am of the date specified." msgstr "" "సందేశం యొక్క తేది తెలపబడిన తేదీ యొక్క 12:00am\n" "తో పోల్చబడుతుంది." #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:22 msgid "" "The message's date will be compared against\n" "a time relative to when filtering occurs." msgstr "" "సందేశం యొక్క తేది వడపోత ఎప్పుడు అవసరమౌతుందో\n" "దానికి సారూప్య సమయం తో పోల్చబడుతుంది." #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "_Create new view" msgstr "కొత్త దర్శనాన్ని సృష్టించు(_C)" #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:417 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:311 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:341 msgid "_Name:" msgstr "పేరు(_N):" #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "_Replace existing view" msgstr "ఉన్న దర్శనమును పున:స్థాపించుము(_R)" #: ../e-util/e-activity-proxy.c:311 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1734 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "రద్దు" #. Translators: This is a cancelled activity. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:259 #, c-format msgid "%s (cancelled)" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a completed activity. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:262 #, c-format msgid "%s (completed)" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is an activity waiting to run. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:265 #, c-format msgid "%s (waiting)" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a running activity which #. * the user has requested to cancel. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:269 #, c-format msgid "%s (cancelling)" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:271 #, c-format msgid "%s" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:276 #, c-format msgid "%s (%d%% complete)" msgstr "%s (%d%% పూర్తి అయినది)" #. Translators: Escape is a keyboard binding. #: ../e-util/e-alert-bar.c:121 msgid "Close this message (Escape)" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:660 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:703 #| msgid "Month View" msgid "Icon View" msgstr "ప్రతిమ దర్శనము" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:662 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:705 #| msgid "_List View" msgid "List View" msgstr "జాబితా దర్శనం" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:318 msgid "Attachment Properties" msgstr "అనుబంధం లక్షణాలు" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:340 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:273 msgid "F_ilename:" msgstr "దస్త్రపేరు(_i):" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:375 #| msgid "MIME Type" msgid "MIME Type:" msgstr "MIME రకం:" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:383 ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:483 msgid "_Suggest automatic display of attachment" msgstr "స్వయంచాలక అనుబంధ ప్రదర్శనాన్ని సూచించుము(_S)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-handler-image.c:97 #| msgid "Set as _Background" msgid "Could not set as background" msgstr "బ్యాక్‌గ్రౌండ్ వలె అమర్చలేక పోయింది" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-handler-image.c:147 msgid "Set as _Background" msgstr "బ్యాక్‌గ్రౌండ్ లా అమర్చుము(_B)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-icon-view.c:166 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:549 #| msgid "Loading..." msgid "Loading" msgstr "లోడవుచున్నది" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-icon-view.c:178 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:561 #| msgid "Shading" msgid "Saving" msgstr "దాయుచున్నది" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:104 msgid "Hide Attachment _Bar" msgstr "అనుభందము పట్టీ ని మరుగుపరుచుము(_B)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:106 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:719 msgid "Show Attachment _Bar" msgstr "అనుభందపట్టీని చూపుము(_B)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:463 #| msgid "Attachment" #| msgid_plural "Attachments" msgid "Add Attachment" msgstr "అనుభందమును జతచేయి" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:466 msgid "A_ttach" msgstr "అనుభందము(_t)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:537 #| msgid "Save attachments" msgid "Save Attachment" msgid_plural "Save Attachments" msgstr[0] "అనుభందమును దాయి" msgstr[1] "అనుభందములను దాయి" #. Translators: Default attachment filename. #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:568 ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2056 #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2716 #| msgid "attachment" msgid "attachment.dat" msgstr "attachment.dat" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:378 msgid "Open With Other Application..." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:385 msgid "S_ave All" msgstr "అన్నిటినీ దాయుము(_a)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:411 #| msgid "_Add attachment..." msgid "A_dd Attachment..." msgstr "అనుభందంను జతపర్చుము... (_d)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:435 msgid "_Hide" msgstr "మరుగుపరుచు(_H)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:442 msgid "Hid_e All" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:449 msgid "_View Inline" msgstr "ఇన్‌లైన్ ను దర్శించు(_V)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:456 msgid "Vie_w All Inline" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:786 #, c-format msgid "Open With \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:789 #, c-format #| msgid "Save attachment as" msgid "Open this attachment in %s" msgstr "%s నందు ఈ అనుభందమును తెరువుము" #. To Translators: This text is set as a description of an attached #. * message when, for example, attaching it to a composer. When the #. * message to be attached has also filled Subject, then this text is #. * of form "Attached message - Subject", otherwise it's left as is. #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:1106 #| msgid "Attached message" #| msgid_plural "%d attached messages" msgid "Attached message" msgstr "అనుభందించిన సందేశము" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2137 ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3022 msgid "A load operation is already in progress" msgstr "లోడ్ ఆపరేషన్ యిప్పటికే పురోగతిలో వుంది" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2145 ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3030 msgid "A save operation is already in progress" msgstr "దాయు ఆపరేషన్ యిప్పటికే పురోగతిలోవుంది" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2262 #, c-format #| msgid "Could not load address book" msgid "Could not load '%s'" msgstr "'%s' లోడు చేయలేక పోయింది" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2265 #, c-format #| msgid "Could not open the link." msgid "Could not load the attachment" msgstr "అనుభందమును లోడు చేయలేక పోయింది" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2569 #, c-format #| msgid "Could not open source" msgid "Could not open '%s'" msgstr "'%s'ను తెరువలేక పోయింది" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2572 #, c-format #| msgid "Could not open the link." msgid "Could not open the attachment" msgstr "అనుభందమును తెరువలేక పోయింది" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3039 #| msgid "Attachment Reminder" msgid "Attachment contents not loaded" msgstr "అనుభందము సారములు లోడు కాలేదు" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3115 #, c-format #| msgid "Could not execute '%s': %s\n" msgid "Could not save '%s'" msgstr "'%s'ను దాయలేక పోయింది" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3118 #, c-format #| msgid "Select folder to save all attachments" msgid "Could not save the attachment" msgstr "అనుభందమును దాయలేక పోయింది" #: ../e-util/e-book-source-config.c:98 msgid "Mark as default address book" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-book-source-config.c:103 msgid "Autocomplete with this address book" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-book-source-config.c:277 msgid "Copy book content locally for offline operation" msgstr "" #. To Translators: The text is concatenated to a form: "Ctrl-click to open a link http://www.example.com" #: ../e-util/e-buffer-tagger.c:410 msgid "Ctrl-click to open a link" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:170 msgid "Mark as default calendar" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:173 msgid "Mark as default task list" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:176 msgid "Mark as default memo list" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:201 msgid "Color:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:406 msgid "Copy calendar contents locally for offline operation" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:410 msgid "Copy task list contents locally for offline operation" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:414 msgid "Copy memo list contents locally for offline operation" msgstr "" #. This is a strftime() format. %B = Month name. #: ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:1327 ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:2195 msgctxt "CalItem" msgid "%B" msgstr "" #. This is a strftime() format. %Y = Year. #: ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:1329 msgctxt "CalItem" msgid "%Y" msgstr "" #. This is a strftime() format. %B = Month name, %Y = Year. #: ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:1366 msgctxt "CalItem" msgid "%B %Y" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:190 msgid "Previous month" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:215 msgid "Next month" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:241 msgid "Previous year" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:266 msgid "Next year" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:290 msgid "Month Calendar" msgstr "నెల క్యాలెండర్" #: ../e-util/e-categories-editor.c:224 msgid "Currently _used categories:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-categories-editor.c:235 msgid "_Available Categories:" msgstr "అందుబాటులోవున్న విభాగాలు(_A):" #: ../e-util/e-categories-selector.c:323 msgid "Icon" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-completion.c:300 #, c-format msgid "Create category \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:137 msgid "Category Icon" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:141 msgid "_No Image" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:178 msgid "Category _Name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:190 msgid "Category _Icon" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:216 msgid "Category Properties" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:277 #, c-format msgid "" "There is already a category '%s' in the configuration. Please use another " "name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cell-combo.c:186 msgid "popup list" msgstr "ప్రత్యక్ష జాబితా" #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:299 msgid "Now" msgstr "ఇప్పుడు" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:307 ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:209 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1900 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:230 msgid "Today" msgstr "ఈరోజు" #. Translators: "None" as a label of a button to unset date in a #. * date table cell. #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:317 msgctxt "table-date" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:325 msgid "OK" msgstr "సరే" #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:873 #, c-format msgid "The time must be in the format: %s" msgstr "సమయం %s రూపలావణ్యంలో ఉండాలి:" #: ../e-util/e-cell-date.c:51 ../mail/message-list.c:1851 msgid "?" msgstr "?" #: ../e-util/e-cell-percent.c:80 msgid "The percent value must be between 0 and 100, inclusive" msgstr "శాతం విలువ తప్పక 0 మరియు 100 మద్య ఉండాలి, కలుపుకొని" #: ../e-util/e-charset-combo-box.c:100 msgid "Character Encoding" msgstr "అక్షర సంకేతరచన" #: ../e-util/e-charset-combo-box.c:123 msgid "Enter the character set to use" msgstr "ఉపయోగించడానికి అక్షరమాలను ఎక్కించుము" #: ../e-util/e-charset-combo-box.c:369 msgid "Other..." msgstr "ఇతర..." #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:53 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "అరబిక్" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:54 msgid "Baltic" msgstr "బాల్టిక్" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:55 msgid "Central European" msgstr "సెంట్రల్ యూరోపియన్" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:56 msgid "Chinese" msgstr "చైనీస్" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:57 msgid "Cyrillic" msgstr "సిరిల్లిక్" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:58 msgid "Greek" msgstr "గ్రీక్" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:59 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "హిబ్రూ" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:60 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "జపనీస్" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:61 msgid "Korean" msgstr "కొరియన్" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:62 msgid "Thai" msgstr "థాయ్" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:63 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "టర్కిష్" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:64 msgid "Unicode" msgstr "యూనికోడ్" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:65 msgid "Western European" msgstr "వెస్త్రన్ యూరోపియన్" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:66 msgid "Western European, New" msgstr "వెస్త్రన్ యూరోపియన్, కొత్త" #. Translators: Character set "Chinese, Traditional" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:85 ../e-util/e-charset.c:87 ../e-util/e-charset.c:89 msgid "Traditional" msgstr "సంప్రదాయమైన" #. Translators: Character set "Chinese, Simplified" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:91 ../e-util/e-charset.c:93 ../e-util/e-charset.c:95 #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:97 msgid "Simplified" msgstr "సరళీకరించిన" #. Translators: Character set "Cyrillic, Ukrainian" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:101 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "ఉక్రేనియన్" #. Translators: Character set "Hebrew, Visual" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:105 msgid "Visual" msgstr "దార్శనీక" #: ../e-util/e-client-cache.c:1162 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create a client object from extension name '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:524 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "తేది మరియు సమయం" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:549 msgid "Text entry to input date" msgstr "ఎగుబడి తేదీని పాఠ్యము గా ఎక్కించుము" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:572 msgid "Click this button to show a calendar" msgstr "క్యాలెండర్ ని చూపించుటకు బొత్తం ను నొక్కండి" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:626 msgid "Drop-down combination box to select time" msgstr "సమయంను ఎంచుకొనుటకు డ్రాప్-డౌన్ యుగళ పెట్టె" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:627 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:9 msgid "Time" msgstr "సమయం" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:701 msgid "No_w" msgstr "ఇప్పుడు(_w)" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:708 msgid "_Today" msgstr "ఈ రోజు(_T)" #. Note that we don't show this here, since by default a 'None' date #. * is not permitted. #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:717 msgid "_None" msgstr "ఏదికాదు(_N)" #. Translators: "None" for date field of a date edit, shown when #. * there is no date set. #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:1839 ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:2087 msgctxt "date" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:1979 msgid "Invalid Date Value" msgstr "నిస్సార తారీఖు విలువ" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:2024 msgid "Invalid Time Value" msgstr "చెల్లని కాలం విలువ" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:220 ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:258 msgid "Tomorrow" msgstr "మరునాడు" #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:222 #| msgid "Yesterday %l:%M %p" msgid "Yesterday" msgstr "నిన్న" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:230 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Mon" msgstr "తరువాతి సోమ" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:236 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Tue" msgstr "తరువాతి మంగళ" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:242 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Wed" msgstr "తరువాతి బుధ" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:248 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Thu" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:254 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Fri" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:260 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Sat" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:266 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Sun" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:353 ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:363 #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:372 #| msgid "_Use system defaults" msgid "Use locale default" msgstr "అప్రమేయ లోకేల్‌ను వుపయోగించుము" #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:577 #| msgid "Format" msgid "Format:" msgstr "ఫార్మాట్:" #: ../e-util/e-file-utils.c:121 msgid "(Unknown Filename)" msgstr "" #. Translators: The string value is the basename of a file. #: ../e-util/e-file-utils.c:125 #, c-format msgid "Writing \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: The first string value is the basename of a #. * remote file, the second string value is the hostname. #: ../e-util/e-file-utils.c:130 #, c-format msgid "Writing \"%s\" to %s" msgstr "" #. Don't delete this code, since it is needed so that xgettext can extract the translations. #. * Please, keep these strings in sync with the strings in the timespans array #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:67 #, c-format msgid "1 second ago" msgid_plural "%d seconds ago" msgstr[0] "1 సెకనుకు ముందల" msgstr[1] "%d సెకనులకు ముందల" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:68 #, c-format msgid "1 second in the future" msgid_plural "%d seconds in the future" msgstr[0] "ఇంకా 1 సెకనుకు" msgstr[1] "ఇంకా %d సెకనులకు" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:69 #, c-format msgid "1 minute ago" msgid_plural "%d minutes ago" msgstr[0] "1 నిముషం కు ముందు" msgstr[1] "%d నిమిషాలకు ముందు" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:70 #, c-format msgid "1 minute in the future" msgid_plural "%d minutes in the future" msgstr[0] "ఇంకా 1 నిముషంకు" msgstr[1] "ఇంకా %d నిమిషాలకు" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:71 #, c-format msgid "1 hour ago" msgid_plural "%d hours ago" msgstr[0] "1 గంట ముందు" msgstr[1] "%d గంటల ముందు" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:72 #, c-format msgid "1 hour in the future" msgid_plural "%d hours in the future" msgstr[0] "ఇంకా 1 గంటకు" msgstr[1] "ఇంకా %d గంటలకు" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:73 #, c-format msgid "1 day ago" msgid_plural "%d days ago" msgstr[0] "1 రోజు ముందు" msgstr[1] "%d రోజుల ముందు" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:74 #, c-format msgid "1 day in the future" msgid_plural "%d days in the future" msgstr[0] "ఇంకా 1 రోజుకు" msgstr[1] "ఇంకా %d రోజులకు" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:75 #, c-format msgid "1 week ago" msgid_plural "%d weeks ago" msgstr[0] "1 వారం ముందు" msgstr[1] "%d వారముల ముందు" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:76 #, c-format msgid "1 week in the future" msgid_plural "%d weeks in the future" msgstr[0] "ఇంకా 1 వారంకు" msgstr[1] "ఇంకా %d వారములకు" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:77 #, c-format msgid "1 month ago" msgid_plural "%d months ago" msgstr[0] "1 నెలకు ముందు" msgstr[1] "%d నెలలకు ముందు" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:78 #, c-format msgid "1 month in the future" msgid_plural "%d months in the future" msgstr[0] "ఇంకా 1 నెలకు" msgstr[1] "ఇంకా %d నెలలకు" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:79 #, c-format msgid "1 year ago" msgid_plural "%d years ago" msgstr[0] "1 సంవత్సరం ముందు" msgstr[1] "%d సంవత్సరముల ముందు" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:80 #, c-format msgid "1 year in the future" msgid_plural "%d years in the future" msgstr[0] "ఇంకా 1 సంవత్సరంకు" msgstr[1] "ఇంకా %d సంవత్సరములకు" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:130 msgid "" msgstr "<ఒక తేదిను ఎంచుకొనుటకు ఇక్కడ నొక్కండి>" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:133 ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:144 #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:155 msgid "now" msgstr "ఇప్పుడు" #. strftime for date filter display, only needs to show a day date (i.e. no time) #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:140 msgid "%d-%b-%Y" msgstr "%d-%b-%Y" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:289 msgid "Select a time to compare against" msgstr "సరిపోల్చుటకు ఒక సమయాన్ని ఎంచుకొనుము" #: ../e-util/e-filter-file.c:187 msgid "Choose a File" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:743 msgid "R_ule name:" msgstr "నియమం పేరు(_u):" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:793 msgid "all the following conditions" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:794 msgid "any of the following conditions" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:800 msgid "_Find items which match:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:823 #| msgid "Find items that meet the following criteria" msgid "Find items that meet the following conditions" msgstr "క్రింది నియమాలను పోలిఉండు అంశములను కనుగొనుము" #. Translators: "None" for not including threads; #. * part of "Include threads: None" #. protocol: #. name: #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:838 ../e-util/e-mail-signature-combo-box.c:369 #: ../libemail-engine/camel-null-store.c:28 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:139 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:622 msgid "None" msgstr "ఏదికాదు" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:839 msgid "All related" msgstr "సంభందితములు అన్నీను" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:841 msgid "Replies and parents" msgstr "మాత్రుకలు మరియు ప్రత్యుత్తరములు" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:842 msgid "No reply or parent" msgstr "ఏ ప్రత్యుతరము లేదా మాత్రుక లేదు" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:845 msgid "I_nclude threads:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:922 #| msgid "Add Ac_tion" msgid "A_dd Condition" msgstr "నియమాన్ని జతచేయుము (_d)" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:1239 ../mail/em-utils.c:241 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "బయటకు వెళ్ళు" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:256 msgid "" "Choose the file that you want to import into Evolution, and select what type " "of file it is from the list." msgstr "" "ఎవాల్యూషన్ కు దిగుమతి చేయాలనుకుంటున్న ఫైలును ఎంచుకొనుము, మరియు జాబితానుండి ఏ " "రకమైన దస్త్రమో ఎంచుకొనుము." #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:283 msgid "Select a file" msgstr "ఒక ఫైలును ఎంచుకొనుము" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:297 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:472 msgid "File _type:" msgstr "ఫైలు రకం(_t):" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:340 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:921 msgid "Choose the destination for this import" msgstr "ఈ దిగుమతికి గమ్యాన్ని ఎంచుకొనుము" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:365 msgid "Choose the type of importer to run:" msgstr "నడుచుటకు దిగుమతిచేయు రకాన్ని ఎంచుకొనుము:" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:373 msgid "Import data and settings from _older programs" msgstr "పాత కార్యక్రమాలనుండి దత్తాంశాన్ని మరియు అమరికలను దిగుమతి చేయుము" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:381 msgid "Import a _single file" msgstr "ఒకేఒక ఫైలును దిగుమతిచేయు(_s)" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:403 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-page.c:202 msgid "Please select the information that you would like to import:" msgstr "మీరు దిగుమతి చేయుటకు ఇష్టపడే సమాచారాన్ని దయచేసి ఎంచుకొనుము:" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:533 msgid "" "Evolution checked for settings to import from the following applications: " "Pine, Netscape, Elm, iCalendar. No importable settings found. If you would " "like to try again, please click the \"Back\" button." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:559 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-page.c:231 #, c-format msgid "From %s:" msgstr "%s నుండి:" #. Install a custom "Cancel Import" button. #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:775 msgid "_Cancel Import" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:920 msgid "Preview data to be imported" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:926 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:939 #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1292 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1368 #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1377 msgid "Import Data" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:934 msgid "Select what type of file you want to import from the list." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1282 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1317 msgid "Evolution Import Assistant" msgstr "ఎవల్యూషన్ దిగుమతి సహాయకుడు" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1299 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1355 msgid "Import Location" msgstr "స్థానాన్ని దిగుమతి చేయుము" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1310 msgid "" "Welcome to the Evolution Import Assistant.\n" "With this assistant you will be guided through the process of importing " "external files into Evolution." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1327 msgid "Importer Type" msgstr "దిగుమతిదారుని రకం" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1337 #| msgid "Select folder to import into" msgid "Select Information to Import" msgstr "దిగుమతిచేయుటకు సమాచారమును ఎంపికచేయుము" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1346 msgid "Select a File" msgstr "ఫైలు ను ఎంచుకొనుము" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1363 msgid "Click \"Apply\" to begin importing the file into Evolution." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-combo-box.c:378 msgid "Autogenerated" msgstr "స్వయంచాలకంగాఉద్భవించిన" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:310 msgid "Close" msgstr "మూయుము" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:315 msgid "_Save and Close" msgstr "దాయి మరియు మూయుము (_S)" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:529 msgid "Edit Signature" msgstr "సంతకాన్ని సరిచేయి" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:549 msgid "_Signature Name:" msgstr "సంతకము పేరు (_S):" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:595 msgid "Unnamed" msgstr "పేరులేని" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-manager.c:337 msgid "Add _Script" msgstr "లిపిని కలుపుము(_S)" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-manager.c:422 msgid "Add Signature Script" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-manager.c:492 msgid "Edit Signature Script" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:395 msgid "" "The output of this script will be used as your\n" "signature. The name you specify will be used\n" "for display purposes only." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:446 msgid "S_cript:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:477 msgid "Script file must be executable." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-map.c:886 msgid "World Map" msgstr "ప్రపంచ పట్టా" #: ../e-util/e-map.c:889 msgid "" "Mouse-based interactive map widget for selecting timezone. Keyboard users " "should instead select the timezone from the drop-down combination box below." msgstr "" "సమయక్షేత్రాన్ని ఎంచుకొనుటకు మౌస్-ఆదారిత పరిస్పందిత పఠం విడ్జట్. కీబోర్డు " "వినియోగదారులు సమయక్షేత్రాన్ని క్రింది డ్రాప్-డౌన్ యుగళ పెట్టె నుండి " "ఎంచుకొవలెను." #: ../e-util/e-misc-utils.c:242 #| msgid "Could not open autosave file" msgid "Could not open the link." msgstr "లింకును తెరువలేక పోయినది." #: ../e-util/e-misc-utils.c:289 msgid "Could not display help for Evolution." msgstr "ఎవాల్యూషన్ కొరకు సహాయంను ప్రదర్శించ లేకపోయింది." #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:279 msgid "Show Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:311 msgid "Address B_ook:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:318 msgid "Cat_egory:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:342 msgid "_Search:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:368 #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:1276 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1113 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1733 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:767 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:938 msgid "Any Category" msgstr "ఏదైన విభాగం" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:370 msgid "Co_ntacts" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:447 msgid "Search" msgstr "శోధించు" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:450 #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:431 msgid "Address Book" msgstr "చిరునామా పుస్తకం" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:578 msgid "Select Contacts from Address Book" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:1001 msgid "_Remove" msgstr "తీసివేయు(_R)" #. To Translators: This would be similiar to "Expand MyList Inline" where MyList is a Contact List #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3028 #, c-format msgid "E_xpand %s Inline" msgstr "" #. Copy Contact Item #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3044 #, c-format msgid "Cop_y %s" msgstr "" #. Cut Contact Item #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3055 #, c-format msgid "C_ut %s" msgstr "" #. Edit Contact item #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3073 #, c-format msgid "_Edit %s" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-list.c:583 #, c-format msgid "_Delete %s" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-online-button.c:31 msgid "Evolution is currently online. Click this button to work offline." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-online-button.c:34 msgid "Evolution is currently offline. Click this button to work online." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-online-button.c:37 msgid "Evolution is currently offline because the network is unavailable." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:127 msgid "Keyring key is unusable: no user or host name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:447 msgid "You have the Caps Lock key on." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:578 msgid "_Remember this passphrase" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:579 msgid "_Remember this passphrase for the remainder of this session" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:584 msgid "_Remember this password" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:585 msgid "_Remember this password for the remainder of this session" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-preferences-window.c:318 msgid "Evolution Preferences" msgstr "ఎవల్యూషన్ అభీష్టాలు" #: ../e-util/e-print.c:161 msgid "An error occurred while printing" msgstr "ముద్రించుచున్నప్పుడు ఒక దోషం ఎదురైంది" #: ../e-util/e-print.c:168 msgid "The printing system reported the following details about the error:" msgstr "ముద్రాణా వ్యవస్థ దోషం గురించి ఈ క్రింది వివరాలను నివేదించింది:" #: ../e-util/e-print.c:174 msgid "" "The printing system did not report any additional details about the error." msgstr "ముద్రణా వ్యవస్థ దోషం గురించి ఏ అదనపు వివరాలను నివేదించలేదు." #: ../e-util/e-rule-editor.c:185 msgid "Add Rule" msgstr "నియమాన్ని జతచేయుము" #: ../e-util/e-rule-editor.c:287 msgid "Edit Rule" msgstr "నియమాన్ని సరిచేయుము" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:81 #, c-format msgid "Matches: %u" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:565 #| msgid "Close this window" msgid "Close the find bar" msgstr "కనుగొను పట్టీను మూయుము" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:573 msgid "Fin_d:" msgstr "కనుగొనుము (_d):" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:585 msgid "Clear the search" msgstr "అన్వేషణను శుభ్రపరచుము" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:609 msgid "_Previous" msgstr "ముందలి(_P)" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:615 msgid "Find the previous occurrence of the phrase" msgstr "పదముయొక్క మునుపటి సంభవాన్ని కనుగొనుము" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:624 msgid "_Next" msgstr "తరువాతి(_N)" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:630 msgid "Find the next occurrence of the phrase" msgstr "పదము యొక్క తరువాతి సంభవమును కనుగొనుము" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:639 #| msgid "M_atch case" msgid "Mat_ch case" msgstr "సరిపోలు సందర్భము (_c)" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:667 msgid "Reached bottom of page, continued from top" msgstr "పేజీ క్రిందకు చేరుకొన్నది, పైనుండి కొనసాగిస్తుంది" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:689 msgid "Reached top of page, continued from bottom" msgstr "పేజీ పైనకు చేరుకొన్నది, క్రింది నుండి కొనసాగిస్తుంది" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.c:538 ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:331 #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:424 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:1088 msgid "Mail" msgstr "మెయిల్" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.c:570 msgid "When de_leted:" msgstr "తొలగించబడినప్పుడు(_l)" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:681 ../e-util/e-source-config.c:685 msgid "Type:" msgstr "రకము:" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:693 ../e-util/e-source-config.c:697 msgid "Name:" msgstr "పేరు:" #. Translators: This is the first of a sequence of widgets: #. * "Refresh every [NUMERIC_ENTRY] [TIME_UNITS_COMBO]" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1302 msgid "Refresh every" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1332 ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1402 msgid "Use a secure connection" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1428 msgid "Unset _trust for SSL certificate" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1464 msgid "User" msgstr "వినియోగదారి" #: ../e-util/e-source-selector-dialog.c:229 msgid "_Destination" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-selector-dialog.c:342 msgid "Select destination" msgstr "" #. no suggestions. Put something in the menu anyway... #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:384 msgid "(no suggestions)" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:408 msgid "More..." msgstr "" #. + Add to Dictionary #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:479 #, c-format msgid "Add \"%s\" to Dictionary" msgstr "" #. - Ignore All #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:530 msgid "Ignore All" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:558 msgid "Spelling Suggestions" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:1 msgid "A file named \"{0}\" already exists. Do you want to replace it?" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "The file already exists in \"{0}\". Replacing it will overwrite its contents." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:3 msgid "_Replace" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Cannot save file \"{0}\"." msgstr "దస్త్రమును దాయలేదు \"{0}\"." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Because \"{1}\"." msgstr "ఎంచేతంటే \"{1}\"." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:6 msgid "Cannot open file \"{0}\"." msgstr "దస్త్రమును తెరువలేదు \"{0}\"." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Failed to remove data source "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:8 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:61 msgid "The reported error was "{1}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Failed to update data source "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Failed to delete resource "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:11 msgid "" "The address book backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "Some of your contacts may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:13 msgid "The calendar backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:14 msgid "" "Some of your appointments may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "The memo list backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:16 msgid "Some of your memos may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:17 msgid "" "The task list backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:18 msgid "Some of your tasks may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:19 msgid "" "The address book backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:20 msgid "The calendar backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:21 msgid "The memo list backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:22 msgid "The task list backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-click-to-add.c:680 #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-click-to-add.c:62 #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-click-to-add.c:143 msgid "click to add" msgstr "జతచేయుటకు నొక్కండి" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:266 msgid "Move selected column names to top" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:271 msgid "Move selected column names up one row" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:276 msgid "Move selected column names down one row" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:281 msgid "Move selected column names to bottom" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:286 msgid "Select all column names" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:389 ../e-util/e-table-config.c:435 msgid "(Ascending)" msgstr "(ఆరోహణాక్రమం)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:389 ../e-util/e-table-config.c:435 msgid "(Descending)" msgstr "(అవరోహణాక్రమం)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:396 msgid "Not sorted" msgstr "క్రమపద్దతిలో లేదు" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:441 msgid "No grouping" msgstr "ఏ సమూహం లేదు" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:546 msgid "Show Fields" msgstr "క్షేత్రాలను చూపించుము" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:562 msgid "Choose the order of information to appear in the message list." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-field-chooser-dialog.c:227 msgid "Add a Column" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-field-chooser.c:167 msgid "" "To add a column to your table, drag it into\n" "the location in which you want it to appear." msgstr "" "మీరు ఏ స్థానములో అయితే చూపాలనుకుంటున్నారో,\n" "అక్కడికి మీరు పట్టికకు జతపర్చిన నిలువు పట్టీని జరుపుము." #: ../e-util/e-table-group-container.c:369 #, c-format msgid "%s: %s (%d item)" msgid_plural "%s: %s (%d items)" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../e-util/e-table-group-container.c:383 #, c-format msgid "%s (%d item)" msgid_plural "%s (%d items)" msgstr[0] "%s (%d అంశం)" msgstr[1] "%s (%d అంశాలు)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1576 msgid "Customize Current View" msgstr "ప్రస్తుత దర్శనాన్ని మలుచుకొనుము" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1599 msgid "Sort _Ascending" msgstr "ఆరోహణాక్రమం లో చేయుము(_A)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1602 msgid "Sort _Descending" msgstr "అవరోహణాక్రమం లో చేయుము(_D)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1605 msgid "_Unsort" msgstr "అక్రమపద్దతి(_U)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1608 msgid "Group By This _Field" msgstr "ఈ క్షేత్రము ద్వారా సమూహం(_F)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1611 msgid "Group By _Box" msgstr "పెట్టె ద్వారా సమూహం(_B)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1615 msgid "Remove This _Column" msgstr "ఈ నిలువు పట్టీని తొలగించుము" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1618 msgid "Add a C_olumn..." msgstr "నిలువు పట్టీని జతచేయుము..." #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1622 msgid "A_lignment" msgstr "కేటాయింపు" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1625 msgid "B_est Fit" msgstr "సరి తగిన" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1628 msgid "Format Column_s..." msgstr "నిలువు పట్టిలను రూపలావణ్యం చేయుము" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1632 msgid "Custo_mize Current View..." msgstr "ప్రస్తుత దర్శనమును మలుచుకొనుము(_m)..." #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1703 msgid "_Sort By" msgstr "దీనితో క్రమపరుచు (_S)" #. Custom #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1726 msgid "_Custom" msgstr "మలచుకొను(_C)" #: ../e-util/e-text.c:2098 msgid "Select All" msgstr "అన్నిటిని ఎంచుకొనుము" #: ../e-util/e-text.c:2111 msgid "Input Methods" msgstr "ఎగుబడి పద్దతులు" #. Put the "UTC" entry at the top of the combo's list. #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:207 ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:429 #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:433 ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:437 #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:803 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" #: ../e-util/e-url-entry.c:109 msgid "Click here to open the URL" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-url-entry.c:111 msgid "Enter a URL here" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:406 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:285 msgid "_Copy Link Location" msgstr "జోడిక స్థానాన్ని నకలు తీయుము(_C)" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:408 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:287 msgid "Copy the link to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:416 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:295 msgid "_Open Link in Browser" msgstr "అన్వేషి లో జోడికను తెరువుము(_O)" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:418 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:297 msgid "Open the link in a web browser" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:426 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:305 msgid "_Copy Email Address" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:443 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:322 msgid "_Copy Image" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:445 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:324 msgid "Copy the image to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:465 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1308 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:351 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1317 msgid "Select all text and images" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:972 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:974 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:976 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:992 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:994 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:996 #, c-format msgid "Click to call %s" msgstr "%s కు కాల్‌చేయుటకు నొక్కుము" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:978 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:998 msgid "Click to hide/unhide addresses" msgstr "చిరునామాలను మరుగుపరచుటకు/బయల్పరచుటకు నొక్కము" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:980 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1000 #, c-format msgid "Click to open %s" msgstr "%s తెరువుటకు నొకండి" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:329 msgid "Save _Image..." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:331 msgid "Save the image to a file" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:2894 msgid "Copying image to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:3082 msgid "Save Image" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:3118 #, c-format msgid "Saving image to '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:315 ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:324 msgid "%d %B %Y" msgstr "%d %B %Y" # ద్, c-format #: ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:327 #, c-format msgid "Calendar: from %s to %s" msgstr "క్యాలెండర్: %s నుండి %s వరకు" #: ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:364 msgid "evolution calendar item" msgstr "ఎవల్యూషన్ క్యాలెండర్ అంశము" #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:635 msgid "Evolution Source Viewer" msgstr "" #. Translators: The name that is displayed in the user interface #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:665 msgid "Display Name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:674 msgid "Flags" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:726 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:678 msgid "Identity" msgstr "గుర్తింపు" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Missing date." msgstr "తప్పిపోయిన తేది." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:2 msgid "You must choose a date." msgstr "మీరు తప్పకుండా ఒక తేదీని ఎంచుకొనవలెను." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Missing filename." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:4 msgid "You must specify a filename." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:5 msgid "File "{0}" does not exist or is not a regular file." msgstr "ఫైలు "{0}" వాడుకలో లేదు లేదా అది రోజు వాడుకలో లేని ఫైలు." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:6 msgid "Bad regular expression "{0}"." msgstr "సరికాని రెగ్యులర్ ఎక్సప్రెషన్ "{0}"." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Could not compile regular expression "{1}"." msgstr "రెగ్యలర్ ఎక్సప్రెషన్ ను కంపైల్ చేయలేము "{1}"." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:8 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:100 msgid "Missing name." msgstr "తప్పిపోయిన పేరు." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:9 msgid "You must name this filter." msgstr "మీరు ఈ వడపోతకు పేరు ఉంచవలెను." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Name "{0}" already used." msgstr "పేరు "{0}" ఇప్పటికే ఉపయోగంలోఉంది." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Please choose another name." msgstr "దయచేసి వేరే నామాన్ని ఎంచుకొనుము." #. Translators: description of a "popup" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-popup.c:128 msgid "popup a child" msgstr "చైల్డ్ ను పాప్‌చేయి" #. Translators: description of a "toggle" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-toggle.c:180 msgid "toggle the cell" msgstr "అరను మార్చుము" #. Translators: description of an "expand" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-tree.c:215 msgid "expands the row in the ETree containing this cell" msgstr "ETree కలిగివున్న అర లోని అడ్డవరుసని విస్తరిస్తుంది" #. Translators: description of a "collapse" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-tree.c:223 msgid "collapses the row in the ETree containing this cell" msgstr "అరను కలిగిఉన్న ETree లోని అడ్డువరుసను కుప్పకూల్చుము" #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell.c:123 msgid "Table Cell" msgstr "పట్టికలో అర" #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-click-to-add.c:72 msgid "click" msgstr "మీటను నొక్కుము" #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-column-header.c:163 msgid "sort" msgstr "చక్కదిద్దు" #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.c:296 msgid "Save Current View" msgstr "ప్రస్తుత దర్శనాన్ని దాయుము" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Do you wish to save your changes?" msgstr "మీరు మీ మార్పులను దాయాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:2 msgid "This signature has been changed, but has not been saved." msgstr "ఈ సంతకం మార్చబడింది, అయితే దాయబడలేదు." #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:3 msgid "_Discard changes" msgstr "మార్పులను తీసివేయుము(_D)" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Blank Signature" msgstr "బ్లింక్ సంతకం" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Please provide an unique name to identify this signature." msgstr "ఈ సంతకాన్ని గుర్తించుటకు దయచేసి ఒక ఏకమైన పేరును ప్రవేశపెట్టుము." #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:6 msgid "Unable to copy image to clipboard." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Unable to save image." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Could not load signature." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Could not save signature." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/camel-sasl-xoauth2.c:27 msgid "OAuth2" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/camel-sasl-xoauth2.c:28 msgid "" "This option will use an OAuth 2.0 access token to connect to the server" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-authenticator.c:182 #, c-format msgid "Invalid authentication result code (%d)" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:114 #, c-format msgid "Saving message to folder '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:572 msgid "Forwarded messages" msgstr "ముందుకుపంపిన సందేశాలు" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:682 #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:933 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving %d message" msgid_plural "Retrieving %d messages" msgstr[0] "%d సందేశాన్ని వెలికితీస్తుంది" msgstr[1] "%d సందేశాలను వెలికితీస్తుంది" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:776 msgid "Scanning messages for duplicates" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1184 #, c-format msgid "Removing folder '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1321 #, c-format msgid "File \"%s\" has been removed." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1325 msgid "File has been removed." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1384 msgid "Removing attachments" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1548 #, c-format msgid "Saving %d message" msgid_plural "Saving %d messages" msgstr[0] "%d సందేశాన్ని దాస్తుంది" msgstr[1] "%d సందేశాన్ని దాస్తుంది" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1926 #, c-format msgid "Invalid folder URI '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:540 msgid "No mail transport service available" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:640 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:730 #, c-format msgid "Failed to apply outgoing filters: %s" msgstr "బయటకువెళ్ళు వడపోతలను ఆపాదించుటలో వైఫల్యం: %s" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:689 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:774 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to append to %s: %s\n" "Appending to local 'Sent' folder instead." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:715 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:798 #, c-format msgid "Failed to append to local 'Sent' folder: %s" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:916 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:929 ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1031 msgid "Sending message" msgstr "సందేశాన్ని పంపుతున్నది" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:120 ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:342 #: ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:789 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1061 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1072 msgid "Inbox" msgstr "ఇన్‌బాక్స్" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_INBOX #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:121 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:782 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1059 msgid "Drafts" msgstr "డ్రాఫ్ట్" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_DRAFTS #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:122 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:793 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1063 msgid "Outbox" msgstr "అవుట్‌బాక్స్" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_OUTBOX #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:123 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:797 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1065 msgid "Sent" msgstr "పంపిన" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_SENT #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:124 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:785 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1067 #: ../plugins/templates/org-gnome-templates.eplug.xml.h:1 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1082 ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1381 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1391 msgid "Templates" msgstr "మాదిరిలు" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1347 #, c-format msgid "User cancelled operation" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1542 #, c-format msgid "%s authentication failed" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1592 #, c-format msgid "No data source found for UID '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1655 #, c-format msgid "" "No destination address provided, forwarding of the message has been " "cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1668 #, c-format msgid "" "No identity found to use, forwarding of the message has been cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-store-utils.c:190 #, c-format msgid "Disconnecting from '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-store-utils.c:279 #, c-format msgid "Reconnecting to '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-store-utils.c:370 #, c-format msgid "Preparing account '%s' for offline" msgstr "లైనువెలుపలకి '%s' ఖాతాన్ని తయారుచేస్తుంది" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-folder-cache.c:1241 #, c-format msgid "Pinging %s" msgstr "పింగింగ్ %s" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:94 msgid "Filtering Selected Messages" msgstr "ఎంపికచేసిన సందేశాలను వడపోయుచున్నది" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:152 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to filter selected messages. One reason can be that folder location " "set in one or more filters is invalid. Please check your filters in Edit-" ">Message Filters.\n" "Original error was: %s" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:233 #, c-format msgid "Fetching mail from '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:724 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to apply outgoing filters. One reason can be that folder location set " "in one or more filters is invalid. Please check your filters in Edit-" ">Message Filters.\n" "Original error was: %s" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:940 #, c-format msgid "Sending message %d of %d" msgstr "%2$d యొక్క %1$d సందేశాన్ని పంపుతున్నది" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:992 #, c-format msgid "Failed to send a message" msgid_plural "Failed to send %d of %d messages" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:998 msgid "Canceled." msgstr "రద్దుచేయబడిన." #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1000 msgid "Complete." msgstr "పూర్తయినది." #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1112 #, c-format msgid "Moving messages to '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1113 #, c-format msgid "Copying messages to '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1232 #, c-format msgid "Storing folder '%s'" msgstr "'%s' సంచయాన్ని దాస్తుంది" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1360 #, c-format msgid "Expunging and storing account '%s'" msgstr "ఖాతా '%s' ను కొట్టివేయుచున్నది మరియు నిల్వచేయుచున్నది" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1361 #, c-format msgid "Storing account '%s'" msgstr "'%s' ఖాతాని దాస్తుంది" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1435 #, c-format msgid "Emptying trash in '%s'" msgstr "'%s' నందలి చెత్తను ఖాళీచేస్తోంది" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:71 #, c-format msgid "Could not create spool directory '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:111 #, c-format msgid "Trying to movemail a non-mbox source '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:237 #, c-format msgid "Forwarded message - %s" msgstr "ముందుకుపంపుతున్న సందేశం - %s" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:239 msgid "Forwarded message" msgstr "ముందుకుపంపుతున్న సందేశం" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-vfolder.c:153 #, c-format msgid "Setting up Search Folder: %s" msgstr "అన్వేషణ సంచయాన్ని అమర్చుతోంది: %s" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-vfolder.c:306 #, c-format msgid "Updating Search Folders for '%s' - %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: The first %s is name of the affected #. * search folder(s), the second %s is the URI of the #. * removed folder. For more than one search folder is #. * each of them on a separate line, with four spaces #. * in front of its name, without quotes. #: ../libemail-engine/mail-vfolder.c:670 #, c-format msgid "" "The Search Folder \"%s\" has been modified to account for the deleted " "folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgid_plural "" "The following Search Folders\n" "%s have been modified to account for the deleted folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:116 ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:203 msgid "Open _Online Accounts" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:142 ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:229 msgid "This account was created through the Online Accounts service." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:690 msgid "_Restore Default" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:703 msgid "You can drag and drop account names to reorder them." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:746 msgid "De_fault" msgstr "అప్రమేయ(_f)" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:85 #: ../modules/mail/em-composer-prefs.c:443 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:359 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:890 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "క్రియాశీలీకరించిన" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:109 msgid "Account Name" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:136 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:335 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:475 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3600 #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:49 msgid "Default" msgstr "అప్రమేయం" #: ../mail/e-mail-autoconfig.c:578 msgid "No email address provided" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-autoconfig.c:587 msgid "Missing domain in email address" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-backend.c:754 msgid "Unknown background operation" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:129 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:860 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:867 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:874 msgid "Close this window" msgstr "ఈ విండోని మూసివేయండి" #: ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:286 msgid "(No Subject)" msgstr "" #. GtkAssistant sinks the floating button reference. #: ../mail/e-mail-config-assistant.c:102 msgid "_Skip Lookup" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-assistant.c:562 msgid "Evolution Account Assistant" msgstr "ఎవాల్యూషన్ ఖాతా సహాయకుడు" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-auth-check.c:352 msgid "Check for Supported Types" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-confirm-page.c:157 msgid "" "Congratulations, your mail configuration is complete.\n" "\n" "You are now ready to send and receive email using Evolution.\n" "\n" "Click \"Apply\" to save your settings." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-confirm-page.c:169 msgid "Done" msgstr "అయినది" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:552 msgid "Special Folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:561 msgid "Draft Messages _Folder:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:571 msgid "Choose a folder for saving draft messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:585 msgid "Sent _Messages Folder:" msgstr "సందేశాల సంచయంను పంపినది(_M):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:595 msgid "Choose a folder for saving sent messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:614 msgid "S_ave replies in the folder of the message being replied to" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:631 msgid "_Restore Defaults" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:645 msgid "Use a Real Folder for _Trash:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:646 msgid "Choose a folder for deleted messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:655 msgid "Use a Real Folder for _Junk:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:656 msgid "Choose a folder for junk messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:673 msgid "Composing Messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:682 msgid "Alway_s carbon-copy (cc) to:" msgstr "ఎప్పుడు వీరకి కార్బన్-నకలే (cc)(_s):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:707 msgid "Always _blind carbon-copy (bcc) to:" msgstr "(_b) ఎప్పుడూ బ్లైండ్ కార్బన్-నకలే (bcc):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:742 msgid "Message Receipts" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:751 msgid "S_end message receipts:" msgstr "సందేశ రశీదులను పంపుము(_e):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:776 msgid "Never" msgstr "ఎప్పటికివద్దు" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:782 msgid "Always" msgstr "యెల్లప్పుడు" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:788 msgid "Ask for each message" msgstr "ప్రతి సందేశం కొరకు అడుగుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:859 msgid "Defaults" msgstr "అప్రమేయాలు" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:266 msgid "" "Please enter your name and email address below. The \"optional\" fields " "below do not need to be filled in, unless you wish to include this " "information in email you send." msgstr "" "దయచేసి క్రింద మీ పేరు మరియు ఈమెయిల్ చిరునామాను ప్రవేశపెట్టుము. క్రిందన ఉన్న " "\"ఐచ్చిక\" క్షేత్రాలు నింపవలిసిన అవసరంలేదు, మీరు ఈ సమాచారంను కూడా మీరు పంపే " "ఈమెయిల్ నందు చేర్చాలి అనుకుంటే తప్ప." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:294 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:324 msgid "Account Information" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:303 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:333 msgid "" "Type the name by which you would like to refer to this account.\n" "For example, \"Work\" or \"Personal\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:348 msgid "Required Information" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:357 msgid "Full Nam_e:" msgstr "పూర్తి నామం(_e):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:384 msgid "Email _Address:" msgstr "ఈ మెయిల్ చిరునామ(_A):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:431 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:26 msgid "Optional Information" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:440 msgid "Re_ply-To:" msgstr "వీరికి-ప్రత్యుత్తరము(_p):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:467 msgid "Or_ganization:" msgstr "నిర్వహణాసంస్థ(_g):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:522 msgid "Add Ne_w Signature..." msgstr "కొత్త సంతకాన్ని కలుపుము(_w)..." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-lookup-page.c:68 msgid "Looking up account details..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:485 msgid "Checking for New Mail" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:501 msgid "Check for _new messages every" msgstr "కొత్త సందేశాల కొరకు వెతుకుము (_n)" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:700 msgid "Receiving Options" msgstr "ఐచ్చికాలను తిరిగిపొందుతుంది" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-receiving-page.c:50 msgid "Receiving Email" msgstr "మెయిల్ ను తీసుకుంటోంది" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:260 #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:266 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:24 #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:114 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:47 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:91 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:16 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:653 msgid "General" msgstr "సాధారణ" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:269 msgid "_Do not sign meeting requests (for Outlook compatibility)" msgstr "సమావేశ అభ్యర్దనలను సతంకం చేయవద్దు(_D) (అవుట్‌లుక్ సారూప్యతకొరకు)" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:291 msgid "Pretty Good Privacy (OpenPGP)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:300 msgid "OpenPGP _Key ID:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:322 msgid "Si_gning algorithm:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:338 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:478 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:50 msgid "SHA1" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:341 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:481 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:51 msgid "SHA256" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:344 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:484 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:52 msgid "SHA384" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:347 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:487 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:53 msgid "SHA512" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:363 msgid "Al_ways sign outgoing messages when using this account" msgstr "" "ఈ ఖాతాను ఉపయోగించునప్పుడు ఎప్పుడూ బయటకువెళ్ళు సందేశాలను సంతకంచేయి(_w)" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:375 msgid "Always encrypt to _myself when sending encrypted messages" msgstr "" "ఎన్క్రిప్టెడ్ సందేశాలను పంపుతున్నప్పుడు ఎప్పుడూ నన్నూ ఎన్క్రిప్టుచేయుము (_m)" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:387 msgid "Always _trust keys in my keyring when encrypting" msgstr "" "ఎన్క్రిప్టింగ్ చేయుచున్నప్పడు ఎప్పడూ నా కీరింగ్ లోని కీలను నమ్ముము(_t)" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:411 msgid "Secure MIME (S/MIME)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:420 msgid "Sig_ning certificate:" msgstr "దృవీకరణపత్రం ను సతకంచేయుచున్నది(_n):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:444 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:550 msgid "Select" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:462 msgid "Signing _algorithm:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:503 msgid "Always sign outgoing messages when using this account" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:526 msgid "Encryption certificate:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:568 msgid "Always encrypt outgoing messages when using this account" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:588 msgid "Always encrypt to myself when sending encrypted messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-sending-page.c:50 msgid "Sending Email" msgstr "ఈమెయిల్ పంపిస్తున్నది" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-service-page.c:640 #| msgid "Server _Type: " msgid "Server _Type:" msgstr "సేవిక రకం (_T):" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:142 msgid "SSL" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:145 msgid "TLS" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:307 msgid "" "This is a summary of the settings which will be used to access your mail." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:372 msgid "Personal Details" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:381 msgid "Full Name:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:395 msgid "Email Address:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:409 msgid "Receiving" msgstr "స్వీకరించుచున్నది" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:421 msgid "Sending" msgstr "పంపుతోంది" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:433 msgid "Server Type:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:454 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:608 msgid "Server:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:475 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:697 msgid "Username:" msgstr "వాడుకరిపేరు:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:496 msgid "Security:" msgstr "రక్షణ:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:787 msgid "Account Summary" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-welcome-page.c:157 msgid "" "Welcome to the Evolution Mail Configuration Assistant.\n" "\n" "Click \"Continue\" to begin." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-welcome-page.c:167 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-startup-assistant.c:152 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "స్వాగతం" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-window.c:327 msgid "Account Editor" msgstr "ఖాతా కూర్పరి" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:96 msgid "_Add to Address Book..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:103 msgid "_To This Address" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:110 msgid "_From This Address" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:117 msgid "Send _Reply To..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:119 msgid "Send a reply message to this address" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:126 msgid "Create Search _Folder" msgstr "" #. Label + combo box has a 12px left margin so it's #. * aligned with the junk mail options above it. #: ../mail/e-mail-junk-options.c:252 msgid "Junk filtering software:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-dialog.c:225 msgid "_Label name:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:57 msgid "I_mportant" msgstr "ముఖ్యమైన(_m)" #. red #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:58 msgid "_Work" msgstr "పని(_W)" #. orange #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:59 msgid "_Personal" msgstr "వ్యక్తిగత(_P)" #. green #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:60 msgid "_To Do" msgstr "చేయుటకు(_T)" #. blue #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:61 msgid "_Later" msgstr "తరువాత(_L)" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-manager.c:170 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1030 msgid "Add Label" msgstr "లేబుల్ ను జతచేయుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-manager.c:221 msgid "Edit Label" msgstr "లేబుల్ పేరు" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-manager.c:353 msgid "" "Note: Underscore in the label name is used\n" "as mnemonic identifier in menu." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-tree-view.c:89 msgid "Color" msgstr "వర్ణము" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:167 msgid "Move selected headers to top" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:172 msgid "Move selected headers up one row" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:177 msgid "Move selected headers down one row" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:182 msgid "Move selected headers to bottom" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:187 msgid "Select all headers" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:206 msgid "Header Name" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:215 msgid "Header Value" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-printer.c:125 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:101 msgid "Headers" msgstr "పీఠికలు" #: ../mail/e-mail-printer.c:167 #, c-format msgid "Page %d of %d" msgstr "%2$d యొక్క పుట %1$d" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:351 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:12 msgid "Copy to Folder" msgstr "సంచయాన్ని నకలుతీయుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:351 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:518 msgid "C_opy" msgstr "నకలుతీయుము(_o)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:851 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:54 msgid "Move to Folder" msgstr "సంచయంకు కదుపుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:851 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:518 msgid "_Move" msgstr "జరుపు(_M)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1177 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1389 #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1429 msgid "_Do not ask me again." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1435 msgid "_Always ignore Reply-To: for mailing lists." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1637 msgid "Failed to retrieve message:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1677 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2842 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving message '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1865 msgid "A_dd Sender to Address Book" msgstr "చిరునామా పుస్తకానికి మెయిల్ పంపించువాన్ని జతపర్చు(_d)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1867 msgid "Add sender to address book" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1872 msgid "Check for _Junk" msgstr "నిరర్ధకం కొరకు పరిశీలించుము(_J)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1874 msgid "Filter the selected messages for junk status" msgstr "నిరర్ధకమైన వాటి స్థితి కొరు ఎంపికచేసిన సందేశాలను వడపోయుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1879 msgid "_Copy to Folder..." msgstr "సంచయంకు నకలుతీయుము(_C)..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1881 msgid "Copy selected messages to another folder" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న సందేశాలను వేరే సంచయానికి నకలు తీయుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1886 msgid "_Delete Message" msgstr "సందేశాన్ని తొలగించుము(_D)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1888 msgid "Mark the selected messages for deletion" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న సందేశాలను తొలగించుటకు గుర్తుపెట్టుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1893 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for Mailing _List..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1895 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages to this mailing list" msgstr "ఈ మెయిలింగ్ జాబితాకు సందేశాలను వడపోయుటకు నియమాన్ని సృష్టించుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1900 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for _Recipients..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1902 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages to these recipients" msgstr "ఈ స్వీకరణదారుల కు సందేశాలను వడపోయుటకు నియమం సృష్టించుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1907 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for Se_nder..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1909 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages from this sender" msgstr "ఈ పంపకందారి నుండి వచ్చు సందేశాలను వడపోయుటకు నియమాన్ని సృష్టించుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1914 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for _Subject..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1916 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages with this subject" msgstr "ఈ సంగతితో సందేశాలను వడపోయుటకు నియమాన్ని సృష్టించుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1921 msgid "A_pply Filters" msgstr "వడపోతలను ఆపాదించుము(_p)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1923 msgid "Apply filter rules to the selected messages" msgstr "ఎంపికచేసిన సందేశాలకు వడపోత నియమాలను ఆపాదించుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1928 msgid "_Find in Message..." msgstr "సందేశంలో కనుగొనుము(_F)..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1930 msgid "Search for text in the body of the displayed message" msgstr "ప్రదర్శించబడిన సందేశం ముఖ్యభాగములో పాఠ్యమును వెతుకుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1935 msgid "_Clear Flag" msgstr "ప్లాగ్ శుబ్రంచేయుము(_C)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1937 msgid "Remove the follow-up flag from the selected messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1942 msgid "_Flag Completed" msgstr "ఫ్లాగ్ పూర్తయినది(_F)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1944 msgid "Set the follow-up flag to completed on the selected messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1949 msgid "Follow _Up..." msgstr "అనుసరించు(_U)..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1951 msgid "Flag the selected messages for follow-up" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1956 msgid "_Attached" msgstr "జతపర్చిన(_A)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1958 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1965 msgid "Forward the selected message to someone as an attachment" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న సందేశాన్ని అనుబంధముగా ఒకరికి ముందుకు పంపుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1963 msgid "Forward As _Attached" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1970 msgid "_Inline" msgstr "ఇన్‌లైన్(_I)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1972 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1979 msgid "Forward the selected message in the body of a new message" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న సందేశాన్ని కొత్త సందేశములో ముఖ్యభాగములో ముందుకు పంపుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1977 msgid "Forward As _Inline" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1984 msgid "_Quoted" msgstr "కోటెడ్(_Q)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1986 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1993 msgid "Forward the selected message quoted like a reply" msgstr "ప్రత్యుత్రరంగా కోట్ చేసి ఎంపికచేసిన సందేశాన్ని ముందుకుపంపు" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1991 msgid "Forward As _Quoted" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1998 msgid "_Load Images" msgstr "చిత్రములను నింపుము(_L)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2000 msgid "Force images in HTML mail to be loaded" msgstr "HTML మెయిల్ నందు నింపుటకు చిత్రములను బలవంతపెట్టుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2005 msgid "_Important" msgstr "ముఖ్యమైన(_I)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2007 msgid "Mark the selected messages as important" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న సందేశాలను ముఖ్యమైనవిగా గుర్తుపెట్టుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2012 msgid "_Junk" msgstr "నిరర్ధకం(_J)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2014 msgid "Mark the selected messages as junk" msgstr "ఎంచిన సందేశాలను నిరర్దకమైన వాటిగా గుర్తుంచుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2019 msgid "_Not Junk" msgstr "నిరర్ధకంకాదు(_N)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2021 msgid "Mark the selected messages as not being junk" msgstr "ఎంచిన సందేశాలను నిరర్ధకంకాని వాటివలె గుర్తుంచుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2026 msgid "_Read" msgstr "చదువుము(_R)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2028 msgid "Mark the selected messages as having been read" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న సందేశాలను చదవబదినవిగా గుర్తుపెట్టుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2033 msgid "Uni_mportant" msgstr "సాధారణమైన(_m)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2035 msgid "Mark the selected messages as unimportant" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న సందేశాలు ముఖ్యము కానివిగా గుర్తుపెట్టు" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2040 msgid "_Unread" msgstr "చదవకుండా ఉన్నవి(_U)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2042 msgid "Mark the selected messages as not having been read" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న సందేశాలు చదవబడనివిగా గుర్తుపెట్టు" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2047 msgid "_Edit as New Message..." msgstr "కొత్త సందేశం లాగా సరిచేయుము(_E)..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2049 msgid "Open the selected messages in the composer for editing" msgstr "ఎంపికచేసిన సందేశాలను కూర్పరినందు సరిచేయుట కొరకు తెరువుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2054 msgid "Compose _New Message" msgstr "కొత్త సందేశం ను కూర్చుము(_N)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2056 msgid "Open a window for composing a mail message" msgstr "మెయిల్ సందేశాన్ని కూర్చుటకు విండోను తెరువుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2061 msgid "_Open in New Window" msgstr "కొత్త గవాక్షము లో తెరువుము(_O)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2063 msgid "Open the selected messages in a new window" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న సందేశాలను కొత్త గవాక్షములో తెరువుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2068 msgid "_Move to Folder..." msgstr "సంచయంకు కదుపుము(_M)..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2070 msgid "Move selected messages to another folder" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న సందేశాలను వేరొక సంచయానికి జరుపుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2075 msgid "_Next Message" msgstr "తరువాతి సందేశం(_N)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2077 msgid "Display the next message" msgstr "తరువాతి సందేశాన్ని ప్రదర్శించుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2082 msgid "Next _Important Message" msgstr "తరువాతి ముఖ్య సందేశం(_I)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2084 msgid "Display the next important message" msgstr "తరువాతి ముఖ్య సందేశాన్ని ప్రదర్శించుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2089 msgid "Next _Thread" msgstr "తరువాతి తంతి(_T)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2091 msgid "Display the next thread" msgstr "తరువాతి తంతికి ప్రదర్శించుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2096 msgid "Next _Unread Message" msgstr "తరువాతి చదవబడని సందేశం(_U)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2098 msgid "Display the next unread message" msgstr "తరువాతి చదవబడని సందేశాన్ని ప్రదర్శించుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2103 msgid "_Previous Message" msgstr "పూర్వపు సందేశం(_P)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2105 msgid "Display the previous message" msgstr "పూర్వపు సందేశాన్ని ప్రదర్శించుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2110 msgid "Pr_evious Important Message" msgstr "పూర్వపు ముఖ్య సందేశం(_e)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2112 msgid "Display the previous important message" msgstr "పూర్వపు ముఖ్య సందేశాన్ని ప్రదర్శించుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2117 msgid "Previous T_hread" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2119 msgid "Display the previous thread" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2124 msgid "P_revious Unread Message" msgstr "పూర్వపు చదవబడిన సందేశం(_r)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2126 msgid "Display the previous unread message" msgstr "పూర్వపు చదవబడని సందేశాన్ని ప్రదర్శించుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2133 msgid "Print this message" msgstr "ఈ సందేశాన్ని ముద్రించుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2140 msgid "Preview the message to be printed" msgstr "ముద్రించాల్సిన సందేశాన్ని పున:దర్శనం చేయుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2145 msgid "Re_direct" msgstr "తిరిగినిర్దేశించుము(_d)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2147 msgid "Redirect (bounce) the selected message to someone" msgstr "ఎంపికచేసిన సందేశంను ఎవరోఒకిరికి తిరిగినిర్దేశించుము(bounce)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2152 msgid "Remo_ve Attachments" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2154 msgid "Remove attachments" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2159 msgid "Remove Du_plicate Messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2161 msgid "Checks selected messages for duplicates" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2166 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:27 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1547 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:214 msgid "Reply to _All" msgstr "అందరికి ప్రత్యుత్తరముఇవ్వు(_A)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2168 msgid "Compose a reply to all the recipients of the selected message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2173 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:25 msgid "Reply to _List" msgstr "జాబితాకి ప్రత్యుత్తరం(_L)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2175 msgid "Compose a reply to the mailing list of the selected message" msgstr "ఎంపికచేసిన సందేశం యొక్క మెయిలింగ్ జాబితా కు ప్రత్యుత్తరము కూర్చుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2180 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:221 msgid "_Reply to Sender" msgstr "పంపకందారుకు ప్రత్యుత్తరం(_R)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2182 msgid "Compose a reply to the sender of the selected message" msgstr "ఎంపికచేసన సందేశం పంపినవానికి ప్రత్యుత్తరం కూర్చుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2187 msgid "_Save as mbox..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2189 msgid "Save selected messages as an mbox file" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2194 msgid "_Message Source" msgstr "సందేశం మూలం(_M)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2196 msgid "Show the raw email source of the message" msgstr "సందేశం ముడివనరుని ఈ మెయిల్ ద్వారా చూపుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2208 msgid "_Undelete Message" msgstr "సందేశాన్ని తొలగించవద్దు(_U)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2210 msgid "Undelete the selected messages" msgstr "ఎంపిక చేసుకున్న సందేశాలని తొలగించవద్దు" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2215 msgid "_Normal Size" msgstr "సాధారణ పరిమాణం(_N)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2217 msgid "Reset the text to its original size" msgstr "పాఠ్యమును అసలైన పరిమాణానికి పున:అమర్చుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2222 msgid "_Zoom In" msgstr "జూమ్ లోపలికి(_Z)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2224 msgid "Increase the text size" msgstr "పాఠ్య పరిమాణాన్ని పెంచుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2229 msgid "Zoom _Out" msgstr "జూమ్ వెలుపలకి(_O)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2231 msgid "Decrease the text size" msgstr "పాఠ్య పరిమాణాన్ని తగ్గించుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2238 msgid "Cre_ate" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2245 msgid "Ch_aracter Encoding" msgstr "అక్షర సంకేతరచన(_a)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2252 msgid "F_orward As" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2259 msgid "_Group Reply" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2266 msgid "_Go To" msgstr "వెళ్ళు(_G)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2273 msgid "Mar_k As" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2280 msgid "_Message" msgstr "సందేశం(_M)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2287 msgid "_Zoom" msgstr "జూమ్(_Z)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2297 msgid "Create a Search Folder from Mailing _List..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2299 msgid "Create a search folder for this mailing list" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2304 msgid "Create a Search Folder from Recipien_ts..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2306 msgid "Create a search folder for these recipients" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2311 msgid "Create a Search Folder from Sen_der..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2313 msgid "Create a search folder for this sender" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2318 msgid "Create a Search Folder from S_ubject..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2320 msgid "Create a search folder for this subject" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2343 msgid "Mark for Follo_w Up..." msgstr "అనుసరించుట కొరకు గుర్తుంచుము(_w)..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2351 msgid "Mark as _Important" msgstr "ముఖ్యమైన దానివలె గుర్తించుము(_I)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2355 msgid "Mark as _Junk" msgstr "నిరర్ధకమైన దానివలె గుర్తించుము(_J)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2359 msgid "Mark as _Not Junk" msgstr "నిరర్ధకం కానిదానివలె గుర్తించుము(_N)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2363 msgid "Mar_k as Read" msgstr "చదివినదానివలె గుర్తించుము(_k)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2367 msgid "Mark as Uni_mportant" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2371 msgid "Mark as _Unread" msgstr "చదవనిదానివలె గర్తించుము(_U)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2415 msgid "_Caret Mode" msgstr "అక్షరరీతి(_C)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2417 msgid "Show a blinking cursor in the body of displayed messages" msgstr "ప్రదర్శించబడిన సందేశాల ముఖ్యభాగములో మిణుగురు ములుకును చూపించుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2423 msgid "All Message _Headers" msgstr "అన్ని సందేశ పీఠికలు(_H)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2425 msgid "Show messages with all email headers" msgstr "ఈ మెయిల్ పీఠికలతో సందేశాలను చూపుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2848 msgid "Retrieving message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3770 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:207 msgid "_Forward" msgstr "ముందుకుపంపు(_F)" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3771 msgid "Forward the selected message to someone" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న సందేశాన్ని ఒకరికి ముందుకు పంపుము" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3790 msgid "Group Reply" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3791 msgid "Reply to the mailing list, or to all recipients" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3857 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:15 msgid "Delete" msgstr "తొలగించు" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3869 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1372 msgid "Next" msgstr "తరువాతి" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3873 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1365 msgid "Previous" msgstr "పూర్వపు" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3882 ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:15 msgid "Reply" msgstr "సమాధానం" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:151 msgid "Do not warn me again" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:976 msgid "Printing" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a folder #. * name %u with count of duplicate messages. #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:1211 #, c-format msgid "" "Folder '%s' contains %u duplicate message. Are you sure you want to delete " "it?" msgid_plural "" "Folder '%s' contains %u duplicate messages. Are you sure you want to delete " "them?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:2026 msgid "Save Message" msgid_plural "Save Messages" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Translators: This is part of a suggested file name #. * used when saving a message or multiple messages to #. * mbox format, when the first message doesn't have a #. * subject. The extension ".mbox" is appended to the #. * string; for example "Message.mbox". #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:2047 msgid "Message" msgid_plural "Messages" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:2416 msgid "Parsing message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-request.c:197 msgid "The message has no text content." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-tag-editor.c:238 msgid "Flag to Follow Up" msgstr "అనుసరించుటకు ప్లాగ్" #. Note to translators: this is the attribution string used #. * when quoting messages. Each ${Variable} gets replaced #. * with a value. To see a full list of available variables, #. * see mail/em-composer-utils.c:attribvars array. #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:1372 msgid "" "On ${AbbrevWeekdayName}, ${Year}-${Month}-${Day} at ${24Hour}:${Minute} " "${TimeZone}, ${Sender} wrote:" msgstr "" "${AbbrevWeekdayName}, ${Year}-${Month}-${Day} at ${24Hour}:${Minute} " "${TimeZone} నాడు, ${Sender} వ్రాశారు:" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:1378 msgid "-------- Forwarded Message --------" msgstr "-------- ముందుకు పంపబడినసందేశం --------" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:1383 msgid "-----Original Message-----" msgstr "-----వాస్తన సందేశం-----" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:2528 msgid "an unknown sender" msgstr "తెలియని పంపకదారు" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:2949 msgid "Posting destination" msgstr "గమ్యాన్ని పోస్టుచేస్తున్నది" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:2950 msgid "Choose folders to post the message to." msgstr "సందేశాన్ని పోస్టుచేయుటకు సంచయాలను ఎంచుకొనుము." #: ../mail/em-filter-editor-folder-element.c:157 msgid "Select Folder" msgstr "సంచయాన్ని ఎంపికచేసుకొనుము" #. Automatically generated. Do not edit. #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:2 msgid "Adjust Score" msgstr "స్కోరును సర్దుబాటుచేయి" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:3 msgid "Any header" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:4 msgid "Assign Color" msgstr "వర్ణమును చేర్చుము" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:5 msgid "Assign Score" msgstr "స్కోరును చేర్చుము" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:7 msgid "BCC" msgstr "BCC" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:8 msgid "Beep" msgstr "బీప్" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:9 msgid "CC" msgstr "CC" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:10 msgid "Completed On" msgstr "పై ముగించబడింది" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:13 msgid "Date received" msgstr "తారీఖు తీసుకొనబడినది" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:14 msgid "Date sent" msgstr "తారీఖు పంపబడినది" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:16 msgid "Deleted" msgstr "తొలగించబడింది" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:18 msgid "does not end with" msgstr "తో ముగియదు" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:19 msgid "does not exist" msgstr "ఉనికిలేదు" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:20 msgid "does not have words" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:21 msgid "does not return" msgstr "తిరిగిరాదు" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:22 msgid "does not sound like" msgstr "అలా ఉండుటలేదు" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:23 msgid "does not start with" msgstr "తో ప్రారంభమగుటలేదు" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:25 msgid "Draft" msgstr "డ్రాఫ్ట్" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:26 msgid "ends with" msgstr "తో ముగింపు" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:28 msgid "exists" msgstr "ఉన్నాయి" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:29 msgid "Expression" msgstr "ఎక్సప్రెషన్" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:30 msgid "Follow Up" msgstr "అనుసరించు" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:31 #| msgid "Forward" msgid "Forward to" msgstr "దీనికి ఫార్వార్డుచేయి" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:32 msgid "has words" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:33 msgid "Important" msgstr "ముఖ్యమైన" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:35 msgid "is after" msgstr "ఇక తర్వాత" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:36 msgid "is before" msgstr "ఇంతకుముందు" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:37 msgid "is Flagged" msgstr "ప్లాగ్‌డ్" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:41 msgid "is not Flagged" msgstr "ప్లాగ్‌డ్ కాదు" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:42 msgid "is not set" msgstr "అమర్చ లేదు" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:43 msgid "is set" msgstr "అమర్చ బడింది" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:44 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:108 msgid "Junk" msgstr "నిరర్దకమైన" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:45 msgid "Junk Test" msgstr "నిరర్దకమైన పరిశీలన" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:46 msgid "Label" msgstr "లేబుల్" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:47 msgid "Mailing list" msgstr "మెయిలింగ్ జాబితా" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:48 msgid "Match All" msgstr "అన్నిటిని సరిపోల్చు" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:49 msgid "Message Body" msgstr "సందేశం ముఖ్యభాగం" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:50 msgid "Message Header" msgstr "సందేశం పీఠిక" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:51 msgid "Message is Junk" msgstr "సందేశం నిరర్ధకమైనది" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:52 msgid "Message is not Junk" msgstr "సందేశం నిరర్ధకమైనది కాదు" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:53 #| msgid "Message contains" msgid "Message Location" msgstr "సందేశం స్థానము" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:55 msgid "Pipe to Program" msgstr "ప్రోగ్రామ్ కు పైప్" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:56 msgid "Play Sound" msgstr "సౌండ్ ను నడుపుము" #. Past tense, as in "has been read". #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:57 ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:14 msgid "Read" msgstr "చదువుము" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:58 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:16 msgid "Recipients" msgstr "స్వీకరించువారు" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:59 msgid "Regex Match" msgstr "Regex జోడి" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:60 msgid "Replied to" msgstr "వీరికి ప్రత్యుత్తరము" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:61 msgid "returns" msgstr "ప్రతిస్పందనలు" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:62 msgid "returns greater than" msgstr "వీటికన్నా ఎక్కువ ప్రతిస్పందనలు" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:63 msgid "returns less than" msgstr "వీటికన్నా తక్కువ ప్రతిస్పందనలు" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:64 msgid "Run Program" msgstr "ప్రోగ్రామ్ ను నడుపుము" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:65 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:3 msgid "Score" msgstr "స్కోర్" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:66 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:15 msgid "Sender" msgstr "పంపినవాడు" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:67 #| msgid "Send Receipt" msgid "Sender or Recipients" msgstr "పంపేవారు లేదా స్వీకరించేవారు" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:68 msgid "Set Label" msgstr "లేబుల్ ను అమర్చు" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:69 msgid "Set Status" msgstr "స్థితిని అమర్చు" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:70 msgid "Size (kB)" msgstr "పరిమాణం(KB)" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:71 msgid "sounds like" msgstr "ఇలా అనిపిస్తోంది" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:72 msgid "Source Account" msgstr "స్కోర్ ఖాతా" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:73 msgid "Specific header" msgstr "తెలుపబడిన పీఠిక" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:74 msgid "starts with" msgstr "తో ప్రారంభం" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:76 msgid "Stop Processing" msgstr "కార్యక్రమాన్ని ఆపుము" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:79 msgid "Unset Color" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:80 msgid "Unset Status" msgstr "అమర్చని స్థితి" #. and now for the action area #: ../mail/em-filter-rule.c:583 msgid "Then" msgstr "అప్పుడు" #: ../mail/em-filter-rule.c:648 msgid "Add Ac_tion" msgstr "చర్యను జతచేయుము(_t)" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:145 msgid "Unread messages:" msgid_plural "Unread messages:" msgstr[0] "చదువని సందేశం:" msgstr[1] "చదువని సందేశాలు:" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:156 msgid "Total messages:" msgid_plural "Total messages:" msgstr[0] "మొత్తం సందేశాలు:" msgstr[1] "మొత్తం సందేశాలు:" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:177 #, c-format msgid "Quota usage (%s):" msgstr "కేటాయింపు వినియోగము (%s):" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:179 #, c-format msgid "Quota usage" msgstr "కోటా వుపయోగం:" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:347 msgid "Folder Properties" msgstr "సంచయం లక్షణాలు" #: ../mail/em-folder-selection-button.c:80 msgid "" msgstr "<సంచయం ను ఎంపికచేసుకొనుటకు ఇక్కడ నొక్కండి>" #: ../mail/em-folder-selector.c:390 msgid "C_reate" msgstr "సృష్టించుము (_r)" #: ../mail/em-folder-selector.c:396 msgid "Folder _name:" msgstr "సంచయం పేరు(_n):" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:644 msgid "Folder names cannot contain '/'" msgstr "సంచయపేరులు '/' ను కలిగిఉండలేవు" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:781 #, c-format #| msgctxt "folder-display" #| msgid "%s (%u)" msgctxt "folder-display" msgid "%s (%u%s)" msgstr "%s (%u%s)" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:1609 msgid "Mail Folder Tree" msgstr "మెయిల్ సంచయం వృక్షం" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2179 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:112 #, c-format msgid "Moving folder %s" msgstr "కదులుతున్న సంచయం %s" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2182 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:114 #, c-format msgid "Copying folder %s" msgstr "నకలుతీయుతున్న సంచయం %s" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2189 ../mail/message-list.c:2280 #, c-format msgid "Moving messages into folder %s" msgstr "సందేశాలను సంచయం %s లోకి కదుపుతున్నది" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2193 ../mail/message-list.c:2282 #, c-format msgid "Copying messages into folder %s" msgstr "సందేశాలను సంచయం %s లోకి కదుపుతున్నది" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2212 #, c-format msgid "Cannot drop message(s) into toplevel store" msgstr "సందేశము(ల)ను పైస్థాయి నిల్వకు వదులలేము" #. UNMATCHED is always last. #: ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:176 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:178 msgid "UNMATCHED" msgstr "జతకాని" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:873 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:1170 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "నింపబడుతున్న..." #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:519 msgid "Move Folder To" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:519 msgid "Copy Folder To" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:617 msgid "Create Folder" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:618 msgid "Specify where to create the folder:" msgstr "సంచయంను ఎక్కడ సృష్టించాలో తెలియజేయుము:" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:867 msgid "_Subscribe" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:876 msgid "Su_bscribe To Shown" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:884 msgid "Subscribe To _All" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:981 ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1875 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1641 msgid "_Unsubscribe" msgstr "చందావిరమించుము(_U)" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:990 msgid "Unsu_bscribe From Hidden" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:998 msgid "Unsubscribe From _All" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1712 msgid "Folder Subscriptions" msgstr "సచయం చందాలు" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1751 msgid "_Account:" msgstr "ఖాతా(_A):" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1764 msgid "Clear Search" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1781 msgid "Sho_w items that contain:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1828 msgid "Subscribe to the selected folder" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1829 msgid "Su_bscribe" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1874 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1643 msgid "Unsubscribe from the selected folder" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1914 msgid "Collapse all folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1915 msgid "C_ollapse All" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1925 msgid "Expand all folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1926 msgid "E_xpand All" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1936 msgid "Refresh the folder list" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1948 msgid "Stop the current operation" msgstr "" #. Translators: This message is shown only for ten or more #. * messages to be opened. The %d is replaced with the actual #. * count of messages. If you need a '%' in your text, then #. * write it doubled, like '%%'. #: ../mail/em-utils.c:86 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to open %d message at once?" msgid_plural "Are you sure you want to open %d messages at once?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../mail/em-utils.c:142 #: ../modules/mailto-handler/evolution-mailto-handler.c:150 msgid "_Do not show this message again" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-utils.c:252 msgid "Message Filters" msgstr "సందేశం వడపోతలు" #: ../mail/em-utils.c:982 #, c-format msgid "Messages from %s" msgstr "%s నుండి సందేశాలు" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor.c:105 msgid "Search _Folders" msgstr "సంచయాలను శోధించుము(_F)" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:397 msgid "Add Folder" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:523 msgid "Search Folder Sources" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:555 msgid "Automatically update on any _source folder change" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:567 msgid "All local folders" msgstr "అన్ని స్థానిక సంచయాలు" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:568 msgid "All active remote folders" msgstr "అన్ని క్రియాశీల దూరస్థ సంచయంలు" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:569 msgid "All local and active remote folders" msgstr "అన్ని స్థానిక మరియు క్రియాశీల దూరస్థ సంచయములు" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:570 msgid "Specific folders" msgstr "నిర్దేశిత సంచయాలు" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:608 msgid "include subfolders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:178 msgid "Importing Elm data" msgstr "Elm డాటాను దిగుమతిచేస్తోంది" #: ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:378 msgid "Evolution Elm importer" msgstr "ఎవాల్యూషన్ Elm దిగుమతిదారి" #: ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:379 msgid "Import mail from Elm." msgstr "Elm నుండి మెయిల్ ను దిగుమతి చేయుము." #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:140 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:250 msgid "_Destination folder:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:146 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:256 #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:545 msgid "Select folder" msgstr "సంచయంను ఎంపికచేసుకొనుము" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:147 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:257 #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:546 msgid "Select folder to import into" msgstr "దీనిలోకి దిగుమతిచేయుటకు సంచయంను ఎంపికచేయుము" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:437 msgctxt "mboxImp" msgid "Subject" msgstr "" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:442 msgctxt "mboxImp" msgid "From" msgstr "" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:486 #: ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:172 msgid "Berkeley Mailbox (mbox)" msgstr "బెర్కెలి మెయిల్‌బాక్స్ (mbox)" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:487 msgid "Importer Berkeley Mailbox format folders" msgstr "దిగుమతిదారి బెర్కెలి మెయిల్‌పెట్టె రూపం సంచయాలు" #: ../mail/importers/mail-importer.c:63 msgid "Importing mailbox" msgstr "మెయిల్‌పెట్టెను దిగుమతిచేస్తోంది" #. Destination folder, was set in our widget #: ../mail/importers/mail-importer.c:153 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:612 #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:764 #, c-format msgid "Importing '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../mail/importers/mail-importer.c:316 #, c-format msgid "Scanning %s" msgstr "%s ను స్కానింగ్ చేస్తోంది" #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:252 msgid "Importing Pine data" msgstr "పైన్ డాటాను దిగుమతిచేస్తోంది" #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:479 msgid "Evolution Pine importer" msgstr "ఎవాల్యూషన్ పైన్ దిగుమతిదారి" #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:480 msgid "Import mail from Pine." msgstr "పైన్ నుండి మెయిల్ దిగుమతిచేయుము." #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:70 #, c-format msgid "Mail to %s" msgstr "%s కు మెయిల్ చేయుము" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:226 ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:269 #, c-format msgid "Mail from %s" msgstr "%s నుండి మెయిల్" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:252 #, c-format msgid "Subject is %s" msgstr "సంగతి %s" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:293 #, c-format msgid "%s mailing list" msgstr "%s మెయిలింగ్ జాబితా" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:403 msgid "Add Filter Rule" msgstr "వడపోత నియమాన్ని జతచేయుము" #. Translators: The first %s is name of the affected #. * filter rule(s), the second %s is URI of the removed #. * folder. For more than one filter rule is each of #. * them on a separate line, with four spaces in front #. * of its name, without quotes. #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:512 #, c-format msgid "" "The filter rule \"%s\" has been modified to account for the deleted folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgid_plural "" "The following filter rules\n" "%s have been modified to account for the deleted folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:1 msgid "Set custom junk header" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:2 msgid "" "All new emails with header that matches given content will be automatically " "filtered as junk" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:3 msgid "Header name" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:4 msgid "Header content" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:5 msgid "Default Behavior" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:6 msgid "For_mat messages in HTML" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:7 msgid "Automatically insert _emoticon images" msgstr "స్వయంచాలకంగా emoticon చిత్రాలను చేర్చుము (_e)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:8 msgid "Always request rea_d receipt" msgstr "ఎప్పుడూ చదివిన రశీదు ను అభ్యర్ధించుము(_d)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:9 msgid "Encode filenames in an _Outlook/GMail way" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:10 msgid "Ch_aracter encoding:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:11 msgid "Replies and Forwards" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:12 msgid "_Reply style:" msgstr "ప్రత్యుత్తరము శైలి(_R):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:13 msgid "_Forward style:" msgstr "ముందుకుపంపు శైలి(_F):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:14 msgid "Start _typing at the bottom on replying" msgstr "జవాబుయిచ్చునప్పుడు క్రిందన టైపుచేయుట ప్రారంభించుము (_t)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:15 msgid "_Keep signature above the original message on replying" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:16 msgid "Ig_nore Reply-To: for mailing lists" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:17 msgid "Gro_up Reply goes only to mailing list, if possible" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:18 msgid "Digitally _sign messages when original message signed (PGP or S/MIME)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:19 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Attachment" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:20 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Inline (Outlook style)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:21 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Quoted" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:22 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Do Not Quote" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:23 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Inline" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:25 msgid "Sig_natures" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:26 msgid "Signatures" msgstr "సంతకాలు" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:27 msgid "_Languages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:28 msgid "Languages Table" msgstr "భాషాల పట్టిక" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:29 msgid "" "The list of languages here reflects only the languages for which you have a " "dictionary installed." msgstr "" "మీరు ఏ భాషల కొరకైతే నిఘంటువులను సంస్థాపించారో ఆ భాషలు మాత్రమే ఈ భాషల " "జాబితానందు ప్రతిబింబిస్తాయి." #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:31 msgid "Check spelling while I _type" msgstr "నేను టైపు చేస్తున్నప్పుడే స్పెల్లింగ్ ను పరిశీలించుము(_t)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:32 msgid "Color for _misspelled words:" msgstr "తప్పుగా స్పెల్‌చేసిన పదాలకొరకు వర్ణము(_m):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:33 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:58 msgid "Pick a color" msgstr "వర్ణను ను తీసుకొనుము" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:34 msgid "Spell Checking" msgstr "స్పెల్ పరిశీలన" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:35 msgid "" "To help avoid email accidents and embarrassments, ask for confirmation " "before taking the following checkmarked actions:" msgstr "" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:37 msgid "Sending a message with an _empty subject line" msgstr "" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:39 msgid "Sending a message with only _Bcc recipients defined" msgstr "" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:41 msgid "Sending a _private reply to a mailing list message" msgstr "" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:43 msgid "Sending a reply to a large _number of recipients" msgstr "" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:45 msgid "Allowing a _mailing list to redirect a private reply to the list" msgstr "" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:47 msgid "Sending a message with _recipients not entered as mail addresses" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:48 msgid "Confirmations" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:54 ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:1 msgid "a" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:55 ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:2 msgid "b" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:56 msgid "Proxy Settings" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:57 msgid "_Use system defaults" msgstr "సిస్టమ్ అప్రమేయాలను వుపయోగించు (_U)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:58 msgid "_Direct connection to the Internet" msgstr "ఇంటర్నెట్‌కు నేరుగా అనుసంధానం (_D)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:59 msgid "_Manual proxy configuration:" msgstr "మానవీయ ప్రోక్సీ ఆకృతీకరణ (_M):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:60 msgid "H_TTP Proxy:" msgstr "H_TTP ప్రోక్సీ:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:61 msgid "_Secure HTTP Proxy:" msgstr "రక్షిత HTTP ప్రోక్సీ (_S):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:62 msgid "SOC_KS Proxy:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:63 msgid "No _Proxy for:" msgstr "(_P) దీనికొరకు ప్రోక్సీలేదు:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:64 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:614 msgid "Port:" msgstr "పోర్టు:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:65 msgid "Use Authe_ntication" msgstr "ధృవీకరణను వుపయోగించుము (_n)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:66 msgid "Us_ername:" msgstr "(_e) వినియోగదారి పేరు:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:67 msgid "Pass_word:" msgstr "సంకేతపదం (_w):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:68 msgid "Start up" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:69 msgid "Check for new _messages on start" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:70 msgid "Check for new messa_ges in all active accounts" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:71 msgid "Message Display" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:72 msgid "_Use the same fonts as other applications" msgstr "ఇతర అనువర్తనంలలాగా అవే ఫాంటులను ఉపయోగించుము(_U)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:73 msgid "S_tandard Font:" msgstr "ప్రామాణిక ఫాంటు(_t):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:74 msgid "Select HTML fixed width font" msgstr "HTML నిర్ధారిత వెడల్పు ఫాంటును ఎంపికచేయుము" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:75 msgid "Select HTML variable width font" msgstr "HTML వేరియబుల్ వెడల్పు ఫాంటును ఎంపికచేయుము" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:76 msgid "Fix_ed Width Font:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:77 msgid "_Mark messages as read after" msgstr "దీనితర్వాత సందేశాలను చదివినట్లు గర్తుంచు(_M)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:79 msgid "Highlight _quotations with" msgstr "కొటేషన్లను వీటితో ఉద్దీపనంచేయుము(_q)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:80 msgid "color" msgstr "వర్ణము" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:81 msgid "Default character e_ncoding:" msgstr "అప్రమేయ అక్షర ఎన్కోడింగ్(_n):" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:82 msgid "Apply the same _view settings to all folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:83 msgid "F_all back to threading messages by subject" msgstr "సంగతి ద్వారా తంతీకరణ సందేశాలకు తిరిగివెళ్ళుము (_a)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:84 msgid "Delete Mail" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:85 msgid "Empty _trash folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:86 msgid "Confirm _when expunging a folder" msgstr "ఒక సంచయాన్ని కొట్టివేయుచున్నప్పడు నిర్ధారించుకొనుము(_w)" #. If enabled, show animation; if disabled, only display a static image without any animation #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:88 msgid "_Show animated images" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:89 msgid "_Prompt on sending HTML mail to contacts that do not want them" msgstr "HTML సందేశాలను వాటిని కోరని పరిచయాలకు పంపుతున్నప్పుడు అడుగుము (_P)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:90 msgid "Loading Images" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:91 msgid "_Never load images from the Internet" msgstr "చిత్రాలను ఇంటర్నెట్ నుండి ఎప్పుడు నింపవద్దు(_N)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:92 msgid "_Load images only in messages from contacts" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:93 msgid "_Always load images from the Internet" msgstr "ఎల్లప్పుడు చిత్రాలను ఇంటర్నెట్ నుండి లోడుచేయుము(_A)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:94 msgid "HTML Messages" msgstr "HTML సందేశాలు" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:95 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:19 msgid "Labels" msgstr "లేబుళ్ళు" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:96 msgid "Sender Photograph" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:97 msgid "_Show the photograph of sender in the message preview" msgstr "సందేశం ఉపదర్శనంలో పంపకందారి యొక్క ఛాయాచిత్రంను చూపుము (_S)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:98 msgid "Displayed Message Headers" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:99 msgid "Mail Headers Table" msgstr "మెయిల్ పీఠికల పట్టిక" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:100 #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:117 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:54 #| msgid "Date/Time" msgid "Date/Time Format" msgstr "తారీఖు/సమయం ఫార్మాట్" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:102 msgid "Check incoming _messages for junk" msgstr "లోనిక వస్తున్న సందేశాలను నిరర్ధకం కొరకు పరిశీలించుము" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:103 msgid "_Delete junk messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:104 msgid "Check cu_stom headers for junk" msgstr "నిరర్ధకం కొరకు ములుచుకున్న పీఠికలను పరిశీలించుము (_s)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:105 msgid "Do not mar_k messages as junk if sender is in my address book" msgstr "" "పంపకందారు నాచిరునామా పుస్తంకంలో వుంటే సందేశాలను నిరర్ధకంగా గుర్తించవద్దు (_k)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:106 msgid "_Lookup in local address book only" msgstr "స్థానిక చిరునామా పుస్తకంనందు మాత్రమే చూడుము (_L)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:107 msgid "Option is ignored if a match for custom junk headers is found." msgstr "" "మలుచుకున్న నిరర్ధకం పీఠికలకు జోడి కనబడినట్లైతే ఈ ఐచ్చికం పట్టించుకోబడదు." #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:109 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:225 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:159 msgid "No encryption" msgstr "ఎన్క్రిప్షన్ లేదు" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:110 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "TLS ఎన్క్రిప్షన్" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:111 msgid "SSL encryption" msgstr "SSL ఎన్క్రిప్షన్" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:1 msgid "" "The messages you have selected for follow up are listed below.\n" "Please select a follow up action from the \"Flag\" menu." msgstr "" "అనుసరించుటకు మీరు ఎంచుకున్న సందేశాలు క్రిందన జాబితా చేయబడినవి.\n" "\"ఫ్లాగ్\" మెనూ నుండి అనుసరించవలిసిన చర్యను దయచేసి ఎంపికచేయుము." #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:3 msgid "_Flag:" msgstr "ప్లాగ్(_F):" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:4 msgid "_Due By:" msgstr "పూర్వ నిర్ణీతం(_D):" #. Translators: Flag Completed #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:6 msgid "Co_mpleted" msgstr "పూర్తేనది(_m)" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:7 msgid "Call" msgstr "కా" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:8 msgid "Do Not Forward" msgstr "ముందుకు పంపవద్దు" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:9 msgid "Follow-Up" msgstr "అనుసరించు" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:10 msgid "For Your Information" msgstr "మీ సమాచారం కొరకు" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:11 msgid "Forward" msgstr "ముందు" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:12 msgid "No Response Necessary" msgstr "ఏ ప్రతిస్పందన అవసరంలేదు" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:16 msgid "Reply to All" msgstr "అన్నిట్టికి సమాధానం ఇవ్వు" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:17 msgid "Review" msgstr "పరిశీలించు" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:18 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "లైసెన్సు ఒప్పందం" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:19 msgid "_Tick this to accept the license agreement" msgstr "లైసెన్సు ఒప్పందాన్ని ఆమోదించుటకు దీనిని టిక్‌చేయుము(_T)" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:20 msgid "_Accept License" msgstr "లైసెన్సు ని ఆమోదించు(_A)" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:21 msgid "Security Information" msgstr "రక్షణ సమాచారం" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:22 msgid "Digital Signature" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:23 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Invalid authentication" msgstr "సరికాని దృవీకరణ" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This server does not support this type of authentication and may not support " "authentication at all." msgstr "" "ఈ సేవిక ఈ రకమైన దృవీకరణకు మద్దతునీయదు మరియు దృవీకరణను ఎప్పటికి " "మద్దతునీయకపోవచ్చు." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Your login to your server \"{0}\" as \"{0}\" failed." msgstr "మీ సేవిక \"{0}\"కు \"{0}\"లాగా మీలాగిన్ విఫలమైంది." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Check to make sure your password is spelled correctly. Remember that many " "passwords are case sensitive; your caps lock might be on." msgstr "" "మీ సంకేతపదం సరిగా స్పెల్‌చేయబడిందేమో పరిశీలించుము. సంకేతపదాలు చిన్నపెద్దబడి " "తేడాను కిలిగఉన్నాయని గర్తుంచుకోండి; మీ కాప్స్ లాక్ ఆన్అయి ఉండవచ్చు." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message in HTML format?" msgstr "మీరు ఖచ్చితంగా సందేశం ను HTML రూపం లో పంపుదామని అనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "Please make sure the following recipients are willing and able to receive " "HTML email:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" "దయచేసి క్రిందని ఉన్న స్వీకరణదారులు HTML ఈమెయిల్‌ను పొందగలుగునట్లు మరియు " "పొందగోరునట్లు చూసుకొనుము:\n" "{0}" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message without a subject?" msgstr "మీరు ఖచ్చితంగా సంగతి లేకుండా ఒక సందేశాన్ని పంపాలని అనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:10 msgid "" "Adding a meaningful Subject line to your messages will give your recipients " "an idea of what your mail is about." msgstr "" "మీ సందేశాలకు అర్దవంతమైన సంగతిపంక్తిని కలుపుటవలన అది మీ స్వీకరణదారులకు మీ " "సందేశం దేనిగురించో అవగాహన కలుగజేస్తుంది." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message with only BCC recipients?" msgstr "" "మీరు ఖచ్చితంగా BCC స్వీకరణదారులలో మాత్రమే సందేశంను పంపాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "The contact list you are sending to is configured to hide list recipients.\n" "\n" "Many email systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have " "BCC recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients in " "your message. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or CC: " "recipient. " msgstr "" "మీరు పంపుతున్న పరిచయాల జాబితా స్వీకరణదారుల జాబితా మరుగుపరుచునట్లు " "ఆకృతీకరించబడిఉంది\n" "\n" "చాలా ఈమెయిల్ సిస్టమ్ లు BCC స్వీకరణదారులు కలిగిఉన్న సందేశాలకు అప్పెరెంట్లీ-" "టూ పీఠికను జతచేస్తాయి. ఈ పీఠిక, జత చేస్తే, అది మీ స్వీకరణదారులను మీ సందేశం " "నందు జాబితాచేస్తుంది. దీనిని తీసివేయుటకు, మీరు తప్పుక ఒక కు: లేదా CC: " "స్వీకరణదారిని జతచేయాలి. " #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "Many email systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have " "BCC recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients to " "your message anyway. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or CC: " "recipient." msgstr "" "చాలా ఈమెయిల్ సిస్టమ్ లు BCC స్వీకరణదారులు కలిగిఉన్న సందేశాలకు అప్పెరెంట్లీ-" "టూ పీఠికను జతచేస్తాయి. ఈ పీఠిక, జత చేస్తే, అది మీ స్వీకరణదారులను మీ సందేశం " "కు జాబితాచేస్తుంది. దీనిని తీసివేయుటకు, మీరు తప్పుక ఒక కు: లేదా CC: " "స్వీకరణదారిని జతచేయాలి." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:16 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message with invalid address?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:17 msgid "" "The following recipient was not recognized as a valid mail address:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:19 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message with invalid addresses?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:20 msgid "" "The following recipients were not recognized as valid mail addresses:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:22 msgid "Send private reply?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:23 msgid "" "You are replying privately to a message which arrived via a mailing list, " "but the list is trying to redirect your reply to go back to the list. Are " "you sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:24 msgid "Reply _Privately" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:26 msgid "" "You are replying to a message which arrived via a mailing list, but you are " "replying privately to the sender; not to the list. Are you sure you want to " "proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:28 msgid "Send reply to all recipients?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:29 msgid "" "You are replying to a message which was sent to many recipients. Are you " "sure you want to reply to ALL of them?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:30 msgid "" "This message cannot be sent because you have not specified any recipients" msgstr "ఈ సందేశం పంపబడలేదు ఎంచేతంటే మీరు ఏ స్వీకరణదారుల పేరును తెలుపలేదు" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:31 msgid "" "Please enter a valid email address in the To: field. You can search for " "email addresses by clicking on the To: button next to the entry box." msgstr "" "దయచేసి సరైన ఈమెయిల్ చిరునామాను కు: క్షేత్రమునందు ప్రవేశపెట్టుము. మీరు " "ఈమెయిల్ చిరునామా కొరకు శోధించవచ్చు దీనిపై నొక్కుట ద్వారా కు: ప్రవేశ పెట్టెకు " "తర్వాతనే ఉన్న బటన్." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:32 msgid "Use default drafts folder?" msgstr "అప్రమేయ డ్రాఫ్ట్స్ సంచయాన్ని ఉపయోగించు?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:33 msgid "" "Unable to open the drafts folder for this account. Use the system drafts " "folder instead?" msgstr "" "డ్రాఫ్ట్సు సంచయాలను ఈ ఖాతా కొరకు తెరువలేక పోయింది. బదులుగా సిస్టమ్ " "డ్రాఫ్ట్సు సంచయాలను ఉపయోగించాలా?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Use _Default" msgstr "అప్రమేయాన్న ఉపయోగించు(_D)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:35 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to permanently remove all the deleted messages in " "folder \"{0}\"?" msgstr "" "ఫోల్డర్ \"{0}\"లోని అన్ని తొలగించిన సందేశాలను ఖచ్చితంగా మీరు శాశ్వతంగా " "తీసివేద్దామనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:36 msgid "If you continue, you will not be able to recover these messages." msgstr "మీరు కొనసాగించితే, మీరు ఈ సందేశాలను తిరిగిపొందలేరు." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:37 msgid "_Expunge" msgstr "కొట్టివేయుము(_E)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:38 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to permanently remove all the deleted messages in all " "folders?" msgstr "" "సంచయాలలోని అన్ని తొలగించిన సందేశాలను మీరు శాశ్వతంగా తీసివేద్దామనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:39 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1529 msgid "_Empty Trash" msgstr "చెత్తకుండీని ఖాళీచేయుము(_E)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:40 msgid "Opening too many messages at once may take a long time." msgstr "ఒకేసారి ఎక్కువ సందేశాలను తెరువటవలన చాలాసమయం పట్టవచ్చును." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:41 msgid "_Open Messages" msgstr "సందేశాలను తెరువుము(_O)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:42 msgid "You have unsent messages, do you wish to quit anyway?" msgstr "మీరు పంపని సందేశాలను కలిగిఉన్నారు, ఏమైనా బహిష్కరిద్దామనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:43 msgid "" "If you quit, these messages will not be sent until Evolution is started " "again." msgstr "" "మీరు నిష్క్రమించితే, ఈ సందేశాలు ఎవాల్యూషన్ తిరగిప్రారంభమగువరకు పంపబడబోవు." #. Translators: the {0} is replaced with an operation name, which failed. #. It can be basically anything run asynchronously, like "Fetching Mail", #. "Sending message" and others, mostly from mail-ops.c file. #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:47 msgid "Error while {0}." msgstr "{0} అప్పుడు దోషం." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:48 msgid "Error while performing operation." msgstr "ఆపరేషన్ జరుపుతున్నప్పుడు దోషం." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:49 msgid "Enter password." msgstr "సంకేతపదంను ప్రవేశపెట్టండి." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:50 msgid "Error loading filter definitions." msgstr "దోషం నింపు వడపోత నిర్వచనాలు." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:51 msgid "Cannot save to directory \"{0}\"." msgstr "డైరెక్టరి \"{0}\"కు దాయలేము." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:52 msgid "Cannot save to file \"{0}\"." msgstr "ఫైలు \"{0}\"కు దాయలేదు." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:53 msgid "Cannot create the save directory, because \"{1}\"" msgstr "దాయు సంచయంను సృష్టించలేక పోయింది, ఎంచేతంటే \"{1}\"" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:54 msgid "Cannot create temporary save directory." msgstr "తాత్కాలికంగా దాయు సంచయాన్ని సృష్టించలేక పోయింది." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:55 msgid "File exists but cannot overwrite it." msgstr "ఫైలు కలదు కాని తిరిగివ్రాయలేము." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:56 msgid "File exists but is not a regular file." msgstr "ఫైలు కలదు కాని వాడుకలోలేని ఫైలు." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:57 msgid "Cannot delete folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "సంచయం \"{0}\"ను తొలగించలేక పోయింది." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:58 msgid "Cannot delete system folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "సిస్టమ్ సంచయం \"{0}\"ను తొలగించలేక పోయింది." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:59 msgid "" "System folders are required for Evolution to function correctly and cannot " "be renamed, moved, or deleted." msgstr "" "సిస్టమ్ సంచయాలు ఎవాల్యూషన్ సరిగా పనిచేయుటకు కావాలి మరియు పునఃనామకరణ కాబడవు, " "కదల్చబడవు, లేదా తొలగించబడవు." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:60 msgid "Failed to expunge folder "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:62 msgid "Failed to refresh folder "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:63 msgid "Cannot rename or move system folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "సిస్టమ్ సంచయం \"{0}\"ను పునఃనామకరణ చేయలేము లేదా కదల్చలేము." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:64 msgid "Really delete folder \"{0}\" and all of its subfolders?" msgstr "నిజంగా సంచయం \"{0}\" మరియు దానియొక్క అన్ని ఉపసంచయాలను తొలగించాలా?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:65 msgid "" "If you delete the folder, all of its contents and its subfolders' contents " "will be deleted permanently." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:67 msgid "Really delete folder \"{0}\"?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:68 msgid "" "If you delete the folder, all of its contents will be deleted permanently." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:69 msgid "These messages are not copies." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:70 msgid "" "Messages shown in Search Folders are not copies. Deleting them from a Search " "Folder will delete the actual messages from the folder or folders in which " "they physically reside. Do you really want to delete these messages?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:71 msgid "Cannot rename \"{0}\" to \"{1}\"." msgstr "\"{0}\"ను \"{1}\"కు పునఃనామకరణ చేయలేము." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:72 msgid "A folder named \"{1}\" already exists. Please use a different name." msgstr "" "\"{1}\" పేరుగల సంచయం యిప్పటికే వుంది. దయచేసి వేరొక పేరును వుపయోగించండి." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:73 msgid "Cannot move folder \"{0}\" to \"{1}\"." msgstr "సంచయం \"{0}\"ను \"{1}\"కు కదల్చలేక పోయింది." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:74 msgid "Cannot open source folder. Error: {2}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:75 msgid "Cannot open target folder. Error: {2}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:76 msgid "Cannot copy folder \"{0}\" to \"{1}\"." msgstr "సంచయం \"{0}\"ను \"{1}\"కు నకలుతీయలేక పోయింది." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:77 msgid "Cannot create folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "సంచయం \"{0}\"ను సృష్టించలేకపోయింది." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:78 msgid "Cannot open folder. Error: {1}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:79 msgid "Cannot save changes to account." msgstr "ఖాతా కు చేసిన మార్పులను దాయలేము." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:80 msgid "You have not filled in all of the required information." msgstr "కావలిసి సమాచారం అంతటిని మీరు నింపలేదు." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:81 msgid "You may not create two accounts with the same name." msgstr "మీరు ఒకే పేరుతో రెండు ఖాతాలను సృష్టించలేక పోవచ్చు." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:82 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this account?" msgstr "మీరు ఖచ్చితంగా ఈ ఖాతాను తొలగించుదామని అనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:83 msgid "If you proceed, the account information will be deleted permanently." msgstr "మీరు కొనసాగితే, ఖాతా సమాచారం శాశ్వతంగా తొలగించబడుతుంది." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:84 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this account and all its proxies?" msgstr "" "మీరు ఖచ్చితంగా ఈ ఖాతా ను మరియు\n" "దాని అన్ని ప్రాక్సీలను తొలగించుదామనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:85 msgid "" "If you proceed, the account information and\n" "all proxy information will be deleted permanently." msgstr "" "మీరు కొనసాగితే, ఖాతా సమాచారం మరియు\n" "ప్రాక్సీ సమాచారం అంతా శాశ్వతంగా తొలగించబడుతుంది." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:87 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to disable this account and delete all its proxies?" msgstr "" "మీరు ఖచ్చితంగా ఈ ఖాతాను అచేతనం మరియు\n" "దీని అన్ని ప్రాక్సీలను తొలగించుదామని అనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:88 msgid "If you proceed, all proxy accounts will be deleted permanently." msgstr "మీరు కొనసాగితే, అన్ని ప్రాక్సీ ఖాతాలు శాశ్వతంగా తొలగించబడతాయి." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:89 msgid "Do _Not Disable" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:90 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:649 msgid "_Disable" msgstr "అచేతనపరుచుము(_D)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:91 msgid "Cannot edit Search Folder \"{0}\" as it does not exist." msgstr "అన్వేషణ సంచయం \"{0}\"ను సరికూర్చలేక పోయింది అదిలేని కారణంగా." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:92 msgid "" "This folder may have been added implicitly,\n" "go to the Search Folder editor to add it explicitly, if required." msgstr "" "ఈ సంచయం అతర్గతంగా కలుపబడి ఉండవచ్చు,\n" "బహిర్గతంగా కలుపుటకు అన్వేషణ సంచయం కూర్పరికి వెళ్ళుము, అవసరమైతే." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:94 msgid "Cannot add Search Folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "అన్వేషణ సంచయం \"{0}\"ను జతచేయలేక పోయింది." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:95 msgid "A folder named \"{0}\" already exists. Please use a different name." msgstr "" "\"{0}\" పేరుగల సంచయం యిప్పటికేవుంది. దయచేసి వేరొక పేరును వుపయోగించండి." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:96 msgid "Search Folders automatically updated." msgstr "అన్వేషణ సంచయాలు స్వయంచాలకంగా నవీకరించబడతాయి." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:97 msgid "Mail filters automatically updated." msgstr "మెయిల్ వడపోతలు స్వయంచాలకంగా నవీకరించబడతాయి." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:98 msgid "Missing folder." msgstr "కనబడని సంచయం" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:99 msgid "You must specify a folder." msgstr "మీరు తప్పక ఒక సంచయాన్ని తెలుపవలెను." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:101 msgid "You must name this Search Folder." msgstr "మీరు ఈ అన్వేషణ సంచయంకు నామకరణం చేయాలి." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:102 msgid "No folder selected." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:103 msgid "" "You must specify at least one folder as a source.\n" "Either by selecting the folders individually, and/or by selecting all local " "folders, all remote folders, or both." msgstr "" "మీరు తప్పక ఒక సంచయంనైనా మూలంగా తెలుపవలెను.\n" "సంచయాలను వేరువేరు ఎంచుటద్వారా గాని, మరియు/లేదా అన్ని స్థానిక సంచయాలను " "ఎంచుటద్వారా, అన్ని దూరస్థ సంచయాలను ఎంచుట ద్వారా,లేదా రెండూ." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:105 msgid "Problem migrating old mail folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "పాత మెయిల్ సంచయం \"{0}\"ను వలసపంపుతున్నప్పుడు సమస్య." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:106 msgid "" "A non-empty folder at \"{1}\" already exists.\n" "\n" "You can choose to ignore this folder, overwrite or append its contents, or " "quit." msgstr "" "non-empty సంచయం \"{1}\" వద్ద యిప్పటికే వుంది.\n" "\n" "మీరు ఈ సంచయంను వదిలివేయుట యెంచుకొనవచ్చు, దీని సారాలను తిరిగివ్రాయవచ్చు లేదా " "కలుపవచ్చు, లేదా బహష్కరించవచ్చు." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:109 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "వదిలివేయి" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:110 msgid "_Overwrite" msgstr "మరలావ్రాయండి(_O)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:111 msgid "_Append" msgstr "జతచేయుము(_A)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:112 msgid "Evolution's local mail format has changed." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:113 msgid "" "Evolution's local mail format has changed from mbox to Maildir. Your local " "mail must be migrated to the new format before Evolution can proceed. Do you " "want to migrate now?\n" "\n" "An mbox account will be created to preserve the old mbox folders. You can " "delete the account after ensuring the data is safely migrated. Please make " "sure there is enough disk space if you choose to migrate now." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:116 msgid "_Exit Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:117 msgid "_Migrate Now" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:118 msgid "Unable to read license file." msgstr "లైసెన్సు ఫైలును చదువలేక పోతోంది." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:119 msgid "" "Cannot read the license file \"{0}\", due to an installation problem. You " "will not be able to use this provider until you can accept its license." msgstr "" "లైసెన్సు ఫైలు \"{0}\"ను చదువలేక పోయింది, సంస్థాపనా సమస్యవలన. మీరు ఈ " "ఉత్పాదకుడను వాని లైసెన్సు ఆమోదించునంతవరకూ వుపయోగించుకోలేరు." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:120 msgid "Please wait." msgstr "దయచేసి ఆగుము" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:121 msgid "Querying server for a list of supported authentication mechanisms." msgstr "" "మద్దతుఇచ్చునటువంటి దృవీకరణ యంత్రముల జాబితా కొరకు సేవికను ప్రశ్నిస్తున్నది." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:122 msgid "" "Failed to query server for a list of supported authentication mechanisms." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:123 msgid "Synchronize folders locally for offline usage?" msgstr "సంచయాలను స్థానికంగా అఫ్‌లైన్ ఉపయోగార్దం కాలనియమత చేయాలా?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:124 msgid "" "Do you want to locally synchronize the folders that are marked for offline " "usage?" msgstr "" "ఆఫ్‌లైన్ ఉపయోగార్దం గుర్తుంచబడిన సంచయాలను మీరు స్థానికంగా కాలనియమత " "చేద్దామనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:125 msgid "Do _Not Synchronize" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:126 msgid "_Synchronize" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:127 msgid "Do you want to mark all messages as read?" msgstr "మీరు అన్ని సందేశాలను చదివిన వాటిలా గుర్తుంచుదామని అనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:128 msgid "This will mark all messages as read in the selected folder." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:129 msgid "Also mark messages in subfolders?" msgstr "ఉపసంచయాలనందలి సందేశాలనుకూడా గుర్తుంచాలా?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:130 msgid "" "Do you want to mark messages as read in the current folder only, or in the " "current folder as well as all subfolders?" msgstr "" "మీరు సందేశాలు చదివినట్లుగా ప్రస్తుత సంచయంనందు మాత్రమే " "గుర్తుంచాలనుకుంటున్నారా, లేక ప్రస్తుత సంచయంనందు అదేవిదంగా దాని వుపసంచయాలనందు " "కూడానా?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:131 #| msgid "Current Folder and _Subfolders" msgid "In Current Folder and _Subfolders" msgstr "ప్రస్తుత సంచయం మరియు వుపసంచయాలనందు (_S)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:132 #| msgid "Current _Folder Only" msgid "In Current _Folder Only" msgstr "ప్రస్తుత సంచయంనందు మాత్రమే (_F)" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:133 msgid "Should Evolution close this window when replying or forwarding?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:134 msgid "_Yes, Always" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:135 msgid "_No, Never" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:136 msgid "Copy folder in folder tree." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:137 msgid "Are you sure you want to copy folder '{0}' to folder '{1}'?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:138 msgid "_Yes" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:139 msgid "_No" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:140 msgid "_Always" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:141 msgid "N_ever" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:142 msgid "Move folder in folder tree." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:143 msgid "Are you sure you want to to move folder '{0}' to folder '{1}'?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:144 msgid "" "This message cannot be sent because the account you chose to send with is " "not enabled" msgstr "ఈ సందేశం పంపబడదు ఎంచేతంటే పంపుటకు ఎంచుకున్న ఖాతా చేతనంగా లేదు" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:145 msgid "Please enable the account or send using another account." msgstr "దయచేసి ఖాతాను చేతనం చేయుము లేదా వేరే ఖాతా ను ఉపయోగించి పంపుము." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:146 msgid "Mail Deletion Failed" msgstr "మెయిల్ ను తొలగించుట విఫలమైంది" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:147 msgid "You do not have sufficient permissions to delete this mail." msgstr "ఈ మెయిల్ ను తొలగించుటకు మీరు సరిపోవునంత అనుమతులను కలిగిలేరు." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:148 msgid "\"Check Junk\" Failed" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:149 msgid "\"Report Junk\" Failed" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:150 msgid "\"Report Not Junk\" Failed" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:151 msgid "Remove duplicate messages?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:152 msgid "No duplicate messages found." msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is replaced with a folder name #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:154 msgid "Folder '{0}' doesn't contain any duplicate message." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:155 msgid "Failed to disconnect account "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:157 msgid "Failed to unsubscribe from folder "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:158 msgid "Unable to retrieve message." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:159 msgid "{0}" msgstr "{0}" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:160 msgid "Failed to open folder." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:161 msgid "Failed to find duplicate messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:162 msgid "Failed to retrieve messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:163 msgid "Failed to mark messages as read." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:164 msgid "Failed to remove attachments from messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:165 msgid "Failed to download messages for offline viewing." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:166 msgid "Failed to save messages to disk." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:167 msgid "Hidden file is attached." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:168 msgid "" "The attachment named {0} is a hidden file and may contain sensitive data. " "Please review it before sending." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:169 msgid "Printing failed." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:170 msgid "The printer replied "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:171 msgid "Could not perform this operation on {0}." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:172 msgid "You must be working online to complete this operation." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:202 msgid "Canceling..." msgstr "రద్దుచేస్తోంది..." #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:546 msgid "Send & Receive Mail" msgstr "మెయిల్ ను పంపు & స్వీకరించు" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:562 msgid "Cancel _All" msgstr "అన్నిటిని రద్దుచేయి(_A)" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:655 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:1047 msgid "Updating..." msgstr "తాజాపర్చుము..." #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:655 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:736 msgid "Waiting..." msgstr "వేచిఉంది..." #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:1020 #, c-format msgid "Checking for new mail at '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-vfolder-ui.c:78 msgid "Search Folders" msgstr "సంచయాలను శోధించుము" #: ../mail/mail-vfolder-ui.c:158 msgid "Edit Search Folder" msgstr "అన్వేషణ సంచయాన్ని సరిచేస్తోంది" #: ../mail/mail-vfolder-ui.c:279 msgid "New Search Folder" msgstr "కొత్త అన్వేషణ సంచయం" #: ../mail/message-list.c:298 msgid "Unseen" msgstr "చూడని" #: ../mail/message-list.c:299 msgid "Seen" msgstr "చూసి" #: ../mail/message-list.c:300 msgid "Answered" msgstr "సమాధానమిచ్చిన" #: ../mail/message-list.c:301 msgid "Forwarded" msgstr "పంపబడిన" #: ../mail/message-list.c:302 msgid "Multiple Unseen Messages" msgstr "చూడనటువంటి బహుళ సందేశాలు" #: ../mail/message-list.c:303 msgid "Multiple Messages" msgstr "బహుళ సందేశాలు" #: ../mail/message-list.c:316 msgid "Lowest" msgstr "అతితక్కువ" #: ../mail/message-list.c:317 msgid "Lower" msgstr "తక్కువ" #: ../mail/message-list.c:321 msgid "Higher" msgstr "ఎక్కువ" #: ../mail/message-list.c:322 msgid "Highest" msgstr "అతిఎక్కువ" #: ../mail/message-list.c:466 ../mail/message-list.c:5730 msgid "Generating message list" msgstr "సందేశ జాబితాను సంభనింపచేయుట" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../mail/message-list.c:1858 ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:244 msgid "Today %l:%M %p" msgstr "ఈ రోజు·%l:%M·%p" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1867 msgid "Yesterday %l:%M %p" msgstr "నిన్న·%l:%M·%p" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1879 msgid "%a %l:%M %p" msgstr "%a·%l:%M·%p" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1887 msgid "%b %d %l:%M %p" msgstr "%b·%d·%l:%M·%p" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1889 msgid "%b %d %Y" msgstr "%b·%d·%Y" #: ../mail/message-list.c:2767 msgid "Select all visible messages" msgstr "కనపడే సందేశాలన్నిటిని ఎంచుకొనుము" #: ../mail/message-list.c:3395 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:17 msgid "Messages" msgstr "సందేశాలు" #. default follow-up flag name to use when clicked in the message list column #: ../mail/message-list.c:4774 msgid "Follow-up" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:5668 msgid "" "No message satisfies your search criteria. Change search criteria by " "selecting a new Show message filter from the drop down list above or by " "running a new search either by clearing it with Search->Clear menu item or " "by changing the query above." msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:5676 msgid "There are no messages in this folder." msgstr "ఈ సంచయంనందు సందేశాలు లేవు." #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:2 msgid "Flagged" msgstr "ఫ్లాగ్డ్" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:8 msgid "Received" msgstr "తీసుకోబడిం" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:11 msgid "Flag Status" msgstr "ఫ్లాగ్ స్థితి" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:12 msgid "Follow Up Flag" msgstr "ఫ్లాగ్ ను అనుసరించు" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:13 msgid "Due By" msgstr "పూర్వ నిర్ణీతం" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:18 msgid "Messages To" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:20 #| msgid "_Subject Field" msgid "Subject - Trimmed" msgstr "సంగతి - ట్రిమ్ముడ్" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:1 #| msgid "Subject or Sender contains" msgid "Subject or Addresses contains" msgstr "ఇది కలిగివున్న సంగతి లేదా చిరునామాలు" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:2 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2012 msgid "Recipients contain" msgstr "స్వీకరణదారులు కలిగిఉంటే" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:3 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2005 msgid "Message contains" msgstr "సందేశం కలిగినది" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:4 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2026 msgid "Subject contains" msgstr "సంగతి కలిగిఉంటే" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:5 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2019 msgid "Sender contains" msgstr "పంపినవారు కలిగిఉంటే" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:6 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1998 msgid "Body contains" msgstr "ముఖ్యభాగము కలిగినది" #. To Translators: 'Table column' is a label for configurable date/time format for table columns showing a date in message list #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:123 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1213 msgid "_Table column:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:126 msgid "Address formatting" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:129 msgid "_Format address according to standard of its destination country" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:137 msgid "Autocompletion" msgstr "స్వయంచాలకంగాపూర్తి" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:140 msgid "Always _show address of the autocompleted contact" msgstr "స్వయంచాలకంగాముగియు పరిచయంయొక్క చిరునామాను ఎల్లప్పుడు చూపుము (_s)" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:148 msgid "Multiple vCards" msgstr "బహుళ Vకార్డ్స్‍" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:156 #, c-format msgid "vCard for %s" msgstr "%s కొరకు Vకార్డ్‍" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:168 #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:195 #, c-format msgid "Contact information" msgstr "చిరునామా సమాచారం" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:197 #, c-format msgid "Contact information for %s" msgstr "%s కొరకు చిరునామా సమాచారం" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:259 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:125 msgid "New Address Book" msgstr "కొత చిరునామా పుస్తకం" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:268 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Contact" msgstr "పరిచయం (_C)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:270 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:979 msgid "Create a new contact" msgstr "కొత్త పరిచయాన్ని సృష్టించు" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:275 msgctxt "New" msgid "Contact _List" msgstr "పరిచయాల జాబితా (_L)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:277 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:986 msgid "Create a new contact list" msgstr "కొత్త పరిచయ జాబితాని సృష్టించు" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:285 msgctxt "New" msgid "Address _Book" msgstr "చిరునామా పుస్తకం (_B)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:287 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:902 msgid "Create a new address book" msgstr "కొత చిరునామా పుస్తకాన్ని సృష్టించు" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:315 msgid "Certificates" msgstr "యోగ్యతా పత్రికలు" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:198 msgid "Address Book Properties" msgstr "చిరునామ పుస్తకం లక్షణాలు" #. Translators: This is a save dialog title #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:476 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:772 msgid "Save as vCard" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:879 msgid "Co_py All Contacts To..." msgstr "అన్ని పరిచయాలను నకలుతీయుము(p)..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:881 msgid "Copy the contacts of the selected address book to another" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:886 msgid "D_elete Address Book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:888 msgid "Delete the selected address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:893 msgid "Mo_ve All Contacts To..." msgstr "అన్ని పరిచయాలను కదుపుము(_v)..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:895 msgid "Move the contacts of the selected address book to another" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:900 msgid "_New Address Book" msgstr "కొత చిరునామా పుస్తకం(_N)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:907 msgid "Address _Book Properties" msgstr "చిరునామా పుస్తకం లక్షణాలు(_B)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:909 msgid "Show properties of the selected address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:914 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1414 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:636 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:760 msgid "Re_fresh" msgstr "రీఫ్రెష్(_f)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:916 msgid "Refresh the selected address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:921 msgid "Address Book _Map" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:923 msgid "Show map with all contacts from selected address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:928 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1421 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:643 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:767 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1620 msgid "_Rename..." msgstr "పునఃనామకరణ(_R)..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:930 msgid "Rename the selected address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:937 msgid "Stop loading" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:942 msgid "_Copy Contact To..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:944 msgid "Copy selected contacts to another address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:949 msgid "_Delete Contact" msgstr "పరిచయాన్ని తొలగించు(_D)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:956 msgid "_Find in Contact..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:958 msgid "Search for text in the displayed contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:963 msgid "_Forward Contact..." msgstr "పరిచయాన్ని ముందుకు పంపుము(_F)..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:965 #| msgid "Send selected contacts to another person." msgid "Send selected contacts to another person" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న పరిచయాలను వేరే వ్యక్తికి పంపుము" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:970 msgid "_Move Contact To..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:972 msgid "Move selected contacts to another address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:977 msgid "_New Contact..." msgstr "కొత్త పరిచయం(_N)..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:984 msgid "New Contact _List..." msgstr "కొత్త చిరునామాల జాబితా(_L)..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:991 msgid "_Open Contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:993 msgid "View the current contact" msgstr "ప్రస్తుత పరిచయాన్ని దర్శించుము" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:998 msgid "_Send Message to Contact..." msgstr "పరిచయానికి సందేశం పంపుము(_S)..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1000 #| msgid "Send a message to the selected contacts." msgid "Send a message to the selected contacts" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న పరిచయాలకు సందేశాన్ని పంపుము" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1007 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1577 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:825 msgid "_Actions" msgstr "క్రియలు(_A)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1014 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:680 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:832 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1785 msgid "_Preview" msgstr "ఉపదర్శనం(_P)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1023 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1594 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:693 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:845 msgid "_Delete" msgstr "తొలగించు(_D)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1027 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1536 msgid "_Properties" msgstr "లక్షణాలు(_P)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1035 msgid "Address Book Map" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1067 msgid "Contact _Preview" msgstr "పరిచయం ఉపదర్శనం(_P)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1069 msgid "Show contact preview window" msgstr "పరిచయ ఉపదర్శన గవాక్షాన్ని చూపుము" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1075 msgid "Show _Maps" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1077 msgid "Show maps in contact preview window" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1096 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:750 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:914 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1915 msgid "_Classic View" msgstr "సాంప్రదాయకమైన దర్శనం(_C)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1098 msgid "Show contact preview below the contact list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1103 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:757 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:921 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1922 msgid "_Vertical View" msgstr "నిలువు దర్శనం(_V)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1105 msgid "Show contact preview alongside the contact list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1120 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1754 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:774 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:973 msgid "Unmatched" msgstr "సరిఉజ్జీ కాలేదు" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1130 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1764 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:784 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:983 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1991 #: ../shell/e-shell-content.c:658 msgid "Advanced Search" msgstr "ఉన్నతమైన వెతుకు" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1163 msgid "Print all shown contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1170 msgid "Preview the contacts to be printed" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1177 msgid "Print selected contacts" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న పరిచయాలను ముద్రించు" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1192 msgid "S_ave Address Book as vCard" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1194 msgid "Save the contacts of the selected address book as a vCard" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is an action label #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1200 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1210 msgid "_Save as vCard..." msgstr "Vపలకంగా దాయుము(_S)..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1202 msgid "Save selected contacts as a vCard" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:312 msgid "_Forward Contacts" msgstr "చిరునామాలని ముందుకు పంపు(_F)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:314 msgid "_Forward Contact" msgstr "చిరునామాన్ని ముందికిపంపు(_F)" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:345 msgid "_Send Message to Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:347 msgid "_Send Message to List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:349 msgid "_Send Message to Contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/audio-inline/e-mail-formatter-audio.c:316 msgid "Audio Player" msgstr "" #: ../modules/audio-inline/e-mail-formatter-audio.c:317 msgid "Play the attachment in embedded audio player" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:165 msgid "" "You can restore Evolution from a backup file.\n" "\n" "This will restore all your personal data, settings mail filters, etc." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:180 msgid "_Restore from a backup file:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:191 msgid "Choose a backup file to restore" msgstr "" #. Keep the title identical to EMailConfigRestorePage #. * so it's only shown once in the assistant sidebar. #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:311 #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-ready-page.c:57 msgid "Restore from Backup" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:217 msgid "Select name of the Evolution backup file" msgstr "ఎవాల్యూషన్ బ్యాక్అప్ ఫైలు యొక్క పేరును ఎంపికచేయుము" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:250 msgid "_Restart Evolution after backup" msgstr "బ్యాక్అప్ తర్వాత ఎవాల్యూషన్ ను పునఃప్రారంభించుము(_R)" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:277 msgid "Select name of the Evolution backup file to restore" msgstr "" "ఎవాల్యూషన్ బ్యాక్అప్ ఫైలు యొక్క పేరును తిరిగినిల్వఉంచుటకు ఎంపికచేయుము" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:290 msgid "_Restart Evolution after restore" msgstr "ఎవాల్యూషన్ ను తిరిగినిల్వ చేసినతర్వాత పునఃప్రారంభిచుము(_R)" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:308 msgid "_Back up Evolution Data..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:310 msgid "Back up Evolution data and settings to an archive file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:315 msgid "R_estore Evolution Data..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:317 msgid "Restore Evolution data and settings from an archive file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:84 msgid "Back up Evolution directory" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:86 msgid "Restore Evolution directory" msgstr "ఎవాల్యూషన్ సంచయాన్ని తిరిగినిల్వఉంచుము" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:88 msgid "Check Evolution Back up" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:90 msgid "Restart Evolution" msgstr "ఎవల్యూషన్ ను పున:ప్రారంభించు" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:92 msgid "With Graphical User Interface" msgstr "చిత్రసంభంద వినియోగదారి ఇంటర్‌ఫేస్ తో" #. FIXME Will the versioned setting always work? #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:322 #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:516 msgid "Shutting down Evolution" msgstr "ఎవల్యూషన్ ను మూయుము" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:331 msgid "Backing Evolution accounts and settings" msgstr "ఎవాల్యూషన్ ఖాతాలను మరియు అమరికలను వెనుకకుతెస్తోంది" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:348 msgid "Backing Evolution data (Mails, Contacts, Calendar, Tasks, Memos)" msgstr "" "ఎవాల్యూషన్ డాటాను వెనుకకు తెస్తోంది (మెయిల్సు, పరిచయాలు, క్యాలెండర్, " "కర్తవ్యాలు, మెమోస్)" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:364 msgid "Back up complete" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:371 #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:703 msgid "Restarting Evolution" msgstr "ఎవాల్యూషన్ ను పునఃప్రారంభిస్తున్నది" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:522 msgid "Back up current Evolution data" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:529 msgid "Extracting files from back up" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:611 msgid "Loading Evolution settings" msgstr "ఎవాల్యూషన్ అమరికలను నింపుతోంది" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:677 msgid "Removing temporary back up files" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:688 msgid "Reloading registry service" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:915 msgid "Evolution Back Up" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:916 #, c-format msgid "Backing up to the folder %s" msgstr "ఫోల్డర్ %sకు బ్యాక్అప్ తీస్తుంది" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:920 msgid "Evolution Restore" msgstr "ఎవల్యూషన్ తిరిగినిల్వచేయుము" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:921 #, c-format msgid "Restoring from the folder %s" msgstr "%s సంచయం నుండి తిరిగినిల్వచేస్తోంది" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:991 msgid "Backing up Evolution Data" msgstr "ఎవాల్యూషన్ డాటాను బ్యాక్అప్ తీస్తుంది" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:992 msgid "Please wait while Evolution is backing up your data." msgstr "మీడాటాను ఎవాల్యూషన్ బ్యాక్అప్ తీస్తున్నప్పుడు దయచేసి వేచివుండండి." #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:994 msgid "Restoring Evolution Data" msgstr "ఎవాల్యూషన్ డాటాను తిరిగివుంచుతోంది" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:995 msgid "Please wait while Evolution is restoring your data." msgstr "ఎవాల్యూషన్ మీడాటాను తిరిగివుంచుతున్నప్పడు దయచేసి వేచివుండండి." #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:1017 msgid "" "This may take a while depending on the amount of data in your account." msgstr "మీ ఖాతానందలి డాటామొత్తముపై ఆధారపడి యిది కొంతసమయం తీసుకొంటుంది." #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Invalid Evolution backup file" msgstr "సరికాని ఎవాల్యూషన్ బ్యాక్అప్ దస్త్రం" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Please select a valid backup file to restore." msgstr "తిరిగినిల్వ చేయుటకు దయచేసి విలువైన బ్యాక్అప్ దస్త్రాన్ని ఎంపికచేయుము" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Are you sure you want to close Evolution?" msgstr "మీరు ఖచ్చితంగా ఎవాల్యూషన్ మూయాలని అనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "To back up your data and settings, you must first close Evolution. Please " "make sure that you save any unsaved data before proceeding." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Close and Back up Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to restore Evolution from the selected backup file?" msgstr "" "మీరు ఎంపికచేసిన బ్యాక్అప్ దస్త్రంనుండి ఎవాల్యూషన్ ను తిరిగినిల్వ ఉంచుదామని " "అనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:7 msgid "" "To restore your data and settings, you must first close Evolution. Please " "make sure that you save any unsaved data before proceeding. This will delete " "all your current Evolution data and settings and restore them from your " "backup." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Close and Restore Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Insufficient Permissions" msgstr "సరిపోని అనుమతులు" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:10 msgid "The selected folder is not writable." msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న సంచయం వ్రాయుటకు వీలగునది కాదు." #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:145 #, c-format msgid "Failed to spawn Bogofilter (%s): " msgstr "" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:163 msgid "Failed to stream mail message content to Bogofilter: " msgstr "" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:212 msgid "Bogofilter either crashed or failed to process a mail message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:308 msgid "Bogofilter Options" msgstr "Bogofilter ఐచ్చికాలు" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:317 msgid "Convert message text to _Unicode" msgstr "సందేశ పాఠ్యమును యూనికోడ్‌కు మార్చుము (_U)" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:474 msgid "Bogofilter" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:447 msgid "Standard LDAP Port" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:453 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:625 msgid "LDAP over SSL (deprecated)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:459 msgid "Microsoft Global Catalog" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:465 msgid "Microsoft Global Catalog over SSL" msgstr "" #. Page 1 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:570 msgid "Connecting to LDAP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:587 msgid "Server Information" msgstr "సేవిక సమాచారం" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:628 msgid "StartTLS (recommended)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:630 msgid "Encryption:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:654 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:246 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:180 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "ప్రామాణీకరణ" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:677 msgid "Anonymous" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:680 msgid "Using email address" msgstr "ఈ మెయిల్ చిరునామాన్ని ఉపయోగిస్తున్నది" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:683 msgid "Using distinguished name (DN)" msgstr "ప్రత్యేకమైన పేరుని ఉపయోగిస్తున్నది" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:685 msgid "Method:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:690 msgid "" "This is the method Evolution will use to authenticate you. Note that " "setting this to \"Using email address\" requires anonymous access to your " "LDAP server." msgstr "" #. Page 2 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:705 msgid "Using LDAP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:722 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:117 msgid "Searching" msgstr "వెతుకుతున్నది" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:744 msgid "Search Base:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:749 msgid "Find Possible Search Bases" msgstr "వీలైన వెతుకు మూలాలని కనిపెట్టుము" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:774 msgid "One Level" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:776 msgid "Subtree" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:778 msgid "Search Scope:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:783 msgid "" "The search scope defines how deep you would like the search to extend down " "the directory tree. A search scope of \"Subtree\" will include all entries " "below your search base. A search scope of \"One Level\" will only include " "the entries one level beneath your search base." msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:792 msgid "Search Filter:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:804 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "దిగుమతి అవుతున్నది" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:825 msgid "Limit:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:836 msgid "contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:841 msgid "Browse until limit is reached" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-webdav/evolution-book-config-webdav.c:136 #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:205 #: ../modules/cal-config-webcal/evolution-cal-config-webcal.c:128 msgid "URL:" msgstr "URL:" #: ../modules/book-config-webdav/evolution-book-config-webdav.c:146 msgid "Avoid IfMatch (needed on Apache < 2.2.8)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:447 #, c-format msgid "HTTP Error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:475 msgid "Could not parse response" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:484 msgid "Empty response" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:492 msgid "Unexpected reply from server" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:1124 msgid "Could not locate user's calendars" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:1348 msgid "Path" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser-dialog.c:264 #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser-dialog.c:200 msgid "Choose a Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser-dialog.c:267 msgid "Choose a Memo List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser-dialog.c:270 msgid "Choose a Task List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:219 msgid "Find Calendars" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:222 msgid "Find Memo Lists" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:225 msgid "Find Task Lists" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:243 msgid "Email:" msgstr "ఈమెయిల్:" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:248 msgid "Server handles meeting invitations" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-contacts/evolution-cal-config-contacts.c:71 msgid "Choose which address books to use." msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-contacts/evolution-cal-config-contacts.c:201 msgid "Use in Birthdays & Anniversaries calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser-button.c:127 msgid "Default User Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser.c:515 #, c-format msgid "Enter Google password for user '%s'." msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser.c:532 msgid "User declined to provide a password" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:160 msgid "Use an existing iCalendar (ics) file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:185 msgid "iCalendar File" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:197 msgid "Choose an iCalendar file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:200 msgid "File:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:215 msgid "Allow Evolution to update the file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:320 #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:9 #| msgid "Import" msgid "I_mport" msgstr "దిగుమతి (_m)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:406 #| msgid "Select Calendar" msgid "Select a Calendar" msgstr "క్యాలెండర్‌ను ఎంపికచేయుము" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:433 #| msgid "Select Task List" msgid "Select a Task List" msgstr "కర్తవ్యం జాబితాను ఎంపికచేయుము" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:443 #| msgid "Import to Calendar" msgid "I_mport to Calendar" msgstr "క్యాలెండర్‌కు దిగుమతిచేయుము (_m)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:450 #| msgid "_Import to Tasks" msgid "I_mport to Tasks" msgstr "కర్తవ్యములకు దిగుమతి చేయుము (_m)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:517 msgid "Selected Calendars for Alarms" msgstr "హెచ్చరికలకు ఎంచుకున్న క్యాలెండర్లు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:925 msgid "Ti_me and date:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:926 msgid "_Date only:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:1 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:2 msgid "Hours" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:3 msgid "Days" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:4 msgid "60 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:5 msgid "30 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:6 msgid "15 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:7 msgid "10 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:8 msgid "05 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:10 #| msgid "Send To:" msgid "Se_cond zone:" msgstr "రెండవ క్షేత్రము (_c):" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:12 #| msgid "Show _field in View" msgid "(Shown in a Day View)" msgstr "(రోజు దర్శనంలో చూపుము)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:14 #| msgid "Show the second time zone" msgid "Use s_ystem time zone" msgstr "సిస్టమ్ సమయ క్షేత్రమును వుపయోగించుము" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:15 msgid "Time format:" msgstr "కాల రూపకం:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:16 msgid "_12 hour (AM/PM)" msgstr "_12 గంటలు(AM/PM)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:17 msgid "_24 hour" msgstr "_24గంటలు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:18 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1716 msgid "Work Week" msgstr "పని వారం" #. A weekday like "Monday" follows #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:20 msgid "Wee_k starts on:" msgstr "వారము ప్రారంభించబడుతుంది(_k):" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:21 msgid "Work days:" msgstr "పని రోజులు:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:22 msgid "_Day begins:" msgstr "రోజు ప్రారంభమయింది(_D):" #. Monday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:24 msgid "_Mon" msgstr "సోమ(_M)" #. Tuesday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:27 msgid "_Tue" msgstr "మంగళ(_T)" #. Wednesday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:30 msgid "_Wed" msgstr "బుధ(_W)" #. Thursday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:33 msgid "T_hu" msgstr "గురు(_h)" #. Friday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:36 msgid "_Fri" msgstr "శుక్ర(_F)" #. Saturday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:39 msgid "_Sat" msgstr "శని(_S)" #. Sunday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:42 msgid "S_un" msgstr "ఆది(_u)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:44 msgid "Day _ends:" msgstr "రోజు పూర్తయినది(_e):" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:45 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:46 msgid "_Ask for confirmation when deleting items" msgstr "అంశాలను తొలగించేముందు దృవీకరించుకొనుము(_A)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:48 msgid "_Time divisions:" msgstr "సమయ భాగములు(_T):" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:49 msgid "_Show appointment end times in week and month view" msgstr "వారము మరియు నెల దర్శనములో నియామకం ముగియు సమయాన్ని చూపుము(_S)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:50 msgid "_Compress weekends in month view" msgstr "నెల దర్శనం లో వారాంతములను కుచింపచేయుము(_C)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:51 msgid "Show week _numbers" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:52 msgid "Show r_ecurring events in italic in bottom left calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:53 msgid "Sc_roll Month View by a week" msgstr "నెల దర్శనమును వారము ద్వారా స్క్రాల్ చేయుము (_r)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:55 msgid "Display" msgstr "ప్రదర్శించు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:56 msgid "Task List" msgstr "కర్తవ్యం జాబితా" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:57 msgid "Highlight t_asks due today" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:59 msgid "Highlight _overdue tasks" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:60 msgid "_Hide completed tasks after" msgstr "పూర్తయిన కర్తవ్యాలను తరువాత అదృశ్యపర్చుము(_H)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:63 msgid "Display reminders in _notification area only" msgstr "" #. This is the first half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every appointment" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:65 msgid "Sh_ow a reminder" msgstr "గుర్తిచుదానిని చూపుము(_o)" #. This is the last half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every appointment" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:67 msgid "before every appointment" msgstr "ప్రతి నియామకం ముందు" #. This is the first half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every anniversary/birthday" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:69 #| msgid "Sh_ow a reminder" msgid "Show a _reminder" msgstr "గుర్తుచేయుదానిని చూపము (_r)" #. This is the last half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every anniversary/birthday" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:71 msgid "before every anniversary/birthday" msgstr "ప్రతి వార్షికము/పుట్టినరోజుకు ముందు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:72 msgid "Select the calendars for reminder notification" msgstr "అలారం తాఖీదు ఇచ్చుటకు క్యాలెండర్లను ఎంచుకొనుము" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:73 msgid "Default Free/Busy Server" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:74 msgid "Template:" msgstr "మాదిది:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:76 #, no-c-format msgid "%u and %d will be replaced by user and domain from the email address." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:77 msgid "Publishing Information" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:313 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:191 msgid "New Calendar" msgstr "కొత్త క్యాలెండర్" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:322 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Appointment" msgstr "నియామకం (_A)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:324 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1521 msgid "Create a new appointment" msgstr "కొత్త నియామకమును సృష్టించు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:329 msgctxt "New" msgid "All Day A_ppointment" msgstr "పూర్తిరోజు నియామకం (_p)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:331 msgid "Create a new all-day appointment" msgstr "కొత్త పూర్తిరోజు నియామకాన్ని సృష్టించు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:336 msgctxt "New" msgid "M_eeting" msgstr "సమావేశం (_e)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:338 msgid "Create a new meeting request" msgstr "కొత్త సమావేశ అభ్యర్థన ను సృష్టించు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:346 msgctxt "New" msgid "Cale_ndar" msgstr "క్యాలెండర్ (_n)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:348 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1395 msgid "Create a new calendar" msgstr "కొత్త క్యాలెండర్ ను సృష్టించు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:703 msgid "Calendar and Tasks" msgstr "క్యాలెండర్ మరియు కర్తవ్యాలు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-sidebar.c:119 #, c-format msgid "Opening calendar '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-sidebar.c:591 msgid "Calendar Selector" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:216 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:245 msgid "Print" msgstr "ముద్రణ" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:291 msgid "Calendar Properties" msgstr "క్యాలెండర్ లక్షణాలు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:322 msgid "" "This operation will permanently erase all events older than the selected " "amount of time. If you continue, you will not be able to recover these " "events." msgstr "" "ఎంపికచేసిన సమయ మెత్తానికి పూర్వమైన అన్ని ఘటనలను ఈ ఆపరెషన్ శాశ్వతంగా " "తొలగించివేస్తుంది. మీరు కొనసాగించినట్లైతే, మీరు ఈ ఘటనలను మరలా తిరిగిపొందలేరు." #. Translators: This is the first part of the sentence: #. * "Purge events older than <> days" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:339 msgid "Purge events older than" msgstr "దీనికన్నా పాతవైన ఘటనలను కొట్టివేయుము" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:585 msgid "Copying Items" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:878 msgid "Moving Items" msgstr "" #. Translators: Default filename part saving an event to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it. #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1211 msgid "event" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1213 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:231 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:298 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:527 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:644 msgid "Save as iCalendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1351 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:608 msgid "_Copy..." msgstr "నకలుతీయు(_C)..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1358 msgid "D_elete Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1360 msgid "Delete the selected calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1367 msgid "Go Back" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1374 msgid "Go Forward" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1381 msgid "Select today" msgstr "ఈ రోజును ఎంచుకొనుము" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1386 msgid "Select _Date" msgstr "తేదీనిఎంచుకొనుము(_D)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1388 msgid "Select a specific date" msgstr "నిర్దిష్టమైన తేదీని ఎంచుకొనుము" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1393 msgid "_New Calendar" msgstr "కొత్త క్యాలెండర్(_N)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1407 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:816 msgid "Purg_e" msgstr "కొట్టివేయుము(_e)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1409 msgid "Purge old appointments and meetings" msgstr "పాత నియామకాలను మరియు సమావేశాలను కొట్టివేయుము" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1416 msgid "Refresh the selected calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1423 msgid "Rename the selected calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1428 msgid "Find _next" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1430 msgid "Find next occurrence of the current search string" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1435 msgid "Find _previous" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1437 msgid "Find previous occurrence of the current search string" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1442 msgid "Stop _running search" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1444 msgid "Stop currently running search" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1449 msgid "Show _Only This Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1456 msgid "Cop_y to Calendar..." msgstr "క్యాలెండర్ కు నకలుతీయు(_y)..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1463 msgid "_Delegate Meeting..." msgstr "సమావేశాల కాలాన్ని నియమించు(_D)..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1470 msgid "_Delete Appointment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1472 msgid "Delete selected appointments" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1477 msgid "Delete This _Occurrence" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1479 msgid "Delete this occurrence" msgstr "ఈ సంభవాన్ని తొలగించు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1484 msgid "Delete All Occ_urrences" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1486 msgid "Delete all occurrences" msgstr "సంభవాలన్నింటి తొలగించుము" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1491 msgid "New All Day _Event..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1493 msgid "Create a new all day event" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1498 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:265 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:338 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:601 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:725 msgid "_Forward as iCalendar..." msgstr "iక్యాలెండర్ గా ముందుకు పంపు(_F)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1505 msgid "New _Meeting..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1507 msgid "Create a new meeting" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1512 msgid "Mo_ve to Calendar..." msgstr "క్యాలెండర్ కు పంపు(_v)..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1519 msgid "New _Appointment..." msgstr "కొత్త నియామకం(_A)..." # #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1526 msgid "Make this Occurrence _Movable" msgstr "ఈ సంభవాన్ని కదిపించేది గా చేయు(_M)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1533 msgid "_Open Appointment" msgstr "నియామకాన్ని తెరువుము(_O)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1535 msgid "View the current appointment" msgstr "ప్రస్తుత నియామకాన్ని దర్శించుము" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1540 msgid "_Reply" msgstr "ప్రత్యుత్తరము(_R):" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1554 msgid "_Schedule Meeting..." msgstr "సమావేశాల కాలాన్ని నియమించు(_S)..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1556 msgid "Converts an appointment to a meeting" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1561 msgid "Conv_ert to Appointment..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1563 msgid "Converts a meeting to an appointment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1568 msgid "Quit" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1688 msgid "Day" msgstr "రోజు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1690 msgid "Show one day" msgstr "ఒక రోజును చూపుము" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1695 msgid "List" msgstr "జాబితా" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1697 msgid "Show as list" msgstr "జాబితాగా చూపుము" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1702 msgid "Month" msgstr "నెల" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1704 msgid "Show one month" msgstr "ఒక నెలను చూపుము" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1709 msgid "Week" msgstr "వారం" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1711 msgid "Show one week" msgstr "ఒక వారాన్ని చూపుము" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1718 msgid "Show one work week" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1726 msgid "Active Appointments" msgstr "చేతనమైన నియామకాలు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1740 msgid "Next 7 Days' Appointments" msgstr "తరువాతి 7రోజుల' నియామకాలు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1747 msgid "Occurs Less Than 5 Times" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1778 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:798 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:997 msgid "Description contains" msgstr "వివరణ కలిగివుంది" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1785 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:805 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1004 msgid "Summary contains" msgstr "సంక్షిప్తము కలిగివుంది" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1797 msgid "Print this calendar" msgstr "ఈ క్యాలెండర్ ను ముద్రించు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1804 msgid "Preview the calendar to be printed" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1826 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:306 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:393 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:846 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1045 msgid "_Save as iCalendar..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1903 msgid "Go To" msgstr "వెళ్ళుము" #. Translators: Default filename part saving a memo to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it. #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:229 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:525 msgid "memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:272 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:657 msgid "New _Memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:274 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:219 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:659 msgid "Create a new memo" msgstr "కొత్త మెమోను సృష్టించు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:279 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:664 msgid "_Open Memo" msgstr "మెమోను తెరువుము(_O)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:281 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:666 msgid "View the selected memo" msgstr "ఎంపికచేసిన మెమోలను దర్శించు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:286 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:373 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:671 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:809 msgid "Open _Web Page" msgstr "మహాతల పుటను తెరువు(_W)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:298 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:831 msgid "Print the selected memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1562 msgid "Searching next matching event" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1563 msgid "Searching previous matching event" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1584 #, c-format msgid "Cannot find matching event in the next %d year" msgid_plural "Cannot find matching event in the next %d years" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1588 #, c-format msgid "Cannot find matching event in the previous %d year" msgid_plural "Cannot find matching event in the previous %d years" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1613 msgid "Cannot search with no active calendar" msgstr "" #. Translators: Default filename part saving a task to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it. #. Translators: Default filename part saving a task to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:296 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:642 msgid "task" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:331 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:704 msgid "_Assign Task" msgstr "కర్తవ్యాన్ని అప్పగించుము(_A)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:345 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:781 msgid "_Mark as Complete" msgstr "పూర్తయిన్నటు గా గుర్తుపెట్టు(_M)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:347 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:783 msgid "Mark selected tasks as complete" msgstr "పూర్తయినట్టు ఎంచుకున్న కర్తవ్యాలను గుర్తు పెట్టుము" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:352 msgid "_Mark as Incomplete" msgstr "అసంపూర్తిగా గుర్తుపెట్టు(_M)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:354 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:790 msgid "Mark selected tasks as incomplete" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:359 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:795 msgid "New _Task" msgstr "కొత్త కార్యం(_T)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:361 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:216 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:797 msgid "Create a new task" msgstr "కొత్త కార్యాన్ని సృష్టించు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:366 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:802 msgid "_Open Task" msgstr "కర్తవ్యాన్ని తెరువుము(_O)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:368 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:804 msgid "View the selected task" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న కర్తవ్యాన్ని చూడుము" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:385 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1030 msgid "Print the selected task" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:208 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:196 msgid "New Memo List" msgstr "కొత్త మెమో జాబితా" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:217 msgctxt "New" msgid "Mem_o" msgstr "మెమో (_o)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:224 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Shared Memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:226 msgid "Create a new shared memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:234 msgctxt "New" msgid "Memo Li_st" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:236 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:624 msgid "Create a new memo list" msgstr "కొత్త మెమోజాబితా ను సృష్టించు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-sidebar.c:117 #, c-format msgid "Opening memo list '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-sidebar.c:547 msgid "Memo List Selector" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:212 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:227 msgid "Print Memos" msgstr "మెమోలను ముద్రించు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:268 msgid "Memo List Properties" msgstr "మెమో జాబితా లక్షణాలు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:587 msgid "_Delete Memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:594 msgid "_Find in Memo..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:596 msgid "Search for text in the displayed memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:615 msgid "D_elete Memo List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:617 msgid "Delete the selected memo list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:622 msgid "_New Memo List" msgstr "కొత్త సంపర్క జాబితా(_N)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:638 msgid "Refresh the selected memo list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:645 msgid "Rename the selected memo list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:650 msgid "Show _Only This Memo List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:729 msgid "Memo _Preview" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:731 msgid "Show memo preview pane" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:752 msgid "Show memo preview below the memo list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:759 msgid "Show memo preview alongside the memo list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:817 msgid "Print the list of memos" msgstr "మెమోల జాబితాను ముద్రిస్తుంది" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:824 msgid "Preview the list of memos to be printed" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view.c:239 msgid "Delete Memos" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view.c:241 msgid "Delete Memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-private.c:538 #, c-format msgid "%d memo" msgid_plural "%d memos" msgstr[0] "%d మెమో" msgstr[1] "%d మెమోలు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-private.c:542 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-private.c:746 #, c-format msgid "%d selected" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:205 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:219 msgid "New Task List" msgstr "కొత్త కర్తవ్యంజాబితా" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:214 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Task" msgstr "కార్యం(_T)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:221 msgctxt "New" msgid "Assigne_d Task" msgstr "అప్పగించబడిన కార్తవ్యం (_d)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:223 msgid "Create a new assigned task" msgstr "కొత్తగా స్థానం ఇవ్వబడ్డ కార్యాన్ని సృష్టించు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:231 msgctxt "New" msgid "Tas_k List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:233 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:748 msgid "Create a new task list" msgstr "కొత్త కార్యజాబితా ను సృష్టించు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-sidebar.c:117 #, c-format msgid "Opening task list '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-sidebar.c:547 msgid "Task List Selector" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:235 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:250 msgid "Print Tasks" msgstr "కార్యాలు ముద్రించు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:291 msgid "Task List Properties" msgstr "కార్య జాబితా లక్షణాలు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:586 msgid "" "This operation will permanently erase all tasks marked as completed. If you " "continue, you will not be able to recover these tasks.\n" "\n" "Really erase these tasks?" msgstr "" "పూర్తియినట్టు గుర్తుపెట్టిన అన్ని కార్తవ్యాలను ఈ కార్యం శాశ్వతంగా " "తొలిగిస్తుంది.మీరు ముందుకెళీతే, ఈ కర్తవ్యాలను తిరిగి పొందలేరు\n" "\n" "ఈ కర్తవ్యాలన్ని నింజంగా తొలిగించాలా?" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:593 msgid "Do not ask me again" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:711 msgid "_Delete Task" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:718 msgid "_Find in Task..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:720 msgid "Search for text in the displayed task" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:732 msgid "Copy..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:739 msgid "D_elete Task List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:741 msgid "Delete the selected task list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:746 msgid "_New Task List" msgstr "కొత్త కర్తవ్యంజాబితా(_N)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:762 msgid "Refresh the selected task list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:769 msgid "Rename the selected task list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:774 msgid "Show _Only This Task List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:788 msgid "Mar_k as Incomplete" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:818 msgid "Delete completed tasks" msgstr "పూర్తయిన కర్తవ్యాలను తొలగించుము" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:893 msgid "Task _Preview" msgstr "కర్తవ్య ఉపదర్శనం(_P)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:895 msgid "Show task preview pane" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:916 msgid "Show task preview below the task list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:923 msgid "Show task preview alongside the task list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:931 msgid "Active Tasks" msgstr "చేతనమైన కర్తవ్యాలు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:945 msgid "Completed Tasks" msgstr "పూర్తయిన కర్తవ్యాలు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:952 msgid "Next 7 Days' Tasks" msgstr "తరువాతి 7 రోజుల' కర్తవ్యాలు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:959 msgid "Overdue Tasks" msgstr "సమయంమించిన కర్తవ్యాలు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:966 msgid "Tasks with Attachments" msgstr "అనుబంధాలతో కర్తవ్యాలు" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1016 msgid "Print the list of tasks" msgstr "కర్తవ్యాల జాబితాను ముద్రించుము" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1023 msgid "Preview the list of tasks to be printed" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view.c:374 msgid "Delete Tasks" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view.c:376 msgid "Delete Task" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-private.c:631 msgid "Expunging" msgstr "కొట్టివేయుచున్నది" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-private.c:742 #, c-format msgid "%d task" msgid_plural "%d tasks" msgstr[0] "%d కర్తవ్యం" msgstr[1] "%d కర్తవ్యాలు" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/e-mail-formatter-itip.c:149 msgid "ITIP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/e-mail-formatter-itip.c:150 msgid "Display part as an invitation" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:235 msgid "Today %H:%M" msgstr "ఈరోజు %H:%M" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:239 msgid "Today %H:%M:%S" msgstr "ఈరోజు %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:248 msgid "Today %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "ఈరోజు %l:%M:%S %p" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:263 msgid "Tomorrow %H:%M" msgstr "మరునాడు %H:%M" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:267 msgid "Tomorrow %H:%M:%S" msgstr "మరునాడు %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:272 msgid "Tomorrow %l:%M %p" msgstr "మరునాడు %l:%M %p" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:276 msgid "Tomorrow %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "మరునాడు %l:%M:%S %p" #. strftime format of a weekday. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:295 #, c-format msgid "%A" msgstr "%A" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:300 msgid "%A %H:%M" msgstr "%A %H:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:304 msgid "%A %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%A %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:309 msgid "%A %l:%M %p" msgstr "%A %l:%M %p" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:313 msgid "%A %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%A %l:%M:%S %p" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date #. * without a year. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:322 msgid "%A, %B %e" msgstr "%A, %B %e" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date #. * without a year and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:328 msgid "%A, %B %e %H:%M" msgstr "%A, %B %e %H:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:332 msgid "%A, %B %e %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%A, %B %e %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:337 msgid "%A, %B %e %l:%M %p" msgstr "%A, %B %e %l:%M %p" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:341 msgid "%A, %B %e %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%A, %B %e %l:%M:%S %p" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:347 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y" msgstr "%A, %B %e, %Y" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:352 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %H:%M" msgstr "%A, %B %e, %Y %H:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:356 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%A, %B %e, %Y %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:361 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M %p" msgstr "%A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M %p" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:365 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M:%S %p" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:403 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:404 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:493 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:494 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:583 msgid "An unknown person" msgstr "అపరిచిత వ్యక్తి" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:408 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:498 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:587 #, c-format msgid "Please respond on behalf of %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:410 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:500 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:589 #, c-format msgid "Received on behalf of %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:415 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has published the following meeting information:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:417 #, c-format msgid "%s has published the following meeting information:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:422 #, c-format msgid "%s has delegated the following meeting to you:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:425 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s requests your presence at the following meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:427 #, c-format msgid "%s requests your presence at the following meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:433 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s wishes to add to an existing meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:435 #, c-format msgid "%s wishes to add to an existing meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:439 #, c-format msgid "" "%s through %s wishes to receive the latest information for the following " "meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:441 #, c-format msgid "" "%s wishes to receive the latest information for the following meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:445 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has sent back the following meeting response:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:447 #, c-format msgid "%s has sent back the following meeting response:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:451 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:453 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:457 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has proposed the following meeting changes." msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:459 #, c-format msgid "%s has proposed the following meeting changes:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:463 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has declined the following meeting changes:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:465 #, c-format msgid "%s has declined the following meeting changes:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:505 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has published the following task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:507 #, c-format msgid "%s has published the following task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:512 #, c-format msgid "%s requests the assignment of %s to the following task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:515 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has assigned you a task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:517 #, c-format msgid "%s has assigned you a task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:523 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s wishes to add to an existing task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:525 #, c-format msgid "%s wishes to add to an existing task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:529 #, c-format msgid "" "%s through %s wishes to receive the latest information for the following " "assigned task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:531 #, c-format msgid "" "%s wishes to receive the latest information for the following assigned task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:535 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has sent back the following assigned task response:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:537 #, c-format msgid "%s has sent back the following assigned task response:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:541 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following assigned task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:543 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following assigned task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:547 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has proposed the following task assignment changes:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:549 #, c-format msgid "%s has proposed the following task assignment changes:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:553 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has declined the following assigned task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:555 #, c-format msgid "%s has declined the following assigned task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:594 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has published the following memo:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:596 #, c-format msgid "%s has published the following memo:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:601 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s wishes to add to an existing memo:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:603 #, c-format msgid "%s wishes to add to an existing memo:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:607 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following shared memo:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:609 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following shared memo:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:682 msgid "All day:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:688 msgid "Start day:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:688 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1502 msgid "Start time:" msgstr "ప్రారంభ సమయం:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:697 msgid "End day:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:697 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1503 msgid "End time:" msgstr "ముగింపు సమయం:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1028 msgid "Ope_n Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1031 msgid "_Decline all" msgstr "అన్నీ తిరస్కరించు(_D)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1034 msgid "_Decline" msgstr "తిరస్కరించు(_D)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1037 msgid "_Tentative all" msgstr "అన్నిటిని పరిశీలించు(_T)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1040 msgid "_Tentative" msgstr "పరిశీలకంగా(_T)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1043 msgid "Acce_pt all" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1046 msgid "Acce_pt" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1049 msgid "Send _Information" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1052 msgid "_Update Attendee Status" msgstr "హాజరైనవాని స్థితిని నవీకరించుము(_U)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1055 msgid "_Update" msgstr "నవీకరించుము(_U)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1505 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1553 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1624 msgid "Comment:" msgstr "వ్యాఖ్య:" #. RSVP area #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1541 msgid "Send reply to sender" msgstr "" #. Updates #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1556 msgid "Send _updates to attendees" msgstr "హాజరైనవానికి నవీకరణలను పంపుము(_u)" #. The recurrence check button #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1559 msgid "_Apply to all instances" msgstr "అన్ని ఇన్‌స్టాన్సులకు ఆపాదించుము(_A)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1560 msgid "Show time as _free" msgstr "సమయం ను తీరికగా చూపుము(_f)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1561 msgid "_Preserve my reminder" msgstr "నాకు గుర్తుచేయుదానిని నిల్వవుంచుము (_P)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1562 #| msgid "Attachment Reminder" msgid "_Inherit reminder" msgstr "పారంపరంగా గుర్తుచేయునది (_I)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1892 msgid "_Tasks:" msgstr "కర్తవ్యాలు(_T):" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1895 #| msgid "_Memos" msgid "_Memos:" msgstr "మెమోలు (_M):" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3123 msgid "Sa_ve" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3583 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5028 msgid "Attendee status updated" msgstr "హజరైనవ్యక్తి స్థితి నవీకరించబడింది" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3762 #, c-format msgid "An appointment in the calendar '%s' conflicts with this meeting" msgstr "క్యాలెండర్ '%s' నందలి ఒక నియామకం ఈ సమావేశం తో విభేదిస్తున్నది" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3791 #, c-format msgid "Found the appointment in the calendar '%s'" msgstr "క్యాలెండర్ '%s' నందు ఒక నియామకాన్ని కనుగొనుము" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3904 msgid "Unable to find any calendars" msgstr "ఏ క్యాలెండర్లను కనుగోనలేకపోయింది" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3912 msgid "Unable to find this meeting in any calendar" msgstr "ఈ సమావేశాన్ని ఏ క్యాలెండర్ నందూ కనుగొనలేకపోయింది" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3917 msgid "Unable to find this task in any task list" msgstr "ఏ కర్తవ్య జాబితాలోను ఈ కర్తవ్యమును కనుగొనలేకపోయింది" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3922 msgid "Unable to find this memo in any memo list" msgstr "ఈ మెమోను ఏ మెమో జాబితానందు కనుగొనలేక పోయింది" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4266 msgid "Opening the calendar. Please wait..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4271 msgid "Searching for an existing version of this appointment" msgstr "ఈ నియామకం యొక్క ఉన్న వర్షన్ కొరకు శోధిస్తున్నది" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4664 #, c-format msgid "Unable to send item to calendar '%s'. %s" msgstr "అంశమును క్యాలెండర్ '%s' కు పంపలేకపోయింది. %s" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4679 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as accepted" msgstr "ఆమోదించినట్లుగా క్యాలెండర్ '%s' కు పంపినది" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4684 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as tentative" msgstr "పరిశీలించినట్లుగా క్యాలెండర్ '%s' కు పంపింది" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4690 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as declined" msgstr "తిరస్కరించినట్లుగా క్యాలెండర్ '%s' కు పంపింది" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4696 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as canceled" msgstr "రద్దుచేసినట్లుగా క్యాలెండర్ '%s' కు పంపింది" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4717 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5174 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5280 msgid "Saving changes to the calendar. Please wait..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4758 msgid "Unable to parse item" msgstr "అంశమును పార్శ చేయలేకపోతోంది" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4951 #, c-format msgid "Organizer has removed the delegate %s " msgstr "నిర్వాహకి ప్రతినిధి %s ను తీసివేసింది " #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4968 msgid "Sent a cancelation notice to the delegate" msgstr "ప్రతినిధికి రద్దు నొటీసును పంపినది" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4972 msgid "Could not send the cancelation notice to the delegate" msgstr "రద్దు నోటీసును ప్రతినిదికి పంపలేక పోయింది" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5020 #, c-format msgid "Unable to update attendee. %s" msgstr "హాజరైనవ్యక్తిని ని నవీకరించలేము. %s" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5063 msgid "The meeting is invalid and cannot be updated" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5139 msgid "Attendee status could not be updated because the status is invalid" msgstr "హాజరైనవారి స్థితి నవీకరించబడలేదు ఎంచేతంటే ఆ స్థితి చెల్లనిది" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5211 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5250 msgid "Attendee status can not be updated because the item no longer exists" msgstr "అంశం లేనందున జవాబుదారుని స్థితి తాజాపరచబడలేదు" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5313 msgid "Meeting information sent" msgstr "సమావేశ సమాచారం పంపబడింది" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5318 msgid "Task information sent" msgstr "కర్తవ్య సమాచారం పంపబడింది" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5323 msgid "Memo information sent" msgstr "మెమో సమాచారం పంపబడింది" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5334 msgid "Unable to send meeting information, the meeting does not exist" msgstr "సమావేశం సమాచారాన్ని పంపలేక పోయింది, సమావేశం లేదు" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5339 msgid "Unable to send task information, the task does not exist" msgstr "కర్తవ్యం సమాచారాన్ని పంపలేకపోయింది, కర్తవ్యం లేదు" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5344 msgid "Unable to send memo information, the memo does not exist" msgstr "మెమో సమాచరాన్ని పంపలేకపోయింది, మెమో లేదు" #. Translators: This is a default filename for a calendar. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5409 msgid "calendar.ics" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5414 msgid "Save Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5463 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5476 msgid "The calendar attached is not valid" msgstr "అనుభందించిన క్యాలెండర్ విలువైనది కాదు" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5464 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5477 msgid "" "The message claims to contain a calendar, but the calendar is not a valid " "iCalendar." msgstr "" "క్యాలెండర్ కలిగిఉండుటకు సందేశం ఉంది, అయితే క్యాలెండర్ విలువైన ఐక్యాలెండర్ " "కాదు." #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5519 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5549 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5650 msgid "The item in the calendar is not valid" msgstr "క్యాలెండర్ నందు ఉన్న అంశము విలువైనది కాదు" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5520 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5550 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5651 msgid "" "The message does contain a calendar, but the calendar contains no events, " "tasks or free/busy information" msgstr "" "సందేశం క్యాలెండరును కలిగిఉంది, అయితే క్యాలెండర్ ఏ ఘటనలను, కర్తవ్యాలను లేదా " "ఖాళీ/తీరికలేని సమాచారంను కలిగిలేదు" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5565 msgid "The calendar attached contains multiple items" msgstr "అనుభందించిన క్యాలెండర్ బహుళ అంశములను కలిగిఉంది" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5566 msgid "" "To process all of these items, the file should be saved and the calendar " "imported" msgstr "" "ఈ అంశములన్నింటిని నడుపుటకు, ఫైలు తప్పక దాయాలి మరియు క్యాలెండర్ దిగుమతి కావాలి" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6067 msgctxt "cal-itip" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6083 msgid "Tentatively Accepted" msgstr "ప్రయోగాత్మకంగా ఆమొదించబడినది" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6243 msgid "This meeting recurs" msgstr "సమావేశం పునరావృతి" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6246 msgid "This task recurs" msgstr "కర్తవ్యం పునరావృతి" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6249 msgid "This memo recurs" msgstr "మెమో పునరావృతి" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/org-gnome-itip-formatter.error.xml.h:1 msgid "" "This response is not from a current attendee. Add the sender as an attendee?" msgstr "" "ఈ సమాధానం వర్తమాన జవాబుదారునినుండి రాలేదు. పంపినవానిని జవాబుదారునిగా " "జోడించండి?" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/org-gnome-itip-formatter.error.xml.h:2 msgid "This meeting has been delegated" msgstr "ఈ సమావేశం ప్రాతినిధ్యం వహించబడింది" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/org-gnome-itip-formatter.error.xml.h:3 msgid "" "'{0}' has delegated the meeting. Do you want to add the delegate '{1}'?" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:82 msgid "Meeting Invitations" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:108 msgid "_Delete message after acting" msgstr "సందేశాన్ని స్పందిచిన తర్వాత తొలగించము(_D)" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:122 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:153 msgid "Conflict Search" msgstr "విభేందించు అన్వేషణ" #. Source selector #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:137 msgid "Select the calendars to search for meeting conflicts" msgstr "సమావేశ విభేదాలను శోధించుటకు క్యాలెండర్ ను ఎంపికచేసుకొనుము" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/org-gnome-itip-formatter.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Itip Formatter" msgstr "Itip రూపీకరణి" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/org-gnome-itip-formatter.eplug.xml.h:2 #| msgid "Displays text/calendar parts in messages." msgid "Display \"text/calendar\" MIME parts in mail messages." msgstr "" "మెయిల్ సందేశంలందు \"పాఠ్యము/క్యాలెండర్\" MIME భాగములను ప్రదర్శించుము." #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:252 msgid "Google Features" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:261 msgid "Add Google Ca_lendar to this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:269 msgid "Add Google Con_tacts to this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:277 msgid "You may need to enable IMAP access" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:246 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:292 msgid "Mail _Directory:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:247 msgid "Choose a MH mail directory" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:269 msgid "Local Delivery _File:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:270 msgid "Choose a local delivery file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:293 msgid "Choose a Maildir mail directory" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:315 msgid "Spool _File:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:316 msgid "Choose a mbox spool file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:338 msgid "Spool _Directory:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:339 msgid "Choose a mbox spool directory" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:137 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:54 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:80 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:159 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "ఆకృతీకరణ" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:155 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:98 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:24 msgid "_Server:" msgstr "సేవిక(_S):" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:169 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:111 msgid "_Port:" msgstr "పోర్టు(_P):" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:181 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:227 msgid "User_name:" msgstr "వినియోగదారి పేరు(_n):" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:214 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:148 msgid "Encryption _method:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:229 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:163 msgid "STARTTLS after connecting" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:233 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:167 msgid "SSL on a dedicated port" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:70 msgid "_Use custom binary, instead of 'sendmail'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:74 msgid "_Custom binary:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:91 msgid "U_se custom arguments" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:95 msgid "Cus_tom arguments:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:113 msgid "" "Default arguments are '-i -f %F -- %R', where\n" " %F - stands for the From address\n" " %R - stands for the recipient addresses" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:128 msgid "Send mail also when in offline _mode" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:123 msgid "Ser_ver requires authentication" msgstr "సేవికకు దృవీకరణ అవసరం(_v)" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:209 #| msgid "T_ype: " msgid "T_ype:" msgstr "రకము (_T):" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-yahoo-summary.c:247 msgid "Yahoo! Features" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-yahoo-summary.c:256 msgid "Add Yahoo! Ca_lendar and Tasks to this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:425 #, c-format msgid "%d attached message" msgid_plural "%d attached messages" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:321 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Mail Message" msgstr "తపాలా సందేశం (_M)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:323 msgid "Compose a new mail message" msgstr "కొత్త మెయిల్ సందేశం ను కూర్చుము" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:331 msgctxt "New" msgid "Mail Acco_unt" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:333 msgid "Create a new mail account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:338 msgctxt "New" msgid "Mail _Folder" msgstr "మెయిల్ ఫోల్డర్ (_F)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:340 msgid "Create a new mail folder" msgstr "కొత్త మెయిల్ సంచయంను సృష్టించుము" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:636 msgid "Mail Accounts" msgstr "మెయిల్ ఖాతాలు" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:645 msgid "Mail Preferences" msgstr "మెయిల్ అభీష్టాలు" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:654 msgid "Composer Preferences" msgstr "కూర్పరి అభీష్టాలు" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:663 msgid "Network Preferences" msgstr "నెట్వర్క్‍ అభీష్టాలు" #. Translators: The first item in the list, to be #. * able to set rule: [Label] [is/is-not] [None] #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:954 msgctxt "label" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:672 msgid "Marking messages as read..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1522 msgid "_Disable Account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1524 msgid "Disable this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1531 msgid "Permanently remove all the deleted messages from all folders" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1538 msgid "Edit properties of this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1543 msgid "_Refresh" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1545 msgid "Refresh list of folders of this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1550 msgid "_Download Messages for Offline Usage" msgstr "ఆఫ్‌లైన్ వుపయోగముల కొరకు సందేశాల ను దిగుమతిచేయుము (_D)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1552 msgid "Download messages of accounts and folders marked for offline usage" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1557 msgid "Fl_ush Outbox" msgstr "అవుట్‌బాక్స్ ను తుడిచివేయుము(_u)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1564 msgid "_Copy Folder To..." msgstr "సంచయాన్ని ఇక్కడికి నకలు తీయుము(_C)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1566 msgid "Copy the selected folder into another folder" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న సంచయాన్ని వేరే సంచయానికి నకలు తీయుము" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1573 msgid "Permanently remove this folder" msgstr "శాశ్వతంగా ఈ సంచయాన్ని తొలగించు" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1578 msgid "E_xpunge" msgstr "కొట్టివేయుము(_x)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1580 msgid "Permanently remove all deleted messages from this folder" msgstr "తొలగించిన సందేశాలను ఈ సంచయము నుండి శాశ్వతంగా తీసివేయు" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1585 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1685 msgid "Mar_k All Messages as Read" msgstr "అన్ని సందేశాలని చదివినవిగా గుర్తు పెట్టుము(_k)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1587 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1687 msgid "Mark all messages in the folder as read" msgstr "సంచయంలోనిఅన్ని సందేశాలని చదివినవిగా గుర్తు పెట్టుము" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1592 msgid "_Move Folder To..." msgstr "సంచయం ను ఇక్కడికి జరుపుము(_M)..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1594 msgid "Move the selected folder into another folder" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న సంచయాన్ని వేరే సంచయం లోకి జరుపుము" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1599 msgid "_New..." msgstr "కొత్త(_N)..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1601 msgid "Create a new folder for storing mail" msgstr "మెయిల్ దాయుటకు కొత్త సంచయాన్ని సృష్టించుము" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1608 msgid "Change the properties of this folder" msgstr "ఈ సంచయ లక్షణాలను మార్చుము" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1615 msgid "Refresh the folder" msgstr "సంచయాన్ని పునర్వికాసపర్చు" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1622 msgid "Change the name of this folder" msgstr "ఈ సంచయ నామాన్ని మార్చుము" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1627 msgid "Select Message _Thread" msgstr "సందేశం తంతిని ఎంపికచేయుము(_T)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1629 msgid "Select all messages in the same thread as the selected message" msgstr "ఎంపికచేసిన సందేశం లాగా అదే తంతిలోని అన్ని సందేశాలను ఎంపికచేయుము" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1634 msgid "Select Message S_ubthread" msgstr "సందేశం ఉపతంతిని ఎంపికచేయుము(_u)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1636 msgid "Select all replies to the currently selected message" msgstr "ప్రస్తుతం ఎంచుకోబడని సందేశంకు అన్ని ప్రత్యుత్తరములను ఎంచుకొనుము" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1648 msgid "Empty _Trash" msgstr "చెత్తను ఖాళీ చేయు(_T)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1650 msgid "Permanently remove all the deleted messages from all accounts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1655 msgid "_New Label" msgstr "కొత్త లేబుల్(_N)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1664 msgid "N_one" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1678 msgid "_Manage Subscriptions" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1680 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1764 msgid "Subscribe or unsubscribe to folders on remote servers" msgstr "దూరస్థ సేవికల సంచయాల తో చందాదారుకండి లేదా చందావిరమించుకోండి" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1692 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1713 msgid "Send / _Receive" msgstr "పంపుము/తీసుకొనుము(_R)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1694 msgid "Send queued items and retrieve new items" msgstr "వరుసపర్చిన అంశాలను పంపు మరియు కొత్త అంశాలను వెలికితీయుము" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1699 msgid "R_eceive All" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1701 msgid "Receive new items from all accounts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1706 msgid "_Send All" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1708 msgid "Send queued items in all accounts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1736 msgid "Cancel the current mail operation" msgstr "ప్రస్తుత మెయిల్ కార్యమును రద్దుచేయుము" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1741 msgid "Collapse All _Threads" msgstr "అన్ని తంతులను కూల్చుతుంది(_T)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1743 msgid "Collapse all message threads" msgstr "అన్ని సందేశ తంతులను కూల్చుతుంది" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1748 msgid "E_xpand All Threads" msgstr "అన్ని తంతులను విస్తరించుము(_x)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1750 msgid "Expand all message threads" msgstr "సందేశం అన్ని తంతులను వస్తరింపుము" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1755 msgid "_Message Filters" msgstr "సందేశం వడపోతలు(_M)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1757 msgid "Create or edit rules for filtering new mail" msgstr "కొత్త మెయిల్ ను వడపోయుటకు నియమాలను సృష్టించుము లేదా సరిచేయుము" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1762 #| msgid "_Subscriptions" msgid "_Subscriptions..." msgstr "చందాలు... (_S)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1771 msgid "F_older" msgstr "సంచయం(_o)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1778 msgid "_Label" msgstr "లెబుల్(_L)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1795 msgid "C_reate Search Folder From Search..." msgstr "అన్వేషణ కొరకు అన్వేషణ సంచయాన్ని సృష్టించుము(_r)..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1802 msgid "Search F_olders" msgstr "సంచయాలను వెతుకుము(_o)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1804 msgid "Create or edit search folder definitions" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1843 msgid "_New Folder..." msgstr "కొత్త సంచయం(_N)..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1871 msgid "Show Message _Preview" msgstr "సందేశ ఉపదర్శనాన్ని చూపుము(_P)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1873 msgid "Show message preview pane" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1879 msgid "Show _Deleted Messages" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1881 msgid "Show deleted messages with a line through them" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1887 msgid "_Group By Threads" msgstr "సమూహం ద్వారా తంతులు(_G)" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1889 msgid "Threaded message list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1895 msgid "_Unmatched Folder Enabled" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1897 msgid "Toggles whether Unmatched search folder is enabled" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1917 msgid "Show message preview below the message list" msgstr "సందేశ జాబితా కింద సందేశ ఉపదర్శనాన్ని చూపుము" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1924 msgid "Show message preview alongside the message list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1932 msgid "All Messages" msgstr "అన్ని సందేశాలు" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1939 msgid "Important Messages" msgstr "ముఖ్యమైన సందేశాలు" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1946 msgid "Last 5 Days' Messages" msgstr "గత 5 రోజుల' సందేశాలు" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1953 msgid "Messages Not Junk" msgstr "నిరర్ధకముకాని సందేశాలు" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1960 msgid "Messages with Attachments" msgstr "అనుభందములతో సందేశాలు" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1967 msgid "No Label" msgstr "లేబుల్ లేదు" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1974 msgid "Read Messages" msgstr "చదివిన సందేశాలు" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1981 msgid "Unread Messages" msgstr "చదువని సందేశాలు" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2033 msgid "Subject or Addresses contain" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2043 msgid "All Accounts" msgstr "అన్ని ఖాతాలు" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2050 msgid "Current Account" msgstr "ప్రస్తుత ఖాతా" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2057 msgid "Current Folder" msgstr "ప్రస్తుత సంచయం" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:638 msgid "All Account Search" msgstr "అన్ని ఖాతాల అన్వేషణ" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:746 msgid "Account Search" msgstr "ఖాతా అన్వేషణ" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:973 #, c-format msgid "%d selected, " msgid_plural "%d selected, " msgstr[0] "%d ఎంపికచేయబడెను, " msgstr[1] "%d ఎంపికచేయబడెను, " #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:982 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:999 #, c-format msgid "%d deleted" msgid_plural "%d deleted" msgstr[0] "%d తొలగించబడెను" msgstr[1] "%d తొలగించబడెను" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1008 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1014 #, c-format msgid "%d junk" msgid_plural "%d junk" msgstr[0] "%d నిరర్ధకమైన" msgstr[1] "%d నిరర్ధకమైన" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1021 #, c-format msgid "%d draft" msgid_plural "%d drafts" msgstr[0] "%d డ్రాఫ్ట్స్" msgstr[1] "%d డ్రాఫ్ట్స్" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1027 #, c-format msgid "%d unsent" msgid_plural "%d unsent" msgstr[0] "%d పంపని" msgstr[1] "%d పంపని" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1033 #, c-format msgid "%d sent" msgid_plural "%d sent" msgstr[0] "%d పంపిన" msgstr[1] "%d పంపిన" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1045 #, c-format msgid "%d unread, " msgid_plural "%d unread, " msgstr[0] "%d చదవని, " msgstr[1] "%d చదవని, " #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1048 #, c-format msgid "%d total" msgid_plural "%d total" msgstr[0] "%d మొత్తం" msgstr[1] "%d మొత్తం" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1069 msgid "Trash" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1507 msgid "Send / Receive" msgstr "పంపుము/తీసుకొనుము" #: ../modules/mail/em-composer-prefs.c:447 msgid "Language(s)" msgstr "భాష(లు)" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:81 msgid "On exit, every time" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:82 msgid "On exit, once per day" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:83 msgid "On exit, once per week" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:84 msgid "On exit, once per month" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:85 msgid "Immediately, on folder leave" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:356 msgid "Header" msgstr "పీఠిక" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:360 msgid "Contains Value" msgstr "కలిగిఉండు విలువ" #. To Translators: 'Date header' is a label for configurable date/time format for 'Date' header in mail message window/preview #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1215 msgid "_Date header:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1216 msgid "Show _original header value" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mailto-handler/evolution-mailto-handler.c:142 msgid "Do you want to make Evolution your default email client?" msgstr "" #. Translators: First %s is an email address, second %s #. * is the subject of the email, third %s is the date. #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:311 #, c-format msgid "Your message to %s about \"%s\" on %s has been read." msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is the subject of the email message. #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:378 #, c-format msgid "Delivery Notification for \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:543 #, c-format msgid "Send a read receipt to '%s'" msgstr "" #. name doesn't matter #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:548 msgid "_Notify Sender" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Sender wants to be notified when you have read this message." msgstr "" #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Sender has been notified that you have read this message." msgstr "" #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Evolution is currently offline." msgstr "" #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Click 'Work Online' to return to online mode." msgstr "" #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Evolution is currently offline due to a network outage." msgstr "" #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Evolution will return to online mode once a network connection is " "established." msgstr "" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:68 msgid "Author(s)" msgstr "ఆథర్(లు)" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:254 msgid "Plugin Manager" msgstr "ప్లగ్గిన్ అభికర్త" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:269 msgid "Note: Some changes will not take effect until restart" msgstr "గమనిక: పునఃప్రారంభించు నంతవరకు కొన్ని మార్పులు ప్రభావితం కావు" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:298 msgid "Overview" msgstr "అవలోకనం" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:367 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:450 msgid "Plugin" msgstr "ప్లగ్ఇన్" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:488 msgid "_Plugins" msgstr "ప్లగ్ఇన్స్(_P)" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:489 msgid "Enable and disable plugins" msgstr "ప్లగ్ఇన్స్ ను చేతనం మరియు అచేతనం చేయుము" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:140 msgid "Display plain text version" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:142 msgid "Display plain text version of multipart/alternative message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:148 msgid "Display HTML version" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:150 msgid "Display HTML version of multipart/alternative message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:78 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:44 msgid "Show HTML if present" msgstr "ఉన్నట్లైతే HTML ను చూపుము" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:79 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:45 msgid "Let Evolution choose the best part to show." msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:82 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:48 msgid "Show plain text if present" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:83 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:49 msgid "" "Show plain text part, if present, otherwise let Evolution choose the best " "part to show." msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:87 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:53 msgid "Only ever show plain text" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:88 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:54 msgid "" "Always show plain text part and make attachments from other parts, if " "requested." msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:105 msgid "Show s_uppressed HTML parts as attachments" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:127 msgid "HTML _Mode" msgstr "HTML రీతి (_M)" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/org-gnome-prefer-plain.eplug.xml.h:1 #| msgid "Prefer plain-text" msgid "Prefer Plain Text" msgstr "సాదా పాఠ్యమును అభీష్టపరచుము" #. but then we also need to create our own section frame #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/org-gnome-prefer-plain.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Plain Text Mode" msgstr "సాదా పాఠ్యము రీతి" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/org-gnome-prefer-plain.eplug.xml.h:4 msgid "View mail messages as plain text, even if they contain HTML content." msgstr "" "మెయిల్ సందేశములను సాదా పాఠ్యము వలె దర్శించుము, అవి HTML సారమును కలిగివున్నా " "కూడా." #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:151 #, c-format msgid "Failed to spawn SpamAssassin (%s): " msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:174 msgid "Failed to stream mail message content to SpamAssassin: " msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:193 #, c-format msgid "Failed to write '%s' to SpamAssassin: " msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:221 msgid "Failed to read output from SpamAssassin: " msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:276 msgid "SpamAssassin either crashed or failed to process a mail message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:356 #| msgid "Spamassassin Options" msgid "SpamAssassin Options" msgstr "SpamAssassin ఐచ్చికాలు" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:371 msgid "I_nclude remote tests" msgstr "దురస్థ పరిశీలనలను చేర్చుతుంది(_n)" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:385 msgid "This will make SpamAssassin more reliable, but slower." msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:559 msgid "SpamAssassin" msgstr "" #. Keep the title identical to EMailConfigImportPage #. * so it's only shown once in the assistant sidebar. #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-page.c:262 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-progress-page.c:342 msgid "Importing Files" msgstr "" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-progress-page.c:261 msgid "Import cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-progress-page.c:278 msgid "Import complete." msgstr "" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-startup-assistant.c:156 msgid "" "Welcome to Evolution.\n" "\n" "The next few screens will allow Evolution to connect to your email accounts, " "and to import files from other applications." msgstr "" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/evolution-startup-wizard.c:229 msgid "Loading accounts..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-display-popup-text-highlight.c:95 msgid "_Format as..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-display-popup-text-highlight.c:103 msgid "_Other languages" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-formatter-text-highlight.c:337 msgid "Text Highlight" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-formatter-text-highlight.c:338 msgid "Syntax highlighting of mail parts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:32 msgid "_Plain text" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:38 msgid "_Assembler" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:43 msgid "_Bash" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:54 msgid "_C/C++" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:63 msgid "_C#" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:68 msgid "_Cascade Style Sheet" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:73 msgid "_HTML" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:81 msgid "_Java" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:87 msgid "_JavaScript" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:93 msgid "_Patch/diff" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:99 msgid "_Perl" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:110 msgid "_PHP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:123 msgid "_Python" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:128 msgid "_Ruby" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:135 msgid "_Tcl/Tk" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:141 msgid "_TeX/LaTeX" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:147 msgid "_Vala" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:152 msgid "_Visual Basic" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:159 msgid "_XML" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:177 msgid "_ActionScript" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:182 msgid "_ADA95" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:189 msgid "_ALGOL 68" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:194 msgid "(_G)AWK" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:199 msgid "_COBOL" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:204 msgid "_DOS Batch" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:209 msgid "_D" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:214 msgid "_Erlang" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:219 msgid "_FORTRAN 77" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:225 msgid "_FORTRAN 90" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:230 msgid "_F#" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:235 msgid "_Go" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:240 msgid "_Haskell" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:245 msgid "_JSP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:250 msgid "_Lisp" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:258 msgid "_Lotus" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:263 msgid "_Lua" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:268 msgid "_Maple" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:273 msgid "_Matlab" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:278 msgid "_Maya" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:283 msgid "_Oberon" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:288 msgid "_Objective C" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:294 msgid "_OCaml" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:299 msgid "_Octave" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:304 msgid "_Object Script" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:309 msgid "_Pascal" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:314 msgid "_POV-Ray" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:319 msgid "_Prolog" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:324 msgid "_PostScript" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:329 msgid "_R" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:334 msgid "_RPM Spec" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:339 msgid "_Scala" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:344 msgid "_Smalltalk" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:350 msgid "_TCSH" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:355 msgid "_VHDL" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:129 #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-part-vcard.c:152 msgid "Show F_ull vCard" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:132 #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-part-vcard.c:170 msgid "Show Com_pact vCard" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:157 msgid "Save _To Addressbook" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:178 #| msgid "There is one other contact." #| msgid_plural "There are %d other contacts." msgid "There is one other contact." msgstr "అక్కడ యింకో పరిచయ చిరునామావుంది." #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:184 #, c-format #| msgid "There is one other contact." #| msgid_plural "There are %d other contacts." msgid "There is %d other contact." msgid_plural "There are %d other contacts." msgstr[0] "అక్కడ %d పరిచయ చిరునామాఉంది." msgstr[1] "అక్కడ %d పరిచయ చిరునామాలు ఉన్నాయి." #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:209 msgid "Addressbook Contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:210 msgid "Display the part as an addressbook contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/web-inspector/evolution-web-inspector.c:96 msgid "Evolution Web Inspector" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/attachment-reminder.c:121 msgid "_Do not show this message again." msgstr "ఈ సందేశంను మళ్ళీ చూపవద్దు (_D)." #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/attachment-reminder.c:583 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:480 msgid "Keywords" msgstr "కీపదాలు" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Message has no attachments" msgstr "సందేశం ఏ అనుభందాలను కలిగిలేదు" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "Evolution has found some keywords that suggest that this message should " "contain an attachment, but cannot find one." msgstr "" "ఈ సందేశం ఒక అనుభందాన్ని కలిగిఉంది అని సూచించే కొన్ని కీపదాలను ఎవాల్యూషన్ " "కనుగొంది, అయితే అనుభందాన్ని కనుగొనలేకపోయింది." #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:3 msgid "_Add Attachment..." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:4 msgid "_Edit Message" msgstr "సందేశాన్ని సరిచేయి (_E)" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-evolution-attachment-reminder.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Attachment Reminder" msgstr "అనుబంధం ను గుర్తుచేయునది" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-evolution-attachment-reminder.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Reminds you when you forgot to add an attachment to a mail message." msgstr "" "మెయిల్ సందేశమునకు అనుభందమును జతచేయుట మీరు మరచినప్పుడు మీకు గర్తుచేస్తుంది." #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:635 ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:644 #: ../plugins/bbdb/org-gnome-evolution-bbdb.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Automatic Contacts" msgstr "స్వయంచాలక పరిచయాలు" #. Enable BBDB checkbox #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:659 #| msgid "_Auto-create address book entries when replying to messages" msgid "Create _address book entries when sending mails" msgstr "" "సందేశములను పంపునప్పుడు చిరునామా పుస్తకం ప్రవేశాలను సృష్టిస్తుంది (_a)" #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:666 msgid "Select Address book for Automatic Contacts" msgstr "స్వయంచాలక పరిచయాల కొరకు చిరునామా పుస్తంకంను ఎంపికచేయుము" #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:683 msgid "Instant Messaging Contacts" msgstr "త్వరిత సందేశ పరిచయాలు" #. Enable Gaim Checkbox #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:698 msgid "_Synchronize contact info and images from Pidgin buddy list" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:705 msgid "Select Address book for Pidgin buddy list" msgstr "పిడిగిన్ మిత్ర జాబితా కొరకు చిరునామా పుస్తకాన్ని ఎంచుకొనుము" #. Synchronize now button. #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:718 msgid "Synchronize with _buddy list now" msgstr "మిత్ర జాబితా తో ఇప్పుడు కాలనియమత చేయుము(_b)" #: ../plugins/bbdb/org-gnome-evolution-bbdb.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "BBDB" msgstr "BBDB" #: ../plugins/bbdb/org-gnome-evolution-bbdb.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "" "Takes the gruntwork out of managing your address book.\n" "\n" "Automatically fills your address book with names and email addresses as you " "reply to messages. Also fills in IM contact information from your buddy " "lists." msgstr "" "మీ చిరునామా పుస్తకం నిర్వహించుటకు చేయవలసిన పనిని యిదిచేస్తుంది.\n" "\n" "మీరు సందేశాలకు ప్రత్యుత్తరము ఇచ్చినట్లుగా మీ చిరునామాపుస్తకం ను పేరులు మరియ " "ఈమోయిల్ చిరునామాలతో స్వయంచాలకంగా నింపుతుంది. మీ మిత్ర జాబితాలనుండి కూడా IM " "పరిచయాల సమాచారాన్ని నింపుతుంది." #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:282 msgid "Importing Outlook Express data" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/org-gnome-dbx-import.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Outlook DBX import" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/org-gnome-dbx-import.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Outlook Express 5/6 personal folders (.dbx)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/org-gnome-dbx-import.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Import Outlook Express messages from DBX file" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:291 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Security:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:295 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Personal" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:296 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Unclassified" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:297 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Protected" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:298 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Confidential" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:299 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Secret" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:300 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Top secret" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:360 msgctxt "email-custom-header" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:536 msgid "_Custom Header" msgstr "మలుచుకొనిన పీఠిక (_C)" #. To translators: This string is used while adding a new message header to configuration, to specifying the format of the key values #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:806 msgid "" "The format for specifying a Custom Header key value is:\n" "Name of the Custom Header key values separated by \";\"." msgstr "" "మలుచుకొనిని పీఠిక కీవిలువకు తెలుపబడిన విధానం:\n" "మలుచుకొనిని పీఠిక కీవిలువల పేరు \";\" చేత వేరుచేయబడతాయి." #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:859 msgid "Key" msgstr "కీ" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:876 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:489 msgid "Values" msgstr "విలువలు" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/org-gnome-email-custom-header.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Custom Header" msgstr "మలుచుకొనిన పీఠిక" #. For Translators: 'custom header' string is used while adding a new message header to outgoing message, to specify what value for the message header would be added #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/org-gnome-email-custom-header.eplug.xml.h:3 #| msgid "Adds custom header to outgoing messages." msgid "Add custom headers to outgoing mail messages." msgstr "బయటకువెళ్ళు మెయిల్ సందేశాలకు మలుచుకొన్న పీఠికలను జతచేస్తుంది." #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/org-gnome-email-custom-header.ui.h:1 msgid "Email Custom Header" msgstr "మలుచుకొనిన పీఠికను ఈమెయిల్ చేయుము" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:112 msgid "Command to be executed to launch the editor: " msgstr "సరికూర్పరిని దించుటకు నిర్వర్తించవలసిన సందేశం: " #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:113 msgid "" "For XEmacs use \"xemacs\"\n" "For Vim use \"gvim -f\"" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:123 msgid "_Automatically launch when a new mail is edited" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:413 #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:415 #| msgid "Compose in _External Editor" msgid "Compose in External Editor" msgstr "బాహ్య సరికూర్పరినందు కూర్చుము" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "External Editor" msgstr "బహిర్గత కూర్పరి" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.eplug.xml.h:2 #| msgid "" #| "A plugin for using an external editor as the composer. You can send only " #| "plain-text messages." msgid "Use an external editor to compose plain-text mail messages." msgstr "" "సాదా-పాఠ్యపు మెయిల్ సందేశములను కూర్చుటకు బాహ్య సరికూర్పరిని వుపయోగించుము." #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Editor not launchable" msgstr "సరికూర్పరి దించదగునది కాదు" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "The external editor set in your plugin preferences cannot be launched. Try " "setting a different editor." msgstr "" "మీప్లగ్ఇన్ ఆభీష్టాలనందు అమర్చివున్న బహిర్గత సరికూర్పరి ప్రారంభింపబడదు. వేరే " "సరికూర్పరిని అమర్చుటకు ప్రయత్నించుము." #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Cannot create Temporary File" msgstr "తాత్కాలిక ఫైలును సృష్టించలేక పోయింది" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Evolution is unable to create a temporary file to save your mail. Retry " "later." msgstr "" "మీమెయిల్‌ను భద్రపరచుటకు ఎవాల్యూషన్ తాత్కాలిక ఫైలును సృష్టించలేకపోయింది. " "తరువాత మరలాప్రయత్నించండి." #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:5 #| msgid "External Editor" msgid "External editor still running" msgstr "బాహ్య సరికూర్పరి యింకా నడుచుచున్నది" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "The external editor is still running. The mail composer window cannot be " "closed as long as the editor is active." msgstr "" "బాహ్య సరికూర్పరి యింకా నడుచుచున్నది. సరికూర్పరి క్రియాశీలముగా వున్నంతవరకు " "మెయిల్ కూర్పరి విండో మూయబడదు." #: ../plugins/face/face.c:171 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:322 msgid "Unknown error" msgstr "తెలియని దోషం" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:289 msgid "Select a Face Picture" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:299 msgid "Image files" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:358 msgid "_Insert Face picture by default" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:371 msgid "Load new _Face picture" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:432 msgid "Include _Face" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Attach a small picture of your face to outgoing messages." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Failed Read" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:2 msgid "The file cannot be read" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Invalid Image Size" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Please select an image of size 48 * 48" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Not an image" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "The file you selected does not look like a valid .png image. Error: {0}" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/image-inline/org-gnome-image-inline.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Inline Image" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/image-inline/org-gnome-image-inline.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "View image attachments directly in mail messages." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:368 msgid "Get List _Archive" msgstr "జాబితా ఆర్చివ్ ను పొందుము(_A)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:370 msgid "Get an archive of the list this message belongs to" msgstr "ఈ సందేశంకు చెందిన జాబితా యొక్క ఆర్చివ్ ను పొందుము" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:375 msgid "Get List _Usage Information" msgstr "జాబితా ఉపయోగపు సమాచారాన్ని పొందుము(_U)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:377 msgid "Get information about the usage of the list this message belongs to" msgstr "ఈ సందేశంకు చెందిన జాబితా యొక్క ఉపయోగం గురించిన సమాచారాన్ని పొందుము" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:382 msgid "Contact List _Owner" msgstr "పరిచయ జాబితా స్వతందారు(_O)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:384 msgid "Contact the owner of the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "ఈ సందేశం కు చెందిన మెయిలింగ్ జాబితా యజమానిని సంప్రదించుము" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:389 msgid "_Post Message to List" msgstr "సందేశాన్ని జాబితాకు పోస్టుచేయుము(_P)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:391 msgid "Post a message to the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "ఈ సందేశం కు చెందిన మెయిలింగ్ జాబితాకు సందేశంను పోస్టు చేయుము" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:396 msgid "_Subscribe to List" msgstr "జాబితాకు చందాదారు కమ్ము(_S)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:398 msgid "Subscribe to the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "ఈ సందేశంకు చెందిన మెయిలింగ్ జాబితాకు చందాదారు కమ్ము" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:403 msgid "_Unsubscribe from List" msgstr "జాబితానుండి చందావిరమించుకొనుము(_U)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:405 msgid "Unsubscribe from the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:412 msgid "Mailing _List" msgstr "మెయిలింగ్ జాబితా(_L)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Mailing List Actions" msgstr "మెయిలింగ్ జాబితా చర్యలు" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.eplug.xml.h:2 #| msgid "" #| "Provide actions for common mailing list commands (subscribe, " #| "unsubscribe...)." msgid "Perform common mailing list actions (subscribe, unsubscribe, etc.)." msgstr "" "ఉమ్మడి మెయిలింగ్ జాబితా ఆదేశాలను జరుపుము (చందాదారుకమ్ము,చందావిరమించు, మొ.)." #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Action not available" msgstr "చర్య అందుబాటులోలేదు" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This message does not contain the header information required for this " "action." msgstr "ఈ సందేశం ఈ చర్య కు అవసరమైనటువంటి పీఠిక సమాచారాన్ని కలిగిలేదు." #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Posting not allowed" msgstr "పోస్టింగ్ అనుమతించబడదు" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Posting to this mailing list is not allowed. Possibly, this is a read-only " "mailing list. Contact the list owner for details." msgstr "" "ఈ మెయిలింగ్ జాబితా కు పోస్టింగ్ అనుమతించబడదు. సాధ్యముగా, ఇది చదువుట-మాత్రమే " "మెయిలింగ్ జాబితా. వివరములకొరకు జాబితా యజమానిని సంప్రదించుము." #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Send e-mail message to mailing list?" msgstr "మెయిలింగ్ జాబితాకు ఈ-మెయిల్ సందేశంను పంపుము?" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "An e-mail message will be sent to the URL \"{0}\". You can either send the " "message automatically, or see and change it first.\n" "\n" "You should receive an answer from the mailing list shortly after the message " "has been sent." msgstr "" "ఒక ఈ-మెయిల్ సందేశం URL \"{0} కు పంపబడింది. మీరు సందేశాన్ని స్వయంచాలకంగా " "పంపవచ్చు, లేదా దానిని చూడుము మరియు మార్చుము.\n" "\n" "సందేశం పంపబడిన తర్వాత మీరు త్వరలోనే మెయిలింగ్ జాబితానుండి సమాధానం పొందుతారు." #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:9 msgid "_Send message" msgstr "సందేశాన్ని పంపుము(_S)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:10 msgid "_Edit message" msgstr "సందేశాన్ని సరిచేయు(_E)" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Malformed header" msgstr "తప్పుగారూపీకరించిన పీఠిక" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "The {0} header of this message is malformed and could not be processed.\n" "\n" "Header: {1}" msgstr "" "ఈ సందేశం యొక్క {0} పీఠిక తప్పుగారూపీకరించింది మరియు నిర్వర్తించబడదు.\n" "\n" "పీఠిక: {1}" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:15 msgid "No e-mail action" msgstr "ఏ ఈ-మెయిల్ చర్య లేదు" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:16 #| msgid "" #| "The action could not be performed. This means the header for this action " #| "did not contain any action we could process.\n" #| "\n" #| "Header: {0}" msgid "" "The action could not be performed. The header for this action did not " "contain any action that could be processed.\n" "\n" "Header: {0}" msgstr "" "చర్య జరుపబడలేదు. ఈ చర్య పీఠిక మనము సంభాలించగలిగే ఏ చర్యను కలిగిలేదు.\n" "\n" "పీఠిక: {0}" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:384 #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:420 #, c-format msgid "You have received %d new message." msgid_plural "You have received %d new messages." msgstr[0] "మీరు %d కొత్త సందేశాన్ని పొందారు." msgstr[1] "మీరు %d కొత్త సందేశాన్ని పొందారు." #. Translators: "From:" is preceding a new mail #. * sender address, like "From: user@example.com" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:395 #, c-format msgid "From: %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Subject:" is preceding a new mail #. * subject, like "Subject: It happened again" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:409 #, c-format msgid "Subject: %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:426 msgid "New email in Evolution" msgstr "" #. Translators: The '%s' is a mail #. * folder name. (e.g. "Show Inbox") #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:461 #, c-format msgid "Show %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:663 msgid "_Play sound when a new message arrives" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:695 msgid "_Beep" msgstr "బీప్(_B)" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:708 msgid "Use sound _theme" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:727 msgid "Play _file:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:736 msgid "Select sound file" msgstr "శబ్దపు ఫైలును ఎంపికచేయుము" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:792 msgid "Notify new messages for _Inbox only" msgstr "ఇన్‌బాక్స్ కు కొత్త సందేశాలను మాత్రమే ప్రకటింటుము(_I)" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:802 msgid "Show _notification when a new message arrives" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/org-gnome-mail-notification.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Mail Notification" msgstr "మెయిల్ ప్రకటన" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/org-gnome-mail-notification.eplug.xml.h:2 #| msgid "Play sound when new messages arrive." msgid "Notifies you when new mail messages arrive." msgstr "కొత్త మెయిల్ సందేశములు వచ్చినప్పుడు మీకు తెలియజేస్తుంది." #. To Translators: The full sentence looks like: "Created from a mail by John Doe " #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:232 #, c-format msgid "Created from a mail by %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:616 #, c-format msgid "" "Selected calendar contains event '%s' already. Would you like to edit the " "old event?" msgstr "" "ఎంపికచేసిన క్యాలెండర్ యిప్పటికే ఘటన '%s'ను కలిగివుంది. మీరు పాత ఘటనను " "సరికూర్చాలని అనుకొనుచున్నారా?" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:619 #, c-format msgid "" "Selected task list contains task '%s' already. Would you like to edit the " "old task?" msgstr "" "ఎంపికచేసిన కర్తవ్య జాబితా యిప్పటికే కర్తవ్యం '%s'ను కలిగివుంది. మీరు పాత " "కర్తవ్యాన్ని సరికూర్చుటకు యిష్టపడతారా?" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:622 #, c-format msgid "" "Selected memo list contains memo '%s' already. Would you like to edit the " "old memo?" msgstr "" "ఎంపికైన మెమో జాబితా యిప్పటికే మెమో '%s'ను కలిగివుంది. మీరు పాత మెమోను " "సరికూర్చాలని అనుకొనుచున్నారా?" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:642 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to events. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to events. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:649 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to tasks. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to tasks. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:656 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to memos. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to memos. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:677 msgid "Do you wish to continue converting remaining mails?" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:753 #| msgid "No Summary" msgid "[No Summary]" msgstr "[సంక్షిప్తసమాచారము లేదు]" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:766 msgid "Invalid object returned from a server" msgstr "సేవికనుండి చెల్లని ఆబ్జక్టు తిరిగివచ్చింది" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:821 #, c-format #| msgid "An error occurred while printing" msgid "An error occurred during processing: %s" msgstr "ప్రోసెసింగ్‌నందు వొక దోషము యెదురైంది: %s" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:855 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open calendar. %s" msgstr "క్యాలెండర్ ను తెరువలేదు. %s" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:862 msgid "" "Selected calendar is read only, thus cannot create event there. Select other " "calendar, please." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:865 msgid "" "Selected task list is read only, thus cannot create task there. Select other " "task list, please." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:868 msgid "" "Selected memo list is read only, thus cannot create memo there. Select other " "memo list, please." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1203 msgid "No writable calendar is available." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1280 msgid "Create an _Appointment" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1282 #| msgid "Compose a reply to the sender of the selected message" msgid "Create a new event from the selected message" msgstr "ఎంపికచేసిన సందేశమునుండి కొత్త ఘటనను సృష్టించుము" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1287 #| msgid "Create a new memo" msgid "Create a Mem_o" msgstr "మెమోను సృష్టించుము (_o)" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1289 #| msgid "Compose a reply to the sender of the selected message" msgid "Create a new memo from the selected message" msgstr "ఎంపికచేసిన సందేశమునుండి కొత్త మెమోను సృష్టించుము" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1294 #| msgid "Create a new task" msgid "Create a _Task" msgstr "కర్తవ్యాన్ని సృష్టించుము (_T)" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1296 #| msgid "Compose a reply to the sender of the selected message" msgid "Create a new task from the selected message" msgstr "ఎంపికచేసన సందేశం నుండి కొత్త కర్తవ్యాన్ని సృష్టించండి" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1304 #| msgid "New _Meeting" msgid "Create a _Meeting" msgstr "సమావేశాన్ని సృష్టించుము (_M)" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1306 #| msgid "Create a new meeting request" msgid "Create a new meeting from the selected message" msgstr "ఎంపికచేసిన సందేశమునుండి కొత్త సమావేశమును సృష్టించుము" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/org-gnome-mail-to-task.eplug.xml.h:1 #| msgid "Convert the selected message to a new task" msgid "Convert a mail message to a task." msgstr "మెయిల్ సందేశాన్ని కర్తవ్యానికి మార్చుము." #: ../plugins/pst-import/org-gnome-pst-import.eplug.xml.h:1 #| msgid "Outlook CSV and Tab Importer" msgid "Outlook PST import" msgstr "Outlook PST దిగుమతి" #: ../plugins/pst-import/org-gnome-pst-import.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Outlook personal folders (.pst)" msgstr "Outlook వ్యక్తిగత సంచయములు (.pst)" #: ../plugins/pst-import/org-gnome-pst-import.eplug.xml.h:3 #| msgid "Import mail from Pine." msgid "Import Outlook messages from PST file" msgstr "PST దస్త్రము నుండి Outlook సందేశములను దిగుమతిచేయుము" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:530 msgid "_Mail" msgstr "మెయిల్(_M)" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:559 msgid "Destination folder:" msgstr "గమ్యస్థాన సంచయం:" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:569 #| msgid "Address Book" msgid "_Address Book" msgstr "చిరునామా పుస్తకం (_A)" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:574 #| msgid "Appointments" msgid "A_ppointments" msgstr "నియామకాలు (_p)" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:579 ../views/tasks/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Tasks" msgstr "కర్తవ్యాలు(_T)" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:584 #| msgid "Journal" msgid "_Journal entries" msgstr "పత్రిక ప్రవేశములు (_J)" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:701 #| msgid "Importing Elm data" msgid "Importing Outlook data" msgstr "Outlook డాటాను దిగుమతిచేస్తోంది" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/org-gnome-publish-calendar.eplug.xml.h:1 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:141 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:148 msgid "Calendar Publishing" msgstr "క్యాలెండర్ ప్రచురణ" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/org-gnome-publish-calendar.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Locations" msgstr "స్థానములు" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/org-gnome-publish-calendar.eplug.xml.h:3 #| msgid "Allows calendars to be published to the web" msgid "Publish calendars to the web." msgstr "కాలెండర్లను వెబ్‌నకు ప్రచురించుము." #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:217 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:484 #, c-format #| msgid "Could not open source" msgid "Could not open %s:" msgstr "%sను తెరువలేక పోయింది:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:236 #, c-format msgid "There was an error while publishing to %s:" msgstr "%sనకు ప్రచురించునప్పుడు అక్కడ వొక దోషమువుంది:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:242 #, c-format msgid "Publishing to %s finished successfully" msgstr "%sనకు ప్రచురించుట సమర్ధవంతంగా పూర్తైనది" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:290 #, c-format msgid "Mount of %s failed:" msgstr "%sయొక్క మరల్పు విఫలమైంది:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:649 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:33 msgid "E_nable" msgstr "చేతనం(_n)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:799 #| msgid "Are you sure you want to remove this URL?" msgid "Are you sure you want to remove this location?" msgstr "మీరు ఖచ్చితంగా ఈ స్థానమును తీసవేద్దామని అనుకొనుచున్నారా?" #. To Translators: This is shown to a user when creation of a new thread, #. * where the publishing should be done, fails. Basically, this shouldn't #. * ever happen, and if so, then something is really wrong. #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:1138 #| msgid "Could not create message." msgid "Could not create publish thread." msgstr "ప్రచురణ తంతి సృష్టించబడలేక పోయింది." #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:1148 msgid "_Publish Calendar Information" msgstr "క్యాలెండర్ సమాచారంను ముద్రించుము(_P)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:1 msgid "iCal" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:3 msgid "Daily" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:4 msgid "Weekly" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:5 msgid "Manual (via Actions menu)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:9 msgid "Secure FTP (SFTP)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:10 msgid "Public FTP" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:11 msgid "FTP (with login)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:12 msgid "Windows share" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:13 msgid "WebDAV (HTTP)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:14 msgid "Secure WebDAV (HTTPS)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:15 msgid "Custom Location" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:17 msgid "_Publish as:" msgstr "ఇలా ప్రచురించు(_P):" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:18 msgid "Publishing _Frequency:" msgstr "ప్రకంపనను ప్రచురిస్తోంది(_F):" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:19 #| msgid "Time _zone:" msgid "Time _duration:" msgstr "సమయపు నిడివి (_d):" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:20 msgid "Sources" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:23 msgid "Service _type:" msgstr "సేవ రకం(_t):" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:25 msgid "_File:" msgstr "ఫైలు(_F):" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:27 msgid "P_ort:" msgstr "పోర్టు(_o):" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:28 msgid "_Username:" msgstr "వినియోగదారుడి పేరు(_U):" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:29 msgid "_Password:" msgstr "సంకేతపదం(_P):" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:30 msgid "_Remember password" msgstr "రహస్యపదాన్ని గుర్తించుము(_R)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:31 msgid "Publishing Location" msgstr "స్థానాన్ని ప్రచురిస్తోంది" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-format-fb.c:100 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-format-ical.c:103 #, c-format msgid "Invalid source UID '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/url-editor-dialog.c:540 #| msgid "Location" msgid "New Location" msgstr "కొత్త స్థానము" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/url-editor-dialog.c:542 #| msgid "Location" msgid "Edit Location" msgstr "స్థానము సరికూర్చుము" #. Translators: the %F %T is the third argument for a #. * strftime function. It lets you define the formatting #. * of the date in the csv-file. #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:161 msgid "%F %T" msgstr "%F %T" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:375 msgid "UID" msgstr "UID" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:377 msgid "Description List" msgstr "వివరణ జాబితా" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:378 msgid "Categories List" msgstr "వర్గముల జాబితా" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:379 msgid "Comment List" msgstr "వ్యాఖ్యానం జాబితా" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:382 msgid "Contact List" msgstr "పరిచయముల జాబితా" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:383 msgid "Start" msgstr "ప్రారంభమౌతుంది" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:384 msgid "End" msgstr "ముగుస్తుంది" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:385 msgid "Due" msgstr "పూర్వనిర్ణిత" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:386 msgid "percent Done" msgstr "శాతం పూర్తైంది" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:388 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:389 msgid "Attendees List" msgstr "హాజరైనవారి జాబితా" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:391 msgid "Modified" msgstr "సవరించబడింది" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:564 #| msgid "Advanced options for the CSV format" msgid "A_dvanced options for the CSV format" msgstr "CSV ఫార్మాట్ కొరకు అధునాతన ఐచ్చికలు (_d)" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:572 #| msgid "Prepend a header" msgid "Prepend a _header" msgstr "పీఠికను ముందు చేర్చు (_h)" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:581 #| msgid "Value delimiter:" msgid "_Value delimiter:" msgstr "విలువ నిర్ధారకి (_V):" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:592 #| msgid "Record delimiter:" msgid "_Record delimiter:" msgstr "రికార్డ్ నిర్దారకి (_R):" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:603 #| msgid "Encapsulate values with:" msgid "_Encapsulate values with:" msgstr "విలువలను దీనితో చుట్టిఉంచు (_E):" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:629 msgid "Comma separated values (.csv)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/ical-format.c:184 ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:178 msgid "iCalendar (.ics)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/org-gnome-save-calendar.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Save Selected" msgstr "ఎంపికచేయబడ్డదాన్ని దాయుము" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/org-gnome-save-calendar.eplug.xml.h:2 #| msgid "Saves selected calendar or tasks list to disk." msgid "Save a calendar or task list to disk." msgstr "డిస్కునకు కాలెండర్‌ను లేదా కర్తవ్య జాబితాను దాయుము." #. #. * Translator: the %FT%T is the thirth argument for a strftime function. #. * It lets you define the formatting of the date in the rdf-file. #. * Also check out http://www.w3.org/2002/12/cal/tzd #. * #: ../plugins/save-calendar/rdf-format.c:147 msgid "%FT%T" msgstr "%FT%T" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/rdf-format.c:385 msgid "RDF (.rdf)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:121 #| msgid "Format" msgid "_Format:" msgstr "ఫార్మాట్ (_F):" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:187 msgid "Select destination file" msgstr "గమ్య ఫైలును ఎంపికచేయుము" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:343 msgid "Save the selected calendar to disk" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:374 msgid "Save the selected memo list to disk" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:405 msgid "Save the selected task list to disk" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/templates/org-gnome-templates.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "" "Drafts based template plugin. You can use variables like $ORIG[subject], " "$ORIG[from], $ORIG[to] or $ORIG[body], which will be replaced by values from " "an email you are replying to." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1148 msgid "No Title" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1257 msgid "Save as _Template" msgstr "మాదిరిలా దాయుము (_T)" #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1259 msgid "Save as Template" msgstr "మాదిరిలా దాయుము" #: ../shell/e-shell.c:279 msgid "Preparing to go offline..." msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell.c:332 msgid "Preparing to go online..." msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell.c:413 msgid "Preparing to quit" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell.c:419 msgid "Preparing to quit..." msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-content.c:721 ../shell/e-shell-content.c:722 msgid "Searches" msgstr "అన్వేషణలు" #: ../shell/e-shell-content.c:765 msgid "Save Search" msgstr "వెతికిన దానిని దాచుము" #. Translators: The "Show:" label precedes a combo box that #. * allows the user to filter the current view. Examples of #. * items that appear in the combo box are "Unread Messages", #. * "Important Messages", or "Active Appointments". #: ../shell/e-shell-searchbar.c:939 msgid "Sho_w:" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is part of the quick search interface. #. * example: Search: [_______________] in [ Current Folder ] #: ../shell/e-shell-searchbar.c:964 msgid "Sear_ch:" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is part of the quick search interface. #. * example: Search: [_______________] in [ Current Folder ] #: ../shell/e-shell-searchbar.c:1032 msgid "i_n" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:175 msgid "vCard (.vcf)" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:199 msgid "All Files (*)" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-view.c:292 msgid "Saving user interface state" msgstr "" #. The translator-credits string is for translators to list #. * per-language credits for translation, displayed in the #. * about dialog. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:74 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "అనువాదకర్త పరపతులు\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " BHARAT https://launchpad.net/~bharatfsf\n" " Krishna Babu K https://launchpad.net/~kkrothap\n" " Prajasakti Localisation Team https://launchpad.net/~localisation\n" " Praveen Illa https://launchpad.net/~telugulinux\n" " arjuna rao chavala https://launchpad.net/~arjunaraoc\n" " కోడూరి గోపాలకృష్ణ https://launchpad.net/~gopalkoduri\n" " మంగిపూడి కోదండరామ్ (Mangipudi Kodanda Ram) https://launchpad.net/~kodanda\n" " వీవెన్ https://launchpad.net/~veeven" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:85 msgid "Evolution Website" msgstr "ఎవల్యూషన్ వెబ్‌సైటు" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:341 msgid "Categories Editor" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:672 msgid "Bug Buddy is not installed." msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:673 msgid "Bug Buddy could not be run." msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:853 msgid "Show information about Evolution" msgstr "ఎవల్యూషన్ గురించి సమాచారం చూపుము" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:858 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:872 msgid "_Close Window" msgstr "గవాక్షమును మూయుము(_C)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:879 msgid "_Contents" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:881 msgid "Open the Evolution User Guide" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:907 msgid "I_mport..." msgstr "దిగుమతి(_m)..." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:909 msgid "Import data from other programs" msgstr "ఇతర కార్యక్రమాలనుండి దత్తాంశాన్ని దిగుమతిచేయుము" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:914 msgid "New _Window" msgstr "కొత్త విండో(_W)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:916 msgid "Create a new window displaying this view" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:928 msgid "Available Cate_gories" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:930 msgid "Manage available categories" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:942 msgid "_Quick Reference" msgstr "చురుకైన నివేదన(_Q)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:944 msgid "Show Evolution's shortcut keys" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:951 msgid "Exit the program" msgstr "కార్యక్రమం నుండి బయటకు రమ్ము" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:956 msgid "_Advanced Search..." msgstr "అదునాతన అన్వేషణ(_A)..." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:958 msgid "Construct a more advanced search" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:965 msgid "Clear the current search parameters" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:970 msgid "_Edit Saved Searches..." msgstr "దాచిన వెతుకుఫలితాలను సరిచేయు(_E)..." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:972 msgid "Manage your saved searches" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:979 msgid "Click here to change the search type" msgstr "అన్వేషణ రకాన్ని మార్చుటకు ఇక్కడ నొక్కండి" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:984 msgid "_Find Now" msgstr "ఇప్పుడు కనుగొనుము(_F)" #. Block the default Ctrl+F. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:986 msgid "Execute the current search parameters" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:991 msgid "_Save Search..." msgstr "వెతుకును దాయుము(_S)..." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:993 msgid "Save the current search parameters" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1005 msgid "Submit _Bug Report..." msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1007 msgid "Submit a bug report using Bug Buddy" msgstr "బగ్ బడ్డీతో బగ్ నివేదికను పంపుము" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1012 msgid "_Work Offline" msgstr "లైనువెలుపల పనిచేయుము(_W)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1014 msgid "Put Evolution into offline mode" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1019 msgid "_Work Online" msgstr "లైనులో పనిచేయుము(_W)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1021 msgid "Put Evolution into online mode" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1049 msgid "Lay_out" msgstr "కూర్పు(_o)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1056 msgid "_New" msgstr "కొత్త(_N)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1063 msgid "_Search" msgstr "వెతుకు(_S)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1070 msgid "_Switcher Appearance" msgstr "స్విచ్చర్ కనిపించువిదం(_S)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1084 msgid "_Window" msgstr "గవాక్షము(_W)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1113 msgid "Show Side _Bar" msgstr "ప్రక్కపట్టీని చూపుము(_B)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1115 msgid "Show the side bar" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1121 msgid "Show _Buttons" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1123 msgid "Show the switcher buttons" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1129 msgid "Show _Status Bar" msgstr "సుస్థిత పట్టీ ని చూపుము(_S)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1131 msgid "Show the status bar" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1137 msgid "Show _Tool Bar" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1139 msgid "Show the tool bar" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1161 msgid "_Icons Only" msgstr "ప్రతిమలు మాత్రమే (_I)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1163 msgid "Display window buttons with icons only" msgstr "చిత్రాలతో ఉన్న గవాక్ష బొత్తములను ప్రదర్శించుము" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1168 msgid "_Text Only" msgstr "పాఠ్యము మాత్రమే (_T)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1170 msgid "Display window buttons with text only" msgstr "పాఠ్యము తో ఉన్న గవాక్ష బొత్తములను ప్రదర్శించుము" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1175 msgid "Icons _and Text" msgstr "ప్రతిమలు మరియు పాఠ్యము (_a)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1177 msgid "Display window buttons with icons and text" msgstr "చిత్రాలు మరియు పాఠ్యము తో ఉన్న గవాక్ష బొత్తములను ప్రదర్శించుము" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1182 msgid "Tool_bar Style" msgstr "పనిముట్ల పట్టీ శైలి (_b)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1184 msgid "Display window buttons using the desktop toolbar setting" msgstr "" "రంగస్థల పనిముట్లపట్టా అమరికను ఉపయోగించి గవాక్ష బొత్తములను ప్రదర్శించుము" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1192 msgid "Delete Current View" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1199 msgid "Save Custom View..." msgstr "మలచిన దర్శనమును దాయుము..." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1201 msgid "Save current custom view" msgstr "ప్రస్తుత మలచిన దర్శనమును దాయుము" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1208 msgid "C_urrent View" msgstr "ప్రస్తుత దర్శనం(_u)" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1218 msgid "Custom View" msgstr "మలచిన దర్శనము" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1220 msgid "Current view is a customized view" msgstr "ప్రస్తుత దర్శనం మలచుకొనబడ్డ దర్శనమును" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1230 msgid "Change the page settings for your current printer" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1591 #, c-format msgid "Switch to %s" msgstr "%s కు మారుము" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1714 #, c-format msgid "Select view: %s" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1731 #, c-format msgid "Delete view: %s" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1825 msgid "Execute these search parameters" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window.c:504 msgid "New" msgstr "కొత్త" #. Translators: This is used for the main window title. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-private.c:580 #, c-format msgid "%s - Evolution" msgstr "%s - ఎవాల్యూషన్" #. Preview/Alpha/Beta version warning message #: ../shell/main.c:183 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Hi. Thanks for taking the time to download this preview release\n" "of the Evolution groupware suite.\n" "\n" "This version of Evolution is not yet complete. It is getting close,\n" "but some features are either unfinished or do not work properly.\n" "\n" "If you want a stable version of Evolution, we urge you to uninstall\n" "this version, and install version %s instead.\n" "\n" "If you find bugs, please report them to us at bugzilla.gnome.org.\n" "This product comes with no warranty and is not intended for\n" "individuals prone to violent fits of anger.\n" "\n" "We hope that you enjoy the results of our hard work, and we\n" "eagerly await your contributions!\n" msgstr "" "హాయ్. ఈ ఎవాల్యూషన్ సమూహతరహా సమితి యొక్క ఉపదర్శనం విడుదలను\n" "దిగుమతి చేయుటకు సమయం తీసుకున్నందుకు దన్యవాదములు.\n" "\n" "ఈ ఎవాల్యూషన్ వర్షన్ ఇంకా పూర్తికాలేదు. దగ్గరపడుతున్నది,\n" "అయితే కొన్ని సౌలభ్యాలు ఇంకా పూర్తికాలేదు లేదా సరిగా పని చేయటంలేదు.\n" "\n" "మీరు స్థిరమైన ఎవాల్యూషన్ వర్షన్ కోరుకున్నట్లైతే, మేము ఈ వర్షన్ సంస్థాపన " "తీసివేసి,\n" " మరియు వర్షన్ %s ను సంస్థాపించమని చెపుతాము.\n" "\n" "మీరు దోషంలను కనుగొనినట్లైతే, దయచేసి వాటిని మాకు bugzilla.gnome.org నందు\n" "ఫిర్యాదు చేయుము. ఈ ఉత్పత్తి ఏ హామీ లేకుండా వస్తుంది మరియు ఇది వేరే వారు\n" "క్రోధంచేత చెడు మార్పులకు గురిచేయాలన్న కొరికతో కాదు.\n" "\n" "మీరు మా శ్రమ యొక్క ఫలితాలను ఆనందిస్తారని నమ్ముతున్నాము, మరియు మేము\n" "మీ సహకారం కొరకు ఎదుచూస్తున్నాము!\n" #: ../shell/main.c:207 msgid "" "Thanks\n" "The Evolution Team\n" msgstr "" "ధన్యవాదములు\n" "ఎవల్యూషన్ టీం\n" #: ../shell/main.c:213 msgid "Do not tell me again" msgstr "నాకు మళ్ళీ చెప్పవద్దు" #. Translators: Do NOT translate the five component #. * names, they MUST remain in English! #: ../shell/main.c:302 msgid "" "Start Evolution showing the specified component. Available options are " "'mail', 'calendar', 'contacts', 'tasks', and 'memos'" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:306 msgid "Apply the given geometry to the main window" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:310 msgid "Start in online mode" msgstr "లైనులోపలి సంవిధానంలో ప్రారంభించు" #: ../shell/main.c:312 msgid "Ignore network availability" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:315 msgid "Forcibly shut down Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:318 msgid "Disable loading of any plugins." msgstr "ప్లగ్గిన్ లు నింపబడడాన్ని క్రియాహీనం చేయుము." #: ../shell/main.c:320 msgid "Disable preview pane of Mail, Contacts and Tasks." msgstr "" "మెయిల్ యొక్క ఉపదర్శనం పలకాన్ని, పరిచయాలను మరియు కర్తవ్యాలను అచేతనం చేయుము." #: ../shell/main.c:324 msgid "Import URIs or filenames given as rest of arguments." msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:326 msgid "Request a running Evolution process to quit" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:403 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot start Evolution. Another Evolution instance may be unresponsive. " "System error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:499 ../shell/main.c:504 msgid "- The Evolution PIM and Email Client" msgstr "- ఎవల్యూషన్ PIM మరియు ఈ మెయిల్ క్లైంట్" #: ../shell/main.c:571 #, c-format msgid "" "%s: --online and --offline cannot be used together.\n" " Run '%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:577 #, c-format msgid "" "%s: --force-online and --offline cannot be used together.\n" " Run '%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Upgrade from previous version failed:" msgstr "" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:3 msgid "" "{0}\n" "\n" "If you choose to continue, you may not have access to some of your old " "data.\n" msgstr "" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Continue Anyway" msgstr "" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Quit Now" msgstr "" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Cannot upgrade directly from version {0}" msgstr "" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:10 msgid "" "Evolution no longer supports upgrading directly from version {0}. However as " "a workaround you might try first upgrading to Evolution 2, and then " "upgrading to Evolution 3." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/ca-trust-dialog.c:109 #, c-format msgid "" "Certificate '%s' is a CA certificate.\n" "\n" "Edit trust settings:" msgstr "" "దృవీకరణపత్రం '%s' CA దృవీకరణపత్రం.\n" "\n" "నమ్మిక అమర్పులను సరిచేయుము:" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:73 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:92 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:112 msgid "Certificate Name" msgstr "యోగ్యతాపత్రిక నామంస్" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:74 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:94 msgid "Issued To Organization" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:75 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:95 msgid "Issued To Organizational Unit" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:76 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:96 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:114 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:638 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:134 msgid "Serial Number" msgstr "వరుసలో ఉన్న సంఖ్య" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:77 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:97 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:115 msgid "Purposes" msgstr "అభిప్రాయాలు" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:78 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:98 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:116 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:640 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:79 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:99 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:117 msgid "Issued By Organization" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:80 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:100 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:118 msgid "Issued By Organizational Unit" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:81 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:101 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:119 msgid "Issued" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:82 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:102 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:120 msgid "Expires" msgstr "కాలంచెల్లేది" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:83 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:103 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:121 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:650 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint" msgstr "SHA1 వేలిముద్ర" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:84 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:104 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:122 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:651 msgid "MD5 Fingerprint" msgstr "MD5 వేలిముద్ర" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:93 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:113 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:614 msgid "Select a certificate to import..." msgstr "దిగుమతికి ఒక యోగ్యతాపత్రికను ఎంచుకొనుము..." #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:628 msgid "All files" msgstr "అన్ని దస్త్రాలు" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:664 msgid "Failed to import certificate" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:1046 msgid "All PKCS12 files" msgstr "అన్నిPKCS12 దస్త్రాలు" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:1063 msgid "All email certificate files" msgstr "అన్ని ఈ మెయిల్ యోగ్యతాపత్రిక దస్త్రాలు" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:1080 msgid "All CA certificate files" msgstr "యోగ్యతాపత్రిక యొక్క ప్రామాణీకరణ కలిగిన అన్ని దస్త్రాలు" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:292 msgid "Not part of certificate" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:600 msgid "This certificate has been verified for the following uses:" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:604 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:387 msgid "SSL Client Certificate" msgstr "SSL క్లైంట్ యోగ్యతాపత్రిక" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:609 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:391 msgid "SSL Server Certificate" msgstr "SSL సేవిక యోగ్యతాపత్రిక" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:614 msgid "Email Signer Certificate" msgstr "ఈమెయిల్ సంతకందారి దృవీకరణపత్రం" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:619 msgid "Email Recipient Certificate" msgstr "ఈమెయిల్ స్వీకరణదారి దృవీకరణపత్రం" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:634 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:635 ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:641 msgid "Common Name (CN)" msgstr "ఉమ్మడి పేరు(CN)" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:636 ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:642 msgid "Organization (O)" msgstr "నిర్మాణ సంస్థ(O)" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:637 ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:643 msgid "Organizational Unit (OU)" msgstr "నిర్మాణ సంస్థ భాగము(OU)" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:645 msgid "Validity" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:646 msgid "Issued On" msgstr "పై జారీఅయింది" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:647 msgid "Expires On" msgstr "కాలంచెల్లుతుంది" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:649 msgid "Fingerprints" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:671 msgid "Certificate Hierarchy" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:674 msgid "Certificate Fields" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:677 msgid "Field Value" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:679 msgid "Details" msgstr "వివరాలు" #: ../smime/gui/cert-trust-dialog.c:153 msgid "" "Because you trust the certificate authority that issued this certificate, " "then you trust the authenticity of this certificate unless otherwise " "indicated here" msgstr "" "ఎంచేతంటే ఈ దృవీకరణపత్రం ను జారి చేసిన దృవీకరణ అధికారికం ను మీరు నమ్మారు, " "అప్పుడు మీరు ఈ దృవీకరణపత్రం యొక్క ప్రామాణికతను నమ్మాలి ఇక్కడ సూచించి ఉంటే " "తప్ప" #: ../smime/gui/cert-trust-dialog.c:158 msgid "" "Because you do not trust the certificate authority that issued this " "certificate, then you do not trust the authenticity of this certificate " "unless otherwise indicated here" msgstr "" "ఎంచేతంటే ఈ దృవీకరణపత్రం ను జారి చేసిన దృవీకరణ అధికారికం ను మీరు నమ్మలేదు, " "అప్పుడు మీరు ఈ దృవీకరణపత్రం యొక్క ప్రామాణికతను నమ్మవద్దు ఇక్కడ సూచించి ఉంటే " "తప్ప" #: ../smime/gui/component.c:56 #, c-format msgid "Enter the password for '%s', token '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/component.c:58 #, c-format msgid "Enter the password for '%s'" msgstr "" #. we're setting the password initially #: ../smime/gui/component.c:86 msgid "Enter new password for certificate database" msgstr "యోగ్యతాపత్రిక దత్తాంశస్థానం కొరకు కొత్త రహస్యపదాన్ని ప్రవేశపెట్టండి" #: ../smime/gui/component.c:89 msgid "Enter new password" msgstr "కొత్త రహస్యపదాన్ని ప్రవేశపెట్టుము" #. FIXME: add serial no, validity date, uses #: ../smime/gui/e-cert-selector.c:122 #, c-format msgid "" "Issued to:\n" " Subject: %s\n" msgstr "" "కు జారీఅయింది:\n" " సంగతి: %s\n" #: ../smime/gui/e-cert-selector.c:123 #, c-format msgid "" "Issued by:\n" " Subject: %s\n" msgstr "" "ద్వారా జారీఅయింది:\n" " సంగతి: %s\n" #: ../smime/gui/e-cert-selector.c:176 msgid "Select certificate" msgstr "యోగ్యతాపత్రమును ఎంచుకొనుము" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:3 msgid "You have certificates from these organizations that identify you:" msgstr "మిమ్మల్ని గుర్తించుటకు ఈ సంస్థల నుండి మీకు యోగ్యతాపత్రికలు ఉన్నాయి:" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:4 msgid "Certificates Table" msgstr "యోగ్యతాపత్రికల పట్టిక" #. This is a verb, as in "make a backup". #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:7 msgid "_Backup" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:8 msgid "Backup _All" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:10 msgid "Your Certificates" msgstr "మీ యోగ్యతాపత్రికలు" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:11 msgid "You have certificates on file that identify these people:" msgstr "ఈ జనాలని గుర్తించుటకు మీకు యోగ్యతాపత్రికలు ఫైలు పై ఉన్నాయి:" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:12 msgid "Contact Certificates" msgstr "చిరునామా యోగ్యతాపత్రికలు" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:13 msgid "" "You have certificates on file that identify these certificate authorities:" msgstr "" "యోగ్యతాపత్రికల అధికారులను గుర్తించుటకు మీకు యోగ్యతాపత్రికలు ఫైలు పై ఉన్నాయి:" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:14 msgid "Authorities" msgstr "అధికారాలు" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:15 msgid "Certificate Authority Trust" msgstr "యోగ్యతాపత్రిక అధికారాన్ని విశ్వసించుము" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:16 msgid "Trust this CA to identify _websites." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:17 msgid "Trust this CA to identify _email users." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:18 msgid "Trust this CA to identify _software developers." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:19 msgid "" "Before trusting this CA for any purpose, you should examine its certificate " "and its policy and procedures (if available)." msgstr "" "ఏ ప్రయోజనం కొరకైనా ఈ CA ను నమ్మేముందల, మీరు తప్పక దాని దృవీకరణ పత్రంను " "నిర్దారించాలి మరియు దాని విధానం మరియు పద్దతులు కూడా (అందుబాటులోఉంటే)." #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:21 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:658 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "యోగ్యతాపత్రిక" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:22 msgid "Certificate details" msgstr "యోగ్యతాపత్రిక వివరాలు" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:23 msgid "Email Certificate Trust Settings" msgstr "ఈమెయిల్ యోగ్యతాపత్రిక విశ్వాసపు అమరికలు" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:24 msgid "Trust the authenticity of this certificate" msgstr "యోగ్యతాపత్రిక యొక్క ప్రామాణీకరణను విశ్వసించుము" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:25 msgid "Do not trust the authenticity of this certificate" msgstr "ఈ యోగ్యతాపత్రిక యొక్క ప్రామాణీకరణను విశ్వసించవద్దు" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:26 msgid "_Edit CA Trust" msgstr "CA నమ్మికను సరిచేయుము(_E)" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "వివరణం" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:110 msgid "Version 1" msgstr "వివరణం 1" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:113 msgid "Version 2" msgstr "వివరణం 2" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:116 msgid "Version 3" msgstr "వివరణం 3" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:192 msgid "PKCS #1 MD2 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "RSA ఎన్క్రిప్షన్ తొ PKCS #1 MD2" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:195 msgid "PKCS #1 MD5 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "RSA ఎన్క్రిప్షన్ తొ PKCS #1 MD5" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:198 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-1 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "RSA ఎన్క్రిప్షన్ తొ PKCS #1 SHA-1" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:201 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-256 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:204 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-384 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:207 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-512 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:234 msgid "PKCS #1 RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 RSA ఎన్క్రిప్షన్" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:237 msgid "Certificate Key Usage" msgstr "దృవీకరణపత్రం కీ ఉపయోగం" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:240 msgid "Netscape Certificate Type" msgstr "నెట్ స్కేప్ యోగ్యతాపత్రిక రకం" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:243 msgid "Certificate Authority Key Identifier" msgstr "దృవీకరణపత్రం అధికారికం కీ గుర్తింపుదారి" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:255 #, c-format msgid "Object Identifier (%s)" msgstr "ఆబ్జక్టు గుర్తింపుదారి (%s)" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:306 msgid "Algorithm Identifier" msgstr "వరుసక్రమ విధానం గుర్తింపుచిహ్నం" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:314 msgid "Algorithm Parameters" msgstr "వరుసక్రమ విధానం పరామితులు" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:336 msgid "Subject Public Key Info" msgstr "సంగతి పబ్లిక్ కీ సమాచారం" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:341 msgid "Subject Public Key Algorithm" msgstr "సంగతి పబ్లిక్ కీ అల్గార్ధెమ్" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:356 msgid "Subject's Public Key" msgstr "సంగతి యొక్క పబ్లిక్ కీ" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:378 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:428 msgid "Error: Unable to process extension" msgstr "దోషం: విస్తరింపును నిర్వర్తించలేదు" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:399 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:411 msgid "Object Signer" msgstr "ఆబ్జక్టు సంతకంచేయునది" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:403 msgid "SSL Certificate Authority" msgstr "SSL యోగ్యతాపత్రిక అధికారము" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:407 msgid "Email Certificate Authority" msgstr "ఈ మెయిల్ యోగ్యతాపత్రిక అధికారము" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:436 msgid "Signing" msgstr "సంతకంచేయుట" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:440 msgid "Non-repudiation" msgstr "Non-repudiation" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:444 msgid "Key Encipherment" msgstr "కీ ఎన్‌సిఫర్‌మెంట్" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:448 msgid "Data Encipherment" msgstr "డాటా ఎన్‌సిఫర్‌మెంట్" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:452 msgid "Key Agreement" msgstr "మీట ఒప్పందం" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:456 msgid "Certificate Signer" msgstr "యోగ్యతాపత్రిక సంతకంచేసేది" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:460 msgid "CRL Signer" msgstr "CRL సంతకంచేసేది" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:509 msgid "Critical" msgstr "విషమం" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:511 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:514 msgid "Not Critical" msgstr "విషమం కాదు" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:535 msgid "Extensions" msgstr "పొడగింపులు" #. Translators: This string is used in Certificate #. * details for fields like Issuer or Subject, which #. * shows the field name on the left and its respective #. * value on the right, both as stored in the #. * certificate itself. You probably do not need to #. * change this string, unless changing the order of #. * name and value. As a result example: #. * "OU = VeriSign Trust Network" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:615 #, c-format msgid "%s = %s" msgstr "%s = %s" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:672 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:807 msgid "Certificate Signature Algorithm" msgstr "యోగ్యతా సంతకం వరుసక్రమ విధానం" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:681 msgid "Issuer" msgstr "జారీచేయువాడు" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:735 msgid "Issuer Unique ID" msgstr "జారీచేయువాన్ని ఏకైక ID" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:754 msgid "Subject Unique ID" msgstr "విషయం ఏకైక ID" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:813 msgid "Certificate Signature Value" msgstr "యోగ్యతాపత్రిక సంతకం విలువ" #: ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:201 ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:213 msgid "%d/%m/%Y" msgstr "%d/%m/%Y" #. x509 certificate usage types #: ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:392 msgid "Sign" msgstr "సంతకం" #: ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:393 msgid "Encrypt" msgstr "ఎన్క్రిప్టు" #: ../smime/lib/e-cert-db.c:864 msgid "Certificate already exists" msgstr "యోగ్యతాపత్రిక ముందే ఉన్న" #: ../smime/lib/e-pkcs12.c:199 msgid "PKCS12 File Password" msgstr "PKCS12 దస్త్ర రహస్యపదం" #: ../smime/lib/e-pkcs12.c:200 msgid "Enter password for PKCS12 file:" msgstr "PKCS12 దస్త్రానికి రహస్యపదమును ప్రవేశపెట్టండి:" #: ../smime/lib/e-pkcs12.c:307 msgid "Imported Certificate" msgstr "దిగుమతి అయిన యోగ్యతాపత్రిక" #: ../views/addressbook/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Address Cards" msgstr "చిరునామా పలకాలు(_A)" #: ../views/addressbook/galview.xml.h:2 ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:5 msgid "_List View" msgstr "జాబితా దర్శనం(_L)" #: ../views/addressbook/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "By _Company" msgstr "కంపెని ద్వారా(_C)" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Day View" msgstr "తేది దర్శనం(_D)" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:2 msgid "_Work Week View" msgstr "పనివార దర్శనం(_W)" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "W_eek View" msgstr "వారం దర్శనం(_e)" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:4 msgid "_Month View" msgstr "నెల దర్శనం(_M)" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Messages" msgstr "సందేశాలు(_M)" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:2 msgid "As _Sent Folder" msgstr "పంపబడిన సంచయము లాగా(_S)" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "By Su_bject" msgstr "విషయము తో(_b)" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:4 msgid "By Se_nder" msgstr "పంపినవాడి తో(_n)" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:5 msgid "By S_tatus" msgstr "సుస్థిత తో(_t)" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:6 msgid "By _Follow Up Flag" msgstr "అనుసరించు ప్లాగ్ ద్వారా(_F)" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:7 msgid "For _Wide View" msgstr "వ్యాప్తి దర్శనం కొరకు(_W)" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:8 msgid "As Sent Folder for Wi_de View" msgstr "వ్యాప్తి దర్శనం కొరకు పంపిన సంచయం లాగా(_d)" #: ../views/memos/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Memos" msgstr "మెమోలు(_M)" #: ../views/tasks/galview.xml.h:2 msgid "With _Due Date" msgstr "పూర్వనిర్ణీత తేదీ తో(_D)" #: ../views/tasks/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "With _Status" msgstr "సుస్థితి తో(_S)" language-pack-gnome-te-base/data/te/LC_MESSAGES/evolution-data-server-3.10.po0000644000000000000000000072565112321560764023376 0ustar # translation of evolution-data-server.gnome-2-28.te.po to Telugu # Telugu translation on evolution-data-server # Copyright (C) 2007,2011, 2012 Swecha Telugu Localisation Team . # This file is distributed under the same license as the evolution-data-server package. # # # Pramod , 2007. # Krishna Babu K , 2008, 2009. # Krishnababu Krothapalli , 2011, 2012. # Hari Krishna , 2011. # Sasi Bhushan Boddepalli , 2012. # GVS.Giri <>,2012, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: evolution-data-server.gnome-2-28.te\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: " "http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=evolution-data-" "server&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=Misc.\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:03+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-09-25 02:16+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Krishna Babu K \n" "Language-Team: Telugu \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:47+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: te\n" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:115 #, c-format msgid "Failed to remove file '%s': %s" msgstr "ఫైలు '%s' తీసివేయుటలో విఫలమైంది: %s" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:143 #, c-format msgid "Failed to make directory %s: %s" msgstr "నిఘంటువు %s చేయుటలో విఫలమైంది: %s" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:394 #, c-format msgid "Failed to create hardlink for resource '%s': %s" msgstr "వనరు '%s' కొరకు హార్డులింకు సృష్టించుటలో విఫలమైంది: %s" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:499 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1135 msgid "No UID in the contact" msgstr "పరిచయం నందు UID లేదు" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:773 #, c-format msgid "Conflicting UIDs found in added contacts" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:881 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "లోడుచేయుచున్నది...." #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:883 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4424 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "అన్వేషిస్తోంది..." #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1164 #, c-format msgid "Tried to modify contact '%s' with out of sync revision" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1300 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1369 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:2707 #, c-format msgid "Contact '%s' not found" msgstr "పరిచయం '%s' కనుగొనబడలేదు" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1411 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1478 #, c-format msgid "Query '%s' not supported" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1420 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1487 #, c-format msgid "Invalid Query '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1671 #, c-format msgid "Failed to rename old database from '%s' to '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file-migrate-bdb.c:149 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1245 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4319 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:383 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:825 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:35 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:58 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sexp.c:874 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:576 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:607 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:619 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2335 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:268 #: ../camel/camel-imapx-command.c:650 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:177 msgid "Unknown error" msgstr "తెలియని దోషము" #. Query for new contacts asynchronously #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:833 msgid "Querying for updated contacts…" msgstr "నవీకరించిన పరిచయాల కొరకు ప్రశ్నించుచున్నది..." #. Run the query asynchronously #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:985 msgid "Querying for updated groups…" msgstr "నవీకరించిన సమూహాల కొరకు ప్రశ్నించుచున్నది..." #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:1673 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5055 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1299 msgid "The backend does not support bulk additions" msgstr "పెద్దమొత్తం చేర్పులు బాకెండ్‌చే తోడ్పాటునీయబడదు" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:1822 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5191 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1401 msgid "The backend does not support bulk modifications" msgstr "పెద్దమొత్తం సవరింపులను బాకెండ్ తోడ్పాటునీయదు" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:2022 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1493 msgid "The backend does not support bulk removals" msgstr "పెద్దమొత్తంలో తీసివేతలను బాకెండ్ తోడ్పాటునీయదు" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:2148 msgid "Loading…" msgstr "నింపుచున్నది..." #. System Group: My Contacts #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1620 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-address-book.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-calendar.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-memo-list.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-task-list.source.in.h:1 msgid "Personal" msgstr "వ్యక్తిగత" #. System Group: Friends #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1622 msgid "Friends" msgstr "స్నేహితులు" #. System Group: Family #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1624 msgid "Family" msgstr "కుటుంబం" #. System Group: Coworkers #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1626 msgid "Coworkers" msgstr "సహవుద్యోగులు" #. Translators: An error message shown to a user when trying to do an #. * operation on the LDAP address book which is not connected to the server #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:174 #| msgid "Not connected." msgid "Not connected" msgstr "అనుసంధానించబడలేదు." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:973 msgid "Failed to bind using either v3 or v2 binds" msgstr "v3 లేదా v2 బైండ్స్ వుపయోగించి బైండ్ చేయుటకు విఫలమైను" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1096 msgid "Reconnecting to LDAP server..." msgstr "LDAP సేవిక తో బంధం మళ్లి కుదుర్చుతున్నది..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1226 #| msgid "Invalid argument" msgid "Invalid DN syntax" msgstr "చెల్లని DN సిన్టాక్స్" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1242 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4318 #, c-format msgid "LDAP error 0x%x (%s)" msgstr "LDAP దోషం 0x%x (%s)" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1854 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2177 #, c-format msgid "%s: NULL returned from ldap_first_entry" msgstr "%s:ldap_first_entry నుండి NULL తిప్పి యీయబడింది" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2107 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2235 #, c-format msgid "%s: Unhandled result type %d returned" msgstr "%s: సంభాలించలేని ఫలితం రకం %d తిప్పి యీయబడెను" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2368 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2495 #, c-format msgid "%s: Unhandled search result type %d returned" msgstr "%s: సంభాలించలేని శోధన ఫలితం రకం %d తిప్పి యీయబడెను" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4267 msgid "Receiving LDAP search results..." msgstr "LDAP వెతికిన ఫలితాలను స్వీకరిస్తోంది..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4446 msgid "Error performing search" msgstr "అన్వేషించుటలో దోషం" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4574 #, c-format msgid "Downloading contacts (%d)..." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5138 msgid "Adding contact to LDAP server..." msgstr "LDAP సేవిక కి పరిచయం జతపరుచుట..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5213 msgid "Modifying contact from LDAP server..." msgstr "LDAP సేవిక నుంచి పరిచయం మార్చబడుతోంది..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5279 msgid "Removing contact from LDAP server..." msgstr "LDAP సేవిక నుంచి పరిచయం తొలగించబడుతోంది..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5668 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get the DN for user '%s'" msgstr "వినియోగదారునికి '%s' కొరకు DN పొందడంలో విఫలమైంది" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:804 #| msgid "Error loading address book: %s" msgid "Loading Addressbook summary..." msgstr "చిరునామా పుస్తకం క్లుప్తవివరణ లోడవుతోంది..." #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:822 #, c-format #| msgid "Create resource '%s' failed with HTTP status: %d (%s)" msgid "PROPFIND on webdav failed with HTTP status %d (%s)" msgstr "webdav పైని PROPFIND HTTP స్థితి %d (%s) తో విఫలమైంది" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:841 msgid "No response body in webdav PROPFIND result" msgstr "webdav PROPFIND ఫలితం నందు రెస్పాన్స్ బాడీ లేదు" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:883 #, c-format #| msgid "Downloading contacts (%d)... " msgid "Loading Contacts (%d%%)" msgstr "పరిచయాలు లోడుచేస్తోంది (%d%%)" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1221 msgid "Cannot transform SoupURI to string" msgstr "SoupURI ను స్ట్రింగ్‌కు బదిలీ చేయలేదు" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1332 #, c-format msgid "Create resource '%s' failed with HTTP status %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1430 #| msgid "_Listen for server change notifications" msgid "Contact on server changed -> not modifying" msgstr "సేవికపైని పరిచయం మార్చబడింది -> సవరించబడుటలేదు" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1438 #, c-format msgid "Modify contact failed with HTTP status %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1514 #, c-format #| msgid "Create resource '%s' failed with HTTP status: %d (%s)" msgid "DELETE failed with HTTP status %d" msgstr "DELETE అనునది HTTP స్థితి %d తో విఫలమైంది" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:24 #| msgid "No such folder %s" msgid "No such book" msgstr "అటువంటి పుస్తకం లేదు" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:26 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:346 #| msgid "Object not found" msgid "Contact not found" msgstr "పరిచయం దొరకలేదు" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:28 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:347 #| msgid "Object ID already exists" msgid "Contact ID already exists" msgstr "పరిచయం ID ఇదివరకే కలిగివున్నది" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:30 #| msgid "No such message" msgid "No such source" msgstr "అటువంటి మూలం లేదు" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:32 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:363 #| msgid "Namespace" msgid "No space" msgstr "జాగాలేదు" #. Dummy row as EContactField starts from 1 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:123 msgid "Unique ID" msgstr "ప్రత్యేక ID" #. FILE_AS is not really a structured field - we use a getter/setter #. * so we can generate its value if necessary in the getter #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a #. * preferred user's description (or display name) of the contact. Note 'File' is a verb here. #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:128 msgid "File Under" msgstr "ఫైల్ క్రింద" #. URI of the book to which the contact belongs to #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:130 #| msgid "Book URI" msgid "Book UID" msgstr "పుస్తక UID" #. Name fields #. FN isn't really a structured field - we use a getter/setter #. * so we can set the N property (since evo 1.4 works fine with #. * vcards that don't even have a N attribute. *sigh*) #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:136 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "పూర్తి పేరు" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:137 msgid "Given Name" msgstr "ఇచ్చిన పేరు" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:138 msgid "Family Name" msgstr "ఇంటి పేరు" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:139 msgid "Nickname" msgstr "ముద్దు పేరు" #. Email fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:142 msgid "Email 1" msgstr "ఈ మెయిల్ 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:143 msgid "Email 2" msgstr "ఈ మెయిల్ 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:144 msgid "Email 3" msgstr "ఈ మెయిల్ ౩" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:145 msgid "Email 4" msgstr "ఈ మెయిల్ 4" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:147 msgid "Mailer" msgstr "మెయిలర్" #. Address Labels #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:150 msgid "Home Address Label" msgstr "నివాస చిరునామా లేబుల్" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:151 msgid "Work Address Label" msgstr "కార్యనిర్వాహణ కేంద్ర చిరునామా లేబుల్" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:152 msgid "Other Address Label" msgstr "మరో చిరునామా లేబుల్" #. Phone fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:155 msgid "Assistant Phone" msgstr "ఫోన్ సహాయకారి" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:156 msgid "Business Phone" msgstr "వ్యాపార నిమిత్త ఫోన్" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:157 msgid "Business Phone 2" msgstr "వ్యాపార నిమిత్త ఫోన్ 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:158 msgid "Business Fax" msgstr "వ్యాపార నిమిత్త ఫ్యాక్స్" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:159 msgid "Callback Phone" msgstr "వెనుకకుకాల్ చేయు దూరవాణి" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:160 msgid "Car Phone" msgstr "కార్ ఫోన్" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:161 msgid "Company Phone" msgstr "కార్యాలయ ఫోన్" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:162 msgid "Home Phone" msgstr "నివాస ఫోన్" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:163 msgid "Home Phone 2" msgstr "నివాస ఫోన్ 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:164 msgid "Home Fax" msgstr "నివాస ఫ్యాక్స్" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:165 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:166 msgid "Mobile Phone" msgstr "మొబైల్ ఫోన్" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:167 msgid "Other Phone" msgstr "మరో ఫోన్" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:168 msgid "Other Fax" msgstr "మరో ఫ్యాక్స్" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:169 msgid "Pager" msgstr "పేజర్" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:170 msgid "Primary Phone" msgstr "ప్రాథమిక ఫోన్" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:171 msgid "Radio" msgstr "రేడియో" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:172 msgid "Telex" msgstr "టెలెక్స్" #. To translators: TTY is Teletypewriter #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:174 msgid "TTY" msgstr "TTY" #. Organizational fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:177 msgid "Organization" msgstr "వ్యవస్థ" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:178 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "వ్యవస్థాపరమైన ప్రమాణము" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:179 msgid "Office" msgstr "కార్యాలయము" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:180 msgid "Title" msgstr "శీర్షిక" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:181 msgid "Role" msgstr "పాత్ర" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:182 msgid "Manager" msgstr "అభికర్త" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:183 msgid "Assistant" msgstr "సహాయకుడు" #. Web fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:186 msgid "Homepage URL" msgstr "నివాసపేజీURL" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:187 msgid "Weblog URL" msgstr "వెబ్‌లాగ్ URL" #. Contact categories #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:190 msgid "Categories" msgstr "విభాగాలు" #. Collaboration fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:193 msgid "Calendar URI" msgstr "కాలెండర్‌ URI" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:194 msgid "Free/Busy URL" msgstr "ఖాళీ/తీరికలేని URL" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:195 msgid "ICS Calendar" msgstr "ICS కాలెండర్‌" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:196 msgid "Video Conferencing URL" msgstr "దృశ్య సంభాషణ URL" #. Misc fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:199 msgid "Spouse's Name" msgstr "జీవిత భాగస్వామి పేరు" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:200 msgid "Note" msgstr "వ్రాత పత్రి" #. Instant messaging fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:203 msgid "AIM Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "AIM నివాస తెర పేరు 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:204 msgid "AIM Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "AIM నివాస తెర పేరు 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:205 msgid "AIM Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "AIM నివాస తెర పేరు 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:206 msgid "AIM Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "AIM కార్యనిర్వాహణ తెర పేరు 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:207 msgid "AIM Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "AIM కార్యనిర్వాహణ తెర పేరు 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:208 msgid "AIM Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "AIM కార్యనిర్వాహణ తెర పేరు 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:209 msgid "GroupWise Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "సమూహతరహా నివాస తెర పేరు 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:210 msgid "GroupWise Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "సమూహతరహా నివాస తెర పేరు 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:211 msgid "GroupWise Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "సమూహతరహా నివాస తెర పేరు 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:212 msgid "GroupWise Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "సమూహతరహా కార్యనిర్వాహణ తెర పేరు 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:213 msgid "GroupWise Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "సమూహతరహా కార్యనిర్వాహణ తెర పేరు 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:214 msgid "GroupWise Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "సమూహతరహా కార్యనిర్వాహణ తెర పేరు 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:215 #| msgid "Jabber Home Id 1" msgid "Jabber Home ID 1" msgstr "జబ్బర్ నివాసము ID ‌1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:216 #| msgid "Jabber Home Id 2" msgid "Jabber Home ID 2" msgstr "జబ్బర్ నివాసము ID 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:217 #| msgid "Jabber Home Id 3" msgid "Jabber Home ID 3" msgstr "జబ్బర్ నివాస ID 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:218 msgid "Jabber Work ID 1" msgstr "జబ్బర్ కార్యనిర్వాహణ ID 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:219 #| msgid "Jabber Work Id 2" msgid "Jabber Work ID 2" msgstr "జబ్బర్ కార్యనిర్వాహణ ID 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:220 #| msgid "Jabber Work Id 3" msgid "Jabber Work ID 3" msgstr "జబ్బర్ కార్యనిర్వాహణ ID 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:221 msgid "Yahoo! Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "యాహూ! నివాస తెర పేరు 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:222 msgid "Yahoo! Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "యాహూ! నివాస తెర పేరు 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:223 msgid "Yahoo! Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "యాహూ! నివాస తెర పేరు 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:224 msgid "Yahoo! Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "యాహూ! కార్య తెర పేరు 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:225 msgid "Yahoo! Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "యాహూ! కార్య తెర పేరు 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:226 msgid "Yahoo! Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "యాహూ! కార్య తెర పేరు 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:227 msgid "MSN Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "MSN నివాస తెర పేరు 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:228 msgid "MSN Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "MSN నివాస తెర పేరు 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:229 msgid "MSN Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "MSN నివాస తెర పేరు 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:230 msgid "MSN Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "MSN కార్య తెర పేరు 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:231 msgid "MSN Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "MSN కార్య తెర పేరు 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:232 msgid "MSN Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "MSN కార్య తెర పేరు 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:233 #| msgid "ICQ Home Id 1" msgid "ICQ Home ID 1" msgstr "ICQ నివాస ID 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:234 #| msgid "ICQ Home Id 2" msgid "ICQ Home ID 2" msgstr "ICQ నివాస ID 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:235 #| msgid "ICQ Home Id 3" msgid "ICQ Home ID 3" msgstr "ICQ నివాస ID 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:236 #| msgid "ICQ Work Id 1" msgid "ICQ Work ID 1" msgstr "ICQ కార్య ID 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:237 #| msgid "ICQ Work Id 2" msgid "ICQ Work ID 2" msgstr "ICQ కార్య ID 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:238 #| msgid "ICQ Work Id 3" msgid "ICQ Work ID 3" msgstr "ICQ కార్య ID 3" #. Last modified time #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:241 msgid "Last Revision" msgstr "చివరి మననం" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a #. * virtual field, which returns either name of the contact or the organization #. * name, recognized by multiple other fields, where the first filled is used. #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:245 msgid "Name or Org" msgstr "పేరు లేదా Org" #. Address fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:248 msgid "Address List" msgstr "చిరునామా జాబితా" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:249 msgid "Home Address" msgstr "నివాస చిరునామా" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:250 msgid "Work Address" msgstr "పని చిరునామా" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:251 msgid "Other Address" msgstr "ఇతర చిరునామా" #. Contact categories #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:254 msgid "Category List" msgstr "విభాగాల జాబితా" #. Photo/Logo #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:257 msgid "Photo" msgstr "చిత్రం" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:258 msgid "Logo" msgstr "చిహ్నము" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a name #. * of the contact, as specified in http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6350#section-6.2.2 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:262 msgid "Name" msgstr "పేరు" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:263 msgid "Email List" msgstr "ఇ-మెయిల్ జాబితా" #. Instant messaging fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:266 msgid "AIM Screen Name List" msgstr "AIM తెర పేర్ల జాబితా" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:267 #| msgid "GroupWise Id List" msgid "GroupWise ID List" msgstr "సమూహతరహా ID జాబితా" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:268 #| msgid "Jabber Id List" msgid "Jabber ID List" msgstr "జబ్బర్ Id జాబితా" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:269 msgid "Yahoo! Screen Name List" msgstr "యాహూ! తెర పేర్ల జాబితా" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:270 msgid "MSN Screen Name List" msgstr "MSN తెర పేర్ల జాబితా" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:271 #| msgid "ICQ Id List" msgid "ICQ ID List" msgstr "ICQ ID జాబితా" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:273 msgid "Wants HTML Mail" msgstr "HTML తపాలా కావలెను" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a #. * field describing whether it's a Contact list (list of email addresses) or a #. * regular contact for one person/organization/... #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:278 msgid "List" msgstr "జాబితా" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a flag #. * used to determine whether when sending to Contact lists the addresses should be #. * shown or not to other recipients - basically whether to use BCC field or CC #. * message header when sending messages to this Contact list. #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:283 msgid "List Shows Addresses" msgstr "జాబితా చిరునామాలను చూపును" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:285 msgid "Birth Date" msgstr "పుట్టిన తేది" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:286 #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:887 msgid "Anniversary" msgstr "వార్షికోత్సవం" #. Security fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:289 msgid "X.509 Certificate" msgstr "X.509 నిదర్శన పత్రిక" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:291 #| msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home Id 1" msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home ID 1" msgstr "Gadu-Gadu నివాస ID 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:292 #| msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home Id 2" msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home ID 2" msgstr "Gadu-Gadu నివాస ID 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:293 #| msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home Id 3" msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home ID 3" msgstr "Gadu-Gadu నివాస ID 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:294 #| msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work Id 1" msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work ID 1" msgstr "Gadu-Gadu పని ID 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:295 #| msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work Id 2" msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work ID 2" msgstr "Gadu-Gadu పని ID 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:296 #| msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work Id 3" msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work ID 3" msgstr "Gadu-Gadu పని ID 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:297 #| msgid "Gadu-Gadu Id List" msgid "Gadu-Gadu ID List" msgstr "Gadu-Gadu ID జాబితా" #. Geo information #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:300 msgid "Geographic Information" msgstr "భౌగోళిక సమాచారం" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:302 msgid "Telephone" msgstr "దూరవాణి" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:304 msgid "Skype Home Name 1" msgstr "Skype నివాస పేరు 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:305 msgid "Skype Home Name 2" msgstr "Skype నివాస పేరు 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:306 msgid "Skype Home Name 3" msgstr "Skype నివాస పేరు 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:307 msgid "Skype Work Name 1" msgstr "Skype పని పేరు 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:308 msgid "Skype Work Name 2" msgstr "Skype పని పేరు 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:309 msgid "Skype Work Name 3" msgstr "Skype పని పేరు 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:310 msgid "Skype Name List" msgstr "Skype పేరు జాబితా" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:312 #| msgid "Home Address" msgid "SIP address" msgstr "SIP చిరునామా" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:314 #| msgid "Skype Home Name 1" msgid "Google Talk Home Name 1" msgstr "గూగుల్ టాక్ నివాసం పేరు 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:315 #| msgid "Skype Home Name 2" msgid "Google Talk Home Name 2" msgstr "గూగుల్ టాక్ నివాసం పేరు 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:316 #| msgid "Skype Home Name 3" msgid "Google Talk Home Name 3" msgstr "గూగుల్ టాక్ నివాసం పేరు 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:317 #| msgid "Skype Work Name 1" msgid "Google Talk Work Name 1" msgstr "గూగుల్ టాక్ పని పేరు 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:318 #| msgid "Skype Work Name 2" msgid "Google Talk Work Name 2" msgstr "గూగుల్ టాక్ పని పేరు 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:319 #| msgid "Skype Work Name 3" msgid "Google Talk Work Name 3" msgstr "గూగుల్ టాక్ పని పేరు 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:320 #| msgid "Skype Name List" msgid "Google Talk Name List" msgstr "గూగుల్ టాక్ పేరు జాబితా" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:322 msgid "Twitter Name List" msgstr "ట్విట్టర్ పేరు జాబితా" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:1627 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-destination.c:883 msgid "Unnamed List" msgstr "అనామిక జాబితా" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:43 msgid "The library was built without phone number support." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:45 msgid "The phone number parser reported an yet unkown error code." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:47 msgid "Not a phone number" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:49 msgid "Invalid country calling code" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:51 msgid "" "Remaining text after the country calling code is too short for a phone number" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:53 msgid "Text is too short for a phone number" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:55 msgid "Text is too long for a phone number" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:749 #, c-format #| msgid "Unknown error: %s" msgid "Unknown book property '%s'" msgstr "తెలియని పుస్తకం లక్షణం '%s'" #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:764 #, c-format #| msgid "Cannot create folder '%s': %s" msgid "Cannot change value of book property '%s'" msgstr "పుస్తకం లక్షణం '%s' యొక్క విలువను మార్చలేము" #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:1099 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:1274 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:1522 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:1704 #, c-format msgid "Unable to connect to '%s': " msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:796 #, c-format msgid "Error introspecting unknown summary field '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1295 msgid "Error parsing regular expression" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1340 #: ../camel/camel-db.c:544 #, c-format msgid "Insufficient memory" msgstr "సరిపోని మెమొరి" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1473 #, c-format msgid "Invalid contact field '%d' specified in summary" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1507 #, c-format msgid "" "Contact field '%s' of type '%s' specified in summary, but only boolean, " "string and string list field types are supported" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:2695 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3772 #, c-format msgid "" "Full search_contacts are not stored in cache. vcards cannot be returned." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3898 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3979 #, c-format msgid "Query contained unsupported elements" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3902 #, c-format msgid "Invalid Query" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3926 #, c-format msgid "" "Full search_contacts are not stored in cache. Hence only summary query is " "supported." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3983 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:358 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:993 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:412 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1299 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:164 #, c-format #| msgid "Invalid purpose" msgid "Invalid query" msgstr "చెల్లని క్వరీ" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:4026 #, c-format msgid "" "Full vcards are not stored in cache. Hence only summary query is supported." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:4729 #, c-format msgid "Unable to remove the db file: errno %d" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:342 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:393 msgid "Success" msgstr "సఫలం" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:343 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2303 ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:394 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:131 msgid "Backend is busy" msgstr "బ్యాక్ఎండ్ రద్దీగా ఉంది" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:344 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:395 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:141 #| msgid "Repository is offline" msgid "Repository offline" msgstr "రిపోజిటరీ ఆఫ్‌లైన్" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:345 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2317 ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:396 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:148 msgid "Permission denied" msgstr "అనుమతి తిరస్కరించబడినది" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:348 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:401 #| msgid "Authentication failed" msgid "Authentication Failed" msgstr "ధృవీకరణ విఫలమైంది" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:349 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:402 #| msgid "Authentication required" msgid "Authentication Required" msgstr "ధృవీకరణ అవసరం" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:350 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:403 msgid "Unsupported field" msgstr "తోడ్పాటులేని క్షేత్రము" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:351 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:405 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:156 msgid "Unsupported authentication method" msgstr "తోడ్పాటులేని దృవీకరణ పద్దతి" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:352 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:406 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:158 #| msgid "SSL unavailable" msgid "TLS not available" msgstr "TLS అందుబాటులో లేదు" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:353 #| msgid "Folder '%s/%s' does not exist." msgid "Address book does not exist" msgstr "చిరునామా పుస్తకం లేదు" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:354 msgid "Book removed" msgstr "పుస్తకం తీసివేయబడింది" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:355 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:409 #| msgid "This message is not available in offline mode." msgid "Not available in offline mode" msgstr "ఆఫ్‌లైన్ రీతినందు అందుబాటులోలేదు" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:356 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:410 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:160 msgid "Search size limit exceeded" msgstr "అన్వేషణ పరిమాణము పరిమితి మించిపోయినది" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:357 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:411 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:162 msgid "Search time limit exceeded" msgstr "అన్వేషణ సమయం పరిమితి మించిపోయినది" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:359 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:413 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:166 msgid "Query refused" msgstr "క్వరీ తరిస్కరించబడింది" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:360 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:414 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:152 #| msgid "%s: could not cancel" msgid "Could not cancel" msgstr "రద్దు చేయలేదు" #. { E_DATA_BOOK_STATUS_OTHER_ERROR, N_("Other error") }, #. { OtherError, N_("Other error") }, #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:362 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:416 #| msgid "Invalid server URI" msgid "Invalid server version" msgstr "చెల్లని సర్వర్ వర్షన్" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:364 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2301 ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:417 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:129 msgid "Invalid argument" msgstr "నిస్సారమైన క్రమానుగత సంకేతం" #. Translators: The string for NOT_SUPPORTED error #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:366 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:1060 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:1428 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:1908 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2340 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:419 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:154 #, c-format #| msgid "Protocol not supported" msgid "Not supported" msgstr "తోడ్పాటులేని" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:367 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:420 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:172 #| msgid "Backend is busy" msgid "Backend is not opened yet" msgstr "బ్యాకెండ్ యింకా తెరువబడలేదు" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:368 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:174 msgid "Object is out of sync" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:376 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:428 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:170 #| msgid "I/O error" msgid "Other error" msgstr "ఇతర దోషం" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1018 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1324 msgid "Invalid query: " msgstr "చెల్లని క్వరీ: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1070 #| msgid "Cannot open book: %s" msgid "Cannot open book: " msgstr "పుస్తకం తెరువలేదు: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1107 #| msgid "Cannot refresh calendar: %s" msgid "Cannot refresh address book: " msgstr "చిరునామా పుస్తకం రీఫ్రెష్ చేయలేదు: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1138 msgid "Cannot get contact: " msgstr "సంప్రదించలేదు: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1176 #| msgid "Cannot get contact list: %s" msgid "Cannot get contact list: " msgstr "పరిచయం జాబితాను పొందలేదు: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1228 #| msgid "Cannot get contact list: %s" msgid "Cannot get contact list uids: " msgstr "పరిచయ జాబితా uidలను పొందలేదు: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1275 #| msgid "Cannot add contact: %s" msgid "Cannot add contact: " msgstr "పరిచయం జతచేయలేదు: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1324 msgid "Cannot modify contacts: " msgstr "పరిచయాలను సవరించలేదు: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1366 #| msgid "Cannot remove contacts: %s" msgid "Cannot remove contacts: " msgstr "పరిచయాలను తీసివేయలేదు: " #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-factory.c:273 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal-factory.c:276 #, c-format msgid "No backend name in source '%s'" msgstr "మూలం '%s' లో కాదు నేపథ్య పేరు" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-factory.c:324 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal-factory.c:330 #, c-format msgid "Missing source UID" msgstr "కనిపించలేదు UID మూలం" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-factory.c:335 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal-factory.c:340 #, c-format msgid "No such source for UID '%s'" msgstr "UID'%s' కోసం ఇటువంటి మూలం" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:574 #, c-format msgid "Server is unreachable (%s)" msgstr "సేవికను చేరుకొనుటలేదు (%s)" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:605 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to a server using SSL: %s" msgstr "SSL ఉపయోగించి ఒక సర్వర్ కు అనుసంధానించ విఫలమైంది:% s" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:616 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected HTTP status code %d returned (%s)" msgstr "ఊహించని HTTP స్థితి కోడ్ %d (%s) యిచ్చింది" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:635 #| msgid "Backend is not opened yet" msgid "CalDAV backend is not loaded yet" msgstr "CalDAV బ్యాకెండ్ యింకా లోడవలేదు" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:1072 #| msgid "Invalid server URI" msgid "Invalid Redirect URL" msgstr "చెల్లని రీడైరెక్ట్ URL" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:2563 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:2955 #, c-format msgid "" "Server is unreachable, calendar is opened in read-only mode.\n" "Error message: %s" msgstr "" "సేవికను చేరుకొనుటలేదు, కాలెండర్‌ చదువుటకు-మాత్రమే రీతినందు తెరువబడివుంది.\n" "దోష సందేశం: %s" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:2907 #, c-format #| msgid "Cannot create folder '%s': %s" msgid "Cannot create local cache folder '%s'" msgstr "స్థానిక క్యాచీ ఫోల్డర్ సృష్టించలేము '%s'" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:3995 msgid "CalDAV does not support bulk additions" msgstr "CalDAV సమూహ అదనపు మద్దతు ఇవ్వదు" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4098 msgid "CalDAV does not support bulk modifications" msgstr "CalDAV సమూహ మార్పులు మద్దతు ఇవ్వదు" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4274 msgid "CalDAV does not support bulk removals" msgstr "CalDAV సమూహ తొలగింపు మద్దతు ఇవ్వదు" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4941 msgid "Calendar doesn't support Free/Busy" msgstr "కాలెండర్‌ ఖాళీ/రద్దీ తోడ్పాటునిచ్చుటలేదు" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4950 msgid "Schedule outbox url not found" msgstr "షెడ్యూల్ అవుట్‌బాక్స్ url కనబడలేదు" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:5047 msgid "Unexpected result in schedule-response" msgstr "షెడ్యూల్-రెస్పాన్స్ నందు వూహించని ఫలితం" #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:889 msgid "Birthday" msgstr "జన్మదినం" #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:925 #, c-format msgid "Birthday: %s" msgstr "జన్మదినం: %s" #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:956 #, c-format msgid "Anniversary: %s" msgstr "వార్షికోత్సనం: %s" #: ../calendar/backends/file/e-cal-backend-file.c:245 msgid "Cannot save calendar data: Malformed URI." msgstr "కాలెండర్‌ దత్తాంశం దాచలేము: వికారమైన URI." #: ../calendar/backends/file/e-cal-backend-file.c:252 #: ../calendar/backends/file/e-cal-backend-file.c:258 msgid "Cannot save calendar data" msgstr "కాలెండర్‌ దత్తాంశంను దాయలేదు" #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:479 #, c-format msgid "Malformed URI: %s" msgstr "సరైన రూపంలో URI:%s" #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:570 #, c-format msgid "Redirected to Invalid URI" msgstr "నిస్సారమైన URI కి తిరిగివచ్చినది" #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:613 #, c-format msgid "Bad file format." msgstr "చెడ్డ ఫైల్ రూపలావణ్యం." #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:623 #, c-format msgid "Not a calendar." msgstr "కాలెండర్‌ కాదు." #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:927 #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:494 msgid "Could not create cache file" msgstr "క్యాచి ఫైల్ సృష్టించలేవు" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:170 msgid "Could not retrieve weather data" msgstr "వాతావరణ దత్తాంశాన్ని వెలితీయలేకపోయింది" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:281 msgid "Weather: Fog" msgstr "వాతావరణం: పొగమంచు" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:282 #| msgid "Weather: Cloudy" msgid "Weather: Cloudy Night" msgstr "వాతావరణము: మేఘావృతమైన రాత్రి" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:283 msgid "Weather: Cloudy" msgstr "వాతావరణము:మేఘావృతమైన" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:284 #| msgid "Weather: Thunderstorms" msgid "Weather: Overcast" msgstr "వాతావరణం: వర్షం" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:285 #| msgid "Weather: Snow" msgid "Weather: Showers" msgstr "వాతావరణము: మంచు" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:286 msgid "Weather: Snow" msgstr "వాతావరణము: మంచు" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:287 #| msgid "Weather: Rain" msgid "Weather: Clear Night" msgstr "వాతావరణము: ప్రకాశమైన రాత్రి" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:288 msgid "Weather: Sunny" msgstr "వాతావరణము: సూర్యరశ్మితగులు" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:289 msgid "Weather: Thunderstorms" msgstr "వాతావరణం: సుడిగాలులు" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:410 msgid "Forecast" msgstr "వాతావరణసూచిక" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2305 msgid "Repository is offline" msgstr "నిల్వఉంచుస్థలం ఆఫ్‌లైన్‌లో ఉంది" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2307 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:255 msgid "No such calendar" msgstr "ఏ కాలెండర్‌ లేదు" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2309 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:257 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:398 msgid "Object not found" msgstr "ఆబ్జక్ట్‌ దొరకలేదు" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2311 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:259 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:399 msgid "Invalid object" msgstr "నిస్సారమైన ఆబ్జక్ట్‌" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2313 msgid "URI not loaded" msgstr "URI నింపబడలేదు" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2315 msgid "URI already loaded" msgstr "URI ఇంతకుమునుపే నింపబడినది" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2319 msgid "Unknown User" msgstr "అపరిచిత వినియోగదారు" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2321 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:263 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:400 msgid "Object ID already exists" msgstr "ఆబ్జక్ట్‌ ID ఇదివరకే కలిగివున్నది" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2323 msgid "Protocol not supported" msgstr "ప్రోటోకాల్ నుండి సహకారం లేదు" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2325 msgid "Operation has been canceled" msgstr "కార్యము తిరస్కరించబడినది" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2327 msgid "Could not cancel operation" msgstr "కార్యాన్ని ఆపలేవు" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2329 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:137 msgid "Authentication failed" msgstr "ధృవీకరణ విఫలమైంది" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2331 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:911 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:139 msgid "Authentication required" msgstr "ధృవీకరణ అవసరం" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2333 #| msgid "A CORBA exception has occurred" msgid "A D-Bus exception has occurred" msgstr "D-Bus ఆక్షేపణ యెదురైంది" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2337 msgid "No error" msgstr "దోషము లేదు" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:261 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:408 #| msgid "Unknown User" msgid "Unknown user" msgstr "అపరిచిత వాడుకరి" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:265 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:397 #| msgid "Invalid argument" msgid "Invalid range" msgstr "నిస్సారమైన విస్తృతి" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:928 #, c-format #| msgid "Unknown error: %s" msgid "Unknown calendar property '%s'" msgstr "తెలియని కాలెండర్ లక్షణం '%s'" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:943 #, c-format #| msgid "Cannot create calendar object: %s" msgid "Cannot change value of calendar property '%s'" msgstr "కాలెండర్ లక్షణం '%s' యొక్క విలువను మార్చలేదు" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-component.c:1340 msgid "Untitled appointment" msgstr "శీర్షికలేని నియామకము" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4038 msgid "1st" msgstr "1st" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4039 msgid "2nd" msgstr "2nd" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4040 msgid "3rd" msgstr "3rd" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4041 msgid "4th" msgstr "4th" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4042 msgid "5th" msgstr "5th" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4043 msgid "6th" msgstr "6th" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4044 msgid "7th" msgstr "7th" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4045 msgid "8th" msgstr "8th" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4046 msgid "9th" msgstr "9th" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4047 msgid "10th" msgstr "10th" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4048 msgid "11th" msgstr "11th" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4049 msgid "12th" msgstr "12th" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4050 msgid "13th" msgstr "13th" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4051 msgid "14th" msgstr "14th" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4052 msgid "15th" msgstr "15th" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4053 msgid "16th" msgstr "16th" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4054 msgid "17th" msgstr "17th" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4055 msgid "18th" msgstr "18th" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4056 msgid "19th" msgstr "19th" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4057 msgid "20th" msgstr "20th" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4058 msgid "21st" msgstr "21st" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4059 msgid "22nd" msgstr "22nd" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4060 msgid "23rd" msgstr "23rd" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4061 msgid "24th" msgstr "24th" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4062 msgid "25th" msgstr "25th" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4063 msgid "26th" msgstr "26th" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4064 msgid "27th" msgstr "27th" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4065 msgid "28th" msgstr "2th" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4066 msgid "29th" msgstr "29th" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4067 msgid "30th" msgstr "30th" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4068 msgid "31st" msgstr "31st" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:707 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:734 #| msgid "High" msgctxt "Priority" msgid "High" msgstr "అధిక" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:709 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:736 #| msgid "Normal" msgctxt "Priority" msgid "Normal" msgstr "సాధారణ" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:711 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:738 #| msgid "Low" msgctxt "Priority" msgid "Low" msgstr "అల్ప" #. An empty string is the same as 'None'. #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:732 #| msgid "Undefined" msgctxt "Priority" msgid "Undefined" msgstr "నిర్వచించని" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:78 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1056 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1365 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1492 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1541 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects one argument" msgstr "\"%s\" ఒక క్రమానుగత సంకేతాన్ని నిరీక్షించును" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:85 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:667 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1372 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1380 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be a string" msgstr "\"%s\" పదబంధం మొదటి క్రమానుగత సంకేతంగా నిరీక్షించును" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:160 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects two or three arguments" msgstr "\"%s\" రెండు లేదా మూడు క్రమానుగత సంకేతాలను నిరీక్షించును" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:167 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:256 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:318 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:817 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1063 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1441 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1499 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1548 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be a time_t" msgstr "\"%s\" మొదటి ఆర్గుమెంటు ను time_t గా ఆశిస్తోంది" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:176 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:264 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:328 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:826 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the second argument to be a time_t" msgstr "\"%s\" రెండో ఆర్గుమెంట్‌ను time_t గా ఆశిస్తోంది" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:186 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the third argument to be a string" msgstr "\"%s\" పదబంధం మూడవ క్రమానుగత సంకేతంగా నిరీక్షించును" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:248 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects none or two arguments" msgstr "\"%s\" ఆర్గుమెంట్స్ కొరకు చూడుటలేదు లేదా రెంటికొరకు చూస్తోంది" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:311 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:660 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:810 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1434 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects two arguments" msgstr "\"%s\" రెండు క్రమానుగత సంకేతాలను నిరీక్షించును" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:596 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:619 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:742 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:774 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:981 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1014 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1326 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects no arguments" msgstr "\"%s\" ఏ క్రమానుగత సంకేతాలను నిరీక్షించలేదు" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:676 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the second argument to be a string" msgstr "\"%s\" రెండో ఆర్గుమెంటును స్ట్రింగ్ గా ఆశిస్తోంది" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:707 #, c-format msgid "" "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be either \"any\", \"summary\", or " "\"description\", or \"location\", or \"attendee\", or \"organizer\", or " "\"classification\"" msgstr "" "\"%s\" మొదటి ఆర్గుమెంటుగా \"ఏదైనా\" కాని, \"సక్షిప్తం\" కాని, \"వివరణ\" " "కాని, \"స్థానము\" కాని, \"హజరైనవాని\" కాని, \"నిర్వాహకుని\" కాని, " "\"వర్గీకరణను\" కాని ఆశిస్తోంది" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:878 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects at least one argument" msgstr "\"%s\" కనీసం ఒక ఆర్గుమెంటును ఆశిస్తోంది" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:893 #, c-format msgid "" "\"%s\" expects all arguments to be strings or one and only one argument to " "be a boolean false (#f)" msgstr "" "\"%s\" అన్ని ఆర్గుమెంట్లను స్ట్రింగ్స్‌గా కాని లేదా ఒకేఒక ఆర్గుమెంటును " "బూలియన్ నింజంకాదు (#f) కాని ఆశిస్తోంది." #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1389 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be an ISO 8601 date/time string" msgstr "" "\"%s\" తేది/సమయ పదబంధం ISO 8601 ను మొదటి క్రమానుగత సంకేతంగా నిరీక్షించును" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1450 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the second argument to be an integer" msgstr "\"%s\" రెండో ఆర్గుమెంటు ను ఇంటీజర్ గా ఆశిస్తోంది" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:404 msgid "Unsupported method" msgstr "తోడ్పాటునీయని పద్దతి" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:407 msgid "Calendar does not exist" msgstr "కాలెండర్‌ లేదు" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1495 #| msgid "Cannot open calendar: %s" msgid "Cannot open calendar: " msgstr "కాలెండర్‌ను తెరువలేదు: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1532 #| msgid "Cannot refresh calendar: %s" msgid "Cannot refresh calendar: " msgstr "కాలెండర్‌ను రీఫ్రెష్ చేయలేదు: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1573 #| msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar object path: %s" msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar object path: " msgstr "కాలెండర్ ఆబ్జక్టు పాత్‌ను తిరిగిపొందలేదు: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1625 #| msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar object list: %s" msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar object list: " msgstr "కాలెండర్‌ ఆబ్జక్టు జాబితాను తిరిగిపొందలేదు: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1676 #| msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar free/busy list: %s" msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar free/busy list: " msgstr "కాలెండర్‌ ఖాళీ/రద్దీ జాబితాను పొందలేక పోవుచున్నది: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1719 #| msgid "Cannot create calendar object: %s" msgid "Cannot create calendar object: " msgstr "కాలెండర్‌ ఆబ్జక్టును సృష్టించలేదు: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1787 #| msgid "Cannot modify calendar object: %s" msgid "Cannot modify calendar object: " msgstr "కాలెండర్‌ ఆబ్జక్టును సవరించలేదు: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1865 #| msgid "Cannot remove calendar object: %s" msgid "Cannot remove calendar object: " msgstr "కాలెండర్‌ ఆబ్జక్టును తీసివేయలేదు: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1951 #| msgid "Cannot receive calendar objects: %s" msgid "Cannot receive calendar objects: " msgstr "కాలెండర్‌ ఆబ్జక్టులను స్వీకరించలేదు: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1994 #| msgid "Cannot send calendar objects: %s" msgid "Cannot send calendar objects: " msgstr "కాలెండర్‌ ఆబ్జక్టులను పంపలేదు: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2046 #| msgid "Could not retrieve attachment list: %s" msgid "Could not retrieve attachment uris: " msgstr "అనుభందిత uriలను తిరిగిపొందలేక పోయింది: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2091 #| msgid "Could not store folder: %s" msgid "Could not discard reminder: " msgstr "జ్ఞాపకం చేయుదానిని తీసివేయలేకపోయంది: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2132 #| msgid "Could not retrieve calendar time zone: %s" msgid "Could not retrieve calendar time zone: " msgstr "కాలెండర్‌ సమయ క్షేత్రాన్ని తిరిగిపొందలేక పోయింది: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2172 #| msgid "Could not add calendar time zone: %s" msgid "Could not add calendar time zone: " msgstr "కాలెండర్‌ సమయ క్షేత్రం జతచేయలేక పోయింది: " #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:208 #, c-format msgid "Signing is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "ఈ సైఫర్ ద్వారా సంతకం మద్దతునీయబడదు" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:221 #, c-format msgid "Verifying is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "ఈ సైఫర్ ద్వారా నిర్దారణ మద్దతీయబడదు" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:237 #, c-format msgid "Encryption is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "ఈ సైఫర్ ద్వరా ఎన్క్రిప్షన్ మద్దతీయబడదు" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:251 #, c-format msgid "Decryption is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "ఈ సైఫర్ ద్వారా డిక్రిప్షన్ మద్దతీయబడదు" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:264 #, c-format msgid "You may not import keys with this cipher" msgstr "మీరు ఈ సైఫర్ తో కీలను దిగుమతి చేయలేక పోవచ్చు" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:278 #, c-format msgid "You may not export keys with this cipher" msgstr "ఈ సైఫర్ తో కీలను మీరు ఎగుమతి చేయలేక పోవచ్చు" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:819 msgid "Signing message" msgstr "సందేశాన్ని సంతకంచేయుట" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:1060 msgid "Encrypting message" msgstr "సందేశాన్ని రహస్యపరచుచున్నది" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:1187 msgid "Decrypting message" msgstr "డిక్రిప్టుచేసిన సందేశం" #: ../camel/camel-data-cache.c:181 #, c-format msgid "Unable to create cache path" msgstr "క్యాచి పాత్ ను సృష్టించలేదు" #: ../camel/camel-data-cache.c:442 msgid "Empty cache file" msgstr "ఖాళీ క్యాచి దస్త్రం" #: ../camel/camel-data-cache.c:511 #, c-format msgid "Could not remove cache entry: %s: %s" msgstr "క్యాచి ప్రవేశంను తీసివేయలేకపోయింది: %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-disco-diary.c:207 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not write log entry: %s\n" "Further operations on this server will not be replayed when you\n" "reconnect to the network." msgstr "" "లాగ్ ప్రవేశాన్ని వ్రాయలేకపోయింది: %s\n" "ఇకపై కార్యములు ఈసేవిక పై తిరిగినడుపబడవు\n" "మీరు నెట్వర్కుకు తిరిగిఅనుసంధానించబడినప్పుడు." #: ../camel/camel-disco-diary.c:279 #, c-format #| msgid "" #| "Could not open `%s':\n" #| "%s\n" #| "Changes made to this folder will not be resynchronized." msgid "" "Could not open '%s':\n" "%s\n" "Changes made to this folder will not be resynchronized." msgstr "" "'%s' తెరువలేకపోయింది:\n" "%s\n" "ఈ సంచయానికి చేసిన మార్పులు తిరిగి ఏకకాలం చేయబడలేవు." #: ../camel/camel-disco-diary.c:326 msgid "Resynchronizing with server" msgstr "‌‌సేవిక తో‌ కాలనియమితము చేస్తున్నది" #: ../camel/camel-disco-folder.c:76 ../camel/camel-offline-folder.c:93 msgid "Downloading new messages for offline mode" msgstr "ఆఫ్‌లైన్ రీతి కొరకు కొత్త సందేశాలను దిగుమతిచేస్తోంది" #: ../camel/camel-disco-folder.c:422 #, c-format msgid "Preparing folder '%s' for offline" msgstr "ఆఫ్‌లైన్ కొరకు సంచయం '%s' సిద్దపరుస్తోంది" #: ../camel/camel-disco-folder.c:489 ../camel/camel-offline-folder.c:336 msgid "Copy folder content locally for _offline operation" msgstr "ఆఫ్‌లైన్ కార్యము కొరకు సంచయం విషయంను స్థానికంగా నకలుతీయుము" #: ../camel/camel-disco-store.c:518 ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:618 #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:2242 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:596 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:746 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:987 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:1216 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:291 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:519 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:567 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:659 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:1063 #, c-format msgid "You must be working online to complete this operation" msgstr "ఈ కార్యము ముగించుటకు మీరు తప్పక ఆన్‌లైన్ గా పనిచేయాలి" #: ../camel/camel-file-utils.c:732 #, c-format msgid "Canceled" msgstr "రద్దుచేయబడింది" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:916 ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:797 #, c-format msgid "Failed to create child process '%s': %s" msgstr "చెల్డ్‌ కార్యక్రమము సృష్టించుటలో విఫలమైంది '%s': %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:964 #, c-format msgid "Invalid message stream received from %s: %s" msgstr "సరికాని సందేశప్రవాహం %s నుండి స్వీకరించబడింది: %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1171 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1180 msgid "Syncing folders" msgstr "సంచయాలను సింక్‌చేస్తోంది" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1278 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing filter: %s: %s" msgstr "%s: %s పార్సింగ్ వడపోతలో దోషము:" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1289 #, c-format msgid "Error executing filter: %s: %s" msgstr "%s: %s వ్యక్తీకరణ వడపోతలో దోషము:" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1385 #, c-format msgid "Unable to open spool folder" msgstr "బారులు తీరు సంచయాన్ని తెరువలేకపోయింది" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1397 #, c-format msgid "Unable to process spool folder" msgstr "బారులు తీరు సంచయాన్ని క్రమగతీకరించలేకపోయింది" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1420 #, c-format msgid "Getting message %d (%d%%)" msgstr "%d (%d%%) సందేశాన్ని పోందుతున్నది" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1429 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1451 #, c-format msgid "Failed on message %d" msgstr "%d సందేశంపై విఫలంచెందింది" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1470 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1584 msgid "Syncing folder" msgstr "సంచయంను సింక్‌చేస్తోంది" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1475 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1592 msgid "Complete" msgstr "పూర్తి" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1538 #, c-format msgid "Getting message %d of %d" msgstr "%d లో %d సందేశాన్ని పోందుతున్నది" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1556 #, c-format msgid "Failed at message %d of %d" msgstr "%d లో %d సందేశం వద్ద విఫలమైంది" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1752 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1779 #, c-format msgid "Execution of filter '%s' failed: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1769 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing filter '%s': %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1788 #, c-format msgid "Error executing filter '%s': %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:138 msgid "Failed to retrieve message" msgstr "సందేశాన్ని వెలికితీయుటలో విఫలం చెందినది" #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:537 msgid "Invalid arguments to (system-flag)" msgstr "నిస్సారమైన క్రమానుగత సంకేతం కి (వ్యవస్థ-వ్రేలాడు)" #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:555 msgid "Invalid arguments to (user-tag)" msgstr "నిస్సారమైన క్రమానుగత సంకేతం కి (వినియోగదారు-బొందు)" #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:1046 ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:1055 #, c-format msgid "Error executing filter search: %s: %s" msgstr "%s: %s వడపోత వెతుకుట నిర్వర్తించుటలలో దోషము ఏర్పడినది:" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:311 #, c-format #| msgid "Scanning for changed messages in %s" msgid "Learning new spam message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Learning new spam messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "'%s' నందలి కొత్త స్పామ్ సందేశమును నేర్చుకొనుచున్నది" msgstr[1] "%s లో మార్చబడిన సందేశాలను సంశోధించుచున్నది" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:351 #, c-format #| msgid "Scanning for changed messages in %s" msgid "Learning new ham message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Learning new ham messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "'%s' నందలి కొత్త హామ్ సందేశమును నేర్చుకొనుచున్నది" msgstr[1] "%s లో మార్చబడిన సందేశాలను సంశోధించుచున్నది" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:399 #, c-format #| msgid "Filtering new message(s)" msgid "Filtering new message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Filtering new messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "'%s' నందలి కొత్త సందేశంను వడపోస్తున్నది" msgstr[1] "'%s' నందలి కొత్త సందేశాలను వడపోస్తున్నది" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:1009 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:321 msgid "Moving messages" msgstr "సందేశాలను స్తానబదిలి చేస్తున్నది" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:1012 msgid "Copying messages" msgstr "సందేశాలను నకలు తీస్తున్నది" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:1332 #, c-format msgid "Quota information not supported for folder '%s'" msgstr "సంచంయం '%s' నకు కోటా సమాచారం తోడ్పాటులేదు" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:3578 #, c-format #| msgid "Opening folder '%s'" msgid "Expunging folder '%s'" msgstr "సంచయం '%s' తొలగిస్తోంది" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:3810 #, c-format #| msgid "Retrieving message '%s'" msgid "Retrieving message '%s' in %s" msgstr "సందేశం '%s' ను %s నందు తిరిగిపొందుచున్నది" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:3965 #, c-format #| msgid "Fetching summary information for new messages in %s" msgid "Retrieving quota information for '%s'" msgstr "'%s' కొరకు కోటా సమాచారం తిరిగిపొందుచున్నది" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:4205 #, c-format #| msgid "Creating folder '%s'" msgid "Refreshing folder '%s'" msgstr "'%s' సంచయాన్ని తాజాపరుస్తోంది" #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:888 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:931 #, c-format msgid "(%s) requires a single bool result" msgstr "(%s) కు ఎకైక బూట్ ఫలితం అవసరం" #. Translators: Each '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:966 #, c-format msgid "(%s) not allowed inside %s" msgstr "(%s) అనుమతించబడదు %s లోనికి" #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:973 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:981 #, c-format msgid "(%s) requires a match type string" msgstr "(%s) కు ఒక సరిపోలిక రకం స్ట్రింగ్ అవసరం" #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1009 #, c-format msgid "(%s) expects an array result" msgstr "(%s) ఒక ఎరే ఫలితాన్ని ఆశిస్తోంది" #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1019 #, c-format msgid "(%s) requires the folder set" msgstr "(%s) కు సంచయం సమితి అవసరం" #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1932 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:2098 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot parse search expression: %s:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "వెతుకు వ్యక్తీకరణ పార్స్ సాధ్యంకాదు: %s:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1944 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:2110 #, c-format msgid "" "Error executing search expression: %s:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "%s:\n" "%s వ్యక్తీకరణ వడపోత వెతుకుటలో దోషము:" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:730 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:735 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1398 #, c-format msgid "Failed to execute gpg: %s" msgstr "%s gpg నిర్వర్తించుటలో విఫలమైంది:" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:735 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:914 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "అపరిచితమైనది" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:800 #, c-format msgid "" "Unexpected GnuPG status message encountered:\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "అనుకోని GnuPG స్థితి సందేశం ఎదురైంది:\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:836 #, c-format msgid "Failed to parse gpg userid hint." msgstr "gpg వాడుకరిID సూచన పార్శ్ చేయుటలో విఫలం" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:861 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:876 #, c-format msgid "Failed to parse gpg passphrase request." msgstr "gpg సంకేతపదం అభ్యర్ధనను పార్శ్ చేయుటలో విఫలం." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:897 #, c-format msgid "" "You need a PIN to unlock the key for your\n" "SmartCard: \"%s\"" msgstr "" "మీకు PIN అవసరం కీను అన్‌లాక్ చేయుటకు\n" "మీ స్మార్ట్‌కార్డు కు: \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:901 #, c-format msgid "" "You need a passphrase to unlock the key for\n" "user: \"%s\"" msgstr "" "మీకు సంకేతపదం అవసరం కీని అన్‌లాక్ చేయుటకు\n" "వాడుకరికొరకు: \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:907 #, c-format #| msgid "Unexpected request from GnuPG for `%s'" msgid "Unexpected request from GnuPG for '%s'" msgstr "'%s' కొరకు GnuPG నుండి ఊహించని మనవి" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:919 msgid "" "Note the encrypted content doesn't contain information about a recipient, " "thus there will be a password prompt for each of stored private key." msgstr "" "ఎన్క్రిప్టెడ్ విషయం స్వీకరించువారి సమాచారం కలిగివుండదని గమనించండి, " "నిల్వవున్న ప్రతి వ్యక్తిగత కీనకు వొక సంకేతపదం అడుగును." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:950 ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:524 #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:268 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:402 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:150 #, c-format #| msgid "Canceled" msgid "Cancelled" msgstr "రద్దుచేయబడింది" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:971 #, c-format msgid "Failed to unlock secret key: 3 bad passphrases given." msgstr "" "రహస్య కీను అన్‌లాక్ చేయుటలో విఫలమైంది: 3 సరికాని సంకేతపదాలు ఇవ్వబడినవి." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:984 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected response from GnuPG: %s" msgstr "GnuPG నుండి అనుకోని ప్రతిస్పందనలు: %s" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "Failed to encrypt: No valid recipients specified." msgstr "ఎన్క్రిప్టు చేయుటలో విఫలమైంది: ఏ విలువైన స్వీకరణదారులు తెలుపబడలేదు." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1665 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:846 msgid "Could not generate signing data: " msgstr "సంతకపు దత్తాంశంను సంభవింపచేయలేదు: " #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1715 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1923 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2033 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2184 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2284 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2332 msgid "Failed to execute gpg." msgstr "జిపిజి నిర్వర్తించుటలో విఫలం చెందింది." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1794 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1802 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1810 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1830 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:973 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:987 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:996 #, c-format msgid "Cannot verify message signature: Incorrect message format" msgstr "సంతక సందేశాన్ని పరీక్షించలేకపోయింది:సరిలేని సందేశ రూపలవణ్యం" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1876 #| msgid "Cannot verify message signature: Incorrect message format" msgid "Cannot verify message signature: " msgstr "సందేశ సంతకాన్ని పరీక్షించలేకపోయింది: " #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1999 msgid "Could not generate encrypting data: " msgstr "ఎన్క్రిప్టింగ్ దత్తాంశంను సంభవింపచేయలేక పోయింది: " #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2052 msgid "This is a digitally encrypted message part" msgstr "ఇది డిజిటల్ ఎన్క్రిప్టెడ్ సందేశ భాగము" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2110 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2119 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2142 #, c-format msgid "Cannot decrypt message: Incorrect message format" msgstr "సందేశం ను డీక్రిప్టు చేయలేము: సరికాని సందేశ రూపం" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2130 #, c-format msgid "Failed to decrypt MIME part: protocol error" msgstr "MIME భాగము డీక్రిప్టు చేయుటలో విఫలమైంది: నియమం దోషం" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2225 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1287 msgid "Encrypted content" msgstr "రహస్యపరచిన సారం" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:643 #, c-format msgid "No quota information available for folder '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:727 ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:801 #, c-format msgid "No destination folder specified" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:747 msgid "Unable to move junk messages" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:821 msgid "Unable to move deleted messages" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:1008 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:800 msgid "Apply message _filters to this folder" msgstr "ఈ సంచయంకు సందేశ ఫిల్టర్లను వర్తింపచేయి (_f)" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:1114 #, c-format #| msgid "Could not load summary for %s" msgid "Could not create folder summary for %s" msgstr "%s కొరకు సంచయం సంగ్రహాన్ని సృష్టించలేకపోయింది" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:1123 #, c-format #| msgid "Could not create cache file" msgid "Could not create cache for %s: " msgstr "%s కొరకు క్యాచీను సృష్టించలేక పోయింది: " #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:1333 msgid "Server disconnected" msgstr "సేవిక అననుసంధానించబడింది" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:1772 msgid "Error writing to cache stream" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:2457 #, c-format msgid "" "Alert from IMAP server %s:\n" "%s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:3053 #, c-format #| msgid "Failed to authenticate.\n" msgid "Not authenticated" msgstr "దృవీకరించలేదు" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:3131 msgid "Error performing IDLE" msgstr "IDLE నిర్వర్తించుటలో దోషం" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4030 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to IMAP server %s in secure mode: %s" msgstr "ఐమాప్ సేవికను సంవిధానపరచుటలో విఫలమైంది %s రక్షిత సంవిధానంలో: %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4031 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:203 msgid "STARTTLS not supported" msgstr "STARTTLS సహకరించలేదు" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4072 #, c-format #| msgid "Failed to connect to IMAP server %s in secure mode: %s" msgid "Failed to connect to IMAP server %s in secure mode: " msgstr "రక్షిత రీతిలో IMAP సేవిక %sకు అనుసంధానమగుటలో విఫలమైంది: " #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4150 #, c-format msgid "IMAP server %s does not support %s authentication" msgstr "ఐమాప్ సేవిక %s అనునది %s ధృవీకరణకు తోడ్పాటునీయదు" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4161 ../camel/camel-session.c:494 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:303 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:748 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:505 #, c-format msgid "No support for %s authentication" msgstr "%s ధృవీకరణ కొరకు సహకారంలేదు" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4180 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:409 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:595 msgid "Cannot authenticate without a username" msgstr "వాడుకరిపేరు లేకుండా ధృవీకరించలేదు" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4189 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:604 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:669 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:690 msgid "Authentication password not available" msgstr "ధృవీకరణ సంకేతపదం అందుబాటులోలేదు" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4402 msgid "Error fetching message" msgstr "సందేశాన్ని వెతికితెచ్చుటలో దోషం" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4451 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4458 msgid "Failed to close the tmp stream" msgstr "tmp ప్రవాహం మూసివేయుటలో విఫలమైం ది" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4487 msgid "Failed to copy the tmp file" msgstr "Tmp దస్త్రం నకలు చేయుటలో విఫలమైం ది" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4612 msgid "Error moving messages" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4616 msgid "Error copying messages" msgstr "సందేశాలను నకలుతీయుటలో దోషం" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4783 msgid "Error appending message" msgstr "సందేశంకు చేర్చుటలో దోషం" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4980 msgid "Error fetching message headers" msgstr "సందేశపు యెగువసూచీలను వెతికితెచ్చుటలో దోషం" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5143 msgid "Error retrieving message" msgstr "సందేశమును పొందుటలో దోషం" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5274 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5495 #, c-format #| msgid "Fetching summary information for new messages in %s" msgid "Fetching summary information for new messages in '%s'" msgstr "" "'%s' లో కొత్త సందేశాల కొరకు సంక్షింప్తమైన సమాచారాన్ని తీసుకువస్తున్నది" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5334 #, c-format #| msgid "Scanning for changed messages in %s" msgid "Scanning for changed messages in '%s'" msgstr "'%s' లో మార్చబడిన సందేశాలను సంశోధించుచున్నది" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5389 msgid "Error fetching new messages" msgstr "కొత్త సందేశాలను వెతికితెచ్చుటలో దోషం" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5601 msgid "Error while fetching messages" msgstr "సందేశాలను వెతికితెచ్చునప్పుడు దోషం" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5609 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5642 #, c-format #| msgid "Fetching summary information for %d message in %s" #| msgid_plural "Fetching summary information for %d messages in %s" msgid "Fetching summary information for %d message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Fetching summary information for %d messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "%d సందేశం కొరకు '%s' నందు సారాంశ సమాచారం వెతికితెచ్చుచున్నది'" msgstr[1] "%d సందేశాల కొరకు '%s' నందు సారాంశ సమాచారం వెతికితెచ్చుచున్నది" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5776 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5806 msgid "Error refreshing folder" msgstr "సంచయం తాజాపరచుటలో దోషం" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5928 msgid "Error expunging message" msgstr "సందేశం యెక్సుపంజింగ్ దోషం" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6036 msgid "Error fetching folders" msgstr "సంచయాలను వెతికితెచ్చుటలో దోషం" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6119 msgid "Error subscribing to folder" msgstr "సంచయంకు సబ్‌స్క్రైబ్ అగుటలో దోషం" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6181 msgid "Error creating folder" msgstr "సంచయాన్ని సృష్టించుటలో దోషం" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6234 msgid "Error deleting folder" msgstr "సంచయాన్ని తొలగించుటలో దోషం" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6305 msgid "Error renaming folder" msgstr "సంచయానికి తిరిగిపేరు పెట్టుటలో దోషం" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6379 msgid "Error retrieving quota information" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6437 msgid "Search failed" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6499 msgid "Error performing NOOP" msgstr "NOOP నిర్వర్తించటలో దోషం" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6607 msgid "Error syncing changes" msgstr "మార్పులను సింక్ చేయుటలో దోషం" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6912 msgid "Lost connection to IMAP server" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:7359 #, c-format #| msgid "Cannot get message %s: %s" msgid "Cannot get message with message ID %s: %s" msgstr "సందేశము ID %sతో సందేశాన్ని పొందలేకపోయింది: %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:7360 #| msgid "No such message" msgid "No such message available." msgstr "అటువంటి సందేశము అందుబాటులోలేదు." #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:7521 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:7536 #| msgid "Cannot create message: %s" msgid "Cannot create spool file: " msgstr "స్పూల్ ఫైలును సృష్టించలేదు: " #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:8276 msgid "IMAP server does not support quotas" msgstr "" #. create a dummy "." parent inbox, use to scan, then put back at the top level #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:203 ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1143 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:473 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:316 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:752 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:758 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:842 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:395 msgid "Inbox" msgstr "ఇన్‌బాక్స్" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:487 #, c-format msgid "IMAP server %s" msgstr "%s ఐమాప్ సేవిక" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:490 #, c-format msgid "IMAP service for %s on %s" msgstr "%s పై %s కొరకు సేవ" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:591 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:95 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:83 msgid "Password" msgstr "సంకేతపదము" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:593 msgid "" "This option will connect to the IMAP server using a plaintext password." msgstr "" "సాదాపాఠ్యము సంకేతపదంను ఉపయోగించి IMAP సేవికకు ఈ ఐచ్చికం అనుసంధానించబడుతుంది." #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:687 #, c-format msgid "No such folder %s" msgstr "%s లో ఎటువంటి సంచయం లేదు" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1413 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving folder list for %s" msgstr "%s కొరకు సంచయ జాబితా తిరిగిపొందుచున్నది" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1783 #, c-format msgid "" "The folder name \"%s\" is invalid because it contains the character \"%c\"" msgstr "" "ఆ సంచయపేరు \"%s\" సరికానిది ఎంచేతంటే ఇది అక్షరం \"%c\" ను కలిగిఉంటుంది." #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1794 #, c-format msgid "Unknown parent folder: %s" msgstr "తెలియని మూల సంచయం‌:%s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1804 #, c-format msgid "The parent folder is not allowed to contain subfolders" msgstr "ఉపసంచయాలు కలిగిఉండుటవలన మూలసంచయం అనుమతించబడదు" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-stream.c:98 #, c-format msgid "Source stream returned no data" msgstr "సోర్స్ స్ట్రీమ్ యే దత్తాంశమును తిప్పియీయలేదు" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-stream.c:107 #, c-format #| msgid "service unavailable" msgid "Source stream unavailable" msgstr "మూలాధార స్ట్రీమ్ అందుబాటులోలేదు" #: ../camel/camel-junk-filter.c:168 msgid "Synchronizing junk database" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:106 #, c-format msgid "Could not create lock file for %s: %s" msgstr "లాక్ ఫైల్ ను %s కొరకు సృష్టించలేకపోయింది: %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:149 #, c-format #| msgid "Timed out trying to get lock file on %s. Try again later." msgid "Timed out trying to get lock file on %s. Try again later." msgstr "" "%s పైన లాక్ ఫైల్ పొందుటకు ప్రయత్నించుటలో కాలముమించినది. తర్వాత ప్రయత్నించుము." #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:211 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get lock using fcntl(2): %s" msgstr "fcntl(2) ఉపయోగించి లాక్ పొందుటలో విఫలమైంది: %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:278 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get lock using flock(2): %s" msgstr "flock(2) ఉపయోగించి లాక్ పొందుటలో విఫలమైంది: %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:106 #, c-format msgid "Cannot build locking helper pipe: %s" msgstr "లాకింగ్ సహాయక పైప్ ను నిర్మించలేదు: %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:130 #, c-format msgid "Cannot fork locking helper: %s" msgstr "లాకింగ్ సహాయకిని ఫోర్కుచేయలేదు: %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:211 ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:239 #, c-format msgid "Could not lock '%s': protocol error with lock-helper" msgstr "'%s' ను లాక్ చేయలేకపోయింది: లాక్-సహాయకి తో నియమం దోషం" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:227 #, c-format msgid "Could not lock '%s'" msgstr "'%s' ను లాక్ చేయలేకపోయింది" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:105 #, c-format msgid "Could not check mail file %s: %s" msgstr "మెయిల్ ఫైల్ను పరిశీలించలేదు %s:%s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:119 #, c-format msgid "Could not open mail file %s: %s" msgstr "మెయిల్ ఫైల్ను తెరువలేదు %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:129 #, c-format msgid "Could not open temporary mail file %s: %s" msgstr "తాత్కాలిక మెయిల్ ఫైల్ను తెరువలేదు %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:159 #, c-format msgid "Failed to store mail in temp file %s: %s" msgstr "తాత్కాలిక ఫైల్ %s లో నిల్వఉంచుటలో విఫలమైంది: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:193 #, c-format msgid "Could not create pipe: %s" msgstr "పైప్ ను సృష్టించలేదు: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:207 #, c-format msgid "Could not fork: %s" msgstr "ఫోర్కు చేయలేకపోయింది: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:245 #, c-format msgid "Movemail program failed: %s" msgstr "మెయిల్‌నుకదుపు ప్రోగ్రామ్ విఫలమైంది: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:246 msgid "(Unknown error)" msgstr "(అపరిచిత దోషము)" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:273 #, c-format msgid "Error reading mail file: %s" msgstr "%s తపాలా ఫైల్ చదువుటలో దోషం ఏర్పడింది:" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:286 #, c-format msgid "Error writing mail temp file: %s" msgstr "%s తపాలా తాత్కాలిక ఫైల్ వ్రాయుటలో దోషం ఏర్పడింది:" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:493 ../camel/camel-movemail.c:562 #, c-format msgid "Error copying mail temp file: %s" msgstr "%s తపాలా తాత్కాలిక ఫైల్ నకలుతీయుటలో దోషం ఏర్పడింది:" #: ../camel/camel-multipart-signed.c:297 #, c-format #| msgid "No description available" msgid "No content available" msgstr "ఏ విషయము అందుబాటులోలేదు" #: ../camel/camel-multipart-signed.c:305 #, c-format #| msgid "No description available" msgid "No signature available" msgstr "ఏ సంతకం అందుబాటులోలేదు" #: ../camel/camel-multipart-signed.c:689 #, c-format msgid "parse error" msgstr "పార్స్ దోషము" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:704 #, c-format msgid "Resolving: %s" msgstr "పరిష్కరిస్తోంది: %s" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:727 msgid "Host lookup failed" msgstr "ఆతిధ్యాన్ని చూచుటలో విఫలం చెందింది" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:733 #, c-format msgid "Host lookup '%s' failed. Check your host name for spelling errors." msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:737 #, c-format msgid "Host lookup '%s' failed: %s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:858 msgid "Resolving address" msgstr "మరల నిశ్ఛయమైన చిరునామా" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:879 msgid "Name lookup failed" msgstr "పేరు వెతుకుటలో విఫలంచెందింది" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:886 msgid "Name lookup failed. Check your host name for spelling errors." msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:890 #, c-format msgid "Name lookup failed: %s" msgstr "%s పేరు వెతుకుటలో విఫలంచెందింది:" #: ../camel/camel-network-service.c:354 #, c-format msgid "Could not connect to '%s:%s': " msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-offline-folder.c:212 #, c-format msgid "Syncing messages in folder '%s' to disk" msgstr "'%s' సంచయంలోని సందేశాలను డిస్కుకు సింక్ చేస్తోంది" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:58 msgid "Virtual folder email provider" msgstr "ఇ-తపాలా వాస్తవ ప్రతిరూప ఫైల్" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:60 msgid "For reading mail as a query of another set of folders" msgstr "వేరే సమితి యొక్క సంచయాల యొక్క సవాలుగా మెయిల్ ను చదువుటకొరకు" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:263 #, c-format msgid "Could not load %s: Module loading not supported on this system." msgstr "%s ని నింపలేకపోయింది: ఈ సిస్టమ్‌నందు గుణకంను నింపుట మద్దతీయబడదు." #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:272 #, c-format msgid "Could not load %s: %s" msgstr "%s: %s నింపలేకపోయింది:" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:281 #, c-format msgid "Could not load %s: No initialization code in module." msgstr "%s ను నింపలేకపోయింది: గుణకం నందు ఏ సిద్దీకరణ కొడ్ లేదు." #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:429 ../camel/camel-session.c:406 #, c-format #| msgid "No provider available for protocol `%s'" msgid "No provider available for protocol '%s'" msgstr "'%s' ప్రొటోకాల్ కొరకు ఏ ఉత్పాదకి అందుబాటులో లేదు" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:35 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:85 msgid "Anonymous" msgstr "అనామకంగా" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:37 msgid "This option will connect to the server using an anonymous login." msgstr "పేరులేని లాగిన్ ఉపయోగిస్తూ ఈ ఐచ్చికం సేవికకు అనుసంధానించబడుతుంది." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:70 #, c-format msgid "Authentication failed." msgstr "ధృవీకరించుట విఫలమైనది." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:81 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid email address trace information:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "సరికాని ఈమెయిల్ చిరునామా వెతికిపట్టుకొను సమాచారం:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:95 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid opaque trace information:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "సరికాని ఒపాక్యూ వెతికిపట్టుకొను సమాచారం:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:109 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid trace information:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "సరికాని వెతికిపట్టుకొను సమాచారం:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-cram-md5.c:46 msgid "CRAM-MD5" msgstr "CRAM-MD5" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-cram-md5.c:48 msgid "" "This option will connect to the server using a secure CRAM-MD5 password, if " "the server supports it." msgstr "" "రక్షితమైన CRAM-MD5 సంకేతపదాన్ని ఉపయోగిస్తూ ఈ ఐచ్చికం సేవికకు " "అనుసంధానించబడుతుంది, సేవిక తోడ్పాటునిస్తే." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:59 msgid "DIGEST-MD5" msgstr "DIGEST-MD5" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:61 msgid "" "This option will connect to the server using a secure DIGEST-MD5 password, " "if the server supports it." msgstr "" "ఈ ఐచ్చికం సేవికకు DIGEST-MD5 సంకేతపదం ఉపయోగిస్తూ సేవికకు " "అనుసంధానించబడుతుంది, ఒకవేళ సేవిక తోడ్పాటునిస్తే." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:855 #, c-format msgid "Server challenge too long (>2048 octets)" msgstr "సేవిక ఛాలెంజి చాలా పొడవు (>2048 octets" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:866 #, c-format msgid "Server challenge invalid\n" msgstr "సేవిక ఆపేక్షణ నిస్సారమైనది\n" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:874 #, c-format msgid "Server challenge contained invalid \"Quality of Protection\" token" msgstr "సేవిక ఛాలెంజి సరికాని \"రక్షణ యొక్క నాణ్యత\" టొకెన్ కలిగిఉంది" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:907 #, c-format msgid "Server response did not contain authorization data" msgstr "సేవిక ప్రతిస్పందన దృవీకరణ దత్తాంశంను కలిగిలేదు" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:928 #, c-format msgid "Server response contained incomplete authorization data" msgstr "సేవిక ప్రతిస్పందన పూర్తికాని దృవీకరణ దత్తాంశంను కలిగిఉంది" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:941 #, c-format msgid "Server response does not match" msgstr "సేవిక ప్రతిస్పందన పోలికకుదురుటలేదు" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:91 msgid "GSSAPI" msgstr "GSSAPI" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:93 msgid "" "This option will connect to the server using Kerberos 5 authentication." msgstr "" "ఈ ఐచ్చికం సేవకకు కెర్బరోస్ 5 దృవీకరణను ఉపయోగించి అనుసంధానించబడుతుంది." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:134 msgid "" "The specified mechanism is not supported by the provided credential, or is " "unrecognized by the implementation." msgstr "" "ఇవ్వబడిన సమకూర్పుతో తెలుపబడిన మెకానిజమ్ మద్దతీయబడదు, లేదా అభివృద్దీకరణ " "ద్వారా గుర్తించబడుటలేదు." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:139 msgid "The provided target_name parameter was ill-formed." msgstr "ఇవ్వబడిన target_name పారామితి చెడ్డగా-రూపీకరించబడింది." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:142 msgid "" "The provided target_name parameter contained an invalid or unsupported type " "of name." msgstr "" "ఇవ్వబడిన target_name పారామితి సరికాని లేదా తోడ్పాటునీయని పేరు రకాన్ని " "కలిగిఉంది." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:146 msgid "" "The input_token contains different channel bindings to those specified via " "the input_chan_bindings parameter." msgstr "" "input_token వేర్వేరు ప్రసారమార్గ బంధాలను input_chan_bindings పారామితి ద్వారా " "తెలుపబడినవాటికి కలిగిఉంటాయి." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:151 msgid "" "The input_token contains an invalid signature, or a signature that could not " "be verified." msgstr "" "input_token సరికాని సంతకాన్ని కలిగిఉంది, లేదా నిర్ధారించ లేకపోయిన సంతకం ను " "కలిగిఉంది." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:155 msgid "" "The supplied credentials were not valid for context initiation, or the " "credential handle did not reference any credentials." msgstr "" "ఇవ్వబడిన సమకూర్పులు సందర్బ సిద్దీకరణకు విలువైనవికావు, లేదా సమకూర్పు సంభాలిక " "ఏ సమకూర్పులను సంప్రదించలేదు." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:160 msgid "The supplied context handle did not refer to a valid context." msgstr "ఇవ్వబడిన సందర్బ సంభాలిక సరైన సందర్బంను సంప్రదించుటలేదు." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:163 msgid "The consistency checks performed on the input_token failed." msgstr "input_token పైన జరుపబడిన స్థిరత్వ పరిశీలనలు విఫలమైనవి." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:166 msgid "The consistency checks performed on the credential failed." msgstr "సమకూర్పు పైన జరుపబడిన స్థిరత్వ పరిశీలనలు విఫలమైనవి." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:169 msgid "The referenced credentials have expired." msgstr "సంప్రదిత సమకూర్పులు కాలముతీరినవి." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:175 ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:340 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:388 ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:405 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:612 #, c-format msgid "Bad authentication response from server." msgstr "సేవిక నుండి చెడు ధృవీకరణ స్పందన" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:417 #, c-format msgid "Unsupported security layer." msgstr "రక్షణ పొరకు సహకారం లేదు." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-login.c:40 msgid "Login" msgstr "ప్రవేశము" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-login.c:42 ../camel/camel-sasl-plain.c:46 msgid "This option will connect to the server using a simple password." msgstr "" "సామాన్యమైన సంకేతపదం ఉపయోగించి ఈ ఇచ్చాపూర్వకం సేవికకు అనుసంధానమవుతుంది." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-login.c:110 #, c-format msgid "Unknown authentication state." msgstr "తెలియని ధృవీకరణ స్థితి." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-ntlm.c:48 msgid "NTLM / SPA" msgstr "NTLM/SPA" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-ntlm.c:50 msgid "" "This option will connect to a Windows-based server using NTLM / Secure " "Password Authentication." msgstr "" "ఈ ఐచ్చికం విండోస్-ఆధారిత సేవికకు NTLM / రక్షిత సంకేతపద దృవీకరణ ఉపయోగిస్తూ " "అనుసంధానిస్తుంది." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-plain.c:44 msgid "PLAIN" msgstr "చదునైన" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:46 msgid "POP before SMTP" msgstr "POP ముందు SMPT" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:48 msgid "This option will authorise a POP connection before attempting SMTP" msgstr "ఈ ఐచ్చికం POP అనుసంధానంను SMTP ను యత్నించక మునుపే దృవీకరిస్తుంది" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:84 #| msgid "POP Source URI" msgid "POP Source UID" msgstr "POP మూలపు URI" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:98 #, c-format #| msgid "POP Before SMTP auth using an unknown transport" msgid "POP Before SMTP authentication using an unknown transport" msgstr "తెలియని బదిలీకరణ ఉపయోగించి SMTP ముందు POP దృవీకరణ" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:110 ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:119 #, c-format #| msgid "POP Before SMTP authentication using a non-POP source" msgid "POP Before SMTP authentication attempted with a %s service" msgstr "%s సేవతో POP ముందలి SMTP ధృవీకరణ ప్రయత్నించినది" #: ../camel/camel-search-private.c:116 #, c-format msgid "Regular expression compilation failed: %s: %s" msgstr "%s: %s క్రమబద్దమైన వ్యక్తీకరణ విఫలంచెందింది:" #: ../camel/camel-session.c:415 #, c-format #| msgid "No provider available for protocol '%s'" msgid "Invalid GType registered for protocol '%s'" msgstr "'%s' ప్రొటోకాల్ కొరకు చెల్లని GType నమోదైంది" #: ../camel/camel-session.c:509 #, c-format msgid "%s authentication failed" msgstr "%s ధృవీకరణ విఫలమైంది" #: ../camel/camel-session.c:645 #| msgid "Operation not supported" msgid "Forwarding messages is not supported" msgstr "వచ్చిన సందేశాలను ముందుకుపంపుటకు సహకారంలేదు" #. Translators: The first argument is the account type #. * (e.g. "IMAP"), the second is the user name, and the #. * third is the host name. #: ../camel/camel-session.c:1420 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the %s password for %s on host %s." msgstr "%s సంకేతపదంను %s కొరకు %s అతిధేయపై దయచేసి ప్రవేశపెట్టండి." #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:351 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1074 #, c-format msgid "Cannot find certificate for '%s'" msgstr "'%s' కొరకు ప్రశంసా పత్రాన్ని కనిపెట్టలేకపోయింది" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:379 msgid "Cannot create CMS message" msgstr "సి యం యస్ సందేశాన్ని సృష్టించలేము" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:384 msgid "Cannot create CMS signed data" msgstr "సి యం యస్ ‌సంతకం చేసిన దత్తాంశాన్ని సృష్టించలేము" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:390 msgid "Cannot attach CMS signed data" msgstr "సి యం యస్ ‌సంతకం చేసిన దత్తాంశాన్నిఅతికించలేము" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:397 msgid "Cannot attach CMS data" msgstr "సి యం యస్ దత్తాంశం అతికించలేము" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:403 msgid "Cannot create CMS Signer information" msgstr "సి యం యస్ సంతకం చేయువాని సమాచారాన్ని తయారుచేయలేము" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:409 msgid "Cannot find certificate chain" msgstr "నిదర్శన పత్రిక గొలుసును వెతకలేకపోయింది" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:415 msgid "Cannot add CMS Signing time" msgstr "సి యం యస్ సంతకం చేసిన సమయాన్ని చేర్చలేము" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:439 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:454 #, c-format msgid "Encryption certificate for '%s' does not exist" msgstr "'%s కొరకు రహస్యపరచు ప్రశంసా పత్రము లేదు" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:461 msgid "Cannot add SMIMEEncKeyPrefs attribute" msgstr "SMIMEEnc మీట అభీష్టాల ఆరోపనలను జతపరచలేము" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:466 msgid "Cannot add MS SMIMEEncKeyPrefs attribute" msgstr "MS SMIMEEnc మీట అభీష్టాల ఆరోపనలను జతపరచలేము" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:471 msgid "Cannot add encryption certificate" msgstr "రహస్యపరచు నిదర్శన పత్రిని చేర్చలేము" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:477 msgid "Cannot add CMS Signer information" msgstr "సి యం యస్ సంతకం చేయువాని సమాచారాన్నిచేర్చలేము" #. Translators: A fallback message when couldn't verify an SMIME signature #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:510 msgid "Unverified" msgstr "పరిక్షించబడలేదు" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:512 msgid "Good signature" msgstr "మంచి సంతకం" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:514 msgid "Bad signature" msgstr "చెడు సంతకం" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:516 msgid "Content tampered with or altered in transit" msgstr "సారము బదిలీకరణలో మార్చబడి లేదా దీనితో చెరపబడిఉంటుంది" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:518 msgid "Signing certificate not found" msgstr "సంతకంచేయు నిదర్శన పత్రి లభించలేదు" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:520 msgid "Signing certificate not trusted" msgstr "సంతకంచేయు నిదర్శన పత్రి నమ్మకములేనిది" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:522 msgid "Signature algorithm unknown" msgstr "సంతకం అల్గార్దెమ్ తెలియనిది" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:524 msgid "Signature algorithm unsupported" msgstr "సంతకం అల్గార్దెమ్ తోడ్పాటునీయనిది" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:526 msgid "Malformed signature" msgstr "వికారమైన సంతకం" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:528 msgid "Processing error" msgstr "క్రమగతి దోషము" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:573 msgid "No signed data in signature" msgstr "సంతకం నందు ఏ సంతకంచేసిన దత్తాంశంలేదు" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:578 msgid "Digests missing from enveloped data" msgstr "డైజెస్ట్సు ఎన్వలప్‌డ్ దత్తాంశంనుండి తప్పిపోతున్నాయి" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:591 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:602 msgid "Cannot calculate digests" msgstr "డెజెస్ట్సును గణించలేము" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:609 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:613 msgid "Cannot set message digests" msgstr "సందేశం డైజెస్ట్సును అమర్చలేము" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:623 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:628 msgid "Certificate import failed" msgstr "నిదర్శన పత్రి దిగుమతి విఫలంచెందింది" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:638 #, c-format msgid "Certificate is the only message, cannot verify certificates" msgstr "నిదర్శన పత్రి ఒక సందేశం మాత్రమే, నిదర్శన పత్రాలను పరీక్షించలేము" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:641 #, c-format msgid "Certificate is the only message, certificates imported and verified" msgstr "" "నిదర్శన పత్రి ఒక సందేశం మాత్రమే, నిదర్శన పత్రాలు దిగుమతి చేయబడినవి మరియు " "పరిక్షించబడినవి" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:645 msgid "Cannot find signature digests" msgstr "సంతకం డైజెస్ట్సును కనుగొనలేము" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:662 #, c-format msgid "Signer: %s <%s>: %s\n" msgstr "సంతకంచేయునది: %s <%s>: %s\n" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:858 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1148 msgid "Cannot create encoder context" msgstr "సందర్భ సంకేతరచనది తయారుచేయలేము" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:864 msgid "Failed to add data to CMS encoder" msgstr "సి యం యస్ సంకేతరచన చేయుదానికి దత్తాంశాన్ని చేర్చలేము" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:869 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1165 msgid "Failed to encode data" msgstr "దత్తాంశాన్ని సంకేతరచన చేయుటలో విఫలంచెందింది." #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1013 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1262 msgid "Decoder failed" msgstr "డీకోడర్ విఫలమైంది" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1082 msgid "Cannot find common bulk encryption algorithm" msgstr "ఉమ్మడి అధిక ఎన్క్రిప్షన్ అల్గార్దెమ్‌ను కనుగొనలేకపోయింది" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1090 msgid "Cannot allocate slot for encryption bulk key" msgstr "ఎన్క్రిప్షన్ అధిక కీ కొరకు స్లాట్‌ను అందిచలేము" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1101 msgid "Cannot create CMS Message" msgstr "సి యం యస్ సందేశాన్ని సృష్టించలేము" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1107 msgid "Cannot create CMS Enveloped data" msgstr "సి యం యస్ దత్తాంశాన్ని సృష్టించలేము" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1113 msgid "Cannot attach CMS Enveloped data" msgstr "CMS ఎన్వలప్‌డ్ దత్తాంశంను అనుంబంధించలేము" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1119 msgid "Cannot attach CMS data object" msgstr "CMS దత్తంశ ఆబ్జక్టును జతచేయలేము" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1128 msgid "Cannot create CMS Recipient information" msgstr "సి యం యస్ ప్రతి గ్రహీత సమాచారాన్ని సృష్టిం" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1133 msgid "Cannot add CMS Recipient information" msgstr "CMS సమాచార గ్రహీతను చేర్చలేము" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1159 msgid "Failed to add data to encoder" msgstr "సంకేతరచన దత్తాంశాన్ని చేర్చుటలో విఫలంచెందింది" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1269 msgid "S/MIME Decrypt: No encrypted content found" msgstr "S/MIME డీక్రిప్టు: ఏ ఎన్క్రిప్డెడ్ సారము కనబడలేదు" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:1999 #, c-format #| msgid "Cannot create folder `%s': folder exists" msgid "Cannot create folder '%s': folder exists" msgstr "'%s' సంచయాన్ని సృష్టించలేము: సంచయం కలిగివున్నది" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2042 #, c-format #| msgid "Syncing folders" msgid "Opening folder '%s'" msgstr "సంచయం '%s' తెరుస్తోంది" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2231 #, c-format #| msgid "Scanning for changed messages in %s" msgid "Scanning folders in '%s'" msgstr "'%s' నందలి సంచయాలను గ్రహిస్తోంది" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2259 ../camel/camel-store.c:2304 #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:48 msgid "Trash" msgstr "చెత్తకుండి" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2273 ../camel/camel-store.c:2321 #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:50 msgid "Junk" msgstr "నిరర్ధకం" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2774 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder: %s: folder exists" msgstr "%s:సంచయాన్ని సృష్టించలేవు:సంచయం కలిగివున్నది" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2788 #, c-format #| msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': %s" msgid "Creating folder '%s'" msgstr "'%s' సంచయాన్ని సృష్టిస్తోంది" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2906 ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:418 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:315 #, c-format msgid "Cannot delete folder: %s: Invalid operation" msgstr "%s:సంచయాన్ని తొలగించలేవు: నిస్సారమైన కార్యం" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:3049 ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:469 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:841 #, c-format msgid "Cannot rename folder: %s: Invalid operation" msgstr "%s:సంచయాన్ని తొలగించలేవు:నిస్సారమైన కార్యం" #: ../camel/camel-stream-filter.c:346 msgid "Only reset to beginning is supported with CamelStreamFilter" msgstr "" "CamelStreamFilter తో ప్రారంభమునకు తిరిగివుంచుట మాత్రమే తోడ్పాటునిచ్చును" #: ../camel/camel-stream-null.c:78 msgid "Only reset to beginning is supported with CamelHttpStream" msgstr "" "CamelHttpStream తో ప్రారంభమునకు తిరిగివుంచుట మాత్రమే తోడ్పాటునిచ్చును" #: ../camel/camel-stream-process.c:275 #, c-format msgid "Connection cancelled" msgstr "బంధం రద్దుచేయబడింది" #: ../camel/camel-stream-process.c:280 #, c-format msgid "Could not connect with command \"%s\": %s" msgstr "\"%s\" ఆదేశంతో బంధం ఏర్పరచలేము: %s" #: ../camel/camel-subscribable.c:395 #, c-format #| msgid "Error subscribing to folder" msgid "Subscribing to folder '%s'" msgstr "సంచయం '%s' కు సబ్‌స్క్రైబ్ అవుతోంది" #: ../camel/camel-subscribable.c:527 #, c-format #| msgid "Error subscribing to folder" msgid "Unsubscribing from folder '%s'" msgstr "సంచయం '%s' నుండి అన్‌సబ్‌స్క్రైబ్ అవుతోంది" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:310 #, c-format msgid "NSPR error code %d" msgstr "NSPR దోష కోడ్ %d" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:649 ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:662 #, c-format msgid "The proxy host does not support SOCKS4" msgstr "ప్రోక్సీ హోస్ట్ SOCKS4కు తోడ్పాటునీయదు" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:675 #, c-format msgid "The proxy host denied our request: code %d" msgstr "ప్రోక్సీ హోస్టు మన అభ్యర్ధనను తిరస్కరించినది: కోడ్ %d" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:773 ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:781 #, c-format msgid "The proxy host does not support SOCKS5" msgstr "ప్రోక్సీ హోస్ట్ SOCKS5 కు తోడ్పాటునీయదు" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:789 #, c-format #| msgid "No support for authentication type %s" msgid "Could not find a suitable authentication type: code 0x%x" msgstr "సరితగు ధృవీకరణ రకమును కనుగొనలేక పోయింది: code 0x%x" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:801 msgid "General SOCKS server failure" msgstr "సాధారణ SOCKS సేవిక వైఫల్యం" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:802 msgid "SOCKS server's rules do not allow connection" msgstr "SOCKS సేవిక యొక్క నియమాలు అనుసంధానమును అనుమతించవు" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:803 msgid "Network is unreachable from SOCKS server" msgstr "SOCKS సేవికనుండి నెట్వర్కు చేరదగునదిగా లేదు" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:804 msgid "Host is unreachable from SOCKS server" msgstr "SOCKS సేవికనుండి హోస్టు చేరదగునదిగా లేదు" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:805 #| msgid "Connection canceled" msgid "Connection refused" msgstr "అనుసంధానం తిరస్కరించబడెను" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:806 msgid "Time-to-live expired" msgstr "జీవించుట-కు-సమయం మించిపోయింది" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:807 #| msgid "STLS not supported by server" msgid "Command not supported by SOCKS server" msgstr "SOCKS సేవిక ద్వారా ఆదేశం మద్దతివ్వబడలేదు" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:808 #| msgid "STLS not supported by server" msgid "Address type not supported by SOCKS server" msgstr "SOCKS సేవిక ద్వారా చిరునామా రకము మద్దతివ్వబడలేదు" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:809 #| msgid "Unknown error: %s" msgid "Unknown error from SOCKS server" msgstr "SOCKS సేవిక నుండి తెలియని దోషము" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:842 #, c-format msgid "Got unknown address type from SOCKS server" msgstr "SOCKS సేవికనుండి తెలియని చిరునామా రకమును పొందినది" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:860 #, c-format #| msgid "Invalid response from server" msgid "Incomplete reply from SOCKS server" msgstr "SOCKS సేవిక నుండి అసంపూర్ణ ప్రత్యుత్తరము" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:880 #, c-format msgid "Hostname is too long (maximum is 255 characters)" msgstr "హోస్టుపేరు మరీ పోడవుగావుంది (గరిష్టం 255 అక్షరములు)" #. SOCKS5 #. reserved - must be 0 #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:912 ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:922 #, c-format #| msgid "Invalid response from server" msgid "Invalid reply from proxy server" msgstr "ప్రోక్సీ సేవికనుండి సరికాని ప్రత్యుత్తరం" #: ../camel/camel-url.c:331 #, c-format #| msgid "Could not parse URL `%s'" msgid "Could not parse URL '%s'" msgstr "URL '%s'ను పార్శ్ చేయలేము" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:494 #, c-format #| msgid "Creating folder '%s'" msgid "Updating folder '%s'" msgstr "'%s' సంచయాన్ని నవీకరిస్తోంది" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:855 ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:965 #, c-format msgid "Cannot copy or move messages into a Virtual Folder" msgstr "" "వాస్తవప్రతిరూప సంచయంలోకి సందేశాలను నకలుతీయలేవు లేదా స్థానాన్నిమార్చలేవు" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:888 #, c-format msgid "No such message %s in %s" msgstr "%s లో %s ఎటువంటి సందేశంలేదు" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:941 #, c-format #| msgid "Error storing '%s': %s" msgid "Error storing '%s': " msgstr "'%s' దాచుటలో దోషము: " #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:1171 msgid "Automatically _update on change in source folders" msgstr "మూలం ఫోల్డర్లలో మార్పు స్వయంచాలకంగా _ నవీకరణ" #. Translators: 'Unmatched' is a folder name under Search folders where are shown #. * all messages not belonging into any other configured search folder #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:42 msgid "Unmatched" msgstr "అసమానమైనది" #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:444 #, c-format msgid "Cannot delete folder: %s: No such folder" msgstr "సంచయాన్ని తొలగించలేము:%s: ఎటువంటి సంచయం లేదు" #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:479 #, c-format msgid "Cannot rename folder: %s: No such folder" msgstr "సంచయనామాన్ని తిరిగిరాయలేము:%s: లాంటి సంచయం లేదు" #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:542 msgid "Enable _Unmatched folder" msgstr "(_U) సరిపోలలేదు ఫోల్డర్ ప్రారంభించు" #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:49 msgid "Cannot copy messages to the Trash folder" msgstr "చెత్తకుండి సంచయమునకు సందేశాలను నకలుతీయలేము" #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:51 msgid "Cannot copy messages to the Junk folder" msgstr "నిరర్ధక సంచయంకు సందేశాలను నకలుతీయలేము" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:38 msgid "Checking for New Mail" msgstr "కొత్త సందేశం కొరకు తనిఖీచేస్తున్నది" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:40 msgid "C_heck for new messages in all folders" msgstr "అన్ని సంచయాలలో కొత్త సందేశాల కొరకు తనిఖీ చేయుము(_h)" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:42 #| msgid "C_heck for new messages in all folders" msgid "Ch_eck for new messages in subscribed folders" msgstr "చందావున్న సంచయములనందు కొత్త సందేశముల కొరకు పరిశీలించుము (_e)" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:44 msgid "Use _Quick Resync if the server supports it" msgstr "సేవక తోడ్పాటు వుంటే త్వరిత రీసింక్‌ను వుపయోగించు (_Q)" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:46 msgid "_Listen for server change notifications" msgstr "సేవిక మార్పు ప్రకటనల కొరకు విను (_L)" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:49 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:46 msgid "Folders" msgstr "సంచయాలు" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:51 msgid "_Show only subscribed folders" msgstr "చేవ్రాలుచేయబడిన సంచయాలను మాత్రమే చూపుము(_S)" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:54 msgid "O_verride server-supplied folder namespace" msgstr "సేవిక-పంపిణి సంచయ నేమ్‌స్పేస్ ను తిరిగివ్రాయము(_v)" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:56 msgid "Namespace:" msgstr "నామస్థలము:" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:59 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:41 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:81 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:101 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:41 msgid "Options" msgstr "ఇచ్ఛాపూర్వకాలు" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:61 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:43 msgid "Apply _filters to new messages in all folders" msgstr "అన్ని సంచయాల నందు కొత్త సందేశములకు ఫిల్టర్లను వర్తింపచేయి (_f)" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:63 msgid "_Apply filters to new messages in Inbox on this server" msgstr "ఈ సేవికపై కొత్త సందేశాల కొరకు వడపోతను అనుసంధించు (_A)" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:65 msgid "Check new messages for _Junk contents" msgstr "నిరర్ధక సారములకొరకు కొత్త సందేశాలను పరిశీలించుము(_J)" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:67 msgid "Only check for Junk messages in the IN_BOX folder" msgstr "నిరర్ధక సందేశముల కొరకు IN_BOX సంచయంలో మాత్రమే పరిశీలించుము" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:69 msgid "Automatically synchroni_ze remote mail locally" msgstr "సుదూర తపాలాను స్థానికంగా స్వయంచాలక కాలనియమితముచేయుము(_z)" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:75 msgid "Default IMAP port" msgstr "అప్రమేయ IMAP పోర్ట్" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:76 #| msgid "IMAP server %s" msgid "IMAP over SSL" msgstr "SSL నందు IMAP" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:83 msgid "IMAP+" msgstr "ఐమాప్+" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:85 msgid "For reading and storing mail on IMAP servers." msgstr "ఐమాప్ సేవికలపై తపాలాలను చదువుటకు మరియు నిలువచేయుటకు." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:194 #, c-format msgid "~%s (%s)" msgstr "~%s (%s)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:204 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:213 #, c-format msgid "mailbox: %s (%s)" msgstr "ఉత్తరాలపెట్టె: %s (%s)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:222 #, c-format msgid "%s (%s)" msgstr "%s (%s)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:499 msgid "_Index message body data" msgstr "విషయసూచిక సందేశ ముఖ దత్తాంశం (_I)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:727 #, c-format #| msgid "" #| "Cannot get message: %s from folder %s\n" #| " %s" msgid "" "Cannot get message %s from folder %s\n" "%s" msgstr "" "సందేశం %sను సంచయం %s నుండి పొందలేక పోయింది\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:43 msgid "_Use the '.folders' folder summary file (exmh)" msgstr "'.folders' సంచయ సక్షిప్త ఫైల్ (exmh) ఉపయోగించుము (_U)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:50 msgid "MH-format mail directories" msgstr "MH-రూపలావణ్య తపాలా వివరములు" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:51 msgid "For storing local mail in MH-like mail directories." msgstr "MH-తరహా తపాలా వివరములలో స్థానిక తపాలాను దాచుటకై." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:68 msgid "Local delivery" msgstr "స్థానిక అప్పగింత" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:69 msgid "" "For retrieving (moving) local mail from standard mbox-formatted spools into " "folders managed by Evolution." msgstr "" "ఎవాల్యూషన్‌చే నిర్వహించబడుచున్న సంచయాలలోకి ప్రామాణిక mbox-రూపీకృత స్పూల్సు " "నుండి స్థానిక మెయిల్‌ను పొందుట (కదిలించుట) కొరకు." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:83 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:103 msgid "_Apply filters to new messages in Inbox" msgstr "ఇన్‌బాక్సు నందు కొత్త సందేశాలకు ఫిల్టర్లను వర్తించు (_A)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:90 msgid "Maildir-format mail directories" msgstr "Maildir-format మెయిల్ సంచయాలు" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:91 msgid "For storing local mail in maildir directories." msgstr "స్థానిక మెయిల్‌ను maildir సంచయాలనందు నిల్వఉంచుట కొరకు." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:104 msgid "_Store status headers in Elm/Pine/Mutt format" msgstr "స్థితి పీఠికలను Elm/Pine/Mutt రూపంలో నిల్వఉంచుము(_S)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:111 msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool file" msgstr "ప్రామాణిక యునిక్స్ mbox స్పూల్ ఫైల్" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:112 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:126 msgid "" "For reading and storing local mail in external standard mbox spool files.\n" "May also be used to read a tree of Elm, Pine, or Mutt style folders." msgstr "" "స్థానిక మెయిల్ ను బహిర్గత ప్రామణిక mbox స్పూల్ ఫైల్ములందు నిల్వఉంచుటకు మరియు " "చదువుటకు.\n" "Elm, Pine, లేదా Mutt శైలి సంచయాల యొక్క ట్రీని చదువుటకు ఉపయోగించవచ్చు." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:125 msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool directory" msgstr "ప్రామాణిక యునిక్స్ mbox స్పూల్ సంచయం" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:98 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename folder %s to %s: %s" msgstr "%s కు %s సంచయనామాన్ని తిరిగిరాయలేము: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:180 #, c-format msgid "Local mail file %s" msgstr "%s స్థానిక తపాలా ఫైల్" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:223 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:383 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:117 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:581 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:89 #, c-format msgid "Store root %s is not an absolute path" msgstr "%s దాచు మూలం ఒక ఖశ్చితమైన త్రోవ కాదు" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:232 #, c-format msgid "Store root %s is not a regular directory" msgstr "%s దాచు మూలం ఒక క్రమబద్దమైన వివరం కాదు" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:244 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:254 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:396 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:145 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder: %s: %s" msgstr "సంచయాన్ని పొందలేము: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:291 #, c-format msgid "Local stores do not have an inbox" msgstr "స్థానిక నిల్వలు ఇన్‌బాక్సును కలిగిలేవు" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:456 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:748 #, c-format #| msgid "Could not delete folder index file `%s': %s" msgid "Could not delete folder index file '%s': %s" msgstr "సంచయం '%s' విషయసూచిక దస్త్రాన్ని తొలగించలేక పోయింది: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:484 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:778 #, c-format msgid "Could not delete folder meta file '%s': %s" msgstr "సంచయం '%s'యొక్క విశేషదస్త్రన్ని తొలగించలేక పోయింది: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:596 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename '%s': %s" msgstr "'%s'నామాన్ని తిరిగిరాయలేము: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-summary.c:567 #, c-format msgid "Unable to add message to summary: unknown reason" msgstr "సంక్షిప్తముకు సందేశాన్ని జతచేయలేము:తెలియని కారణము" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:100 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:335 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:117 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:329 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:159 msgid "No such message" msgstr "ఏటువంటి సందేశం లేదు" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:225 #, c-format #| msgid "Cannot append message to maildir folder: %s: %s" msgid "Cannot append message to maildir folder: %s: " msgstr "సందేశమును maildir సంచయం‌కు కలుపలేదు: %s: " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:273 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:283 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:390 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:171 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:181 #, c-format #| msgid "" #| "Cannot get message: %s from folder %s\n" #| " %s" msgid "Cannot get message %s from folder %s: " msgstr "సందేశం %s ను సంచయం %s నుండి పొందలేకపోయింది: " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:353 #, c-format #| msgid "Cannot append message to maildir folder: %s: %s" msgid "Cannot transfer message to destination folder: %s" msgstr "సందేశంను గమ్య సంచయంకు బదిలీచేయలేదు: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:125 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:850 #, c-format msgid "Folder %s already exists" msgstr "సంచయము %s ఇదివరకే వున్నది" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:230 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:261 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:403 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:424 #, c-format #| msgid "Cannot create folder `%s': %s" msgid "Cannot create folder '%s': %s" msgstr "'%s' సంచయాన్ని సృష్టించలేము: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:245 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:369 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:524 #, c-format #| msgid "Cannot get folder `%s': %s" msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': %s" msgstr "'%s' సంచయాన్ని పొందలేము: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:251 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:379 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:533 #, c-format #| msgid "Cannot get folder `%s': folder does not exist." msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': folder does not exist." msgstr "'%s' సంచయాన్ని పొందలేము: సంచయం కలిగిలేదు." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:278 #, c-format #| msgid "Cannot get folder `%s': not a maildir directory." msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': not a maildir directory." msgstr "'%s' సంచయాన్ని పొందలేము: maildir డైరెక్టరీ కాదు." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:283 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:442 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:566 #, c-format #| msgid "Cannot create folder `%s': folder exists." msgid "Cannot create folder '%s': folder exists." msgstr "సంచయం '%s'ను సృష్టించలేము:సంచయం కలిగివున్నది." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:347 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:387 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:684 #, c-format #| msgid "Could not delete folder `%s': %s" msgid "Could not delete folder '%s': %s" msgstr "'%s' సంచయాన్ని తొలగించలేక పోయింది: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:349 msgid "not a maildir directory" msgstr "తపాలా వివరము కాదు" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:630 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:1065 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:214 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:233 #, c-format #| msgid "Could not scan folder `%s': %s" msgid "Could not scan folder '%s': %s" msgstr "'%s' సంచయాన్ని సంశోధించలేక పోయింది: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:458 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:591 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open maildir directory path: %s: %s" msgstr "maildir సంచయం పాత్ ను తెరువలేము: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:582 msgid "Checking folder consistency" msgstr "సంచయంయొక్క అనుగుణ్యతను తనిఖీచేస్తున్నది" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:675 msgid "Checking for new messages" msgstr "కొత్త సందేశాల కొరకు తనిఖీ నిర్వహిస్తున్నది" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:770 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:450 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:683 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:832 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:141 msgid "Storing folder" msgstr "సంచయాన్ని దాచుతున్నది" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:187 #, c-format #| msgid "Cannot open mailbox: %s: %s\n" msgid "Cannot open mailbox: %s: " msgstr "ఉత్తరాలపెట్టె తెరువలేదు: %s: " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:253 #, c-format #| msgid "Cannot append message to mbox file: %s: %s" msgid "Cannot append message to mbox file: %s: " msgstr "సందేశమును mbox ఫైలునకు కలుపలేదు: %s: " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:382 msgid "The folder appears to be irrecoverably corrupted." msgstr "ఆ సంచయం తిరిగిపొందలేనివిధంగా చెడినట్లు కనిపిస్తోంది." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:439 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-folder.c:69 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder lock on %s: %s" msgstr "%s పై సంచయ తాళమును సృష్టించలేవు: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:391 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:589 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create a folder by this name." msgstr "ఈ పేరుతో సంచయాన్ని సృష్టించలేవు." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:435 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': not a regular file." msgstr "'%s' సంచయాన్ని పొందలేము: క్రమబద్దమైన ఫైల్ కాదు." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:605 #, c-format #| msgid "Cannot create directory `%s': %s." msgid "Cannot create directory '%s': %s." msgstr "'%s' డైరెక్టరీను సృష్టించలేము: %s." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:617 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder: %s: %s" msgstr "సంచయాన్ని సృష్టించలేము: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:619 msgid "Folder already exists" msgstr "సంచయము ఇదివరకే కలిగివున్నది" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:659 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:672 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:701 #, c-format #| msgid "" #| "Could not delete folder `%s':\n" #| "%s" msgid "" "Could not delete folder '%s':\n" "%s" msgstr "" "'%s' సంచయాన్ని తొలగించలేము:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:682 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is not a regular file." msgstr "'%s' క్రమబద్దమైన ఫైల్ కాదు." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:691 #, c-format #| msgid "Folder `%s' is not empty. Not deleted." msgid "Folder '%s' is not empty. Not deleted." msgstr "'%s' సంచయము ఖాళీగా లేదు. తొలగించబడలేదు." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:718 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:733 #, c-format #| msgid "Could not delete folder summary file `%s': %s" msgid "Could not delete folder summary file '%s': %s" msgstr "'%s' సంచయ సంక్షిప్త దస్త్రన్ని తొలగించలేము: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:815 #, c-format msgid "The new folder name is illegal." msgstr "ఈ కొత్త సంచయపేరు చట్టవ్యతిరేకము" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:831 #, c-format #| msgid "Could not rename `%s': `%s': %s" msgid "Could not rename '%s': '%s': %s" msgstr "'%s' నామాన్ని పునఃనామకరణ చేయలేము: '%s': %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:915 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename '%s' to %s: %s" msgstr "'%s'కు నామాన్ని తిరిగిరాయలేము'%s': %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:460 #, c-format msgid "Could not open folder: %s: %s" msgstr "సంచయమును తెరువలేము: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:522 #, c-format #| msgid "Fatal mail parser error near position %ld in folder %s" msgid "Fatal mail parser error near position %s in folder %s" msgstr "స్థానము %s వద్ద సంచయం %s నందు మెయిల్ పార్సర్ దోషము" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:607 #, c-format msgid "Cannot check folder: %s: %s" msgstr "సంచయమును తనిఖీచేయలేము: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:696 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:841 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:148 #, c-format msgid "Could not open file: %s: %s" msgstr "దస్త్రాన్ని తెరువలేము: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:711 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:163 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open temporary mailbox: %s" msgstr "తాత్కాలిక తపాలా పేటికను తెరువలేము: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:728 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:958 #, c-format msgid "Could not close source folder %s: %s" msgstr "%s మూలాధార సంచయమును మూయలేము: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:741 #, c-format msgid "Could not close temporary folder: %s" msgstr "తాత్కాలిక సంచయమును మూయలేము: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:760 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename folder: %s" msgstr "సంచయ పేరును తిరిగిరాయలేము: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:855 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1124 #, c-format msgid "Could not store folder: %s" msgstr "సంచయమును దాచలేము: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:894 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1164 #, c-format msgid "" "MBOX file is corrupted, please fix it. (Expected a From line, but didn't get " "it.)" msgstr "" "MBOX ఫైల్ పాడైనది, దయచేసి దానిని సరిదిద్దుము. (From పంక్తిని వూహించడమైంది, " "అయితే దానిని పొందలేదు.)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:904 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1176 #, c-format msgid "Summary and folder mismatch, even after a sync" msgstr "ఏకకాలం తర్వాతకూడా, సంక్షిప్తము మరియు సంచయం సరిపోలడంలేదు" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1069 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:356 #, c-format msgid "Unknown error: %s" msgstr "తెలియని దోషము: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1234 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1264 #, c-format msgid "Writing to temporary mailbox failed: %s" msgstr "తాత్కాలిక తపాలా పేటికకు వ్రాయుట విఫలమైంది: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1253 #, c-format msgid "Writing to temporary mailbox failed: %s: %s" msgstr "తాత్కాలిక తపాలా పేటికకు వ్రాయుట విఫలమైంది: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:118 #, c-format #| msgid "Cannot append message to mh folder: %s: %s" msgid "Cannot append message to mh folder: %s: " msgstr "mh సంచయమునకు సందేశము కలుపలేదు: %s: " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:543 #, c-format #| msgid "Could not create folder `%s': %s" msgid "Could not create folder '%s': %s" msgstr "'%s' సంచయాన్ని సృష్టించలేము: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:559 #, c-format #| msgid "Cannot get folder `%s': not a directory." msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': not a directory." msgstr "'%s' సంచయాన్ని పొందలేము: డైరెక్టరీ కాదు." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-summary.c:232 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open MH directory path: %s: %s" msgstr "MH వివర త్రోవను తెరువలేము:%s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:97 #, c-format #| msgid "Spool `%s' cannot be opened: %s" msgid "Spool '%s' cannot be opened: %s" msgstr "స్పూల్ '%s' తెరువలేము: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:111 #, c-format msgid "Spool '%s' is not a regular file or directory" msgstr "స్పూల్ '%s' ఒక క్రమబద్దమైన ఫైల్ లేదా డైరెక్టరీకాదు" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:427 #, c-format msgid "Spool mail file %s" msgstr "%s బారులు తీరు తపాలా ఫైల్" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:431 #, c-format msgid "Spool folder tree %s" msgstr "%s బారులు తీరు సంచయ వృక్షం" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:434 msgid "Invalid spool" msgstr "చెల్లని స్పూల్" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:494 #, c-format #| msgid "Folder `%s/%s' does not exist." msgid "Folder '%s/%s' does not exist." msgstr "సంచయం '%s/%s' లేదు." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:507 #, c-format #| msgid "" #| "Could not open folder `%s':\n" #| "%s" msgid "" "Could not open folder '%s':\n" "%s" msgstr "" "సంచయం '%s'ను తెరువలేము:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:513 #, c-format #| msgid "Folder `%s' does not exist." msgid "Folder '%s' does not exist." msgstr "'%s' సంచయం లేదు." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:521 #, c-format #| msgid "" #| "Could not create folder `%s':\n" #| "%s" msgid "" "Could not create folder '%s':\n" "%s" msgstr "" "సంచయం '%s'ను సృష్టించలేము:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:534 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is not a mailbox file." msgstr "'%s' ఒక ఉత్తరాలపెట్టె ఫైల్ కాదు." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:598 #, c-format msgid "Store does not support an INBOX" msgstr "ఇన్‌బాక్సుకు నిల్వ మద్దతీయదు" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:617 #, c-format msgid "Spool folders cannot be deleted" msgstr "బారులు తీరు సంచయాలను తొలగించలేము" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:632 #, c-format msgid "Spool folders cannot be renamed" msgstr "బారులు తీరు సంచయాల పేరులను తిరిగిరాయలేము" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:179 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:191 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:203 #, c-format #| msgid "Could not sync temporary folder %s: %s" msgid "Could not synchronize temporary folder %s: %s" msgstr "తాత్కాలిక సంచయం %s ను సింక్‌చేయలేకపోయింది: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:221 #, c-format #| msgid "Could not sync spool folder %s: %s" msgid "Could not synchronize spool folder %s: %s" msgstr "స్పూల్ సంచయం %s ను సింక్‌చేయలేకపోయింది: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:253 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:272 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:285 #, c-format #| msgid "" #| "Could not sync spool folder %s: %s\n" #| "Folder may be corrupt, copy saved in '%s'" msgid "" "Could not synchronize spool folder %s: %s\n" "Folder may be corrupt, copy saved in '%s'" msgstr "" "స్పూల్ సంచయం %sను సింక్‌ చేయలేకపోయింది: %s\n" "సంచయం చెడిఉండవచ్చు, నకలు '%s' నందు దాయబడింది" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:287 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:392 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:516 #, c-format msgid "Internal error: UID in invalid format: %s" msgstr "అంతర్గత దోషం: UID లో నిస్సారమైన రూపలావణ్యం: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:351 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:356 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:698 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:1173 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message %s: %s" msgstr "%s సందేశాన్ని తీసుకురాలేకపోయింది: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:363 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:542 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:623 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:688 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:707 #, c-format #| msgid "Cannot get message %s: %s" msgid "Cannot get message %s: " msgstr "%s సందేశాన్ని పొందలేదు: " #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:531 #, c-format msgid "This message is not currently available" msgstr "ఈ సందేశం ప్రస్తుతం లభించలేదు" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:599 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:605 #, c-format msgid "Posting failed: %s" msgstr "స్థానము విఫలమైంది: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:670 #| msgid "Posting failed: %s" msgid "Posting failed: " msgstr "పోస్టుచేయుట విఫలమైంది: " #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:695 #, c-format msgid "You cannot post NNTP messages while working offline!" msgstr "లైనువెలుపల పనిచేస్తున్నపుడు NNTP సందేశాలను తపాలాచేయలేవు!" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:715 #, c-format msgid "You cannot copy messages from a NNTP folder!" msgstr "NNTP సంచయం నుండి సందేశాలను నకలు తీయలే!" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:48 msgid "" "_Show folders in short notation (e.g. c.o.linux rather than comp.os.linux)" msgstr "" "సంచయాలను చిన్న సంఖ్యామానంలో చూపుము (e.g. c.o.linux కంటే మేలుగా " "comp.os.linux)(_S)" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:51 msgid "In the subscription _dialog, show relative folder names" msgstr "చందా డైలాగ్ లో, సాపేక్షమైన సంచయ నామాలను చూపుము(_d)" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:57 msgid "Default NNTP port" msgstr "అప్రమేయ NNTP పోర్ట్" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:58 msgid "NNTP over SSL" msgstr "SSL నందు NNTP" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:64 msgid "USENET news" msgstr "USENET వార్తలు" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:66 msgid "This is a provider for reading from and posting to USENET newsgroups." msgstr "" "USENET వార్తా సముదాయాలను చదువుట కొరకు మరియు తపాలాచేయుట కొరకు సిద్దపరచునది." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:87 msgid "" "This option will connect to the NNTP server anonymously, without " "authentication." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:97 msgid "" "This option will authenticate with the NNTP server using a plaintext " "password." msgstr "" "ఈ ఐచ్చికం సాదాపాఠ్యము సంకేతపదంను ఉపయోగించుతు NNTP సేవికతో దృవీకరించబడబోతోంది." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:386 #, c-format #| msgid "Could not read greeting from %s: %s" msgid "Could not read greeting from %s: " msgstr "%s నుండి వందనము చదవలేము: " #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:394 #, c-format msgid "NNTP server %s returned error code %d: %s" msgstr "NNTP సేవిక %s దోష కోడ్ %d ను తిప్పిపంపినది: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:555 #, c-format msgid "USENET News via %s" msgstr "%s USENET వార్తల ద్వారా" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1227 #, c-format msgid "" "Error retrieving newsgroups:\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "సమాచారసమూహాలను పొందుటలో దోషం:\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1339 #, c-format msgid "You cannot create a folder in a News store: subscribe instead." msgstr "సమాచారనిల్వనందు మీరు సచయంను సృష్టించలేరు: బదులగా చందాదారు కండి." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1355 #, c-format msgid "You cannot rename a folder in a News store." msgstr "సమాచార నిల్వనందు సంచయాన్ని పునఃనామకరణ చేయలేరు." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1378 #, c-format msgid "You cannot remove a folder in a News store: unsubscribe instead." msgstr "" "మీరు సంచయాన్ని సమాచార నిల్వనందు తీసివేయలేరు: బదులుగా చందావిరమించుకోండి." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1597 #, c-format msgid "" "You cannot subscribe to this newsgroup:\n" "\n" "No such newsgroup. The selected item is a probably a parent folder." msgstr "" "మీరు ఈ సమాచారసమూహంకు చందాదారు కాలేరు:\n" "\n" "అటువంచి సమాచారసమూహం లేదు. ఎంపికకాబడిన అంశము బహశా మాత్రుక సంచయం కావచ్చు." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1664 #, c-format msgid "" "You cannot unsubscribe to this newsgroup:\n" "\n" "newsgroup does not exist!" msgstr "" "మీరు ఈ సమాచరసమూహంకు చందా విరమించుకోలేరు:\n" "\n" "సమాచారసమూహం లేదు!" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:2101 #| msgid "NNTP Command failed: %s" msgid "NNTP Command failed: " msgstr "NNTP ఆదేశం విఫలమైంది: " #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:2198 #, c-format msgid "Not connected." msgstr "అనుసంధానించబడలేదు." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:2292 #, c-format msgid "No such folder: %s" msgstr "అటువంటి సంచయం లేదు: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:200 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:339 #, c-format msgid "%s: Scanning new messages" msgstr "%s: కొత్త సందేశాలను స్కానింగ్ చేస్తోంది" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:222 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected server response from xover: %s" msgstr "xover నుండి అనుకోని సేవిక ప్రతిస్పందన: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:360 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected server response from head: %s" msgstr "పీఠికనుండి అనుకోని సేవిక ప్రతిస్పందన: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:407 #, c-format msgid "Operation failed: %s" msgstr "ఆపరేషన్ విఫలమైంది: %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:509 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:588 #, c-format msgid "No message with UID %s" msgstr "UID %s తో ఏ సందేశాలు లేవు" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:604 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving POP message %d" msgstr "POP సందేశం %d ను తిరిగిపొందుతోంది" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:699 msgid "Unknown reason" msgstr "తెలియని కారణం" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:751 msgid "Retrieving POP summary" msgstr "POP సంక్షిప్తంను పొందుతోంది" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:812 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:815 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:828 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:841 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:855 #| msgid "Cannot get POP summary: %s" msgid "Cannot get POP summary: " msgstr "POP సంక్షిప్తంను పొందలేదు: " #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:966 msgid "Expunging old messages" msgstr "పాత సందేశాలను కొట్టివేస్తోంది" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:992 msgid "Expunging deleted messages" msgstr "తొలగించిన సందేశాలను కొట్టివేస్తోంది" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:39 #| msgid "Message storage" msgid "Message Storage" msgstr "సందేశం నిల్వ" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:41 msgid "_Leave messages on server" msgstr "సందేశాలను సేవికపై వదులుము(_L)" #. Translators: '%s' is replaced with a widget, where user can #. * select how many days can be message left on the server. #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:45 #, c-format msgid "_Delete after %s day(s)" msgstr "%s రోజు(ల) తర్వాత తొలగించుము(_D)" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:47 msgid "Delete _expunged from local Inbox" msgstr "స్థానికంగా వచ్చినవుత్తరాల నుండి పరిహరించినవి తొలగించుము (_e)" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:49 msgid "Disable _support for all POP3 extensions" msgstr "అన్ని POP3 పొడిగింపుల కొరకు మద్దతును అచేతనంచేయుము(_s)" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:55 msgid "Default POP3 port" msgstr "అప్రమేయ POP3 పోర్ట్" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:56 #| msgid "POP3 server %s" msgid "POP3 over SSL" msgstr "SSL నందు POP3" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:63 msgid "POP" msgstr "POP" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:65 msgid "For connecting to and downloading mail from POP servers." msgstr "POP సేవికలనుండి మెయిల్ దిగుమతిచేయుటకు మరియు అనుసంధానించుటకు." #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:85 msgid "" "This option will connect to the POP server using a plaintext password. This " "is the only option supported by many POP servers." msgstr "" "సాదాపాఠ్యము సంకేతపదంను ఉపయోగించి POP సేవికకు ఈ ఐచ్చికం అనుసంధానించబడుతుంది. " "చాలా POP సేవికలచేత మద్దతివ్వబడే ఐచ్చికం ఇది మాత్రమే." #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:95 msgid "" "This option will connect to the POP server using an encrypted password via " "the APOP protocol. This may not work for all users even on servers that " "claim to support it." msgstr "" "ఈ ఐచ్చికం APOP నియమం ద్వారా ఎన్క్రిప్టెడ్ సంకేతపదం ఉపయోగిస్తూ POP సేవికకు " "అనుసంధానించబడుతుంది. ఇది అన్ని వినియోగదారులకు పనిచేయకపోవచ్చు దీనిని " "మద్దతించవలిసిన సేవికలపైకూడా." #. Translators: This is the separator between an error and an explanation #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:99 msgid ": " msgstr ": " #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:161 #, c-format msgid "Failed to read a valid greeting from POP server %s" msgstr "POP సేవిక %s నుండి సరైన అభినందనను చదువుటకు విఫలమైంది" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:176 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to POP server %s in secure mode: %s" msgstr "POP సేవిక %s కు రక్షితరీతి నందు అనుసంధానించుటకు విఫలమైంది: %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:177 msgid "STLS not supported by server" msgstr "STLS సేవిక ద్వారా మద్దతివ్వబడలేదు" #. Translators: Last %s is an optional #. * explanation beginning with ": " separator. #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:198 #, c-format #| msgid "Failed to connect to POP server %s in secure mode: %s" msgid "Failed to connect to POP server %s in secure mode%s" msgstr "POP సేవిక %s కు రక్షితరీతి %s నందు అనుసంధానించుటకు విఫలమైంది" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:211 #, c-format #| msgid "Failed to connect to POP server %s in secure mode: %s" msgid "Failed to connect to POP server %s in secure mode: " msgstr "రక్షిత రీతిలో POP సేవక %sకు అనుసంధానమగుటలో విఫలమైంది: " #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:351 #, c-format msgid "Cannot login to POP server %s: SASL Protocol error" msgstr "POP సేవిక %s కు లాగిన్ కాలేకపోయింది: SASL నియమం దోషం" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:373 #, c-format #| msgid "Failed to authenticate on POP server %s: %s" msgid "Failed to authenticate on POP server %s: " msgstr "POP సేవక %s పై దృవీకరించుటకు విఫలమైంది: " #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:481 #, c-format #| msgid "IMAP server %s" msgid "POP3 server %s" msgstr "POP3 సేవిక %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:484 #, c-format #| msgid "IMAP service for %s on %s" msgid "POP3 server for %s on %s" msgstr "%s కొరకు %s పైన POP3 సేవిక" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:704 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to connect to POP server %s:\tInvalid APOP ID received. Impersonation " "attack suspected. Please contact your admin." msgstr "" "POP సేవిక %s కు అనుసంధానించలేక పోయింది:\tసరికాని APOP ID స్వీకరించబడింది. ఈ " "అన్యయం దాడి అనుమానింపబడింది. మీ నిర్వహణాధికారిని సంప్రదించండి." #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:759 #, c-format #| msgid "" #| "Unable to connect to POP server %s.\n" #| "Error sending password: %s" msgid "" "Unable to connect to POP server %s.\n" "Error sending password: " msgstr "" "POP సేవిక %s కు అనుసంధానించబడలేకపోయింది.\n" "సంకేతపదం పంపుటలో దోషం: " #. Translators: Last %s is an optional explanation #. * beginning with ": " separator. #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:774 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to connect to POP server %s.\n" "Error sending username%s" msgstr "" "POP సేవిక %s కు అనుసంధానించబడలేక పోయింది.\n" "వాడుకరిపేరు పంపుటలో దోషం %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:856 #, c-format #| msgid "No such folder `%s'." msgid "No such folder '%s'." msgstr "అటువంటి సంచయం లేదు '%s'." #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:873 #, c-format msgid "POP3 stores have no folder hierarchy" msgstr "POP3 స్టోర్స్ యెటువంటి సంచయ క్రమాన్ని కలిగిలేదు" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-provider.c:36 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/sendmail.source.in.h:1 msgid "Sendmail" msgstr "మెయిల్‌పంపు" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-provider.c:38 msgid "" "For delivering mail by passing it to the \"sendmail\" program on the local " "system." msgstr "" "మెయిల్ చేరవేయుటకు దానిని \"మెయిల్‌పంపు\" ప్రోగ్రామ్ ద్వారా స్థానిక సిస్టమ్ " "నందు పంపుము." #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:50 msgid "sendmail" msgstr "మెయిల్‌పంపు" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:52 msgid "Mail delivery via the sendmail program" msgstr "మెయిల్‌పంపు ప్రోగ్రామ్ ద్వారా మెయిల్ చేరవేయుట" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:140 #, c-format msgid "Failed to read From address" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:157 #, c-format msgid "Message send in offline mode is disabled" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:185 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse recipient list" msgstr "స్వీకరణదారి జాబితాను పార్శ్ చేయలేకపోయింది" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:202 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse arguments" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:233 #, c-format msgid "Could not create pipe to '%s': %s: mail not sent" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:258 #, c-format msgid "Could not fork '%s': %s: mail not sent" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:307 #| msgid "Could not send message: %s" msgid "Could not send message: " msgstr "సందేశాన్ని పంపలేక పోయింది: " #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:337 #, c-format msgid "'%s' exited with signal %s: mail not sent." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:347 #, c-format msgid "Could not execute '%s': mail not sent." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:352 #, c-format msgid "'%s' exited with status %d: mail not sent." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:42 msgid "Default SMTP port" msgstr "అప్రమేయ SMTP పోర్ట్" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:43 #| msgid "SMTP server %s" msgid "SMTP over SSL" msgstr "SSL నందు SMTP" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:44 msgid "Message submission port" msgstr "సందేశం అప్పగింత పోర్ట్" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:50 msgid "SMTP" msgstr "SMTP" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:52 msgid "For delivering mail by connecting to a remote mailhub using SMTP." msgstr "" "మెయిల్ చేరవేయుట కొరకు SMTP ఉపయోగించి దూరస్థ మెయిల్‌హబ్ కు అనుసంధానించబడుట." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:158 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:166 #| msgid "Welcome response error" msgid "Welcome response error: " msgstr "స్వాగత స్పందన దోషం: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:202 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to SMTP server %s in secure mode: %s" msgstr "రక్షిత రీతిలో SMTP సేవిక %s కు అనుసంధానం కావుటలో విఫలం: %s" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:212 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:226 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:234 #| msgid "STARTTLS command failed: %s" msgid "STARTTLS command failed: " msgstr "STARTTLS ఆదేశం విఫలమైంది: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:246 #, c-format #| msgid "Failed to connect to SMTP server %s in secure mode: %s" msgid "Failed to connect to SMTP server %s in secure mode: " msgstr "రక్షిత రీతిలో SMTP సేవిక %s కు అనుసంధానం కావుటలో విఫలమైంది: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:338 #, c-format msgid "SMTP server %s" msgstr "SMTP సేవిక %s" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:341 #, c-format msgid "SMTP mail delivery via %s" msgstr "SMTP మెయిల్ %s ద్వారా చేరవేయుట" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:415 #, c-format msgid "SMTP server %s does not support %s authentication" msgstr "SMTP సేవిక %s అనునది %s ధృవీకరణకు మద్దతునీయదు" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:496 #, c-format msgid "No SASL mechanism was specified" msgstr "ఏ SASL యాంత్రికత తెలుపలేదు" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:526 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:537 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:550 #| msgid "AUTH command failed: %s" msgid "AUTH command failed: " msgstr "AUTH ఆదేశం విఫలమైంది: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:691 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: service not connected." msgstr "సందేశం ను పంపలేదు: సేవ అనుసంధానంకాలేదు." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:698 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: sender address not valid." msgstr "సందేశం పంపలేదు: పంపకందారు చిరునామా చెల్లునదికాదు." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:702 msgid "Sending message" msgstr "సందేశంను పంపుట" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:727 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: no recipients defined." msgstr "సందేశంను పంపలేదు: ఏ స్వీకరణదారులు నిర్వచింపబడలేదు." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:740 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: one or more invalid recipients" msgstr "సందేశంను పంపలేదు: ఒకటి లేదా ఎక్కువ సరికాని స్వీకరణదారులు" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:861 msgid "Syntax error, command unrecognized" msgstr "సిన్టాక్స్ దోషం, ఆదేశం గుర్తించబడలేదు" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:863 msgid "Syntax error in parameters or arguments" msgstr "పారామితులు లేదా ఆర్గుమెంట్ల నందు సిన్టాక్సు దోషం" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:865 msgid "Command not implemented" msgstr "ఆదేశం తయారుచేయబడలేదు" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:867 msgid "Command parameter not implemented" msgstr "అదేశం పారామితి తయారుచేయబడలేదు" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:869 msgid "System status, or system help reply" msgstr "సిస్టమ్ స్థితి, లేదా సిస్టమ్ సహాయ ప్రత్యుత్తరం" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:871 msgid "Help message" msgstr "సహాయ సందేశం" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:873 msgid "Service ready" msgstr "సేవ సిద్దం" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:875 msgid "Service closing transmission channel" msgstr "సేవ ముగించు బదిలీకరణ సమాచారమార్గం" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:877 msgid "Service not available, closing transmission channel" msgstr "సేవ అందుబాటులో లేదు, బదలీకరణ మార్గంను మూసివేస్తోంది" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:879 msgid "Requested mail action okay, completed" msgstr "అభ్యర్ధించిన మెయిల్ చర్య సరిగాఉంది, పూర్తైంది" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:881 msgid "User not local; will forward to " msgstr "వాడుకరి స్థానికంకాదు, కు పంపబడుతుంది" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:883 msgid "Requested mail action not taken: mailbox unavailable" msgstr "అభ్యర్ధించిన మెయిల్ చర్య తీసుకొబలేదు: తపాలాపేటిక అందుబాటులోలేదు" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:885 msgid "Requested action not taken: mailbox unavailable" msgstr "అభ్యర్ధించిన చర్య తీసుకోబడలేదు: తపాలాపేటిక అందుబాటులోలేదు" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:887 msgid "Requested action aborted: error in processing" msgstr "అభ్యర్దించిన చర్య తిరస్కరించబడింది: కార్యక్రమములో దోషం" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:889 msgid "User not local; please try " msgstr "వాడుకరి స్థానికంకాదు; దయచేసి ప్రయత్నించండి " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:891 msgid "Requested action not taken: insufficient system storage" msgstr "అభ్యర్ధించిన చర్య తీసుకోబడలేదు: సరిపోని సిస్టమ్ నిల్వ" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:893 msgid "Requested mail action aborted: exceeded storage allocation" msgstr "అభ్యర్దిత మెయిల్ చర్య తిరస్కరించబడింది: నిల్వ కేటాయింపు మించిపోయింది" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:895 msgid "Requested action not taken: mailbox name not allowed" msgstr "అభ్యర్ధించిన చర్య తీసుకోబడలేదు: ఉత్తరాలపెట్టె పేరు అందుబాటులోలేదు" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:897 msgid "Start mail input; end with ." msgstr "మెయిల్ ఇన్‌పుట్ ప్రారంభించు; తో ముగించు. " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:899 msgid "Transaction failed" msgstr "బదిలీకరణ విఫలమైంది" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:903 msgid "A password transition is needed" msgstr "సంకేతపదం బదిలీకరణ అవసరం" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:905 msgid "Authentication mechanism is too weak" msgstr "దృవీకరణ మెకానిజం మరీ బలహీనంగాఉంది" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:907 msgid "Encryption required for requested authentication mechanism" msgstr "అభ్యర్దిత దృవీకరణ మెకానిజంకు ఎన్క్రిప్షన్ అవసరమైంది" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:909 msgid "Temporary authentication failure" msgstr "తాత్కాలిక దృవీకరణ వైఫల్యం" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1166 msgid "SMTP Greeting" msgstr "SMTP అభినందన" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1193 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1207 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1215 #| msgid "HELO command failed: %s" msgid "HELO command failed: " msgstr "HELO ఆదేశం విఫలమైంది: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1290 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1305 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1315 #| msgid "MAIL FROM command failed" msgid "MAIL FROM command failed: " msgstr "MAIL FROM ఆదేశం విఫలమైంది: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1342 #| msgid "RSET command failed: %s" msgid "RCPT TO command failed: " msgstr "RSET TO ఆదేశం విఫలమైంది: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1359 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1369 #, c-format #| msgid "RCPT TO <%s> failed" msgid "RCPT TO <%s> failed: " msgstr "RCPT TO <%s> విఫలమైంది: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1412 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1423 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1434 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1493 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1513 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1527 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1536 #| msgid "DATA command failed" msgid "DATA command failed: " msgstr "DATA ఆదేశం విఫలమైంది: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1561 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1576 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1585 #| msgid "RSET command failed: %s" msgid "RSET command failed: " msgstr "RSET ఆదేశం విఫలమైంది: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1610 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1624 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1631 #| msgid "QUIT command failed: %s" msgid "QUIT command failed: " msgstr "QUIT ఆదేశం విఫలమైంది: " #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:1 #| msgid "Contact ID already exists" msgid "Contact UID of a user" msgstr "ఒక వినియోగదారుని యొక్క UID సంప్రదించండి" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder" msgstr "పుట్టినరోజులు మరియు వార్షికోత్సవాలు సూచనగా" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether to set a reminder for birthdays and anniversaries" msgstr "పుట్టినరోజులు మరియు వార్షికోత్సవాలు ఒక సూచనగా ఏర్పాటు చెయ్యాలా" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder value" msgstr "పుట్టినరోజులు మరియు వార్షికోత్సవాలు సూచనగా విలువ" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Number of units for determining a birthday or anniversary reminder" msgstr "" "ఒక పుట్టినరోజు లేదా వార్షికోత్సవం సూచనగా వివరించడానికి విభాగాలు సంఖ్య" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder units" msgstr "పుట్టినరోజు మరియు వార్షికోత్సవం విభాగాలు సూచనగా" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Units for a birthday or anniversary reminder, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or " "\"days\"" msgstr "" "ఒక పుట్టినరోజు లేదా వార్షికోత్సవం సూచనగా, \"నిమిషాలు\", \"గంటలు\" లేదా " "\"రోజులు\" కోసం విభాగాలు" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:205 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:216 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:862 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:1198 msgid "Bus name vanished (client terminated?)" msgstr "బస్ పేరు అదృశ్యమయ్యాయి (కక్షిదారు ముగించబడుతుంది?)" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:264 msgid "No response from client" msgstr "కక్షిదారు నుండి స్పందన లేదు" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:334 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:345 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:856 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:1192 msgid "Client cancelled the operation" msgstr "కక్షిదారుని ఆపరేషన్ రద్దు" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:416 msgid "Client reports password was rejected" msgstr "కక్షిదారుని నివేదికలు సంకేతపదము తిరస్కరించబడింది" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-session.c:569 msgid "Add this password to your keyring" msgstr "మీ కీ బరిలోకిఈ సంకేతపదము జోడించండి" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-session.c:674 msgid "Password was incorrect" msgstr "సంకేతపదము సరియైనది కాదు" #: ../libebackend/e-backend.c:428 #, c-format #| msgid "IMAP server %s does not support %s authentication" msgid "%s does not support authentication" msgstr "%s ధృవీకరణకు తోడ్పాటునీయదు" #: ../libebackend/e-collection-backend.c:800 #, c-format msgid "%s does not support creating remote resources" msgstr "రిమోట్ వనరులను సృష్టించుట %s తోడ్పాటునీయదు" #: ../libebackend/e-collection-backend.c:859 #, c-format #| msgid "CalDAV does not support bulk removals" msgid "%s does not support deleting remote resources" msgstr "%s రిమోట్ వనరులను తొలగించుటకు తోడ్పాటునీయదు" #: ../libebackend/e-data-factory.c:304 #, c-format msgid "No backend factory for hash key '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:134 #, c-format msgid "Data source is missing a [%s] group" msgstr "సమాచార మూలం ఒక [%s] గుంపు తప్పిపోయింది" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1008 #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1138 #, c-format #| msgid "Data source '%s' is not removable" msgid "Data source '%s' does not support creating remote resources" msgstr "రిమోట్ వనరులను సృష్టించుటకు దత్తాంశ మూలం '%s' తోడ్పాటునీయదు" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1022 #, c-format msgid "" "Data source '%s' has no collection backend to create the remote resource" msgstr "" "రిమోట్ వనరును సృష్టించుటకు దత్తాంశ మూలం '%s' యే కలక్షన్ బ్యాకెండ్ కలిగిలేదు" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1050 #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1251 #, c-format #| msgid "Data source '%s' is not removable" msgid "Data source '%s' does not support deleting remote resources" msgstr "రిమోట్ వనరులను తొలగించుటకు దత్తాంశ మూలం '%s' తోడ్పాటునీయదు" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1064 #, c-format msgid "" "Data source '%s' has no collection backend to delete the remote resource" msgstr "" "రిమోట్ వనరును తొలగించుటకు దత్తాంశ మూలం '%s' యే కలక్షన్ బ్యాకెండ్ కలిగిలేదు" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1095 #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1347 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/module-ubuntu-online-accounts.c:1028 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' does not support OAuth 2.0 authentication" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1438 #, c-format msgid "File must have a '.source' extension" msgstr "దస్రం '.మూలం' పొడిగింపు కలిగి ఉండాలి" #: ../libebackend/e-source-registry-server.c:532 #: ../libedataserver/e-source-registry.c:1876 msgid "The user declined to authenticate" msgstr "వినియోగదారునికి అధికారం ఇవ్వడం తిరస్కరించారు" #: ../libebackend/e-source-registry-server.c:801 #, c-format msgid "UID '%s' is already in use" msgstr "UID '%s' ఇప్పటికే ఉపయోగంలో ఉంది" #: ../libebackend/e-user-prompter-server.c:306 #, c-format msgid "Extension dialog '%s' not found." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:46 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Anniversary" msgstr "వార్షికోత్సవం" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:47 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Birthday" msgstr "జన్మదినం" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:48 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Business" msgstr "వ్యాపారం" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:49 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Competition" msgstr "పోటీ" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:50 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Favorites" msgstr "ఇష్టాలు" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:51 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Gifts" msgstr "బహుమానాలు" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:52 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Goals/Objectives" msgstr "లక్ష్యాలు/సాధనలు" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:53 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Holiday" msgstr "సెలవు" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:54 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Holiday Cards" msgstr "సెలవు కార్డులు" #. important people (e.g. new business partners) #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:56 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Hot Contacts" msgstr "త్వరిత పరిచయాలు" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:57 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Ideas" msgstr "ఆలోచనలు" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:58 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "International" msgstr "అంతర్జాతీయ" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:59 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Key Customer" msgstr "కీ వాడుకరి" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:60 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "సంకరమైన" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:61 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Personal" msgstr "వ్యక్తిగత" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:62 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Phone Calls" msgstr "ఫోన్ కాల్స్" #. Translators: "Status" is a category name; it can mean anything user wants to #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:64 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Status" msgstr "స్థితి" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:65 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Strategies" msgstr "విధానాలు" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:66 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Suppliers" msgstr "పంపిణీదారులు" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:67 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Time & Expenses" msgstr "సమయం & ఖర్చులు" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:68 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "VIP" msgstr "VIP" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:69 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Waiting" msgstr "వేచివుండుట" #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:133 #| msgid "URI not loaded" msgid "Source not loaded" msgstr "మూలం లోడవలేదు" #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:135 #| msgid "URI already loaded" msgid "Source already loaded" msgstr "మూలం యిప్పటికే లో‍డైంది" #. Translators: This means that the EClient does not #. * support offline mode, or it's not set to by a user, #. * thus it is unavailable while user is not connected. #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:146 #| msgid "Offline mode unavailable" msgid "Offline unavailable" msgstr "ఆఫ్‌లైన్ అందుబాటులోలేదు" #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:168 #| msgid "parse error" msgid "D-Bus error" msgstr "D-Bus దోషం" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:166 msgid "Address book authentication request" msgstr "చిరునామా పుస్తకం ప్రమాణీకరణ అభ్యర్థన" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:171 msgid "Calendar authentication request" msgstr "క్యాలెండర్ ధృవీకరణ అభ్యర్థన" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:175 msgid "Mail authentication request" msgstr "మెయిల్ ధృవీకరణ అభ్యర్థన" #. generic account prompt #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:178 msgid "Authentication request" msgstr "ధృవీకరణ అభ్యర్థన" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:188 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for address book \"%s\"." msgstr "చిరునామా పుస్తకం \"%s\" కోసం సంకేతపదంను దయచేసి ప్రవేశపెట్టండి." #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:194 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for calendar \"%s\"." msgstr "క్యాలెండర్ \"%s\" కోసం సంకేతపదంను దయచేసి ప్రవేశపెట్టండి." #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:200 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for mail account \"%s\"." msgstr "మెయిల్ ఖాతా \"% s\"కోసం సంకేతపదంను దయచేసి ప్రవేశపెట్టండి." #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:206 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for mail transport \"%s\"." msgstr "మెయిల్ రవాణా \"%s\"కోసం సంకేతపదంను దయచేసి ప్రవేశపెట్టండి." #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:212 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for memo list \"%s\"." msgstr "మెమో జాబితా \"%s\" కోసం సంకేతపదంను దయచేసి ప్రవేశపెట్టండి." #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:218 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for task list \"%s\"." msgstr "కార్యం జాబితా \"%s\" కోసం సంకేతపదంను దయచేసి ప్రవేశపెట్టండి." #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:224 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for account \"%s\"." msgstr "ఖాతా\"%s\" కోసం సంకేతపదంను దయచేసి ప్రవేశపెట్టండి." #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:627 #, c-format msgid "Source file is missing a [%s] group" msgstr "మూలం దస్రం [%s] గుంపు తప్పిపోయింది" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:949 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' is not removable" msgstr "సమాచార మూలం '%s' తొలగించ లేము" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1041 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' is not writable" msgstr "సమాచార మూలం '% s' రైటబుల్ కాదు" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1559 msgid "Unnamed" msgstr "పేరులేని" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-mail-signature.c:487 #, c-format msgid "Signature script must be a local file" msgstr "సంతకం లిపిలో ఒక స్థానిక దస్రం ఉండాలి" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1553 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by address book '%s', is not trusted. Do " "you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1562 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by calendar '%s', is not trusted. Do you " "wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1571 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by memo list '%s', is not trusted. Do " "you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1580 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by task list '%s', is not trusted. Do " "you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1663 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1962 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1668 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1953 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without seconds. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1673 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1958 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p" msgstr "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1678 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1949 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M" msgstr "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1683 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I %p" msgstr "%a %m/%d/%Y %I %p" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1688 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H" msgstr "%a %m/%d/%Y %H" #. strptime format of a weekday and a date. #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1691 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1811 #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1944 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y" msgstr "%a %m/%d/%Y" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1698 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1702 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1707 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p" msgstr "%m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1712 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M" msgstr "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format, #. * without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1717 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I %p" msgstr "%m/%d/%Y %I %p" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format, #. * without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1722 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H" msgstr "%m/%d/%Y %H" #. strptime format of a weekday and a date. #. This is the preferred date format for the locale. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1725 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1814 msgid "%m/%d/%Y" msgstr "%m/%d/%Y" #. strptime format for a time of day, in 12-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1885 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:2006 msgid "%I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%I:%M:%S %p" #. strptime format for a time of day, in 24-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1889 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1998 msgid "%H:%M:%S" msgstr "%H:%M:%S" #. strptime format for time of day, without seconds, #. * in 12-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 12-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1894 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:2003 msgid "%I:%M %p" msgstr "%I:%M %p" #. strptime format for time of day, without seconds 24-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 24-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1898 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1995 msgid "%H:%M" msgstr "%H:%M" #. strptime format for time of day, without seconds 24-hour format, #. * and no colon. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1902 msgid "%H%M" msgstr "%H%M" #. strptime format for hour and AM/PM, 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1906 msgid "%I %p" msgstr "%I %p" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Proxy type to use" msgstr "ఉపయోగించుటకు ప్రోక్సీ రకము" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "What proxy type to use. \"0\" means system, \"1\" means no proxy, \"2\" " "means manual proxy." msgstr "" "ఈ ప్రోక్సీ రకము వుపయోగించాలి. \"0\" అర్ధం వ్యవస్థ, \"1\" అర్ధం ప్రోక్సీ " "లేదని, \"2\" అర్ధం మానవీయ ప్రోక్సీ." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Whether to use http-proxy" msgstr "http-proxy వుపయోగించాలా వద్దా" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Whether to use proxy for HTTP requests." msgstr "HTTP అభ్యర్ధనల కొరకు ప్రోక్రీ వుపయోగించాలా వద్దా." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Whether proxy server requires authentication" msgstr "ప్రోక్సీ సేవికకు ధృవీకరణ అవసరమా లేదా" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Whether authentication is required to access proxy server." msgstr "ప్రోక్సీ సేవికను యాక్సెస్ చేయుటకు ధృవీకరణ అవసరమా." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Host name for HTTP requests" msgstr "HTTP అభ్యర్ధనల కొరకు అతిథేయి పేరు" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Host name to use for HTTP requests." msgstr "HTTP అభ్యర్ధనలను వుపయోగించుటకు అతిథేయి పేరు." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Port number for HTTP requests" msgstr "HTTP అభ్యర్ధనల కొరకు పోర్ట్ సంఖ్య" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Port number to use for HTTP requests." msgstr "HTTP అభ్యర్ధనల కొరకు వుపయోగించుటకు పోర్టు సంఖ్య." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Proxy authentication user name" msgstr "ప్రోక్సీ ధృవీకరణ వాడుకరి పేరు" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "User name to use to authenticate against proxy server." msgstr "ప్రోక్సీ సేవికకు ధృవీకరణపొందుటకు వుపయోగించుటకు వాడుకరి పేరు." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Proxy authentication password" msgstr "ప్రోక్సీ ధృవీకరణ సంకేతపదం" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Password to use to authenticate against proxy server." msgstr "ప్రోక్సీ సేవికకు ధృవీకరణకు వుపయోగించుటకు సంకేతపదం." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "List of hosts to connect to without proxy" msgstr "ప్రోక్సీ లేకుండా అనుసంధానించుటకు అతిథేయిల జాబితా" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "List of hosts for which do not use proxy." msgstr "ప్రోక్సీ వుపయోగించని అతిథేయిల జాబితా." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Host name for HTTPS requests" msgstr "HTTPS అభ్యర్ధనల కొరకు అతిథేయి పేరు" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Host name to use for HTTPS requests." msgstr "HTTPS అభ్యర్ధనల కొరకు వుపయోగించుటకు అతిథేయి పేరు." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Port number for HTTPS requests" msgstr "HTTPS అభ్యర్ధనల కొరకు పోర్టు సంఖ్య" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Port number to use for HTTPS requests." msgstr "HTTPS అభ్యర్థనల కొరకు వుపయోగించుటకు పోర్టు సంఖ్య." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Host name for SOCKS requests" msgstr "SOCKS అభ్యర్ధనల కొరకు అతిథేయి పేరు" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Host name to use for SOCKS requests." msgstr "SOCKS అభ్యర్ధనల కొరకు వుపయోగించుటకు అతిథేయి పేరు." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "Port number for SOCKS requests" msgstr "SOCKS అభ్యర్ధనల కొరకు పోర్టు సంఖ్య" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Port number to use for SOCKS requests." msgstr "SOCKS అభ్యర్ధనల కొరకు వుపయోగించుటకు పోర్టు సంఖ్య." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Automatic proxy configuration URL" msgstr "స్వయంచాలక ప్రోక్సీ ఆకృతీకరణ URL" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "Where to read automatic proxy configuration from." msgstr "ఎచట నుండి స్వయంచాలక ప్రోక్సీ ఆకృతీకరణ చదవాలి." #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/e-goa-password-based.c:131 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/e-signon-session-password.c:365 #, c-format msgid "No such data source for UID '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/e-goa-password-based.c:143 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot find a corresponding account in the org.gnome.OnlineAccounts service " "from which to obtain a password for '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/e-goa-password-based.c:219 #, c-format msgid "Invalid password for '%s'" msgstr "" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:222 #, c-format msgid "Code: %u - Unexpected response from server" msgstr "సంకేతం:%u-సేవికనుండి ఊహించని స్పందన" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:243 #, c-format msgid "Failed to parse autodiscover response XML" msgstr "స్వీయ డిస్కవర్ స్పందన XML అన్వయించడం విఫలమైంది" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:252 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find Autodiscover element" msgstr "ఆటో డిస్కవర్ మూలకం కనుగొనడంలో విఫలమైంది" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:264 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find Response element" msgstr "మూలకం స్పందన కనుగొనడంలో విఫలమైంది" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:276 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find Account element" msgstr "ఖాతా మూలకం కనుగొనడంలో విఫలమైంది" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:290 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find ASUrl and OABUrl in autodiscover response" msgstr "స్వీయ డిస్కవర్ స్పందనగా ASUrl మరియు OABUrl కనుగొనడంలో విఫలమైంది" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/module-gnome-online-accounts.c:1241 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot find a corresponding account in the org.gnome.OnlineAccounts service " "from which to obtain an access token for '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/module-gnome-online-accounts.c:1268 #, c-format msgid "Failed to obtain an access token for '%s': " msgstr "" #: ../modules/google-backend/module-google-backend.c:192 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/calendar.service-type.in.in.h:1 #: ../modules/yahoo-backend/module-yahoo-backend.c:200 msgid "Calendar" msgstr "క్యాలెండర్" #: ../modules/google-backend/module-google-backend.c:261 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/contacts.service-type.in.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/contacts-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "పరిచయాలు" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:292 msgid "Not part of certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:575 msgid "_Close" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:600 msgid "This certificate has been verified for the following uses:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:604 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:387 msgid "SSL Client Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:609 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:391 msgid "SSL Server Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:614 msgid "Email Signer Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:619 msgid "Email Recipient Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:634 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:635 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:641 msgid "Common Name (CN)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:636 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:642 msgid "Organization (O)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:637 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:643 msgid "Organizational Unit (OU)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:638 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:134 msgid "Serial Number" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:640 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:645 msgid "Validity" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:646 msgid "Issued On" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:647 msgid "Expires On" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:649 msgid "Fingerprints" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:650 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:651 msgid "MD5 Fingerprint" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:653 msgid "General" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:672 msgid "Certificate Hierarchy" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:676 msgid "Certificate Fields" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:680 msgid "Field Value" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:682 msgid "Details" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:110 msgid "Version 1" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:113 msgid "Version 2" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:116 msgid "Version 3" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:192 msgid "PKCS #1 MD2 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:195 msgid "PKCS #1 MD5 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:198 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-1 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:201 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-256 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:204 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-384 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:207 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-512 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:234 msgid "PKCS #1 RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:237 msgid "Certificate Key Usage" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:240 msgid "Netscape Certificate Type" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:243 msgid "Certificate Authority Key Identifier" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:255 #, c-format msgid "Object Identifier (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:306 msgid "Algorithm Identifier" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:314 msgid "Algorithm Parameters" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:336 msgid "Subject Public Key Info" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:341 msgid "Subject Public Key Algorithm" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:356 msgid "Subject's Public Key" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:378 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:428 msgid "Error: Unable to process extension" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:395 msgid "Email" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:399 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:411 msgid "Object Signer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:403 msgid "SSL Certificate Authority" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:407 msgid "Email Certificate Authority" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:436 msgid "Signing" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:440 msgid "Non-repudiation" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:444 msgid "Key Encipherment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:448 msgid "Data Encipherment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:452 msgid "Key Agreement" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:456 msgid "Certificate Signer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:460 msgid "CRL Signer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:509 msgid "Critical" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:511 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:514 msgid "Not Critical" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:535 msgid "Extensions" msgstr "" #. Translators: This string is used in Certificate #. * details for fields like Issuer or Subject, which #. * shows the field name on the left and its respective #. * value on the right, both as stored in the #. * certificate itself. You probably do not need to #. * change this string, unless changing the order of #. * name and value. As a result example: #. * "OU = VeriSign Trust Network" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:615 #, c-format msgid "%s = %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:658 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:674 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:812 msgid "Certificate Signature Algorithm" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:683 msgid "Issuer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:714 msgid "Subject" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:738 msgid "Issuer Unique ID" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:757 msgid "Subject Unique ID" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:818 msgid "Certificate Signature Value" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:201 msgid "The signing certificate authority is not known." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:203 msgid "" "The certificate does not match the expected identity of the site that it was " "retrieved from." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:205 msgid "The certificate's activation time is still in the future." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:207 msgid "The certificate has expired." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:209 msgid "" "The certificate has been revoked according to the connection's certificate " "revocation list." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:211 msgid "The certificate's algorithm is considered insecure." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:162 msgid "Certificate trust..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:163 msgid "_View Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:164 msgid "_Reject" msgstr "తిరస్కరించు (_R)" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:165 msgid "Accept _Temporarily" msgstr "తాత్కాలికంగా ఆమోదించు (_T)" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:166 msgid "_Accept Permanently" msgstr "శాశ్వతంగా ఆమోదించు (_A)" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:203 #, c-format msgid "SSL certificate for '%s' is not trusted. Do you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:209 msgid "Detailed information about the certificate:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:223 msgid "Issuer:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:224 msgid "Subject:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:225 msgid "Fingerprint:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:226 msgid "Reason:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/calendar.service-type.in.in.h:2 msgid "Integrate your calendars" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/contacts.service-type.in.in.h:2 msgid "Integrate your contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/e-signon-session-password.c:257 msgid "Signon service did not return a secret" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/evolution-data-server-uoa.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Evolution Data Server" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/evolution-data-server-uoa.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Required to have EDS appear in UOA" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/google-calendar.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Google Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/google-contacts.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Google Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/google-gmail.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "GMail" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/mail.service-type.in.in.h:1 msgid "Mail" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/mail.service-type.in.in.h:2 msgid "Integrate your mailboxes" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/module-ubuntu-online-accounts.c:1009 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot find a corresponding account service in the accounts database from " "which to obtain an access token for '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:85 #, c-format msgid "Expected status 200 when requesting guid, instead got status %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:102 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:299 msgid "Error parsing response as JSON: " msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:120 msgid "Didn't find email member in JSON data" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:282 #, c-format msgid "" "Expected status 200 when requesting your identity, instead got status %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:317 msgid "Didn't find 'id' in JSON data" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:322 msgid "Didn't find 'emails.account' in JSON data" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/windows-live-mail.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Windows Live Mail" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/yahoo-calendar.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Yahoo! Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/yahoo-mail.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Yahoo! Mail" msgstr "" #: ../modules/yahoo-backend/module-yahoo-backend.c:227 msgid "Tasks" msgstr "కర్తవ్యాలు" #: ../services/evolution-addressbook-factory/evolution-addressbook-factory.c:47 #: ../services/evolution-calendar-factory/evolution-calendar-factory.c:51 #: ../services/evolution-user-prompter/evolution-user-prompter.c:31 msgid "Keep running after the last client is closed" msgstr "ఆఖరి క్లైంట్ మూసిన తరువాత నడుస్తూ వుండు" #: ../services/evolution-addressbook-factory/evolution-addressbook-factory.c:49 #: ../services/evolution-calendar-factory/evolution-calendar-factory.c:53 msgid "Wait running until at least one client is connected" msgstr "కనీసం వొక క్లైంట్ అనుసంధానమయ్యేవరకు నడుస్తూ వుండు" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/birthdays.source.in.h:1 msgid "Birthdays & Anniversaries" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/caldav-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "CalDAV" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/google-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "Google" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/ldap-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "On LDAP Servers" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/local.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/local-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "On This Computer" msgstr "ఈ కంప్యూటర్ పైన" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/vfolder.source.in.h:1 msgid "Search Folders" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/weather-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "Weather" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/webcal-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "On The Web" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/webdav-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "WebDAV" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-user-prompter/prompt-user-gtk.c:122 msgid "_Dismiss" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-te-base/data/te/LC_MESSAGES/file-roller.po0000644000000000000000000015272412321560764020767 0ustar # translation of file-roller.master.te.po to Telugu # Telugu translation of fileroller # Copyright (C) 2011, 2012 Swecha localisation team # This file is distributed under the same license as the file-roller package. # # # వి.సౌజన్య , 2005. # స్రవంతి , 2005. # Krishna Babu K , 2008, 2009, 2012, 2013. # Sasi Bhushan Boddepalli , 2012. # Praveen Illa , 2010, 2011, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: file-roller.master.te\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=file-" "roller&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-27 16:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-07 22:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Krishna Babu K \n" "Language-Team: Telugu \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:49+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: te\n" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:165 #, c-format msgid "File is not a valid .desktop file" msgstr "దస్త్రం సరైన .desktop దస్త్రము కాదు" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:190 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized desktop file Version '%s'" msgstr "గుర్తించబడని డెస్క్‍టాప్ దస్త్ర రూపాంతరం '%s'" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:973 #, c-format msgid "Starting %s" msgstr "%sను ప్రారంభిస్తున్నది" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "Application does not accept documents on command line" msgstr "అనువర్తనము ఆదేశ వరుసనందు పత్రములను ఆమోదించదు" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1183 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized launch option: %d" msgstr "గుర్తించని ప్రారంభ ఐచ్ఛికము: %d" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1388 #, c-format #| msgid "Can't pass document URIs to a 'Type=Link' desktop entry" msgid "Can't pass documents to this desktop element" msgstr "ఈ డెస్క్‍టాప్ అంశమునకు పత్రములను పోనియ్యడం కుదరదు" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1409 #, c-format msgid "Not a launchable item" msgstr "ప్రారంభించదగిన అంశముకాదు" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:226 msgid "Disable connection to session manager" msgstr "సెషన్ నిర్వాహకానికి అనుసంధానమును అచేతనము చేయి" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:229 msgid "Specify file containing saved configuration" msgstr "దాయబడిన స్వరూపణను కలిగివున్న దస్త్రాన్ని తెలియచేయి" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:229 #| msgid "FOLDER" msgid "FILE" msgstr "FILE" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:232 msgid "Specify session management ID" msgstr "సెషన్ నిర్వహణ IDను తెలుపుము" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:232 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:253 msgid "Session management options:" msgstr "సెషన్ నిర్వహణా ఐచ్ఛికాలు:" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:254 msgid "Show session management options" msgstr "సెషన్ నిర్వహణా ఐచ్ఛికాలను చూపించు" #: ../data/file-roller.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/fr-window.c:2052 #: ../src/fr-window.c:5441 msgid "Archive Manager" msgstr "సంగ్రహ నిర్వాహకం" #: ../data/file-roller.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Create and modify an archive" msgstr "ఒక సంగ్రహమును సృష్టించు మరియు సవరించు" #: ../data/file-roller.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "zip;tar;extract;unpack;" msgstr "zip;tar;extract;unpack;" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "How to sort files" msgstr "దస్త్రాలను ఎలా క్రమబద్దీకరించాలి" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "What criteria must be used to arrange files. Possible values: name, size, " "type, time, path." msgstr "" "దస్త్రమును అమర్చుటకు ఏ ప్రమాణమును వాడాలి. సాధ్యమైన విలువలు: పేరు, పరిమాణం, " "రకము, సమయం, పథం." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Sort type" msgstr "క్రమబద్దీకరణ రకం" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "Whether to sort in ascending or descending direction. Possible values: " "ascending, descending." msgstr "" "ఆరోహణ మరియు అవరోహణ క్రముముల్లో ఏ క్రమములో ఉంచాలి. సాధ్యమైన విలువలు: " "ఆరోహణక్రమం, అవరోహనక్రమం." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:5 ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:2 msgid "List Mode" msgstr "జాబితా విధము" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Use 'all-files' to view all the files in the archive in a single list, use " "'as-folder' to navigate the archive as a folder." msgstr "" "సంగ్రహములో ఉన్న ఆన్ని ఫైళ్ళను ఒకే జాబితాగా చూడటానికి 'all-files' వాడండి, " "సంగ్రహమును సంచయము వలె చూచుటకు 'as-folder' వాడండి." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Display type" msgstr "చూపు రకము" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Display the type column in the main window." msgstr "ప్రధాన కిటికీలో రకము నిలువువరుసను చూపించు." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Display size" msgstr "ప్రదర్శన పరిమాణం" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Display the size column in the main window." msgstr "ప్రధాన కిటికీలో పరిమాణపు నిలువువరుసను చూపించు." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Display time" msgstr "చూపించు సమయం" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Display the time column in the main window." msgstr "ప్రధాన కిటికీలో సమయము నిలువువరుసను చూపించు." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Display path" msgstr "ప్రదర్శన పథం" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Display the path column in the main window." msgstr "ప్రధాన కిటికీలో త్రోవ నిలువువరుసను చూపించు." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Name column width" msgstr "పేరు నిలువువరుస వెడల్పు" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "The default width of the name column in the file list." msgstr "దస్త్ర జాబితాలో నిలువువరుస పేరు యొక్క ఆప్రమేయ వెడల్పు" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Max history length" msgstr "అత్యధిక చరిత్ర విస్తృతి" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Max number of items in the 'Open Recents' submenu." msgstr "'ఇటీవలి తెరిచినవి' ఉపమెనూలో అంశాల అత్యధిక సంఖ్య." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "View toolbar" msgstr "సాధనపట్టీని చూడు" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Whether to display the toolbar." msgstr "సాధనపట్టీ చూపించుటకు." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:21 #| msgid "View the statusbar" msgid "View statusbar" msgstr "స్థితిపట్టీని చూడు" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Whether to display the statusbar." msgstr "స్థితిపట్టీ చూపించుటకు." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:23 ../src/ui.h:208 msgid "View the folders pane" msgstr "సంచయముల ప్యాన్‌ను చూడు" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:24 #| msgid "Close the folders pane" msgid "Whether to display the folders pane." msgstr "సంచయముల ప్యాన్‌ను మూసివేయి" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:25 #| msgid "_Edit" msgid "Editors" msgstr "కూర్పరులు" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "" "List of applications entered in the 'Open File' dialog and not associated " "with the file type." msgstr "" "'దస్త్రము తెరువు' డైలాగు నందు ప్రవేశపెట్టిన అనువర్తనాల యొక్క జాబితా మరియు " "దస్త్ర రకముతో సంబంధములేనివి." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:27 #| msgid "Compression ratio:" msgid "Compression level" msgstr "కుదింపు నిష్పత్తి:" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "" "Compression level used when adding files to an archive. Possible values: " "very-fast, fast, normal, maximum." msgstr "" "సంగ్రహమునకు దస్త్రాలను జతచేసినపుడు కుదింపు స్థాయి వాడబడుతుంది. సాధ్యమైన " "విలువలు: అతి-వేగము, వేగము, సాధారణము, అత్యధికము." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Encrypt the archive header" msgstr "సంగ్రహ పీఠికను ఎన్‌క్రిప్ట్ చేయి" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "" "Whether to encrypt the archive header. If the header is encrypted the " "password will be required to list the archive content as well." msgstr "" "సంగ్రహ పీఠికను ఎన్‌క్రిప్ట్ చేయాలా వద్దా. ఒకవేళ పీఠికను ఎన్‌క్రిప్ట్ " "చేసినట్టయితే సంగ్రహ సారమునకు కూడా సంకేతపదం అవసరమవుతుంది." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Do not overwrite newer files" msgstr "పాత దస్త్రాలను చెరిపివ్రాయవద్దు (_x)" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Recreate the folders stored in the archive" msgstr "సంగ్రహములో దాచబడిన సంచయములను మళ్ళీ సృష్టించు" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Default volume size" msgstr "అప్రమేయ సంపుట పరిమాణం" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "The default size for volumes." msgstr "సంపుటముల కొరకు అప్రమేయ పరిమాణం." #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:327 msgid "Extract Here" msgstr "ఇక్కడ పొందు" #. Translators: the current position is the current folder #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:329 msgid "Extract the selected archive to the current position" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న సంగ్రహమును ప్రస్తుత స్ధానములో పొందు" #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:346 msgid "Extract To..." msgstr "వేరొకచోట పొందు..." #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:347 msgid "Extract the selected archive" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న సంగ్రహమును పొందు" #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:366 msgid "Compress..." msgstr "కుదించు..." #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:367 msgid "Create a compressed archive with the selected objects" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న అంశములతో ఒక కుదించిన సంగ్రహమును సృష్టించు" #: ../src/actions.c:112 ../src/fr-window.c:5735 ../src/fr-window.c:6262 msgid "Open" msgstr "తెరువు" #: ../src/actions.c:125 ../src/fr-window.c:5291 msgid "All archives" msgstr "అన్ని సంగ్రహములు" #: ../src/actions.c:132 msgid "All files" msgstr "అన్ని దస్త్రాలు" #: ../src/actions.c:499 msgid "Copyright © 2001–2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc." msgstr "నకలుహక్కు © 2001-2007 ఫ్రీ సాఫ్ట్‍వేర్ ఫౌండేషన్, Inc." #: ../src/actions.c:500 msgid "An archive manager for GNOME." msgstr "గ్నోమ్ కొరకు సంగ్రహ నిర్వాహకం." #: ../src/actions.c:503 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "సౌజన్య , 2005\n" "స్రవంతి , 2005\n" "కృష్ణ , 2008\n" "Praveen Illa , 2010-12.\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Krishna Babu K https://launchpad.net/~kkrothap\n" " Praveen Illa https://launchpad.net/~praveen-illa\n" " Praveen Illa https://launchpad.net/~telugulinux\n" " స్రవంతి https://launchpad.net/~sravanthi-reddy7" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:116 msgid "Could not add the files to the archive" msgstr "సంగ్రహమునకు దస్త్రాలు జతచేయలేరు" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:117 #, c-format msgid "You don't have the right permissions to read files from folder \"%s\"" msgstr "మీకు \"%s\" సంచయము నుండి దస్త్రాలను చదువుటకు సరియైన అనుమతి కలిగిలేరు" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:182 ../src/ui.h:47 msgid "Add Files" msgstr "దస్త్రాలను జతచేయి" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:193 msgid "_Options" msgstr "ఐచ్ఛికాలు (_O)" #. load options #: ../src/dlg-add.c:202 ../src/ui/add-options.ui.h:1 msgid "Load Options" msgstr "ఐచ్ఛికాలను లోడుచేయి" #. save options #: ../src/dlg-add.c:209 ../src/dlg-add.c:827 msgid "Save Options" msgstr "ఐచ్ఛికములను భద్రపరుచు" #. clear options #: ../src/dlg-add.c:216 msgid "Reset Options" msgstr "ఐచ్ఛికాలను తిరిగి అమర్చు (_R)" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:828 msgid "_Options Name:" msgstr "ఐచ్ఛికాల పేరు (_O):" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/dlg-ask-password.c:132 #, c-format msgid "Password required for \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\" కొరకు సంకేతపదం అవసరం" #: ../src/dlg-ask-password.c:141 msgid "Wrong password." msgstr "సంకేతపదం తప్పు." #: ../src/dlg-batch-add.c:87 ../src/fr-application.c:329 #: ../src/fr-application.c:683 #| msgid "Compression ratio:" msgid "Compress" msgstr "కుదించు" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:96 ../src/fr-window.c:6820 #, c-format msgid "" "Destination folder \"%s\" does not exist.\n" "\n" "Do you want to create it?" msgstr "" "గమ్య సంచయం \"%s\" ఉనికిలోలేదు.\n" "\n" "మీరు దానిని సృష్టించాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:105 ../src/fr-window.c:6829 msgid "Create _Folder" msgstr "సంచయమును సృష్టించు (_F)" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:124 ../src/dlg-extract.c:142 ../src/dlg-extract.c:169 #: ../src/fr-window.c:4241 ../src/fr-window.c:6724 ../src/fr-window.c:6729 #: ../src/fr-window.c:6850 ../src/fr-window.c:6869 ../src/fr-window.c:6874 msgid "Extraction not performed" msgstr "పొందుట నిర్వహించబడలేదు" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:125 ../src/fr-window.c:6846 #, c-format msgid "Could not create the destination folder: %s." msgstr "గమ్యసంచయం సృష్టించుటవీలుకాదు: %s." #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:170 ../src/fr-window.c:4410 ../src/fr-window.c:4494 #, c-format msgid "" "You don't have the right permissions to extract archives in the folder \"%s\"" msgstr "సంగ్రహములను \"%s\" సంచయములోనికి పొందుటకు మీకు సరైన అనుమతి లేదు" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:283 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:1 #: ../src/ui.h:114 msgid "Extract" msgstr "పొందు" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:112 ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:225 msgid "There was an internal error trying to search for applications:" msgstr "ఒక అంతర్గత దోషము అనువర్తనముల కొరకు శోధించుటకు ప్రయత్నిస్తున్నది:" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:294 ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:303 #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:331 ../src/fr-archive.c:744 #: ../src/fr-window.c:3970 ../src/fr-window.c:7453 ../src/fr-window.c:7810 #: ../src/fr-window.c:9357 msgid "Archive type not supported." msgstr "సంగ్రహ రకమునకు సహకారంలేదు." #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:313 #, c-format msgid "" "There is no command installed for %s files.\n" "Do you want to search for a command to open this file?" msgstr "" "%s దస్త్రాల కోసం ఏ ఆదేశము స్థాపించబడిలేదు.\n" "ఈ దస్త్రాన్ని తెరుచుటకు అవసరమగు ఆదేశమును శోధించాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:318 msgid "Could not open this file type" msgstr "ఈ రకపు దస్త్రము తెరుచుట తెరుచుట సాధ్యపడదు" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:321 msgid "_Search Command" msgstr "శోధన ఆదేశం (_S)" #: ../src/dlg-password.c:91 #, c-format msgid "Enter a password for \"%s\"" msgstr "'%s' కోసం సంకేతపదమును ఇవ్వండి" #: ../src/dlg-prop.c:96 #, c-format msgid "%s Properties" msgstr "%s లక్షణాలు" #: ../src/dlg-update.c:163 #, c-format msgid "Update the file \"%s\" in the archive \"%s\"?" msgstr "\"%s\" దస్త్రాన్ని \"%s\" సంగ్రహములో నవీకరించాలా?" #. secondary text #: ../src/dlg-update.c:174 ../src/dlg-update.c:199 ../src/ui/update.ui.h:2 #, c-format msgid "" "The file has been modified with an external application. If you don't update " "the file in the archive, all of your changes will be lost." msgid_plural "" "%d files have been modified with an external application. If you don't " "update the files in the archive, all of your changes will be lost." msgstr[0] "" "దస్త్రము బాహ్య అనువర్తనముతో సవరింపబడింది. ఒకవేళ మీరు సంగ్రహములోని " "దస్త్రాన్ని నవీకరించకపోతే, మీరు చేసిన అన్ని మార్పులు పోతాయి." msgstr[1] "" "%d దస్త్రాలు బాహ్య అనువర్తనముతో సవరింపబడినవి. ఒకవేళ మీరు సంగ్రహములోని " "దస్త్రాలను నవీకరించకపోతే, మీరు చేసిన అన్ని మార్పులు పోతాయి." #: ../src/dlg-update.c:189 #, c-format msgid "Update the files in the archive \"%s\"?" msgstr "దస్త్రాలను \"%s\" సంగ్రహములో నవీకరించాలా?" #: ../src/fr-application.c:65 msgid "Add files to the specified archive and quit the program" msgstr "" "దస్త్రాలను నిర్దేశిత సంగ్రహమునకు జతచేసి కార్యక్రమము నుండి నిష్క్రమించు" #: ../src/fr-application.c:66 msgid "ARCHIVE" msgstr "సంగ్రహము" #: ../src/fr-application.c:69 msgid "Add files asking the name of the archive and quit the program" msgstr "" "సంగ్రహపేరును అడుగుతున్న దస్త్రాలను జతచేసి కార్యక్రమము నుండి నిష్క్రమించు" #: ../src/fr-application.c:73 msgid "Extract archives to the specified folder and quit the program" msgstr "" "సంగ్రహములను నిర్దేశిత సంచయములో పొందు మరియు కార్యక్రమము నుండి నిష్క్రమించు" #: ../src/fr-application.c:74 ../src/fr-application.c:86 msgid "FOLDER" msgstr "సంచయము" #: ../src/fr-application.c:77 msgid "Extract archives asking the destination folder and quit the program" msgstr "" "గమ్యసంచమయమును అడుగుచున్న సంగ్రహములను పొందు మరియు కార్యక్రమము నుండి " "నిష్క్రమించు" #: ../src/fr-application.c:81 msgid "" "Extract the contents of the archives in the archive folder and quit the " "program" msgstr "" "సంగ్రహములోవున్న నిక్షిప్తాలను పొందు మరియు కార్యక్రమము నుండి నిష్క్రమించు" #: ../src/fr-application.c:85 msgid "Default folder to use for the '--add' and '--extract' commands" msgstr "'--add' మరియు '--extract' ఆదేశముల కొరకు వినియోగించు అప్రమేయ సంచయం" #: ../src/fr-application.c:89 msgid "Create destination folder without asking confirmation" msgstr "ధృవీకరణ అడగకుండానే గమ్య సంచయమును సృష్టించు" #: ../src/fr-application.c:93 msgid "Use the notification system to notify the operation completion" msgstr "పరిక్రియ పూర్తయిందని" #: ../src/fr-application.c:96 msgid "Start as a service" msgstr "సేవలాగ ప్రారంభించు" #: ../src/fr-application.c:99 msgid "Show version" msgstr "రూపాంతరాన్ని చూపించు" #: ../src/fr-application.c:365 ../src/fr-application.c:401 #: ../src/fr-application.c:427 ../src/fr-application.c:707 #: ../src/fr-window.c:9420 msgid "Extract archive" msgstr "సంగ్రహమును పొందు" #: ../src/fr-application.c:565 msgid "- Create and modify an archive" msgstr "- సంగ్రహమును సృష్టించండి మరియు సవరించండి" #. manually set name and icon #: ../src/fr-application.c:833 msgid "File Roller" msgstr "ఫైల్ రోలర్" #: ../src/fr-archive.c:1845 msgid "You don't have the right permissions." msgstr "మీరు సరియైన అనుమతులు కలిగిలేరు." #: ../src/fr-archive.c:1845 msgid "This archive type cannot be modified" msgstr "ఈ రకపు సంగ్రహమును సవరించుట వీలుకాదు" #: ../src/fr-archive.c:1859 msgid "You can't add an archive to itself." msgstr "ఒక సంగ్రహమును మళ్ళీదానికే జతచేయలేరు." #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-7z.c:297 ../src/fr-command-rar.c:422 #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:304 #, c-format msgid "Adding \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\" జతచేస్తున్నాము" #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-7z.c:447 ../src/fr-command-rar.c:554 #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:425 #, c-format msgid "Extracting \"%s\"" msgstr "%s పొందుతోంది" #: ../src/fr-command.c:597 #, c-format msgid "Archive not found" msgstr "సంగ్రహం కనపడలేదు" #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-rar.c:503 ../src/fr-command-tar.c:370 #, c-format msgid "Removing \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\" తీసివేస్తున్న ది" #: ../src/fr-command-rar.c:685 #, c-format msgid "Could not find the volume: %s" msgstr "సంపుటమును కనుగొనలేకపోయింది: %s" #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:380 msgid "Deleting files from archive" msgstr "సంగ్రహం నుండి దస్త్రాలను తీసివేయి" #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:485 msgid "Recompressing archive" msgstr "సంగ్రహమును మళ్ళీ కుదించుట" #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:744 msgid "Decompressing archive" msgstr "సంగ్రహమును డీకంప్రెస్ చేస్తున్నది" #: ../src/fr-file-selector-dialog.c:772 ../src/fr-file-selector-dialog.c:817 msgid "Could not load the location" msgstr "స్థానమును నింపుట వీలుకాదు" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:344 ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:363 #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:379 ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:427 #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:445 ../src/fr-window.c:2915 msgid "Could not create the archive" msgstr "సంగ్రహము సృష్టించుటవీలుకాదు" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:346 ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:365 msgid "You have to specify an archive name." msgstr "మీరు ఒక సంగ్రహము పేరును పేర్కొనవలెను." #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:429 msgid "You don't have permission to create an archive in this folder" msgstr "ఈ సంచయంలో సంగ్రహమును సృష్టించుటకు మీకు అనుమతి లేదు" #. Translators: the name references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:447 ../src/fr-window.c:8123 msgid "New name is the same as old one, please type other name." msgstr "కొత్త పేరు పాత పేరులాగానే ఉంది, దయచేసి ఒక కొత్త పేరును టైపుచేయండి." #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:466 #, c-format msgid "A file named \"%s\" already exists. Do you want to replace it?" msgstr "" "\"%s\" పేరుతో వేరే దస్త్రం ఇంతకుముందే ఉన్నది. దీనిని మీరు " "ప్రతిస్థాపించాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:467 #, c-format msgid "" "The file already exists in \"%s\". Replacing it will overwrite its contents." msgstr "" "\"%s\"లో దస్త్రం ఇదివరకే ఉన్నది. దానిని ప్రతిస్థాపిస్తే, అందులోని " "విషయాలన్నీ చెరిపివ్రాయబడతాయి." #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:474 ../src/fr-window.c:6652 msgid "_Replace" msgstr "ప్రతిస్థాపించు (_R)" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:489 msgid "Could not delete the old archive." msgstr "పాత సంగ్రహమును తీసివేయుటకు వీలుబడదు." #: ../src/fr-stock.c:41 msgid "C_reate" msgstr "సృష్టించు (_r)" #: ../src/fr-stock.c:42 ../src/fr-stock.c:43 msgid "_Add" msgstr "జతచేయి (_A)" #: ../src/fr-stock.c:44 msgid "_Extract" msgstr "పొందు (_E)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1173 msgid "Operation completed" msgstr "పరిక్రియ పూర్తయింది" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1290 #, c-format msgid "%d object (%s)" msgid_plural "%d objects (%s)" msgstr[0] "%d అంశము (%s)" msgstr[1] "%d అంశాలు (%s)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1295 #, c-format msgid "%d object selected (%s)" msgid_plural "%d objects selected (%s)" msgstr[0] "%d అంశము ఎంచుకోబడింది (%s)" msgstr[1] "%d అంశాలు ఎంచుకోబడ్డాయి (%s)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1680 msgid "Folder" msgstr "సంచయము" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2060 msgid "[read only]" msgstr "[చదువుటకు మాత్రమే]" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2179 #, c-format msgid "Could not display the folder \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\" సంచయం చూపించుట వీలుకాదు" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2270 ../src/fr-window.c:2308 #, c-format msgid "Creating \"%s\"" msgstr "%s సృష్టించబడుతోంది" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2274 #, c-format msgid "Loading \"%s\"" msgstr "%s నింపుతోంది" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2278 #, c-format msgid "Reading \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\" చదువుతోంది" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2282 #, c-format msgid "Deleting the files from \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\" నుండి దస్త్రాలను తొలగిస్తున్నాము" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2286 #, c-format msgid "Testing \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\" పరీక్షించబడుతోంది" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2289 msgid "Getting the file list" msgstr "దస్త్ర జాబితాను పొందుతోంది" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2293 #, c-format msgid "Copying the files to add to \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\"కి జతచేయుటకు దస్త్రాలను నకలుచేస్తున్నది" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2297 #, c-format msgid "Adding the files to \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\"కు దస్త్రాలను జతచేస్తున్నాము" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2301 #, c-format msgid "Extracting the files from \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\" నుండి దస్త్రాలను పొందుతున్నాము" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2304 msgid "Copying the extracted files to the destination" msgstr "పొందిన దస్త్రాలను గమ్యానికి నకలిస్తున్నాము" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2313 #, c-format msgid "Saving \"%s\"" msgstr "%sను భద్రపరుస్తున్నాము" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2320 #, c-format msgid "Renaming the files in \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\"లోని దస్త్రాల పేరుమారుస్తున్నాము" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2324 #, c-format msgid "Updating the files in \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\"లోని దస్త్రాలను నవీకరిస్తున్నాము" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2499 msgid "_Open the Archive" msgstr "సంగ్రహమును తెరువు (_O)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2500 msgid "_Show the Files" msgstr "దస్త్రాలను చూపించు (_S)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2617 #, c-format msgid "%d file remaining" msgid_plural "%'d files remaining" msgstr[0] "%d దస్త్రం మిగిలివుంది" msgstr[1] "%'d దస్త్రాలు మిగిలివున్నాయి" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2621 ../src/fr-window.c:3196 msgid "Please wait…" msgstr "దయచేసి వేచివుండండి..." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2677 msgid "Extraction completed successfully" msgstr "బయల్పరపు(ఎక్స్‍‌ట్రాక్షన్) సమర్ధవంతంగా పూర్తైనది" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2709 ../src/fr-window.c:6248 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" created successfully" msgstr "\"%s\" విజయవంతంగా సృష్టించబడింది" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2799 ../src/fr-window.c:2971 msgid "Command exited abnormally." msgstr "ఆదేశం అసాధారణంగా నిష్క్రమించింది." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2920 msgid "An error occurred while extracting files." msgstr "దస్త్రమును పొందుతున్నప్పుడు ఒక దోషం సంభవించినది." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2926 #, c-format msgid "Could not open \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\" తెరుచుట వీలుకాదు" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2931 msgid "An error occurred while loading the archive." msgstr "సంగ్రహమును లోడుచేస్తున్నప్పుడు ఒక దోషం సంభవించినది." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2935 msgid "An error occurred while deleting files from the archive." msgstr "సంగ్రహము నుండి దస్త్రమును తీసివేస్తునప్పుడు ఒక దోషం సంభవించినది." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2941 msgid "An error occurred while adding files to the archive." msgstr "దస్త్రమును సంగ్రహమునకు జతచేస్తున్నప్పుడు ఒక దోషం సంభవించినది." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2945 msgid "An error occurred while testing archive." msgstr "సంగ్రహమును పరీక్షిస్తున్నప్పుడు ఒక దోషం సంభవించినది." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2950 msgid "An error occurred while saving the archive." msgstr "సంగ్రహమును భద్రపరుస్తున్నప్పుడు ఒక దోషం సంభవించినది." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2954 msgid "An error occurred while renaming the files." msgstr "దస్త్రాల పేర్లు మారుస్తున్నప్పుడు ఒక దోషం సంభవించినది." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2958 msgid "An error occurred while updating the files." msgstr "దస్త్రాలను నవీకరిస్తున్నప్పుడు ఒక దోషం సంభవించినది." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2962 msgid "An error occurred." msgstr "ఒక దోషము సంభవించింది." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2968 msgid "Command not found." msgstr "ఆదేశం కనబడలేదు." #: ../src/fr-window.c:3124 msgid "Test Result" msgstr "పరీక్ష ఫలితము" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4088 ../src/fr-window.c:8803 ../src/fr-window.c:8837 #: ../src/fr-window.c:9116 msgid "Could not perform the operation" msgstr "ఈ పరిక్రియ నిర్వహించబడదు" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4114 msgid "" "Do you want to add this file to the current archive or open it as a new " "archive?" msgstr "" "ఈ దస్త్రాన్ని ప్రస్తుత సంగ్రహమునకు చేర్చాలనుకుంటున్నారా లేక ఒక కొత్త " "సంగ్రహము వలె తెరవాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4144 msgid "Do you want to create a new archive with these files?" msgstr "ఈ దస్త్రాలతో మీరు ఒక కొత్త సంగ్రహమును సృష్టించాలనుకుంటున్నారా?" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4147 msgid "Create _Archive" msgstr "సంగ్రహమును సృష్టించు (_A)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4176 ../src/fr-window.c:7261 msgid "New Archive" msgstr "కొత్త సంగ్రహం" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4750 msgid "Folders" msgstr "సంచయములు" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4788 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:7 msgctxt "File" msgid "Size" msgstr "పరిమాణం" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4789 #| msgid "Type" msgctxt "File" msgid "Type" msgstr "రకము" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4790 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:8 msgctxt "File" msgid "Modified" msgstr "సవరించబడినది" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4791 msgctxt "File" msgid "Location" msgstr "స్థానము" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4800 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:6 msgctxt "File" msgid "Name" msgstr "పేరు" #. Translators: this is the label for the "open recent file" sub-menu. #: ../src/fr-window.c:5723 msgid "Open _Recent" msgstr "ఇటీవలి తెరిచినవి (_R)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:5724 ../src/fr-window.c:5736 msgid "Open a recently used archive" msgstr "ఇటీవలి వాడిన ఒక సంగ్రహమును తెరువు" #: ../src/fr-window.c:5752 #| msgid "_Other Options" msgid "_Other Actions" msgstr "ఇతర చర్యలు (_O)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:5753 #| msgid "_Other Options" msgid "Other actions" msgstr "ఇతర చర్యలు" #. Translators: after the colon there is a folder name. #: ../src/fr-window.c:5821 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:4 #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "_Location:" msgstr "స్థానము(_L):" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6640 #, c-format msgid "Replace file \"%s\"?" msgstr "\"%s\" దస్త్రాన్ని ప్రతిస్థాపించాలా?" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6643 #, c-format msgid "Another file with the same name already exists in \"%s\"." msgstr "\"%s\" నందు అదే పేరుతో వేరొక దస్త్రము ఇంతకుముందే ఉంది." #: ../src/fr-window.c:6650 msgid "Replace _All" msgstr "అన్నిటినీ ప్రతిస్థాపించు (_A)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6651 msgid "_Skip" msgstr "దాటవేయి (_S)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:7445 ../src/fr-window.c:7802 #, c-format msgid "Could not save the archive \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\" సంగ్రహము భద్రపరుచుట వీలుకాదు" #: ../src/fr-window.c:7572 msgid "Save" msgstr "భద్రపరచు" #: ../src/fr-window.c:7896 msgid "Last Output" msgstr "చివరి అవుట్‌పుట్" #. Translators: the name references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-window.c:8118 msgid "New name is void, please type a name." msgstr "కొత్త పేరు ఖాళీగా ఉంది, దయచేసి ఒక కొత్త పేరును టైపుచేయండి." #. Translators: the %s references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-window.c:8128 #, c-format msgid "" "Name \"%s\" is not valid because it contains at least one of the following " "characters: %s, please type other name." msgstr "" "\"%s\" పేరు సరైనది కాదు ఎందుకంటే అది క్రిందిపేర్కొన్న అక్షరాలను \n" "కలిగివుంది:%s, దయచేసి వేరొక పేరును టైపు చేయండి." #: ../src/fr-window.c:8164 #, c-format msgid "" "A folder named \"%s\" already exists.\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "\"%s\" పేరుగల సంచయం ఇంతకుముందే ఉంది.\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8164 ../src/fr-window.c:8166 msgid "Please use a different name." msgstr "దయచేసి వేరొక పేరును వాడండి." #: ../src/fr-window.c:8166 #, c-format msgid "" "A file named \"%s\" already exists.\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "\"%s\" పేరుగల సంచయం ఇంతకుముందే ఉంది.\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8236 msgid "Rename" msgstr "పేరుమార్చు" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8237 msgid "_New folder name:" msgstr "కొత్త సంచయము పేరు (_N):" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8237 msgid "_New file name:" msgstr "కొత్త దస్త్రము పేరు (_N):" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8241 msgid "_Rename" msgstr "పేరుమార్చు (_R)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8258 ../src/fr-window.c:8277 msgid "Could not rename the folder" msgstr "సంచయము యొక్క పేరు మార్చుట వీలుకాదు" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8258 ../src/fr-window.c:8277 msgid "Could not rename the file" msgstr "దస్త్రము యొక్క పేరు మార్చుట వీలుకాదు" #. Translators: %s are archive filenames #: ../src/fr-window.c:8710 #, c-format msgid "Moving the files from \"%s\" to \"%s\"" msgstr "దస్త్రాలను \"%s\" నుండి \"%s\"కి తరలిస్తున్నాము" #. Translators: %s are archive filenames #: ../src/fr-window.c:8713 #, c-format msgid "Copying the files from \"%s\" to \"%s\"" msgstr "దస్త్రాలను \"%s\" నుండి \"%s\"కి నకలుచేస్తున్నది" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8764 msgid "Paste Selection" msgstr "ఎంపికను అతికించు" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8765 msgid "_Destination folder:" msgstr "గమ్యసంచయము (_D):" #: ../src/fr-window.c:9375 msgid "Add files to an archive" msgstr "దస్త్రమును ఒక సంగ్రహమునకు జతచేయి" #. This is the time format used in the "Date Modified" column and #. * in the Properties dialog. See the man page of strftime for an #. * explanation of the values. #: ../src/glib-utils.c:769 msgid "%d %B %Y, %H:%M" msgstr "%d %B %Y, %H:%M" #: ../src/gtk-utils.c:557 msgid "Could not display help" msgstr "సహాయం ప్రదర్శించబడదు" #: ../src/gtk-utils.c:651 msgid "Change password visibility" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:1 msgid "Add" msgstr "జతచేయి" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:2 msgid "Include _files:" msgstr "దస్త్రాలను ఉంచు (_f):" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:3 msgid "E_xclude files:" msgstr "దస్త్రాలను మినహాయించు (_x):" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:4 msgid "_Exclude folders:" msgstr "సంచయాలను మినహాయించు (_E):" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:5 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:5 msgid "example: *.o; *.bak" msgstr "ఉదాహరణ: *.o; *.bak" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:6 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:6 msgid "Actions" msgstr "చర్యలు" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:7 msgid "Add only if _newer" msgstr "కొత్తది అయితేనే జతచేయి (_n)" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:8 msgid "_Follow symbolic links" msgstr "చిహ్నపూరిత లంకెలను అనుసరించు (_F)" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:1 msgid "_New Archive" msgstr "కొత్త సంగ్రహం (_A)" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:3 ../src/ui.h:223 msgid "View All _Files" msgstr "అన్ని దస్త్రాలను చూడండి (_F)" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:4 ../src/ui.h:226 msgid "View as a F_older" msgstr "ఒక సంచయము వలె చూడు (_o)" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:5 ../src/ui.h:207 msgid "_Folders" msgstr "సంచయములు (_F)" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:6 ../src/ui.h:34 msgid "_Help" msgstr "సహాయం (_H)" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:7 msgid "_About Archive Manager" msgstr "సంగ్రహ నిర్వాహకం గురించి (_A)" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:8 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "నిష్క్రమించు (_Q)" #: ../src/ui/ask-password.ui.h:1 ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "_Password:" msgstr "సంకేతపదం (_P):" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:1 msgid "Delete" msgstr "తీసివేయి" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:2 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:4 msgid "_Files:" msgstr "దస్త్రాలు (_F):" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:3 msgid "example: *.txt; *.doc" msgstr "ఉదాహరణ: *.txt; *.doc" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:4 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:2 msgid "_All files" msgstr "అన్ని దస్త్రాలు (_A)" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:5 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:3 msgid "_Selected files" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న దస్త్రాలు (_S)" #: ../src/ui/error-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "C_ommand Line Output:" msgstr "ఆదేశ వరుస అవుట్‌పుట్ (_L)" #: ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:7 msgid "_Keep directory structure" msgstr "సంచయ నిర్మాణాన్ని ఉంచు (_K)" #: ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:8 msgid "Do not _overwrite newer files" msgstr "కొత్త దస్త్రాలను చెరిపివ్రాయవద్దు (_o)" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:1 msgid "_Select All" msgstr "అన్నీ ఎంపికచేయి (_l)" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:2 ../src/ui.h:102 msgid "Dese_lect All" msgstr "మొత్తం ఎంపిక నుండి తొలగించు (_l)" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:3 msgid "Show Hidden Files" msgstr "దాగివున్న దస్త్రాలను చూపించు" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:5 ../src/ui.h:184 msgid "Go up one level" msgstr "ఒక స్ధాయి పైకి వెళ్ళు" #: ../src/ui.h:31 msgid "_Archive" msgstr "సంగ్రహం (_A)" #: ../src/ui.h:32 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "సవరణ (_E)" #: ../src/ui.h:33 msgid "_View" msgstr "వీక్షణం (_V)" #: ../src/ui.h:35 msgid "_Arrange Files" msgstr "దస్త్రాలను సర్దు (_A)" #: ../src/ui.h:40 msgid "Information about the program" msgstr "కార్యక్రమము గురించిన సమాచారం" #: ../src/ui.h:43 msgid "_Add Files…" msgstr "దస్త్రాలను జతచేయి...(_A)" #: ../src/ui.h:44 ../src/ui.h:48 msgid "Add files to the archive" msgstr "దస్త్రాలను సంగ్రహమునకు జతచేయి" #: ../src/ui.h:52 msgid "Close the current archive" msgstr "ప్రస్తుత సంగ్రహమును మూసివేయి" #: ../src/ui.h:55 msgid "Contents" msgstr "విషయసూచిక" #: ../src/ui.h:56 msgid "Display the File Roller Manual" msgstr "ఫైల్ రోలర్ కరదీపికను చూపించు" #: ../src/ui.h:61 ../src/ui.h:82 msgid "Copy the selection" msgstr "ఎంపికను నకలుచేయి" #: ../src/ui.h:65 ../src/ui.h:86 msgid "Cut the selection" msgstr "ఎంపికను కత్తిరించు" #: ../src/ui.h:69 ../src/ui.h:90 msgid "Paste the clipboard" msgstr "క్లిప్‌బోర్డును అతికించు" #: ../src/ui.h:72 ../src/ui.h:93 msgid "_Rename…" msgstr "పేరుమార్చు...(_R)" #: ../src/ui.h:73 ../src/ui.h:94 msgid "Rename the selection" msgstr "ఎంపికకు పేరుమార్చు" #: ../src/ui.h:77 ../src/ui.h:98 msgid "Delete the selection from the archive" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్నవాటిని సంగ్రహము నుండి తీసివేయి" #: ../src/ui.h:103 msgid "Deselect all files" msgstr "మొత్తం దస్త్రాలను ఎంపిక నుండి తొలగించు" #: ../src/ui.h:106 ../src/ui.h:110 msgid "_Extract…" msgstr "పొందు...(_E)" #: ../src/ui.h:107 ../src/ui.h:111 ../src/ui.h:115 msgid "Extract files from the archive" msgstr "సంగ్రహము నుండి దస్త్రాలను పొందుము" #: ../src/ui.h:118 msgid "New…" msgstr "కొత్తది..." #: ../src/ui.h:119 msgid "Create a new archive" msgstr "ఒక క్రొత్త సంగ్రహమును సృష్టించు" #: ../src/ui.h:122 msgid "Open…" msgstr "తెరువు..." #: ../src/ui.h:123 ../src/ui.h:127 msgid "Open archive" msgstr "సంగ్రహమును తెరువు" #: ../src/ui.h:130 msgid "_Open With…" msgstr "దీనితో తెరువు...(_O)" #: ../src/ui.h:131 msgid "Open selected files with an application" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న దస్త్రాలను ఒక అనువర్తనముతో తెరువు" #: ../src/ui.h:134 msgid "Pass_word…" msgstr "సంకేతపదం...(_w)" #: ../src/ui.h:135 msgid "Specify a password for this archive" msgstr "ఈ సంగ్రహమునకు ఒక సంకేతపదమును నిర్దేశించు" #: ../src/ui.h:139 msgid "Show archive properties" msgstr "సంగ్రహ లక్షణాలను చూపించు" #: ../src/ui.h:143 msgid "Reload current archive" msgstr "ప్రస్తుత సంగ్రహమును తిరిగిలోడుచేయి" #: ../src/ui.h:146 msgid "Save As…" msgstr "ఇలా భద్రపరుచు..." #: ../src/ui.h:147 msgid "Save the current archive with a different name" msgstr "ప్రస్తుత సంగ్రహమును భిన్నమైన పేరుతో భద్రపరుచు" #: ../src/ui.h:151 msgid "Select all files" msgstr "అన్ని దస్త్రాలను ఎంచుకోండి" #: ../src/ui.h:154 msgid "_Test Integrity" msgstr "పరీక్ష చిత్తశుద్ది (_T)" #: ../src/ui.h:155 msgid "Test whether the archive contains errors" msgstr "ఈ సంగ్రహము దోషములను కలిగియున్నదేమో పరీక్షించు" #: ../src/ui.h:159 ../src/ui.h:163 msgid "Open the selected file" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న దస్త్రాన్ని తెరువు" #: ../src/ui.h:167 ../src/ui.h:171 msgid "Open the selected folder" msgstr "ఎంచుకున్న సంచయమును తెరువు" #: ../src/ui.h:176 msgid "Go to the previous visited location" msgstr "మునుపటి సందర్శనా స్థానముకు వెళ్ళు" #: ../src/ui.h:180 msgid "Go to the next visited location" msgstr "తరువాత సందర్శనా స్ధానముకు వెళ్ళు" #. Translators: the home location is the home folder. #: ../src/ui.h:189 msgid "Go to the home location" msgstr "నివాస స్ధానమునకు వెళ్ళు" #: ../src/ui.h:197 msgid "_Toolbar" msgstr "సాధనపట్టీ (_T)" #: ../src/ui.h:198 msgid "View the main toolbar" msgstr "ప్రధాన సాధనపట్టీని చూడండి" #: ../src/ui.h:202 msgid "Stat_usbar" msgstr "స్థితిపట్టీ (_u)" #: ../src/ui.h:203 msgid "View the statusbar" msgstr "స్థితిపట్టీని చూడు" #: ../src/ui.h:212 msgid "Find…" msgstr "కనుగొను..." #: ../src/ui.h:213 #| msgid "_New file name:" msgid "Find files by name" msgstr "పేరుతో ఫైళ్ళను కనుగొను" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "_Filename:" msgstr "దస్త్రం పేరు (_F):" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Location" msgstr "స్థానం" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Encrypt the file list too" msgstr "దస్త్ర జాబితాను కూడా ఎన్‌క్రిప్ట్‍ చేయి (_E)" #. this is part of a sentence, for example "split into volumes of 10.0 MB", where MB stands for megabyte. #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:7 #| msgid "Split in _volumes of" msgid "Split into _volumes of" msgstr "సంపుటములుగా విభజించు (_v)" #. MB means megabytes #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "MB" msgstr "మెబై" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Other Options" msgstr "ఇతర ఐచ్ఛికాలు (_O)" #: ../src/ui/password.ui.h:1 msgid "Password" msgstr "సంకేతపదం" #: ../src/ui/password.ui.h:2 msgid "_Encrypt the file list" msgstr "దస్త్ర జాబితాను ఎన్‌క్రిప్ట్‍ చేయి (_E)" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:1 msgctxt "File" msgid "Name:" msgstr "పేరు:" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:2 msgid "Archive size:" msgstr "సంగ్రహ పరిమాణం:" #. after the colon there is a folder name. #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:4 msgid "Location:" msgstr "స్థానము:" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:5 msgid "Compression ratio:" msgstr "కుదింపు నిష్పత్తి:" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:6 msgid "Last modified:" msgstr "చివరి సవరణ:" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:7 msgid "Content size:" msgstr "అంశపు పరిమాణం:" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:8 msgid "Number of files:" msgstr "దస్త్రాల యొక్క సంఖ్య:" #. after the colon there is a file type. #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:10 msgid "Type:" msgstr "రకము:" #: ../src/ui/update.ui.h:1 msgid "_Update" msgstr "నవీకరించు(_U)" #: ../src/ui/update.ui.h:3 msgid "S_elect the files you want to update:" msgstr "మీరు నవీకరించాలనుకున్న దస్త్రాలను ఎంచుకోండి (_e):" language-pack-gnome-te-base/data/te/LC_MESSAGES/GConf2.po0000644000000000000000000036066412321560764017635 0ustar # translation of gconf.master.te.po to Telugu # Telugu translation of gnome-games. # Copyright (C) 2007 Swecha Telugu Localisation Team # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-games package. # # Pramod Matapathi , 2007. # Krishna Babu K , 2008, 2009. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gconf.master.te\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: " "http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gconf&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 18:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-26 20:50+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Krishna Babu K \n" "Language-Team: Telugu \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:56+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:162 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get configuration file path from '%s'" msgstr "'%s' నుండి త్రోవ ఫైలు ఆకృతీకరణ పొందుటకు విఫలమైంది" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:173 #, c-format msgid "Created Evolution/LDAP source using configuration file '%s'" msgstr "'%s' ఫైలు ఆకృతీకరణ వాడుట ద్వారా ఇవాల్యూషన్/LDAP వనరు సృష్టించబడినది" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:447 #, c-format msgid "Unable to parse XML file '%s'" msgstr "'%s' ఫైలు XML పార్స్ కు వీలుకాదు" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:456 #, c-format msgid "Config file '%s' is empty" msgstr "ఆకృతీకరణ ఫైలు '%s' ఖాళీది" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:467 #, c-format msgid "Root node of '%s' must be , not <%s>" msgstr "మూలం కణుపు యొక్క '%s' కలిగి ఉండు , కాదు <%s>" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:505 #, c-format msgid "No